diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-8.txt | 8115 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 167504 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 2430344 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/29346-h.htm | 8641 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus004.jpg | bin | 0 -> 81395 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus005.jpg | bin | 0 -> 5416 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus017.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28825 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus018a.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25873 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus018b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25598 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus021.jpg | bin | 0 -> 38228 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus022.jpg | bin | 0 -> 20788 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus031.jpg | bin | 0 -> 48206 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus032.jpg | bin | 0 -> 42196 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus035.jpg | bin | 0 -> 37238 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus036.jpg | bin | 0 -> 24584 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus039.jpg | bin | 0 -> 40360 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus040.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36338 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus045.jpg | bin | 0 -> 38760 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus046.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29444 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus055.jpg | bin | 0 -> 32511 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus056b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27345 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus056t.jpg | bin | 0 -> 32030 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus061bl.jpg | bin | 0 -> 11811 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus061br.jpg | bin | 0 -> 12621 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus061tl.jpg | bin | 0 -> 7296 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus061tr.jpg | bin | 0 -> 9545 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus062.jpg | bin | 0 -> 22422 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus067.jpg | bin | 0 -> 44569 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus068.jpg | bin | 0 -> 55340 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus077.jpg | bin | 0 -> 44567 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus078.jpg | bin | 0 -> 47928 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus103.jpg | bin | 0 -> 56492 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus104.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34680 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus113.jpg | bin | 0 -> 59916 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus114.jpg | bin | 0 -> 43368 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus123.jpg | bin | 0 -> 42056 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus124b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 15796 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus124c.jpg | bin | 0 -> 14290 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus124t.jpg | bin | 0 -> 12502 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus133.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34011 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus134.jpg | bin | 0 -> 39560 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus141.jpg | bin | 0 -> 59574 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus142.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35237 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus155l.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25402 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus155r.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25671 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus156.jpg | bin | 0 -> 52237 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus191.jpg | bin | 0 -> 43261 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus192.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35419 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus197.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27463 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus198.jpg | bin | 0 -> 33241 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus207.jpg | bin | 0 -> 38060 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus208.jpg | bin | 0 -> 30255 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus213.jpg | bin | 0 -> 30416 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus214.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28537 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus235.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36525 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus236.jpg | bin | 0 -> 32560 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus245.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28598 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus246.jpg | bin | 0 -> 27333 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus251.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29598 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus252.jpg | bin | 0 -> 43251 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus257.jpg | bin | 0 -> 37134 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus258.jpg | bin | 0 -> 30929 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus267.jpg | bin | 0 -> 26639 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus268b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 17611 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus268t.jpg | bin | 0 -> 13914 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus273.jpg | bin | 0 -> 26775 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus274.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36025 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus311.jpg | bin | 0 -> 48189 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus312.jpg | bin | 0 -> 57188 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus321.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34711 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus322.jpg | bin | 0 -> 32334 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346-h/images/illus335.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29915 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346.txt | 8115 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29346.zip | bin | 0 -> 167463 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
77 files changed, 24887 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/29346-8.txt b/29346-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9937379 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8115 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Tales of Fishes, by Zane Grey + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Tales of Fishes + +Author: Zane Grey + +Release Date: July 7, 2009 [EBook #29346] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TALES OF FISHES *** + + + + +Produced by Brian Janes, D. Alexander and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + + + + + TALES _of_ FISHES + + by + + Zane Grey + + _President of the Long Key Fishing Club + Honorary Vice-President of the Tuna Club, Avalon_ + + _Author of_ + "The U. P. Trail" "The Desert of Wheat" Etc. + + _Illustrated from Photographs + by the author_ + + HARPER & BROTHERS PUBLISHERS + New York and London + + + + + TALES OF FISHES + + Copyright 1919, by Harper & Brothers + + Printed in the United States of America + + Published June, 1919 + + + + + CONTENTS + + + CHAP. PAGE + + VERSES 0 + + I. BYME-BY-TARPON 1 + + II. THE ISLAND OF THE DEAD 8 + + III. THE ROYAL PURPLE GAME OF THE SEA 26 + + IV. TWO FIGHTS WITH SWORDFISH 54 + + V. SAILFISH 72 + + VI. GULF STREAM FISHING 88 + + VII. BONEFISH 107 + + VIII. SOME RARE FISH 136 + + IX. SWORDFISH 153 + + X. THE GLADIATOR OF THE SEA 180 + + XI. SEVEN MARLIN SWORDFISH IN ONE DAY 197 + + XII. RANDOM NOTES 216 + + XIII. BIG TUNA 221 + + XIV. AVALON, THE BEAUTIFUL 250 + + + + + ILLUSTRATIONS + + + THE GREAT COLORED ROLLERS OF THE PACIFIC _Frontispiece_ + + TARPON THROWING HOOK _Facing p_. 2 + + LEAPING TARPON " 3 + + SAVALO, OR SILVER KING " 4 + + THESE WILD FOWL HAVE THE WONDERFUL BEAUTY AND + SPEED OF FALCONS " 5 + + RABIHORCADO " 12 + + THE BOOBIES HAD NO FEAR OF MAN, BUT BOTH YOUNG + AND OLD WOULD PICK WITH THEIR SHARP BILLS " 13 + + YOUNG BOOBIES " 14 + + SUGGESTIVE OF A WILD, WIND-SWEPT ISLAND OF THE SEA " 15 + + NESTS EVERYWHERE IN THE SAND AND MOSS " 16 + + THESE HUGE BLACK RABIHORCADOS WERE THE LARGEST + SPECIES OF FRIGATE OR MAN-OF-WAR BIRD " 17 + + RABIHORCADO RISING FROM THEIR EGGS " 20 + + BOOBIES OF ISLA DE LA MUERTE IN THE CARIBBEAN SEA " 21 + + A SWORDFISH LEAPING OFF THE BOLD BLACK SHORE OF CLEMENTE " 28 + + ON THE RAMPAGE " 29 + + SWORDFISH ON THE SURFACE " 32 + + HOLDING HARD " 33 + + A CLEAN GREYHOUND LEAP " 36 + + 316-POUND SWORDFISH " 37 + + THE WILD OATS SLOPE OF CLEMENTE " 44 + + WHERE THE DEEP-BLUE SWELL BOOMS AGAINST THE LAVA + WALL OF CLEMENTE ISLAND " 45 + + FOUR MARLIN SWORDFISH IN ONE DAY " 68 + + A BIG SAILFISH BREAKING WATER " 69 + + FOUR SAILFISH IN ONE DAY ON LIGHT TACKLE " 76 + + SAILFISH THRESHING ON THE SURFACE " 77 + + MEMORABLE OF LONG KEY " 84 + + LEAPING SAILFISH " 85 + + SOLITUDE ON THE SEA " 92 + + SUNSET BY THE SEA " 93 + + TWIN TIGERS OF THE SEA--THE SAVAGE BARRACUDA " 98 + + HAPPY PASTIME OF BONEFISHING " 99 + + THE GAMEST FISH THAT SWIMS " 110 + + A WAAHOO " 111 + + AT LONG KEY, THE LONELY CORAL SHORE WHERE THE SUN + SHINES WHITE ALL DAY AND THE STARS SHINE WHITE + ALL NIGHT " 144 + + THE FAMOUS STUNT OF A MARLIN SWORDFISH, "WALKING + ON HIS TAIL" " 145 + + SURGING IN A HALF-CIRCLE " 148 + + BROADBILL SWORDFISH ON THE SURFACE--THE MOST + THRILLING SIGHT TO A SEA ANGLER " 149 + + SHINING IN THE SUNLIGHT " 156 + + THROWING WHITE WATER LIKE THE EXPLOSION OF A TORPEDO " 157 + + A LONG, SLIM SAILFISH WIGGLING IN THE AIR " 160 + + FIGHTING A BROADBILL SWORDFISH " 161 + + THE ONLY PHOTOGRAPH EVER TAKEN OF LEAPING BROADBILL + SWORDFISH " 180 + + XIPHIAS GLADIUS, THE BROADSWORDED GLADIATOR OF THE SEA " 181 + + A STRAIGHTAWAY GREYHOUND LEAP, MARVELOUS FOR ITS + SPEED AND WILDNESS " 188 + + LIKE A LEAPING SPECTER " 189 + + WALKING ON HIS TAIL " 192 + + A MAGNIFICENT FLASHING LEAP. THIS PERFECT PICTURE + CONSIDERED BY AUTHOR TO BE WORTH HIS FIVE + YEARS' LABOR AND PATIENCE " 193 + + TIRED OUT--THE LAST SLOW HEAVE " 196 + + HAULED ABOARD WITH BLOCK AND TACKLE " 197 + + R. C. ON THE JOB " 204 + + 304 POUNDS " 205 + + R. C. GREY AND RECORD MARLIN " 205 + + 328-POUND RECORD MARLIN BY R. C. GREY. SHAPELIEST + AND MOST BEAUTIFUL SPECIMEN EVER TAKEN " 208 + + SUNSET OVER CLEMENTE CHANNEL " 209 + + A BLUE-FINNED PLUGGER OF THE DEEP--138-POUND TUNA " 244 + + AVALON, THE BEAUTIFUL " 245 + + THE OLD AVALON BARGE WHERE THE GULLS FISH AND + SCREAM " 252 + + THE END OF THE DAY OFF CATALINA ISLAND " 253 + + SEAL ROCKS " 264 + + + + + [Illustration: THE GREAT COLORED ROLLERS OF THE PACIFIC] + + + + +ZANE GREY + +By W. Livingston Larned + + + Been to Avalon with Grey ... been most everywhere; + Chummed with him and fished with him in every Sportsman's + lair. + Helped him with the white Sea-bass and Barracuda haul, + Shared the Tuna's sprayful sport and heard his Hunter-call, + Me an' Grey are fishin' friends.... Pals of rod and reel, + Whether it's the sort that fights ... or th' humble eel, + On and on, through Wonderland ... winds a-blowin' free, + Catching all th' fins that grow ... Sportsman Grey an' Me. + + Been to Florida with Zane ... scouting down th' coast; + Whipped the deep for Tarpon, too, that natives love th' most. + Seen the smiling, Tropic isles that pass, in green review, + Gathered cocoanut and moss where Southern skies were blue. + Seen him laugh that boyish laugh, when things were goin' + right; + Helped him beach our little boat and kindle fires at night. + Comrades of the Open Way, the Treasure-Trove of Sea, + Port Ahoy and who cares where, with Mister Grey an' Me! + + Been to Western lands with Grey ... hunted fox and deer. + Seen the Grizzly's ugly face with danger lurkin' near. + Slept on needles, near th' sky, and marked th' round moon + rise + Over purpling peaks of snow that hurt a fellow's eyes. + Gone, like Indians, under brush and to some mystic place-- + Home of red men, long since gone, to join their dying race. + Yes ... we've chummed it, onward--outward ... mountain, + wood, and Key, + At the quiet readin'-table ... Sportsman Grey an' Me. + + + + +TALES OF FISHES + + + + +I + +BYME-BY-TARPON + + +To capture the fish is not all of the fishing. Yet there are +circumstances which make this philosophy hard to accept. I have in mind +an incident of angling tribulation which rivals the most poignant +instant of my boyhood, when a great trout flopped for one sharp moment +on a mossy stone and then was gone like a golden flash into the depths +of the pool. + +Some years ago I followed Attalano, my guide, down the narrow Mexican +street of Tampico to the bank of the broad Panuco. Under the rosy dawn +the river quivered like a restless opal. The air, sweet with the song of +blackbird and meadowlark, was full of cheer; the rising sun shone in +splendor on the water and the long line of graceful palms lining the +opposite bank, and the tropical forest beyond, with its luxuriant +foliage festooned by gray moss. Here was a day to warm the heart of any +fisherman; here was the beautiful river, celebrated in many a story; +here was the famous guide, skilled with oar and gaff, rich in +experience. What sport I would have; what treasure of keen sensation +would I store; what flavor of life would I taste this day! Hope burns +always in the heart of a fisherman. + +Attalano was in harmony with the day and the scene. He had a cheering +figure, lithe and erect, with a springy stride, bespeaking the Montezuma +blood said to flow in his Indian veins. Clad in a colored cotton shirt, +blue jeans, and Spanish girdle, and treading the path with brown feet +never deformed by shoes, he would have stopped an artist. Soon he bent +his muscular shoulders to the oars, and the ripples circling from each +stroke hardly disturbed the calm Panuco. Down the stream glided long +Indian canoes, hewn from trees and laden with oranges and bananas. In +the stern stood a dark native wielding an enormous paddle with ease. +Wild-fowl dotted the glassy expanse; white cranes and pink flamingoes +graced the reedy bars; red-breasted kingfishers flew over with friendly +screech. The salt breeze kissed my cheek; the sun shone with the +comfortable warmth Northerners welcome in spring; from over the white +sand-dunes far below came the faint boom of the ever-restless Gulf. + +We trolled up the river and down, across from one rush-lined lily-padded +shore to the other, for miles and miles with never a strike. But I was +content, for over me had been cast the dreamy, care-dispelling languor +of the South. + +When the first long, low swell of the changing tide rolled in, a +stronger breeze raised little dimpling waves and chased along the water +in dark, quick-moving frowns. All at once the tarpon began to show, +to splash, to play, to roll. It was as though they had been awakened by +the stir and murmur of the miniature breakers. Broad bars of silver +flashed in the sunlight, green backs cleft the little billows, wide +tails slapped lazily on the water. Every yard of river seemed to hold a +rolling fish. This sport increased until the long stretch of water, +which had been as calm as St. Regis Lake at twilight, resembled the +quick current of a Canadian stream. It was a fascinating, wonderful +sight. But it was also peculiarly exasperating, because when the fish +roll in this sportive, lazy way they will not bite. For an hour I +trolled through this whirlpool of flying spray and twisting tarpon, with +many a salty drop on my face, hearing all around me the whipping crash +of breaking water. + + [Illustration: TARPON THROWING HOOK] + + [Illustration: LEAPING TARPON] + +"Byme-by-tarpon," presently remarked Attalano, favoring me with the +first specimen of his English. + +The rolling of the tarpon diminished, and finally ceased as noon +advanced. + +No more did I cast longing eyes upon those huge bars of silver. They +were buried treasure. The breeze quickened as the flowing tide gathered +strength, and together they drove the waves higher. Attalano rowed +across the river into the outlet of one of the lagoons. This narrow +stream was unruffled by wind; its current was sluggish and its muddy +waters were clarifying under the influence of the now fast-rising tide. + +By a sunken log near shore we rested for lunch. I found the shade of the +trees on the bank rather pleasant, and became interested in a blue +heron, a russet-colored duck, and a brown-and-black snipe, all sitting +on the sunken log. Near by stood a tall crane watching us solemnly, and +above in the tree-top a parrot vociferously proclaimed his knowledge of +our presence. I was wondering if he objected to our invasion, at the +same time taking a most welcome bite for lunch, when directly in front +of me the water flew up as if propelled by some submarine power. Framed +in a shower of spray I saw an immense tarpon, with mouth agape and fins +stiff, close in pursuit of frantically leaping little fish. + +The fact that Attalano dropped his sandwich attested to the large size +and close proximity of the tarpon. He uttered a grunt of satisfaction +and pushed out the boat. A school of feeding tarpon closed the mouth of +the lagoon. Thousands of mullet had been cut off from their river haunts +and were now leaping, flying, darting in wild haste to elude the great +white monsters. In the foamy swirls I saw streaks of blood. + +"Byme-by-tarpon!" called Attalano, warningly. + +Shrewd guide! I had forgotten that I held a rod. When the realization +dawned on me that sooner or later I would feel the strike of one of +these silver tigers a keen, tingling thrill of excitement quivered over +me. The primitive man asserted himself; the instinctive lust to conquer +and to kill seized me, and I leaned forward, tense and strained with +suspended breath and swelling throat. + +Suddenly the strike came, so tremendous in its energy that it almost +pulled me from my seat; so quick, fierce, bewildering that I could think +of nothing but to hold on. Then the water split with a hissing sound to +let out a great tarpon, long as a door, seemingly as wide, who shot +up and up into the air. He wagged his head and shook it like a +struggling wolf. When he fell back with a heavy splash, a rainbow, +exquisitely beautiful and delicate, stood out of the spray, glowed, +paled, and faded. + + [Illustration: SAVALO, OR SILVER KING] + + [Illustration: THESE WILD FOWL HAVE THE WONDERFUL BEAUTY AND SPEED OF + FALCONS] + +Five times he sprang toward the blue sky, and as many he plunged down +with a thunderous crash. The reel screamed. The line sang. The rod, +which I had thought stiff as a tree, bent like a willow wand. The silver +king came up far astern and sheered to the right in a long, wide curve, +leaving behind a white wake. Then he sounded, while I watched the line +with troubled eyes. But not long did he sulk. He began a series of +magnificent tactics new in my experience. He stood on his tail, then on +his head; he sailed like a bird; he shook himself so violently as to +make a convulsive, shuffling sound; he dove, to come up covered with +mud, marring his bright sides; he closed his huge gills with a slap and, +most remarkable of all, he rose in the shape of a crescent, to +straighten out with such marvelous power that he seemed to actually +crack like a whip. + +After this performance, which left me in a condition of mental +aberration, he sounded again, to begin a persistent, dragging pull which +was the most disheartening of all his maneuvers; for he took yard after +yard of line until he was far away from me, out in the Panuco. We +followed him, and for an hour crossed to and fro, up and down, humoring +him, responding to his every caprice, as if he verily were a king. At +last, with a strange inconsistency more human than fishlike, he returned +to the scene of his fatal error, and here in the mouth of the smaller +stream he leaped once more. But it was only a ghost of his former +efforts--a slow, weary rise, showing he was tired. I could see it in the +weakening wag of his head. He no longer made the line whistle. + +I began to recover the long line. I pumped and reeled him closer. +Reluctantly he came, not yet broken in spirit, though his strength had +sped. He rolled at times with a shade of the old vigor, with a pathetic +manifestation of the temper that became a hero. I could see the long, +slender tip of his dorsal fin, then his broad tail and finally the gleam +of his silver side. Closer he came and slowly circled around the boat, +eying me with great, accusing eyes. I measured him with a fisherman's +glance. What a great fish! Seven feet, I calculated, at the very least. + +At this triumphant moment I made a horrible discovery. About six feet +from the leader the strands of the line had frayed, leaving only one +thread intact. My blood ran cold and the clammy sweat broke out on my +brow. My empire was not won; my first tarpon was as if he had never +been. But true to my fishing instincts, I held on morosely; tenderly I +handled him; with brooding care I riveted my eye on the frail place in +my line, and gently, ever so gently, I began to lead the silver king +shoreward. Every smallest move of his tail meant disaster to me, so when +he moved it I let go of the reel. Then I would have to coax him to swim +back again. + +The boat touched the bank. I stood up and carefully headed my fish +toward the shore, and slid his head and shoulders out on the lily-pads. +One moment he lay there, glowing like mother-of-pearl, a rare fish, +fresh from the sea. Then, as Attalano warily reached for the leader, he +gave a gasp, a flop that deluged us with muddy water, and a lunge that +spelled freedom. + +I watched him swim slowly away with my bright leader dragging beside +him. Is it not the loss of things which makes life bitter? What we have +gained is ours; what is lost is gone, whether fish, or use, or love, or +name, or fame. + +I tried to put on a cheerful aspect for my guide. But it was too soon. +Attalano, wise old fellow, understood my case. A smile, warm and living, +flashed across his dark face as he spoke: + +"Byme-by-tarpon." + +Which defined his optimism and revived the failing spark within my +breast. It was, too, in the nature of a prophecy. + + + + +II + +THE ISLAND OF THE DEAD + + +Strange wild adventures fall to the lot of a fisherman as well as to +that of a hunter. On board the _Monterey_, from Havana to Progreso, +Yucatan, I happened to fall into conversation with an English +globe-trotter who had just come from the Mont Pelée eruption. Like all +those wandering Englishmen, this one was exceedingly interesting. We +exchanged experiences, and I felt that I had indeed much to see and +learn of the romantic Old World. + +In Merida, that wonderful tropic city of white towers and white streets +and white-gowned women, I ran into this Englishman again. I wanted to +see the magnificent ruins of Uxmal and Ake and Labna. So did he. I knew +it would be a hard trip from Muna to the ruins, and so I explained. He +smiled in a way to make me half ashamed of my doubts. We went together, +and I found him to be a splendid fellow. We parted without knowing each +other's names. I had no idea what he thought of me, but I thought he +must have been somebody. + +While traveling around the coast of Yucatan I had heard of the wild and +lonely Alacranes Reef where lighthouse-keepers went insane from +solitude, and where wonderful fishes inhabited the lagoons. That was +enough for me. Forthwith I meant to go to Alacranes. + +Further inquiry brought me meager but fascinating news of an island on +that lonely coral reef, called _Isla de la Muerte_ (the Island of the +Dead). Here was the haunt of a strange bird, called by Indians +_rabihorcado_, and it was said to live off the booby, another strange +sea-bird. The natives of the coast solemnly averred that when the +_rabihorcado_ could not steal fish from the booby he killed himself by +hanging in the brush. I did not believe such talk. The Spanish appeared +to be _rabi_, meaning rabies, and _horcar_, to hang. + +I set about to charter a boat, and found the great difficulty in +procuring one to be with the Yucatecan government. No traveler had ever +before done such a thing. It excited suspicion. The officials thought +the United States was looking for a coaling-station. Finally, through +the help of the Ward line agent and the consul I prevailed upon them to +give me such papers as appeared necessary. Then my Indian boatmen +interested a crew of six, and I chartered a two-masted canoe-shaped bark +called the _Xpit_. + +The crew of the _Hispaniola_, with the never-to-be-forgotten John Silver +and the rest of the pirates of Treasure Island, could not have been a +more villainous and piratical gang than this of the bark _Xpit_. I was +advised not to take the trip alone. But it appeared impossible to find +any one to accompany me. I grew worried, yet determined not to miss the +opportunity. + +Strange to relate, as I was conversing on the dock with a ship captain +and the agent of the Ward line, lamenting the necessity of sailing for +Alacranes alone, some one near by spoke up, "Take me!" + +In surprise I wheeled to see my English acquaintance who had visited the +interior of Yucatan with me. I greeted him, thanked him, but of course +did not take him seriously, and I proceeded to expound the nature of my +venture. To my further surprise, he not only wanted to go, but he was +enthusiastic. + +"But it's a hard, wild trip," I protested. "Why, that crew of +barefooted, red-shirted Canary-Islanders have got me scared! Besides, +you don't know me!" + +"Well, you don't know me, either," he replied, with his winning smile. + +Then I awoke to my own obtuseness and to the fact that here was a real +man, in spite of the significance of a crest upon his linen. + +"If you'll take a chance on me I'll certainly take one on you," I +replied, and told him who I was, and that the Ward-line agent and +American consul would vouch for me. + +He offered his hand with the simple reply, "My name is C----." + +If before I had imagined he was somebody, I now knew it. And that was +how I met the kindest man, the finest philosopher, the most unselfish +comrade, the greatest example and influence that it has ever been my +good fortune to know upon my trips by land or sea. I learned this during +our wonderful trip to the Island of the Dead. He never thought of +himself. Hardship to him was nothing. He had no fear of the sea, nor of +men, nor of death. It seemed he never rested, never slept, never let +anybody do what he could do instead. + +That night we sailed for Alacranes. It was a white night of the tropics, +with a million stars blinking in the blue dome overhead, and the +Caribbean Sea like a shadowed opal, calm and rippling and shimmering. +The _Xpit_ was not a bark of comfort. It had a bare deck and an empty +hold. I could not stay below in that gloomy, ill-smelling pit, so I +tried to sleep on deck. I lay on a hatch under the great boom, and what +with its creaking, and the hollow roar of the sail, and the wash of the +waves, and the dazzling starlight, I could not sleep. C. sat on a coil +of rope, smoked, and watched in silence. I wondered about him then. + +Sunrise on the Caribbean was glorious to behold--a vast burst of silver +and gold over a level and wrinkling blue sea. By day we sailed, tacking +here and there, like lost mariners standing for some far-off unknown +shore. That night a haze of clouds obscured the stars, and it developed +that our red-shirted skipper steered by the stars. We indeed became lost +mariners. They sounded with a greased lead and determined our latitude +by the color and character of the coral or sand that came up on the +lead. Sometimes they knew where we were and at others they did not have +any more idea than had I. + +On the second morning out we reached Alacranes lighthouse; and when I +saw the flat strip of sand, without a tree or bush to lend it grace and +color, the bleak lighthouse, and the long, lonely reaches of barren +reefs from which there came incessant moaning, I did not wonder that two +former lighthouse-keepers had gone insane. The present keeper received +me with the welcome always accorded a visitor to out-of-the-world +places. He corroborated all that my Indian sailors had claimed for +the _rabihorcado_, and added the interesting information that +lighthouse-keepers desired the extinction of the birds because the +guano, deposited by them on the roofs of the keepers' houses, poisoned +the rain water--all they had to drink. + +I climbed the narrow, spiral stair to the lighthouse tower, and there, +apparently lifted into the cloud-navigated sky, I awakened to the real +wonder of coral reefs. Ridges of white and brown showed their teeth +against the crawling, tireless, insatiate sea. Islets of dead coral +gleamed like bleached bone, and beds of live coral, amber as wine, lay +wreathed in restless surf. From near to far extended the rollers, the +curving channels, and the shoals, all colorful, all quivering with the +light of jewels. Golden sand sloped into the gray-green of shallow +water, and this shaded again into darker green, which in turn merged +into purple, reaching away to the far barrier reef, a white wall against +the blue, heaving ocean. + +The crew had rowed us ashore with my boatmen Manuel and Augustine. And +then the red-shirted captain stated he would like to go back to Progreso +and return for us at our convenience. Hesitating over this, I finally +gave permission, on the promise that he would bring back the _Xpit_ in +one week. + +So they sailed away, and left us soon to find out that we were marooned +on a desert island. When I saw how C. took it I was glad of our enforced +stay. Solitude and loneliness pervaded Alacranes. Of all the places I +had visited, this island was the most hauntingly lonely. + + [Illustration: RABIHORCADO] + + [Illustration: THE BOOBIES HAD NO FEAR OF MAN, BUT BOTH YOUNG AND OLD + WOULD PICK WITH THEIR SHARP BILLS] + +It must have struck C. the same way, and even more powerfully than it +had me. He was a much older man, and, though so unfailingly cheerful and +helpful, he seemed to me to desire loneliness. He did not fish or shoot. +His pleasure appeared to be walking the strand, around and around the +little island, gathering bits of coral and shells and seaweeds and +strange things cast up by the tides. For hours he would sit high on the +lighthouse stairway and gaze out over the variegated mosaic of colored +reefs. My bed was a hammock in the loft of the keeper's house and it +hung close to an open door. At night I woke often, and I would look out +upon the lonely beach and sea. When the light flashed its long wheeling +gleam out into the pale obscurity of the night it always showed C.'s +dark figure on the lonely beach. I got into the habit of watching for +him, and never, at any time I happened to awake, did I fail to see him +out there. How strange he looms to me now! But I thought it was natural +then. The loneliness of that coral reef haunted me. The sound of the +sea, eternally slow and sad and moaning, haunted me like a passion. Men +are the better for solitude. + +Our bark, the _Xpit_, did not come back for us. Day by day we scanned +the heaving sea, far out beyond the barrier reef, until I began to feel +like Crusoe upon his lonely isle. We had no way to know then that our +crew had sailed twice from Progreso, getting lost the first time, and +getting drunk the second, eventually returning to the home port. Some +misfortunes turn out to be blessings. + +What adventures I had at Alacranes! But, alas! I cannot relate a single +story about really catching a fish. There were many and ferocious fish +that would rush any bait I tried, only I could not hold them. My tackle +was not equal to what it is now. Perhaps, however, if it had been it +would have been smashed just the same. + +In front of the lighthouse there had been built a little plank dock, +running out twenty yards or so. The water was about six feet deep, and a +channel of varying width meandered between the coral reefs out to the +deep blue sea. This must have been a lane for big fish to come inside +the barrier. Almost always there were great shadows drifting around in +the water. First I tried artificial baits. Some one, hoping to convert +me, had given me a whole box of those ugly, murderous plug-baits made +famous by Robert H. Davis. Whenever I made a cast with one of these a +big fish would hit it and either strip the hooks off or break my tackle. +Some of these fish leaped clear. They looked like barracuda to me, only +they were almost as silvery as a tarpon. One looked ten feet long and as +big around as a telegraph pole. When this one smashed the water white +and leaped, Manuel yelled, "_Pecuda!_" I tried hard to catch a specimen, +and had a good many hooked, but they always broke away. I did not know +then, as I know now, that barracuda grow to twelve feet in the +Caribbean. That fact is mentioned in records and natural histories. + +Out in the deeper lagoons I hooked huge fish that swam off +ponderously, dragging the skiff until my line parted. Once I was +fortunate enough to see one, which fact dispelled any possibility of its +being a shark. Manuel called it "_Cherna!_" It looked like a giant +sea-bass and would have weighed at least eight hundred pounds. The color +was lighter than any sea-bass I ever studied. My Indian boatmen claimed +this fish was a man-eater and that he and his crew had once fought one +all day and then it broke away. The fish I saw was huge enough to +swallow a man, that was certain. I think this species must have been the +great June-fish of the Gulf. I hooked one once at the mouth of the +Panuco River in Mexico and it nearly swamped the boat. + + [Illustration: YOUNG BOOBIES] + + [Illustration: SUGGESTIVE OF A WILD, WIND-SWEPT ISLAND OF THE SEA] + +Soon my tackle was all used up, and, for want of better, I had to use +tiny hooks and thread lines--because I was going to fish, by hook or +crook! This method, however, which I learned first of all, is not to be +despised. Whenever I get my hand on a thin, light, stiff reed pole and a +long, light line of thread with a little hook, then I revert to boyhood +days and sunfish and chubs and shiners and bullheads. Could any +fisherman desire more joy? Those days are the best. + + The child is father of the man + And I could wish my days to be + Bound each to each by natural piety. + +In the shallow water near the dock there always floated a dense school +of little fish like sardines. They drifted, floated, hovered beside the +dock, and when one of the big fish would rush near they would make a +breaking roar on the surface. Of me they evinced no fear whatever. But +no bait, natural or artificial, that I could discover, tempted them to +bite. This roused my cantankerous spirit to catch some of those little +fish or else fall inestimably in my own regard. I noted that whenever I +cast over the school it disintegrated. A circle widened from the center, +and where had been a black mass of fish was only sand. But as my hook +settled to the bottom the dark circle narrowed and closed until the +school was densely packed as before. Whereupon I tied several of the +tiny hooks together with a bit of lead, and, casting that out, I waited +till all was black around my line, then I jerked. I snagged one of the +little fish and found him to be a beautiful, silvery, flat-sided shiner +of unknown species to me. Every cast I made thereafter caught one of +them. And they were as good to eat as a sardine and better than a +mullet. + +My English comrade, C., sometimes went with me, and when he did go, the +interest and kindly curiosity and pleasure upon his face were a constant +source of delight to me. I knew that I was as new a species to him as +the little fish were to me. But C. had become so nearly a perfectly +educated man that nothing surprised him, nothing made him wonder. He +sympathized, he understood, he could put himself in the place of +another. What worried me, however, was the simple fact that he did not +care to fish or shoot for the so-called sport of either. I think my +education on a higher plane began at Alacranes, in the society of that +lonely Englishman. Somehow I have gravitated toward the men who have +been good for me. + + [Illustration: NESTS EVERYWHERE IN THE SAND AND MOSS] + + [Illustration: THESE HUGE BLACK RABIHORCADOS WERE THE LARGEST SPECIES + OF FRIGATE OR MAN-OF-WAR BIRD] + +But C. enjoyed action as well as contemplation. Once out on the shoals +when Manuel harpooned a huge hawk-bill turtle--the valuable species from +which the amber shell is derived--we had a thrilling and dangerous ride. +For the turtle hauled us at a terrific rate through the water. Then C. +joined in with the yells of the Indians. He was glad, however, when the +turtle left us stranded high upon a coral bed. + +On moonlight nights when the tide was low C. especially enjoyed wading +on the shoals and hunting for the _langustas_, or giant lobsters. This +was exciting sport. We used barrel-hoops with nets, and when we saw a +lobster shining in the shallow water we waded noiselessly close to swoop +down upon him with a great splash. I was always afraid of these huge +crayfish, but C. was not. His courage might have been predatory, for he +certainly liked to eat lobster. But he had a scare one night when a +devilfish or tremendous ray got between him and the shore and made the +water fly aloft in a geyser. It was certainly fun for me to see that +dignified Englishman make tracks across the shoal. + +To conclude about C., when I went on to Mexico City with him I met +friends of his there, a lord and a duke traveling incognito. C. himself +was a peer of England and a major in the English army. But I never +learned this till we got to Tampico, where they went with me for the +tarpon-fishing. They were rare fine fellows. L., the little Englishman, +could do anything under the sun, and it was from him I got my type for +Castleton, the Englishman, in _The Light of Western Stars_. I have been +told that never was there an Englishman on earth like the one I +portrayed in my novel. But my critics never fished with Lord L.! + +These English friends went with me to the station to bid me good-by and +good luck. We were to part there, they to take ship for London, and I to +take train for the headwaters of the Panuco River, down which unknown +streams I was to find my way through jungle to the Gulf. Here I was told +that C. had lost his only son in the Boer War, and since then had never +been able to rest or sleep or remain in one place. That stunned me, for +I remembered that he had seemed to live only to forget himself, to think +of others. It was a great lesson to me. And now, since I have not heard +from him during the four years of the world war, I seem to divine that +he has "gone west"; he has taken his last restless, helpful journey, +along with the best and noblest of England's blood. + + * * * * * + +Because this fish-story has so little of fish in it does not prove that +a man cannot fish for other game than fish. I remember when I was a boy +that I went with my brother--the R. C. and the Reddy of the accompanying +pages--to fish for bass at Dillon's Falls in Ohio. Alas for Bill Dilg +and Bob Davis, who never saw this blue-blooded home of bronze-back +black-bass! In the heat of the day my brother and I jabbed our poles +into the bank, and set off to amuse ourselves some other way for a +while. When we returned my pole was pulled down and wabbling so as to +make a commotion in the water. Quickly I grasped it and pulled, while +Reddy stared wide-eyed and open-mouthed. Surely a big bass had taken my +bait and hooked himself. Never had I felt so heavy and strong a bass! +The line swished back and forth; my pole bent more and more as I lifted. +The water boiled and burst in a strange splash. Then! a big duck flew, +as if by magic, right out from before us. So amazed was I that he nearly +pulled the pole out of my hands. Reddy yelled wildly. The duck broke the +line and sped away.... That moment will never be forgotten. It took us +so long to realize that the duck had swallowed my minnow, hooked +himself, and happened to be under the surface when we returned. + +So the point of my main story, like that of the above, is about how I +set out to catch fish, and, failing, found for such loss abundant +recompense. + + * * * * * + +Manuel and Augustine, my Indian sailors, embarked with me in a boat for +the Island of the Dead. Millions of marine creatures swarmed in the +labyrinthine waterways. Then, as we neared the land, "_Rabihorcado!_" +exclaimed Manuel, pointing to a black cloud hovering over the island. + +As we approached the sandy strip I made it out to be about half a mile +long, lying only a few feet above the level of the sea. Hundreds of +great, black birds flew out to meet us and sailed over the boat, a +sable-winged, hoarse-voiced crowd. When we beached I sprang ashore and +ran up the sand to the edge of green. The whole end of the island was +white with birds--large, beautiful, snowy birds with shiny black bars +across their wings. + +"Boobies," said Manuel and motioned me to go forward. + +They greeted our approach with the most discordant din it had ever been +my fortune to hear. A mingling of honk and cackle, it manifested not +excitement so much as curiosity. I walked among the boobies, and they +never moved except to pick at me with long, sharp bills. Many were +sitting on nests, and all around in the sand were nests with eggs, and +little boobies just hatched, and others in every stage of growth, up to +big babies of birds like huge balls of pure white wool. I wondered where +the thousands of mothers were. The young ones showed no concern when I +picked them up, save to dig into me with curious bills. + +I saw an old booby, close by, raise his black-barred wings, and, +flapping them, start to run across the sand. In this way he launched +himself into the air and started out to sea. Presently I noticed several +more flying away, one at a time, while others came sailing back again. +How they could sail! They had the swift, graceful flight of a falcon. + +For a while I puzzled over the significance of this outgoing and +incoming. Shortly a bird soared overhead, circled with powerful sweep, +and alighted within ten feet of me. The bird watched me with gray, +unintelligent eyes. They were stupid, uncanny eyes, yet somehow so fixed +and staring as to seem accusing. One of the little white balls of wool +waddled up and, rubbing its fuzzy head against the booby, proclaimed the +filial relation. After a few rubs and wabbles the young bird opened wide +its bill and let out shrill cries. The mother bobbed up and down in +evident consternation, walked away, came back, and with an eye on me +plainly sought to pacify her fledgling. Suddenly she put her bill far +down into the wide-open bill, effectually stifling the cries. Then the +two boobies stood locked in amazing convulsions. The throat of the +mother swelled, and a lump passed into and down the throat of the young +bird. The puzzle of the flying boobies was solved in the startling +realization that the mother had returned from the sea with a fish in her +stomach and had disgorged it into the gullet of her offspring. + + [Illustration: RABIHORCADO RISING FROM THEIR EGGS] + + [Illustration: BOOBIES OF ISLA DE LA MUERTE IN THE CARIBBEAN SEA] + +I watched this feat performed dozens of times, and at length scared a +mother booby into withdrawing her bill and dropping a fish on the sand. +It was a flying-fish fully ten inches long. I interrupted several little +dinner-parties, and in each case found the disgorged fish to be of the +flying species. The boobies flew ten, twenty miles out to the open sea +for fish, while the innumerable shoals that lay around their island were +alive with sardine and herring! + +I had raised a tremendous row; so, leaving the boobies to quiet down, I +made my way toward the flocks of _rabihorcados_. Here and there in the +thick growth of green weed were boobies squatting on isolated nests. No +sooner had I gotten close to the _rabihorcados_ than I made sure they +were the far-famed frigate pelicans, or man-of-war birds. They were as +tame as the boobies; as I walked among them many did not fly at all. +Others rose with soft, swishing sound of great wings and floated in a +circle, uttering deep-throated cries, not unlike the dismal croak of +ravens. Perfectly built for the air, they were like feathers blown by a +breeze. Light, thin, long, sharp, with enormous spread of wings, +beautiful with the beauty of dead, blue-black sheen, and yet hideous, +too, with their grisly necks and cruel, crooked beaks and vulture eyes, +they were surely magnificent specimens of winged creation. + +Nests of dried weeds littered the ground, and eggs and young were +everywhere. The little ones were covered with white down, and the +developing feathers on their wings were turning black. They squalled +unremittingly, which squalling I decided was not so much on my account +as because of a swarm of black flies that attacked them when the mothers +flew away. I was hard put to it myself to keep these flies, large as +pennies and as flat, from eating me alive. They slipped up my sleeves +and trousers and their bite made a wasp-sting pleasure by comparison. + +By rushing into a flock of _rabihorcados_ I succeeded several times in +catching one in my hands. And spreading it out, I made guesses as to +width from tip to tip of wings. None were under seven feet; one measured +all of eight. They made no strenuous resistance and regarded me with +cold eyes. Every flock that I put to flight left several dozen little +ones squalling in the nests; and at one place an old booby waddled to +the nests and began to maltreat the young _rabihorcados_. Instincts of +humanity bade me scare the old brute away until I happened to remember +the relation existing between the two species. Then I watched. With my +own eyes I saw that grizzled booby pick and bite and wring those poor +little birds with a grim and deadly deliberation. When the mothers, soon +returning, fluttered down, they did not attack the booby, but protected +their little ones by covering them with body and wings. Conviction came +upon me that it was instinctive for the booby to kill the parasitical +_rabihorcado_; and likewise instinctive for the _rabihorcado_ to +preserve the life of the booby. + +A shout from Manuel directed me toward the extreme eastern end of the +island. On the way I discovered many little dead birds, and the farther +I went the more I found. Among the low bushes were also many old +_rabihorcados_, dead and dry. Some were twisted among the network of +branches, and several were hanging in limp, grotesque, horribly +suggestive attitudes of death. Manuel had all of the Indian's leaning +toward the mystical, and he believed the _rabihorcados_ had destroyed +themselves. Starved they may very well have been, but to me the gales of +that wind-swept, ocean desert accounted for the hanging _rabihorcados_. +Still, when face to face with the island, with its strife, and its +illustration of the survival of the fittest, all that Manuel had claimed +and more, I had to acknowledge the disquieting force of the thing and +its stunning blow to an imagined knowledge of life and its secrets. + +Suddenly Manuel shouted and pointed westward. I saw long white streams +of sea-birds coming toward the island. My glass showed them to be +boobies. An instant later thousands of _rabihorcados_ took wing as if +impelled by a common motive. Manuel ran ahead in his excitement, turning +to shout to me, and then to point toward the wavering, swelling, white +streams. I hurried after him, to that end of the island where we had +landed, and I found the colony of boobies in a state of great +perturbation. All were squawking, flapping wings, and waddling +frantically about. Here was fear such as had not appeared on my advent. + +Thousands of boobies were returning from deep-sea fishing, and as they +neared the island they were met and set upon by a swarming army of +_rabihorcados_. Darting white and black streaks crossed the blue of sky +like a changeful web. The air was full of plaintive cries and hoarse +croaks and the windy rush of wings. So marvelous was this scene of +incredibly swift action, of kaleidoscopic change, of streaking lines and +curves, that the tragedy at first was lost upon me. Then the shrieking +of a booby told me that the robber birds were after their prey. Manuel +lay flat on the ground to avoid being struck by low-flying birds, but I +remained standing in order to see the better. Faster and faster circled +the pursued and pursuers and louder grew the cries and croaks. My gaze +was bewildered by the endless, eddying stream of birds. + +Then I turned my back on sea and beach where this bee-swarm confused my +vision, and looked to see single boobies whirling here and there with +two or three black demons in pursuit. I picked out one group and turned +my glass upon it. Many battles had I seen by field and stream and +mountain, but this unequal battle by sea eclipsed all. The booby's +mother instinct was to get to her young with the precious fish that +meant life. And she would have been more than a match for any one thief. +But she could not cope successfully with two fierce _rabihorcados_; for +one soared above her, resting, watching, while the other darted and +whirled to the attack. They changed, now one black demon swooping down, +and then the other, in calculating, pitiless pursuit. How glorious she +was in poise and swerve and sweep! For what seemed a long time neither +_rabihorcado_ touched her. What distance she could have placed between +them but for that faithful mother instinct! She kept circling, ever +returning, drawn back toward the sand by the magnet of love; and the +powerful wings seemed slowly to lose strength. Closer the _rabihorcados_ +swooped and rose and swooped again, till one of them, shooting down like +a black flash, struck her in the back. The white feathers flew away on +the wind. She swept up, appeared to pause wearily and quiver, then +disgorged her fish. It glinted in the sunlight. The _rabihorcado_ +dropped in easy, downward curve and caught it as it fell. + +So the struggle for existence continued till I seemed to see all the +world before me with its myriads of wild creatures preying upon one +another; the spirit of nature, unquenchable as the fires of the sun, +continuing ceaseless and imperturbable in its inscrutable design. + +As we rowed away I looked back. Sky of a dull purple, like smoke with +fire behind it, framed the birds of power and prey in colors suitable to +their spirit. My ears were filled with the haunting sound of the sea, +the sad wash of the surf, the harmonious and mournful music of the +Island of the Dead. + + + + +III + +THE ROYAL PURPLE GAME OF THE SEA + + +To the great majority of anglers it may seem unreasonable to place +swordfishing in a class by itself--by far the most magnificent sport in +the world with rod and reel. Yet I do not hesitate to make this +statement and believe I can prove it. + +The sport is young at this writing--very little has been written by men +who have caught swordfish. It was this that attracted me. Quite a number +of fishermen have caught a swordfish. But every one of them will have +something different to tell you and the information thus gleaned is apt +to leave you at sea, both metaphorically and actually. Quite a number of +fishermen, out after yellowtail, have sighted a swordfish, and with the +assistance of heavy tackle and their boatmen have caught that swordfish. +Some few men have caught a small swordfish so quickly and easily that +they cannot appreciate what happened. On the other hand, one very large +swordfish, a record, was caught in an hour, after a loggy rolling about, +like a shark, without leaping. But these are not fighting swordfish. Of +course, under any circumstances, it is an event to catch a swordfish. +But the accidents, the flukes, the lucky stabs of the game, do not in +any sense prove what swordfishing is or what it is not. + +In August, 1914, I arrived at Avalon with tuna experience behind me, +with tarpon experience, and all the other kinds of fishing experience, +even to the hooking of a swordfish in Mexico. I am inclined to confess +that all this experience made me--well, somewhat too assured. Any one +will excuse my enthusiasm. The day of my arrival I met Parker, the +genial taxidermist of Avalon, and I started to tell him how I wanted my +swordfish mounted. He interrupted me: "Say, young fellow, you want to +catch a swordfish first!" One of the tuna boatmen gave me a harder jolt. +He said: "Well, if you fish steadily for a couple of weeks, maybe you'll +get a strike. And one swordfish caught out of ten strikes is good work!" +But Danielson was optimistic and encouraging, as any good boatman ought +to be. If I had not been fortunate enough to secure Captain Dan as my +boatman, it is certain that one of the most wonderful fishing +experiences on record would have fallen to some other fisherman, instead +of to me. + +We went over to Clemente Island, which is thirty-six miles from Catalina +Island. Clemente is a mountain rising out of the sea, uninhabited, +lonely, wild, and beautiful. But I will tell about the island later. + +The weather was perfect, the conditions were apparently ideal. I shall +never forget the sight of the first swordfish, with his great +sickle-shaped tail and his purple fin. Nor am I likely to forget my +disappointment when he totally ignored the flying-fish bait we trolled +before him. + +That experience was but a forerunner to others just like it. Every day +we sighted one or more swordfish. But we could not get one to take hold. +Captain Dan said there was more chance of getting a strike from a +swordfish that was not visible rolling on the surface. Now a flying-fish +bait makes a rather heavy bait to troll; and as it is imperative to have +the reel free running and held lightly with the thumb, after a few hours +such trolling becomes hard work. Hard as it was, it did not wear on me +like the strain of being always ready for a strike. I doubt if any +fisherman could stand this strain. + +In twenty-one days I had seen nineteen swordfish, several of which had +leaped playfully, or to shake off the remoras--parasite, blood-sucking +little fish--and the sight of every one had only served to increase my +fascination. By this time I had realized something of the difficult +nature of the game, and I had begun to have an inkling of what sport it +might be. During those twenty-one days we had trolled fifteen hundred +miles, altogether, up and down that twenty-five-mile coast of rugged +Clemente. And we had trolled round these fish in every conceivable way. +I cannot begin to describe my sensations when we circled round a +swordfish, and they grew more intense and acute as the strain and +suspense dragged. Captain Dan, of course, was mostly dominated by my +feeling. All the same, I think the strain affected him on his own +account. + +Then one day Boschen came over to Clemente with Farnsworth--and let me +explain, by the way, that Boschen is probably the greatest heavy tackle +fisherman living. Boschen would not fish for anything except tuna or +swordfish, and up to this visit to Clemente he had caught many tuna, but +only one swordfish, a _Xiphias_. This is the broadbill, or true, +swordfish; and he is even rarer, and certainly larger and fiercer, than +the Marlin, or roundbill, swordfish. This time at Clemente, Boschen +caught his first Marlin and it weighed over three hundred pounds, leaped +clear into the air sixty-three times, and gave a spectacular and +magnificent surface fight that simply beggared description. + + [Illustration: A SWORDFISH LEAPING OFF THE BOLD BLACK SHORE OF + CLEMENTE] + + [Illustration: ON THE RAMPAGE] + +It made me wild to catch one, of like weight and ferocity. I spent +several more endless days in vain. Then on the twenty-fifth day, way off +the east end of Clemente, we sighted a swordfish with a tail almost +pink. He had just come to those waters and had not yet gotten sunburnt. +We did not have to circle round him! At long distance he saw my bait, +and as he went under I saw he had headed for it. I remember that I shook +all over. And when I felt him take that bait, thrill on thrill +electrified me. Steadily the line ran off the reel. Then Captain Dan +leaned over and whispered, hoarsely: + +"When you think he's had enough throw on your drag and strike. Then wind +quick and strike again.... Wind and strike! Keep it up till he shows!" + +Despite my intense excitement, I was calm enough to follow directions. +But when I struck I felt no weight at all--no strain on the line. +Frantically I wound and jerked--again and again! I never felt him at +all. Suddenly my line rose--and then, bewilderingly near the boat, when +I was looking far off, the water split with a roar and out shot a huge, +gleaming, white-and-purple fish. He blurred in my sight. Down he went +with a crash. I wound the reel like a madman, but I never even half got +up the slack line. The swordfish had run straight toward the boat. He +leaped again, in a place I did not expect, and going down, instantly +came up in another direction. His speed, his savageness, stunned me. I +could not judge of his strength, for I never felt his weight. The next +leap I saw him sling the hook. It was a great performance. Then that +swordfish, finding himself free, leaped for the open sea, and every few +yards he came out in a clean jump. I watched him, too fascinated to +count the times he broke water, but he kept it up till he was out of +sight on the horizon. + +At first Captain Dan took the loss harder than I took it. But gradually +I realized what had happened, and, though I made a brave effort to be +game and cheerful, I was sick. It did seem hard that, after all those +twenty-five days of patience and hope and toil, I could not have hooked +the swordfish. I see now that it was nothing, only an incident, but I +shall never forget the pang. + +That day ended my 1914 experience. The strain had been too hard on me. +It had taken all this time for me to appreciate what swordfishing might +be. I assured Captain Dan I would come back in 1915, but at the time he +did not believe me. He said: + +"If you hadn't stuck it out so long I wouldn't care. Most of the +fishermen try only a few days and never come back. Don't quit now!" + + * * * * * + +But I did go back in 1915. Long ago on my lonely desert trips I learned +the value of companions and I dreaded the strain of this swordfishing +game. I needed some one to help lessen it. Besides that, I needed +snapshot pictures of leaping swordfish, and it was obvious that Captain +Dan and I would have our hands full when a fish got hooked. We had +music, books, magazines--everything that could be thought of. + +Murphy, the famous old Avalon fisherman and tackle-maker, had made me a +double split-bamboo rod, and I had brought the much-talked-of B-Ocean +reel. This is Boschen's invention--one he was years in perfecting. It +held fifteen hundred feet of No. 24 line. And I will say now that it is +a grand reel, the best on the market. But I did not know that then, and +had to go through the trip with it, till we were both tried out. Lastly, +and most important, I had worked to get into condition to fight +swordfish. For weeks I rowed a boat at home to get arms and back in +shape, and especially my hands. Let no fisherman imagine he can land a +fighting swordfish with soft hands! + +So, prepared for a long, hard strain, like that of 1914, I left Avalon +hopeful, of course, but serious, determined, and alive to the +possibilities of failure. + +I did not troll across the channel between the islands. There was a big +swell running, and four hours of it gave me a disagreeable feeling. Now +and then I got up to see how far off Clemente was. And upon the last of +these occasions I saw the fins of a swordfish right across our bow. I +yelled to Captain Dan. He turned the boat aside, almost on top of the +swordfish. Hurriedly I put a bait on my hook and got it overboard, and +let the line run. Then I looked about for the swordfish. He had gone +down. + +It seemed then that, simultaneously with the recurrence of a peculiar +and familiar disappointment, a heavy and powerful fish viciously took my +bait and swept away. I yelled to Captain Dan: + +"He's got it!" ... + +Captain Dan stopped the engine and came to my side. "No!" he exclaimed. + +Then I replied, "Look at that line!" ... + +It seemed like a dream. Too good to be true! I let out a shout when I +hooked him and a yell of joy when he broke water--a big swordfish, over +two hundred pounds. What really transpired on Captain Dan's boat the +following few moments I cannot adequately describe. Suffice to say that +it was violent effort, excitement, and hilarity. I never counted the +leaps of the swordfish. I never clearly saw him after that first leap. +He seemed only a gleam in flying spray. Still, I did not make any +mistakes. + +At the end of perhaps a quarter of an hour the swordfish quit his +surface work and settled down to under-water fighting, and I began to +find myself. Captain Dan played the phonograph, laughed, and joked while +I fought the fish. My companions watched my rod and line and the water, +wide-eyed and mute, as if they could not believe what seemed true. + +In about an hour and a half the swordfish came up and, tired out, he +rolled on the top of the great swells. But he could not be drawn near +the boat. One little wave of his tail made my rod bend dangerously. +Still, I knew I had him beaten, and I calculated that in another hour, +perhaps, I could lead him alongside. + + [Illustration: SWORDFISH ON THE SURFACE] + + [Illustration: HOLDING HARD] + +Then, like thunder out of a clear sky, something went wrong with the +great B-Ocean reel. It worked hard. When a big swell carried the +swordfish up, pulling out line, the reel rasped. + +"It's freezing on you!" shouted Captain Dan, with dark glance. + +A new reel sometimes clogs and stops from friction and heat. I had had +von Hofe and other reels freeze. But in this instance, it seemed that +for the reel to freeze would be simply heartbreaking. Well--it froze, +tight as a shut vise! I sat there, clutching the vibrating rod, and I +watched the swordfish as the swells lifted him. I expected the line to +break, but, instead, the hook tore out. + +Next day we sighted four swordfish and tried in vain to coax one to +bite. + +Next day we sighted ten swordfish, which is a record for one day. They +were indifferent. + +The next three. The next one, with like result. The next day no fish +were sighted, and that fact encouraged Captain Dan. + +The next day, late in the afternoon, I had a strike and hooked a +swordfish. He leaped twice and threw the hook. + +The next day I got eleven jumps out of another before he gracefully +flung the hook at the boat. + +The next day, a big swordfish, with a ragged purple fin, took my bait +right astern of the boat and sounded deep. I hooked him. Time and time +again I struck with all my might. The fish did not seem to mind that. +He swam along with the boat. He appeared very heavy. I was elated and +curious. + +"What's he going to do?" I kept asking Captain Dan. + +"Wait!" he exclaimed. + +After six minutes the swordfish came up, probably annoyed by the hook +fast in him. When he showed his flippers, as Captain Dan called them, we +all burst out with wonder and awe. As yet I had no reason to fear a +swordfish. + +"He's a whale!" yelled Captain Dan. + +Probably this fish measured eight feet between his dorsal fin and the +great curved fluke of his tail, and that would make his total length +over twelve feet. + +No doubt the swordfish associated the thing fast in his jaw with the +boat, for he suddenly awoke. He lifted himself, wagging his sword, +showing his great silvery side. Then he began to thresh. I never felt a +quarter of such power at the end of a line. He went swift as a flash. +Then he leaped sheer ahead, like a porpoise, only infinitely more +active. We all yelled. He was of great size, over three hundred, broad, +heavy, long, and the most violent and savage fish I ever had a look at. +Then he rose half--two-thirds out of the water, shaking his massive +head, jaws open, sword sweeping, and seemed to move across the water in +a growing, boiling maelstrom of foam. This was the famous "walking on +his tail" I had heard so much about. It was an incredible feat. He must +have covered fifty yards. Then he plunged down, and turned swiftly in a +curve toward the boat. He looked threatening to me. I could not manage +the slack line. One more leap and he threw the hook. I found the point +of the hook bent. It had never been embedded in his jaw. And also I +found that his violent exercise had lasted just one minute. I wondered +how long I would have lasted had the hook been deep-set. + +Next day I had a swordfish take my bait, swim away on the surface, +showing the flying-fish plainly between his narrow beak, and after +fooling with it for a while he ejected it. + +Next day I got a great splashing strike from another, without even a +sight of the fish. + +Next day I hooked one that made nineteen beautiful leaps straightaway +before he got rid of the hook. + +And about that time I was come to a sad pass. In fact, I could not +sleep, eat, or rest. I was crazy on swordfish. + +Day after day, from early morning till late afternoon, aboard on the +sea, trolling, watching, waiting, eternally on the alert, I had kept at +the game. My emotional temperament made this game a particularly trying +one. And every possible unlucky, unforeseen, and sickening thing that +could happen to a fisherman had happened. I grew morbid, hopeless. I +could no longer see the beauty of that wild and lonely island, nor the +wonder of that smooth, blue Pacific, nor the myriad of strange +sea-creatures. It was a bad state of mind which I could not wholly +conquer. Only by going at it so hard, and sticking so long, without any +rests, could I gain the experience I wanted. A man to be a great +fisherman should have what makes Stewart White a great hunter--no +emotions. If a lion charged me I would imagine a million things. Once +when a Mexican _tigre_, a jaguar, charged me I--But that is not this +story. Boschen has the temperament for a great fisherman. He is +phlegmatic. All day--and day after day--he sits there, on trigger, so to +speak, waiting for the strike that will come. He is so constituted that +it does not matter to him how soon or how late the strike comes. To me +the wait, the suspense, grew to be maddening. Yet I stuck it out, and in +this I claim a victory, of which I am prouder than I am of the record +that gave me more swordfish to my credit than any other fisherman has +taken. + +On the next day, August 11th, about three o'clock, I saw a long, moving +shadow back of my bait. I jumped up. There was the purple, drifting +shape of a swordfish. I felt a slight vibration when he hit the bait +with his sword. Then he took the bait. I hooked this swordfish. He +leaped eight times before he started out to sea. He took us three miles. +In an hour and five minutes I brought him to gaff--a small fish. Captain +Dan would take no chances of losing him. He risked much when he grasped +the waving sword with his right hand, and with the gaff in his left he +hauled the swordfish aboard and let him slide down into the cockpit. For +Captain Dan it was no less an overcoming of obstinate difficulty than +for me. He was as elated as I, but I forgot the past long, long siege, +while he remembered it. + +That swordfish certainly looked a tiger of the sea. He had purple fins, +long, graceful, sharp; purple stripes on a background of dark, mottled +bronze green; mother-of-pearl tint fading into the green; and great +opal eyes with dark spots in the center. The colors came out most +vividly and exquisitely, the purple blazing, just as the swordfish +trembled his last and died. He was nine feet two inches long and weighed +one hundred and eighteen pounds. + + [Illustration: A CLEAN GREYHOUND LEAP] + + [Illustration: 316-POUND SWORDFISH] + + * * * * * + +I caught one the next day, one hundred and forty-four pounds. Fought +another the next day and he threw the hook after a half-hour. Caught two +the following day--one hundred and twenty, and one hundred and sixty-six +pounds. And then, Captain Dan foreshadowing my remarkable finish, +exclaimed: + +"I'm lookin' for busted records now!" + + * * * * * + +One day about noon the sea was calm except up toward the west end, where +a wind was whipping the water white. Clemente Island towered with its +steep slopes of wild oats and its blue cañons full of haze. + +Captain Dan said he had seen a big swordfish jump off to the west, and +we put on full speed. He must have been a mile out and just where the +breeze ruffled the water. As good luck would have it, we came upon the +fish on the surface. I consider this a fine piece of judgment for +Captain Dan, to locate him at that distance. He was a monster and fresh +run from the outside sea. That is to say, his great fin and tail were +violet, almost pink in color. They had not had time to get sunburnt, as +those of fish earlier arrived at Clemente. + +We made a wide circle round him, to draw the flying-fish bait near him. +But before we could get it near he went down. The same old story, I +thought, with despair--these floating fish will not bite. We circled +over the place where he had gone down, and I watched my bait rising and +falling in the low swells. + +Suddenly Captain Dan yelled and I saw a great blaze of purple and silver +green flashing after my bait. It was the swordfish, and he took the bait +on the run. That was a moment for a fisherman! I found it almost +impossible to let him have enough line. All that I remember about the +hooking of him was a tremendous shock. His first dash was irresistibly +powerful, and I had a sensation of the absurdity of trying to stop a +fish like that. Then the line began to rise on the surface and to +lengthen in my sight, and I tried to control my rapture and fear enough +to be able to see him clearly when he leaped. The water split, and up he +shot--a huge, glittering, savage, beautiful creature, all purple and +opal in the sunlight. He did not get all the way out of the water, but +when he dropped back he made the water roar. + +Then, tearing off line, he was out of the water in similar leaps--seven +times more. Captain Dan had his work cut out for him as well as I had +mine. It was utterly impossible to keep a tight line, and when I felt +the slacking of weight I grew numb and sick--thinking he was gone. But +he suddenly straightened the line with a jerk that lifted me, and he +started inshore. He had about four hundred feet of line out, and more +slipping out as if the drag was not there. Captain Dan headed the boat +after him at full speed. Then followed a most thrilling race. It was +over very quickly, but it seemed an age. When he stopped and went down +he had pulled thirteen hundred feet off my reel while we were chasing +him at full speed. While he sounded I got back half of this line. I wish +I could give some impression of the extraordinary strength and speed of +this royal purple fish of the sea. He came up again, in two more leaps, +one of which showed me his breadth of back, and then again was performed +for me the feature of which I had heard so much and which has made the +swordfish the most famous of all fish--he rose two-thirds out of the +water, I suppose by reason of the enormous power of his tail, though it +seemed like magic, and then he began to walk across the sea in a great +circle of white foam, wagging his massive head, sword flying, jaws wide, +dorsal fin savagely erect, like a lion's mane. He was magnificent. I +have never seen fury so expressed or such an unquenchable spirit. Then +he dropped back with a sudden splash, and went down and down and down. + +All swordfish fight differently, and this one adopted tuna tactics. He +sounded and began to plug away and bang the leader with his tail. He +would take off three hundred feet of line, and then, as he slowed up, I, +by the labor of Hercules, pulled and pumped and wound most of it back on +the reel. This kept up for an hour--surely the hardest hour's work of my +life. + +But a swordfish is changeable. That is the beauty of his gameness. He +left off sounding and came up to fight on the surface. In the next hour +he pulled us from the Fence to Long Point, a distance of four miles. + +Once off the Point, where the tide rip is strong, he began to circle in +great, wide circles. Strangely, he did not put out to sea. And here, +during the next hour, I had the finest of experiences I think that ever +befell a fisherman. I was hooked to a monster fighting swordfish; I was +wet with sweat, and salt water that had dripped from my reel, and I was +aching in every muscle. The sun was setting in banks of gold and silver +fog over the west end, and the sea was opalescent--vast, shimmering, +heaving, beautiful. And at this sunset moment, or hour--for time seemed +nothing--a school of giant tuna began leaping around us, smashing the +water, making the flying-fish rise in clouds, like drifting bees. I saw +a whole flock of flying-fish rise into the air with that sunset glow and +color in the background, and the exquisite beauty of life and movement +was indescribable. Next a bald eagle came soaring down, and, swooping +along the surface, he lowered his talons to pick up a crippled +flying-fish. And when the hoary-headed bird rose, a golden eagle, larger +and more powerful, began to contest with him for the prey. + +Then the sky darkened and the moon whitened--and my fight went on. I had +taken the precaution to work for two months at rowing to harden my hands +for just such a fight as this. Yet my hands suffered greatly. A man who +is not in the best of physical trim, with his hands hard, cannot hope to +land a big swordfish. + +I was all afternoon at this final test, and all in, too, but at last I +brought him near enough for Captain Dan to grasp the leader.... Then +there was something doing around that boat for a spell! I was positive +a German torpedo had hit us. But the explosion was only the swordfish's +tail and Dan's voice yelling for another gaff. When Captain Dan got the +second gaff in him there was another submarine attack, but the boat did +not sink. + +Next came the job of lassoing the monster's tail. Here I shone, for I +had lassoed mountain-lions with Buffalo Jones, and I was efficient and +quick. Captain Dan and I were unable to haul the fish on board, and we +had to get out the block and tackle and lift the tail on deck, secure +that, and then pull up the head from the other side. After that I needed +some kind of tackle to hold me up. + +We were miles from camp, and I was wet and cold and exhausted, and the +pain in my blistered hands was excruciating. But not soon shall I forget +that ride down the shore with the sea so rippling and moon-blanched, and +the boom of the surf on the rocks, and the peaks of the island standing +bold and dark against the white stars. + +This swordfish weighed three hundred and sixteen pounds on faulty scales +at Clemente. He very likely weighed much more. He was the largest +Captain Dan ever saw, up to that time. Al Shade guessed his weight at +three hundred and sixty. The market fishermen, who put in at the little +harbor the next day, judged him way over three hundred, and these men +are accurate. The fish hung head down for a day and night, lost all the +water and blood and feed in him, and another day later, when landed at +Avalon, he had lost considerable. There were fishermen who discredited +Captain Dan and me, who in our enthusiasm claimed a record. + +But--that sort of thing is one of the aspects of the sport. I was sorry, +for Captain Dan's sake. The rivalries between boatmen are keen and +important, and they are fostered by unsportsman-like fishermen. And +fishermen live among past associations; they grow to believe their +performances unbeatable and they hate to see a new king crowned. This +may be human, since we are creatures who want always to excel, but it is +irritating to the young fishermen. As for myself, what did I care how +much the swordfish weighed? He was huge, magnificent, beautiful, and +game to the end of that four-hour battle. Who or what could change +that--or the memory of those schools of flying-fish in the sunset +glow--or the giant tuna, smashing the water all about me--or the eagles +fighting over my head--or the beauty of wild and lonely Clemente under +its silver cloud-banks? + + * * * * * + +I went on catching one or two swordfish every day, and Captain Dan +averred that the day would come when we would swamp the boat. These days +were fruitful of the knowledge of swordfish that I had longed to earn. + +They are indeed "queer birds." I learned to recognize the sharp +vibration of my line when a swordfish rapped the bait with his sword. No +doubt he thought he thus killed his prey. Then the strike would come +invariably soon after. No two swordfish acted or fought alike. I hooked +one that refused to stand the strain of the line. He followed the boat, +and was easily gaffed. I hooked another, a heavy fish, that did not show +for two hours. We were sure we had a broadbill, and were correspondingly +worried. The broadbill swordfish is a different proposition. He is +larger, fiercer, and tireless. He will charge the boat, and nothing but +the churning propeller will keep him from ramming the boat. There were +eight broadbill swordfish hooked at Avalon during the summer, and not +one brought to gaff. This is an old story. Only two have been caught to +date. They are so powerful, so resistless, so desperate, and so cunning +that it seems impossible to catch them. They will cut bait after bait +off your hook as clean as if it had been done with a knife. For that +matter, their broad bill is a straight, long, powerful two-edged sword. +And the fish perfectly understands its use. + +This matter of swordfish charging the boat is apt to be discredited by +fishermen. But it certainly is not doubted by the few who know. I have +seen two swordfish threaten my boat, and one charge it. Walker, an +Avalon boatman, tells of a prodigious battle his angler had with a +broadbill giant calculated to weigh five hundred pounds. This fight +lasted eight hours. Many times the swordfish charged the boat and lost +his nerve. If that propeller had stopped he would have gone through the +boat as if it had been paper. After this fish freed himself he was so +mad that he charged the boat repeatedly. Boschen fought a big broadbill +for eleven hours. And during this fight the swordfish sounded to the +bottom forty-eight times, and had to be pumped up; he led the boat +almost around Catalina Island--twenty-nine miles; and he had gotten out +into the channel, headed for Clemente, when he broke away. This fish did +everything. I consider this battle the greatest on record. Only a man of +enormous strength and endurance could have lasted so long--not to speak +of the skill and wits necessary on the part of both fisherman and +boatman. All fishermen fish for the big fish, though it is sport to +catch any game fish, irrespective of size. But let any fisherman who has +nerve see and feel a big swordfish on his line, and from that moment he +is obsessed. Why, a tarpon is child's play compared to holding a fast +swordfish. + +It is my great ambition now to catch a broadbill. That would completely +round out my fishing experience. And I shall try. But I doubt that I +will be so fortunate. It takes a long time. Boschen was years catching +his fish. Moreover, though it is hard to get a broadbill to bite--and +harder to hook him--it is infinitely harder to do anything with him +after you do get fast to him. + + * * * * * + +A word about Avalon boatmen. They are a fine body of men. I have heard +them maligned. Certainly they have petty rivalries and jealousies, but +this is not their fault. They fish all the seasons around and have been +there for years. Boatmen at Long Key and other Florida resorts--at +Tampico, Aransas Pass--are not in the same class with the Avalon men. +They want to please and to excel, and to number you among their patrons +for the future. And the boats--nowhere are there such splendid boats. +Captain Danielson's boat had utterly spoiled me for fishing out of +any other. He had it built, and the ideas of its construction were a +product of fifteen years' study. It is thirty-eight feet long, and wide, +with roomy, shaded cockpit and cabin, and comfortable revolving chairs +to fish from. These chairs have moving sockets into which you can jam +the butt of your rod; and the backs can be removed in a flash. Then you +can haul at a fish! The boat lies deep, with heavy ballast in the stern. +It has a keel all the way, and an enormous rudder. Both are constructed +so your line can slip under the boat without fouling. It is equipped +with sail and a powerful engine. Danielson can turn this boat, going at +full speed, in its own length! Consider the merit of this when a tuna +strikes, or a swordfish starts for the open sea. How many tarpon, +barracuda, amberjack, and tuna I have lost on the Atlantic seaboard just +because the boat could not be turned in time! + + [Illustration: THE WILD OATS SLOPE OF CLEMENTE] + + [Illustration: WHERE THE DEEP-BLUE SWELL BOOMS AGAINST THE LAVA WALL + OF CLEMENTE ISLAND] + + * * * * * + +Clemente Island is a mountain of cliffs and caves. It must be of +volcanic origin, and when the lava rose, hot and boiling, great +blow-holes formed, and hardened to make the caves. It is an exceedingly +beautiful island. The fishing side is on the north, or lee, shore, where +the water is very deep right off the rocks. There are kelp-beds along +the shore, and the combination of deep water, kelp, and small fish is +what holds the swordfish there in August and September. I have seen +acres of flying-fish in the air at once, and great swarms of yellowtail, +basking on the surface. The color of the water is indigo blue, clear as +crystal. Always a fascinating thing for me was to watch the water for +new and different fish, strange marine creatures, life of some kind. And +the watching was always rewarded. I have been close to schools of +devilish blackfish, and I have watched great whales play all around me. +What a spectacle to see a whale roll and dip his enormous body and bend +and sound, lifting the huge, glistening flukes of his tail, wide as a +house! I hate sharks and have caught many, both little and big. When you +are watching for swordfish it is no fun to have a big shark break for +your bait, throw the water, get your hook, and lift you from your seat. +It happened often. But sometimes when I was sure it was a shark it was +really a swordfish! I used to love to watch the sunfish leap, they are +so round and glistening and awkward. I could tell one two miles away. +The blue shark leaps often and he always turns clear over. You cannot +mistake it. Nor can you mistake a swordfish when he breaks, even though +you only see the splash. He makes two great sheets of water rise and +fall. Probably all these fish leap to shake off the remoras. A remora is +a parasite, a queer little fish, pale in color, because he probably +lives inside the gills of the fish he preys upon, with the suckers on +top of his head, arranged in a shield, ribbed like a washboard. This +little fish is as mysterious as any creature of the sea. He is as swift +as lightning. He can run over the body of a swordfish so quickly you +can scarcely follow his movement, and at all times he is fast to the +swordfish, holding with that flat sucker head. Mr. Holder wrote years +ago that the remora sticks to a fish just to be carried along, as a +means of travel, but I do not incline to this belief. We found many +remoras inside the gills of swordfish, and their presence there was +evidence of their blood-sucking tendencies. I used to search every +swordfish for these remoras, and I would keep them in a bucket till +we got to our anchorage. A school of tame rock-bass there, and tame +yellowtail, and a few great sea-bass were always waiting for us--for our +discarded bait or fish of some kind. But when I threw in a live remora, +how these hungry fish did dart away! Life in the ocean is strange, +complex, ferocious, and wonderful. + +Al Shade keeps the only camp at Clemente. It is a clean, comfortable, +delightful place. I have found no place where sleep is so easy, so +sweet, so deep. Shade lives a lonely life there ten months in the year. +And it is no wonder that when a fisherman arrives Al almost kills +himself in his good humor and kindness and usefulness. Men who live +lonely lives are always glad to see their fellow-men. But he loves +Clemente Island. Who would not? + +When I think of it many pictures come to mind--evening with the sea +rolling high and waves curving shoreward in great dark ripples, that +break and spread white and run up the strand. The sky is pale blue +above, a green sheen low down, with white stars blinking. The +promontories run down into the sea, sheer, black, rugged, bold, mighty. +The surf is loud and deep, detonating, and the pebbles scream as the +waves draw them down. Strange to realize that surf when on the morrow +the sea will be like glass--not a wave nor a ripple under the gray fog! +Wild and beautiful Clemente--the island of caves and cañons and +cliffs--lilac and cactus and ice-plant and arbor-vitæ and ironwood, with +the wild goats silhouetted dark against the bold sky-line! + + * * * * * + +There came that day of all days. I never believed Captain Dan, but now I +shall never forget. The greatest day that ever befell me! I brought four +swordfish to gaff and whipped another, the biggest one of the whole +trip, and saw him tear away from the hook just at the last--in all, nine +hours of strenuous hanging on to a rod. + +I caught the first one before six o'clock, as the sun was rising +red-gold, dazzling, glorious. He leaped in the sun eleven times. He +weighed one hundred and eighty-seven. + +After breakfast we sighted two swordfish on the smooth sea. Both charged +the bait. I hooked one of these and he leaped twenty-three times. He +weighed one hundred and sixty-eight. + +Then off the east end we saw a big swordfish leap five times. We went +out toward the open sea. But we never got anywhere near him. I had three +strikes, one after another, when we were speeding the boat. Then we shut +down and took to slow trolling. I saw another swordfish sail for my +bait, and yelled. He shot off with the bait and his dorsal fin stuck out +of the water. I hooked him. He leaped thirty-eight times. How the camera +did snap during this fight! He weighed two hundred and ten. + +I had a fierce strike on the way in. Too fast! We lost him. + +"The sea's alive with swordfish!" cried Captain Dan. "It's the day!" + +Then I awoke to my opportunity. + +Round the east end, close to the great black bluff, where the swells +pile up so thunderously, I spied the biggest purple fin I had ever seen. +This fellow came to meet us--took my bait. I hooked at him, but did not +hurt or scare him. Finally I pulled the hook out of him. While I was +reeling in my line suddenly a huge purple shadow hove in sight. It was +the swordfish--and certainly one of immense size--the hugest yet. + +"He's following the boat!" yelled Captain Dan, in great excitement. + +So I saw, but I could not speak or yell. All was intense excitement on +that boat. I jumped up on the stern, holding the bait Captain Dan had +put on my hook. Then I paused to look. We all looked, spellbound. That +was a sight of a lifetime. There he swam, the monster, a few feet under +the surface, only a rod back of the boat. I had no calm judgment with +which to measure his dimensions. I only saw that he was tremendous and +beautiful. His great, yard-wide fins gleamed royal purple. And the +purple strips crossed his silver sides. He glowed in the water, changed +color like a chameleon, and drifted, floated after us. I thought of my +brother Reddy--how he would have gloried in that sight! I thought of +Dilg, of Bob Davis, of Professor Kellogg--other great fishermen, all in +a flash. Indeed, though I gloated over my fortune, I was not selfish. +Then I threw in the flying-fish bait. The swordfish loomed up, while my +heart ceased to beat. There, in plain sight, he took the bait, as a +trout might have taken a grasshopper. Slowly he sank. The line began to +slip off the reel. He ceased to be a bright purple mass--grew dim--then +vague--and disappeared. + +I sat down, jammed the rod in the socket, and got ready. For the life of +me I could not steady my legs. + +"What'll he weigh?" I gasped. + +"O Lord! he looked twice as big as the big one you got," replied Dan. + +"Stand by with the cameras!" I said to my companions, and as they lined +up, two on one side and one on the other, I began to strike at that fish +with all my might and main. I must have had at least twelve powerful +strikes before he began to wake up. + +Then! + +He came up, throwing the water in angry spouts. If he did not threaten +the boat I was crazy. He began an exhibition that dwarfed any other I +had seen, and it was so swift that I could scarcely follow him. Yet when +I saw the line rise, and then the wonderful, long, shiny body, instinct +with fury, shoot into the air, I yelled the number of the leap, and this +was the signal for the camera-workers. They held the cameras close, +without trying to focus, facing the fish, and they snapped when I +yelled. It was all gloriously exciting. I could never describe that +exhibition. I only know that he leaped clear forty-six times, and after +a swift, hard hour for me he got away. Strangely, I was almost happy +that he had shaken loose, for he had given such remarkable opportunities +for pictures. + +Captain Dan threw the wheel hard over and the boat turned. The +swordfish, tired out and unconscious of freedom, was floating near the +surface, a drifting blaze of purple. The boat sheered close to him. +Captain Dan reached over with a gaff--and all but gaffed that swordfish +before he sank too deep. Captain Dan was white with disappointment. That +more than anything showed me his earnestness, what it all meant to him. + +On the way in, for we had been led out a couple of miles, I saw a blue +streak after my bait, and I was ready before the swordfish got to it. He +struck viciously and I dared not let him have much line. When I hooked +him he started out to sea at a clip that smoked the line off my reel. +Captain Dan got the boat turned before the swordfish began to leap. Then +it was almost a straightaway race. This fellow was a greyhound leaper. +He did not churn the water, nor dash to and fro on the surface, but kept +steadily leaping ahead. He cleared the water thirty-nine times before he +gave up leaping. Then he sounded. The line went slack. I thought he was +gone. Suddenly he showed again, in a white splash, and he was not half +as far away as when he went down. Then I felt the pull on the line. It +was heavy, for he had left a great bag in it. I endeavored to recover +line, but it came in very slowly. The swordfish then threshed on the +surface so that we could hear the water crack. But he did not leap +again. He had gone mad with rage. He seemed to have no sense of +direction. He went down again, only to rush up, still closer to us. Then +it was plain he saw the nature of his foe. Splitting water like a swift +motor-boat, he charged us. + +I had a cold sensation, but was too excited to be afraid. Almost I +forgot to reel in. + +"He's after us!" I said, grimly. + +Captain Dan started the boat ahead fast. The swordfish got out of line +with the boat. But he was close, and he made me think of the charging +rhinoceros Dugmore photographed. And then I yelled for the cameras to be +snapped. They all clicked--and then, when the swordfish shot close +behind us, presenting the most magnificent picture, no one was ready! + +As he passed I thought I saw the line round his body. Then he sounded +and began to plug. He towed us six miles out to sea. I could not stop +him. I had begun to weaken. My hands were sights. My back hurt. But I +stayed with him. He felt like a log and I could not recover line. +Captain Dan said it was because I was almost all in, but I did not think +that. Presently this swordfish turned inshore and towed us back the six +miles. By this time it was late and I _was_ all in. But the swordfish +did not seem nearer the boat. I got mad and found some reserve strength. +I simply had to bring him to gaff. I pulled and pumped and wound until I +was blind and could scarcely feel. My old blisters opened and bled. My +left arm was dead. I seemed to have no more strength than a kitten. I +could not lead the fish nor turn him. I had to drag and drag, inch by +inch. It was agonizing. But finally I was encouraged by sight of him, a +long, fine, game fellow. A hundred times I got the end of the double +line near the leader in sight, only to lose it. + +Seven o'clock passed. I had fought this swordfish nearly three hours. I +could not last much longer. I rested a little, holding hard, and then +began a last and desperate effort to bring him to gaff. I was absolutely +dripping with sweat, and red flashes passed before my eyes, and queer +dots. The last supreme pull--all I had left--brought the end of the +leader to Captain Dan's outstretched hand. + +The swordfish came in broadside. In the clear water we saw him plainly, +beautifully striped tiger that he was! And we all saw that he had not +been hooked. He had been lassoed. In some way the leader had looped +around him with the hook catching under the wire. No wonder it had +nearly killed me to bring him to the boat, and surely I never would have +succeeded had it not been for the record Captain Dan coveted. That was +the strangest feature in all my wonderful Clemente experience--to see +that superb swordfish looped in a noose of my long leader. He was +without a scratch. It may serve to give some faint idea of the +bewildering possibilities in the pursuit of this royal purple game of +the Pacific. + + + + +IV + +TWO FIGHTS WITH SWORDFISH + + +My first day at Avalon, 1916, was one likely to be memorable among my +fishing experiences. + +The weather (August 2d) was delightful--smooth, rippling sea, no wind, +clear sky and warm. The Sierra Nevada Mountains shone dark above the +horizon. + +A little before noon we passed my friend Lone Angler, who hailed us and +said there was a big broadbill swordfish off in the steamer-course. We +steered off in that direction. + +There were sunfish and sharks showing all around. Once I saw a whale. +The sea was glassy, with a long, heaving swell. Birds were plentiful in +scattered groups. + +We ran across a shark of small size and tried to get him to take a bait. +He refused. A little later Captain Dan espied a fin, and upon running up +we discovered the huge, brown, leathery tail and dorsal of a broadbill +swordfish. + +Captain Dan advised a long line out so that we could circle the fish +from a distance and not scare him. I do not remember any unusual +excitement. I was curious and interested. Remembering all I had heard +about these fish, I did not anticipate getting a strike from him. + +We circled him and drew the flying-fish bait so that he would swim near +it. As it was, I had to reel in some. Presently we had the bait some +twenty yards ahead of him. Then Captain Dan slowed down. The broadbill +wiggled his tail and slid out of sight. Dan said he was going for my +bait. But I did not believe so. Several moments passed. I had given up +any little hope I might have had when I received a quick, strong, +vibrating strike--different from any I had ever experienced. I suppose +the strangeness was due to the shock he gave my line when he struck the +bait with his sword. The line paid out unsteadily and slowly. I looked +at Dan and he looked at me. Neither of us was excited nor particularly +elated. I guess I did not realize what was actually going on. + +I let him have about one hundred and fifty feet of line. + +When I sat down to jam the rod-butt in the socket I had awakened to +possibilities. Throwing on the drag and winding in until my line was +taut, I struck hard--four times. He made impossible any more attempts at +this by starting off on a heavy, irresistible rush. But he was not fast, +or so it seemed to me. He did not get more than four hundred feet of +line before we ran up on him. Presently he came to the surface to thresh +around. He did not appear scared or angry. Probably he was annoyed at +the pricking of the hook. But he kept moving, sometimes on the surface +and sometimes beneath. I did not fight him hard, preferring to let him +pull out the line, and then when he rested I worked on him to recover +it. My idea was to keep a perpetual strain upon him. + +I do not think I had even a hope of bringing this fish to the boat. + +It was twelve o'clock exactly when I hooked him, and a quarter of an +hour sped by. My first big thrill came when he leaped. This was a +surprise. He was fooling round, and then, all of a sudden, he broke +water clear. It was an awkward, ponderous action, and looked as if he +had come up backward, like a bucking bronco. His size and his long, +sinister sword amazed me and frightened me. It gave me a cold sensation +to realize I was hooked to a huge, dangerous fish. But that in itself +was a new kind of thrill. No boatman fears a Marlin as he does the true +broadbill swordfish. + +My second thrill came when the fish lunged on the surface in a red foam. +If I had hooked him so he bled freely there was a chance to land him! +This approach to encouragement, however, was short-lived. He went down, +and if I had been hooked to a submarine I could scarcely have felt more +helpless. He sounded about five hundred feet and then sulked. I had the +pleasant task of pumping him up. This brought the sweat out upon me and +loosened me up. I began to fight him harder. And it seemed that as I +increased the strain he grew stronger and a little more active. Still +there was not any difference in his tactics. I began to get a conception +of the vitality and endurance of a broadbill in contrast with the speed +and savageness of his brother fish, the Marlin, or roundbill. + +At two o'clock matters were about the same. I was not tired, but +certainly the fish was not tired, either. He came to the surface just +about as much as he sounded. I had no difficulty at all in getting back +the line he took, at least all save a hundred feet or so. When I tried +to lead him or lift him--then I got his point of view. He would not +budge an inch. There seemed nothing to do but let him work on the drag, +and when he had pulled out a few hundred feet of line we ran up on him +and I reeled in the line. Now and then I put all the strain I could on +the rod and worked him that way. + +At three o'clock I began to get tired. My hands hurt. And I concluded I +had been rather unlucky to start on a broadbill at the very beginning. + +From that time he showed less frequently, and, if anything, he grew +slower and heavier. I felt no more rushes. And along about this time I +found I could lead him somewhat. This made me begin to work hard. Yet, +notwithstanding, I had no hope of capturing the fish. It was only +experience. + +Captain Dan kept saying: "Well, you wanted to hook up with a broadbill! +Now how do you like it?" He had no idea I would ever land him. Several +times I asked him to give an opinion as to the size of the swordfish, +but he would not venture that until he had gotten a good close view of +him. + +At four o'clock I made the alarming discovery that the great B-Ocean +reel was freezing, just as my other one had frozen on my first swordfish +the year previous. Captain Dan used language. He threw up his hands. He +gave up. But I did not. + +"Dan, see here," I said. "We'll run up on him, throw off a lot of slack +line, then cut it and tie it to another reel!" + +"We might do that. But it'll disqualify the fish," he replied. + +Captain Dan, like all the boatmen at Avalon, has fixed ideas about the +Tuna Club and its records and requirements. It is all right, I suppose, +for a club to have rules, and not count or credit an angler who breaks a +rod or is driven to the expedient I had proposed. But I do not fish for +clubs or records. I fish for the fun, the excitement, the thrill of the +game, and I would rather let my fish go than not. So I said: + +"We'll certainly lose the fish if we don't change reels. I am using the +regulation tackle, and to my mind the more tackle we use, provided we +land the fish, the more credit is due us. It is not an easy matter to +change reels or lines or rods with a big fish working all the time." + +Captain Dan acquiesced, but told me to try fighting him a while with the +light drag and the thumb-brake. So far only the heavy drag had frozen. I +tried Dan's idea, to my exceeding discomfort; and the result was that +the swordfish drew far away from us. Presently the reel froze solid. The +handle would not turn. But with the drag off the spool ran free. + +Then we ran away from the fish, circling and letting out slack line. +When we came to the end of the line we turned back a little, and with a +big slack we took the risk of cutting the line and tying it on the other +reel. We had just got this done when the line straightened tight! I +wound in about twelve hundred feet of line and was tired and wet when I +had gotten in all I could pull. This brought us to within a couple of +hundred feet of our quarry. Also it brought us to five o'clock. Five +hours!... I began to have queer sensations--aches, pains, tremblings, +saggings. Likewise misgivings! + +About this period I determined to see how close to the boat I could pull +him. I worked. The word "worked" is not readily understood until a man +has tried to pull a big broadbill close to the boat. I pulled until I +saw stars and my bones cracked. Then there was another crack. The rod +broke at the reel seat! And the reel seat was bent. Fortunately the line +could still pay out. And I held the tip while Dan pried and hammered the +reel off the broken butt on to another one. Then he put the tip in that +butt, and once more I had to reel in what seemed miles and miles of +line. + +Five thirty! It seemed around the end of the world for me. We had +drifted into a tide-rip about five miles east of Avalon, and in this +rough water I had a terrible time trying to hold my fish. When I +discovered that I could hold him--and therefore that he was playing +out--then there burst upon me the dazzling hope of actually bringing him +to gaff. It is something to fight a fish for more than five hours +without one single hope of his capture. I had done that. And now, +suddenly, to be fired with hope gave me new strength and spirit to work. +The pain in my hands was excruciating. I was burning all over; wet and +slippery, and aching in every muscle. These next few minutes seemed +longer than all the hours. I found that to put the old strain on the +rod made me blind with pain. There was no fun, no excitement, no thrill +now. As I labored I could not help marveling at the strange, imbecile +pursuits of mankind. Here I was in an agony, absolutely useless. Why did +I keep it up? I could not give up, and I concluded I was crazy. + +I conceived the most unreasonable hatred for that poor swordfish that +had done nothing to me and that certainly would have been justified in +ramming the boat. + +To my despair the fish sounded deep, going down and down. Captain Dan +watched the line. Finally it ceased to pay out. + +"Pump him up!" said Dan. + +This was funny. It was about as funny as death. + +I rested awhile and meditated upon the weakness of the flesh. The thing +most desirable and beautiful in all the universe was rest. It was so +sweet to think of that I was hard put to it to keep from tossing the rod +overboard. There was something so desperately trying and painful in this +fight with a broadbill. At last I drew a deep, long breath, and, with a +pang in my breast and little stings all over me, I began to lift on him. +He was at the bottom of the ocean. He was just as unattainable as the +bottom of the ocean. But there are ethics of a sportsman! + +Inch by inch and foot by foot I pumped up this live and dragging weight. +I sweat, I panted, I whistled, I bled--and my arms were dead, and my +hands raw and my heart seemed about to burst. + +Suddenly Captain Dan electrified me. + +"There's the end of the double line!" he yelled. + +Unbelievable as it was, there the knot in the end of the short six feet +of double line showed at the surface. I pumped and I reeled inch by +inch. + +A long dark object showed indistinctly, wavered as the swells rose, then +showed again. As I strained at the rod so I strained my eyes. + +"I see the leader!" yelled Dan, in great excitement. + +I saw it, too, and I spent the last ounce of strength left in me. Up and +up came the long, dark, vague object. + +"You've got him licked!" exclaimed Dan. "Not a wag left in him!" + +It did seem so. And that bewildering instant saw the birth of assurance +in me. I was going to get him! That was a grand instant for a fisherman. +I could have lifted anything then. + +The swordfish became clear to my gaze. He was a devilish-looking +monster, two feet thick across the back, twelve feet long over all, and +he would have weighed at the least over four hundred pounds. And I had +beaten him! That was there to be seen. He had none of the beauty and +color of the roundbill swordfish. He was dark, almost black, with huge +dorsal and tail, and a wicked broad sword fully four feet long. What +terrified me was his enormous size and the deadly look of him. I +expected to see him rush at the boat. + +Watching him thus, I reveled in my wonderful luck. Up to this date there +had been only three of these rare fish caught in twenty-five years of +Avalon fishing. And this one was far larger than those that had been +taken. + +"Lift him! Closer!" called Captain Dan. "In two minutes I'll have a gaff +in him!" + +I made a last effort. Dan reached for the leader. + +Then the hook tore out. + +My swordfish, without a movement of tail or fin, slowly sank--to vanish +in the blue water. + + * * * * * + +After resting my blistered hands for three days, which time was scarcely +long enough to heal them, I could not resist the call of the sea. + +We went off Seal Rocks and trolled about five miles out. We met a +sand-dabber who said he had seen a big broadbill back a ways. So we +turned round. After a while I saw a big, vicious splash half a mile +east, and we made for it. Then I soon espied the fish. + +We worked around him awhile, but he would not take a barracuda or a +flying-fish. + +It was hard to keep track of him, on account of rough water. Soon he +went down. + +Then a little later I saw what Dan called a Marlin. He had big flippers, +wide apart. I took him for a broadbill. + +We circled him, and before he saw a bait he leaped twice, coming about +half out, with belly toward us. He looked huge, but just how big it was +impossible to say. + +After a while he came up, and we circled him. As the bait drifted round +before him--twenty yards or more off--he gave that little wiggle of the +tail sickle, and went under. I waited. I had given up hope when I felt +him hit the bait. Then he ran off, pretty fast. I let him have a long +line. Then I sat down and struck him. He surged off, and we all got +ready to watch him leap. But he did not show. + +He swam off, sounded, came up, rolled around, went down again. But we +did not get a look at him. He fought like any other heavy swordfish. + +In one and one-half hours I pulled him close to the boat, and we all saw +him. But I did not get a good look at him as he wove to and fro behind +the boat. + +Then he sounded. + +I began to work on him, and worked harder. He seemed to get stronger all +the time. + +"He feels like a broadbill, I tell you," I said to Captain Dan. + +Dan shook his head, yet all the same he looked dubious. + +Then began a slow, persistent, hard battle between me and the fish, the +severity of which I did not realize at the time. In hours like those +time has wings. My hands grew hot. They itched, and I wanted to remove +the wet gloves. But I did not, and sought to keep my mind off what had +been half-healed blisters. Neither the fish nor I made any new moves, it +all being plug on his part and give and take on mine. Slowly and +doggedly he worked out toward the sea, and while the hours passed, just +as persistently he circled back. + +Captain Dan came to stand beside me, earnestly watching the rod bend and +the line stretch. He shook his head. + +"That's a big Marlin and you've got him foul-hooked," he asserted. This +statement was made at the end of three hours and more. I did not agree. +Dan and I often had arguments. He always tackled me when I was in some +such situation as this--for then, of course, he had the best of it. My +brother Rome was in the boat that day, an intensely interested observer. +He had not as yet hooked a swordfish. + +"It's a German submarine!" he declared. + +My brother's wife and the other ladies with us on board were inclined to +favor my side; at least they were sorry for the fish and said he must be +very big. + +"Dan, I could tell a foul-hooked fish," I asserted, positively. "This +fellow is too alive--too limber. He doesn't sag like a dead weight." + +"Well, if he's not foul-hooked, then you're all in," replied the +captain. + +Cheerful acquiescence is a desirable trait in any one, especially an +angler who aspires to things, but that was left out in the ordering of +my complex disposition. However, to get angry makes a man fight harder, +and so it was with me. + +At the end of five hours Dan suggested putting the harness on me. This +contrivance, by the way, is a thing of straps and buckles, and its use +is to fit over an angler's shoulders and to snap on the rod. It helps +him lift the fish, puts his shoulders more into play, rests his arms. +But I had never worn one. I was afraid of it. + +"Suppose he pulls me overboard, with that on!" I exclaimed. "He'll drown +me!" + +"We'll hold on to you," replied Dan, cheerily, as he strapped it around +me. + +Later it turned out that I had exactly the right view concerning this +harness, for Dustin Farnum was nearly pulled overboard and--But I have +not space for that story here. My brother Rome wants to write that +story, anyhow, because it is so funny, he says. + +On the other hand, the fact soon manifested itself to me that I could +lift a great deal more with said harness to help. The big fish began to +come nearer and also he began to get mad. Here I forgot the pain in my +hands. I grew enthusiastic. And foolishly I bragged. Then I lifted so +hard that I cracked the great Conroy rod. + +Dan threw up his hands. He quit, same as he quit the first day out, when +I hooked the broadbill and the reel froze. + +"Disqualified fish, even if you ketch him--which you won't," he said, +dejectedly. + +"Crack goes thirty-five dollars!" exclaimed my brother. "Sure is funny, +brother, how you can decimate good money into the general atmosphere!" + +If there really is anything fine in the fighting of a big fish, which +theory I have begun to doubt, certainly Captain Dan and Brother R. C. +did not know it. + +Remarks were forthcoming from me, I am ashamed to state, that should not +have been. Then I got Dan to tie splints on the rod, after which I +fought my quarry some more. The splints broke. Dan had to bind the +cracked rod with heavy pieces of wood and they added considerable weight +to what had before felt like a ton. + +The fish had been hooked at eleven o'clock and it was now five. We had +drifted or been pulled into the main channel, where strong currents and +a choppy sea made the matter a pretty serious and uncomfortable one. +Here I expended all I had left in a short and furious struggle to bring +the fish up, if not to gaff, at least so we could see what he looked +like. How strange and unfathomable a feeling this mystery of him gave +rise to! If I could only see him once, then he could get away and +welcome. Captain Dan, in anticipation of a need of much elbow room in +that cockpit, ordered my brother and the ladies to go into the cabin or +up on top. And they all scrambled up and lay flat on the deck-roof, with +their heads over, watching me. They had to hold on some, too. In fact, +they were having the time of their lives. + +My supreme effort brought the fish within the hundredth foot length of +line--then my hands and my back refused any more. + +"Dan, here's the great chance you've always hankered for!" I said. "Now +let's see you pull him right in!" + +And I passed him the rod and got up. Dan took it with the pleased +expression of a child suddenly and wonderfully come into possession of a +long-unattainable toy. Captain Dan was going to pull that fish right up +to the boat. He was! Now Dan is big--he weighs two hundred; he has arms +and hands like the limbs of a Vulcan. Perhaps Dan had every reason to +believe he would pull the fish right up to the boat. But somehow I knew +that he would not. + +My fish, perhaps feeling a new and different and mightier hand at the +rod, showed how he liked it by a magnificent rush--the greatest of the +whole fight--and he took about five hundred feet of line. + +Dan's expression changed as if by magic. + +"Steer the boat! Port! Port!" he yelled. + +Probably I could not run a boat right with perfectly fresh and well +hands, and with my lacerated and stinging ones I surely made a mess of +it. This brought language from my boatman--well, to say the least, quite +disrespectable. Fortunately, however, I got the boat around and we ran +down on the fish. Dan, working with long, powerful sweeps of the rod, +got the line back and the fish close. The game began to look great to +me. All along I had guessed this fish to be a wonder; and now I knew it. + +Hauling him close that way angered him. He made another rush, long and +savage. The line smoked off that reel. Dan's expression was one of +utmost gratification to me. A boatman at last cornered--tied up to a +whale of a fish! + +Somewhere out there a couple of hundred yards the big fish came up and +roared on the surface. I saw only circling wake and waves like those +behind a speedy motor-boat. But Dan let out a strange shout, and up +above the girls screamed, and brother Rome yelled murder or something. I +gathered that he had a camera. + +"Steady up there!" I called out. "If you fall overboard it's good +night!... For we want this fish!" + +I had all I could do. Dan would order me to steer this way and that--to +throw out the clutch--to throw it in. Still I was able to keep track of +events. This fish made nineteen rushes in the succeeding half-hour. +Never for an instant did Captain Dan let up. Assuredly during that time +he spent more force on the fish than I had in six hours. + +The sea was bad, the boat was rolling, the cockpit was inches deep under +water many a time. I was hard put to it to stay at my post; and what +saved the watchers above could not be explained by me. + +"Mebbe I can hold him now--a little," called Dan once, as he got the +hundred-foot mark over the reel. "Strap the harness on me!" + +I fastened the straps round Dan's broad shoulders. His shirt was as wet +as if he had fallen overboard. Maybe some of that wet was spray. His +face was purple, his big arms bulging, and he whistled as he breathed. + +"Good-by, Dan. This will be a fitting end for a boatman," I said, +cheerfully, as I dove back to the wheel. + +At six o'clock our fish was going strong and Dan was tiring fast. He +had, of course, worked too desperately hard. + +Meanwhile the sun sank and the sea went down. All the west was gold and +red, with the towers of Church Rock spiring the horizon. A flock of +gulls were circling low, perhaps over a school of tuna. The white +cottages of Avalon looked mere specks on the dark island. + +Captain Dan had the swordfish within a hundred feet of the boat and was +able to hold him. This seemed hopeful. It looked now just a matter of a +little more time. But Dan needed a rest. + +I suggested that my brother come down and take a hand in the final +round, which I frankly confessed was liable to be hell. + + [Illustration: FOUR MARLIN SWORDFISH IN ONE DAY] + + [Illustration: A BIG SAILFISH BREAKING WATER] + +"Not on your life!" was the prompt reply. "I want to begin on a _little_ +swordfish!... Why, that--that fish hasn't waked up yet!" + +And I was bound to confess there seemed to me to be a good deal of sense +in what he said. + +"Dan, I'll take the rod--rest you a bit--so you can finish him," I +offered. + +The half-hour Dan recorded as my further work on this fish will always +be a dark and poignant blank in my fishing experience. When it was over +twilight had come and the fish was rolling and circling perhaps fifty +yards from the boat. + +Here Dan took the rod again, and with the harness on and fresh gloves +went at the fish in grim determination. + +Suddenly the moon sailed out from behind a fog-bank and the sea was +transformed. It was as beautiful as it was lucky for us. + +By Herculean effort Dan brought the swordfish close. If any angler +doubts the strength of a twenty-four thread line his experience is still +young. That line was a rope, yet it sang like a banjo string. + +Leaning over the side, with two pairs of gloves on, I caught the double +line, and as I pulled and Dan reeled the fish came up nearer. But I +could not see him. Then I reached the leader and held on as for dear +life. + +"I've got the leader!" I yelled. "Hurry, Dan!" + +Dan dropped the rod and reached for his gaff. But he had neglected to +unhook the rod from the harness, and as the fish lunged and tore the +leader away from me there came near to being disaster. However, Dan got +straightened out and anchored in the chair and began to haul away again. +It appeared we had the fish almost done, but he was so big that a mere +movement of his tail irresistibly drew out the line. + +Then the tip of the rod broke off short just even with the splints and +it slid down the line out of sight. Dan lowered the rod so most of the +strain would come on the reel, and now he held like grim death. + +"Dan, if we don't make any more mistakes we'll get that fish!" I +declared. + +The sea was almost calm now, and moon-blanched so that we could plainly +see the line. Despite Dan's efforts, the swordfish slowly ran off a +hundred feet more of line. Dan groaned. But I yelled with sheer +exultation. For, standing up on the gunwale, I saw the swordfish. He had +come up. He was phosphorescent--a long gleam of silver--and he rolled in +the unmistakable manner of a fish nearly beaten. + +Suddenly he headed for the boat. It was a strange motion. I was +surprised--then frightened. Dan reeled in rapidly. The streak of white +gleamed closer and closer. It was like white fire--a long, savage, +pointed shape. + +"Look! Look!" I yelled to those above. "Don't miss it!... Oh, great!" + +"He's charging the boat!" hoarsely shouted Dan. + +"He's all in!" yelled my brother. + +I jumped into the cockpit and leaned over the gunwale beside the rod. +Then I grasped the line, letting it slip through my hands. Dan wound in +with fierce energy. I felt the end of the double line go by me, and at +this I let out another shout to warn Dan. Then I had the end of the +leader--a good strong grip--and, looking down, I saw the clear silver +outline of the hugest fish I had ever seen short of shark or whale. He +made a beautiful, wild, frightful sight. He rolled on his back. +Roundbill or broadbill, he had an enormous length of sword. + +"Come, Dan--we've got him!" I panted. + +Dan could not, dare not get up then. + +The situation was perilous. I saw how Dan clutched the reel, with his +big thumbs biting into the line. I did my best. My sight failed me for +an instant. But the fish pulled the leader through my hands. My brother +leaped down to help--alas, too late! + +"Let go, Dan! Give him line!" + +But Dan was past that. Afterward he said his grip was locked. He held, +and not another foot did the swordfish get. Again I leaned over the +gunwale. I saw him--a monster--pale, wavering. His tail had an +enormous spread. I could no longer see his sword. Almost he was ready to +give up. + +Then the double line snapped. I fell back in the boat and Dan fell back +in the chair. + +Nine hours! + + + + +V + +SAILFISH--THE ATLANTIC BROTHER TO THE PACIFIC SWORDFISH + + +In the winter of 1916 I persuaded Captain Sam Johnson, otherwise famous +as Horse-mackerel Sam, of Seabright, New Jersey, to go to Long Key with +me and see if the two of us as a team could not outwit those illusive +and strange sailfish of the Gulf Stream. + +Sam and I have had many adventures going down to sea. At Seabright we +used to launch a Seabright skiff in the gray gloom of early morning and +shoot the surf, and return shoreward in the afternoon to ride a great +swell clear till it broke on the sand. When I think of Sam I think of +tuna--those torpedoes of the ocean. I have caught many tuna with Sam, +and hooked big ones, but these giants are still roving the blue deeps. +Once I hooked a tuna off Sandy Hook, out in the channel, and as I was +playing him the _Lusitania_ bore down the channel. Like a mountain she +loomed over us. I felt like an atom looking up and up. Passengers waved +down to us as the tuna bent my rod. The great ship passed on in a +seething roar--passed on to her tragic fate. We rode the heavy swells +she lifted--and my tuna got away. + +Sam Johnson is from Norway. His ancestors lived by fishing. Sam knows +and loves the sea. He has been a sailor before the mast, but he is more +fisherman than sailor. He is a stalwart man, with an iron, stern, +weather-beaten face and keen blue eyes, and he has an arm like the +branch of an oak. For many years he has been a market fisherman at +Seabright, where on off days he pursued the horse-mackerel for the fun +of it, and which earned him his name. Better than any man I ever met Sam +knows the sea; he knows fish, he knows boats and engines. And I have +reached a time in my experience of fishing where I want that kind of a +boatman. + + * * * * * + +Sam and I went after sailfish at Long Key and we got them. But I do not +consider the experience conclusive. If it had not been for my +hard-earned knowledge of the Pacific swordfish, and for Sam's keenness +on the sea, we would not have been so fortunate. We established the +record, but, what is more important, we showed what magnificent sport is +possible. This advent added much to the attractiveness of Long Key for +me. And Long Key was attractive enough before. + +Sailfish had been caught occasionally at Long Key, during every season. +But I am inclined to believe that, in most instances, the capture of +sailfish had been accident--mere fisherman's luck. Anglers have fished +along the reef and inside, trolling with heavy tackle for anything that +might strike, and once in a while a sailfish has somehow hooked himself. +Mr. Schutt tells of hooking one on a Wilson spoon, and I know of another +angler who had this happen. I know of one gentleman who told me he +hooked a fish that he supposed was a barracuda, and while he was +fighting this supposed barracuda he was interested in the leaping of a +sailfish near his boat. His boatman importuned him to hurry in the +barracuda so there would be a chance to go after the leaping sailfish. +But it turned out that the sailfish was on his hook. Another angler went +out with heavy rod, the great B-Ocean reel, and two big hooks (which is +an outfit suitable only for large tuna or swordfish), and this fellow +hooked a sailfish which had no chance and was dead in less than ten +minutes. A party of anglers were out on the reef, fishing for anything, +and they decided to take a turn outside where I had been spending days +after sailfish. Scarcely had these men left the reef when five sailfish +loomed up and all of them, with that perversity and capriciousness which +makes fish so incomprehensible, tried to climb on board the boat. One, a +heavy fish, did succeed in hooking himself and getting aboard. I could +multiply events of this nature, but this is enough to illustrate my +point--that there is a vast difference between several fishermen out of +thousands bringing in several sailfish in one season and one fisherman +deliberately going after sailfish with light tackle and eventually +getting them. + +It is not easy. On the contrary, it is extremely hard. It takes infinite +patience, and very much has to be learned that can be learned only by +experience. But it is magnificent sport and worth any effort. It makes +tarpon-fishing tame by comparison. Tarpon-fishing is easy. Anybody can +catch a tarpon by going after him. But not every fisherman can catch a +sailfish. One fisherman out of a hundred will get his sailfish, but only +one out of a thousand will experience the wonder and thrill and beauty +of the sport. + +Sailfishing is really swordfishing, and herein lies the secret of my +success at Long Key. I am not satisfied that the sailfish I caught were +all Marlin and brothers to the Pacific Marlin. The Atlantic fish are +very much smaller than those of the Pacific, and are differently marked +and built. Yet they are near enough alike to be brothers. + +There are three species that I know of in southern waters. The +_Histiophorus_, the sailfish about which I am writing and of which +descriptions follow. There is another species, _Tetrapturus albidus_, +that is not uncommon in the Gulf Stream. It is my impression that this +species is larger. The Indians, with whom I fished in the Caribbean, +tell of a great swordfish--in Spanish the _Aguja de casta_, and this +species must be related to _Xiphias_, the magnificent flatbilled +swordfish of the Atlantic and Pacific. + + * * * * * + +The morning of my greatest day with sailfish I was out in the Gulf +Stream, seven miles offshore, before the other fishermen had gotten out +of bed. We saw the sun rise ruddy and bright out of the eastern sea, and +we saw sailfish leap as if to welcome the rising of the lord of day. A +dark, glancing ripple wavered over the water; there was just enough +swell to make seeing fish easy. + +I was using a rod that weighed nine ounces over all, and twelve hundred +feet of fifteen-thread line. I was not satisfied then that the regular +light outfit of the Tuna Club, such as I used at Avalon, would do for +sailfish. No. 9 breaks of its own weight. And I have had a sailfish run +off three hundred yards of line and jump all the time he was doing it. +Besides, nobody knows how large these sailfish grow. I had hold of one +that would certainly have broken my line if he had not thrown the hook. + +On this memorable day I had scarcely trolled half a mile out into the +Stream before I felt that inexplicable rap at my bait which swordfish +and sailfish make with their bills. I jumped up and got ready. I saw a +long bronze shape back of my bait. Then I saw and felt him take hold. He +certainly did not encounter the slightest resistance in running out my +line. He swam off slowly. I never had Sam throw out the clutch and stop +the boat until after I had hooked the fish. I wanted the boat to keep +moving, so if I did get a chance to strike at a fish it would be with a +tight line. These sailfish are wary and this procedure is difficult. If +the fish had run off swiftly I would have struck sooner. Everything +depends on how he takes the bait. This fellow took fifty feet of line +before I hooked him. + +He came up at once, and with two-thirds of his body out of the water he +began to skitter toward us. He looked silver and bronze in the morning +light. There was excitement on board. Sam threw out the clutch. My +companions dove for the cameras, and we all yelled. The sailfish came +skittering toward us. It was a spectacular and thrilling sight. He was +not powerful enough to rise clear on his tail and do the famous trick of +the Pacific swordfish--"walking on the water." But he gave a mighty +good imitation. Then before the cameras got in a snap he went down. And +he ran, to come up far astern and begin to leap. I threw off the drag +and yelled, "Go!" + + [Illustration: FOUR SAILFISH IN ONE DAY ON LIGHT TACKLE] + + [Illustration: Photo by Wunstorf + SAILFISH THRESHING ON THE SURFACE] + +This was pleasant for Sam, who kept repeating, "Look at him yump!" + +The sailfish evidently wanted to pose for pictures, for he gave a +wonderful exhibition of high and lofty tumbling, with the result, of +course, that he quickly exhausted himself. Then came a short period +during which he sounded and I slowly worked him closer. Presently he +swam toward the boat--the old swordfish trick. I never liked it, but +with the sailfish I at least was not nervous about him attacking the +boat. Let me add here that this freedom from dread--which is never +absent during the fighting of a big swordfish--is one of the features so +attractive in sailfishing. Besides, fish that have been hooked for any +length of time, if they are going to shake or break loose, always do so +near the boat. We moved away from this fellow, and presently he came up +again, and leaped three more times clear, making nineteen leaps in all. +That about finished his performance, so regretfully I led him alongside; +and Sam, who had profited by our other days of landing sailfish, took +him cautiously by the sword, and then by the gills, and slid him into +the boat. + +Sailfish are never alike, except in general outline. This one was silver +and bronze, with green bars, rather faint, and a dark-blue sail without +any spots. He measured seven feet one inch. But we measured his quality +by his leaps and nineteen gave him the record for us so far. + +We stowed him up in the bow and got under way again, and scarcely had I +let my bait far enough astern when a sailfish hit it. In fact, he rushed +it. Quick as I was, which was as quick as a flash, I was not quick +enough for that fish. He felt the hook and he went away. But he had been +there long enough to get my bait. + +Just then Sam pointed. I saw a sailfish break water a hundred yards +away. + +"Look at him yump!" repeated Sam, every time the fish came out, which, +to be exact, was five times. + +"We'll go over and pick him up," I said. + +Sam and I always argue a little about the exact spot where a fish has +broken water. I never missed it far, but Sam seldom missed it at all. He +could tell by a slight foam always left by the break. We had two baits +out, as one or another of my companions always holds a rod. The more +baits out the better! We had two vicious, smashing strikes at the same +time. The fish on the other rod let go just as I hooked mine. + +He came up beautifully, throwing the spray, glinting in the sun, an +angry fish with sail spread and his fins going. Then on the boat was the +same old thrilling bustle and excitement and hilarity I knew so well and +which always pleased me so much. This sailfish was a jumper. + +"Look at him yump!" exclaimed Sam, with as much glee as if he had not +seen it before. + +The cameras got busy. Then I was attracted by something flashing in the +water nearer the boat than my fish. Suddenly a sailfish leaped, +straightaway, over my line. Then two leaped at once, both directly over +my line. + +"Sam, they'll cut my line!" I cried. "What do you think of that?" + +Suddenly I saw sharp, dark, curved tails cutting the water. All was +excitement on board that boat then. + +"A school of sailfish! Look! Look!" I yelled. + +I counted ten tails, but there were more than that, and if I had been +quicker I could have counted more. Presently they went down. And I, +returning to earth and the business of fishing, discovered that during +the excitement my sailfish had taken advantage of a perfectly loose line +to free himself. Nine leaps we recorded him! + +Assuredly we all felt that there would be no difficulty in soon hooking +up with another sailfish. And precisely three minutes later I was +standing up, leaning forward, all aquiver, watching my line fly off the +reel. I hooked that fellow hard. He was heavy, and he did not come up or +take off any length of line. Settling down slowly, he descended three or +four hundred feet, or so it seemed, and began to plug, very much like an +albacore, only much heavier. He fooled around down there for ten +minutes, with me jerking at him all the time to irritate him, before he +showed any sign of rising. At last I worried him into a fighting mood, +and up he came, so fast that I did not even try to take up the slack, +and he shot straight up. This jump, like that of a kingfish, was +wonderful. But it was so quick that the cameras could not cover it, and +we missed a great picture. He went down, only to leap again. I reeled +in the slack line and began to jerk at him to torment him, and I got him +to jumping and threshing right near the boat. The sun was in the faces +of the cameras and that was bad. And as it turned out not one of these +exposures was good. What a chance missed! But we did not know that then, +and we kept on tormenting him and snapping pictures of his leaps. In +this way, which was not careless, but deliberate, I played with him +until he shook out the hook. Fifteen leaps was his record. + +Then it was interesting to see how soon I could raise another fish. I +was on the _qui vive_ for a while, then settled back to the old +expectant watchfulness. And presently I was rewarded by that vibrating +rap at my bait. I stood up so the better to see. The swells were just +right and the sun was over my shoulder. I spied the long, dark shape +back of my bait, saw it slide up and strike, felt the sharp rap--and +again. Then came the gentle tug. I let out line, but he let go. Still I +could see him plainly when the swell was right. I began to jerk my bait, +to give it a jumping motion, as I had so often done with flying-fish +bait when after swordfish. He sheered off, then turned with a rush, +broadside on, with his sail up. I saw him clearly, his whole length, and +he appeared blue and green and silver. He took the bait and turned away +from me, and when I struck the hook into his jaw I felt that it would +stay. He was not a jumper--only breaking clear twice. I could not make +him leap. He fought hard enough, however, and with that tackle took +thirty minutes to land. + +It was eight o'clock. I had two sailfish in the boat and had fought two +besides. And at that time I sighted the first fishing-boat coming out +toward the reef. Before that boat got out near us I had struck and lost +three more sailfish, with eleven leaps in all to my credit. This boatman +had followed Sam and me the day before and he appeared to be bent upon +repeating himself. I thought I would rather enjoy that, because he had +two inexperienced anglers aboard, and they, in the midst of a school of +striking sailfish, would be sure to afford some fun. Three other boats +came out across the reef, ventured a little way in the Gulf Stream, and +then went back to grouper and barracuda. But that one boatman, B., stuck +to us. And right away things began to happen to his anglers. No one so +lucky in strikes as a green hand! I saw them get nine strikes without +hooking a fish. And there appeared to be a turmoil on board that boat. I +saw B. tearing his hair and the fishermen frantically jerking, and then +waving rods and arms. Much as I enjoyed it, Sam enjoyed it more. But I +was not mean enough to begrudge them a fish and believed that sooner or +later they would catch one. + +Presently, when B.'s boat was just right for his anglers to see +everything my way, I felt a tug on my line. I leaped up, let the reel +run. Then I threw on my drag and leaned over to strike. But he let go. +Quickly I threw off the drag. The sailfish came back. Another tug! I let +him run. Then threw on the drag and got ready. But, no, he let go. Again +I threw off the drag and again he came back. He was hungry, but he was +cunning, too, and too far back for me to see. I let him run fifty feet, +threw on the drag, and struck hard. No go! I missed him. But again I +threw off the drag, let out more line back to him, and he took the bait +the fourth time, and harder than ever. I let him run perhaps a hundred +feet. All the time, of course, my boat was running. I had out a long +line--two hundred yards. Then I threw on the drag and almost cracked the +rod. This time I actually felt the hook go in. + +How heavy and fast he was! The line slipped off and I was afraid of the +drag. I threw it off--no easy matter with that weight on it--and then +the line whistled. The sailfish was running straight toward B.'s boat +and, I calculated, should be close to it. + +"Sam," I yelled, "watch him! If he jumps he'll jump into that boat!" + +Then he came out, the biggest sailfish I ever saw, and he leaped +magnificently, not twenty yards back of that boat. He must have been +beyond the lines of the trolling anglers. I expected him to cross them +or cut himself loose. We yelled to B. to steer off, and while we yelled +the big sailfish leaped and leaped, apparently keeping just as close to +the boat. He certainly was right upon it and he was a savage leaper. He +would shoot up, wag his head, his sail spread like the ears of a mad +elephant, and he would turn clear over to alight with a smack and splash +that we plainly heard. And he had out nine hundred feet of line. Because +of his size I wanted him badly, but, badly as that was, I fought him +without a drag, let him run and leap, and I hoped he would jump right +into that boat. Afterward these anglers told me they expected him to do +just that and were scared to death. Also they said a close sight of him +leaping was beautiful and thrilling in the extreme. + +I did not keep track of all this sailfish's leaps, but Sam recorded +twenty-three, and that is enough for any fisherman. I venture to state +that it will not be beaten very soon. When he stopped leaping we drew +him away from the other boat, and settled down to a hard fight with a +heavy, stubborn, game fish. In perhaps half an hour I had him twenty +yards away, and there he stayed while I stood up on the stern to watch +him and keep clear of the propeller. He weaved from side to side, +exactly like a tired swordfish, and every now and then he would stick +out his bill and swish! he would cut at the leader. This fish was not +only much larger than any I had seen, but also more brilliantly colored. +There were suggestions of purple that reminded me of the swordfish--that +royal purple game of the Pacific. Another striking feature was that in +certain lights he was a vivid green, and again, when deeper, he assumed +a strange, triangular shape, much like that of a kite. That, of course, +was when he extended the wide, waving sail. I was not able to see that +this sail afforded him any particular aid. It took me an hour to tire +out this sailfish, and when we got him in the boat he measured seven +feet and six inches, which was four inches longer than any record I +could find then. + +At eleven o'clock I had another in the boat, making four sailfish in +all. We got fourteen jumps out of this last one. That was the end of my +remarkable luck, though it was luck to me to hook other sailfish during +the afternoon, and running up the number of leaps. I am proud of that, +anyway, and to those who criticized my catch as unsportsman-like I could +only say that it was a chance of a lifetime and I was after photographs +of leaping sailfish. Besides, I had a great opportunity to beat my +record of four swordfish in one day at Clemente Island in the Pacific. +But I was not equal to it. + + * * * * * + +I do not know how to catch sailfish yet, though I have caught a good +many. The sport is young and it is as difficult as it is trying. This +catch of mine made fishermen flock to the Stream all the rest of the +season, and more fish were caught than formerly. But the proportion held +about the same, although I consider that fishing for a sailfish and +catching one is a great gain in point. Still, we do not know much about +sailfish or how to take them. If I got twenty strikes and caught only +four fish, very likely the smallest that bit, I most assuredly was not +doing skilful fishing as compared with other kinds of fishing. And there +is the rub. Sailfish are not any other kind of fish. They have a wary +and cunning habit, with an exceptional occasion of blind hunger, and +they have small, bony jaws into which it is hard to sink a hook. Not one +of my sailfish was hooked deep down. Yet I let nearly all of them run +out a long line. Moreover, as I said before, if a sailfish is hooked +there are ten chances to one that he will free himself. + + [Illustration: MEMORABLE OF LONG KEY] + + [Illustration: LEAPING SAILFISH] + +This one thing, then, I believe I have proved to myself--that the +sailfish is the gamest, the most beautiful and spectacular, and the +hardest fish to catch on light tackle, just as his brother, the Pacific +swordfish, is the grandest fish to take on the heaviest of tackle. + +Long Key, indeed, has its charm. Most all the anglers who visit there go +back again. Only the queer ones--and there are many--who want three +kinds of boats, and nine kinds of bait, and a deep-sea diver for a +boatman, and tackle that cannot be broken, and smooth, calm seas always, +and five hundred pounds of fish a day--only that kind complain of Long +Key and kick--and yet go back again! + +Sailfish will draw more and finer anglers down to the white strip of +color that shines white all day under a white sun and the same all night +under white stars. But it is not alone the fish that draws real +sportsmen to a place and makes them love it and profit by their return. +It is the spirit of the place--the mystery, like that of the little +hermit-crab, which crawls over the coral sand in his stolen shell, and +keeps to his lonely course, and loves his life so well--sunshine, which +is best of all for men; and the wind in the waving palms; and the +lonely, wandering coast with the eternal moan out on the reefs, the +sweet, fresh tang, the clear, antiseptic breath of salt, and always by +the glowing, hot, colorful day or by the soft dark night with its +shadows and whisperings on the beach, that significant presence--the +sense of something vaster than the heaving sea. + + + _Light Tackle in the Gulf Stream_ + +In view of the present controversy between light tackle and heavy tackle +champions, I think it advisable for me to state more definitely my stand +on the matter of light tackle before going on with a story about it. + +There is a sharp line to be drawn between light tackle that is right and +light tackle that is wrong. So few anglers ever seem to think of the +case of the poor fish! In Borneo there is a species of lightning-bug +that tourists carry around at night on spits, delighted with the +novelty. But is that not rather hard on the lightning-bugs? As a matter +of fact, if we are to develop as anglers who believe in conservation and +sportsmanship, we must consider the fish--his right to life, and, +especially if he must be killed, to do it without brutality. + +Brutal it is to haul in a fish on tackle so heavy that he has no chance +for his life; likewise it is brutal to hook a fish on tackle so light +that, if he does not break it, he must be followed around and all over, +chased by a motor-boat hour after hour, until he practically dies of +exhaustion. + +I have had many tarpon and many tuna taken off my hooks by sharks +because I was using tackle too light. It never appeared an impossible +feat to catch Marlin swordfish on a nine-thread line, nor sailfish on a +six-thread line. But those lines are too light. + +My business is to tell stories. If I can be so fortunate as to make them +thrilling and pleasing, for the edification of thousands who have other +business and therefore less leisure, then that is a splendid thing for +me. It is a responsibility that I appreciate. But on the other hand I +must tell the truth, I must show my own development, I must be of +service to the many who have so much more time to read than fish. It is +not enough to give pleasure merely; a writer should instruct. And if +what I say above offends any fisherman, I am sorry, and I suggest that +he read it twice. + +What weight tackle to use is not such a hard problem to decide. All it +takes is some experience. To quote Mr. Bates, "The principle is that the +angler should subdue the fish by his skill with rod and line, and put +his strength into the battle to _end_ it, and not employ a worrying +process to a frightened fish that does not know what it is fighting." + + + + +VI + +GULF STREAM FISHING + + +Some years have passed since I advocated light tackle fishing at Long +Key. In the early days of this famous resort most fishermen used hand +lines or very heavy outfits. The difficulties of introducing a +sportsman-like ideal have been manifold. A good rule of angling +philosophy is not to interfere with any fisherman's peculiar ways of +being happy, unless you want to be hated. It is not easy to influence a +majority of men in the interests of conservation. Half of them do not +know the conditions and are only out for a few days' or weeks' fun; the +rest do not care. But the facts are that all food fish and game fish +must be conserved. The waste has been enormous. If fishermen will only +study the use of light tackle they will soon appreciate a finer sport, +more fun and gratification, and a saving of fish. + +Such expert and fine anglers as Crowninshield, Heilner, Cassiard, +Lester, Conill, and others are all enthusiastic about light tackle and +they preach the gospel of conservation. + +But the boatmen of Long Key, with the exception of Jordon, are all +against light tackle. I must say that James Jordon is to be +congratulated and recommended. The trouble at Long Key is that new +boatmen are hired each season, and, as they do not own their boats, all +their interest centers in as big a catch as possible for each angler +they take out, in the hope and expectation, of course, of a generous +tip. Heavy tackle means a big catch and light tackle the reverse. And so +tons of good food and game fish are brought in only to be thrown to the +sharks. I mention this here to give it a wide publicity. It is criminal +in these days and ought to be stopped. + +The season of 1918 was a disappointment in regard to any great +enthusiasm over the use of light tackle. We have tried to introduce +principles of the Tuna Club of Avalon. President Coxe of the Pacific +organization is doing much to revive the earlier ideals of Doctor +Holder, founder of the famous club. This year at Long Key a number of +prizes were offered by individual members. The contention was that the +light tackle specified was too light. This is absolutely a mistake. I +have proved that the regulation Tuna Club nine-thread line and six-ounce +tip are strong enough, if great care and skill be employed, to take the +tricky, hard-jawed, wild-leaping sailfish. + +And for bonefish, that rare fighter known to so few anglers, the +three-six tackle--a three-ounce tip and six-thread line--is just the +ideal rig to make the sport exceedingly difficult, fascinating, and +thrilling. Old bonefishermen almost invariably use heavy tackle--stiff +rods and twelve-or fifteen-thread lines. They have their arguments, and +indeed these are hard nuts to crack. They claim three-six for the swift +and powerful bonefish is simply absurd. No! I can prove otherwise. But +that must be another story. + +Some one must pioneer these sorely needed reforms. It may be a thankless +task, but it is one that some of us are standing by. We need the help of +brother anglers. + + * * * * * + +One morning in February there was a light breeze from the north and the +day promised to be ideal. We ran out to the buoy and found the Gulf +Stream a very dark blue, with a low ripple and a few white-caps here and +there. + +Above the spindle we began to see sailfish jumping everywhere. One +leaped thirteen times, and another nineteen. Many of them came out +sidewise, with a long, sliding plunge, which action at first I took to +be that made by a feeding fish. After a while, however, and upon closer +view, I changed my mind about this. + +My method, upon seeing a fish jump, was to speed up the boat until we +were in the vicinity where the fish had come up. Then we would slow down +and begin trolling, with two baits out, one some forty or fifty feet +back and the other considerably farther. + +We covered several places where we had seen the sheetlike splashes; and +at the third or fourth I felt the old electrifying tap at my bait. I +leaped up and let my bait run back. The sailfish tapped again, then took +hold so hard and ran off so swiftly that I jerked sooner than usual. I +pulled the bait away from him. All this time the boat was running. +Instead of winding in I let the bait run back. Suddenly the sailfish +took it fiercely. I let him run a long way before I struck at him, and +then I called to the boatman to throw out the clutch. When the boat is +moving there is a better chance of a tight line while striking, and that +is imperative if an angler expects to hook the majority of these +illusive sailfish. I hooked this fellow, and he showed at once, a small +fish, and began to leap toward the boat, making a big bag in the line. I +completely lost the feel of his weight. When he went down, and with all +that slack line, I thought he was gone. But presently the line tightened +and he began to jump in another direction. He came out twice with his +sail spread, a splendid, vivid picture; then he took to skittering, +occasionally throwing himself clear, and he made some surface runs, +splashing and threshing, and then made some clean greyhound-like leaps. +In all he cleared the water eleven times before he settled down. After +that it took me half an hour to land him. He was not hurt and we let him +go. + +Soon after we got going again we raised a school of four or more +sailfish. And when a number rush for the baits it is always exciting. +The first fish hit my bait and the second took R. C.'s. I saw both fish +in action, and there is considerable difference between the hitting and +the taking of a bait. R. C. jerked his bait away from his fish and I +yelled for him to let it run back. He did so. A bronze and silver blaze +and a boil on the water told me how hungry R. C.'s sailfish was. "Let +him run with it!" I yelled. Then I attended to my own troubles. There +was a fish rapping at my bait. I let out line, yard after yard, but he +would not take hold, and, as R. C.'s line was sweeping over mine, I +thought best to reel in. + +"Hook him now!" I yelled. + +I surely did shiver at the way my brother came up with that light +tackle. But he hooked the sailfish, and nothing broke. Then came a big +white splash on the surface, but no sign of the fish. R. C.'s line +sagged down. + +"Look out! Wind in! He's coming at us!" I called. + +"He's off!" replied my brother. + +That might well have been, but, as I expected, he was not. He broke +water on a slack line and showed us all his dripping, colorful body +nearer than a hundred feet. R. C. thereupon performed with incredible +speed at the reel and quickly had a tight line. Mr. Sailfish did not +like that. He slid out, wrathfully wagging his bill, and left a seamy, +foamy track behind him, finally to end that play with a splendid long +leap. He was headed away from us now, with two hundred yards of line +out, going hard and fast, and we had to follow him. We had a fine +straightaway run to recover the line. This was a thrilling chase, and +one, I think, we never would have had if R. C. had been using heavy +tackle. The sailfish led us out half a mile before he sounded. + +Then in fifteen minutes more R. C. had him up where we could see his +purple and bronze colors and the strange, triangular form of him, which +peculiar shape came mostly from the waving sail. I thought I saw other +shapes and colors with him, and bent over the gunwale to see better. + +"He's got company. Two sharks!--You want to do some quick work now or +good-by sailfish!" + + [Illustration: Nassau Photo + SOLITUDE ON THE SEA] + + [Illustration: Nassau Photo + SUNSET BY THE SEA] + +A small gray shark and a huge yellow shark were coming up with our +quarry. R. C. said things, and pulled hard on the light tackle. I got +hold of the leader and drew the sailfish close to the boat. He began to +thresh, and the big shark came with a rush. Instinctively I let go of +the leader, which action was a blunder. The sailfish saw the shark and, +waking up, he fought a good deal harder than before the sharks appeared +upon the scene. He took off line, and got so far away that I gave up any +hope that the sharks might not get him. There was a heavy commotion out +in the water. The shark had made a rush. So had the sailfish, and he +came right back to the boat. R. C. reeled in swiftly. + +"Hold him hard now!" I admonished, and I leaped up on the stern. The +sailfish sheered round on the surface, with tail and bill out, while the +shark swam about five feet under him. He was a shovel-nosed, big-finned +yellow shark, weighing about five hundred pounds. He saw me. I waved my +hat at him, but he did not mind that. He swam up toward the surface and +his prey. R. C. was now handling the light tackle pretty roughly. It is +really remarkable what can be done with nine-thread. In another moment +we would have lost the sailfish. The boatman brought my rifle and a shot +scared the shark away. Then we got the sailfish into the boat. He was a +beautiful specimen for mounting, weighing forty-five pounds, the first +my brother had taken. + +After that we had several strikes, but not one of them was what I could +call a hungry, smashing strike. These sailfish are finicky biters. I had +one rap at my bait with his bill until he knocked the bait off. + +I think the feature of the day was the sight of two flying-fish that +just missed boarding the boat. They came out to the left of us and +sailed ahead together. Then they must have been turned by the wind, for +they made a beautiful, graceful curve until they came around so that I +was sure they would fly into the boat. Their motion was indescribably +airy and feathery, buoyant and swift, with not the slightest quiver of +fins or wings as they passed within five feet of me. I could see through +the crystal wings. Their bodies were white and silvery, and they had +staring black eyes. They were not so large as the California +flying-fish, nor did they have any blue color. They resembled the +California species, however, in that same strange, hunted look which +always struck me. To see these flying-fish this way was provocative of +thought. They had been pursued by some hungry devil of a fish, and with +a birdlike swiftness with which nature had marvelously endowed them they +had escaped the enemy. Here I had at once the wonder and beauty and +terror of the sea. These fish were not leaping with joy. I have not +often seen fish in the salt water perform antics for anything except +flight or pursuit. Sometimes kingfish appear to be playing when they +leap so wonderfully at sunset hour, but as a rule salt-water fish do not +seem to be playful. + + * * * * * + +At Long Key the Gulf Stream is offshore five miles. The water shoals +gradually anywhere from two feet near the beach to twenty feet five +miles out on the reef. When there has been no wind for several days, +which is a rare thing for Long Key, the water becomes crystal clear and +the fish and marine creatures are an endless source of interest to the +fisherman. Of course a large boat, in going out on the reef, must use +the channel between the keys, but a small boat or canoe can go anywhere. +It is remarkable how the great game fish come in from the Stream across +the reef into shoal water. Barracuda come right up to the shore, and +likewise the big sharks. The bottom is a clean, white, finely ribbed +coral sand, with patches of brown seaweed here and there and golden +spots, and in the shallower water different kinds of sponges. Out on the +reef the water is a light green. The Gulf Stream runs along the outer +edge of the reef, and here between Tennessee Buoy and Alligator Light, +eighteen miles, is a feeding-ground for sailfish, kingfish, amberjack, +barracuda, and other fishes. The ballyhoo is the main feed of these +fishes, and it is indeed a queer little fish. He was made by nature, +like the sardine and mullet and flying-fish, to serve as food for the +larger fishes. The ballyhoo is about a foot long, slim and flat, shiny +and white on the sides and dark green on the back, with a sharp-pointed, +bright-yellow tail, the lower lobe of which is developed to twice the +length of the upper. He has a very strange feature in the fact that his +lower jaw resembles the bill of a snipe, being several inches long, +sharp and pointed and hard; but he has no upper lip or beak at all. This +half-bill must be used in relation to his food, but I do not have any +idea how this is done. + +One day I found the Gulf Stream a mile off Tennessee Buoy, whereas on +other days it would be close in. On this particular day the water was a +dark, clear, indigo blue and appreciably warmer than the surrounding +sea. This Stream has a current of several miles an hour, flowing up the +coast. Everywhere we saw the Portuguese men-of-war shining on the waves. +There was a slight, cool breeze blowing, rippling the water just enough +to make fishing favorable. I saw a big loggerhead turtle, weighing about +three hundred pounds, coming around on the surface among these +Portuguese men-of-war, and as we ran up I saw that he was feeding on +these queer balloon-like little creatures. Sometimes he would come up +under one and it would stick on his back, and he would turn laboriously +around from under it, and submerge his back so he had it floating again. +Then he would open his cavernous mouth and take it in. Considering the +stinging poison these Portuguese men-of-war secrete about them, the +turtle must have had a very tabasco-sauce meal. Right away I began to +see evidence of fish on the surface, which is always a good sign. We +went past a school of bonita breaking the water up into little swirls. +Then I saw a smashing break of a sailfish coming out sideways, sending +the water in white sheets. We slowed down the boat and got our baits +overboard at once. I was using a ballyhoo bait hooked by a small hook +through the lips, with a second and larger hook buried in the body. R. +C. was using a strip of mullet, which for obvious reasons seems to be +the preferred bait from Palm Beach to Long Key. And the obvious reason +is that nobody seems to take the trouble to get what might be proper +bait for sailfish. Mullet is an easy bait to get and commands just as +high a price as anything else, which, as a matter of fact, is highway +robbery. With a bait like a ballyhoo or a shiner I could get ten bites +to one with mullet. + +We trolled along at slow speed. The air was cool, the sun pleasant, the +sea beautiful, and this was the time to sit back and enjoy a sense of +freedom and great space of the ocean, and watch for leaping fish or +whatever might attract the eye. + +Here and there we passed a strange jellyfish, the like of which I had +never before seen. It was about as large as a good-sized cantaloup, and +pale, clear yellow all over one end and down through the middle, and +then commenced a dark red fringe which had a waving motion. Inside this +fringe was a scalloped circular appendage that had a sucking motion, +which must have propelled it through the water, and it made quite fair +progress. Around every one of these strange jellyfish was a little +school of tiny minnows, as clear-colored as crystals. These all swam on +in the same direction as the drift of the Gulf Stream. + +When we are fishing for sailfish everything that strikes we take to be a +sailfish until we find out it is something else. They are inconsistent +and queer fish. Sometimes they will rush a bait, at other times they +will tug at it and then chew at it, and then they will tap it with their +bills. I think I have demonstrated that they are about the hardest fish +to hook that swims, and also on light tackle they are one of the gamest +and most thrilling. However, not one in a hundred fishermen who come to +Long Key will go after them with light tackle. And likewise not one out +of twenty-five sailfish brought in there is caught by a fisherman who +deliberately went out after sailfish. Mostly they are caught by accident +while drags are set for kingfish or barracuda. At Palm Beach I believe +they fish for them quite persistently, with a great deal of success. But +it is more a method of still fishing which has no charms for me. + +Presently my boatman yelled, "Sailfish!" We looked off to port and saw a +big sailfish break water nine times. He was perhaps five hundred yards +distant. My boatman put on speed, and, as my boat is fast, it did not +take us long to get somewhere near where this big fish broke. We did our +best to get to the exact spot where he came up, then slowed down and +trolled over the place. In this instance I felt a light tap on my bait +and I jumped up quickly, both to look and let him take line. But I did +not see him or feel him any more. We went on. I saw a flash of bright +silver back of my brother's bait. At the instant he hooked a kingfish. +And then I felt one cut my bait off. Kingfish are savage strikers and +they almost invariably hook themselves when the drag is set. But as I +fish for sailfish with a free-running reel, of course I am exasperated +when a kingfish takes hold. My brother pulled in this kingfish, which +was small, and we rebaited our hooks and went on again. I saw more +turtles, and one we almost ran over, he was so lazy in getting down. +These big, cumbersome sea animals, once they get headed down and +started, can disappear with remarkable rapidity. I rather enjoy +watching them, but my boatman, who is a native of these parts and +therefore a turtle-hunter by instinct, always wore a rather disappointed +look when we saw one. This was because I would not allow him to harpoon +it. + + [Illustration: TWIN TIGERS OF THE SEA--THE SAVAGE BARRACUDA] + + [Illustration: HAPPY PASTIME OF BONEFISHING] + +The absence of gulls along this stretch of reef is a feature that struck +me. So that once in a while when I did see a lonely white gull I watched +him with pleasure. And once I saw a cero mackerel jump way in along the +reef, and even at a mile's distance I could see the wonderful curve he +made. + +The wind freshened, and all at once it seemed leaping sailfish were all +around us. Then as we turned the boat this way and that we had thrills +of anticipation. Suddenly R. C. had a strike. The fish took the bait +hungrily and sheered off like an arrow and took line rapidly. When R. C. +hooked him he came up with a big splash and shook himself to free the +hook. He jumped here and there and then went down deep. And then he took +a good deal of line off the reel. I was surprised to see a sailfish +stick his bill out of the water very much closer to the boat than where +R. C.'s fish should have been. I had no idea then that this was a fish +other than the one R. C. had hooked. But when he cut the line either +with his bill or his tail, and R. C. wound it in, we very soon +discovered that it was not the fish that he had hooked. This is one of +the handicaps of light tackle. + +We went on fishing. Sailfish would jump around us for a while and then +they would stop. We would not see one for several minutes. It is always +very exciting to be among them this way. Presently I had one take hold +to run off slowly and steadily, and I let him go for fifty feet, and +when I struck I tore the hook away from him. Quickly I let slack line +run back to him ten or fifteen feet at a time, until I felt him take it +once more. He took it rather suspiciously, I felt, and I honestly +believe that I could tell that he was mouthing or chewing the bait, +which made me careful to let the line run off easily to him. Suddenly he +rushed off, making the reel smoke. I let him run one hundred and fifty +feet and then stood up, throwing on the drag, and when the line +straightened tight I tried to jerk at him as hard as the tackle would +stand. As a matter of fact, however, he was going so fast and hard that +he hooked himself. It is indeed seldom that I miss one when he runs like +this. This fellow came up two hundred yards from the boat and slid along +the water with half of his body raised, much like one of those +coasting-boards I have seen bathers use, towed behind a motor-launch. He +went down and came up in a magnificent sheer leap, with his broad sail +shining in the sun. Very angry he was, and he reminded me of a Marlin +swordfish. Next he went down, and came up again bent in a curve, with +the big sail stretched again. He skittered over the water, going down +and coming up, until he had leaped seven times. This was a big, heavy +fish, and on the light six-ounce tip and nine-thread line I had my work +cut out for me. We had to run the boat toward him so I could get back my +line. Here was the advantage of having a fast boat with a big rudder. +Otherwise I would have lost my fish. After some steady deep plugging he +came up again and set my heart aflutter by a long surface play in which +he took off one hundred yards of line and then turned, leaping straight +for the boat. Fortunately the line was slack and I could throw off the +drag and let him run. Slack line never bothers me when I really get one +of these fish well hooked. If he is not well hooked he is going to get +away, anyhow. After that he went down into deep water and I had one long +hour of hard work in bringing him to the boat. Six hours later he +weighed fifty-eight and a half pounds, and as he had lost a good deal of +blood and dried out considerably, he would have gone over sixty pounds, +which, so far, is the largest sailfish I know of caught on light tackle. + +The sailfish were still leaping around us and we started off again. The +captain called our attention to a tail and a sail a few yards apart not +far from the boat. We circled around them to drive them down. I saw a +big wave back of R. C.'s bait and I yelled, "Look out!" I felt something +hit my bait and then hit it again. I knew it was a sailfish rapping at +it. I let the line slip off the reel. Just then R. C. had a vicious +strike and when he hooked the fish the line snapped. He claimed that he +had jerked too hard. This is the difficulty with light tackle--to strike +hard, yet not break anything. I was standing up and leaning forward, +letting my line slip off the reel, trying to coax that sailfish to come +back. Something took hold and almost jerked the rod out of my hands. +That was a magnificent strike, and of course I thought it was one of the +sailfish. But when I hooked him I had my doubts. The weight was heavy +and ponderous and tugging. He went down and down and down. The boatman +said amberjack. I was afraid so, but I still had my hopes. For a while I +could not budge him, and at last, when I had given up hope that it was a +sailfish, I worked a good deal harder than I would have otherwise. It +took me twenty-five minutes to subdue a forty-pound amberjack. Here was +proof of what could be done with light tackle. + +About ten-thirty of this most delightful and favorable day we ran into a +school of barracuda. R. C. hooked a small one, which was instantly set +upon by its voracious comrades and torn to pieces. Then I had a +tremendous strike, hard, swift, long--everything to make a tingle of +nerve and blood. The instant I struck, up out of a flying splash rose a +long, sharp, silver-flashing tiger of the sea, and if he leaped an inch +he leaped forty feet. On that light tackle he was a revelation. Five +times more he leaped, straight up, very high, gills agape, jaws wide, +body curved--a sight for any angler. He made long runs and short runs +and all kinds of runs, and for half an hour he defied any strain I dared +put on him. Eventually I captured him, and I considered him superior to +a tarpon of equal or even more weight. + +Barracuda are a despised fish, apparently because of their voracious and +murderous nature. But I incline to the belief that it is because the +invariable use of heavy tackle has blinded the fishermen to the +wonderful leaping and fighting qualities of this long-nosed, +long-toothed sea-tiger. The few of us who have hooked barracuda on light +tackle know him as a marvelous performer. Van Campen Heilner wrote +about a barracuda he caught on a bass rod, and he is not likely to +forget it, nor will the reader of his story forget it. + +R. C. had another strike, hooked his fish, and brought it in readily. It +was a bonita of about five pounds, the first one my brother had ever +caught. We were admiring his beautiful, subdued colors as he swam near +the boat, when up out of the blue depths shot a long gray form as swift +as lightning. It was a big barracuda. In his rush he cut that bonita in +two. The captain grasped the line and yelled for us to get the gaffs. R. +C. dropped the rod and got the small gaff, and as I went for the big one +I heard them both yell. Then I bent over to see half a dozen big gray +streaks rush for what was left of that poor little bonita. The big +barracuda with incredible speed and unbelievable ferocity rushed right +to the side of the boat at the bonita. He got hold of it and R. C. in +striking at him to gaff him hit him over the head several times. Then +the gaff hook caught him and R. C. began to lift. The barracuda looked +to me to be fully seven feet long and half as big around as a telegraph +pole. He made a tremendous splash in the water. R. C. was deluged. He +and the boatman yelled in their excitement. But R. C. was unable to hold +the big fish on this small gaff, and I got there too late. The barracuda +broke loose. Then, equally incredibly, he turned with still greater +ferocity and rushed the bonita again, but before he could get to it +another and smaller barracuda had hold of it. At this instant I leaned +over with a club. With one powerful sweep I hit one of the barracuda on +the head. When I reached over again the largest one was contending with +a smaller one for the remains of the bonita. I made a vicious pass at +the big one, missing him. Quick as I was, before I could get back, the +big fellow had taken the head of the bonita and rushed off with it, +tearing the line out of the captain's hands. Then we looked at one +another. It had all happened in a minute. We were all wringing wet and +panting from excitement and exertion. This is a gruesome tale of the sea +and I put it here only to illustrate the incomparable savageness of +these tigers of the Gulf Stream. + +The captain put the fish away and cleaned up the boat and we resumed +fishing. I ate lunch holding the rod in one hand, loath to waste any +time on this wonderful day. Sailfish were still jumping here and there +and far away. The next thing to happen was that R. C. hooked a small +kingfish, and at the same instant a big one came clear out in an +unsuccessful effort to get my bait. This happened to be near the reef, +and as we were going out I hooked a big grouper that tried out my +small tackle for all it was worth. But I managed to keep him from +getting on the bottom, and at length brought him in. The little +six-ounce tip now looked like a buggy-whip that was old and worn +out. After that nothing happened for quite a little spell. We had +opportunity to get rested. Presently R. C. had a sailfish tap his bait +and tap it again and tug at it and then take hold and start away. R. +C. hooked him and did it carefully, trying not to put too much strain +on the line. Here is where great skill is required. But the line +broke. After that he took one of my other tackles. Something went +wrong with the engine and the captain had to shut down and we drifted. +I had a long line out and it gradually sank. Something took hold and I +hooked it and found myself fast to a deep-sea, hard-fighting fish of +some kind. I got him up eventually, and was surprised to see a great, +broad, red-colored fish, which turned out to be a mutton-fish, much +prized for food. I had now gotten six varieties of fish in the Gulf +Stream and we were wondering what next. I was hoping it would be a +dolphin or a waahoo. It happened, however, to be a beautiful cero +mackerel, one of the shapeliest and most attractive fish in these +waters. He is built something like the brook-trout, except for a much +sharper head and wider fins and tail. But he is speckled very much +after the manner of the trout. We trolled on, and all of a sudden +raised a school of sailfish. They came up with a splashing rush very +thrilling to see. One hit R. C.'s bait hard, and then another, by way +of contrast, began to tug and chew at mine. I let the line out slowly. +And as I did so I saw another one follow R. C.'s mutilated bait which +he was bringing toward the boat. He was a big purple-and-bronze fellow +and he would have taken a whole bait if it could have been gotten to +him. But he sheered away, frightened by the boat. I failed to hook my +fish. It was getting along pretty well into the afternoon by this time +and the later it got the better the small fish and kingfish seemed to +bite. I caught one barracuda and six kingfish, while R. C. was +performing a somewhat similar feat. Then he got a smashing strike +from a sailfish that went off on a hard, fast rush, so that he hooked +it perfectly. He jumped nine times, several of which leaps I +photographed. He was a good-sized fish and active and strong. R. C. +had him up to the boat in thirty minutes, which was fine work for the +light tackle. I made sure that the fish was as good as caught and I +did not look to see where he was hooked. My boatman is not skilled in +the handling of the fish when they are brought in. Few boatmen are. He +took hold of the leader, and as he began to lift I saw that the hook +was fast in the bill of the sailfish fully six inches from his mouth. +At that instant the sailfish began to thresh. I yelled to the boatman +to let go, but either I was not quick enough or he did not obey, for +the hook snapped free and the sailfish slowly swam away, his great +purple-and-blue spotted sail waving in the water, and his bronze sides +shining. And we were both glad that he had gotten away, because we had +had the fun out of him and had taken pictures of him jumping, and he +was now alive and might make another fisherman sport some day. + + + + +VII + +BONEFISH + + +In my experience as a fisherman the greatest pleasure has been the +certainty of something new to learn, to feel, to anticipate, to thrill +over. An old proverb tells us that if you wish to bring back the wealth +of the Indias you must go out with its equivalent. Surely the longer a +man fishes the wealthier he becomes in experience, in reminiscence, in +love of nature, if he goes out with the harvest of a quiet eye, free +from the plague of himself. + +As a boy, fishing was a passion with me, but no more for the conquest of +golden sunfish and speckled chubs and horny catfish than for the +haunting sound of the waterfall and the color and loneliness of the +cliffs. As a man, and a writer who is forever learning, fishing is still +a passion, stronger with all the years, but tempered by an understanding +of the nature of primitive man, hidden in all of us, and by a keen +reluctance to deal pain to any creature. The sea and the river and the +mountain have almost taught me not to kill except for the urgent needs +of life; and the time will come when I shall have grown up to that. When +I read a naturalist or a biologist I am always ashamed of what I have +called a sport. Yet one of the truths of evolution is that not to +practise strife, not to use violence, not to fish or hunt--that is to +say, not to fight--is to retrograde as a natural man. Spiritual and +intellectual growth is attained at the expense of the physical. + +Always, then, when I am fishing I feel that the fish are incidental, and +that the reward of effort and endurance, the incalculable and intangible +knowledge emanate from the swelling and infinite sea or from the shaded +and murmuring stream. Thus I assuage my conscience and justify the fun, +the joy, the excitement, and the violence. + +Five years ago I had never heard of a bonefish. The first man who ever +spoke to me about this species said to me, very quietly with serious +intentness: "Have you had any experience with bonefish?" I said no, and +asked him what kind that was. His reply was enigmatical. "Well, don't go +after bonefish unless you can give up all other fishing." I remember I +laughed. But I never forgot that remark, and now it comes back to me +clear in its significance. That fisherman read me as well as I +misunderstood him. + +Later that season I listened to talk of inexperienced bonefishermen +telling what they had done and heard. To me it was absurd. So much +fishing talk seems ridiculous, anyway. And the expert fishermen, +wherever they were, received the expressive titles: "Bonefish Bugs and +Bonefish Nuts!" Again I heard arguments about tackle rigged for these +mysterious fish and these arguments fixed my vague impression. By and by +some bonefishermen came to Long Key, and the first sight of a bonefish +made me curious. I think it weighed five pounds--a fair-sized specimen. +Even to my prejudiced eye that fish showed class. So I began to question +the bonefishermen. + +At once I found this type of angler to be remarkably reticent as to +experience and method. Moreover, the tackle used was amazing to me. +Stiff rods and heavy lines for little fish! I gathered another +impression, and it was that bonefish were related to dynamite and chain +lightning. Everybody who would listen to my questions had different +things to say. No two men agreed on tackle or bait or ground or +anything. I enlisted the interest of my brother R. C., and we decided, +just to satisfy curiosity, to go out and catch some bonefish. The +complacent, smug conceit of fishermen! I can see now how funny ours was. +Fortunately it is now past tense. If I am ever conceited again I hope no +one will read my stories. + +My brother and I could not bring ourselves to try for bonefish with +heavy tackle. It was preposterous. Three--four--five-pound fish! We had +seen no larger. Bass tackle was certainly heavy enough for us. So in the +innocence of our hearts and the assurance of our vanity we sallied forth +to catch bonefish. + +That was four years ago. Did we have good luck? No! Luck has nothing to +do with bonefishing. What happened? For one solid month each winter of +those four years we had devoted ourselves to bonefishing with light +tackle. We stuck to our colors. The space of this whole volume would not +be half enough to tell our experience--the amaze, the difficulty, the +perseverance, the defeat, the wonder, and at last the achievement. The +season of 1918 we hooked about fifty bonefish on three-six tackles--that +is, three-ounce tips and six-thread lines--and we landed fourteen of +them. I caught nine and R. C. caught five. R. C.'s eight-pound fish +justified our contention and crowned our efforts. + +To date, in all my experience, I consider this bonefish achievement the +most thrilling, fascinating, difficult, and instructive. That is a broad +statement and I hope I can prove it. I am prepared to state that I feel +almost certain, if I spent another month bonefishing, I would become +obsessed and perhaps lose my enthusiasm for other kinds of fish. + +Why? + +There is a multiplicity of reasons. My reasons range from the +exceedingly graceful beauty of a bonefish to the fact that he is the +best food fish I ever ate. That is a wide range. He is the wisest, +shyest, wariest, strangest fish I ever studied; and I am not excepting +the great _Xiphias gladius_--the broadbill swordfish. As for the speed +of a bonefish, I claim no salmon, no barracuda, no other fish celebrated +for swiftness of motion, is in his class. A bonefish is so incredibly +fast that it was a long time before I could believe the evidence of my +own eyes. You see him; he is there perfectly still in the clear, shallow +water, a creature of fish shape, pale green and silver, but +crystal-like, a phantom shape, staring at you with strange black eyes; +then he is gone. Vanished! Absolutely without your seeing a movement, +even a faint streak! By peering keenly you may discern a little swirl in +the water. As for the strength of a bonefish, I actually hesitate to +give my impressions. No one will ever believe how powerful a bonefish +is until he has tried to stop the rush and heard the line snap. As for +his cunning, it is utterly baffling. As for his biting, it is almost +imperceptible. As for his tactics, they are beyond conjecture. + + [Illustration: THE GAMEST FISH THAT SWIMS] + + [Illustration: A WAAHOO] + +I want to append here a few passages from my note-books, in the hope +that a bare, bald statement of fact will help my argument. + + * * * * * + +First experience on a bonefish shoal. This wide area of coral mud was +dry at low tide. When we arrived the tide was rising. Water scarcely a +foot deep, very clear. Bottom white, with patches of brown grass. We saw +bonefish everywhere and expected great sport. But no matter where we +stopped we could not get any bites. Schools of bonefish swam up to the +boat, only to dart away. Everywhere we saw thin white tails sticking +out, as they swam along, feeding with noses in the mud. When we drew in +our baits we invariably found them half gone, and it was our assumption +that the blue crabs did this. + +At sunset the wind quieted. It grew very still and beautiful. The water +was rosy. Here and there we saw swirls and tails standing out, and we +heard heavy thumps of plunging fish. But we could not get any bites. + +When we returned to camp we were told that the half of our soldier-crab +baits had been sucked off by bonefish. Did not believe that. + +Tide bothered us again this morning. It seems exceedingly difficult to +tell one night before what the tide is going to do the next morning. At +ten o'clock we walked to the same place we were yesterday. It was a +bright, warm day, with just enough breeze to ruffle the water and make +fishing pleasant, and we certainly expected to have good luck. But we +fished for about three hours without any sign of a fish. This was +discouraging and we could not account for it. + +So we moved. About half a mile down the beach I thought I caught a +glimpse of a bonefish. It was a likely-looking contrast to the white +marl all around. Here I made a long cast and sat down to wait. My +brother lagged behind. Presently I spied two bonefish nosing along not +ten feet from the shore. They saw me, so I made no attempt to drag the +bait near them, but I called to my brother and told him to try to get a +bait ahead of them. This was a little after flood-tide. It struck me +then that these singular fish feed up the beach with one tide and down +with another. + +Just when my brother reached me I got a nibble. I called to him and then +stood up, ready to strike. I caught a glimpse of the fish. He looked big +and dark. He had his nose down, fooling with my bait. When I struck him +he felt heavy. I put on the click of the reel, and when the bonefish +started off he pulled the rod down hard, taking the line fast. He made +one swirl on the surface and then started up-shore. He seemed +exceedingly swift. I ran along the beach until presently the line +slackened and I felt that the hook had torn out. This was +disappointment. I could not figure that I had done anything wrong, but I +decided in the future to use a smaller and sharper hook. We went on down +the beach, seeing several bonefish on the way, and finally we ran into +a big school of them. They were right alongshore, but when they saw us +we could not induce them to bite. + + * * * * * + +Every day we learn something. It is necessary to keep out of sight of +these fish. After they bite, everything depends upon the skilful hooking +of the fish. Probably it will require a good deal of skill to land them +after you have hooked them, but we have had little experience at that so +far. When these fish are along the shore they certainly are feeding, and +presumably they are feeding on crabs of some sort. Bonefish appear to be +game worthy of any fisherman's best efforts. + +It was a still, hot day, without any clouds. We went up the beach to a +point opposite an old construction camp. To-day when we expected the +tide to be doing one thing it was doing another. Ebb and flow and +flood-tide have become as difficult as Sanskrit synonyms for me. My +brother took an easy and comfortable chair and sat up the beach, and I, +like an ambitious fisherman, laboriously and adventurously waded out one +hundred and fifty feet to an old platform that had been erected there. I +climbed upon this, and found it a very precarious place to sit. Come to +think about it, there is something very remarkable about the places a +fisherman will pick out to sit down on. This place was a two-by-four +plank full of nails, and I cheerfully availed myself of it and, casting +my bait out as far as I could, I calmly sat down to wait for a bonefish. +It has become a settled conviction in my mind that you have to wait for +bonefish. But all at once I got a hard bite. It quite excited me. I +jerked and pulled the bait away from the fish and he followed it and +took it again. I saw this fish and several others in the white patch of +ground where there were not any weeds. But in my excitement I did not +have out a long enough line, and when I jerked the fish turned over and +got away. This was all right, but the next two hours sitting in the sun +on that seat with a nail sticking into me were not altogether +pleasurable. When I thought I had endured it as long as I could I saw a +flock of seven bonefish swimming past me, and one of them was a whopper. +The sight revived me. I hardly breathed while that bunch of fish swam +right for my bait, and for all I could see they did not know it was +there. I waited another long time. The sun was hot--there was no +breeze--the heat was reflected from the water. I could have stood all +this well enough, but I could not stand the nails. So I climbed down off +my perch, having forgotten that all this time the tide had been rising. +And as I could not climb back I had to get wet, to the infinite +amusement of my brother. After that I fished from the shore. + +Presently my brother shouted and I looked up to see him pulling on a +fish. There was a big splash in the water and then I saw his line +running out. The fish was heading straight for the framework on which I +had been seated and I knew if he ever did get there he would break the +line. All of a sudden I saw the fish he had hooked. And he reached the +framework all right! + +I had one more strike this day, but did not hook the fish. It seems this +bonefishing takes infinite patience. For all we can tell, these fish +come swimming along with the rising tide close in to shore and they are +exceedingly shy and wary. My brother now has caught two small bonefish +and each of them gave a good strong bite, at once starting off with the +bait. We had been under the impression that it was almost impossible to +feel the bonefish bite. It will take work to learn this game. + + * * * * * + +Yesterday we went up on the north side of the island to the place near +the mangroves where we had seen some bonefish. Arriving there, we found +the tide almost flood, with the water perfectly smooth and very clear +and about a foot deep up at the mangrove roots. Here and there at a +little distance we could see splashes. We separated, and I took the +outside, while R. C. took the inside close to the mangroves. We waded +along. Before I had time to make a cast I saw a three-pound bonefish +come sneaking along, and when he saw me he darted away like an arrow. I +made a long cast and composed myself to wait. Presently a yell from R. +C. electrified me with the hope that he had hooked a fish. But it turned +out that he had only seen one. He moved forward very cautiously in the +water and presently made a cast. He then said that a big bonefish was +right near his hook, and during the next few minutes this fish circled +his bait twice, crossing his line. Then he counted out loud: one, two, +three, four, five bonefish right in front of him, one of which was a +whopper. I stood up myself and saw one over to my right, of about five +pounds, sneaking along with his nose to the bottom. When I made a cast +over in his direction he disappeared as suddenly as if he had dissolved +in the water. Looking out to my left, I saw half a dozen bonefish +swimming toward me, and they came quite close. When I moved they +vanished. Then I made a cast over in this direction. The bonefish came +back and swam all around my bait, apparently not noticing it. They were +on the feed, and the reason they did not take our bait must have been +that they saw us. We fished there for an hour without having a sign of a +bite, and then we gave it up. + +To-day about flood-tide I had a little strike. I jerked hard, but failed +to see the fish, and then when I reeled in I found he still had hold of +it. Then I struck him, and in one little jerk he broke the leader. + + * * * * * + +I just had a talk with a fellow who claims to know a good deal about +bonefishing. He said he had caught a good many ranging up to eight +pounds. His claim was that soldier crabs were the best bait. He said he +had fished with professional boatmen who knew the game thoroughly. They +would pole the skiff alongshore and keep a sharp lookout for what he +called bonefish mud. And I assume that he meant muddy places in the +water that had been stirred up by bonefish. Of course, any place where +these little swirls could be seen was very likely to be a bonefish bank. +He claimed that it was necessary to hold the line near the reel between +the forefingers, and to feel for the very slightest vibration. Bonefish +have a sucker-like mouth. They draw the bait in, and smash it. +Sometimes, of course, they move away, drawing out the line, but that +kind of a bite is exceptional. It is imperative to strike the fish when +this vibration is felt. Not one in five bonefish is hooked. + +We have had two northers and the water grew so cold that it drove the +fish out. The last two or three days have been warm and to-day it was +hot. However, I did not expect the bonefish in yet, and when we went in +bathing at flood-tide I was very glad to see two fish. I hurried out and +got my rod and began to try. Presently I had a little strike. I waited +and it was repeated; then I jerked and felt the fish. He made a wave and +that was the last I knew of him. + +Reeling in, I looked at my bait, to find that it had been pretty badly +chewed, but I fastened it on again and made another cast. I set down the +rod. Then I went back after the bucket for the rest of the bait. Upon my +return I saw the line jerking and I ran to the rod. I saw a little +splash, and a big white tail of a bonefish stick out of the water. I put +my thumb on the reel and jerked hard. Instantly I felt the fish, heavy +and powerful. He made a surge and then ran straight out. The line burned +my thumb so I could not hold it. I put on the click and the fish made a +swifter, harder run for at least a hundred yards, and he tore the hook +out. + +This makes a number of fish that have gotten away from me in this +manner. It is exasperating and difficult to explain. I have to use a +pretty heavy sinker in order to cast the bait out. I have arranged this +sinker, which has a hole through it, so that the line will run freely. +This seems to work all right on the bite, but I am afraid it does not +work after the fish is hooked. That sinker drags on the bottom. This is +the best rigging that I can plan at the present stage of the game. I +have an idea now that a bonefish should be hooked hard and then very +carefully handled. + +I fished off the beach awhile in front of the cabin. We used both kinds +of crabs, soldier and hermit. I fished two hours and a half, from the +late rising tide to the first of the ebb, without a sign or sight of a +fish. R. C. finally got tired and set his rod and went in bathing. Then +it happened. I heard his reel singing and saw his rod nodding; then I +made a dash for it. The fish was running straight out, heavy and fast, +and he broke the line. + +This may have been caused by the heavy sinker catching in the weeds. We +must do more planning to get a suitable rig for these bonefish. + + * * * * * + +Day before yesterday R. C. and I went up to the Long Key point, and +rowed in on the mangrove shoal where once before I saw so many bonefish. +The tide was about one-quarter in, and there was a foot of water all +over the flats. We anchored at the outer edge and began to fish. We had +made elaborate preparations in the way of tackle, bait, canoe, etc., and +it really would have been remarkable if we had had any luck. After a +little while I distinctly felt something at my hook, and upon jerking I +had one splendid surge out of a good, heavy bonefish. That was all that +happened in that place. + +It was near flood-tide when we went back. I stood up and kept a keen +watch for little muddy places in the water, also bonefish. At last I saw +several fish, and there we anchored. I fished on one side of the boat, +and R. C. on the other. On two different occasions, feeling a nibble on +his line, he jerked, all to no avail. The third time he yelled as he +struck, and I turned in time to see the white thresh of a bonefish. He +made a quick dash off to the side and then came in close to the boat, +swimming around with short runs two or three times, and then, apparently +tired, he came close. I made ready to lift him into the boat, when, lo +and behold! he made a wonderful run of fully three hundred feet before +R. C. could stop him. Finally he was led to the boat, and turned out to +be a fish of three and a half pounds. It simply made R. C. and me gasp +to speak of what a really large bonefish might be able to do. There is +something irresistible about the pursuit of these fish, and perhaps this +is it. We changed places, and as a last try anchored in deeper water, +fishing as before. This time I had a distinct tug at my line and I +hooked a fish. He wiggled and jerked and threshed around so that I told +R. C. that it was not a bonefish, but R. C. contended it was. Anyway, he +came toward the boat rather easily until we saw him and he saw us, and +then he made a dash similar to that of R. C.'s fish and he tore out the +hook. This was the extent of our adventure that day, and we were very +much pleased. + +Next morning we started out with a high northeast trade-wind blowing. +Nothing could dampen our ardor. + +It was blowing so hard up at No. 2 viaduct that we decided to stay +inside. There is a big flat there cut up by channels, and it is said to +be a fine ground for bonefish. The tide was right and the water was +clear, but even in the lee of the bank the wind blew pretty hard. We +anchored in about three feet of water and began to fish. + +After a while we moved. The water was about a foot deep, and the bottom +clean white marl, with little patches of vegetation. Crabs and +crab-holes were numerous. I saw a small shark and a couple of rays. When +we got to the middle of a big flat I saw the big, white, glistening +tails of bonefish sticking out of the water. We dropped anchor and, much +excited, were about to make casts, when R. C. lost his hat. He swore. We +had to pull up anchor and go get the hat. Unfortunately this scared the +fish. Also it presaged a rather hard-luck afternoon. In fishing, as in +many other things, if the beginning is tragedy all will be tragedy, +growing worse all the time. We moved around up above where I had seen +these bonefish, and there we dropped anchor. No sooner had we gotten our +baits overboard than we began to see bonefish tails off at quite some +distance. The thing to do, of course, was to sit right there and be +patient, but this was almost impossible for us. We moved again and +again, but we did not get any nearer to the fish. Finally I determined +that we would stick in one place. This we did, and the bonefish began to +come around. When they would swim close to the boat and see us they +would give a tremendous surge and disappear, as if by magic. But they +always left a muddy place in the water. The speed of these fish is +beyond belief. I could not cast where I wanted to; I tried again and +again. When I did get my bait off at a reasonable distance, I could feel +crabs nibbling at it. These pests robbed us of many a good bait. One of +them cut my line right in two. They seemed to be very plentiful, and +that must be why the bonefish were plentiful, too. R. C. kept losing +bait after bait, which he claimed was the work of crabs, but I rather +believed it to be the work of bonefish. It was too windy for us to tell +anything about the pressure of the line. It had to be quite a strong tug +to be felt at all. Presently I felt one, and instead of striking at once +I waited to see what would happen. After a while I reeled in to find my +bait gone. Then I was consoled by the proof that a bonefish had taken +the bait off for me. Another time three bonefish came along for my bait +and stuck their tails up out of the water, and were evidently nosing +around it, but I felt absolutely nothing on the line. When I reeled in +the bait was gone. + +We kept up this sort of thing for two hours. I knew that we were doing +it wrong. R. C. said bad conditions, but I claimed that these were only +partly responsible for our failure. I knew that we moved about too much, +that we did not cast far enough and wait long enough, and that by all +means we should not have cracked bait on the bottom of the boat, and +particularly we did not know when we had a bite! But it is one thing to +be sure of a fact and another to be able to practise it. At last we gave +up in despair, and upon paddling back toward the launch we saw a school +of bonefish with their tails in the air. We followed them around for a +while, apparently very much to their amusement. At sunset we got back +to the launch and started for camp. + +This was a long, hard afternoon's work for nothing. However, it is my +idea that experience is never too dearly bought. I will never do some +things again, and the harder these fish are to catch, the more time and +effort it takes--the more intelligence and cunning--all the more will I +appreciate success if it ever does come. It is in the attainment of +difficult tasks that we earn our reward. There are several old bonefish +experts here in camp, and they laughed when I related some of our +experiences. Bonefishermen are loath to tell anything about their +methods. This must be a growth of the difficult game. I had an expert +bonefisherman tell me that when he was surprised while fishing on one of +the shoals, he always dropped his rod and pretended to be digging for +shells. And it is a fact that the bonefish guides at Metacumbe did not +let any one get a line on their methods. They will avoid a +bonefishing-ground while others are there, and if they are surprised +there ahead of others, they will pull up anchor and go away. May I be +preserved from any such personal selfishness and reticence as this! One +of these bonefish experts at the camp told me that in all his years of +experience he had never gotten a bonefish bite. If you feel a tug, it is +when the bonefish is ejecting the hook. Then it is too late. The +bonefish noses around the bait and sucks it in without any apparent +movement of the line. And that can be detected first by a little sagging +of the line or by a little strain upon it. That is the time to strike. +He also said that he always broke his soldier crabs on a piece of lead +to prevent the jar from frightening the fish. + +Doctor B. tells a couple of interesting experiences with bonefish. On +one occasion he was fishing near another boat in which was a friend. The +water was very clear and still, and he could see his friend's bait lying +upon the sand. An enormous bonefish swam up and took the bait, and +Doctor B. was so thrilled and excited that he could not yell. When the +man hooked the fish it shot off in a straightaway rush, raising a ridge +upon the water. It ran the length of the line and freed itself. Later +Doctor B.'s friend showed the hook, that had been straightened out. They +measured the line and found it to be five hundred and fifty-five feet. +The bonefish had gone the length of this in one run, and they estimated +that he would have weighed not less than fifteen pounds. + +On another occasion Dr. B. saw a heavy bonefish hooked. It ran +straight off shore, and turning, ran in with such speed that it +came shooting out upon dry land and was easily captured. These two +instances are cases in point of the incredible speed and strength +of this strange fish. + +R. C. had a splendid fight with a bonefish to-day. The wind was blowing +hard and the canoe was not easy to fish out of. We had great difficulty +in telling when we did have a bite. I had one that I know of. When R. C. +hooked his fish it sheered off between the canoe and the beach and ran +up-shore quite a long way. Then it headed out to sea and made a long +run, and then circled. It made short, quick surges, each time jerking R. +C.'s rod down and pulling the reel handle out of his fingers. He had to +put on a glove. We were both excited and thrilled with the gameness of +this fish. It circled the canoe three times, and tired out very slowly. +When he got it close the very thing happened that I feared. It darted +under the anchor rope and we lost it. This battle lasted about fifteen +minutes, and afforded us an actual instance of the wonderful qualities +of this fish. + +Yesterday R. C. hooked a bonefish that made a tremendous rush straight +offshore, and never stopped until he had pulled out the hook. This must +have been a very heavy and powerful fish. + +I had my taste of the same dose to-day. I felt a tiny little tug upon my +line that electrified me and I jerked as hard as I dared. I realized +that I had hooked some kind of fish, but, as it was wiggling and did not +feel heavy, I concluded that I had hooked one of those pesky blowfish. +But all of a sudden my line cut through the water and fairly whistled. I +wound in the slack and then felt a heavy fish. He made a short plunge +and then a longer one, straight out, making my reel scream. I was afraid +to thumb the line, so I let him go. With these jerky plunges he ran +about three hundred feet. Then I felt my line get fast, and, handing my +rod to R. C., I slipped off my shoes and went overboard. I waded out, +winding as I went, to find that the bonefish had fouled the line on a +sponge on the bottom, and he had broken free just above the hook. + + * * * * * + +Yesterday the fag end of the northeast gale still held on, but we +decided to try for bonefish. Low tide at two o'clock. + +I waded up-shore with the canoe, and R. C. walked. It was a hard job to +face the wind and waves and pull the canoe. It made me tired and wet. + +When we got above the old camp the tide had started in. We saw bonefish +tails standing up out of the water. Hurriedly baiting our hooks, we +waded to get ahead of them. But we could not catch them wading, so went +back to the canoe and paddled swiftly ahead, anchored, and got out to +wade once more. + +R. C. was above me. We saw the big tail of one bonefish and both of us +waded to get ahead of him. At last I made a cast, but did not see him +any more. The wind was across my line, making a big curve in it, and I +was afraid I could not tell a bite if I had one. Was about to reel in +when I felt the faint tug. I swept my rod up and back, hard as I dared. +The line came tight, I felt a heavy weight; a quiver, and then my rod +was pulled down. I had hooked him. The thrill was remarkable. He took a +short dash, then turned. I thought I had lost him. But he was running +in. Frantically I wound the reel, but could not get in the slack. I saw +my line coming, heard it hiss in the water, then made out the dark shape +of a bonefish. He ran right at me--almost hit my feet. When he saw me he +darted off with incredible speed, making my reel scream. I feared the +strain on the line, and I plunged through the water as fast as I could +after him. He ran four hundred feet in that dash, and I ran fifty. Not +often have I of late years tingled and thrilled and panted with such +excitement. It was great. It brought back the days of boyhood. When he +stopped that run I was tired and thoroughly wet. He sheered off as I +waded and wound in. I got him back near me. He shot off in a shoal place +of white mud where I saw him plainly, and he scared a school of bonefish +that split and ran every way. My fish took to making short circles; I +could not keep a tight line. Lost! I wound in fast, felt him again, then +absolutely lost feel of him or sight of him. Lost again! My sensations +were remarkable, considering it was only a fish of arm's-length at the +end of the line. But these bonefish rouse an angler as no other fish +can. All at once I felt the line come tight. He was still on, now +running inshore. + +The water was about a foot deep. I saw the bulge, or narrow wave, he +made. He ran out a hundred feet, and had me dashing after him again. I +could not trust that light line at the speed he swam, so I ran to +release the strain. He led me inshore, then up-shore, and out toward sea +again, all the time fighting with a couple of hundred feet of line out. +Occasionally he would make a solid, thumping splash. He worked offshore +some two hundred yards, where be led me in water half to my hips. I had +to try to stop him here, and with fear and trepidation I thumbed the +reel. The first pressure brought a savage rush, but it was short. He +turned, and I wound him back and waded inshore. + +From that moment I had him beaten, although I was afraid of his short +thumps as he headed away and tugged. Finally I had him within twenty +feet circling around me, tired and loggy, yet still strong enough to +require careful handling. + +He looked short and heavy, pale checked green and silver; and his +staring black eye, set forward in his pointed white nose, could be +plainly seen. This fish made a rare picture for an angler. + +So I led him to the canoe and, ascertaining that I had him well hooked, +I lifted him in. + +Never have I seen so beautiful a fish. A golden trout, a white sea-bass, +a dolphin, all are beautiful, but not so exquisite as this bonefish. He +seemed all bars of dazzling silver. His tail had a blue margin and +streaks of lilac. His lower (anal) fins were blazing with opal fire, and +the pectoral fins were crystal white. His eye was a dead, piercing +black, staring and deep. We estimated his weight. I held for six pounds, +but R. C. shook his head. He did not believe that. But we agreed on the +magnificent fight he had made. + +Then we waded up-shore farther and began to fish. In just five minutes I +had the same kind of strike, slight, almost imperceptible, vibrating, +and I hooked a fish exactly as I had the first one. He was light of +weight, but swift as a flash. I played him from where I stood. This time +I essayed with all skill to keep a taut line. It was impossible. Now I +felt his weight and again only a slack line. This fish, too, ran right +to my feet, then in a boiling splash sheered away. But he could not go +far. I reeled him back and led him to the canoe. He was small, and the +smallness of him was such a surprise in contrast to what his fight had +led me to imagine he was. + +R. C. had one strike and broke his line on the jerk. We had to give up +on account of sunset at hand. + + * * * * * + +There was another hard thunder-storm last night. The last few days have +begun the vernal equinox. It rained torrents all night and stopped at +dawn. The wind was northeast and cool. Cloudy overhead, with purple +horizon all around--a forbidding day. But we decided to go fishing, +anyhow. We had new, delicate three-six tackles to try. About seven the +wind died away. There was a dead calm, and the sun tried to show. Then +another breeze came out of the east. + +We went up on the inside after bait, and had the luck to find some. +Crossing the island, we came out at the old construction camp where we +had left the canoe. By this time a stiff breeze was blowing and the tide +was rising fast. We had our troubles paddling and poling up to the grove +of cocoanuts. Opposite this we anchored and began to fish. + +Conditions were not favorable. The water was choppy and roily, the canoe +bobbed a good deal, the anchors dragged, and we did not see any fish. +All the same, we persevered. At length I had a bite, but pulled too +late. We tried again for a while, only to be disappointed. Then we +moved. + +We had to put the stern anchor down first and let it drag till it held +and the canoe drifted around away from the wind, then we dropped the bow +anchor. After a time I had a faint feeling at the end of my line--an +indescribable feeling. I jerked and hooked a bonefish. He did not feel +heavy. He ran off, and the wind bagged my line and the waves also helped +to pull out the hook. + +Following that we changed places several times, in one of which R. C. +had a strike, but failed to hook the fish. Just opposite the old wreck +on the shore I had another fish take hold, and, upon hooking him, had +precisely the same thing happen as in the first instance. I think the +bag of my line, which I could not avoid, allowed the lead to sag down +and drag upon the bottom. Of course when it caught the bonefish pulled +free. + +In some places we found the water clearer than in others. Flood-tide had +long come when we anchored opposite the old camp. R. C. cast out upon a +brown patch of weeds where we have caught some fine fish, and I cast +below. Perhaps in five minutes or less R. C. swept up his rod. I saw it +bend forward, down toward the water. He had hooked a heavy fish. The +line hissed away to the right, and almost at once picked up a good-sized +piece of seaweed. + +"It's a big fish!" I exclaimed, excitedly. "Look at him go!... That +seaweed will make you lose him. Let me wade out and pull it off?" + +"No! Let's take a chance.... Too late, anyhow! Gee! He's going!... He's +got two hundred yards out!" + +Two-thirds of the line was off the reel, and the piece of seaweed seemed +to be a drag on the fish. He slowed up. The line was tight, the rod +bent. Suddenly the tip sprang back. We had seen that often before. + +"Gone!" said R. C., dejectedly. + +But I was not so sure of that, although I was hopeless. R. C. wound in, +finding the line came slowly, as if weighted. I watched closely. We +thought that was on account of the seaweed. But suddenly the reel began +to screech. + +"I've got him yet!" yelled R. C., with joy. + +I was overjoyed, too, but I contained myself, for I expected dire +results from that run. + +Zee! Zee! Zee! went the reel, and the rod nodded in time. + +"We must get rid of that seaweed or lose him.... Pull up your anchor +with one hand.... Careful now." + +He did so, and quickly I got mine up. What ticklish business! + +"Keep a tight line!" I cautioned, as I backed the canoe hard with all my +power. It was not easy to go backward and keep head on to the wind. The +waves broke over the end of the canoe, splashing me in the face so I +could taste and smell the salt. I made half a dozen shoves with the +paddle. Then, nearing the piece of seaweed, I dropped my anchor. + +In a flash I got that dangerous piece of seaweed off R. C.'s line. + +"Good work!... Say, but that helps.... We'd never have gotten him," said +R. C., beaming. I saw him look then as he used to in our sunfish, +bent-pin days. + +"We've not got him yet," I replied, grimly. "Handle him as easily as you +can." + +Then began a fight. The bonefish changed his swift, long runs, and took +to slow sweeps to and fro, and whenever he was drawn a few yards closer +he would give a solid jerk and get that much line back. There was much +danger from other pieces of floating weed. R. C. maneuvered his line to +miss them. All the time the bonefish was pulling doggedly. I had little +hope we might capture him. At the end of fifteen minutes he was still a +hundred yards from the canoe and neither of us had seen him. Our +excitement grew tenser every moment. The fish sheered to and fro, and +would not come into shallower water. He would not budge. He took one +long run straight up the shore, in line with us, and then circled out. +This alarmed me, but he did not increase his lead. He came slowly +around, yard by yard. R. C. reeled carefully, not hard enough to +antagonize him, and after what seemed a long time got him within a +hundred feet, and I had a glimpse of green and silver. Then off he ran +again. How unbelievably swift! He had been close--then almost the same +instant he was far off. + +"I saw him! On a wave!" yelled R. C. "That's no bonefish! What can he +be, anyhow? I believe I've got a barracuda!" + +I looked and looked, but I could not see him. + +"No matter what you think you saw, that fish is a bonefish," I declared, +positively. "The runs he made! I saw silver and green! Careful now. I +_know_ he's a bonefish. And he must be big." + +"Maybe it's only the wind and waves that make him feel so strong," +replied R. C. + +"No! You can't fool me! Play him for a big one. He's been on +twenty-three minutes now. Stand up--I'll steady the canoe--and watch for +that sudden rush when he sees the canoe. The finish is in sight." + +It was an indication of a tiring fish that he made his first circle of +the canoe, but too far out for us to see him. This circling a boat is a +remarkable feature, and I think it comes from the habit of a bonefish of +pulling broadside. I cautioned R. C. to avoid the seaweed and to lead +him a little more, but to be infinitely careful not to apply too much +strain. He circled us again, a few yards closer. The third circle he did +not gain a foot. Then he was on his fourth lap around the canoe, drawing +closer. On his fifth lap clear round us he came near as fifty feet. I +could not resist standing up to see. I got a glimpse of him and he +looked long. But I did not say anything to R. C. We had both hooked too +many big bonefish that got away immediately. This was another affair. + +He circled us the sixth time. Six times! Then he came rather close. On +this occasion he saw the canoe. He surged and sped out so swiftly that I +was simply paralyzed. R. C. yelled something that had a note of +admiration of sheer glory in the spirit of that fish. + +"Here's where he leaves us!" I echoed. + +But, as luck would have it, he stopped that run short of two hundred +yards; and turned broadside to circle slowly back, allowing R. C. to get +in line. He swam slower this time, and did not make the heavy tugs. He +came easily, weaving to and fro. R. C. got him to within twenty-five +feet of the boat, yet still could not see him. It was my job to think +quick and sit still with ready hands on the anchor rope. He began to +plunge, taking a little line each time. Then suddenly I saw R. C.'s line +coming toward us. I knew that would happen. + +"Now! Look out! Reel in fast!" I cried, tensely. + +As I leaned over to heave up the anchor, I saw the bonefish flashing +nearer. At that instant of thrilling excitement and suspense I could not +trust my eyesight. There he was, swimming heavily, and he looked three +feet long, thick and dark and heavy. I got the anchor up just as he +passed under the canoe. Maybe I did not revel in pride of my quickness +of thought and action! + +"Oh! He's gone under the rope!" gasped R. C. + +"No!" I yelled, sharply. "Let your line run out! Put your tip down! +We'll drift over your line." + +R. C. was dominated to do so, and presently the canoe drifted over where +the line was stretched. That second ticklish moment passed. It had +scared me. But I could not refrain from one sally. + +"I got the anchor up. What did you think I'd do?" + +R. C. passed by my remark. This was serious business for him. He looked +quite earnest and pale. + +"Say! did you see him?" he ejaculated, looking at me. + +"Wish I hadn't," I replied. + +We were drifting inshore, which was well, provided we did not drift too +hard to suit the bonefish. He swam along in plain sight, and he seemed +so big that I would not have gazed any longer if I could have helped it. + +I kept the canoe headed in, and we were not long coming to shallow +water. Here the bonefish made a final dash for freedom, but it was short +and feeble, compared with his first runs. He got about twenty feet away, +then sheered, showing his broad, silver side. R. C. wound him in close, +and an instant later the bow of the canoe grated on shore. + +"Now what?" asked R. C. as I stepped out into the water. "Won't it be +risky to lift him into the canoe?" + +"Lift nothing! I have this all figured out. Lead him along." + +R. C. stepped out upon the beach while I was in the water. The bonefish +lay on his side, a blaze of silver. I took hold of the line very gently +and led the fish a little closer in. The water was about six inches +deep. There were waves beating in--a miniature surf. And I calculated on +the receding of a wave. Then with one quick pull I slid our beautiful +quarry up on the coral sand. The instant he was out of the water the +leader snapped. I was ready for this, too. But at that it was an awful +instant! As the wave came back, almost deep enough to float the +bonefish, I scooped him up. + +"He's ours!" I said, consulting my watch. "Thirty-three minutes! I give +you my word that fight was comparable to ones I've had with a Pacific +swordfish." + +"Look at him!" R. C. burst out. "Look at him! When the leader broke I +thought he was lost. I'm sick yet. Didn't you almost bungle that?" + +"Not a chance, R. C.," I replied. "Had that all figured. I never put any +strain on your line until the wave went back. Then I slid him out, the +leader broke, and I scooped him up." + +R. C. stood gazing down at the glistening, opal-spotted fish. What a +contrast he presented to any other kind of a fish! How many beautiful +species have we seen lying on sand or moss or ferns, just come out of +the water! But I could remember no other so rare as this bonefish. The +exceeding difficulty of the capture of this, our first really large +bonefish, had a great deal to do with our admiration and pride. For the +hard work of any achievement is what makes it worth while. But this had +nothing to do with the exquisite, indescribable beauty of the bonefish. +He was long, thick, heavy, and round, with speed and power in every +line; a sharp white nose and huge black eyes. The body of him was live, +quivering silver, molten silver in the sunlight, crossed and barred with +blazing stripes. The opal hues came out upon the anal fin, and the broad +tail curled up, showing lavender tints on a background of brilliant +blue. He weighed eight pounds. Symbolic of the mysterious life and +beauty in the ocean! Wonderful and prolific as nature is on land, she is +infinitely more so in the sea. By the sun and the sea we live; and I +shall never tire of seeking and studying the manifold life of the deep. + + + + +VIII + +SOME RARE FISH + + +It is very strange that the longer a man fishes the more there seems to +be to learn. In my case this is one of the secrets of the fascination of +the game. Always there will be greater fish in the ocean than I have +ever caught. + +Five or six years ago I heard the name "waahoo" mentioned at Long Key. +The boatmen were using it in a way to make one see that they did not +believe there was such a fish as a waahoo. The old conch fishermen had +never heard the name. For that matter, neither had I. + +Later I heard the particulars of a hard and spectacular fight Judge +Shields had had with a strange fish which the Smithsonian declared to be +a waahoo. The name waahoo appears to be more familiarly associated with +a shrub called burning-bush, also a Pacific coast berry, and again a +small tree of the South called winged elm. When this name is mentioned +to a fisherman he is apt to think only fun is intended. To be sure, I +thought so. + +In February, 1915, I met Judge Shields at Long Key, and, remembering his +capture of this strange fish some years previous, I questioned him. He +was singularly enthusiastic about the waahoo, and what he said excited +my curiosity. Either the genial judge was obsessed or else this waahoo +was a great fish. I was inclined to believe both, and then I forgot all +about the matter. + +This year at Long Key I was trolling for sailfish out in the Gulf +Stream, a mile or so southeast of Tennessee Buoy. It was a fine day for +fishing, there being a slight breeze and a ripple on the water. My +boatman, Captain Sam, and I kept a sharp watch on all sides for +sailfish. I was using light tackle, and of course trolling, with the +reel free running, except for my thumb. + +Suddenly I had a bewildering swift and hard strike. What a wonder that I +kept the reel from over-running! I certainly can testify to the burn on +my thumb. + +Sam yelled "Sailfish!" and stooped for the lever, awaiting my order to +throw out the clutch. + +Then I yelled: "Stop the boat, Sam!... It's no sailfish!" + +That strike took six hundred feet of line quicker than any other I had +ever experienced. I simply did not dare to throw on the drag. But the +instant the speed slackened I did throw it on, and jerked to hook the +fish. I felt no weight. The line went slack. + +"No good!" I called, and began to wind in. + +At that instant a fish savagely broke water abreast of the boat, about +fifty yards out. He looked long, black, sharp-nosed. Sam saw him, too. +Then I felt a heavy pull on my rod and the line began to slip out. I +jerked and jerked, and felt that I had a fish hooked. The line appeared +strained and slow, which I knew to be caused by a long and wide bag in +it. + +"Sam," I yelled, "the fish that jumped is on my line!" + +"No," replied Sam. + +It did seem incredible. Sam figured that no fish could run astern for +two hundred yards and then quick as a flash break water abreast of us. +But I knew it was true. Then the line slackened just as it had before. I +began to wind up swiftly. + +"He's gone," I said. + +Scarcely had I said that when a smashing break in the water on the other +side of the boat alarmed and further excited me. I did not see the fish. +But I jumped up and bent over the stern to shove my rod deep into the +water back of the propeller. I did this despite the certainty that the +fish had broken loose. It was a wise move, for the rod was nearly pulled +out of my hands. I lifted it, bent double, and began to wind furiously. +So intent was I on the job of getting up the slack line that I scarcely +looked up from the reel. + +"Look at him yump!" yelled Sam. + +I looked, but not quickly enough. + +"Over here! Look at him yump!" went on Sam. + +That fish made me seem like an amateur. I could not do a thing with him. +The drag was light, and when I reeled in some line the fish got most of +it back again. Every second I expected him to get free for sure. It was +a miracle he did not shake the hook, as he certainly had a loose rein +most all the time. The fact was he had such speed that I was unable to +keep a strain upon him. I had no idea what kind of a fish it was. And +Sam likewise was nonplussed. + +I was not sure the fish tired quickly, for I was so excited I had no +thought of time, but it did not seem very long before I had him within +fifty yards, sweeping in wide half-circles back of the boat. +Occasionally I saw a broad, bright-green flash. When I was sure he was +slowing up I put on the other drag and drew him closer. Then in the +clear water we saw a strange, wild, graceful fish, the like of which we +had never beheld. He was long, slender, yet singularly round and +muscular. His color appeared to be blue, green, silver crossed by bars. +His tail was big like that of a tuna, and his head sharper, more wolfish +than a barracuda. He had a long, low, straight dorsal fin. We watched +him swimming slowly to and fro beside the boat, and we speculated upon +his species. But all I could decide was that I had a rare specimen for +my collection. + +Sam was just as averse to the use of the gaff as I was. I played the +fish out completely before Sam grasped the leader, pulled him close, +lifted him in, and laid him down--a glistening, quivering, wonderful +fish nearly six feet long. + +He was black opal blue; iridescent silver underneath; pale blue dorsal; +dark-blue fins and copper-bronze tail, with bright bars down his body. + +I took this thirty-six pound fish to be a sea-roe, a game fish lately +noticed on the Atlantic seaboard. But I was wrong. One old conch +fisherman who had been around the Keys for forty years had never seen +such a fish. Then Mr. Schutt came and congratulated me upon landing a +waahoo. + +The catching of this specimen interested me to inquire when I could, and +find out for myself, more about this rare fish. + +Natives round Key West sometimes take it in nets and with the grains, +and they call it "springer." It is well known in the West Indies, where +it bears the name "queenfish." After studying this waahoo there were +boatmen and fishermen at Long Key who believed they had seen schools of +them. Mr. Schutt had observed schools of them on the reef, low down near +the coral--fish that would run from forty to one hundred pounds. It made +me thrill just to think of hooking a waahoo weighing anywhere near a +hundred pounds. Mr. Shannon testified that he had once observed a school +of waahoo leaping in the Gulf Stream--all very large fish. And once, on +a clear, still day, I drifted over a bunch of big, sharp-nosed, +game-looking fish that I am sure belonged to this species. + +The waahoo seldom, almost never, is hooked by a fisherman. This fact +makes me curious. All fish have to eat, and at least two waahoo have +been caught. Why not more? I do not believe that it is just a new fish. +I see Palm Beach notices printed to the effect that sailfish were never +heard of there before the Russo-Japanese War, and that the explosions of +floating mines drove them from their old haunts. I do not take stock in +such theory as that. As a matter of fact, Holder observed the sailfish +(_Histiophorus_) in the Gulf Stream off the Keys many years ago. +Likewise the waahoo must always have been there, absent perhaps in +varying seasons. It is fascinating to ponder over tackle and bait and +cunning calculated to take this rare denizen of the Gulf Stream. + + * * * * * + +During half a dozen sojourns at Long Key I had heard of two or three +dolphin being caught by lucky anglers who were trolling for anything +that would bite. But until 1916 I never saw a dolphin. Certainly I never +hoped to take one of these rare and beautiful deep-sea fish. Never would +have the luck. But in February I took two, and now I am forbidden the +peculiar pleasure of disclaiming my fisherman's luck. + +Dolphin seems a singularly attractive name. It always made me think of +the deep blue sea, of old tars, and tall-sparred, white-sailed brigs. It +is the name of a fish beloved of all sailors. I do not know why, but I +suspect that it is because the dolphin haunts ships and is an omen of +good luck, and probably the most exquisitely colored fish in the ocean. + +One day, two miles out in the Gulf Stream, I got a peculiar strike, +quite unlike any I had ever felt. A fisherman grows to be a specialist +in strikes. This one was quick, energetic, jerky, yet strong. And it was +a hungry strike. A fish that is hungry can almost always be hooked. I +let this one run a little and then hooked him. He felt light, but +savage. He took line in short, zigzag rushes. I fancied it was a bonita, +but Sam shook his head. With about a hundred yards of line out, the fish +leaped. He was golden. He had a huge, blunt, bow-shaped head and a +narrow tail. The distance was pretty far, and I had no certainty to go +by, yet I yelled: + +"Dolphin!" + +Sam was not so sure, but he looked mighty hopeful. The fish sounded and +ran in on me, then darted here and there, then began to leap and thresh +upon the surface. He was hard to lead--a very strong fish for his light +weight. I never handled a fish more carefully. He came up on a low +swell, heading toward us, and he cut the water for fifty feet, with only +his dorsal, a gleam of gold, showing in the sunlight. + +Next he jumped five times, and I could hear the wrestling sound he made +when he shook himself. I had no idea what he might do next, and if he +had not been securely hooked would have gotten off. I tried hard to keep +the line taut and was not always successful. Like the waahoo, he +performed tricks new to me. One was an awkward diving leap that somehow +jerked the line in a way to alarm me. When he quit his tumbling and +rushing I led him close to the boat. + +This has always been to me one of the rewards of fishing. It quite +outweighs that doubtful moment for me when the fish lies in the boat or +helpless on the moss. Then I am always sorry, and more often than not +let the fish go alive. + +My first sight of a dolphin near at hand was one to remember. The fish +flashed gold--deep rich gold--with little flecks of blue and white. Then +the very next flash there were greens and yellows--changing, colorful, +brilliant bars. In that background of dark, clear, blue Gulf Stream +water this dolphin was radiant, golden, exquisitely beautiful. It was a +shame to lift him out of the water. But-- + +The appearance of the dolphin when just out of the water beggars +description. Very few anglers in the world have ever had this +experience. Not many anglers, perhaps, care for the beauty of a fish. +But I do. And for the sake of those who feel the same way I wish I could +paint him. But that seems impossible. For even while I gazed the fish +changed color. He should have been called the chameleon of the ocean. He +looked a quivering, shimmering, changeful creature, the color of +golden-rod. He was the personification of beautiful color alive. The +fact that he was dying made the changing hues. It gave me a pang--that I +should be the cause of the death of so beautiful a thing. + +If I caught his appearance for one fleeting instant here it is: Vivid +green-gold, spotted in brilliant blue, and each blue spot was a circle +inclosing white. The long dorsal extending from nose to tail seemed +black and purple near the head, shading toward the tail to rich olive +green with splashes of blue. Just below the dorsal, on the background of +gold, was a line of black dots. The fins were pearly silver beneath, and +dark green above. All the upper body was gold shading to silver, and +this silver held exquisite turquoise-blue spots surrounded with white +rings, in strange contrast to those ringed dots above. There was even a +suggestion of pink glints. And the eyes were a deep purple with gold +iris. + +The beauty of the dolphin resembled the mystery of the Gulf Stream--too +illusive for the eye of man. + + * * * * * + +More than once some benighted angler had mentioned bonefish to me. These +individuals always appeared to be quiet, retiring fishermen who +hesitated to enlarge upon what was manifestly close to their hearts. I +had never paid any attention to them. Who ever heard of a bonefish, +anyway? The name itself did not appeal to my euphonious ear. + +But on this 1916 trip some faint glimmering must have penetrated the +density of my cranium. I had always prided myself upon my conviction +that I did not know it all, but, just the same, I had looked down from +my lofty height of tuna and swordfish rather to despise little +salt-water fish that could not pull me out of the boat. The waahoo and +the dolphin had opened my eyes. When some mild, quiet, soft-voiced +gentleman said bonefish to me again I listened. Not only did I listen, I +grew interested. Then I saw a couple of bonefish. They shone like +silver, were singularly graceful in build, felt heavy as lead, and +looked game all over. I made the mental observation that the man who had +named them bonefish should have had half of that name applied to his +head. + +After that I was more interested in bonefish. I never failed to ask +questions. But bonefishermen were scarce and as reticent as scarce. To +sum up all of my inquiries, I learned or heard a lot that left me +completely bewildered, so that I had no idea whether a bonefish was a +joke or the grandest fish that swims. I deducted from the amazing +information that if a fisherman sat all day in the blazing sun and had +the genius to discover when he had a bite he was learning. No one +ever caught bonefish without days and days of learning. Then there were +incidents calculated to disturb the peace of a contemplative angler like +myself. + + [Illustration: AT LONG KEY, THE LONELY CORAL SHORE WHERE THE SUN + SHINES WHITE ALL DAY AND THE STARS SHINE WHITE ALL NIGHT] + + [Illustration: THE FAMOUS STUNT OF A MARLIN SWORDFISH, "WALKING ON + HIS TAIL"] + +One man with heavy tackle yanked some bonefish out of the tide right in +front of my cabin, quite as I used to haul out suckers. Other men tried +it for days without success, though it appeared bonefish were passing +every tide. Then there was a loquacious boatman named Jimmy, who, when +he had spare time, was always fishing for bonefish. He would tell the +most remarkable tales about these fish. So finally I drifted to that +fatal pass where I decided I wanted to catch bonefish. I imagined it +would be easy for me. So did Captain Sam. Alas! the vanity of man! + +Forthwith Captain Sam and I started out to catch soldier-crabs for bait. +The directions we got from conch fishermen and others led us to assume +that it would be an easy matter to find crabs. It was not! We had to go +poking round mangrove roots until we learned how to catch the soldiers. +If this had not been fun for me it would have been hard work. But ever +since I was a little tad I have loved to chase things in the water. And +upon this occasion it was with great satisfaction that I caught more +bait than Captain Sam. Sam is something of a naturalist and he was +always spending time over a curious bug or shell or object he found. +Eventually we collected a bucketful of soldier-crabs. + +Next day, about the last of the ebb-tide, we tied a skiff astern and +went up the Key to a cove where there were wide flats. While working our +way inshore over the shoals we hit bottom several times and finally +went aground. This did not worry us, for we believed the rising tide +would float us. + +Then we got in the skiff and rowed toward the flats. I was rather +concerned to see that apparently the tide was just about as high along +this shore as it ever got. Sam shook his head. The tides were strange +around the Keys. It will be high on the Gulf side and low on the +Atlantic side, and sometimes it will run one way through the channels +for thirty-six hours. But we forgot this as soon as we reached the +bonefish shoals. + +Sam took an oar and slowly poled inshore, while I stood up on a seat to +watch for fish. The water was from six to eighteen inches deep and very +clear and still. The bottom appeared to be a soft mud, gray, almost +white in color, with patches of dark grass here and there. It was really +marl, which is dead and decayed coral. + +Scarcely had we gotten over the edge of this shoal when we began to see +things--big blue crabs, the kind that can pinch and that play havoc with +the fishermen's nets, and impudent little gray crabs, and needle-fish, +and small chocolate-colored sharks--nurse sharks, Sam called them--and +barracuda from one foot to five feet in length, and whip-rays and +sting-rays. It was exceedingly interesting and surprising to see all +these in such shallow water. And they were all tame. + +Here and there we saw little boils of the water, and then a muddy patch +where some fish had stirred the marl. Sam and I concluded these were +made by bonefish. Still, we could not be sure. I can see a fish a long +way in the water and I surely was alert. But some time elapsed and we +had poled to within a few rods of the mangroves before I really caught +sight of our coveted quarry. Then I saw five bonefish, two of them +large, between the boat and the mangroves. They were motionless. Somehow +the sight of them was thrilling. They looked wary, cunning, game, and +reminded me of gray wolves I had seen on the desert. Suddenly they +vanished. It was incredible the way they disappeared. When we got up to +the place where they had been there were the little swirls in the roiled +water. + +Then Sam sighted two more bonefish that flashed away too swiftly for me +to see. We stuck an oar down in the mud and anchored the boat. It seemed +absolutely silly to fish in water a foot deep. But I meant to try it. +Putting a crab on my hook, I cast off ten or a dozen yards, and composed +myself to rest and watch. + +Certainly I expected no results. But it was attractive there. The wide +flat stretched away, bordered by the rich, dark mangroves. Cranes and +pelicans were fishing off the shoals, and outside rippled the green +channel, and beyond that the dark-blue sea. The sun shone hot. There was +scarcely any perceptible breeze. All this would have been enjoyable and +fruitful if there had not been a fish within a mile. + +Almost directly I felt a very faint vibration of my line. I waited, +expectantly, thinking that I might be about to have a bite. But the line +slackened and nothing happened. + +There were splashes all around us and waves and ripples here and there, +and occasionally a sounding thump. We grew more alert and interested. +Sam saw a bonefish right near the boat. He pointed, and the fish was +gone. After that we sat very still, I, of course, expecting a bite every +moment. Presently I saw a bonefish not six feet from the boat. Where he +came from was a mystery, but he appeared like magic, and suddenly, just +as magically, he vanished. + +"Funny fish," observed Sam, thoughtfully. Something had begun to dawn +upon Sam, as it had upon me. + +No very long time elapsed before we had seen a dozen bonefish, any one +of which I could have reached with my rod. But not a bite! I reeled in +to find my bait gone. + +"That bait was eaten off by crabs," I said to Sam, as I put on another. + +Right away after my cast I felt, rather than saw, that slight vibration +of my line. I waited as before, and just as before the line almost +imperceptibly slackened and nothing happened. + +Presently I did see a blue crab deliberately cut my line. We had to move +the boat, pick up the lost piece of line, and knot it to the other. Then +I watched a blue crab tear off my bait. But I failed to feel or see that +faint vibration of my line. We moved the boat again, and again my line +was cut. These blue crabs were a nuisance. Sam moved the boat again. We +worked up the flat nearer where the little mangroves, scarce a foot +high, lifted a few leaves out of the water. Whenever I stood up I saw +bonefish, and everywhere we could hear them. Once more we composed +ourselves to watch and await developments. + + [Illustration: SURGING IN A HALF-CIRCLE] + + [Illustration: BROADBILL SWORDFISH ON THE SURFACE--THE MOST THRILLING + SIGHT TO A SEA ANGLER] + +In the succeeding hour I had many of the peculiar vibrations of my line, +and, strange to see, every time I reeled in, part of my bait or all of +it was gone. Still I fished on patiently for a bonefish bite. + +Meanwhile the sun lost its heat, slowly slanted to the horizon of +mangroves, and turned red. It was about the hour of sunset and it turned +out to be a beautiful and memorable one. Not a breath of air stirred. +There was no sound except the screech of a gull and the distant splashes +of wading birds. I had not before experienced silence on or near salt +water. The whole experience was new. We remarked that the tide had not +seemed to rise any higher. Everywhere were little swells, little waves, +little wakes, all made by bonefish. The sun sank red and gold, and all +the wide flat seemed on fire, with little mangroves standing clear and +dark against the ruddy glow. And about this time the strangest thing +happened. It might have been going on before, but Sam and I had not seen +it. All around us were bonefish tails lifted out of the water. They +glistened like silver. When a bonefish feeds his head is down and his +tail is up, and, the water being shallow, the upper fluke of his tail +stands out. If I saw one I saw a thousand. It was particularly easy to +see them in the glassy water toward the sunset. + +A school of feeding bonefish came toward us. I counted eleven tails out +of the water. They were around my bait. Now or never, I thought, waiting +frantically! But they went on feeding--passed over my line--and came so +near the boat that I could plainly see the gray shadow shapes, the +long, sharp noses, the dark, staring eyes. I reeled in to find my bait +gone, as usual. It was exasperating. + +We had to give up then, as darkness was not far off. Sam was worried +about the boat. He rowed while I stood up. Going back, I saw bonefish in +twos and fours and droves. We passed school after school. They had just +come in from the sea, for they were headed up the flat. I saw many +ten-pound fish, but I did not know enough about bonefish then to +appreciate what I saw. However, I did appreciate their keen sight and +wariness and wonderful speed and incredible power. Some of the big +surges made me speculate what a heavy bonefish might do to light tackle. +Sam and I were disappointed at our luck, somewhat uncertain whether it +was caused by destructive work of crabs or the wrong kind of bait or +both. It scarcely occurred to us to inquire into our ignorance. + +We found the boat hard and fast in the mud. Sam rowed me ashore. I +walked back to camp, and he stayed all night, and all the next day, +waiting for the tide to float the boat. + +After that on several days we went up to the flat to fish for bonefish. +But we could not hit the right tide or the fish were not there. At any +rate, we did not see any or get any bites. + +Then I began to fish for bonefish in front of my cottage. Whenever I +would stick my rod in the sand and go in out of the hot sun a bonefish +would take my bait and start off to sea. Before I could get back he +would break something. + +This happened several times before I became so aroused that I +determined to catch one of these fish or die. I fished and fished. I +went to sleep in a camp-chair and absolutely ruined my reputation as an +ardent fisherman. One afternoon, just after I had made a cast, I felt +the same old strange vibration of my line. I was not proof against it +and I jerked. Lo! I hooked a fish that made a savage rush, pulled my +bass-rod out of shape, and took all my line before I could stop him. +Then he swept from side to side. I reeled him in, only to have him run +out again and again and yet again. I knew I had a heavy fish. I expected +him to break my line. I handled him gingerly. Imagine my amaze to beach +a little fish that weighed scarcely more than two pounds! But it was a +bonefish--a glistening mother-of-pearl bonefish. Somehow the obsession +of these bonefishermen began to be less puzzling to me. Sam saw me catch +this bonefish, and he was as amazed as I was at the gameness and speed +and strength of so small a fish. + +Next day a bonefisherman of years' experience answered a few questions I +put to him. No, he never fished for anything except bonefish. They were +the hardest fish in the sea to make bite, the hardest to land after they +were hooked. Yes, that very, very slight vibration of the line--that +strange feeling rather than movement--was the instant of their quick +bite. An instant before or an instant after would be fatal. + +It dawned upon me then that on my first day I must have had dozens of +bonefish bites, but I did not know it! I was humiliated--I was taken +down from my lofty perch--I was furious. I thanked the gentleman for +his enlightenment and went away in search of Sam. I told Sam, and he +laughed--laughed at me and at himself. After all, it was a joke. And I +had to laugh too. It is good for a fisherman to have the conceit taken +out of him--if anything can accomplish that. Then Sam and I got our +heads together. What we planned and what we did must make another story. + + + + +IX + +SWORDFISH + + _From records of the New York Bureau of Fisheries, + by G. B. Goode_ + + +The swordfish, _Xiphias gladius_, ranges along the Atlantic coast of +America from Jamaica (latitude 18° N.), Cuba, and the Bermudas, to Cape +Breton (latitude 47° N.). It has not been seen at Greenland, Iceland, or +Spitzbergen, but occurs, according to Collett, at the North Cape +(latitude 71°). It is abundant along the coasts of western Europe, +entering the Baltic and the Mediterranean. I can find no record of the +species on the west coast of Africa south of Cape Verde, though Lutken, +who may have access to facts unknown to me, states that they occur clear +down to the Cape of Good Hope, South Atlantic in mid-ocean, to the west +coast of South America and to southern California (latitude 34°), New +Zealand, and in the Indian Ocean off Mauritius. + +The names of the swordfish all have reference to that prominent feature, +the prolonged snout. The "swordfish" of our own tongue, the "zwardfis" +of the Hollander, the Italian "sofia" and "pesce-spada," the Spanish +"espada" and "espadarte," varied by "pez do spada" in Cuba, and the +French "espadon," "dard," and "epee de mer," are simply variations of +one theme, repetitions of the "gladius" of ancient Italy and "xiphius," +the name by which Aristotle, the father of zoology, called the same fish +twenty-three hundred years ago. The French "empereur" and the +"imperador" and the "ocean kingfish" of the Spanish and French West +Indies, carry out the same idea, for the Roman Emperor was always +represented holding a drawn sword in his hand. The Portuguese names are +"aguhao," meaning "needle," or "needle-fish." + +This species has been particularly fortunate in escaping the numerous +redescriptions to which almost all widely distributed forms have been +subjected. By the writers of antiquity it was spoken of under its +Aristotelian name, and in the tenth edition of his _Systema Naturæ_, at +the very inception of binomial nomenclative, Linnaeus called it _Xiphias +gladius_. By this name it has been known ever since, and only one +additional name is included in its synonym, _Xiphias rondeletic_ of +Leach. + +The swordfish has been so long and so well known that its right to its +peculiar name has seldom been infringed upon. The various species of +_Tetrapturus_ have sometimes shared its title, and this is not to be +wondered at, since they closely resemble _Xiphias gladius_, and the +appellative has frequently been applied to the family _Xiphiidæ_--the +swordfish--which includes them all. + +The name "bill-fish," usually applied to our _Tetrapturus albidus_, a +fish of the swordfish family, often taken on our coast, must be +pronounced objectionable, since it is in many districts used for +various species of Belonidæ, the garfishes or green-bones (_Belone +truncata_ and others), which are members of the same faunas. Spear-fish +is a much better name. + +The "sailfish," _Histiophorus americanus_, is called by sailors in the +South the "boohoo" or "woohoo." This is evidently a corrupted form of +"guebum," a name, apparently of Indian origin, given to the same fish in +Brazil. It is possible that _Tetrapturus_ is also called "boohoo," since +the two genera are not sufficiently unlike to impress sailors with their +differences. Blecker states that in Sumatra the Malays call the related +species, _H. gladius_, by the name "Joohoo" (Juhu), a curious +coincidence. The names may have been carried from the Malay Archipelago +to South America, or _vice versa_, by mariners. + +In Cuba the spear-fish are called "aguja" and "aguja de palada"; the +sailfish, "aguja prieta" or "aguja valadora"; _Tetrapturus albidus_ +especially known as the "aguja blanca," _T. albidus_ as the "aguja de +castro." + +In the West Indies and Florida the scabbard-fish or silvery hairy-tail, +_Trichiurus lepturus_, a form allied to the _Xiphias_, though not +resembling it closely in external appearance, is often called +"swordfish." The body of this fish is shaped like the blade of a saber, +and its skin has a bright, metallic luster like that of polished steel, +hence the name. + +Swordfish are most abundant on the shoals near the shore and on the +banks during the months of July and August; that they make their +appearance on the frequented cruising-grounds between Montauk Point and +the eastern part of Georges Banks sometime between the 25th of May and +the 20th of June, and that they remain until the approach of cold +weather in October and November. The dates of the first fish on the +cruising-grounds referred to are recorded for three years, and are +reasonably reliable: in 1875, June 20th; in 1877, June 10th; in 1878, +June 14th. + +South of the cruising-grounds the dates of arrival and departure are +doubtless farther apart, the season being shorter north and east. There +are no means of obtaining information, since the men engaged in this +fishery are the only ones likely to remember the dates when the fish are +seen. + +The swordfish comes into our waters in pursuit of its food. At least +this is the most probable explanation of its movements, since the duties +of reproduction appear to be performed elsewhere. Like the tuna, the +bluefish, the bonito, and the squiteague, they pursue and prey upon the +schools of menhaden and mackerel, which are so abundant in the summer +months. "When you see swordfish, you may know that mackerel are about," +said an old fisherman to me. "When you see the fin-back whale following +food, there you may find swordfish," said another. The swordfish also +feeds upon squid, which are at times abundant on our banks. + +To what extent this fish is amenable to the influences of temperature is +an unsolved problem. We are met at the outset by the fact that they are +frequently taken on trawl lines which are set at the depth of one +hundred fathoms or more, on the offshore banks. We know that the +temperature of the water in these localities and at that depth is sure +to be less than 40° Fahr. How is this fact to be reconciled with the +known habits of the fish, that it prefers the warmest weather of summer +and swims at the surface in water of temperature ranging from 55° to +70°, sinking when cool winds blow below? The case seemed clear enough +until the inconvenient discovery was made that swordfish are taken on +bottom trawl lines. In other respects their habits agree closely with +those of the mackerel tribe, all the members of which seem sensitive to +slight changes in temperature, and which, as a rule, prefer temperature +in the neighborhood of 50° or more. + + [Illustration: SHINING IN THE SUNLIGHT] + + [Illustration: THROWING WHITE WATER LIKE THE EXPLOSION OF A TORPEDO] + +The appearance of the fish at the surface depends largely upon the +temperature. They are seen only upon quiet summer days, in the morning +before ten or eleven o'clock, and in the afternoon about four o'clock. +Old fishermen say that they rise when the mackerel rise, and when the +mackerel go down they go down also. + +Regarding the winter abode of the swordfish, conjecture is useless. I +have already discussed this question at length with reference to the +menhaden and mackerel. With the swordfish the conditions are very +different. The former are known to spawn in our waters, and the schools +of young ones follow the old ones in toward the shores. The latter do +not spawn in our waters. We cannot well believe that they hibernate, nor +is the hypothesis of a sojourn in the middle strata of mid-ocean exactly +tenable. Perhaps they migrate to some distant region, where they spawn. +But then the spawning-time of this species in the Mediterranean, as is +related in a subsequent paragraph, appears to occur in the summer +months, at the very time when the swordfish are most abundant in our own +waters, apparently feeling no responsibility for the perpetuation of +their species. + +The swordfish, when swimming at the surface, usually allows its dorsal +fin and the upper lobe of its caudal fin to be visible, projecting out +of the water. It is this habit which enables the fisherman to detect the +presence of the fish. It swims slowly along, and the fishing-schooner +with a light breeze finds no difficulty in overtaking it. When excited +its motions are very rapid and nervous. Swordfish are sometimes seen to +leap entirely out of the water. Early writers attributed this habit to +the tormenting presence of parasites, but this theory seems hardly +necessary, knowing what we do of its violent exertions at other times. +The pointed head, the fins of the back and abdomen snugly fitting into +grooves, the absence of ventrals, the long, lithe, muscular body, +sloping slowly to the tail, fits it for the most rapid and forceful +movement through the water. Prof. Richard Owen, testifying in an England +court in regard to its power, said: + + "It strikes with the accumulated force of fifteen + double-handed hammers. Its velocity is equal to that of a + swivel shot, and is as dangerous in its effect as a heavy + artillery projectile." + +Many very curious instances are on record of the encounter of this fish +with other fishes, or of their attacks upon ships. What can be the +inducement for it to attack objects so much larger than itself is hard +to surmise. We are all familiar with the couplet from Oppian: + + Nature her bounty to his mouth confined, + Gave him a sword, but left unarmed his mind. + +It surely seems as if temporary insanity sometimes takes possession of +the fish. It is not strange that when harpooned it should retaliate by +attacking its assailant. An old swordfisherman told Mr. Blackman that +his vessel had been struck twenty times. There are, however, many +instances of entirely unprovoked assaults on vessels at sea. Many of +these are recounted in a later portion of this memoir. Their movements +when feeding are discussed below as well as their alleged peculiarities +of movement during breeding season. + +It is the universal testimony of our fishermen that two are never seen +swimming close together. Captain Ashby says that they are always distant +from each other at least thirty or forty feet. + +The pugnacity of the swordfish has become a byword. Without any special +effort on my part, numerous instances of their attacks upon vessels have +in the last ten years found their way into the pigeonhole labeled +"Swordfish." + +Ælian says (b. XXXII, c. 6) that the swordfish has a sharp-pointed snout +with which it is able to pierce the sides of a ship and send it to the +bottom, instances of which have been known near a place in Mauritania +known as Cotte, not far from the river Sixus, on the African side of the +Mediterranean. He describes the sword as like the beak of the ship +known as the trireme, which was rowed with three banks of oars. + +The _London Daily News_ of December 11, 1868, contained the following +paragraph, which emanated, I suspect, from the pen of Prof. R. A. +Proctor. + + Last Wednesday the court of common pleas--rather a strange place, + by the by, for inquiring into the natural history of fishes--was + engaged for several hours in trying to determine under what + circumstances a swordfish might be able to escape scot-free after + thrusting his snout into the side of a ship. The gallant ship + _Dreadnought_, thoroughly repaired and classed A1 at Lloyd's, had + been insured for £3,000 against all risks of the sea. She sailed on + March 10, 1864, from Columbo for London. Three days later the crew, + while fishing, hooked a swordfish. Xiphias, however, broke the + line, and a few moments after leaped half out of the water, with + the object, it should seem, of taking a look at his persecutor, the + _Dreadnaught_. Probably he satisfied himself that the enemy was + some abnormally large cetacean, which it was his natural duty to + attack forthwith. Be this as it may, the attack was made, and the + next morning the captain was awakened with the unwelcome + intelligence that the ship had sprung a leak. She was taken back to + Columbo, and thence to Cochin, where she hove down. Near the keel + was found a round hole, an inch in diameter, running completely + through the copper sheathing and planking. + + As attacks by swordfish are included among sea risks, the insurance + company was willing to pay the damages claimed by the owners of the + ship, if only it could be proved that the hole had been really made + by aswordfish. No instances had ever been recorded in which a + swordfish which had passed its beak through three inches of stout + planking could withdraw without the loss of its sword. Mr. Buckland + said that fish have no power of "backing," and expressed his belief + that he could hold a swordfish by the beak; but then he admitted + that the fish had considerable lateral power, and might so "wriggle + its sword out of the hold." And so the insurance company will have + to pay nearly £600 because an ill-tempered fish objected to be + hooked and took its revenge by running full tilt against copper + sheathing and oak planking. + + [Illustration: A LONG, SLIM SAILFISH WIGGLING IN THE AIR] + + [Illustration: FIGHTING A BROADBILL SWORDFISH] + +The food of the swordfish is of a very mixed nature. + +Doctor Fleming found the remains of sepias in its stomach, and also +small fishes. Oppian stated that it eagerly devours the _Hippuris_ +(probably _Coryphæna_). A specimen taken off Saconnet July 22, 1875, had +in its stomach the remains of small fish, perhaps _Stromateus +triacanthus_, and jaws of a squid, perhaps _Loligo pealin_. Their food +in the western Atlantic consists for the most part of the common +schooling species of fishes. They feed on menhaden, mackerel, bonitoes, +bluefish, and other species which swim in close schools. Their habits of +feeding have often been described to me by old fishermen. They are said +to rise beneath the school of small fish, striking to the right and left +with their swords until they have killed a number, which they then +proceed to devour. Menhaden have been seen floating at the surface which +have been cut nearly in twain by a blow of a sword. Mr. John H. Thompson +remarks that he has seen them apparently throw the fish in the air, +catching them on the fall. + +Capt. Benjamin Ashby says that they feed on mackerel, herring, whiting, +and menhaden. He has found half a bucketful of small fish of these kind +in the stomach of one swordfish. He has seen them in the act of feeding. +They rise perpendicularly out of the water until the sword and +two-thirds of the remainder of the body are exposed to view. He has seen +a school of herring at the surface on Georges Banks as closely as they +could be packed. A swordfish came up through the dense mass and fell +flat on its side, striking many fish with the sides of its sword. He has +at one time picked up as much as a bushel of herrings thus killed by a +swordfish on Georges Banks. + +But little is known regarding their time and place of breeding. They are +said to deposit their eggs in large quantities on the coasts of Sicily, +and European writers give their spawning-time occurring the latter part +of spring and the beginning of summer. In the Mediterranean they occur +of all sizes from four hundred pounds down, and the young are so +plentiful as to become a common article of food. + +M. Raymond, who brought to Cuvier a specimen of aistiophorn four inches +long, taken in January, 1829, in the Atlantic, between the Cape of Good +Hope and France, reported that there were good numbers of young sailfish +in the place where this was taken. + +Meunier, quoting Spollongain, states that the swordfish does not +approach the coast of Sicily except in the season of reproduction; the +males are then seen pursuing the females. It is a good time to capture +them, for when the female has been taken the male lingers near and is +easily approached. The fish are abundant in the Straits of Messina from +the middle of April to the middle of September; early in the season they +hug the Calabrian shore, approaching from the north; after the end of +June they are most abundant on the Sicilian shore, approaching from the +south. + +From other circumstances, it seems certain that there are +spawning-grounds in the seas near Sicily and Genoa, for from November +to the 1st of March young ones are taken in the Straits of Messina, +ranging in weight from half a pound to twelve pounds. + +In the Mediterranean, as has been already stated, the young fish are +found from November to March, and here from July to the middle of +September the male fish are seen pursuing the female over the shoals, +and at this time the males are easily taken. Old swordfish fishermen, +Captain Ashby and Captain Kirby, assure me that on our coast, out of +thousands of specimens they have taken, they have never seen one +containing eggs. I have myself dissected several males, none of which +were near breeding-time. In the European waters they are said often to +be seen swimming in pairs, male and female. Many sentimental stories +were current, especially among the old writers, concerning the conjugal +affection and unselfish devotion of the swordfish, but they seem to have +originated in the imaginative brain of the naturalist rather than in his +perceptive faculties. It is said that when the female fish is taken the +male seems devoid of fear, approaches the boat, and allows himself +easily to be taken, but if this be true, it appears to be the case only +in the height of the breeding season, and is easily understood. I cannot +learn that two swordfish have ever been seen associated together in our +waters, though I have made frequent and diligent inquiry. + +There is no inherent improbability, however, in this story regarding the +swordfish in Europe, for the same thing is stated by Professor Poey as +the result upon the habits of _Tetrapturus_. + +The only individual of which we have the exact measurements was taken +off Saconnet, Rhode Island, July 23, 1874. This was seven feet seven +inches long, weighing one hundred and thirteen pounds. Another, taken +off No Man's Land, July 20, 1875, and cast in plaster for the collection +of the National Museum, weighed one hundred and twenty pounds and +measured about seven feet. Another, taken off Portland, August 15, 1878, +was 3,999 millimeters long and weighed about six hundred pounds. Many of +these fish doubtless attain the weight of four and five hundred pounds, +and some perhaps grow to six hundred; but after this limit is reached, I +am inclined to believe larger fish are exceptional. Newspapers are fond +of recording the occurrence of giant fish, weighing one thousand pounds +and upward, and old sailors will in good faith describe the enormous +fish which they saw at sea, but could not capture; but one +well-authenticated instance of accurate weighing is much more valuable. +The largest one ever taken by Capt. Benjamin Ashby, for twenty years a +swordfish fisherman, was killed on the shoals back of Edgartown, +Massachusetts. When salted it weighed six hundred and thirty-nine +pounds. Its live weight must have been as much as seven hundred and +fifty or eight hundred. Its sword measured nearly six feet. This was an +extraordinary fish among the three hundred or more taken by Captain +Ashby in his long experience. He considers the average size to be about +two hundred and fifty pounds dressed, or five hundred and twenty-five +alive. Captain Martin, of Gloucester, estimated the average size at +three to four hundred pounds. The largest known to Captain Michaux +weighed six hundred and twenty-eight. The average about Block Island he +considers to be two hundred pounds. + +The size of the smallest swordfish taken on our eastern coast is a +subject of much deeper interest, for it throws light on the time and +place of breeding. There is some difference of testimony regarding the +average size, but all fishermen with whom I have talked agree that very +small ones do not find their way into our shore waters. Numerous very +small specimens have, however, been already taken by the Fish Commission +at sea, off our middle and southern coast. + +Capt. John Rowe has seen one which did not weigh more than seventy-five +pounds when taken out of the water. + +Capt. R. H. Hurlbert killed near Block Island, in July, 1877, one which +weighed fifty pounds and measured about two feet without its sword. + +Captain Ashby's smallest weighed about twenty-five pounds when dressed; +this he killed off No Man's Land. He tells me that a Bridgeport smack +had one weighing sixteen pounds (or probably twenty-four when alive), +and measuring eighteen inches without its sword. + +In August, 1878, a small specimen of the mackerel-shark, _Lamna +cornubica_, was captured at the mouth of Gloucester Harbor. In its +nostril was sticking a sword, about three inches long, of a young +swordfish. When this was pulled out the blood flowed freely, indicating +that the wound was recent. The fish to which this sword belonged cannot +have exceeded ten or twelve inches in length. Whether the small +swordfish met with its misfortune in our waters, or whether the shark +brought this trophy from beyond the sea, is an unsolved problem. + +Lutken speaks of a very young individual taken in the Atlantic, latitude +32° 50' N., 74° 19' W. This must be about one hundred and fifty miles +southeast of Cape Hatteras. + +For many years from three to six hundred of these fish have been taken +annually on the New England coast. It is not unusual for twenty-five or +more to be seen in the course of a single day's cruising, and sometimes +as many as this are visible from the masthead at one time. Captain Ashby +saw twenty at one time, in August, 1889, between Georges Banks and the +South Shoals. One Gloucester schooner, _Midnight_, Capt. Alfred Wixom, +took fourteen in one day on Georges Banks in 1877. + +Capt. John Rowe obtained twenty barrels, or four thousand pounds, of +salt fish on one trip to Georges Banks; this amount represents twenty +fish or more. Captain Ashby has killed one hundred and eight swordfish +in one year; Capt. M. C. Tripp killed about ninety in 1874. + +Such instances as these indicate in a general way the abundance of the +swordfish. A vessel cruising within fifty miles of our coast, between +Cape May and Cape Sable, during the months of June, July, August, and +September, cannot fail, on a favorable day, to come in sight of several +of them. Mr. Earll states that the fishermen of Portland never knew them +more abundant than in 1879. This is probably due in part to the fact +that the fishery there is of a very recent origin. + +There is no evidence of any change in their abundance, either increase +or decrease. Fishermen agree that they are as plentiful as ever, nor can +any change be anticipated. The present mode does not destroy them in any +considerable numbers, each individual fish being the object of special +pursuit. The solitary habits of the species will always protect them +from wholesale capture, so destructive to schooling fish. Even if this +were not the case, the evidence proves that spawning swordfish do not +frequent our waters. When a female shad is killed, thousands of possible +young die also. The swordfish taken by our fishermen carry no such +precious burden. + +"The small swordfish is very good meat," remarked Josselyn, in writing +of the fishes of England in the seventeenth century. Since Josselyn +probably never saw a young swordfish, unless at some time he had visited +the Mediterranean, it is fair to suppose that his information was +derived from some Italian writer. + +It is, however, a fact that the flesh of the swordfish, though somewhat +oily, is a very acceptable article of food. Its texture is coarse; the +thick, fleshy, muscular layers cause it to resemble that of the halibut +in constituency. Its flavor is by many considered fine, and is not +unlike that of the bluefish. Its color is gray. The meat of the young +fish is highly prized on the Mediterranean, and is said to be perfectly +white, compact, and of delicate flavor. Swordfish are usually cut up +into steaks--thick slices across the body--and may be broiled or boiled. + +The apparatus ordinarily employed for the capture of the swordfish is +simple in the extreme. It is the harpoon with the detachable head. When +the fish is struck, the head of the harpoon remains in the body of the +fish, and carries with it a light rope which is either made fast or held +by a man in a small boat, or is attached to some kind of a buoy, which +is towed through the water by the struggling fish, and which marks its +whereabouts after death. + +The harpoon consists of a pole fifteen or sixteen feet in length, +usually of hickory or some other hard wood, upon which the bark has been +left, so that the harpooner may have a firmer hand-grip. This pole is +from an inch and a half to two inches in diameter, and at one end is +provided with an iron rod, or "shank," about two feet long and +five-eighths of an inch in diameter. This "shank" is fastened to the +pole by means of a conical or elongated, cuplike expansion at one end, +which fits over the sharpened end of the pole, to which it is secured by +screws or spikes. A light line extends from one end of the pole to the +point where it joins the "shank" and in this line is tied a loop by +which is made fast another short line which secures the pole to the +vessel or boat, so that when it is thrown at the fish it cannot be lost. + +Upon the end of the "shank" fits the head of the harpoon, known by the +names swordfish-iron, lily-iron, and Indian dart. The form of this +weapon has undergone much variation. The fundamental idea may very +possibly have been derived from the Indian fish-dart, numerous specimens +of which are in the National Museum, from various tribes of Indians of +New England, British America, and the Pacific. However various the +modifications may have been, the similarity of the different shapes is +no less noteworthy from the fact that all are peculiarly American. In +the enormous collection of fishery implements of all lands at the late +exhibition at Berlin, nothing of the kind could be found. What is known +to whalers as a toggle-harpoon is a modification of the lily-iron, but +so greatly changed by the addition of a pivot by which the head of the +harpoon is fastened to the shank that it can hardly be regarded as the +same weapon. The lily-iron is, in principle, exactly what a whaleman +would describe by the word "toggle." It consists of a two-pointed piece +of metal, having in the center, at one side, a ring or socket the axis +of which is parallel with the long diameter of the implement. In this is +inserted the end of the pole-shank, and to it or near it is also +attached the harpoon-line. When the iron has once been thrust point +first through some solid substance, such as the side of a fish, and is +released upon the other side by the withdrawal of the pole from the +socket, it is free, and at once turns its long axis at right angle to +the direction in which the harpoon-line is pulling, and this is +absolutely prevented from withdrawal. The principle of the whale harpoon +or toggle-iron is similar, except that the pole is not withdrawn, and +the head, turning upon a pivot at its end, fastens the pole itself +securely to the fish, the harpoon-line being attached to some part of +the pole. The swordfish lily-iron head, as now ordinarily used, is about +four inches in length, and consists of two lanceolate blades, each about +an inch and a half long, connected by a central piece much thicker than +they, in which, upon one side, and next to the flat side of the blade, +is the socket for the insertion of the pole-shank. In this same central +enlargement is forged an opening to which the harpoon-line is attached. +The dart-head is usually made of steel; sometimes of iron, which is +generally galvanized; sometimes of brass. + +The entire weight of the harpoon--pole, shank, and head--should not +exceed eighteen pounds. + +The harpoon-line is from fifty to one hundred and fifty fathoms long, +and is ordinarily what is known as "fifteen-thread line." At the end is +sometimes fastened a buoy, and an ordinary mackerel-keg is generally +used for this purpose. + +In addition to the harpoon every swordfish fisherman carries a lance. +This implement is precisely similar to a whaleman's lance, except that +it is smaller, consisting of a lanceolate blade perhaps one inch wide +and two inches long, upon the end of a shank of five-eighths-inch iron, +perhaps two or three feet in length, fastened in the ordinary way upon a +pole fifteen to eighteen feet in length. + +The swordfish are always harpooned from the end of the bowsprit of a +sailing-vessel. It is next to impossible to approach them in a small +boat. All vessels regularly engaged in this fishery are supplied with a +special apparatus called a "rest," or "pulpit," for the support of the +harpooner as he stands on the bowsprit, and this is almost essential to +success, although it is possible for an active man to harpoon a fish +from this station without the aid of the ordinary framework. Not only +the professional swordfish fisherman, but many mackerel-schooners and +packets are supplied in this manner. + +The swordfish never comes to the surface except in moderate, smooth +weather. A vessel cruising in search of them proceeds to the +fishing-ground, and cruises hither and thither wherever the abundance of +small fish indicates that they ought to be found. Vessels which are met +are hailed and asked whether any swordfish have been seen, and if +tidings are thus obtained the ship's course is at once laid for the +locality where they were last noticed. A man is always stationed at the +masthead, where, with the keen eye which practice has given him, he can +easily descry the telltale dorsal fins at a distance of two or three +miles. When a fish has once been sighted, the watch "sings out," and the +vessel is steered directly toward it. The skipper takes his place in the +"pulpit" holding the pole in both hands by the small end, and directing +the man at the wheel by voice and gesture how to steer. There is no +difficulty in approaching the fish with a large vessel, although, as has +already been remarked, they will not suffer a small boat to come near +them. The vessel plows and swashes through the water, plunging its +bowsprit into the waves without exciting their fears. Noises frighten +them and drive them down. Although there would be no difficulty in +bringing the end of a bowsprit directly over the fish, a skilful +harpooner never waits for this. When the fish is from six to ten feet in +front of the vessel it is struck. The harpoon is never thrown, the pole +being too long. The strong arm of the harpooner punches the dart into +the back of the fish, right at the side of the high dorsal fin, and the +pole is withdrawn and fastened again to its place. When the dart has +been fastened to the fish the line is allowed to run out as far as the +fish will carry it, and is then passed in a small boat, which is towing +at the stern. Two men jump into this, and pull in upon the line until +the fish is brought in alongside; it is then killed with a whale-lance +or a whale-spade, which is stuck into the gills. + +The fish having been killed, it is lifted upon the deck by a purchase +tackle of two double blocks rigged in the shrouds. + +The pursuit of the swordfish is much more exciting than ordinary +fishing, for it resembles the hunting of large animals upon the land and +partakes more of the nature of the chase. There is no slow and careful +baiting and patient waiting, and no disappointment caused by the +accidental capture of worthless "bait-stealers." The game is seen and +followed, and outwitted by wary tactics, and killed by strength of arm +and skill. The swordfish is a powerful antagonist sometimes, and sends +his pursuers' vessel into harbor leaking, and almost sinking, from +injuries he has inflicted. I have known a vessel to be struck by wounded +swordfish as many as twenty times in a season. There is even the spice +of personal danger to savor the chase, for the men are occasionally +wounded by the infuriated fish. One of Captain Ashby's crew was severely +wounded by a swordfish which thrust his beak through the oak floor of a +boat on which he was standing, and penetrated about two inches in his +naked heel. The strange fascination draws men to this pursuit when they +have once learned its charms. An old swordfish fisherman, who had +followed the pursuit for twenty years, told me that when he was on the +cruising-ground, he fished all night in his dreams, and that many a time +he has rubbed the skin off his knuckles by striking them against the +ceiling of his bunk when he raised his arms to thrust the harpoon into +visionary monster swordfishes. + + _The Spear-fish or Bill-fish_ + +The bill-fish or spear-fish, _Tetrapturus indicus_ (with various related +forms, which may or may not be specifically identical), occurs in the +western Atlantic from the West Indies (latitude 10° to 20° N.) to +southern England (latitude 40° N.); in the eastern Atlantic, from +Gibraltar (latitude 45° N.) to the Cape of Good Hope (latitude 30° S.) +in the Indian Ocean, the Malay Archipelago, New Zealand (latitude 40° +S.), and on the west coast of Chile and Peru. In a general way, the +range is between latitude 40° N. and latitude 40° S. + +The species of _Tetrapturus_ which we have been accustomed to call _T. +albidus_, abundant about Cuba, is not very usual on the coast of +southern New England. Several are taken every year by the swordfish +fishermen. I have not known of their capture along the southern Atlantic +coast of the United States. All I have known about were taken between +Sandy Hook and the eastern part of Georges Banks. + +The Mediterranean spear-fish, _Tetrapturus balone_, appears to be a +landlocked form, never passing west of the Straits of Gibraltar. + +The spear-fish in our waters is said by our fishermen to resemble the +swordfish in its movements and manner of feeding. Professor Poey +narrates that both the Cuban species swim at a depth of one hundred +fathoms, and they journey in pairs, shaping their course toward the Gulf +of Mexico, the females being full of eggs. Only adults are taken. It is +not known whence they come, or where they breed, or how the young +return. It is not even known whether the adult fish return by the same +route. When the fish has swallowed the hook it rises to the surface, +making prodigious leaps and plunges. At last it is dragged to the boat, +secured with a boat-hook, and beaten to death before it is hauled on +board. Such fishing is not without danger, for the spear-fish sometimes +rushes upon the boat, drowning the fisherman, or wounding him with its +terrible weapon. The fish becomes furious at the appearance of sharks, +which are its natural enemies. They engage in violent combats, and when +the spear-fish is attached to the fisherman's line it often receives +frightful wounds from the adversaries. + +The spear-fish strikes vessels in the same manner as the swordfish. I am +indebted to Capt. William Spicer, of Noank, Connecticut, for this note: + + Mr. William Taylor, of Mystic, a man seventy-six years old, who was + in the smack _Evergreen_, Capt. John Appleman, tells me that they + started from Mystic, October 3, 1832, on a fishing voyage to Key + West, in company with the smack _Morning Star_, Captain Rowland. On + the 12th were off Cape Hatteras, the winds blowing heavily from the + northeast, and the smack under double-reefed sails. At ten o'clock + in the evening they struck a woho, which shocked the vessel all + over. The smack was leaking badly, and they made a signal to the + _Morning_ _Star_ to keep close to them. The next morning they + found the leak, and both smacks kept off Charleston. On arrival + they took out the ballast, hove her out, and found that the sword + had gone through the planking, timber, and ceiling. The plank was + two inches thick, the timber five inches, and the ceiling + one-and-a-half-inch white oak. The sword projected two inches + through the ceiling, on the inside of the "after run." It struck by + a butt on the outside, which caused the leak. They took out and + replaced a piece of the plank, and proceeded on their voyage. + + _The Sailfish_ + +The sailfish, _Histiophorus gladius_ (with _H. americanus_ and _H. +orientalis_, questionable species, and _H. pulchellus_ and _H. +immaculatus_, young), occurs in the Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Malay +Archipelago, and south at least as far as the Cape of Good Hope +(latitude 35° S.); in the Atlantic on the coast of Brazil (latitude 30° +S.) to the equator, and north to southern New England (latitude 42° N.); +in the Pacific to southwestern Japan (latitude 30° to 10° N.). In a +general way the range may be said to be in tropical and temperate seas, +between latitude 30° S. and 40° N., and in the western parts of those +seas. + +The first allusion to this genus occurs in Piso's _Historia Naturalis +Brasiliæ_ printed in Amsterdam in 1648. In this book may be found an +identical, though rough, figure of the American species, accompanied by +a few lines of description, which, though good, when the fact that they +were written in the seventeenth century is brought to mind, are of no +value for critical comparison. + +The name given to the Brazilian sailfish by Marcgrave, the talented +young German who described the fish in the book referred to, and who +afterward sacrificed his life in exploring the unknown fields of +American zoology, is interesting, since it gives a clue to the +derivation of the name "boohoo," by which this fish, and probably +spear-fish, are known to English-speaking sailors in the tropical +Atlantic. + +Sailfish were observed in the East Indies by Renard and Valentijn, +explorers of that region from 1680 to 1720, and by other Eastern +voyagers. No species of the genus was, however, systematically described +until 1786, when a stuffed specimen from the Indian Ocean, eight feet +long, was taken to London, where it still remains in the collections of +the British Museum. From this specimen M. Broussonet prepared a +description, giving it the name _Scomber gladius_, rightly regarding it +as a species allied to the mackerel. + +From the time of Marcgrave until 1872 it does not appear that any +zoologist had any opportunity to study a sailfish from America or even +the Atlantic; yet in Gunther's Catalogue, the name _H. americanus_ is +discarded and the species of America is assumed to be identical with +that of the Indian Ocean. + +The materials in the National Museum consist of a skeleton and a painted +plaster cast of the specimen taken near Newport, Rhode Island, in +August, 1872, and given to Professor Baird by Mr. Samuel Powell, of +Newport. No others were observed in our waters until March, 1878, when, +according to Mr. Neyle Habersham, of Savannah, Georgia, two were taken +by a vessel between Savannah and Indian River, Florida, and were brought +to Savannah, where they attracted much attention in the market. In +1873, according to Mr. E. G. Blackford, a specimen in a very mutilated +condition was brought from Key West to New York City. + +No observations have been made in this country, and recourse must be had +to the statements of observers in the other hemisphere. + +In the Life of Sir Stamford Raffles is printed a letter from Singapore, +under date of November 30, 1822, with the following statement: + + The only amusing discovery we have recently made is that of a + sailing-fish, called by the natives "ikan layer," of about ten or + twelve feet long, which hoists a mainsail, and often sails in the + manner of a native boat, and with considerable swiftness. I have + sent a set of the sails home, as they are beautifully cut and form + a model for a fast-sailing boat. When a school of these are under + sail together they are frequently mistaken for a school of native + boats. + +The fish referred to is in all likelihood _Histiophorus gladius_, a +species very closely related to, if not identical with, our own. + + _The Cutlass-fish_ + +The cutlass-fish, _Trichiurus lepturus_, unfortunately known in eastern +Florida and at Pensacola as the swordfish; at New Orleans, in the St. +John's River, and at Brunswick, Georgia, it is known as the "silver +eel"; on the coast of Texas as "saber-fish," while in the Indian River +region it is called the "skip-jack." No one of these names is +particularly applicable, and, the latter being preoccupied, it would +seem advantageous to use in this country the name "cutlass-fish," which +is current for the same species in the British West Indies. + +Its appearance is very remarkable on account of its long, compressed +form and its glistening, silvery color. The name "scabbard-fish," which +has been given to an allied species in Europe, would be very proper also +for this species, for in general shape and appearance it looks very like +the metallic scabbard of the sword. It attains the length of four or +five feet, though ordinarily not exceeding twenty-five or thirty inches. +This species is found in the tropical Atlantic, on the coast of Brazil, +in the Gulf of California, the West Indies, the Gulf of Mexico, and +north to Woods Hole, Massachusetts, where, during the past ten years, +specimens have been occasionally taken. In 1845 one was found at +Wellfleet, Massachusetts; and in the Essex Institute is a specimen which +is said to have been found on the shores of the Norway Frith many years +ago, and during the past decade it has become somewhat abundant in +southern England. It does not, however, enter the Mediterranean. Some +writers believed the allied species, _Trichiurus haumela_, found in the +Indian Ocean and Archipelago and in various parts of the Pacific, to be +specifically the same. + +The cutlass-fish is abundant in the St. John's River, Florida, in the +Indian River region, and in the Gulf of Mexico. Several instances were +related to me in which these fish had thrown themselves from the water +into rowboats, a feat which might be very easily performed by a lithe, +active species like the _Trichiurus_. A small one fell into a boat +crossing the mouth of the Arlington River, where the water is nearly +fresh. + +Many individuals of the same species are taken every year at the mouth +of the St. John's River at Mayport. Stearn states that they are caught +in the deep waters of the bays about Pensacola, swimming nearly at the +surface, but chiefly with hooks and lines from the wharves. He has known +them to strike at the oars of the boat and at the end of the ropes that +trailed in the water. At Pensacola they reach a length of twenty to +thirty inches, and are considered good food fish. Richard Hill states +that in Jamaica this species is much esteemed, and is fished for +assiduously in a "hole," as it is called--that is, a deep portion of the +waters off Fort Augusta. This is the best fishing-place for the +cutlass-fish, _Trichiurus_. The fishing takes place before day; all +lines are pulled in as fast as they are thrown out, with the certainty +that the cutlass has been hooked. As many as ninety boats have been +counted on this fishing-ground at daybreak during the season. + + + + +X + +THE GLADIATOR OF THE SEA + + +Three summers in Catalina waters I had tried persistently to capture my +first broadbill swordfish; and so great were the chances against me that +I tried really without hope. It was fisherman's pride, I imagined, +rather than hope that drove me. At least I had a remarkably keen +appreciation of the defeats in store for any man who aspired to +experience with that marvel of the sea--_Xiphius gladius_, the broadbill +swordsman. + +On the first morning of my fourth summer, 1917, I was up at five. Fine, +cool, fresh, soft dawn with a pale pink sunrise. Sea rippling with an +easterly breeze. As the sun rose it grew bright and warm. We did not get +started out on the water until eight o'clock. The east wind had whipped +up a little chop that promised bad. But the wind gradually died down and +the day became hot. Great thunderheads rose over the mainland, +proclaiming heat on the desert. We saw scattered sheerwater ducks and a +school of porpoises; also a number of splashes that I was sure were made +by swordfish. + +The first broadbill I sighted had a skinned tail, and evidently had been +in a battle of some kind. We circled him three times with flying-fish +bait and once with barracuda, and as he paid no attention to them we +left him. This fish leaped half out on two occasions, once showing his +beautiful proportions, his glistening silver white, and his +dangerous-looking rapier. + + [Illustration: THE ONLY PHOTOGRAPH EVER TAKEN OF LEAPING BROADBILL + SWORDFISH] + + [Illustration: XIPHIAS GLADIUS, THE BROADSWORDED GLADIATOR OF THE SEA] + +The second one leaped twice before we neared him. And as we made a poor +attempt at circling him, he saw the boat and would have none of our +offers. + +The third one was skimming along just under the surface, difficult to +see. After one try at him we lost him. + +They were not up on the surface that day, as they are when the best +results are obtained. The east wind may have had something to do with +that. These fish would average about three hundred pounds each. Captain +Dan says the small ones are more wary, or not so hungry, for they do not +strike readily. + +I got sunburnt and a dizzy headache and almost seasick. Yet the day was +pleasant. The first few days are always hard, until I get broken in. + +Next morning the water and conditions were ideal. The first two +swordfish we saw did not stay on the surface long enough to be worked. +The third one stayed up, but turned away from the bait every time we got +it near him. So we left him. + +About noon I sighted a big splash a mile off shoreward, and we headed +that way. Soon I sighted fins. The first time round we got the bait +right and I felt the old thrill. He went down. I waited; but in vain. + +He leaped half out, and some one snapped a picture. It looked like a +fortunate opportunity grasped. We tried him again, with flying-fish and +barracuda. But he would not take either. Yet he loafed around on the +surface, showing his colors, quite near the boat. He leaped clear out +once, but I saw only the splash. Then he came out sideways, a skittering +sort of plunge, lazy and heavy. He was about a three-hundred pounder, +white and blue and green, a rare specimen of fish. We tried him again +and drew a bait right in front of him. No use! Then we charged him--ran +him down. Even then he was not frightened, and came up astern. At last, +discouraged at his indifference, we left him. + +This day was ideal up to noon. Then the sun got very hot. My wrists were +burnt, and neck and face. My eyes got tired searching the sea for fins. +It was a great game, this swordfishing, and beat any other I ever tried, +for patience and endurance. The last fish showed his cunning. They were +all different, and a study of each would be fascinating and instructive. + +Next morning was fine. There were several hours when the sea was smooth +and we could have sighted a swordfish a long distance. We went eastward +of the ship course almost over to Newport. At noon a westerly wind +sprang up and the water grew rough. It took some hours to be out of it +to the leeward of the island. + +I saw a whale bend his back and sound and lift his flukes high in the +air--one of the wonder sights of the ocean. + +It was foggy all morning, and rather too cool. No fish of any kind +showed on the surface. One of those inexplicably blank days that are +inevitable in sea angling. + +When we got to the dock we made a discovery. There was a kink in my +leader about one inch above the hook. Nothing but the sword of old +_Xiphius gladius_ could have made that kink! Then I remembered a +strange, quick, hard jerk that had taken my bait, and which I thought +had been done by a shark. It was a swordfish striking the bait off! + +Next day we left the dock at six fifteen, Dan and I alone. The day was +lowering and windy--looked bad. We got out ahead of every one. Trolled +out five miles, then up to the west end. We got among the Japs fishing +for albacore. + +About eleven I sighted a B. B. We dragged a bait near him and he went +down with a flirt of his tail. My heart stood still. Dan and I both made +sure it was a strike. But, no! He came up far astern, and then went down +for good. + +The sea got rough. The wind was chilling to the bone. Sheerwater ducks +were everywhere, in flocks and singly. Saw one yellow patch of small +bait fish about an inch long. This patch was forty yards across. No fish +appeared to be working on it. + +Dan sighted a big swordfish. We made for him. Dan put on an albacore. +But it came off before I could let out the line. Then we tried a +barracuda. I got a long line out and the hook pulled loose. This was +unfortunate and aggravating. We had one barracuda left. Dan hooked it on +hard. + +"That'll never come off!" he exclaimed. We circled old _Xiphius_, and +when about fifty yards distant he lifted himself clear out--a most +terrifying and magnificent fish. He would have weighed four hundred. His +colors shone--blazed--purple blue, pale green, iridescent copper, and +flaming silver. Then he made a long, low lunge away from us. I bade him +good-by, but let the barracuda drift back. We waited a long time while +the line slowly bagged, drifting toward us. Suddenly I felt a quick, +strong pull. It electrified me. I yelled to Dan. He said, excitedly, +"Feed it to him!" but the line ceased to play out. I waited, slowly +losing hope, with my pulses going back to normal. After we drifted for +five minutes I wound in the line. The barracuda was gone and the leader +had been rolled up. This astounded us. That swordfish had taken my bait. +I felt his first pull. Then he had come toward the boat, crushing the +bait off the hook, without making even a twitch on the slack line. It +was heartbreaking. But we could not have done any different. Dan decided +the fish had come after the teasers. This experience taught us exceeding +respect for the broadbill. + +Again we were off early in the morning. Wind outside and growing rough. +Sun bright until off Isthmus, when we ran into fog. The Jap +albacore-boats were farther west. Albacore not biting well. Sea grew +rough. About eleven thirty the fog cleared and the sea became +beautifully blue and white-crested. + +I was up on the deck when a yell from below made me jump. I ran back. +Some one was holding my rod, and on the instant that a huge swordfish +got the bait had not the presence of mind to throw off the drag and let +out line. We hurried to put on another flying-fish and I let out the +line. + +Soon Dan yelled, "There he is--behind your bait!" + +I saw him--huge, brown, wide, weaving after my bait. Then he hit it with +his sword. I imagined I could feel him cut it. Winding in, I found the +bait cut off neatly back of the head. While Dan hurried with another +bait I watched for the swordfish, and saw him back in the wake, rather +deep. He was following us. It was an intensely exciting moment. I let +the bait drift back. Almost at once I felt that peculiar rap at my bait, +then another. Somehow I knew he had cut off another flying-fish. I +reeled in. He had severed this bait in the middle. Frantically we baited +again. I let out a long line, and we drifted. Hope was almost gone when +there came a swift tug on my line, and then the reel whirred. I thumbed +the pad lightly. Dan yelled for me to let him have it. I was all +tingling with wonderful thrills. What a magnificent strike! He took line +so fast it amazed me. + +All at once, just as Dan yelled to hook him, the reel ceased to turn, +the line slacked. I began to jerk hard and wind in, all breathless with +excitement and frenzy of hope. Not for half a dozen pumps and windings +did I feel him. Then heavy and strong came the weight. I jerked and +reeled. But I did not get a powerful strike on that fish. Suddenly the +line slacked and my heart contracted. He had shaken the hook. I reeled +in. Bait gone! He had doubled on me and run as swiftly toward the boat +as he had at first run from it. + +The hook had not caught well. Probably he had just held the bait between +his jaws. The disappointment was exceedingly bitter and poignant. My +respect for _Xiphius_ increased in proportion to my sense of lost +opportunity. This great fish thinks! That was my conviction. + +We sighted another that refused to take a bait and soon went down. + +We had learned the last few days that broadbills will strike when not on +the surface, just as Marlin swordfish do. + +On our next day out we had smooth sea all morning, with great, +slow-running swells, long and high, with deep hollows between. Vast, +heaving bosom of the deep! It was majestic. Along the horizon ran dark, +low, lumpy waves, moving fast. A thick fog, like a pall, hung over the +sea all morning. + +About eleven o'clock I sighted fins. We made a circle round him, and +drew the bait almost right across his bill. He went down. Again that +familiar waiting, poignant suspense!... He refused to strike. + +Next one was a big fellow with pale fins. We made a perfect circle, and +he went down as if to take the bait!... But he came up. We tried again. +Same result. Then we put on an albacore and drew that, tail first, in +front of him. Slowly he swam toward it, went down, and suddenly turned +and shot away, leaving a big wake. He was badly scared by that albacore. + +Next one we worked three times before he went down, and the last one +gave us opportunity for only one circle before he sank. + +They are shy, keen, and wise. + +The morning following, as we headed out over a darkly rippling sea, some +four miles off Long Point, where we had the thrilling strikes from the +big swordfish, and which place we had fondly imagined was our happy +hunting-ground--because it was near shore and off the usual fishing +course out in the channel--we ran into Boschen fighting a fish. + +This is a spectacle not given to many fishermen, and I saw my +opportunity. + +With my glass I watched Boschen fight the swordfish, and I concluded +from the way he pulled that he was fast to the bottom of the ocean. We +went on our way then, and that night when I got in I saw his wonderful +swordfish, the world's record we all knew he would get some day. Four +hundred and sixty-three pounds! And he had the luck to kill this great +fish in short time. My friend Doctor Riggin, a scientist, dissected this +fish, and found that Boschen's hook had torn into the heart. This +strange feature explained the easy capture, and, though it might detract +somewhat from Boschen's pride in the achievement, it certainly did not +detract from the record. + +That night, after coming in from the day's hunt for swordfish, Dan and I +decided to get good bait. At five thirty we started for seal rocks. The +sun was setting, and the red fog over the west end of the island was +weird and beautiful. Long, slow swells were running, and they boomed +inshore on the rocks. Seals were barking--a hoarse, raucous croak. I saw +a lonely heron silhouetted against the red glow of the western horizon. + +We fished--trolling slowly a few hundred yards offshore--and soon were +fighting barracuda, which we needed so badly for swordfish bait. + +They strike easily, and put up a jerky kind of battle. They are a long, +slim fish, yellow and white in the water, a glistening pale bronze and +silver when landed. I hooked a harder-fighting fish, which, when brought +in, proved to be a white sea-bass, a very beautiful species with faint +purplish color and mottled opal tints above the deep silver. + +Next morning we left the bay at six thirty. It was the calmest day we +had had in days. The sea was like a beveled mirror, oily, soft, and +ethereal, with low swells barely moving. An hour and a half out we were +alone on the sea, out of sight of land, with the sun faintly showing, +and all around us, inclosing and mystical, a thin haze of fog. + +Alone, alone, all alone on a wide, wide sea! This was wonderful, far +beyond any pursuit of swordfish. + +We sighted birds, gulls, and ducks floating like bits of colored cork, +and pieces of kelp, and at length a broadbill. We circled him three +times with barracuda, and again with a flying-fish. Apparently he had no +interest in edibles. He scorned our lures. But we stayed with him until +he sank for good. + +Then we rode the sea for hours, searching for fins. + +At ten forty we sighted another. Twice we drew a fresh fine barracuda in +front of him, which he refused. It was so disappointing, in fact, really +sickening. + +Dan was disgusted. He said, "We can't get them to bite!" + +And I said, "Let's try again!" + +So we circled him once more. The sea was beautifully smooth, with the +slow swells gently heaving. The swordfish rode them lazily and +indifferently. His dorsal stood up straight and stiff, and the big +sickle-shaped tail-fin wove to and fro behind. I gazed at them +longingly, in despair, as unattainable. I knew of nothing in the +fishing game as tantalizing and despairing as this sight. + + [Illustration: A STRAIGHTAWAY GREYHOUND LEAP, MARVELOUS FOR ITS SPEED + AND WILDNESS] + + [Illustration: LIKE A LEAPING SPECTER] + +We got rather near him this time, as he turned, facing us, and slowly +swam in the direction of my bait. I could see the barracuda shining +astern. Dan stopped the boat. I slowly let out line. The swordfish +drifted back, and then sank. + +I waited, intensely, but really without hope. And I watched my bait +until it sank out of sight. Then followed what seemed a long wait. +Probably it was really only a few moments. I had a sort of hopeless +feeling. But I respected the fish all the more. + +Then suddenly I felt a quiver of my line, as if an electric current had +animated it. I was shocked keen and thrilling. My line whipped up and +ran out. + +"He's got it!" I called, tensely. That was a strong, stirring instant as +with fascinated eyes I watched the line pass swiftly and steadily off +the reel. I let him run a long way. + +Then I sat down, jammed the rod in the socket, put on the drag, and +began to strike. The second powerful sweep of the rod brought the line +tight and I felt that heavy live weight. I struck at least a dozen times +with all my might while the line was going off the reel. The swordfish +was moving ponderously. Presently he came up with a great splash, +showing his huge fins, and then the dark, slender, sweeping sword. He +waved that sword, striking fiercely at the leader. Then he went down. It +was only at this moment I realized I had again hooked a broadbill. Time, +ten forty-five. + +The fight was on. + +For a while he circled the boat and it was impossible to move him a +foot. He was about two hundred and fifty yards from us. Every once in a +while he would come up. His sword would appear first, a most +extraordinary sight as it pierced the water. We could hear the swish. +Once he leaped half out. We missed this picture. I kept a steady, hard +strain on him, pumping now and then, getting a little line in, which he +always got back. The first hour passed swiftly with this surface fight +alternating with his slow heavy work down. However, he did not sound. + +About eleven forty-five he leaped clear out, and we snapped two pictures +of him. It was a fierce effort to free the hook, a leap not beautiful +and graceful, like that of the Marlin, but magnificent and dogged. + +After this leap he changed his tactics. Repeatedly I was pulled forward +and lifted from my seat by sudden violent jerks. They grew more frequent +and harder. He came up and we saw how he did that. He was facing the +boat and batting the leader with his sword. This was the most remarkable +action I ever observed in a fighting fish. That sword was a weapon. I +could hear it hit the leader. But he did most of this work under the +surface. Every time he hit the leader it seemed likely to crack my neck. +The rod bent, then the line slackened so I could feel no weight, the rod +flew straight. I had an instant of palpitating dread, feeling he had +freed himself--then harder came the irresistible, heavy drag again. This +batting of the leader and consequent slacking of the line worried Dan, +as it did me. Neither of us expected to hold the fish. As a performance +it was wonderful. But to endure it was terrible. And he batted that +leader at least three hundred times! + +In fact, every moment or two he banged the leader several times for over +an hour. It almost wore me out. If he had not changed those tactics +again those jerks would have put a kink in my neck and back. But +fortunately he came up on the surface to thresh about some more. Again +he leaped clear, affording us another chance for a picture. Following +that he took his first long run. It was about one hundred yards and as +fast as a Marlin. Then he sounded. He stayed down for half an hour. When +he came up somewhat he seemed to be less resistant, and we dragged him +at slow speed for several miles. At the end of three hours I asked Dan +for the harness, which he strapped to my shoulders. This afforded me +relief for my arms and aching hands, but the straps cut into my back, +and that hurt. The harness enabled me to lift and pull by a movement of +shoulders. I worked steadily on him for an hour, five different times +getting the two-hundred-foot mark on the line over my reel. When I tired +Dan would throw in the clutch and drag him some more. Once he followed +us without strain for a while; again we dragged him two or three miles. +And most remarkable of all, there was a period of a few moments when he +towed us. A wonderful test for a twenty-four-strand line! We made +certain of this by throwing papers overboard and making allowance for +the drift. At that time there was no wind. I had three and one-half +hours of perfectly smooth water. + +It was great to be out there on a lonely sea with that splendid fish. I +was tiring, but did not fail to see the shimmering beauty of the sea, +the playing of albacore near at hand, the flight of frightened +flying-fish, the swooping down of gulls, the dim shapes of boats far +off, and away above the cloud-bank of fog the mountains of California. + +About two o'clock our indefatigable quarry began to belabor the leader +again. He appeared even more vicious and stronger. That jerk, with its +ragged, rough loosening of the line, making me feel the hook was tearing +out, was the most trying action any fish ever worked on me. The physical +effort necessary to hold him was enough, without that onslaught on my +leader. Again there came a roar of water, a splash, and his huge +dark-blue and copper-colored body surged on the surface. He wagged his +head and the long black sword made a half-circle. The line was taut from +boat to fish in spite of all I could do in lowering my rod. I had to +hold it up far enough to get the spring. There was absolutely no way to +keep him from getting slack. The dangerous time in fighting heavy, +powerful fish is when they head toward the angler. Then the hook will +pull out more easily than at any other time. He gave me a second long +siege of these tactics until I was afraid I would give out. When he got +through and sounded I had to have the back-rest replaced in the seat to +rest my aching back. + +Three o'clock came and passed. We dragged him awhile, and found him +slower, steadier, easier to pull. That constant long strain must have +been telling upon him. It was also telling upon me. As I tried to +save some strength for the finish, I had not once tried my utmost at +lifting him or pulling him near the boat. Along about four o'clock he +swung round to the west in the sun glare and there he hung, broadside, +about a hundred yards out, for an hour. We had to go along with him. + + [Illustration: WALKING ON HIS TAIL] + + [Illustration: A MAGNIFICENT FLASHING LEAP. THIS PERFECT PICTURE + CONSIDERED BY AUTHOR TO BE WORTH HIS FIVE YEARS' LABOR AND PATIENCE] + +The sea began to ripple with a breeze, and at length white-caps +appeared. In half an hour it was rough, not bad, but still making my +work exceedingly hard. I had to lift the rod up to keep the seat from +turning and to hold my footing on the slippery floor. The water dripping +from the reel had wet me and all around me. + +At five o'clock I could not stand the harness any longer, so had Dan +remove it. That was a relief. I began to pump my fish as in the earlier +hours of the fight. Eventually I got him out of that broadside position +away from us and to the boat. He took some line, which I got back. I now +began to have confidence in being able to hold him. He had ceased +batting the leader. For a while he stayed astern, but gradually worked +closer. This worried Dan. He was getting under the boat. Dan started +faster ahead and still the swordfish kept just under us, perhaps fifty +feet down. It was not long until Dan was running at full speed. But we +could not lose the old gladiator! Then I bade Dan slow down, which he +was reluctant to do. He feared the swordfish would ram us, and I had +some qualms myself. At five thirty he dropped astern again and we +breathed freer. At this time I decided to see if I could pull him close. +I began to pump and reel, and inch by inch, almost, I gained line. I +could not tell just how far away he was, because the marks had worn off +my line. It was amazing and thrilling, therefore, to suddenly see the +end of the double line appear. Dan yelled. So did I. Like a Trojan I +worked till I got that double line over my reel. Then we all saw the +fish. He was on his side, swimming with us--a huge, bird-shaped creature +with a frightful bill. Dan called me to get the leader out of water and +then hold. This took about all I had left of strength. The fish wavered +from side to side, and Dan feared he would go under the boat. He ordered +me to hold tight, and he put on more speed. This grew to be more than I +could stand. It was desperately hard to keep the line from slipping. And +I knew a little more of that would lose my fish. So I called Dan to take +the leader. With his huge gaff in right hand, Dan reached for the leader +with his left, grasped it, surged the fish up and made a lunge. There +came a roar and a beating against the boat. Dan yelled for another gaff. +It was handed to him and he plunged that into the fish. + +Then I let down my rod and dove for the short rope to lasso the sweeping +tail. Fortunately he kept quiet a moment in which I got the loop fast. +It was then _Xiphius gladius_ really woke up. He began a tremendous +beating with his tail. Both gaff ropes began to loosen, and the rope on +his tail flew out of my hands. Dan got it in time. But it was slipping. +He yelled for me to make a hitch somewhere. I was pulled flat in the +cockpit, but scrambled up, out on the stern, and held on to that rope +grimly while I tried to fasten it. Just almost impossible! The water was +deluging us. The swordfish banged the boat with sodden, heavy blows. +But I got the rope fast. Then I went to Dan's assistance. The two of us +pulled that tremendous tail up out of the water and made fast the rope. +Then we knew we had him. But he surged and strained and lashed for a +long while. And side blows of his sword scarred the boat. At last he +sagged down quiet, and we headed for Avalon. Once more in smooth water, +we loaded him astern. I found the hook just in the corner of his mouth, +which fact accounted for the long battle. + +Doctor Riggin, the University of Pennsylvania anatomist, and classmate +of mine, dissected this fish for me. Two of the most remarkable features +about _Xiphius gladius_ were his heart and eye. + +The heart was situated deep in just back of the gills. It was a big +organ, exceedingly heavy, and the most muscular tissue I ever saw. In +fact, so powerfully muscular was it that when cut the tissue contracted +and could not be placed together again. The valves were likewise +remarkably well developed and strong. This wonderful heart accounted for +the wonderful vitality of the swordfish. The eyes of a swordfish +likewise proved the wonder of nature. They were huge and prominent, a +deep sea-blue set in pale crystal rims and black circles. A swordfish +could revolve his eyes and turn them in their sockets so that they were +absolutely protected in battle with his mates and rivals. The eye had a +covering of bone, cup-shaped, and it was this bone that afforded +protection. It was evident that when the eye was completely turned in +the swordfish could not see at all. Probably this was for close battle. +The muscles were very heavy and strong, one attached at the rim of the +eye and the other farther back. The optic nerve was as large as the +median nerve of a man's arm--that is to say, half the size of a +lead-pencil. There were three coverings over the fluid that held the +pupil. And these were as thick and tough as isinglass. Most remarkable +of all was the ciliary muscle which held the capacity of contracting the +lens for distant vision. A swordfish could see as far as the rays of +light penetrated in whatever depth he swam. I have always suspected he +had extraordinary eyesight, and this dissection of the eye proved it. No +fear a swordfish will not see a bait! He can see the boat and the bait a +long distance. + +Doctor Riggin found no sperm in any of the male fish he dissected, which +was proof that swordfish spawn before coming to Catalina waters. They +are a warm-water fish, and probably head off the Japan current into some +warm, intersecting branch that leads to spawning-banks. + +This was happy knowledge for me, because it will be good to know that +when old _Xiphius gladius_ is driven from Catalina waters he will be +roaming some other place of the Seven Seas, his great sickle fins +shining dark against the blue. + + [Illustration: TIRED OUT--THE LAST SLOW HEAVE] + + [Illustration: HAULED ABOARD WITH BLOCK AND TACKLE] + + + + +XI + +SEVEN MARLIN SWORDFISH IN ONE DAY + + +San Clemente lies forty miles south of Santa Catalina, out in the +Pacific, open to wind and fog, scorched by sun, and beaten on every +shore by contending tides. Seen from afar, the island seems a bleak, +long, narrow strip of drab rock rising from a low west end to the +dignity of a mountain near the east end. Seen close at hand, it is still +barren, bleak, and drab; but it shows long golden slopes of wild oats; +looming, gray, lichen-colored crags, where the eagles perch; and rugged +deep cañons, cactus-covered on the south side and on the other indented +by caves and caverns, and green with clumps of wild-lilac and +wild-cherry and arbor-vitæ; and bare round domes where the wild goats +stand silhouetted against the blue sky. + +This island is volcanic in origin and structure, and its great caves +have been made by blow-holes in hot lava. Erosion has weathered slope +and wall and crag. For the most part these slopes and walls are +exceedingly hard to climb. The goat trails are narrow and steep, the +rocks sharp and ragged, the cactus thick and treacherous. Many years ago +Mexicans placed goats on the island for the need of shipwrecked sailors, +and these goats have traversed the wild oat slopes until they are like +a network of trails. Every little space of grass has its crisscross of +goat trails. + +I rested high up on a slope, in the lee of a rugged rock, all +rust-stained and gray-lichened, with a deep cactus-covered cañon to my +left, the long, yellow, windy slope of wild oats to my right, and +beneath me the Pacific, majestic and grand, where the great white +rollers moved in graceful heaves along the blue. The shore-line, curved +by rounded gravelly beach and jutted by rocky point, showed creeping +white lines of foam, and then green water spotted by beds of golden +kelp, reaching out into the deeps. Far across the lonely space rose +creamy clouds, thunderheads looming over the desert on the mainland. + +A big black raven soared by with dismal croak. The wind rustled the +oats. There was no other sound but the sound of the sea--deep, +low-toned, booming like thunder, long crash and continuous roar. + +How wonderful to watch eagles in their native haunts! I saw a bald eagle +sail by, and then two golden eagles winging heavy flight after him. +There seemed to be contention or rivalry, for when the white-headed bird +alighted the others swooped down upon him. They circled and flew in and +out of the cañon, and one let out a shrill, piercing scream. They +disappeared and I watched a lonely gull riding the swells. He at least +was at home on the restless waters. Life is beautiful, particularly +elemental life. Then far above I saw the white-tipped eagle and I +thrilled to see the difference now in his flight. He was monarch of the +air, king of the wind, lonely and grand in the blue. He soared, he +floated, he sailed, and then, away across the skies he flew, swift as an +arrow, to slow and circle again, and swoop up high and higher, +wide-winged and free, ringed in the azure blue, and then like a +thunderbolt he fell, to vanish beyond the crags. + +Again I saw right before me a small brown hawk, poised motionless, +resting on the wind, with quivering wings, and he hung there, looking +down for his prey--some luckless lizard or rat. He seemed suspended on +wires. There, down like a brown flash he was gone, and surely that swoop +meant a desert tragedy. + +I heard the bleat of a lamb or kid, and it pierced the melancholy roar +of the sea. + +If there is a rapture on the lonely shore, there was indeed rapture here +high above it, blown upon by the sweet, soft winds. I heard the bleat +close at hand. Turning, I saw a she-goat with little kid scarce a foot +high. She crossed a patch of cactus. The kid essayed to follow here, but +found the way too thorny. He bleated--a tiny, pin-pointed bleat--and his +mother turned to answer encouragingly. He leaped over a cactus, +attempted another, and, failing, fell on the sharp prickers. He bleated +in distress and scrambled out of that hard and painful place. The mother +came around, and presently, reunited, they went on, to disappear. + +The island seemed consecrated to sun and sea. It lay out of the latitude +of ships. Only a few Mexican sheep-herders lived there, up at the east +end where less-rugged land allowed pasture for their flocks. A little +rain falls during the winter months, and soon disappears from the +porous cañon-beds. Water-holes were rare and springs rarer. The summit +was flat, except for some rounded domes of mountains, and there the +deadly cholla cactus grew--not in profusion, but enough to prove the +dread of the Mexicans for this species of desert plant. It was a small +bush, with cones like a pine cone in shape, growing in clusters, and +over stems and cones were fine steel-pointed needles with invisible +hooks at the ends. + +A barren, lonely prospect, that flat plateau above, an empire of the +sun, where heat veils rose and mirages haunted the eye. But at sunset +fog rolled up from the outer channel, and if the sun blasted the life on +the island, the fog saved it. So there was war between sun and fog, the +one that was the lord of day, and the other the dew-laden savior of +night. + +South, on the windward side, opened a wide bay, Smugglers Cove by name, +and it was infinitely more beautiful than its name. A great curve +indented the league-long slope of island, at each end of which low, +ragged lines of black rock jutted out into the sea. Around this immense +bare amphitheater, which had no growth save scant cactus and patches of +grass, could be seen long lines of shelves where the sea-levels had been +in successive ages of the past. + +Near the middle of the curve, on a bleached bank, stood a lonely little +hut, facing the sea. Old and weather-beaten, out of place there, it held +and fascinated the gaze. Below it a white shore-line curved away where +the waves rolled in, sadly grand, to break and spread on the beach. + +At the east end, where the jagged black rocks met the sea, I loved to +watch a great swell rise out of the level blue, heave and come, +slow-lifting as if from some infinite power, to grow and climb aloft +till the blue turned green and sunlight showed through, and the long, +smooth crest, where the seals rode, took on a sharp edge to send wisps +of spray in the wind, and, rising sheer, the whole swell, solemn and +ponderous and majestic, lifted its volume one beautiful instant, then +curled its shining crest and rolled in and down with a thundering, +booming roar, all the curves and contours gone in a green-white seething +mass that climbed the reefs and dashed itself to ruin. + + * * * * * + +An extraordinary achievement and record fell to my brother R. C. It was +too much good luck ever to come my way. Fame is a fickle goddess. R. C. +had no ambition to make a great catch of swordfish. He angles for these +big game of the sea more to furnish company for me than for any other +reason. He likes best the golden, rocky streams where the bronze-back +black-bass hide, or the swift, amber-colored brooks full of rainbow +trout. + +I must add that in my opinion, and Captain Danielson's also, R. C. is a +superior angler, and all unconscious of it. He has not my intimate +knowledge of big fish, but he did not seem to need that. He is powerful +in the shoulders and arms, his hands are strong and hard from baseball +and rowing, and he is practically tireless. He never rested while +fighting a fish. We never saw him lean the rod on the gunwale. All of +which accounts for his quick conquering of a Marlin swordfish. We have +yet to see him work upon a broadbill or a big tuna; and that is +something Captain Dan and I are anticipating with much pleasure and +considerable doubt. + +August 31st dawned fine and cool and pleasant, rather hazy, with warm +sun and smooth sea. + +The night before we had sat in front of our tents above the beach and +watched the flying-fish come out in twos and threes and schools, all the +way down the rugged coast. I told the captain then that swordfish were +chasing them. But he was skeptical. + +This morning I remembered, and I was watching. Just at the Glory Hole my +brother yelled, "Strike!" I did not see the fish before he hit the bait. +It is really remarkable how these swordfish can get to a bait on the +surface without being seen. R. C. hooked the Marlin. + +The first leap showed the fish to be small. He did not appear to be much +of a jumper or fighter. He leaped six times, and then tried to swim out +to sea. Slow, steady work of R. C.'s brought him up to the boat in +fifteen minutes. But we did not gaff him. We estimated his weight at one +hundred and thirty pounds. Captain Dan cut the leader close to the hook. +I watched the fish swim lazily away, apparently unhurt, and sure to +recover. + +We got going again, and had scarce trolled a hundred yards when I saw +something my companions missed. I stood up. + +"Well, this starts out like your day," I remarked to my brother. + +Then he saw a purple shape weaving back of his bait and that galvanized +him into attention. It always thrilled me to see a swordfish back of the +bait. This one took hold and ran off to the right. When hooked it took +line with a rush, began to thresh half out, and presently sounded. We +lost the direction. It came up far ahead of the boat and began to leap +and run on the surface. + +We followed while R. C. recovered the line. Then he held the fish well +in hand; and in the short time of twelve minutes brought the leader to +Dan's hand. The Marlin made a great splash as he was cut loose. + +"Say, two swordfish in less than half an hour!" I expostulated. "Dan, +this might be _the_ day." + +Captain Dan looked hopeful. We were always looking for that day which +came once or twice each season. + +"I'm tired," said my brother. "Now you catch a couple." + +He talked about swordfish as carelessly as he used to talk about +sunfish. But he was not in the least tired. I made him take up the rod +again. I sensed events. The sea looked darkly rippling, inviting, as if +to lure us on. + +We had worked and drifted a little offshore. But that did not appear to +put us out of the latitude of swordfish. Suddenly Captain Dan yelled, +"Look out!" Then we all saw a blaze of purple back of R. C.'s bait. Dan +threw out the clutch. But this Marlin was shy. He flashed back and +forth. How swift! His motion was only a purple flash. He loomed up after +the teasers. We had three of these flying-fish out as teasers, all close +to the boat. I always wondered why the swordfish appear more attracted +to the teasers than to our hooked baits only a few yards back. I made +the mistake to pull the teasers away from this swordfish. Then he left +us. + +I was convinced, however, that this was to be R. C.'s day, and so, much +to his amaze and annoyance, I put away my rod. No sooner had I quit +fishing than a big black tail showed a few yards out from R. C.'s bait. +Then a shining streak shot across under the water, went behind R. C.'s +bait, passed it, came again. This time I saw him plainly. He was big and +hungry, but shy. He rushed the bait. I saw him take it in his pointed +jaws and swerve out of sight, leaving a boil on the surface. R. C. did +not give him time to swallow the hook, but struck immediately. The fish +ran off two hundred yards and then burst up on the surface. He was a +jumper, and as he stayed in sight we all began to yell our admiration. +He cleared the water forty-two times, all in a very few minutes. At the +end of twenty-eight minutes R. C., with a red face and a bulging jaw, +had the swordfish beaten and within reach of Captain Dan. + +"He's a big one--over two hundred and fifty," asserted that worthy. +"Mebbe you won't strike a bigger one." + +"Cut him loose," I said, and my brother echoed my wish. + +It was a great sight to see that splendid swordfish drift away from the +boat--to watch him slowly discover that he was free. + +"Ten o'clock! We'll hang up two records to-day!" boomed Captain Dan, +as with big, swift hands he put on another bait for R. C. + + [Illustration: R. C. ON THE JOB] + + [Illustration: 304 POUNDS] + + [Illustration: R. C. GREY AND RECORD MARLIN] + +"Do you fellows take me for a drag-horse?" inquired R. C., mildly. "I've +caught enough swordfish for this year." + +"Why, man, it's the day!" exclaimed Captain Dan, in amaze and fear. + +"Humph!" replied my brother. + +"But the chance for a record!" I added, weakly. "Only ten o'clock.... +Three swordfish already.... Great chance for Dan, you know.... Beat the +dickens out of these other fishermen." + +"Aw, that's a lot of 'con'!" replied my brother. + +Very eloquently then I elaborated on the fact that we were releasing the +fish, inaugurating a sportsman-like example never before done there; +that it really bid fair to be a wonderful day; that I was having a great +chance to snap pictures of leaping fish; that it would be a favor to me +for him to go the limit on this one occasion. + +But R. C. showed no sign of wavering. He was right, of course, and I +acknowledged that afterward to myself. On the instant, however, I racked +my brain for some persuasive argument. Suddenly I had an inspiration. + +"They think you're a dub fisherman," I declared, forcefully. + +"_They?_" My brother glared darkly at me. + +"Sure," I replied, hurriedly, with no intention of explaining that +dubious _they_. "Now's your chance to fool them." + +"Ahuh! All right, fetch on a flock of swordfish, and then some +broadbills," remarked R. C., blandly. "Hurry, Dan! There's a fin right +over there. Lead me to him! See." + +Sure enough, R. C. pointed out a dark sickle fin on the surface. I +marveled at the sight. It certainly is funny the luck some fishermen +have! Captain Dan, beaming like a sunrise, swung the boat around toward +the swordfish. + +That Marlin rushed the teasers. I pulled all three away from him, while +R. C. was reeling in his bait to get it close. Then the swordfish fell +all over himself after it. He got it. He would have climbed aboard after +it. The way R. C. hooked this swordfish showed that somebody had got his +dander up and was out to do things. This pleased me immensely. It scared +me a little, too, for R. C. showed no disposition to give line or be +gentle to the swordfish. In fact, it was real fight now. And this +particular fish appeared to have no show on earth--or rather in the +water--and after fourteen leaps he was hauled up to the boat in such +short order that if we had gaffed him, as we used to gaff Marlin, we +would have had a desperate fight to hold him. But how easy to cut him +free! He darted down like a blue streak. I had no fair sight of him to +judge weight, but Captain Dan said he was good and heavy. + +"Come on! Don't be so slow!" yelled R. C., with a roving eye over the +deep. + +Captain Dan was in his element. He saw victory perched upon the mast of +the _Leta D._ He moved with a celerity that amazed me, when I remembered +how exasperatingly slow he could be, fooling with kites. This was +Captain Dan's game. + +"The ocean's alive with swordfish!" he boomed. Only twice before had I +heard him say that, and he was right each time. I gazed abroad over the +beautiful sea, and, though I could not see any swordfish, somehow I +believed him. It was difficult now, in this exciting zest of a record +feat, to think of the nobler attributes of fishing. Strong, earnest, +thrilling business it was indeed for Captain Dan. + +We all expected to see a swordfish again. That was exactly what +happened. We had not gone a dozen boat-lengths when up out of the blue +depths lunged a lazy swordfish and attached himself to R. C.'s hook. He +sort of half lolled out in lazy splashes four or five times. He looked +huge. All of a sudden he started off, making the reel hum. That run +developed swiftly. Dan backed the boat full speed. In vain! It was too +late to turn. That swordfish run became the swiftest and hardest I ever +saw. A four-hundred-yard run, all at once, was something new even for +me. I yelled for R. C. to throw off the drag. He tried, but failed. I +doubted afterward if that would have done any good. That swordfish was +going away from there. He broke the line. + +"Gee! What a run!" I burst out. "I'm sorry. I hate to break off hooks in +fish." + +"Put your hand on my reel," said R. C. + +It was almost too hot to bear touching. R. C. began winding in the long +slack line. + +"Did you see that one?" he asked, grimly. + +"Not plain. But what I did see looked big." + +"Say, he was a whale!" R. C.'s flashing eyes showed he had warmed to the +battle. + +In just ten minutes another swordfish was chasing the teasers. It was +my thrilling task to keep them away from him. Hard as I pulled, I failed +to keep at least one of them from him. He took it with a "wop," his bill +half out of the water, and as he turned with a splash R. C. had his bait +right there. Smash! The swordfish sheered off, with the bait shining +white in his bill. When hooked he broke water about fifty yards out and +then gave an exhibition of high and lofty tumbling, water-smashing, and +spray-flinging that delighted us. Then he took to long, greyhound leaps +and we had to chase him. But he did not last long, with the inexorable +R. C. bending back on that Murphy rod. After being cut free, this +swordfish lay on the surface a few moments, acting as if he was out of +breath. He weighed about one hundred and fifty, and was a particularly +beautiful specimen. The hook showed in the corner of his mouth. He did +not have a scratch on his graceful bronze and purple and silver body. I +waved my hat at him and then he slowly sank. + +"What next?" I demanded. "This can't keep up. Something is going to +happen." + +But my apprehension in no wise disturbed R. C. or Captain Dan. + +They proceeded to bait up again, to put out the teasers, to begin to +troll; and then almost at once a greedy swordfish appeared, absolutely +fearless and determined. R. C. hooked him. The first leap showed the +Marlin to be the smallest of the day so far. But what he lacked in +weight he made up in activity. He was a great performer, and his forte +appeared to be turning upside down in the air. He leaped clear +twenty-two times. Then he settled down and tried to plug out to sea. +Alas! that human steam-winch at the rod drew him right up to the boat, +where he looked to weigh about one hundred and twenty-five pounds. + + [Illustration: 328-POUND RECORD MARLIN BY R. C. GREY. SHAPELIEST AND + MOST BEAUTIFUL SPECIMEN EVER TAKEN] + + [Illustration: SUNSET OVER CLEMENTE CHANNEL] + +"Six!" I exclaimed, as we watched the freed fish swim away. "That's the +record.... And all let go alive--unhurt.... Do you suppose any one will +believe us?" + +"It doesn't make any difference," remarked my brother. "We know. That's +the best of the game--letting the fish go alive." + +"Come on!" boomed Dan, with a big flying-fish in his hands. "You're not +tired." + +"Yes, I am tired," replied R. C. + +"It's early yet," I put in. "We'll cinch the record for good. Grab the +rod. I'll enjoy the work for you." + +R. C. resigned himself, not without some remarks anent the insatiable +nature of his host and boatman. + +We were now off the east end of Clemente Island, that bleak and ragged +corner where the sea, whether calm or stormy, contended eternally with +the black rocks, and where the green and white movement of waves was +never still. When almost two hundred yards off the yellow kelp-beds I +saw a shadow darker than the blue water. It seemed to follow the boat, +rather deep down and far back. But it moved. I was on my feet, +thrilling. + +"That's a swordfish!" I called. + +"No," replied R. C. + +"Some wavin' kelp, mebbe," added Dan, doubtfully. + +"Slow up a little," I returned. "I see purple." + +Captain Dan complied and we all watched. We all saw an enormous colorful +body loom up, take the shape of a fish, come back of R. C.'s bait, hit +it and take it. + +"By George!" breathed R. C., tensely. His line slowly slipped out a +little, then stopped. + +"He's let go," said my brother. + +"There's another one," cried Dan. + +With that I saw what appeared to be another swordfish, deeper down, +moving slowly. This one also looked huge to me. He was right under the +teasers. It dawned upon me that he must have an eye on them, so I began +to pull them in. + +As they came in the purple shadow seemed to rise. It was a swordfish and +he resembled a gunboat with purple outriggers. Slowly he came onward and +upward, a wonderful sight. + +"Wind your bait in!" I yelled to R. C. + +Suddenly Dan became like a jumping-jack. "He's got your hook," he +shouted to my brother. "He's had it all the time." + +The swordfish swam now right under the stern of the boat so that I could +look down upon him. He was deep down, but not too deep to look huge. +Then I saw R. C.'s leader in his mouth. He had swallowed the flying-fish +bait and had followed us for the teasers. The fact was stunning. R. C., +who had been winding in, soon found out that his line went straight +down. He felt the fish. Then with all his might he jerked to hook that +swordfish. + +Just then, for an instant my mind refused to work swiftly. It was locked +round some sense of awful expectancy. I remembered my camera in my +hands and pointed it where I expected something wonderful about to +happen. + +The water on the right, close to the stern, bulged and burst with a +roar. Upward even with us, above us, shot a tremendously large, shiny +fish, shaking and wagging, with heavy slap of gills. + +Water deluged the boat, but missed me. I actually smelled that fish, he +was so close. What must surely have been terror for me, had I actually +seen and realized the peril, gave place to flashing thought of the one +and great chance for a wonderful picture of a big swordfish close to the +boat. That gripped me. While I changed the focus on my camera I missed +seeing the next two jumps. But I heard the heavy sousing splashes and +the yells of Dan and R. C., with the shrill screams of the ladies. + +When I did look up to try to photograph the next leap of the swordfish I +saw him, close at hand, monstrous and animated, in a surging, +up-sweeping splash. I heard the hiss of the boiling foam. He lunged +away, churning the water like a sudden whirl of a ferryboat wheel, and +then he turned squarely at us. Even then Captain Dan's yell did not warn +us. I felt rather than saw that he had put on full speed ahead. The +swordfish dove toward us, went under, came up in a two-sheeted white +splash, and rose high and higher, to fall with a cracking sound. Like a +flash of light he shot up again, and began wagging his huge +purple-barred body, lifting himself still higher, until all but his tail +stood ponderously above the surface; and then, incredibly powerful, he +wagged and lashed upright in a sea of hissing foam, mouth open wide, +blood streaming down his wet sides and flying in red spray from his +slapping gills--a wonderful and hair-raising spectacle. He stayed up +only what seemed a moment. During this action and when he began again to +leap and smash toward us, I snapped my camera three times upon him. But +I missed seeing some of his greatest leaps because I had to look at the +camera while operating it. + +"Get back!" yelled Dan, hoarsely. + +I was so excited I did not see the danger of the swordfish coming +aboard. But Captain Dan did. He swept the girls back into the cabin +doorway, and pushed Mrs. R. C. into a back corner of the cockpit. +Strange it seemed to me how pale Dan was! + +The swordfish made long, swift leaps right at the boat. On the last he +hit us on the stern, but too low to come aboard. Six feet closer to us +would have landed that huge, maddened swordfish right in the cockpit! +But he thumped back, and the roar of his mighty tail on the water so +close suddenly appalled me. I seemed to grasp how near he had come +aboard at the same instant that I associated the power of his tail with +a havoc he would have executed in the boat. It flashed over me that he +would weigh far over three hundred. + +When he thumped back the water rose in a sounding splash, deluging us +and leaving six inches in the cockpit. He sheered off astern, sliding +over the water in two streaks of white running spray, and then up he +rose again in a magnificent wild leap. He appeared maddened with pain +and fright and instinct to preserve his life. + +Again the fish turned right at us. This instant was the most +terrifying. Not a word from R. C.! But out of the tail of my eye I saw +him crouch, ready to leap. He grimly held on to his rod, but there had +not been a tight line on it since he struck the fish. + +Yelling warningly, Captain Dan threw the wheel hard over. But that +seemed of no use. We could not lose the swordfish. + +He made two dives into the air, and the next one missed us by a yard, +and showed his great, glistening, striped body, thick as a barrel, and +curved with terrible speed and power, right alongside the cockpit. He +passed us, and as the boat answered to the wheel and turned, almost at +right angles, the swordfish sheered too, and he hit us a sounding thud +somewhere foreward. Then he went under or around the bow and began to +take line off the reel for the first time. I gave him up. The line +caught all along the side of the boat. But it did not break, and kept +whizzing off the reel. I heard the heavy splash of another jump. When we +had turned clear round, what was our amaze and terror to see the +swordfish, seemingly more tigerish than ever, thresh and tear and leap +at us again. He was flinging bloody spray and wigwagging his huge body, +so that there was a deep, rough splashing furrow in the sea behind him. +I had never known any other fish so fast, so powerful, so wild with +fury, so instinct with tremendous energy and life. Dan again threw all +his weight on the wheel. The helm answered, the boat swung, and the +swordfish missed hitting us square. But he glanced along the port side, +like a toboggan down-hill, and he seemed to ricochet over the water. His +tail made deep, solid thumps. Then about a hundred feet astern he +turned in his own length, making a maelstrom of green splash and white +spray, out of which he rose three-quarters of his huge body, +purple-blazed, tiger-striped, spear-pointed, and, with the sea boiling +white around him, he spun around, creating an indescribable picture of +untamed ferocity and wild life and incomparable beauty. Then down he +splashed with a sullen roar, leaving a red foam on the white. + +That appeared the end of his pyrotechnics. It had been only a few +moments. He began to swim off slowly and heavily. We followed. After a +few tense moments it became evident that his terrible surface work had +weakened him, probably bursting his gills, from which his life-blood +escaped. + +We all breathed freer then. Captain Dan left the wheel, mopping his +pale, wet face. He gazed at me to see if I had realized our peril. With +the excitement over, I began to realize. I felt a little shaky then. The +ladies were all talking at once, still glowing with excitement. Easy to +see they had not appreciated the danger! But Captain Dan and I knew that +if the swordfish had come aboard--which he certainly would have done had +he ever slipped his head over the gunwale--there would have been a +tragedy on the _Leta D._ + +"I never knew just how easy it could happen," said Dan. "No one ever +before hooked a big fish right under the boat." + +"With that weight, that tail, right after being hooked, he would have +killed some of us and wrecked the boat!" I exclaimed, aghast. + +"Well, I had him figured to come into the boat and I was ready to jump +overboard," added my brother. + +"We won't cut him loose," said Dan. "That's some fish. But he acts like +he isn't goin' to last long." + +Still, it took two hours longer of persistent, final effort on the part +of R. C. to bring this swordfish to gaff. We could not lift the fish up +on the stern and we had to tow him over to Mr. Jump's boat and there +haul him aboard by block and tackle. At Avalon he weighed three hundred +and twenty-eight pounds. + +R. C. had caught the biggest Marlin in 1916--three hundred and four +pounds, and this three-hundred-and-twenty-eight-pound fish was the +largest for 1918. Besides, there was the remarkable achievement and +record of seven swordfish in one day, with six of them freed to live and +roam the sea again. But R. C. was not impressed. He looked at his hands +and said: + +"You and Dan put a job up on me.... Never again!" + + + + +XII + +RANDOM NOTES + + + AVALON, _July 1, 1918_. + +Cool, foggy morning; calm sea up until one o'clock, then a west wind +that roughened the water white. No strikes. Did not see a fish. Trolled +with kite up to the Isthmus and back. When the sun came out its warmth +was very pleasant. The slopes seemed good to look at--so steep and +yellow-gray with green spots, and long slides running down to the shore. +The tips of the hills were lost in the fog. It was lonely on the sea, +and I began again to feel the splendor and comfort of the open spaces, +the free winds, the canopy of gray and blue, the tidings from afar. + + _July 3d._ + +Foggy morning; pale line of silver on eastern horizon; swell, but no +wind. Warm. After a couple of hours fog disintegrated. Saw a big Marlin +swordfish. Worked him three times, then charged him. No use! + +Gradually rising wind. Ran up off Long Point and back. At 3:30 was +tired. We saw a school of tuna on the surface. Flew the kite over them. +One big fellow came clear out on his side and got the hook. He made one +long run, then came in rather easily. Time, fifteen minutes. He was +badly hooked. Seventy-eight pounds. + +We trolled then until late afternoon. I saw some splashes far out. Tuna! +We ran up. Found patches of anchovies. I had a strike. Tuna hooked +himself and got off. We tried again. I had another come clear out in a +smashing charge. He ran off heavy and fast. It took fifty minutes of +very hard work to get him in. He weaved back of the boat for half an +hour and gave me a severe battle. He was hooked in the corner of the +mouth and was a game, fine fish. Seventy-three and one-half pounds. + + _July 6th._ + +Started out early. Calm, cool, foggy morning; rather dark. Sea smooth, +swelling, heaving. Mysterious, like a shadowed opal. Long mounds of +water waved noiselessly, wonderfully, ethereally from the distance, and +the air was hazy, veiled, and dim. A lonely, silent vastness. + +We saw several schools of tuna, but got no strikes. Worked a Marlin +swordfish, but he would not notice the bait. + +It was a long, hard day on the sea. + + _July 10th._ + +We got off at 6:30 before the other boats. Smooth water. Little breeze. +Saw a school of tuna above Long Point. Put up the kite. The school went +down. But R. C. got a little strike. Did not hook fish. + +Then we sighted a big school working east. We followed it, running into +a light wind. Kite blew O. K. and R. C. got one fish (seventy-one +pounds), then another (forty-eight pounds). They put up fair fights. + +Then I tried light tackle. All the time the school traveled east, going +down and coming up. The first fish that charged my bait came clear out +after it. He got it and rushed away. I had the light drag on, and I did +not thumb the pad hard, but the tuna broke the line. We tried again. Had +another thrilling strike. The fish threw the hook. We had to pull in the +kite, put up another one--get it out, and all the time keep the school +in sight. The tuna traveled fast. The third try on light tackle resulted +in another fine strike, and another tuna that broke the line. + +Then R. C. tried the heavy tackle again, and lost a fish. + +When my turn came I was soon fast to a hard-fighting fish, but he did +not stay with me long. This discouraged me greatly. + +Then R. C. took his rod once more. It was thrilling to run down on the +school and skip a flying-fish before the leaders as they rolled along, +fins out, silver sides showing, raising little swells and leaving a +dark, winkling, dimpling wake behind them. When the bait got just right +a larger tuna charged furiously, throwing up a great splash. He hit the +bait, and threw the hook before R. C. could strike hard. + +We had nine bites out of this school. Followed it fifteen miles. Twice +we were worried by other boats, but for the rest of the time had the +school alone. + + _July 11th._ + +Morning was cold, foggy, raw. East wind. Disagreeable. Trolled out about +six miles and all around. Finally ran in off east end, where I caught a +yellow-fin. The sun came up, but the east wind persisted. No fish. Came +in early. + + _July 12th._ + +Went out early. Clear morning. Cool. Rippling sea. Fog rolled down like +a pale-gray wall. Misty, veiled, vague, strange, opaque, silent, wet, +cold, heavy! It enveloped us. Then we went out of the bank into a great +circle, clear and bright, with heaving, smooth sea, surrounded by fog. + +After an hour or two the fog rose and drifted away. + +We trolled nine hours. Three little fish struck at the bait, but did not +get the hook. + + _August 6th._ + +To-day I went out alone with Dan. Wonderful sea. Very long, wide, deep, +heaving swells, beautiful and exhilarating to watch. No wind. Not very +foggy. Sunshine now and then. I watched the sea--marveled at its grace, +softness, dimpled dark beauty, its vast, imponderable racing, its +restless heaving, its eternal motion. I learned from it. I found +loneliness, peace. + +Saw a great school of porpoises coming. Ran toward them. About five +hundred all crashing in and out of the great swells, making a spectacle +of rare sea action and color and beauty. They surrounded the bow of the +boat, and then pandemonium broke loose. They turned to play with us, +racing, diving, leaping, shooting--all for our delight. I stood right +up on the bow and could see deep. It was an unforgetable experience. + + _August 7th._ + +Long run to-day, over eighty miles. East to Point Vincent, west to end +of Catalina, then all around. Fine sea and weather. Just right for kite. +Saw many ducks and a great number of big sharks. The ducks were +traveling west, the sharks east. We saw no tuna. + +Coming back the wind sprang up and we had a following sea. It was fine +to watch the green-and-white rollers breaking behind us. + +The tuna appear to be working farther and farther off the east end. +Marlin swordfish have showed up off the east end. Three caught yesterday +and one to-day. I have not yet seen a broadbill, and fear none are +coming this year. + + _August 8th._ + +Went off east end. Had a Marlin strike. The fish missed the hook. A +shark took the bait. When it was pulled in to the gaff Captain Dan +caught the leader, drew the shark up, and it savagely bit the boat. Then +it gave a flop and snapped Captain Dan's hand. + +I was frightened. The captain yelled for me to hit the shark with a +club. I did not lose a second. The shark let go. We killed it, and found +Dan's hand badly lacerated. My swiftness of action saved Dan's hand. + + + + +XII + +BIG TUNA + + +It took me five seasons at Catalina to catch a big tuna, and the event +was so thrilling that I had to write to my fisherman friends about it. +The result of my effusions seem rather dubious. Robert H. Davis, editor +of _Munsey's_, replies in this wise: "If you went out with a +mosquito-net to catch a mess of minnows your story would read like Roman +gladiators seining the Tigris for whales." Now, I am at a loss to know +how to take that compliment. Davis goes on to say more, and he also +quotes me: "You say 'the hard, diving fight of a tuna liberates the +brute instinct in a man.' Well, Zane, it also liberates the qualities of +a liar!" Davis does not love the sweet, soft scent that breathes from +off the sea. Once on the Jersey coast I went tuna-fishing with him. He +was not happy on the boat. But once he came up out of the cabin with a +jaunty feather in his hat. I admired it. I said: + +"Bob, I'll have to get something like that for my hat." + +"Zane," he replied, piercingly, "what you need for your hat is a head!" + +My friend Joe Bray, who publishes books in Chicago, also reacts +peculiarly to my fish stories. He writes me a satiric, doubting +letter--then shuts up his office and rushes for some river or lake. +Will Dilg, the famous fly-caster, upon receipt of my communication, +wrote me a nine-page prose-poem epic about the only fish in the +world--black-bass. Professor Kellogg always falls ill and takes a +vacation, during which he writes me that I have not mental capacity to +appreciate my luck. + +These fellows will illustrate how my friends receive angling news from +me. I ought to have sense enough to keep my stories for publication. I +strongly suspect that their strange reaction to my friendly feeling is +because I have caught more and larger black-bass than they ever saw. +Some day I will go back to the swift streams and deep lakes, where the +bronze-backs live, and fish with my friends, and then they will realize +that I never lie about the sport and beauty and wonder of the great +outdoors. + +Every season for the five years that I have been visiting Avalon there +has been a run of tuna. But the average weight was from sixty to +ninety-five pounds. Until this season only a very few big tuna had been +taken. The prestige of the Tuna Club, the bragging of the old members, +the gossip of the boatmen--all tend to make a fisherman feel small until +he has landed a big one. Come to think of it, considering the years of +the Tuna Club fame, not so very many anglers have captured a blue-button +tuna. I vowed I did not care in particular about it, but whenever we ran +across a school of tuna I acted like a boy. + +A good many tuna fell to my rod during these seasons. During the +present season, to be exact, I caught twenty-two. This is no large +number for two months' fishing. Boschen caught about one hundred; Jump, +eighty-four; Hooper, sixty. Among these tuna I fought were three that +stand out strikingly. One seventy-three-pounder took fifty minutes of +hard fighting to subdue; a ninety-one-pounder took one hour fifty; and +the third, after two hours and fifty minutes, got away. It seems, and +was proved later, that the number fifty figured every time I hooked one +of the long, slim, hard-fighting male tuna. + +Beginning late in June, for six weeks tuna were caught almost every day, +some days a large number being taken. But big ones were scarce. Then one +of the Tuna Club anglers began to bring in tuna that weighed well over +one hundred pounds. This fact inspired all the anglers. He would slip +out early in the morning and return late at night. Nobody knew where his +boatman was finding these fish. More than one boatman tried to follow +him, but in vain. Quite by accident it was discovered that he ran up on +the north side of the island, clear round the west end. When he was +discovered on the west side he at once steered toward Clemente Island, +evidently hoping to mislead his followers. This might have succeeded but +for the fact that both Bandini and Adams hooked big tuna before they had +gone a mile. Then the jig was up. That night Adams came in with a +one-hundred-and-twenty-and a one-hundred-and-thirty-six-pound tuna, and +Bandini brought the record for this season--one hundred and forty-nine +pounds. + +Next day we were all out there on the west side, a few miles offshore. +The ocean appeared to be full of blackfish. They are huge, black marine +creatures, similar to a porpoise in movement, but many times larger, and +they have round, blunt noses that look like battering-rams. Some seemed +as big as gunboats, and when they heaved up on the swells we could see +the white stripes below the black. I was inclined to the belief that +this species was the orca, a whale-killing fish. Boatmen and deep-sea +men report these blackfish to be dangerous and had better be left alone. +They certainly looked ugly. We believed they were chasing tuna. + +The channel that day contained more whales than I ever saw before at one +time. We counted six pairs in sight. I saw as many as four of the +funnel-like whale spouts of water on the horizon at once. It was very +interesting to watch these monsters of the deep. Once when we were all +on top of the boat we ran almost right upon two whales. The first +spouted about fifty feet away. The sea seemed to open up, a terrible +roar issued forth, then came a cloud of spray and rush of water. Then we +saw another whale just rising a few yards ahead. My hair stood up stiff. +Captain Dan yelled, leaped down to reverse the engine. The whale saw us +and swerved. Dan's action and the quickness of the whale prevented a +collision. As it was, I looked down in the clear water and saw the huge, +gleaming, gray body of the whale as he passed. That was another sight to +record in the book of memory. The great flukes of his tail moved with +surprising swiftness and the water bulged on the surface. Then we ran +close to the neighborhood of a school of whales, evidently feeding. They +would come up and blow, and then sound. To see a whale sound and then +raise his great, broad, shining flukes in the air, high above the water, +is in my opinion the most beautiful spectacle to be encountered upon the +ocean. Up to this day, during five seasons, I had seen three whales +sound with tails in the air. And upon this occasion I had the exceeding +good fortune to see seven. I tried to photograph one. We followed a big +bull. When he came up to blow we saw a yellow moving space on the water, +then a round, gray, glistening surface, then a rugged snout. Puff! His +blow was a roar. He rolled on, downward a little; the water surged white +and green. When he came up to sound he humped his huge back. It was +shiny, leathery, wonderfully supple. It bent higher and higher in an +arch. Then this great curve seemed to slide swiftly out of sight and his +wonderful tail, flat as a floor and wide as a house, emerged to swing +aloft. The water ran off it in sheets. Then it waved higher, and with +slow, graceful, ponderous motion sank into the sea. That sight more than +anything impressed me with the immensity of the ocean, with its mystery +of life, with the unattainable secrets of the deep. + +The tuna appeared to be scattered, and none were on the surface. I had +one strike that plowed up the sea, showing the difference between the +strike of a big tuna and that of a little one. He broke my line on the +first rush. Then I hooked another and managed to stop him. I had a +grueling battle with him, and at the end of two hours and fifty minutes +he broke my hook. This was a disappointment far beyond reason, but I +could not help it. + +Next day was windy. The one following we could not find the fish, and +the third day we all concluded they had gone for 1918. I think the fame +of tuna, the uncertainty of their appearance, the difficulty of +capturing a big one, are what excite the ambition of anglers. Long +effort to that end, and consequent thinking and planning and feeling, +bring about a condition of mind that will be made clear as this story +progresses. + +But Captain Danielson did not give up. The fifth day we ran off the west +side with several other boats, and roamed the sea in search of fins. No +anchovies on the surface, no sheerwater ducks, no sharks, nothing to +indicate tuna. About one o'clock Captain Dan sheered southwest and we +ran sixteen miles toward Clemente Island. + +It was a perfect day, warm, hazy, with light fog, smooth, heaving, +opalescent sea. There was no wind. At two thirty not one of the other +boats was in sight. At two forty Captain Dan sighted a large, dark, +rippling patch on the water. We ran over closer. + +"School of tuna!" exclaimed the captain, with excitement. "Big fish! Oh, +for some wind now to fly the kite!" + +"There's another school," said my brother, R. C., and he pointed to a +second darkly gleaming spot on the smooth sea. + +"I've spotted one, too!" I shouted. + +"The ocean's alive with tuna--big tuna!" boomed Captain Dan. "Here we +are alone, blue-button fish everywhere--and no wind." + +"We'll watch the fish and wait for wind," I said. + +This situation may not present anything remarkable to most fishermen. +But we who knew the game realized at once that this was an experience of +a lifetime. We counted ten schools of tuna near at hand, and there were +so many farther on that they seemed to cover the sea. + +"Boys," said Captain Dan, "here's the tuna we heard were at Anacapa +Island last week. The Japs netted hundreds of tons. They're working +southeast, right in the middle of the channel, and haven't been inshore +at all. It's ninety miles to Anacapa. Some traveling!... That school +close to us is the biggest school I ever saw and I believe they're the +biggest fish." + +"Run closer to them," I said to him. + +We ran over within fifty feet of the edge of the school, stopped the +boat, and all climbed up on top of the deck. + +Then we beheld a spectacle calculated to thrill the most phlegmatic +fisherman. It simply enraptured me, and I think I am still too close to +it to describe it well. The dark-blue water, heaving in great, low, lazy +swells, showed a roughened spot of perhaps two acres in extent. The sun, +shining over our shoulders, caught silvery-green gleams of fish, +flashing wide and changing to blue. Long, round, bronze backs deep under +the surface, caught the sunlight. Blue fins and tails, sharp and curved, +like sabers, cleared the water. Here a huge tuna would turn on his side, +gleaming broad and bright, and there another would roll on the surface, +breaking water like a tarpon with a slow, heavy souse. + +"Look at the leaders," said Captain Dan. "I'll bet they're +three-hundred-pound fish." + +I saw then that the school, lazy as they seemed, were slowly following +the leaders, rolling and riding the swells. These leaders threw up +surges and ridges on the surface. They plowed the water. + +"What'd happen if we skipped a flying-fish across the water in front of +those leaders?" I asked Captain Dan. + +He threw up his hands. "You'd see a German torpedo explode." + +"Say! tuna are no relation to Huns!" put in my brother. + +It took only a few moments for the school to drift by us. Then we ran +over to another school, with the same experience. In this way we visited +several of these near-by schools, all of which were composed of large +tuna. Captain Dan, however, said he believed the first two schools, +evidently leaders of this vast sea of tuna, contained the largest fish. +For half an hour we fooled around, watching the schools and praying for +wind to fly the kite. Captain Dan finally trolled our baits through one +school, which sank without rewarding us with a strike. + +At this juncture I saw a tiny speck of a boat way out on the horizon. +Captain Dan said it was Shorty's boat with Adams. I suggested that, as +we had to wait for wind to fly the kite, we run in and attract Shorty's +attention. I certainly wanted some one else to see those magnificent +schools of tuna. Forthwith we ran in several miles until we attracted +the attention of the boatman Captain Dan had taken to be Shorty. But it +turned out to be somebody else, and my good intentions also turned out +to my misfortune. + +Then we ran back toward the schools of tuna. On the way my brother +hooked a Marlin swordfish that leaped thirty-five times and got away. +After all those leaps he deserved to shake the hook. We found the tuna +milling and lolling around, slowly drifting and heading toward the +southeast. We also found a very light breeze had begun to come out of +the west. Captain Dan wanted to try to get the kite up, but I objected +on the score that if we could fly it at all it would only be to drag a +bait behind the boat. That would necessitate running through the schools +of tuna, and as I believed this would put them down, I wanted to wait +for enough wind to drag a bait at right angles with the boat. This is +the proper procedure, because it enables an angler to place his bait +over a school of tuna at a hundred yards or more from the boat. It +certainly is the most beautiful and thrilling way to get a strike. + +So we waited. The boatman whose attention we had attracted had now come +up and was approaching the schools of tuna some distance below us. He +put out a kite that just barely flew off the water and it followed +directly in the wake of his boat. We watched this with disgust, but +considerable interest, and we were amazed to see one of the anglers in +that boat get a strike and hook a fish. + +That put us all in a blaze of excitement. Still we thought the strike +they got might just have been lucky. In running down farther, so we +could come back against the light breeze, we ran pretty close to the +school out of which the strike had been gotten. Captain Dan stood up to +take a good look. + +"They're hundred-pounders, all right," he said. "But they're not as big +as the tuna in those two leading schools. I'm glad those ginks in that +boat are tied up with a tuna for a spell." + +I took a look at the fisherman who was fighting the tuna. Certainly I +did not begrudge him one, but somehow, so strange are the feelings of a +fisherman that I was mightily pleased to see that he was a novice at the +game, was having his troubles, and would no doubt be a long, long time +landing his tuna. My blood ran cold at the thought of other anglers +appearing on the scene, and anxiously I scanned the horizon. No boat in +sight! If I had only known then what sad experience taught me that +afternoon I would have been tickled to pieces to see all the great +fishermen of Avalon tackle this school of big tuna. + +Captain Dan got a kite up a little better than I had hoped for. It was +not good, but it was worth trying. My bait, even on a turn of the boat, +skipped along just at the edge of the wake of the boat. And the wake of +a boat will almost always put a school of tuna down. + +We headed for the second school. My thrilling expectancy was tinged and +spoiled with doubt. I skipped my bait in imitation of a flying-fish +leaping and splashing along. We reached the outer edge of the school. +Slowly the little boils smoothed out. Slowly the big fins sank. So did +my heart. We passed the school. They all sank. And then when Captain Dan +swore and I gave up there came a great splash back of my bait. I yelled +and my comrades echoed me. The tuna missed. I skipped the bait. A +sousing splash--and another tuna had my bait. My line sagged. I jerked +hard. But too late! The tuna threw the hook before it got a hold. + +"They're hungry!" exclaimed Dan. "Hurry--reel the kite in. We'll get +another bait on quick.... Look! that school is coming up again! They're +not shy of boats. Boys, there's something doing." + +Captain Dan's excitement augmented my own. I sensed an unusual +experience that had never before befallen me. + +The school of largest fish was farther to the west. The breeze lulled. +We could not fly the kite except with the motion and direction of the +boat. It was exasperating. When we got close the kite flopped down into +the water. Captain Dan used language. We ran back, picked up the kite. +It was soaked, of course, and would not fly. While Dan got out a new +kite, a large silk one which we had not tried yet, we ran down to the +eastward of the second school. To our surprise and delight this untried +kite flew well without almost any wind. + +We got in position and headed for the school. I was using a big hook +half embedded near the tail of the flying-fish and the leader ran +through the bait. It worked beautifully. A little jerk of my rod sent +the bait skittering over the water, for all the world like a live +flying-fish. I knew now that I would get another strike. Just as we +reached a point almost opposite the school of tuna they headed across +our bow, so that it seemed inevitable we must either run them down or +run too close. My spirit sank to zero. Something presaged bad luck. I +sensed disaster. I fought the feeling, but it persisted. Captain Dan +swore. My brother shouted warnings from over us where he sat on top. But +we ran right into the leaders. The school sank. I was sick and furious. + +"Jump your bait! It's not too late," called Dan. + +I did so. Smash! The water seemed to curl white and smoke. A tuna had my +bait. I jerked. I felt him. He threw the hook. Half the bait remained +upon it. Smash! A great boil and splash! Another tuna had that. I tried +to jerk. But both kite and tuna pulling made my effort feeble. This one +also threw out the hook. It came out with a small piece of mangled red +flying-fish still hanging to it. Instinctively I jumped that remains of +my bait over the surface. Smash! The third tuna cleaned the hook. + +Captain Dan waxed eloquent and profane. + +My brother said, "What do you know about that?" + +As for myself, I was stunned one second and dazzled the next. Three +strikes on one bait! It seemed disaster still clogged my mind, but what +had already happened was new and wonderful. Half a mile below us I saw +the angler still fighting the tuna he had hooked. I wanted him to get +it, but I hoped he would be all afternoon on the job. + +"Hurry, Cap!" was all I said. + +Ordinarily Dan is the swiftest of boatmen. To-day he was slower than +molasses and all he did went wrong. What he said about the luck was more +than melancholy. I had no way to gauge my own feelings because I had +never had such an experience before. Nor had I ever heard or read of any +one having it. + +We got a bait on and the kite out just in time to reach the first and +larger school. I was so excited that I did not see we were heading right +into it. My intent gaze was riveted upon my bait as it skimmed the +surface. The swells were long, low, smooth mounds. My bait went out of +sight behind one. It was then I saw water fly high and I felt a tug. I +jerked so hard I nearly fell over. My bait shot over the top of the +swell. Then that swell opened and burst--a bronze back appeared. He +missed the hook. Another tuna, also missing, leaped into the air--a fish +of one hundred and fifty pounds, glittering green and silver and blue, +jaws open, fins stiff, tail quivering, clear and clean-cut above the +surface. Again we all yelled. Actually before he fell there was another +smash and another tuna had my bait. This one I hooked. His rush was +irresistible. I released the drag on the reel. It whirled and whizzed. +The line threw a fine spray into my face. Then the tip of my rod flew up +with a jerk, the line slacked. We all knew what that meant. I reeled in. +The line had broken above the few feet of double line which we always +used next the leader. More than ever disaster loomed over me. The +feeling was unshakable now. + +Nevertheless, I realized that wonderful good fortune attended us in the +fact that the school of big tuna had scarcely any noticeable fear of the +boat; they would not stay down, and they were ravenous. + +On our next run down upon them I had a smashing strike. The tuna threw +the hook. Another got the bait and I hooked him. He sounded. The line +broke. We tried again. No sooner had we reached the school when the +water boiled and foamed at my bait. Before I could move that tuna +cleaned the hook. Our next attempt gained another sousing strike. But he +was so swift and I was so slow that I could not fasten to him. + +"He went away from here," my brother said, with what he meant for +comedy. But it was not funny. + +Captain Dan then put on a double hook, embedding it so one hook stood +clear of the bait. We tested my line with the scales and it broke at +fifty-three pounds, which meant it was a good strong line. The breeze +lulled and fanned at intervals. It seemed, however, we did not need any +breeze. We had edged our school of big tuna away from the other schools, +and it was milling on the surface, lazily and indifferently. But what +latent speed and power lay hidden in that mass of lolling tuna. + +R. C. from his perch above yelled: "Look out! You're going to drag your +bait in front of the leaders this time!" + +That had not happened yet. I glowed in spite of the fact that I was +steeped in gloom. We were indeed heading most favorably for the leaders. +Captain Dan groaned. "Never seen the like of this!" he added. These +leaders were several yards apart, as could be told by the blunt-nosed +ridges of water they shoved ahead of them. That was another moment added +to the memorable moments of my fishing years. It was strained suspense. +Hope would not die, but disaster loomed like a shadow. + +Before I was ready, before we expected anything, before we got near +these leaders, a brilliant, hissing, white splash burst out of the sea, +and a tuna of magnificent proportions shot broadside along and above the +surface, sending the spray aloft, and he hit that bait with incredible +swiftness, raising a twenty-foot-square, furious splash as he hooked +himself. I sat spellbound. I heard my line whistling off the reel. But I +saw only that swift-descending kite. So swiftly did the tuna sound that +the kite shot down as if it had been dropping lead. My line broke and my +rod almost leaped out of my hands. + +We were all silent a moment. The school of tuna showed again, puttering +and fiddling around, with great blue-and-green flashes caught by the +sun. + +"That one weighed about two hundred and fifty," was all Captain Dan +said. + +R. C. remarked facetiously, evidently to cheer me, "Jakey, you picks de +shots out of that plue jay an' we makes ready for anudder one!" + +"Say, do you imagine you can make me laugh!" I asked, in tragic scorn. + +"Well, if you could have seen yourself when that tuna struck you'd have +laughed," replied he. + +While Dan steered the boat R. C. got out on the bow and gaffed the kite. +I watched the tuna tails standing like half-simitars out of the smooth, +colored water. The sun was setting in a golden haze spotted by pink +clouds. The wind, if anything, was softer than ever; in fact, we could +not feel it unless we headed the boat into it. The fellow below us was +drifting off farther, still plugging at his tuna. + +Captain Dan put the wet kite on the deck to dry and got out another +silk one. It soared aloft so easily that I imagined our luck was +changing. Vain fisherman's delusion! Nothing could do that. There were +thousands of tons--actually thousands of tons of tuna in that three-mile +stretch of ruffled water, but I could not catch one. It was a settled +conviction. I was reminded of what Enos, the Portuguese boatman, +complained to an angler he had out, "You mos' unluck' fisherman I ever +see!" + +We tried a shorter kite-line and a shorter length of my line, and we ran +down upon that mess of tuna once more. It was strange--and foolish--how +we stuck to that school of biggest fish. This time Dan headed right into +the thick of them. Out of the corners of my eyes I seemed to see tuna +settling down all around. Suddenly my brother yelled. + +Zam! That was a huge loud splash back of my bait. The tuna missed. R. C. +yelled again. Captain Dan followed suit: + +"He's after it!... Oh, he's the biggest yet!" + +Then I saw a huge tuna wallowing in a surge round my bait. He heaved up, +round and big as a barrel, flashing a wide bar of blue-green, and he got +the hook. If he had been strangely slow he was now unbelievably swift. +His size gave me panic. I never moved, and he hooked himself. Straight +down he shot and the line broke. + +My brother's sympathy now was as sincere as Captain Dan's misery. I +asked R. C. to take the rod and see if he could do better. + +"Not much!" he replied. "When you get one, then I'll try. Stay with 'em, +now!" + +Not improbably I would have stayed out until the tuna quit if that had +taken all night. Three more times we put up the kite--three more +flying-fish we wired on the double hooks--three more runs we made +through that tantalizing school of tuna that grew huger and swifter and +more impossible--three more smashing wide breaks of water on the +strike--and quicker than a flash three more broken lines! + +I imagined I was resigned. My words to my silent comrades were even +cheerful. + +"Come on. Try again. Where there's life there's hope. It's an +exceedingly rare experience--anyway. After all, nothing depends upon my +catching one of these tuna. It doesn't matter." + +All of which attested to the singular state of my mind. + +Another kite, another leader and double hook, another bait had to be +arranged. This took time. My impatience, my nervousness were hard to +restrain. Captain Dan was pale and grim. I do not know how I looked. +Only R. C. no longer looked at me. + +As we put out the bait we made the discovery that the other anglers, no +doubt having ended their fight, were running down upon our particular +school of tuna. This was in line with our luck. Other schools of tuna +were in sight, but these fellows had to head for ours. It galled me when +I thought how sportsman-like I had been to attract their attention. We +aimed to head them off and reach the school first. As we were the +closest all augured well for our success. But gloom invested whatever +hopes I had. + +We beat the other boat. We had just gotten our boat opposite the school +of tuna when Dan yelled: "Look out for that bunch of kelp! Jump your +bait over it!" + +Then I spied the mass of floating seaweed. I knew absolutely that my +hook was going to snag it. But I tried to be careful, quick, accurate. I +jumped my bait. It fell short. The hook caught fast in the kelp. In the +last piece! The kite fluttered like a bird with broken wings and +dropped. Captain Dan reversed the boat. Then he burst out. Now Dan was a +big man and he had a stentorian voice, deep like booming thunder. No man +ever swore as Dan swore then. It was terrible. It was justified. But it +was funny, and despite all this agony of disappointment, despite the +other boat heading into the tuna and putting them down, I laughed till I +cried. + +The fishermen in that other boat hooked a fish and broke it off. We saw +from the excitement on board that they had realized the enormous size of +these tuna. We hurried to get ready again. It was only needful to drag a +bait anywhere near that school. And we alternated with the other boat. I +saw those fishermen get four more strikes and lose the four fish +immediately. I had even worse luck. In fact, disaster grew and grew. But +there is no need for me to multiply these instances. The last three +tunas I hooked broke the double line on the first run. This when I had +on only a slight drag! + +The other boat puddled around in our school and finally put it down for +good, and, as the other schools had disappeared, we started for home. + +This was the most remarkable and unfortunate day I ever had on the sea, +where many strange fishing experiences have been mine. Captain Dan had +never heard of the like in eighteen years as boatman. No such +large-sized tuna, not to mention numbers, had visited Catalina for many +years. I had thirteen strikes, not counting more than one strike to a +bait. Seven fish broke the single line and three the double line, +practically, I might say, before they had run far enough to cause any +great strain. And the parting of the double line, where, if a break had +occurred, it would have come on the single, convinced us that all these +lines were cut. Cut by other tuna! In this huge school of hungry fish, +whenever one ran for or with a bait, all the others dove pellmell after +him. The line, of course, made a white streak in the water. Perhaps the +tuna bit it off. Perhaps they crowded it off. However they did it, the +fact was that they cut the line. Probably it would have been impossible +to catch one of those large tuna on the Tuna Club tackle. I hated to +think of breaking off hooks in fish, but, after it was too late, I +remembered with many a thrill the size and beauty and tremendous +striking energy of those tuna, the wide, white, foamy, furious boils on +the surface, the lunges when hooked, and the runs swift as bullets. + +That experience would never come to me again. It was like watching for +the rare transformations of nature that must be waited for and which +come so seldom. + + * * * * * + +But, such is the persistence of mankind in general and the doggedness of +fishermen in particular, Captain Dan and I kept on roaming the seas in +search of tuna. Nothing more was seen or heard of the great drifting +schools. They had gone down the channel toward Mexico, down with the +mysterious currents of the sea, fulfilling their mission in life. +However, different anglers reported good-sized tuna off Seal Rocks and +Silver Cañon. Several fish were hooked. Mr. Reed brought in a +one-hundred-and-forty-one-pound tuna that took five hours to land. It +made a dogged, desperate resistance and was almost unbeatable. Mr. Reed +is a heavy, powerful man, and he said this tuna gave him the hardest +task he ever attempted. I wondered what I would have done with one of +those two-or three-hundred-pounders. There is a difference between +Pacific and Atlantic tuna. The latter are seacows compared to these blue +pluggers of the West. I have hooked several very large tuna along the +Seabright coast, and, though these fish got away, they did not give me +the battle I have had with small tuna of the Pacific. Mr. Wortheim, +fishing with my old boatman, Horse-mackerel Sam, landed a +two-hundred-and-sixty-two-pound Atlantic tuna in less than two hours. +Sam said the fish made a loggy, rolling, easy fight. Crowninshield, also +fishing with Sam, caught one weighing three hundred pounds in rather +short order. This sort of feat cannot be done out here in the Pacific. +The deep water here may have something to do with it, but the tuna are +different, if not in species, then in disposition. + +My lucky day came after no tuna had been reported for a week. Captain +Dan and I ran out off Silver Cañon just on a last forlorn hope. The sea +was rippling white and blue, with a good breeze. No whales showed. We +left Avalon about one o'clock, ran out five miles, and began to fish. +Our methods had undergone some change. We used a big kite out on three +hundred yards of line; we tied this line on my leader, and we tightened +the drag on the reel so that it took a nine-pound pull to start the line +off. This seemed a fatal procedure, but I was willing to try anything. +My hope of getting a strike was exceedingly slim. Instead of a +flying-fish for bait we used a good-sized smelt, and we used hooks big +and strong and sharp as needles. + +We had not been out half an hour when Dan left the wheel and jumped up +on the gunwale to look at something. + +"What do you see?" I asked, eagerly. + +He was silent a moment. I dare say he did not want to make any mistakes. +Then he jumped back to the wheel. + +"School of tuna!" he boomed. + +I stood up and looked in the direction indicated, but I could not see +them. Dan said only the movement on the water could be seen. Good long +swells were running, rather high, and presently I did see tuna showing +darkly bronze in the blue water. They vanished. We had to turn the boat +somewhat, and it began to appear that we would have difficulty in +putting the bait into the school. So it turned out. We were in the wrong +quarter to use the wind. I saw the school of tuna go by, perhaps two +hundred feet from the boat. They were traveling fast, somewhat under the +surface, and were separated from one another. They were big tuna, but +nothing near the size of those that had wrecked my tackle and hopes. +Captain Dan said they were hungry, hunting fish. To me they appeared +game, swift, and illusive. + +We lost sight of them. With the boat turned fairly into the west wind +the kite soared, pulling hard, and my bait skipped down the slopes of +the swells and up over the crests just like a live, leaping little fish. +It was my opinion that the tuna were running inshore. Dan said they were +headed west. We saw nothing of them. Again the old familiar +disappointment knocked at my heart, with added bitterness of past +defeat. Dan scanned the sea like a shipwrecked mariner watching for a +sail. + +"I see them!... There!" he called. "They're sure traveling fast." + +That stimulated me with a shock. I looked and looked, but I could not +see the darkened water. Moments passed, during which I stood up, +watching my bait as it slipped over the waves. I knew Dan would tell me +when to begin to jump it. The suspense grew to be intense. + +"We'll catch up with them," said Dan, excitedly. "Everything's right +now. Kite high, pulling hard--bait working fine. You're sure of a +strike.... When you see one get the bait hook him quick and hard." + +The ambition of years, the long patience, the endless efforts, the +numberless disappointments, and that never-to-be-forgotten day among the +giant tuna--these flashed up at Captain Dan's words of certainty, and, +together with the thrilling proximity of the tuna we were chasing, they +roused in me emotion utterly beyond proportion or reason. This had +happened to me before, notably in swordfishing, but never had I felt +such thrills, such tingling nerves, such oppression on my chest, such a +wild, eager rapture. It would have been impossible, notwithstanding my +emotional temperament, if the leading up to this moment had not included +so much long-sustained feeling. + +"Jump your bait!" called Dan, with a ring in his voice. "In two jumps +you'll be in the tail-enders." + +I jerked my rod. The bait gracefully leaped over a swell--shot along the +surface, and ended with a splash. Again I jerked. As the bait rose into +the air a huge angry splash burst just under it, and a broad-backed tuna +lunged and turned clear over, his tail smacking the water. + +"Jump it!" yelled Dan. + +Before I could move, a circling smash of white surrounded my bait. I +heard it. With all my might I jerked. Strong and heavy came the weight +of the tuna. I had hooked him. With one solid thumping splash he +sounded. Here was test for line and test for me. I could not resist one +turn of the thumb-wheel, to ease the drag. He went down with the same +old incomparable speed. I saw the kite descending. Dan threw out the +clutch--ran to my side. The reel screamed. Every tense second, as the +line whizzed off, I expected it to break. There was no joy, no sport in +that painful watching. He ran off two hundred feet, then, marvelous to +see, he slowed up. The kite was still high, pulling hard. What with kite +and drag and friction of line in the water, that tuna had great strain +upon him. He ran off a little more, slower this time, then stopped. The +kite began to flutter. + +I fell into the chair, jammed the rod-butt into the socket, and began to +pump and wind. + +"Doc, you're hooked on and you've stopped him!" boomed Dan. His face +beamed. "Look at your legs!" + +It became manifest then that my knees were wabbling, my feet puttering +around, my whole lower limbs shaking as if I had the palsy. I had lost +control of my lower muscles. It was funny; it was ridiculous. It showed +just what was my state of excitement. + +The kite fluttered down to the water. The kite-line had not broken off, +and this must add severely to the strain on the fish. Not only had I +stopped the tuna, but soon I had him coming up, slowly yet rather +easily. He was directly under the boat. When I had all save about one +hundred feet of line wound in the tuna anchored himself and would not +budge for fifteen minutes. Then again rather easily he was raised fifty +more feet. He acted like any small, hard-fighting fish. + +"I've hooked a little one," I began. "That big fellow missed the bait, +and a small one grabbed it." + +Dan would not say so, but he feared just that. What miserable black +luck! Almost I threw the rod and reel overboard. Some sense, however, +prevented me from such an absurdity. And as I worked the tuna closer and +closer I grew absolutely sick with disappointment. The only thing to do +was to haul this little fish in and go hunt up the school. So I pumped +and pulled. That half-hour seemed endless and bad business altogether. +Anger possessed me and I began to work harder. At this juncture +Shorty's boat appeared close to us. Shorty and Adams waved me +congratulations, and then made motions to Dan to get the direction of +the school of tuna. That night both Shorty and Adams told me that I was +working very hard on the fish, too hard to save any strength for a long +battle. + + [Illustration: A BLUE-FINNED PLUGGER OF THE DEEP--138-POUND TUNA] + + [Illustration: AVALON, THE BEAUTIFUL] + +Captain Dan watched the slow, steady bends of my rod as the tuna +plugged, and at last he said, "Doc, it's a big fish!" + +Strange to relate, this did not electrify me. I did not believe it. But +at the end of that half-hour the tuna came clear to the surface, about +one hundred feet from us, and there he rode the swells. Doubt folded his +sable wings! Bronze and blue and green and silver flashes illumined the +swells. I plainly saw that not only was the tuna big, but he was one of +the long, slim, hard-fighting species. + +Presently he sounded, and I began to work. I was fresh, eager, strong, +and I meant to whip him quickly. Working on a big tuna is no joke. It is +a man's job. A tuna fights on his side, with head down, and he never +stops. If the angler rests the tuna will not only rest, too, but he will +take more and more line. The method is a long, slow lift or pump of +rod--then lower the rod quickly and wind the reel. When the tuna is +raised so high he will refuse to come any higher, and then there is a +deadlock. There lives no fisherman but what there lives a tuna that can +take the conceit and the fight out of him. + +For an hour I worked. I sweat and panted and burned in the hot sun; and +I enjoyed it. The sea was beautiful. A strong, salty fragrance, wet and +sweet, floated on the breeze. Catalina showed clear and bright, with +its colored cliffs and yellow slides and dark ravines. Clemente Island +rose a dark, long, barren, lonely land to the southeast. The clouds in +the west were like trade-wind clouds, white, regular, with level +base-line. + +At the end of the second hour I was tiring. There came a subtle change +of spirit and mood. I had never let up for a minute. Captain Dan praised +me, vowed I had never fought either broadbill or roundbill swordfish so +consistently hard, but he cautioned me to save myself. + +"That's a big tuna," he said, as he watched my rod. + +Most of the time we drifted. Some of the time Dan ran the boat to keep +even with the tuna, so he could not get too far under the stern and cut +the line. At intervals the fish appeared to let up and at others he +plugged harder. This I discovered was merely that he fought the hardest +when I worked the hardest. Once we gained enough on him to cut the +tangle of kite-line that had caught some fifty feet above my leader. +This afforded cause for less anxiety. + +"I'm afraid of sharks," said Dan. + +Sharks are the bane of tuna fishermen. More tuna are cut off by sharks +than are ever landed by anglers. This made me redouble my efforts, and +in half an hour more I was dripping wet, burning hot, aching all over, +and so spent I had to rest. Every time I dropped the rod on the gunwale +the tuna took line--zee--zee--zee--foot by foot and yard by yard. My +hands were cramped; my thumbs red and swollen, almost raw. I asked Dan +for the harness, but he was loath to put it on because he was afraid I +would break the fish off. So I worked on and on, with spurts of fury and +periods of lagging. + +At the end of three hours I was in bad condition. I had saved a little +strength for the finish, but I was in danger of using that up before the +crucial moment arrived. Dan had to put the harness on me. I knew +afterward that it saved the day. By the aid of the harness, putting my +shoulders into the lift, I got the double line over the reel, only to +lose it. Every time the tuna was pulled near the boat he sheered off, +and it did not appear possible for me to prevent it. He got into a habit +of coming to the surface about thirty feet out, and hanging there, in +plain sight, as if he was cabled to the rocks of the ocean. Watching him +only augmented my trouble. It had ceased long ago to be fun or sport or +game. It was now a fight and it began to be torture. My hands were all +blisters, my thumbs raw. The respect I had for that tuna was great. + +He plugged down mostly, but latterly he began to run off to each side, +to come to the surface, showing his broad green-silver side, and then he +weaved to and fro behind the boat, trying to get under it. Captain Dan +would have to run ahead to keep away from him. To hold what gain I had +on the tuna was at these periods almost unendurable. Where before I had +sweat, burned, throbbed, and ached, I now began to see red, to grow +dizzy, to suffer cramps and nausea and exceeding pain. + +Three hours and a half showed the tuna slower, heavier, higher, easier. +He had taken us fifteen miles from where we had hooked him. He was +weakening, but I thought I was worse off than he was. Dan changed the +harness. It seemed to make more effort possible. + +The floor under my feet was wet and slippery from the salt water +dripping off my reel. I could not get any footing. The bend of that rod +downward, the ceaseless tug, tug, tug, the fear of sharks, the +paradoxical loss of desire now to land the tuna, the change in my +feeling of elation and thrill to wonder, disgust, and utter weariness of +spirit and body--all these warned me that I was at the end of my tether, +and if anything could be done it must be quickly. + +Relaxing, I took a short rest. Then nerving myself to be indifferent to +the pain, and yielding altogether to the brutal instinct this +tuna-fighting rouses in a fisherman, I lay back with might and main. +Eight times I had gotten the double line over the reel. On the ninth I +shut down, clamped with my thumbs, and froze there. The wire leader sung +like a telephone wire in the cold. I could scarcely see. My arms +cracked. I felt an immense strain that must break me in an instant. + +Captain Dan reached the leader. Slowly he heaved. The strain upon me was +released. I let go the reel, threw off the drag, and stood up. There the +tuna was, the bronze-and-blue-backed devil, gaping, wide-eyed, shining +and silvery as he rolled, a big tuna if there ever was one, and he was +conquered. + +When Dan lunged with the gaff the tuna made a tremendous splash that +deluged us. Then Dan yelled for another gaff. I was quick to get it. +Next it was for me to throw a lasso over that threshing tail. When I +accomplished this the tuna was ours. We hauled him up on the stern, +heaving, thumping, throwing water and blood; and even vanquished he was +magnificent. Three hours and fifty minutes! The number fifty stayed with +me. As I fell back in a chair, all in, I could not see for my life why +any fisherman would want to catch more than one large tuna. + + + + +XIV + +AVALON, THE BEAUTIFUL + + +If you are a fisherman, and aspire to the study or conquest of the big +game of the sea, go to Catalina Island once before it is too late. + +The summer of 1917 will never be forgotten by those fishermen who were +fortunate enough to be at Avalon. Early in June, even in May, there were +indications that the first record season in many years might be +expected. Barracuda and white sea-bass showed up in great schools; the +ocean appeared to be full of albacore; yellowtail began to strike all +along the island shores and even in the bay of Avalon; almost every day +in July sight of broadbill swordfish was reported, sometimes as many as +ten in a day; in August the blue-fin tuna surged in, school after +school, in vast numbers; and in September returned the Marlin, or +roundbill swordfish that royal-purple swashbuckler of the Pacific. + +This extraordinary run of fish appeared like old times to the boatmen +and natives who could look back over many Catalina years. The cause, of +course, was a favorable season when the sardines and anchovies came to +the island in incalculable numbers. Acres and acres of these little bait +fish drifted helplessly to and fro, back and forth with the tides, from +Seal Rocks to the west end. These schools were not broken up until the +advent of the voracious tuna; and when they arrived the ocean soon +seemed littered with small, amber-colored patches, each of which was a +densely packed mass of sardines or anchovies, drifting with the current. +It has not yet been established that swordfish feed on these schools, +but the swordfish were there in abundance, at any rate; and it was +reasonable to suppose that some of the fish they feed on were in pursuit +of the anchovies. + +Albacore feeding on the surface raise a thin, low, white line of water +or multitudes of slight, broken splashes. Tuna raise a white wall, +tumbling and spouting along the horizon; and it is a sight not soon to +be forgotten by a fisherman. Near at hand a big school of feeding tuna +is a thrilling spectacle. They move swiftly, breaking water as they +smash after the little fish, and the roar can be heard quite a distance. +The wall of white water seems full of millions of tiny, glinting fish, +leaping frantically from the savage tuna. And when the sunlight shines +golden through this wall of white spray, and the great bronze and silver +and blue tuna gleam for an instant, the effect is singularly exciting +and beautiful. + +All through August and much of September these schools of tuna, +thousands of them, ranted up and down the coast of Catalina, thinning +out the amber patches of anchovies, and affording the most magnificent +sport to anglers. + +These tuna may return next year and then again they may not return for +ten years. Some time again they will swing round the circle or drift +with the currents, in that mysterious and inscrutable nature of the +ocean. And if a fisherman can only pick out the year or have the +obsession to go back season after season he will some day see these +wonderful schools again. + +But as for the other fish--swordfish, white sea-bass, yellowtail, and +albacore--their doom has been spelled, and soon they will be no more. +That is why I say to fishermen if they want to learn something about +these incomparable fish they must go soon to Catalina before it is too +late. + +The Japs, the Austrians, the round-haul nets, the canneries and the +fertilizer-plants--that is to say, foreigners and markets, greed and +war, have cast their dark shadow over beautiful Avalon. The intelligent, +far-seeing boatmen all see it. My boatman, Captain Danielson, spoke +gloomily of the not distant time when his occupation would be gone. And +as for the anglers who fish at Catalina, some of them see it and many of +them do not. The standard raised at Avalon has been to haul in as many +of the biggest fish in the least possible time. One famous fisherman +brought in thirteen tuna--nine hundred and eighty-six pounds of +tuna--that he caught in one day! This is unbelievable, yet it is true. +Another brought in eleven tuna in one day. These fishermen are +representative of the coterie who fish for records. All of them are big, +powerful men, and when they hook a fish they will not give him a foot of +line if they can help it. They horse him in, and if they can horse him +in before he wakes up to real combat they are the better pleased. All of +which is to say that the true motive (or pleasure, if it can be such) +is the instinct to kill. I have observed this in many fishermen. Any one +who imagines that man has advanced much beyond the savage stage has only +carefully to observe fishermen. + + [Illustration: THE OLD AVALON BARGE WHERE THE GULLS FISH AND SCREAM] + + [Illustration: THE END OF THE DAY OFF CATALINA ISLAND] + +I have demonstrated the practicability of letting Marlin swordfish go +after they were beaten, but almost all of the boatmen will not do it. +The greater number of swordfish weigh under two hundred pounds, and when +exhausted and pulled up to the boat they can be freed by cutting the +wire leader close to the hook. Probably all these fish would live. A +fisherman will have his fun seeing and photographing the wonderful +leaps, and conquering the fish, and when all this is over it would be +sportsman-like to let him go. Marlin are not food fish, and they are +thrown to the sharks. During 1918, however, many were sold as food fish. +It seems a pity to treat this royal, fighting, wonderful, purple-colored +fish in this way. But the boatmen will not free them. My boatman claimed +that his reputation depended upon the swordfish he caught; and that in +Avalon no one would believe fish were caught unless brought to the dock. +It was his bread and butter. His reputation brought him new fishermen, +and so he could not afford to lose it. Nevertheless, he was persuaded to +do it in 1918. The fault, then, does not lie with the boatman. + +The Japs are the greatest market fishermen in the world. And some five +hundred boats put out of San Pedro every day, to scour the ocean for +"the chicken of the sea," as albacore are advertised to the millions of +people who are always hungry. It must be said that the Japs mostly fish +square. They use a hook, and a barbless hook at that. Usually four Japs +constitute the crew of one of these fast eighty-horse-power motor-boats. +They roam the sea with sharp eyes ever alert for that thin white line on +the horizon, the feeding albacore. Their method of fishing is unique and +picturesque. When they sight albacore they run up on the school and slow +down. + +In the stern of the boat stands a huge tank, usually painted red. I have +become used to seeing dots of red all over the ocean. This tank is kept +full of fresh sea-water by a pump connected with the engine, and it is +used to keep live bait--no other than the little anchovies. One Jap, +using a little net, dips up live bait and throws them overboard to the +albacore. Another Jap beats on the water with long bamboo poles, making +splashes. The other two Japs have short, stiff poles with a wire +attached and the barbless hook at the end. They put on a live bait and +toss it over. Instantly they jerk hard, and two big white albacore, from +fifteen to thirty pounds, come wiggling up on to the stern of the boat. +Down goes the pole and whack! goes a club. It is all done with swift +mechanical precision. It used to amaze me and fill me with sadness. If +the Japs could hold the school of albacore they would very soon load the +boat. But usually a school of albacore cannot be held long. + +You cannot fish in the channel any more without encountering these Jap +boats. Once at one time in 1917 I saw one hundred and thirty-two boats. +Most of them were fishing! They ran to and fro over the ocean, chasing +every white splash, and they make an angler's pleasure taste bitter. + +Fortunately the Japs had let the tuna alone, for the simple and good +reason that they had not found a way to catch the wise blue-fins. But +they will find a way! Yet they drove the schools down, and that was +almost as bad. As far as swordfish are concerned, it is easy to see what +will happen, now that the albacore have become scarce. Broadbill +swordfish are the finest food fish in the sea. They can be easily +harpooned by these skilful Japs. And so eventually they will be killed +and driven away. This misfortune may not come at once, but it will come. + +In this connection it is interesting to note that I tried to photograph +one of the Austrian crews in action. But Captain Dan would not let me +get near enough to take a picture. There is bad blood between Avalon +boatmen and these foreign market fishermen. Shots had been exchanged +more than once. Captain Dan kept a rifle on board. This news sort of +stirred me. And I said: "Run close to that bunch, Cap. Maybe they'll +take a peg at me!" But he refused to comply, and I lost a chance to +serve my country! + +The Japs, however, are square fishermen, mostly, and I rather admire +those albacore-chasers, who at least give the fish a chance. Some of +them use nets, and against them and the Austrian round-haul netters I am +exceedingly bitter. These round-haul nets, some of them, must be a mile +long, and they sink two hundred feet in the water. What chance has a +school of fish against that? They surround a school and there is no +escape. + +Clemente Island, the sister island to Catalina, was once a paradise for +fish, especially the beautiful, gamy yellowtail. But there are no more +fish there, except Marlin swordfish in August and September. The great, +boiling schools of yellowtail are gone. Clemente Island has no +three-mile law protecting it, as has Catalina. But that Catalina law has +become a farce. It is violated often in broad daylight, and probably all +night long. One Austrian round-haul netter took seven tons of white +sea-bass in one haul. Seven tons! Did you ever look at a white sea-bass? +He is the most beautiful of bass--slender, graceful, thoroughbred, +exquisitely colored like a paling opal, and a fighter if there ever was +one. + +What becomes of these seven tons of white sea-bass and all the other +tons and tons of yellowtail and albacore? That is a question. It needs +to be answered. During the year 1917 one heard many things. The +fish-canneries were working day and night, and every can of fish--the +whole output had been bought by the government for the soldiers. Very +good. We are a nation at war. Our soldiers must be properly fed and so +must our allies. If it takes all the fish in the sea and all the meat on +the land, we must and will win this war. + +But real patriotism is one thing and misstatement is another. If there +were not so much deceit and greed in connection with this war it would +be easier to stomach. + +As a matter of cold fact, that round-haul netter's seven tons of +beautiful white sea-bass did not go into cans for our good soldiers or +for our fighting allies. Those seven tons of splendid white sea-bass +went into the fertilizer-plant, where many and many a ton had gone +before! + +It is not hard to comprehend. When they work for the fertilizer-plants +they do not need ice--they do not need to hurry to the port to save +spoiling--they can stay out till the boat is packed full. So often a +greater part of the magnificent schools of white sea-bass, albacore, and +yellowtail--splendid food fish--go into the fertilizer-plants to make a +few foreign-born hogs rich. Hundreds of aliens, many of them hostile to +the United States, are making big money, which is sent abroad. + +I believe that the great kelp-beds round Catalina are the +spawning-grounds of these fish in question. And not only a +spawning-ground, but, what is more important, a feeding-ground. And now +the kelp-beds are being exploited. The government needs potash. Formerly +our supply of potash came from Germany. But, now that we are not on +amiable terms with those nice gentle Germans, we cannot get any potash. +Hence the great, huge kelp-cutters that you hear cut only the tops of +the kelp-beds. Six feet they say, and it all grows up again quickly. But +in my opinion the once vast, heaving, wonderful beds of kelp along the +Clemente and Catalina shores have been cut too deeply. They will die. + +Some of my predictions made in 1917 were verified in 1918. + +A few scattered schools of albacore appeared in the channel in July. But +these were soon caught or chased away by the market boats. +Albacore-fishing was poor in other localities up and down the coast. +Many of the Jap fishermen sold their boats and sought other industry. +It was a fact, and a great pleasure, that an angler could go out for +tuna without encountering a single market boat on the sea. Maybe the +albacore did not come this year; maybe they were mostly all caught; +maybe they were growing shyer of boats; at any event, they were scarce, +and the reason seems easy to see. + +It was significant that the broadbill swordfish did not return to Avalon +in 1918, as in former years. I saw only one in two months roaming the +ocean. A few were seen. Not one was caught during my stay on the island. +Many boatmen and anglers believe that the broadbills follow the +albacore. It seems safe to predict that when the albacore cease to come +to Catalina there will not be any fishing for the great flat-sworded +_Xiphias_. + +The worst that came to pass in 1918, from an angler's viewpoint, was +that the market fishermen found a way to net the blue-fin tuna, both +large and small. All I could learn was that the nets were lengthened and +deepened. The Japs got into the great schools of large tuna which +appeared off Anacapa Island and netted tons and tons of hundred-pound +tuna. These schools drifted on down the middle of the Clemente Channel, +and I was the lucky fellow who happened to get among them for one +memorable day. + +Take it all in all, my gloomy prophecies of other years were +substantiated in 1918, especially in regard to the devastated kelp-beds; +but there have been a few silver rifts in the black cloud, and it seems +well to end this book with mention of brighter things. + +All fish brought into Avalon in 1918 were sold for food. + +We inaugurated the releasing of small Marlin swordfish. + +There was a great increase in the interest taken in the use of light +tackle. + +We owe the latter stride toward conservation and sportsmanship to Mr. +James Jump, and to Lone Angler, and to President Coxe of the Tuna Club. +I had not been entirely in sympathy with their feats of taking Marlin +swordfish and tuna on light tackle. My objections to the use of too +light tackle have been cited before in this book. Many fish break away +on the nine-thread. I know this because I tried it out. Fifteen of those +small tuna, one after another, broke my line on the first rush. But I +believe that was my lack of skill with handling of rod and boat. + +As for Marlin, I have always known that I could take some of these +roundbill swordfish on light tackle. But likewise there have been some +that could not have been taken so, and these are the swordfish I have +fished for. + +Nevertheless, I certainly do not want to detract from Jump's +achievements, as I will show. They have been remarkable. And they have +attracted wide attention to the possibilities of light tackle. Thus Mr. +Jump has done conservative angling an estimable good, as well as placed +himself in a class alone. + +The use of light tackle by experts for big game fish of the sea has come +to be an established practice in American angling. A few years ago, when +sport with light tackle was exceptional, it required courage to flaunt +its use in the faces of fishermen of experience and established +reputation. Long Key, now the most noted fishing resort on the Atlantic +coast, was not many years back a place for hand-lines and huge rods and +tackle, and boat-loads of fish for one man. It has become a resort for +gentlemen anglers, and its sportsmen's club claims such experts and fine +exponents of angling as Heilner, Lester, Cassiard, Crowninshield, +Conill, the Schutts, and others, who can safely be trusted to advance +the standard. Fishermen are like sheep--they follow the boldest leaders. +And no one wants to be despised by the elect. Long Key, with its +isolation, yet easy accession, its beauty and charm, its loneliness and +quiet, its big game fish, will become the Mecca of high-class +light tackle anglers, who will in time answer for the ethics and +sportsmanship of the Atlantic seaboard. + +On the Pacific side the light tackle advocates have had a different row +to hoe. With nothing but keen, fair, honest, and splendid zealousness +Mr. James Jump has pioneered this sport almost single-handed against the +heavy tackle record-holder who until recently dominated the Tuna Club +and the boatmen and the fishing at Avalon. To my shame and regret I +confess that it took me three years to recognize Jump's bigness as an +angler and his tenacity as a fighter. But I shall make amends. It seems +when I fished I was steeped in dreams of the sea and the beauty of the +lonely islands. I am not in Jump's class as a fisherman, nor in Lone +Angler's, either. They stand by themselves. But I can write about them, +and so inspire others. + +Jump set out in 1914 to catch swordfish on light tackle, and +incidentally tuna under one hundred pounds. He was ridiculed, scorned, +scoffed at, made a butt of by this particular heavy tackle angler, and +cordially hated for his ambitions. Most anglers and boatmen repudiated +his claims and looked askance at him. Personally I believed Jump might +catch some swordfish or tuna on light tackle, but only one out of many, +and that one not the fighting kind. I was wrong. It was Lone Angler who +first drew my attention to Jump's achievements and possibilities. +President Coxe was alive to them also, and he has rebuilt and +rejuvenated the Tuna Club on the splendid standard set by its founder, +Dr. Charles Frederick Holder, and with infinite patience and tact and +labor, and love of fine angling and good fellowship, he has put down +that small but mighty clique who threatened the ruin of sport at fair +Avalon. This has not been public news, but it ought to be and shall be +public news. + +The malignant attack recently made upon Mr. Jump's catches of Marlin +swordfish on light tackle was uncalled for and utterly false. It was +an obvious and jealous attempt to belittle, discredit, and dishonor +one of the finest gentlemen sportsmen who ever worked for the good +of the game. I know and I will swear that Jump's capture of the +three-hundred-and-fourteen-pound Marlin on light tackle in twenty-eight +minutes was absolutely as honest as it was skilful, as sportsman-like as +it was wonderful. A number of well-known sportsmen _watched_ him take +this Marlin. Yet his enemies slandered him, accused him of using ropes +and Heaven knows what else! It was vile and it failed. + +Jump has performed the apparently impossible. Marlin swordfish hooked on +light tackle can be handled by an exceedingly skilful angler. They make +an indescribably spectacular, wonderful fight, on the surface all the +time, and can be taken as quickly as on heavy tackle. Obviously, then, +this becomes true of tarpon and sailfish and small tuna. What a world to +conquer lies before the fine-spirited angler! A few fish on light +outfits magnifying all the excitement and thrills of many fish on heavy +outfits! There are no arguments against this, for men who have time and +money. + +We pioneers of light tackle are out of the woods _now_. There was a +pride in a fight against odds--a pride of silence, and a fight of +example and expressed standards and splendid achievements. But now we +have followers, disciples who have learned, who have profited, who have +climbed to the heights, and we are no longer alone. Hence we can scatter +the news to the four winds and ask for the comradeship of kindred +spirits, of men who love the sea and the stream and the gameness of a +fish. The Open Sesame to our clan is just that love, and an ambition to +achieve higher things. Who fishes just to kill? At Long Key last winter +I met two self-styled sportsmen. They were eager to convert me to what +they claimed was the dry-fly class angling of the sea. And it was to jab +harpoons and spears into porpoises and manatee and sawfish, and be +dragged about in their boat. The height of their achievements that +winter had been the harpooning of several sawfish, each of which gave +birth to a little one while being fought on the harpoon! Ye gods! It +would never do to record my utterances. + +But I record this fact only in the hope of opening the eyes of anglers. +I have no ax to grind for myself. I have gone through the game, over to +the fair side, and I want anglers to know. + +We are a nation of fishermen and riflemen. Who says the Americans cannot +shoot or fight? What made that great bunch of Yankee boys turn back the +Hun hordes? It was the quick eye, the steady nerve, the unquenchable +spirit of the American boy--his heritage from his hunter forefathers. We +are great fishermen's sons also, and we can save the fish that are being +depleted in our waters. + +Let every angler who loves to fish think what it would mean to him to +find the fish were gone. The mackerel are gone, the bluefish are going, +the menhaden are gone, every year the amberjack and kingfish grow +smaller and fewer. We must find ways and means to save our game fish of +the sea; and one of the finest and most sportsman-like ways is to use +light tackle. + + * * * * * + +Wiborn, the Lone Angler, is also in a class by himself. To my mind +Wiborn is the ideal angler of the sea. I have aspired to his method, but +realize it is impossible for me. He goes out alone. Hence the name Lone +Angler. He operates his motor-launch, rigs his tackle and bait and +teasers, flies his kite, finds the fish, fights the one he hooks, and +gaffs and hauls it aboard or releases it, all by himself. Any one who +has had the slightest experience in Pacific angling can appreciate this +hazardous, complicated, and laborsome job of the Lone Angler. Any one +who ever fought a big tuna or swordfish can imagine where he would have +been without a boatman. After some of my fights with fish Captain +Danielson has been as tired as I was. His job had been as hard as mine. +But Wiborn goes out day by day alone, and he has brought in big tuna and +swordfish. Not many! He is too fine a sportsman to bring in many fish. + +And herein is the point I want to drive home in my tribute to Lone +Angler. No one can say how many fish he catches. He never tells. Always +he has a fine, wonderful, beautiful day on the water. It matters not to +him, the bringing home of fish to exhibit. This roused my admiration, +and also my suspicion. I got to believing that Lone Angler caught many +more fish than he ever brought home. + +So I spied upon him. Whenever chance afforded I watched him through my +powerful binoculars. He was always busy. His swift boat roamed the seas. +Always he appeared a white dot on the blue horizon, like the flash of a +gull. I have watched his kite flutter down; I have seen his boat stop +and stand still; I have seen sheeted splashes of water near him; and +more than once I have seen him leaning back with bent rod, working and +pumping hard. But when he came into Avalon on these specific occasions, +he brought no tuna, no swordfish--nothing but a cheerful, enigmatic +smile and a hopeful question as to the good luck of his friends. + +"But I saw you hauling away on a fish," I ventured to say, once. + + [Illustration: SEAL ROCKS] + +"Oh, that was an old shark," he replied, laughing. + +Well, it might have been, but I had my doubts. And at the close of 1918 +I believed, though I could not prove, that Lone Angler let the most of +his fish go free. Hail to Lone Angler! If a man must roam the salt sea +in search of health and peace, and in a manly, red-blooded +exercise--here is the ideal. I have not seen its equal. I envy him--his +mechanical skill, his fearlessness of distance and fog and wind, his +dexterity with kite and rod and wheel, but especially I envy him the +lonesome rides upon a lonesome sea-- + + Alone, all alone on a wide, wide sea. + +The long, heaving swells, the windy lanes, the flight of the sheerwater +and the uplifted flukes of the whale, the white wall of tuna on the +horizon, the leap of the dolphin, the sweet, soft scent that breathes +from off the sea, the beauty and mystery and color and movement of the +deep--these are Lone Angler's alone, and he is as rich as if he had +found the sands of the Pacific to be pearls, the waters nectar, and the +rocks pure gold. + +Happily, neither war nor business nor fish-hogs can ruin the wonderful +climate of Catalina Island. Nature does not cater to evil conditions. +The sun and the fog, the great, calm Pacific, the warm Japanese current, +the pleasant winds--these all have their tasks, and they perform them +faithfully, to the happiness of those who linger at Catalina. + +Avalon, the beautiful! Somehow even the fire that destroyed half of +Avalon did not greatly mar its beauty. At a distance the bay and the +grove of eucalyptus-trees, the green-and-gold slopes, look as they +always looked. Avalon has a singular charm outside of its sport of +fishing. It is the most delightful and comfortable place I ever visited. +The nights are cool. You sleep under blankets even when over in Los +Angeles people are suffocating with the heat. At dawn the hills are +obscured in fog and sometimes this fog is chilly. But early or late in +the morning it breaks up and rolls away. The sun shines. It is the kind +of sunshine that dazzles the eye, elevates the spirit, and warms the +back. And out there rolls the vast blue Pacific--calm, slowly heaving, +beautiful, and mysterious. + +During the summer months Avalon is gay, colorful, happy, and mirthful +with its crowds of tourists and summer visitors. The one broad street +runs along the beach and I venture to say no other street in America can +compare with it for lazy, idle, comfortable, pleasant, and picturesque +effects. It is difficult to determine just where the beach begins and +the street ends, because of the strollers in bathing-suits. Many a time, +after a long fishing-day on the water, as I was walking up the middle of +the street, I have been stunned to a gasp by the startling apparition of +Venus or Hebe or Little Egypt or Annette Kellermann parading +nonchalantly to and fro. It seems reasonable and fair to give notice +that broadbill swordfish are not the only dangers to encounter at +Avalon. I wish they had a policeman there. + +But the spirit of Avalon, like the climate, is something to love. It is +free, careless, mirthful, wholesome, restful, and serene. The resort is +democratic and indifferent and aloof. Yet there is always mirth, music, +and laughter. Many and many a night have I awakened, anywhere from ten +to one, to listen to the low lap of the waves on the beach, the soft +tones of an Hawaiian ukulele, the weird cry of a nocturnal sea-gull, the +bark of a sea-lion, or the faint, haunting laugh of some happy girl, +going by late, perhaps with her lover. + +Avalon is so clean and sweet. It is the only place I have been, except +Long Key, where the omnipresent, hateful, and stinking automobile does +not obtrude upon real content. Think of air not reeking with gasolene +and a street safe to cross at any time! Safe, I mean, of course, from +being run down by some joy-rider. You are liable to encounter one of the +Loreleis or Aphrodites at any hour from five till sunset. You must risk +chance of that. + +So, in conclusion, let me repeat that if you are a fisherman of any +degree, and if you aspire to some wonderful experiences with the great +and vanishing game fish of the Pacific, and if you would love to +associate with these adventures some dazzling white hot days, and +unforgetable cool nights where your eyelids get glued with sleep, and +the fragrant salt breath of the sea, its music and motion and color and +mystery and beauty--then go to Avalon before it is too late. + + THE END + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Tales of Fishes, by Zane Grey + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TALES OF FISHES *** + +***** This file should be named 29346-8.txt or 29346-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/3/4/29346/ + +Produced by Brian Janes, D. Alexander and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/29346-8.zip b/29346-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..25a03c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-8.zip diff --git a/29346-h.zip b/29346-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd503b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h.zip diff --git a/29346-h/29346-h.htm b/29346-h/29346-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40c3e07 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/29346-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,8641 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Tales of Fishes, by Zane Grey. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> + + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + h1,h2,h3 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + + hr.large {width: 65%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + hr.medium {width: 45%; margin-top: 1.5em; margin-bottom: 1.5em;} + hr.tiny {width: 10%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;} + + td {vertical-align: bottom;} + + div.centered {text-align:center;} /* work around for IE centering with CSS problem part 1*/ + div.centered table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:left;} /* work around part 2 */ + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; + } /* page numbers */ + + .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;} + + .centerbox {width: 26em; /* heading box */ + margin: 0 auto; + text-align: left; + padding: 0.5em;} + .bbox {border: none;} + .centerbox2 {width: 23.75em; /* heading box */ + margin: 0 auto; + text-align: left; + padding: 0.5em;} + .centerbox3 {width: 31em; /* heading box */ + margin: 0 auto; + text-align: left; + padding: 0.5em;} + .right {text-align: right;} + .center {text-align: center;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + + .caption {font-weight: bold;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + .figleft {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 0; margin-top: 1px; margin-right: 4px; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .figright {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 4px; margin-bottom: 0; + margin-top: 1px; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .jpg {border: solid 1px black; padding: 2px;} + .ispace {margin-top: 2em;} + .ispace2 {margin-top: 1.25em;} + .smispace {margin-top: 0.5em;} + .smispace2 {margin-top: 0.01em;} + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} + .poem br {display: none;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem span.i0 {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i2 {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i10 {display: block; margin-left: 10em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + + .smallgap {margin-top: 0.25em;} + .gap {margin-top: 2.5em;} + .biggap {margin-top: 6em;} + + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Tales of Fishes, by Zane Grey + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Tales of Fishes + +Author: Zane Grey + +Release Date: July 7, 2009 [EBook #29346] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TALES OF FISHES *** + + + + +Produced by Brian Janes, D. Alexander and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<h1>TALES <i>of</i> FISHES</h1> + +<h3>by</h3> + +<h2>Zane Grey</h2> + +<p class="center"><i>President of the Long Key Fishing Club<br /> +Honorary Vice-President of the Tuna Club, Avalon</i></p> + +<p class="center"> +<i>Author of</i><br /> +“The U. P. Trail” “The Desert of Wheat” Etc.</p> + +<p class="center"> +<i>Illustrated from Photographs<br /> +by the author</i></p> + +<p class="smallgap"> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 100px;"> +<img src="images/illus005.jpg" width="100" height="125" alt="Publishers Logo" title="" /> +</div> + +<p class="smallgap"> </p> + +<p class="center"> +HARPER & BROTHERS PUBLISHERS<br /> +New York and London +</p> + +<hr class="large" /> + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Tales of Fishes</span></p> + +<hr class="tiny" /> + +<p class="center">Copyright 1919, by Harper & Brothers</p> + +<p class="center">Printed in the United States of America</p> + +<p class="center">Published June, 1919</p> + +<hr class="large" /> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"><p><a name="Frontispiece" id="Frontispiece"></a></p> +<img src="images/illus004.jpg" width="600" height="367" alt="THE GREAT COLORED ROLLERS OF THE PACIFIC" title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE GREAT COLORED ROLLERS OF THE PACIFIC</span> +</div> + +<hr class="large" /> + +<div class="centered"><h2>CONTENTS</h2> +<table border="0" width="60%" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="3" summary="CONTENTS"> + +<tr> +<td>CHAP.</td> +<td align="left"> </td> +<td align="right">PAGE</td></tr> + +<tr><td> </td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Verses</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#ZANE_GREY">0</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>I.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Byme-by-Tarpon</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#I">1</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>II.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Island of the Dead</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#II">8</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>III.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Royal Purple Game of the Sea</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#III">26</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>IV.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Two Fights with Swordfish</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#IV">54</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>V.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Sailfish</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#V">72</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>VI.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Gulf Stream Fishing</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#VI">88</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>VII.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Bonefish</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#VII">107</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>VIII.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Some Rare Fish</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#VIII">136</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>IX.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Swordfish</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#IX">153</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>X.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Gladiator of the Sea</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#X">180</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>XI.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Seven Marlin Swordfish in One Day</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#XI">197</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>XII.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Random Notes</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#XII">216</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>XIII.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Big Tuna</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#XIII">221</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td>XIV.</td> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Avalon, the Beautiful</span></td> +<td align="right"><a href="#XIV">250</a></td></tr> + +</table></div> + +<hr class="large" /> + +<div class="centered"><h2>ILLUSTRATIONS</h2> +<table border="0" width="75%" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1" summary="ILLUSTRATIONS"> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Great Colored Rollers of the Pacific</span></td> +<td align="right" colspan="2"><a href="#Frontispiece"><i>Frontispiece</i></a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Tarpon Throwing Hook</span></td> +<td align="center"><span style="white-space: nowrap"><i>Facing p.</i></span></td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo2">2</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Leaping Tarpon</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo3">3</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Savalo, or Silver King</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo4">4</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">These Wild Fowl Have the Wonderful Beauty and +Speed of Falcons</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo5">5</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Rabihorcado</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo6">12</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Boobies Had No Fear of Man, but Both Young +and Old Would Pick with Their Sharp Bills</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo7">13</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Young Boobies</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo8">14</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Suggestive of a Wild, Wind-swept Island of the Sea</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo9">15</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Nests Everywhere in the Sand and Moss</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo10">16</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">These Huge Black Rabihorcados Were the Largest +Species of Frigate or Man-of-war Bird</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo11">17</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Rabihorcado Rising from Their Eggs</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo12">20</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Boobies of Isla de la Muerte in the Caribbean Sea</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo13">21</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">A Swordfish Leaping off the Bold Black Shore of +Clemente</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo14">28</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">On the Rampage</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo15">29</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Swordfish on the Surface</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo16">32</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Holding Hard</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo17">33</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">A Clean Greyhound Leap</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo18">36</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">316-pound Swordfish</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo19">37</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Wild oats Slope of Clemente</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo20">44</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Where the Deep-blue Swell Booms Against the Lava +Wall of Clemente Island</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo21">45</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Four Marlin Swordfish in One Day</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo22">68</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">A Big Sailfish Breaking Water</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo23">69</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Four Sailfish in One Day on Light Tackle</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo24">76</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Sailfish Threshing on the Surface</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo25">77</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Memorable of Long Key</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo26">84</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Leaping Sailfish</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo27">85</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Solitude on the Sea</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo28">92</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Sunset by the Sea</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo29">93</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Twin Tigers of the Sea—the Savage Barracuda</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo30">98</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Happy Pastime of Bonefishing</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo31">99</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Gamest Fish That Swims</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo32">110</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">A Waahoo</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo33">111</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">At Long Key, the Lonely Coral Shore Where the Sun +Shines White All Day and the Stars Shine White +All Night</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo34">144</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Famous Stunt of a Marlin Swordfish, “Walking +on His Tail”</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo35">145</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Surging in a Half-circle</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo36">148</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Broadbill Swordfish on the Surface—the Most +Thrilling Sight to a Sea Angler</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo37">149</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Shining in the Sunlight</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo38">156</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Throwing White Water Like the Explosion of a +Torpedo</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo39">157</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">A Long, Slim Sailfish Wiggling in the Air</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo40">160</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Fighting a Broadbill Swordfish</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo41">161</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Only Photograph Ever Taken of Leaping Broadbill +Swordfish</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo42">180</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Xiphias Gladius, the Broadsworded Gladiator of the +Sea</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo43">181</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">A Straightaway Greyhound Leap, Marvelous for Its +Speed and Wildness</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo44">188</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Like a Leaping Specter</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo45">189</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Walking on His Tail</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo46">192</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">A Magnificent Flashing Leap. This Perfect Picture +Considered by Author to Be Worth His Five +Years’ Labor and Patience</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo47">193</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Tired Out—the Last Slow Heave</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo48">196</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Hauled Aboard with Block and Tackle</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo49">197</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">R. C. On the Job</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo50">204</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">304 Pounds</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo51">205</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">R. C. Grey and Record Marlin</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo52">205</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">328-pound Record Marlin by R. C. Grey. Shapeliest +and Most Beautiful Specimen Ever Taken</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo53">208</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Sunset Over Clemente Channel</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo54">209</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">A Blue-finned Plugger of the Deep—138-pound Tuna</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo55">244</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Avalon, the Beautiful</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo56">245</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Old Avalon Barge Where the Gulls Fish and +Scream</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo57">252</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The End of the Day off Catalina Island</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo58">253</a></td></tr> + +<tr> +<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Seal Rocks</span></td> +<td align="center">“</td> +<td align="center"><a href="#illo59">264</a></td></tr> + +</table></div> + +<hr class="large" /> + +<h2><a name="ZANE_GREY" id="ZANE_GREY">ZANE GREY</a></h2> + +<div class="centerbox bbox"> +<h3>By W. Livingston Larned</h3> + +<p>Been to Avalon with Grey ... been most everywhere;<br /> +Chummed with him and fished with him in every Sportsman’s<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">lair.</span><br /> +Helped him with the white Sea-bass and Barracuda haul,<br /> +Shared the Tuna’s sprayful sport and heard his Hunter-call,<br /> +Me an’ Grey are fishin’ friends.... Pals of rod and reel,<br /> +Whether it’s the sort that fights ... or th’ humble eel,<br /> +On and on, through Wonderland ... winds a-blowin’ free,<br /> +Catching all th’ fins that grow ... Sportsman Grey an’ Me.<br /> +<br /> +Been to Florida with Zane ... scouting down th’ coast;<br /> +Whipped the deep for Tarpon, too, that natives love th’ most.<br /> +Seen the smiling, Tropic isles that pass, in green review,<br /> +Gathered cocoanut and moss where Southern skies were blue.<br /> +Seen him laugh that boyish laugh, when things were goin’<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">right;</span><br /> +Helped him beach our little boat and kindle fires at night.<br /> +Comrades of the Open Way, the Treasure-Trove of Sea,<br /> +Port Ahoy and who cares where, with Mister Grey an’ Me!<br /> +<br /> +Been to Western lands with Grey ... hunted fox and deer.<br /> +Seen the Grizzly’s ugly face with danger lurkin’ near.<br /> +Slept on needles, near th’ sky, and marked th’ round moon<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">rise</span><br /> +Over purpling peaks of snow that hurt a fellow’s eyes.<br /> +Gone, like Indians, under brush and to some mystic place—<br /> +Home of red men, long since gone, to join their dying race.<br /> +Yes ... we’ve chummed it, onward—outward ... mountain,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 2em;">wood, and Key,</span><br /> +At the quiet readin’-table ... Sportsman Grey an’ Me.<br /> +</p></div> + +<hr class="large" /> +<h2><a name="TALES_OF_FISHES" id="TALES_OF_FISHES"></a>TALES OF FISHES</h2> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="I" id="I"></a>I</h2> + +<h3>BYME-BY-TARPON</h3> + +<p>To capture the fish is not all of the fishing. Yet there are +circumstances which make this philosophy hard to accept. I have in mind +an incident of angling tribulation which rivals the most poignant +instant of my boyhood, when a great trout flopped for one sharp moment +on a mossy stone and then was gone like a golden flash into the depths +of the pool.</p> + +<p>Some years ago I followed Attalano, my guide, down the narrow Mexican +street of Tampico to the bank of the broad Panuco. Under the rosy dawn +the river quivered like a restless opal. The air, sweet with the song of +blackbird and meadowlark, was full of cheer; the rising sun shone in +splendor on the water and the long line of graceful palms lining the +opposite bank, and the tropical forest beyond, with its luxuriant +foliage festooned by gray moss. Here was a day to warm the heart of any +fisherman; here was the beautiful river, celebrated in many a story; +here was the famous guide, skilled with oar and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span>gaff, rich in +experience. What sport I would have; what treasure of keen sensation +would I store; what flavor of life would I taste this day! Hope burns +always in the heart of a fisherman.</p> + +<p>Attalano was in harmony with the day and the scene. He had a cheering +figure, lithe and erect, with a springy stride, bespeaking the Montezuma +blood said to flow in his Indian veins. Clad in a colored cotton shirt, +blue jeans, and Spanish girdle, and treading the path with brown feet +never deformed by shoes, he would have stopped an artist. Soon he bent +his muscular shoulders to the oars, and the ripples circling from each +stroke hardly disturbed the calm Panuco. Down the stream glided long +Indian canoes, hewn from trees and laden with oranges and bananas. In +the stern stood a dark native wielding an enormous paddle with ease. +Wild-fowl dotted the glassy expanse; white cranes and pink flamingoes +graced the reedy bars; red-breasted kingfishers flew over with friendly +screech. The salt breeze kissed my cheek; the sun shone with the +comfortable warmth Northerners welcome in spring; from over the white +sand-dunes far below came the faint boom of the ever-restless Gulf.</p> + +<p>We trolled up the river and down, across from one rush-lined lily-padded +shore to the other, for miles and miles with never a strike. But I was +content, for over me had been cast the dreamy, care-dispelling languor +of the South.</p> + +<p>When the first long, low swell of the changing tide rolled in, a +stronger breeze raised little dimpling waves and chased along the water +in dark, quick-moving frowns. All at once the tarpon began to <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span>show, +to splash, to play, to roll. It was as though they had been awakened by +the stir and murmur of the miniature breakers. Broad bars of silver +flashed in the sunlight, green backs cleft the little billows, wide +tails slapped lazily on the water. Every yard of river seemed to hold a +rolling fish. This sport increased until the long stretch of water, +which had been as calm as St. Regis Lake at twilight, resembled the +quick current of a Canadian stream. It was a fascinating, wonderful +sight. But it was also peculiarly exasperating, because when the fish +roll in this sportive, lazy way they will not bite. For an hour I +trolled through this whirlpool of flying spray and twisting tarpon, with +many a salty drop on my face, hearing all around me the whipping crash +of breaking water.</p> + +<p><a name="illo2" id="illo2"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus017.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="288" alt="TARPON THROWING HOOK" title="" /> +<span class="caption">TARPON THROWING HOOK</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo3" id="illo3"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/illus018a.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="400" height="289" alt="LEAPING TARPON" title="" /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/illus018b.jpg" class="jpg smispace" width="400" height="290" alt="" title="" /> +<span class="caption">LEAPING TARPON</span> +</div> + +<p>“Byme-by-tarpon,” presently remarked Attalano, favoring me with the +first specimen of his English.</p> + +<p>The rolling of the tarpon diminished, and finally ceased as noon +advanced.</p> + +<p>No more did I cast longing eyes upon those huge bars of silver. They +were buried treasure. The breeze quickened as the flowing tide gathered +strength, and together they drove the waves higher. Attalano rowed +across the river into the outlet of one of the lagoons. This narrow +stream was unruffled by wind; its current was sluggish and its muddy +waters were clarifying under the influence of the now fast-rising tide.</p> + +<p>By a sunken log near shore we rested for lunch. I found the shade of the +trees on the bank rather pleasant, and became interested in a blue +heron, a russet-colored duck, and a brown-and-black snipe, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span>all sitting +on the sunken log. Near by stood a tall crane watching us solemnly, and +above in the tree-top a parrot vociferously proclaimed his knowledge of +our presence. I was wondering if he objected to our invasion, at the +same time taking a most welcome bite for lunch, when directly in front +of me the water flew up as if propelled by some submarine power. Framed +in a shower of spray I saw an immense tarpon, with mouth agape and fins +stiff, close in pursuit of frantically leaping little fish.</p> + +<p>The fact that Attalano dropped his sandwich attested to the large size +and close proximity of the tarpon. He uttered a grunt of satisfaction +and pushed out the boat. A school of feeding tarpon closed the mouth of +the lagoon. Thousands of mullet had been cut off from their river haunts +and were now leaping, flying, darting in wild haste to elude the great +white monsters. In the foamy swirls I saw streaks of blood.</p> + +<p>“Byme-by-tarpon!” called Attalano, warningly.</p> + +<p>Shrewd guide! I had forgotten that I held a rod. When the realization +dawned on me that sooner or later I would feel the strike of one of +these silver tigers a keen, tingling thrill of excitement quivered over +me. The primitive man asserted himself; the instinctive lust to conquer +and to kill seized me, and I leaned forward, tense and strained with +suspended breath and swelling throat.</p> + +<p>Suddenly the strike came, so tremendous in its energy that it almost +pulled me from my seat; so quick, fierce, bewildering that I could think +of nothing but to hold on. Then the water split with a hissing sound to +let out a great tarpon, long as a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span>door, seemingly as wide, who shot +up and up into the air. He wagged his head and shook it like a +struggling wolf. When he fell back with a heavy splash, a rainbow, +exquisitely beautiful and delicate, stood out of the spray, glowed, +paled, and faded.</p> + +<p><a name="illo4" id="illo4"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 289px;"> +<img src="images/illus021.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="289" height="450" alt="SAVALO, OR SILVER KING" title="" /> +<span class="caption">SAVALO, OR SILVER KING</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo5" id="illo5"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 269px;"> +<img src="images/illus022.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="269" height="449" alt="THESE WILD FOWL HAVE THE WONDERFUL BEAUTY AND SPEED OF +FALCONS" title="" /> +<span class="caption">THESE WILD FOWL HAVE THE WONDERFUL BEAUTY AND SPEED OF +FALCONS</span> +</div> + +<p>Five times he sprang toward the blue sky, and as many he plunged down +with a thunderous crash. The reel screamed. The line sang. The rod, +which I had thought stiff as a tree, bent like a willow wand. The silver +king came up far astern and sheered to the right in a long, wide curve, +leaving behind a white wake. Then he sounded, while I watched the line +with troubled eyes. But not long did he sulk. He began a series of +magnificent tactics new in my experience. He stood on his tail, then on +his head; he sailed like a bird; he shook himself so violently as to +make a convulsive, shuffling sound; he dove, to come up covered with +mud, marring his bright sides; he closed his huge gills with a slap and, +most remarkable of all, he rose in the shape of a crescent, to +straighten out with such marvelous power that he seemed to actually +crack like a whip.</p> + +<p>After this performance, which left me in a condition of mental +aberration, he sounded again, to begin a persistent, dragging pull which +was the most disheartening of all his maneuvers; for he took yard after +yard of line until he was far away from me, out in the Panuco. We +followed him, and for an hour crossed to and fro, up and down, humoring +him, responding to his every caprice, as if he verily were a king. At +last, with a strange inconsistency more human than fishlike, he returned +to the scene of his fatal error, and here in the mouth of the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>smaller +stream he leaped once more. But it was only a ghost of his former +efforts—a slow, weary rise, showing he was tired. I could see it in the +weakening wag of his head. He no longer made the line whistle.</p> + +<p>I began to recover the long line. I pumped and reeled him closer. +Reluctantly he came, not yet broken in spirit, though his strength had +sped. He rolled at times with a shade of the old vigor, with a pathetic +manifestation of the temper that became a hero. I could see the long, +slender tip of his dorsal fin, then his broad tail and finally the gleam +of his silver side. Closer he came and slowly circled around the boat, +eying me with great, accusing eyes. I measured him with a fisherman’s +glance. What a great fish! Seven feet, I calculated, at the very least.</p> + +<p>At this triumphant moment I made a horrible discovery. About six feet +from the leader the strands of the line had frayed, leaving only one +thread intact. My blood ran cold and the clammy sweat broke out on my +brow. My empire was not won; my first tarpon was as if he had never +been. But true to my fishing instincts, I held on morosely; tenderly I +handled him; with brooding care I riveted my eye on the frail place in +my line, and gently, ever so gently, I began to lead the silver king +shoreward. Every smallest move of his tail meant disaster to me, so when +he moved it I let go of the reel. Then I would have to coax him to swim +back again.</p> + +<p>The boat touched the bank. I stood up and carefully headed my fish +toward the shore, and slid <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span>his head and shoulders out on the lily-pads. +One moment he lay there, glowing like mother-of-pearl, a rare fish, +fresh from the sea. Then, as Attalano warily reached for the leader, he +gave a gasp, a flop that deluged us with muddy water, and a lunge that +spelled freedom.</p> + +<p>I watched him swim slowly away with my bright leader dragging beside +him. Is it not the loss of things which makes life bitter? What we have +gained is ours; what is lost is gone, whether fish, or use, or love, or +name, or fame.</p> + +<p>I tried to put on a cheerful aspect for my guide. But it was too soon. +Attalano, wise old fellow, understood my case. A smile, warm and living, +flashed across his dark face as he spoke:</p> + +<p>“Byme-by-tarpon.”</p> + +<p>Which defined his optimism and revived the failing spark within my +breast. It was, too, in the nature of a prophecy.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="II" id="II"></a>II</h2> + +<h3>THE ISLAND OF THE DEAD</h3> + +<p>Strange wild adventures fall to the lot of a fisherman as well as to +that of a hunter. On board the <i>Monterey</i>, from Havana to Progreso, +Yucatan, I happened to fall into conversation with an English +globe-trotter who had just come from the Mont Pelée eruption. Like all +those wandering Englishmen, this one was exceedingly interesting. We +exchanged experiences, and I felt that I had indeed much to see and +learn of the romantic Old World.</p> + +<p>In Merida, that wonderful tropic city of white towers and white streets +and white-gowned women, I ran into this Englishman again. I wanted to +see the magnificent ruins of Uxmal and Ake and Labna. So did he. I knew +it would be a hard trip from Muna to the ruins, and so I explained. He +smiled in a way to make me half ashamed of my doubts. We went together, +and I found him to be a splendid fellow. We parted without knowing each +other’s names. I had no idea what he thought of me, but I thought he +must have been somebody.</p> + +<p>While traveling around the coast of Yucatan I had heard of the wild and +lonely Alacranes Reef <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span>where lighthouse-keepers went insane from +solitude, and where wonderful fishes inhabited the lagoons. That was +enough for me. Forthwith I meant to go to Alacranes.</p> + +<p>Further inquiry brought me meager but fascinating news of an island on +that lonely coral reef, called <i>Isla de la Muerte</i> (the Island of the +Dead). Here was the haunt of a strange bird, called by Indians +<i>rabihorcado</i>, and it was said to live off the booby, another strange +sea-bird. The natives of the coast solemnly averred that when the +<i>rabihorcado</i> could not steal fish from the booby he killed himself by +hanging in the brush. I did not believe such talk. The Spanish appeared +to be <i>rabi</i>, meaning rabies, and <i>horcar</i>, to hang.</p> + +<p>I set about to charter a boat, and found the great difficulty in +procuring one to be with the Yucatecan government. No traveler had ever +before done such a thing. It excited suspicion. The officials thought +the United States was looking for a coaling-station. Finally, through +the help of the Ward line agent and the consul I prevailed upon them to +give me such papers as appeared necessary. Then my Indian boatmen +interested a crew of six, and I chartered a two-masted canoe-shaped bark +called the <i>Xpit</i>.</p> + +<p>The crew of the <i>Hispaniola</i>, with the never-to-be-forgotten John Silver +and the rest of the pirates of Treasure Island, could not have been a +more villainous and piratical gang than this of the bark <i>Xpit</i>. I was +advised not to take the trip alone. But it appeared impossible to find +any one to accompany me. I grew worried, yet determined not to miss the +opportunity.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span></p><p>Strange to relate, as I was conversing on the dock with a ship captain +and the agent of the Ward line, lamenting the necessity of sailing for +Alacranes alone, some one near by spoke up, “Take me!”</p> + +<p>In surprise I wheeled to see my English acquaintance who had visited the +interior of Yucatan with me. I greeted him, thanked him, but of course +did not take him seriously, and I proceeded to expound the nature of my +venture. To my further surprise, he not only wanted to go, but he was +enthusiastic.</p> + +<p>“But it’s a hard, wild trip,” I protested. “Why, that crew of +barefooted, red-shirted Canary-Islanders have got me scared! Besides, +you don’t know me!”</p> + +<p>“Well, you don’t know me, either,” he replied, with his winning smile.</p> + +<p>Then I awoke to my own obtuseness and to the fact that here was a real +man, in spite of the significance of a crest upon his linen.</p> + +<p>“If you’ll take a chance on me I’ll certainly take one on you,” I +replied, and told him who I was, and that the Ward-line agent and +American consul would vouch for me.</p> + +<p>He offered his hand with the simple reply, “My name is C——.”</p> + +<p>If before I had imagined he was somebody, I now knew it. And that was +how I met the kindest man, the finest philosopher, the most unselfish +comrade, the greatest example and influence that it has ever been my +good fortune to know upon my trips by land or sea. I learned this during +our wonderful trip to the Island of the Dead. He never thought of +himself. Hardship to him was nothing. He had no fear of the sea, nor of +men, nor of death. It <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span>seemed he never rested, never slept, never let +anybody do what he could do instead.</p> + +<p>That night we sailed for Alacranes. It was a white night of the tropics, +with a million stars blinking in the blue dome overhead, and the +Caribbean Sea like a shadowed opal, calm and rippling and shimmering. +The <i>Xpit</i> was not a bark of comfort. It had a bare deck and an empty +hold. I could not stay below in that gloomy, ill-smelling pit, so I +tried to sleep on deck. I lay on a hatch under the great boom, and what +with its creaking, and the hollow roar of the sail, and the wash of the +waves, and the dazzling starlight, I could not sleep. C. sat on a coil +of rope, smoked, and watched in silence. I wondered about him then.</p> + +<p>Sunrise on the Caribbean was glorious to behold—a vast burst of silver +and gold over a level and wrinkling blue sea. By day we sailed, tacking +here and there, like lost mariners standing for some far-off unknown +shore. That night a haze of clouds obscured the stars, and it developed +that our red-shirted skipper steered by the stars. We indeed became lost +mariners. They sounded with a greased lead and determined our latitude +by the color and character of the coral or sand that came up on the +lead. Sometimes they knew where we were and at others they did not have +any more idea than had I.</p> + +<p>On the second morning out we reached Alacranes lighthouse; and when I +saw the flat strip of sand, without a tree or bush to lend it grace and +color, the bleak lighthouse, and the long, lonely reaches of barren +reefs from which there came incessant moaning, I did not wonder that two +former lighthouse-keepers <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span>had gone insane. The present keeper received +me with the welcome always accorded a visitor to out-of-the-world +places. He corroborated all that my Indian sailors had claimed for the +<i>rabihorcado</i>, and added the interesting information that +lighthouse-keepers desired the extinction of the birds because the +guano, deposited by them on the roofs of the keepers’ houses, poisoned +the rain water—all they had to drink.</p> + +<p>I climbed the narrow, spiral stair to the lighthouse tower, and there, +apparently lifted into the cloud-navigated sky, I awakened to the real +wonder of coral reefs. Ridges of white and brown showed their teeth +against the crawling, tireless, insatiate sea. Islets of dead coral +gleamed like bleached bone, and beds of live coral, amber as wine, lay +wreathed in restless surf. From near to far extended the rollers, the +curving channels, and the shoals, all colorful, all quivering with the +light of jewels. Golden sand sloped into the gray-green of shallow +water, and this shaded again into darker green, which in turn merged +into purple, reaching away to the far barrier reef, a white wall against +the blue, heaving ocean.</p> + +<p>The crew had rowed us ashore with my boatmen Manuel and Augustine. And +then the red-shirted captain stated he would like to go back to Progreso +and return for us at our convenience. Hesitating over this, I finally +gave permission, on the promise that he would bring back the <i>Xpit</i> in +one week.</p> + +<p>So they sailed away, and left us soon to find out that we were marooned +on a desert island. When I saw how C. took it I was glad of our enforced +stay. Solitude and loneliness pervaded Alacranes. Of all the places I +had visited, this island was the most hauntingly lonely.</p> + +<p><a name="illo6" id="illo6"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus031.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="273" alt="RABIHORCADO" title="" /> +<span class="caption">RABIHORCADO</span></div> + +<p><a name="illo7" id="illo7"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 335px;"> +<img src="images/illus032.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="335" height="500" alt="THE BOOBIES HAD NO FEAR OF MAN, BUT BOTH YOUNG AND OLD +WOULD PICK WITH THEIR SHARP BILLS" title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE BOOBIES HAD NO FEAR OF MAN, BUT BOTH YOUNG AND OLD +WOULD PICK WITH THEIR SHARP BILLS</span></div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span>It must have struck C. the same way, and even more powerfully than it +had me. He was a much older man, and, though so unfailingly cheerful and +helpful, he seemed to me to desire loneliness. He did not fish or shoot. +His pleasure appeared to be walking the strand, around and around the +little island, gathering bits of coral and shells and seaweeds and +strange things cast up by the tides. For hours he would sit high on the +lighthouse stairway and gaze out over the variegated mosaic of colored +reefs. My bed was a hammock in the loft of the keeper’s house and it +hung close to an open door. At night I woke often, and I would look out +upon the lonely beach and sea. When the light flashed its long wheeling +gleam out into the pale obscurity of the night it always showed C.’s +dark figure on the lonely beach. I got into the habit of watching for +him, and never, at any time I happened to awake, did I fail to see him +out there. How strange he looms to me now! But I thought it was natural +then. The loneliness of that coral reef haunted me. The sound of the +sea, eternally slow and sad and moaning, haunted me like a passion. Men +are the better for solitude.</p> + +<p>Our bark, the <i>Xpit</i>, did not come back for us. Day by day we scanned +the heaving sea, far out beyond the barrier reef, until I began to feel +like Crusoe upon his lonely isle. We had no way to know then that our +crew had sailed twice from Progreso, getting lost the first time, and +getting <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span>drunk the second, eventually returning to the home port. Some +misfortunes turn out to be blessings.</p> + +<p>What adventures I had at Alacranes! But, alas! I cannot relate a single +story about really catching a fish. There were many and ferocious fish +that would rush any bait I tried, only I could not hold them. My tackle +was not equal to what it is now. Perhaps, however, if it had been it +would have been smashed just the same.</p> + +<p>In front of the lighthouse there had been built a little plank dock, +running out twenty yards or so. The water was about six feet deep, and a +channel of varying width meandered between the coral reefs out to the +deep blue sea. This must have been a lane for big fish to come inside +the barrier. Almost always there were great shadows drifting around in +the water. First I tried artificial baits. Some one, hoping to convert +me, had given me a whole box of those ugly, murderous plug-baits made +famous by Robert H. Davis. Whenever I made a cast with one of these a +big fish would hit it and either strip the hooks off or break my tackle. +Some of these fish leaped clear. They looked like barracuda to me, only +they were almost as silvery as a tarpon. One looked ten feet long and as +big around as a telegraph pole. When this one smashed the water white +and leaped, Manuel yelled, “<i>Pecuda!</i>” I tried hard to catch a specimen, +and had a good many hooked, but they always broke away. I did not know +then, as I know now, that barracuda grow to twelve feet in the +Caribbean. That fact is mentioned in records and natural histories.</p> + +<p>Out in the deeper lagoons I hooked huge fish that <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span>swam off +ponderously, dragging the skiff until my line parted. Once I was +fortunate enough to see one, which fact dispelled any possibility of its +being a shark. Manuel called it “<i>Cherna!</i>” It looked like a giant +sea-bass and would have weighed at least eight hundred pounds. The color +was lighter than any sea-bass I ever studied. My Indian boatmen claimed +this fish was a man-eater and that he and his crew had once fought one +all day and then it broke away. The fish I saw was huge enough to +swallow a man, that was certain. I think this species must have been the +great June-fish of the Gulf. I hooked one once at the mouth of the +Panuco River in Mexico and it nearly swamped the boat.</p> + +<p><a name="illo8" id="illo8"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus035.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="312" alt="YOUNG BOOBIES" title="" /> +<span class="caption">YOUNG BOOBIES</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo9" id="illo9"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus036.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="291" alt="SUGGESTIVE OF A WILD, WIND-SWEPT ISLAND OF THE SEA" title="" /> +<span class="caption">SUGGESTIVE OF A WILD, WIND-SWEPT ISLAND OF THE SEA</span> +</div> + +<p>Soon my tackle was all used up, and, for want of better, I had to use +tiny hooks and thread lines—because I was going to fish, by hook or +crook! This method, however, which I learned first of all, is not to be +despised. Whenever I get my hand on a thin, light, stiff reed pole and a +long, light line of thread with a little hook, then I revert to boyhood +days and sunfish and chubs and shiners and bullheads. Could any +fisherman desire more joy? Those days are the best.</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i10">The child is father of the man</span><br /> +<span class="i10">And I could wish my days to be</span><br /> +<span class="i10">Bound each to each by natural piety.</span> +</div></div> + +<p>In the shallow water near the dock there always floated a dense school +of little fish like sardines. They drifted, floated, hovered beside the +dock, and when one of the big fish would rush near they would make a +breaking roar on the surface. Of <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>me they evinced no fear whatever. But +no bait, natural or artificial, that I could discover, tempted them to +bite. This roused my cantankerous spirit to catch some of those little +fish or else fall inestimably in my own regard. I noted that whenever I +cast over the school it disintegrated. A circle widened from the center, +and where had been a black mass of fish was only sand. But as my hook +settled to the bottom the dark circle narrowed and closed until the +school was densely packed as before. Whereupon I tied several of the +tiny hooks together with a bit of lead, and, casting that out, I waited +till all was black around my line, then I jerked. I snagged one of the +little fish and found him to be a beautiful, silvery, flat-sided shiner +of unknown species to me. Every cast I made thereafter caught one of +them. And they were as good to eat as a sardine and better than a +mullet.</p> + +<p>My English comrade, C., sometimes went with me, and when he did go, the +interest and kindly curiosity and pleasure upon his face were a constant +source of delight to me. I knew that I was as new a species to him as +the little fish were to me. But C. had become so nearly a perfectly +educated man that nothing surprised him, nothing made him wonder. He +sympathized, he understood, he could put himself in the place of +another. What worried me, however, was the simple fact that he did not +care to fish or shoot for the so-called sport of either. I think my +education on a higher plane began at Alacranes, in the society of that +lonely Englishman. Somehow I have gravitated toward the men who have +been good for me.</p> + +<p><a name="illo10" id="illo10"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus039.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="299" alt="NESTS EVERYWHERE IN THE SAND AND MOSS" title="" /> +<span class="caption">NESTS EVERYWHERE IN THE SAND AND MOSS</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo11" id="illo11"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus040.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="282" alt="THESE HUGE BLACK RABIHORCADOS WERE THE LARGEST SPECIES OF +FRIGATE OR MAN-OF-WAR BIRD" title="" /> +<span class="caption">THESE HUGE BLACK RABIHORCADOS WERE THE LARGEST SPECIES OF +FRIGATE OR MAN-OF-WAR BIRD</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>But C. enjoyed action as well as contemplation. Once out on the shoals +when Manuel harpooned a huge hawk-bill turtle—the valuable species from +which the amber shell is derived—we had a thrilling and dangerous ride. +For the turtle hauled us at a terrific rate through the water. Then C. +joined in with the yells of the Indians. He was glad, however, when the +turtle left us stranded high upon a coral bed.</p> + +<p>On moonlight nights when the tide was low C. especially enjoyed wading +on the shoals and hunting for the <i>langustas</i>, or giant lobsters. This +was exciting sport. We used barrel-hoops with nets, and when we saw a +lobster shining in the shallow water we waded noiselessly close to swoop +down upon him with a great splash. I was always afraid of these huge +crayfish, but C. was not. His courage might have been predatory, for he +certainly liked to eat lobster. But he had a scare one night when a +devilfish or tremendous ray got between him and the shore and made the +water fly aloft in a geyser. It was certainly fun for me to see that +dignified Englishman make tracks across the shoal.</p> + +<p>To conclude about C., when I went on to Mexico City with him I met +friends of his there, a lord and a duke traveling incognito. C. himself +was a peer of England and a major in the English army. But I never +learned this till we got to Tampico, where they went with me for the +tarpon-fishing. They were rare fine fellows. L., the little Englishman, +could do anything under the sun, and it was from him I got my type for +Castleton, the Englishman, in <i>The Light of Western Stars</i>. I have been +told <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>that never was there an Englishman on earth like the one I +portrayed in my novel. But my critics never fished with Lord L.!</p> + +<p>These English friends went with me to the station to bid me good-by and +good luck. We were to part there, they to take ship for London, and I to +take train for the headwaters of the Panuco River, down which unknown +streams I was to find my way through jungle to the Gulf. Here I was told +that C. had lost his only son in the Boer War, and since then had never +been able to rest or sleep or remain in one place. That stunned me, for +I remembered that he had seemed to live only to forget himself, to think +of others. It was a great lesson to me. And now, since I have not heard +from him during the four years of the world war, I seem to divine that +he has “gone west”; he has taken his last restless, helpful journey, +along with the best and noblest of England’s blood.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>Because this fish-story has so little of fish in it does not prove that +a man cannot fish for other game than fish. I remember when I was a boy +that I went with my brother—the R. C. and the Reddy of the accompanying +pages—to fish for bass at Dillon’s Falls in Ohio. Alas for Bill Dilg +and Bob Davis, who never saw this blue-blooded home of bronze-back +black-bass! In the heat of the day my brother and I jabbed our poles +into the bank, and set off to amuse ourselves some other way for a +while. When we returned my pole was pulled down and wabbling so as to +make a commotion in the water. Quickly I grasped it and pulled, while +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span>Reddy stared wide-eyed and open-mouthed. Surely a big bass had taken my +bait and hooked himself. Never had I felt so heavy and strong a bass! +The line swished back and forth; my pole bent more and more as I lifted. +The water boiled and burst in a strange splash. Then! a big duck flew, +as if by magic, right out from before us. So amazed was I that he nearly +pulled the pole out of my hands. Reddy yelled wildly. The duck broke the +line and sped away.... That moment will never be forgotten. It took us +so long to realize that the duck had swallowed my minnow, hooked +himself, and happened to be under the surface when we returned.</p> + +<p>So the point of my main story, like that of the above, is about how I +set out to catch fish, and, failing, found for such loss abundant +recompense.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>Manuel and Augustine, my Indian sailors, embarked with me in a boat for +the Island of the Dead. Millions of marine creatures swarmed in the +labyrinthine waterways. Then, as we neared the land, “<i>Rabihorcado!</i>” +exclaimed Manuel, pointing to a black cloud hovering over the island.</p> + +<p>As we approached the sandy strip I made it out to be about half a mile +long, lying only a few feet above the level of the sea. Hundreds of +great, black birds flew out to meet us and sailed over the boat, a +sable-winged, hoarse-voiced crowd. When we beached I sprang ashore and +ran up the sand to the edge of green. The whole end of the island was +white with birds—large, beautiful, snowy birds with shiny black bars +across their wings.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span></p><p>“Boobies,” said Manuel and motioned me to go forward.</p> + +<p>They greeted our approach with the most discordant din it had ever been +my fortune to hear. A mingling of honk and cackle, it manifested not +excitement so much as curiosity. I walked among the boobies, and they +never moved except to pick at me with long, sharp bills. Many were +sitting on nests, and all around in the sand were nests with eggs, and +little boobies just hatched, and others in every stage of growth, up to +big babies of birds like huge balls of pure white wool. I wondered where +the thousands of mothers were. The young ones showed no concern when I +picked them up, save to dig into me with curious bills.</p> + +<p>I saw an old booby, close by, raise his black-barred wings, and, +flapping them, start to run across the sand. In this way he launched +himself into the air and started out to sea. Presently I noticed several +more flying away, one at a time, while others came sailing back again. +How they could sail! They had the swift, graceful flight of a falcon.</p> + +<p>For a while I puzzled over the significance of this outgoing and +incoming. Shortly a bird soared overhead, circled with powerful sweep, +and alighted within ten feet of me. The bird watched me with gray, +unintelligent eyes. They were stupid, uncanny eyes, yet somehow so fixed +and staring as to seem accusing. One of the little white balls of wool +waddled up and, rubbing its fuzzy head against the booby, proclaimed the +filial relation. After a few rubs and wabbles the young bird opened wide +its bill and let out shrill cries. The mother bobbed <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span>up and down in +evident consternation, walked away, came back, and with an eye on me +plainly sought to pacify her fledgling. Suddenly she put her bill far +down into the wide-open bill, effectually stifling the cries. Then the +two boobies stood locked in amazing convulsions. The throat of the +mother swelled, and a lump passed into and down the throat of the young +bird. The puzzle of the flying boobies was solved in the startling +realization that the mother had returned from the sea with a fish in her +stomach and had disgorged it into the gullet of her offspring.</p> + +<p><a name="illo12" id="illo12"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus045.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="283" alt="RABIHORCADO RISING FROM THEIR EGGS" title="" /> +<span class="caption">RABIHORCADO RISING FROM THEIR EGGS</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo13" id="illo13"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus046.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="288" alt="BOOBIES OF ISLA DE LA MUERTE IN THE CARIBBEAN SEA" title="" /> +<span class="caption">BOOBIES OF ISLA DE LA MUERTE IN THE CARIBBEAN SEA</span> +</div> + +<p>I watched this feat performed dozens of times, and at length scared a +mother booby into withdrawing her bill and dropping a fish on the sand. +It was a flying-fish fully ten inches long. I interrupted several little +dinner-parties, and in each case found the disgorged fish to be of the +flying species. The boobies flew ten, twenty miles out to the open sea +for fish, while the innumerable shoals that lay around their island were +alive with sardine and herring!</p> + +<p>I had raised a tremendous row; so, leaving the boobies to quiet down, I +made my way toward the flocks of <i>rabihorcados</i>. Here and there in the +thick growth of green weed were boobies squatting on isolated nests. No +sooner had I gotten close to the <i>rabihorcados</i> than I made sure they +were the far-famed frigate pelicans, or man-of-war birds. They were as +tame as the boobies; as I walked among them many did not fly at all. +Others rose with soft, swishing sound of great wings and floated in a +circle, uttering deep-throated cries, not unlike the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span>dismal croak of +ravens. Perfectly built for the air, they were like feathers blown by a +breeze. Light, thin, long, sharp, with enormous spread of wings, +beautiful with the beauty of dead, blue-black sheen, and yet hideous, +too, with their grisly necks and cruel, crooked beaks and vulture eyes, +they were surely magnificent specimens of winged creation.</p> + +<p>Nests of dried weeds littered the ground, and eggs and young were +everywhere. The little ones were covered with white down, and the +developing feathers on their wings were turning black. They squalled +unremittingly, which squalling I decided was not so much on my account +as because of a swarm of black flies that attacked them when the mothers +flew away. I was hard put to it myself to keep these flies, large as +pennies and as flat, from eating me alive. They slipped up my sleeves +and trousers and their bite made a wasp-sting pleasure by comparison.</p> + +<p>By rushing into a flock of <i>rabihorcados</i> I succeeded several times in +catching one in my hands. And spreading it out, I made guesses as to +width from tip to tip of wings. None were under seven feet; one measured +all of eight. They made no strenuous resistance and regarded me with +cold eyes. Every flock that I put to flight left several dozen little +ones squalling in the nests; and at one place an old booby waddled to +the nests and began to maltreat the young <i>rabihorcados</i>. Instincts of +humanity bade me scare the old brute away until I happened to remember +the relation existing between the two species. Then I watched. With my +own eyes I saw that grizzled booby pick and bite and wring <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>those poor +little birds with a grim and deadly deliberation. When the mothers, soon +returning, fluttered down, they did not attack the booby, but protected +their little ones by covering them with body and wings. Conviction came +upon me that it was instinctive for the booby to kill the parasitical +<i>rabihorcado</i>; and likewise instinctive for the <i>rabihorcado</i> to +preserve the life of the booby.</p> + +<p>A shout from Manuel directed me toward the extreme eastern end of the +island. On the way I discovered many little dead birds, and the farther +I went the more I found. Among the low bushes were also many old +<i>rabihorcados</i>, dead and dry. Some were twisted among the network of +branches, and several were hanging in limp, grotesque, horribly +suggestive attitudes of death. Manuel had all of the Indian’s leaning +toward the mystical, and he believed the <i>rabihorcados</i> had destroyed +themselves. Starved they may very well have been, but to me the gales of +that wind-swept, ocean desert accounted for the hanging <i>rabihorcados</i>. +Still, when face to face with the island, with its strife, and its +illustration of the survival of the fittest, all that Manuel had claimed +and more, I had to acknowledge the disquieting force of the thing and +its stunning blow to an imagined knowledge of life and its secrets.</p> + +<p>Suddenly Manuel shouted and pointed westward. I saw long white streams +of sea-birds coming toward the island. My glass showed them to be +boobies. An instant later thousands of <i>rabihorcados</i> took wing as if +impelled by a common motive. Manuel ran ahead in his excitement, turning +to shout to me, and then to point toward the wavering, swelling, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>white +streams. I hurried after him, to that end of the island where we had +landed, and I found the colony of boobies in a state of great +perturbation. All were squawking, flapping wings, and waddling +frantically about. Here was fear such as had not appeared on my advent.</p> + +<p>Thousands of boobies were returning from deep-sea fishing, and as they +neared the island they were met and set upon by a swarming army of +<i>rabihorcados</i>. Darting white and black streaks crossed the blue of sky +like a changeful web. The air was full of plaintive cries and hoarse +croaks and the windy rush of wings. So marvelous was this scene of +incredibly swift action, of kaleidoscopic change, of streaking lines and +curves, that the tragedy at first was lost upon me. Then the shrieking +of a booby told me that the robber birds were after their prey. Manuel +lay flat on the ground to avoid being struck by low-flying birds, but I +remained standing in order to see the better. Faster and faster circled +the pursued and pursuers and louder grew the cries and croaks. My gaze +was bewildered by the endless, eddying stream of birds.</p> + +<p>Then I turned my back on sea and beach where this bee-swarm confused my +vision, and looked to see single boobies whirling here and there with +two or three black demons in pursuit. I picked out one group and turned +my glass upon it. Many battles had I seen by field and stream and +mountain, but this unequal battle by sea eclipsed all. The booby’s +mother instinct was to get to her young with the precious fish that +meant life. And she would have been more than a match for any one thief. +But she <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span>could not cope successfully with two fierce <i>rabihorcados</i>; for +one soared above her, resting, watching, while the other darted and +whirled to the attack. They changed, now one black demon swooping down, +and then the other, in calculating, pitiless pursuit. How glorious she +was in poise and swerve and sweep! For what seemed a long time neither +<i>rabihorcado</i> touched her. What distance she could have placed between +them but for that faithful mother instinct! She kept circling, ever +returning, drawn back toward the sand by the magnet of love; and the +powerful wings seemed slowly to lose strength. Closer the <i>rabihorcados</i> +swooped and rose and swooped again, till one of them, shooting down like +a black flash, struck her in the back. The white feathers flew away on +the wind. She swept up, appeared to pause wearily and quiver, then +disgorged her fish. It glinted in the sunlight. The <i>rabihorcado</i> +dropped in easy, downward curve and caught it as it fell.</p> + +<p>So the struggle for existence continued till I seemed to see all the +world before me with its myriads of wild creatures preying upon one +another; the spirit of nature, unquenchable as the fires of the sun, +continuing ceaseless and imperturbable in its inscrutable design.</p> + +<p>As we rowed away I looked back. Sky of a dull purple, like smoke with +fire behind it, framed the birds of power and prey in colors suitable to +their spirit. My ears were filled with the haunting sound of the sea, +the sad wash of the surf, the harmonious and mournful music of the +Island of the Dead.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="III" id="III"></a>III</h2> + +<h3>THE ROYAL PURPLE GAME OF THE SEA</h3> + +<p>To the great majority of anglers it may seem unreasonable to place +swordfishing in a class by itself—by far the most magnificent sport in +the world with rod and reel. Yet I do not hesitate to make this +statement and believe I can prove it.</p> + +<p>The sport is young at this writing—very little has been written by men +who have caught swordfish. It was this that attracted me. Quite a number +of fishermen have caught a swordfish. But every one of them will have +something different to tell you and the information thus gleaned is apt +to leave you at sea, both metaphorically and actually. Quite a number of +fishermen, out after yellowtail, have sighted a swordfish, and with the +assistance of heavy tackle and their boatmen have caught that swordfish. +Some few men have caught a small swordfish so quickly and easily that +they cannot appreciate what happened. On the other hand, one very large +swordfish, a record, was caught in an hour, after a loggy rolling about, +like a shark, without leaping. But these are not fighting swordfish. Of +course, under any circumstances, it is an event to catch a swordfish. +But the accidents, the flukes, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span>the lucky stabs of the game, do not in +any sense prove what swordfishing is or what it is not.</p> + +<p>In August, 1914, I arrived at Avalon with tuna experience behind me, +with tarpon experience, and all the other kinds of fishing experience, +even to the hooking of a swordfish in Mexico. I am inclined to confess +that all this experience made me—well, somewhat too assured. Any one +will excuse my enthusiasm. The day of my arrival I met Parker, the +genial taxidermist of Avalon, and I started to tell him how I wanted my +swordfish mounted. He interrupted me: “Say, young fellow, you want to +catch a swordfish first!” One of the tuna boatmen gave me a harder jolt. +He said: “Well, if you fish steadily for a couple of weeks, maybe you’ll +get a strike. And one swordfish caught out of ten strikes is good work!” +But Danielson was optimistic and encouraging, as any good boatman ought +to be. If I had not been fortunate enough to secure Captain Dan as my +boatman, it is certain that one of the most wonderful fishing +experiences on record would have fallen to some other fisherman, instead +of to me.</p> + +<p>We went over to Clemente Island, which is thirty-six miles from Catalina +Island. Clemente is a mountain rising out of the sea, uninhabited, +lonely, wild, and beautiful. But I will tell about the island later.</p> + +<p>The weather was perfect, the conditions were apparently ideal. I shall +never forget the sight of the first swordfish, with his great +sickle-shaped tail and his purple fin. Nor am I likely to forget my +disappointment when he totally ignored the flying-fish bait we trolled +before him.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>That experience was but a forerunner to others just like it. Every day +we sighted one or more swordfish. But we could not get one to take hold. +Captain Dan said there was more chance of getting a strike from a +swordfish that was not visible rolling on the surface. Now a flying-fish +bait makes a rather heavy bait to troll; and as it is imperative to have +the reel free running and held lightly with the thumb, after a few hours +such trolling becomes hard work. Hard as it was, it did not wear on me +like the strain of being always ready for a strike. I doubt if any +fisherman could stand this strain.</p> + +<p>In twenty-one days I had seen nineteen swordfish, several of which had +leaped playfully, or to shake off the remoras—parasite, blood-sucking +little fish—and the sight of every one had only served to increase my +fascination. By this time I had realized something of the difficult +nature of the game, and I had begun to have an inkling of what sport it +might be. During those twenty-one days we had trolled fifteen hundred +miles, altogether, up and down that twenty-five-mile coast of rugged +Clemente. And we had trolled round these fish in every conceivable way. +I cannot begin to describe my sensations when we circled round a +swordfish, and they grew more intense and acute as the strain and +suspense dragged. Captain Dan, of course, was mostly dominated by my +feeling. All the same, I think the strain affected him on his own +account.</p> + +<p>Then one day Boschen came over to Clemente with Farnsworth—and let me +explain, by the way, that Boschen is probably the greatest heavy tackle +fisherman living. Boschen would not fish for anything <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span>except tuna or +swordfish, and up to this visit to Clemente he had caught many tuna, but +only one swordfish, a <i>Xiphias</i>. This is the broadbill, or true, +swordfish; and he is even rarer, and certainly larger and fiercer, than +the Marlin, or roundbill, swordfish. This time at Clemente, Boschen +caught his first Marlin and it weighed over three hundred pounds, leaped +clear into the air sixty-three times, and gave a spectacular and +magnificent surface fight that simply beggared description.</p> + +<p><a name="illo14" id="illo14"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus055.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="299" alt="A SWORDFISH LEAPING OFF THE BOLD BLACK SHORE OF CLEMENTE" title="" /> +<span class="caption">A SWORDFISH LEAPING OFF THE BOLD BLACK SHORE OF CLEMENTE</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo15" id="illo15"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/illus056t.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="400" height="292" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/illus056b.jpg" class="jpg smispace" width="400" height="289" alt="ON THE RAMPAGE" title="" /> +<span class="caption">ON THE RAMPAGE</span> +</div> + +<p>It made me wild to catch one, of like weight and ferocity. I spent +several more endless days in vain. Then on the twenty-fifth day, way off +the east end of Clemente, we sighted a swordfish with a tail almost +pink. He had just come to those waters and had not yet gotten sunburnt. +We did not have to circle round him! At long distance he saw my bait, +and as he went under I saw he had headed for it. I remember that I shook +all over. And when I felt him take that bait, thrill on thrill +electrified me. Steadily the line ran off the reel. Then Captain Dan +leaned over and whispered, hoarsely:</p> + +<p>“When you think he’s had enough throw on your drag and strike. Then wind +quick and strike again.... Wind and strike! Keep it up till he shows!”</p> + +<p>Despite my intense excitement, I was calm enough to follow directions. +But when I struck I felt no weight at all—no strain on the line. +Frantically I wound and jerked—again and again! I never felt him at +all. Suddenly my line rose—and then, bewilderingly near the boat, when +I was looking far off, the water split with a roar and out shot a huge, +gleaming, white-and-purple fish. He blurred in my <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span>sight. Down he went +with a crash. I wound the reel like a madman, but I never even half got +up the slack line. The swordfish had run straight toward the boat. He +leaped again, in a place I did not expect, and going down, instantly +came up in another direction. His speed, his savageness, stunned me. I +could not judge of his strength, for I never felt his weight. The next +leap I saw him sling the hook. It was a great performance. Then that +swordfish, finding himself free, leaped for the open sea, and every few +yards he came out in a clean jump. I watched him, too fascinated to +count the times he broke water, but he kept it up till he was out of +sight on the horizon.</p> + +<p>At first Captain Dan took the loss harder than I took it. But gradually +I realized what had happened, and, though I made a brave effort to be +game and cheerful, I was sick. It did seem hard that, after all those +twenty-five days of patience and hope and toil, I could not have hooked +the swordfish. I see now that it was nothing, only an incident, but I +shall never forget the pang.</p> + +<p>That day ended my 1914 experience. The strain had been too hard on me. +It had taken all this time for me to appreciate what swordfishing might +be. I assured Captain Dan I would come back in 1915, but at the time he +did not believe me. He said:</p> + +<p>“If you hadn’t stuck it out so long I wouldn’t care. Most of the +fishermen try only a few days and never come back. Don’t quit now!”</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>But I did go back in 1915. Long ago on my lonely desert trips I learned +the value of companions <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span>and I dreaded the strain of this swordfishing +game. I needed some one to help lessen it. Besides that, I needed +snapshot pictures of leaping swordfish, and it was obvious that Captain +Dan and I would have our hands full when a fish got hooked. We had +music, books, magazines—everything that could be thought of.</p> + +<p>Murphy, the famous old Avalon fisherman and tackle-maker, had made me a +double split-bamboo rod, and I had brought the much-talked-of B-Ocean +reel. This is Boschen’s invention—one he was years in perfecting. It +held fifteen hundred feet of No. 24 line. And I will say now that it is +a grand reel, the best on the market. But I did not know that then, and +had to go through the trip with it, till we were both tried out. Lastly, +and most important, I had worked to get into condition to fight +swordfish. For weeks I rowed a boat at home to get arms and back in +shape, and especially my hands. Let no fisherman imagine he can land a +fighting swordfish with soft hands!</p> + +<p>So, prepared for a long, hard strain, like that of 1914, I left Avalon +hopeful, of course, but serious, determined, and alive to the +possibilities of failure.</p> + +<p>I did not troll across the channel between the islands. There was a big +swell running, and four hours of it gave me a disagreeable feeling. Now +and then I got up to see how far off Clemente was. And upon the last of +these occasions I saw the fins of a swordfish right across our bow. I +yelled to Captain Dan. He turned the boat aside, almost on top of the +swordfish. Hurriedly I put a bait on my hook and got it overboard, and +let the line run. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span>Then I looked about for the swordfish. He had gone +down.</p> + +<p>It seemed then that, simultaneously with the recurrence of a peculiar +and familiar disappointment, a heavy and powerful fish viciously took my +bait and swept away. I yelled to Captain Dan:</p> + +<p>“He’s got it!” ...</p> + +<p>Captain Dan stopped the engine and came to my side. “No!” he exclaimed.</p> + +<p>Then I replied, “Look at that line!” ...</p> + +<p>It seemed like a dream. Too good to be true! I let out a shout when I +hooked him and a yell of joy when he broke water—a big swordfish, over +two hundred pounds. What really transpired on Captain Dan’s boat the +following few moments I cannot adequately describe. Suffice to say that +it was violent effort, excitement, and hilarity. I never counted the +leaps of the swordfish. I never clearly saw him after that first leap. +He seemed only a gleam in flying spray. Still, I did not make any +mistakes.</p> + +<p>At the end of perhaps a quarter of an hour the swordfish quit his +surface work and settled down to under-water fighting, and I began to +find myself. Captain Dan played the phonograph, laughed, and joked while +I fought the fish. My companions watched my rod and line and the water, +wide-eyed and mute, as if they could not believe what seemed true.</p> + +<p>In about an hour and a half the swordfish came up and, tired out, he +rolled on the top of the great swells. But he could not be drawn near +the boat. One little wave of his tail made my rod bend dangerously. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span>Still, I knew I had him beaten, and I calculated that in another +hour, perhaps, I could lead him alongside.</p> + +<p><a name="illo16" id="illo16"></a></p><div class="centerbox2 bbox"><div class="figleft" style="width: 181px;"> +<img src="images/illus061tl.jpg" class="jpg ispace2" width="181" height="272" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 185px;"> +<img src="images/illus061tr.jpg" class="jpg ispace2" width="185" height="272" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 184px;"> +<img src="images/illus061bl.jpg" class="jpg smispace2" width="181" height="272" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 185px;"> +<img src="images/illus061br.jpg" class="jpg smispace2" width="185" height="272" alt="" title="" /> +</div></div> + +<p class="center"><span class="caption">SWORDFISH ON THE SURFACE</span></p> + +<p><a name="illo17" id="illo17"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 296px;"> +<img src="images/illus062.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="296" height="500" alt="HOLDING HARD" title="" /> +<span class="caption">HOLDING HARD</span> +</div> + +<p>Then, like thunder out of a clear sky, something went wrong with the +great B-Ocean reel. It worked hard. When a big swell carried the +swordfish up, pulling out line, the reel rasped.</p> + +<p>“It’s freezing on you!” shouted Captain Dan, with dark glance.</p> + +<p>A new reel sometimes clogs and stops from friction and heat. I had had +von Hofe and other reels freeze. But in this instance, it seemed that +for the reel to freeze would be simply heartbreaking. Well—it froze, +tight as a shut vise! I sat there, clutching the vibrating rod, and I +watched the swordfish as the swells lifted him. I expected the line to +break, but, instead, the hook tore out.</p> + +<p>Next day we sighted four swordfish and tried in vain to coax one to +bite.</p> + +<p>Next day we sighted ten swordfish, which is a record for one day. They +were indifferent.</p> + +<p>The next three. The next one, with like result. The next day no fish +were sighted, and that fact encouraged Captain Dan.</p> + +<p>The next day, late in the afternoon, I had a strike and hooked a +swordfish. He leaped twice and threw the hook.</p> + +<p>The next day I got eleven jumps out of another before he gracefully +flung the hook at the boat.</p> + +<p>The next day, a big swordfish, with a ragged purple fin, took my bait +right astern of the boat and sounded deep. I hooked him. Time and time +again I struck with all my might. The fish did not <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span>seem to mind that. +He swam along with the boat. He appeared very heavy. I was elated and +curious.</p> + +<p>“What’s he going to do?” I kept asking Captain Dan.</p> + +<p>“Wait!” he exclaimed.</p> + +<p>After six minutes the swordfish came up, probably annoyed by the hook +fast in him. When he showed his flippers, as Captain Dan called them, we +all burst out with wonder and awe. As yet I had no reason to fear a +swordfish.</p> + +<p>“He’s a whale!” yelled Captain Dan.</p> + +<p>Probably this fish measured eight feet between his dorsal fin and the +great curved fluke of his tail, and that would make his total length +over twelve feet.</p> + +<p>No doubt the swordfish associated the thing fast in his jaw with the +boat, for he suddenly awoke. He lifted himself, wagging his sword, +showing his great silvery side. Then he began to thresh. I never felt a +quarter of such power at the end of a line. He went swift as a flash. +Then he leaped sheer ahead, like a porpoise, only infinitely more +active. We all yelled. He was of great size, over three hundred, broad, +heavy, long, and the most violent and savage fish I ever had a look at. +Then he rose half—two-thirds out of the water, shaking his massive +head, jaws open, sword sweeping, and seemed to move across the water in +a growing, boiling maelstrom of foam. This was the famous “walking on +his tail” I had heard so much about. It was an incredible feat. He must +have covered fifty yards. Then he plunged down, and turned swiftly in a +curve toward the boat. He looked threatening to me. I could not manage +the slack line. One more leap <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>and he threw the hook. I found the point +of the hook bent. It had never been embedded in his jaw. And also I +found that his violent exercise had lasted just one minute. I wondered +how long I would have lasted had the hook been deep-set.</p> + +<p>Next day I had a swordfish take my bait, swim away on the surface, +showing the flying-fish plainly between his narrow beak, and after +fooling with it for a while he ejected it.</p> + +<p>Next day I got a great splashing strike from another, without even a +sight of the fish.</p> + +<p>Next day I hooked one that made nineteen beautiful leaps straightaway +before he got rid of the hook.</p> + +<p>And about that time I was come to a sad pass. In fact, I could not +sleep, eat, or rest. I was crazy on swordfish.</p> + +<p>Day after day, from early morning till late afternoon, aboard on the +sea, trolling, watching, waiting, eternally on the alert, I had kept at +the game. My emotional temperament made this game a particularly trying +one. And every possible unlucky, unforeseen, and sickening thing that +could happen to a fisherman had happened. I grew morbid, hopeless. I +could no longer see the beauty of that wild and lonely island, nor the +wonder of that smooth, blue Pacific, nor the myriad of strange +sea-creatures. It was a bad state of mind which I could not wholly +conquer. Only by going at it so hard, and sticking so long, without any +rests, could I gain the experience I wanted. A man to be a great +fisherman should have what makes Stewart White a great hunter—no +emotions. If a lion charged me I would imagine <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>a million things. Once +when a Mexican <i>tigre</i>, a jaguar, charged me I—But that is not this +story. Boschen has the temperament for a great fisherman. He is +phlegmatic. All day—and day after day—he sits there, on trigger, so to +speak, waiting for the strike that will come. He is so constituted that +it does not matter to him how soon or how late the strike comes. To me +the wait, the suspense, grew to be maddening. Yet I stuck it out, and in +this I claim a victory, of which I am prouder than I am of the record +that gave me more swordfish to my credit than any other fisherman has +taken.</p> + +<p>On the next day, August 11th, about three o’clock, I saw a long, moving +shadow back of my bait. I jumped up. There was the purple, drifting +shape of a swordfish. I felt a slight vibration when he hit the bait +with his sword. Then he took the bait. I hooked this swordfish. He +leaped eight times before he started out to sea. He took us three miles. +In an hour and five minutes I brought him to gaff—a small fish. Captain +Dan would take no chances of losing him. He risked much when he grasped +the waving sword with his right hand, and with the gaff in his left he +hauled the swordfish aboard and let him slide down into the cockpit. For +Captain Dan it was no less an overcoming of obstinate difficulty than +for me. He was as elated as I, but I forgot the past long, long siege, +while he remembered it.</p> + +<p>That swordfish certainly looked a tiger of the sea. He had purple fins, +long, graceful, sharp; purple stripes on a background of dark, mottled +bronze green; mother-of-pearl tint fading into the green; and great opal +eyes with dark spots in the center. The colors came out most vividly and +exquisitely, the purple blazing, just as the swordfish trembled his last +and died. He was nine feet two inches long and weighed one hundred and +eighteen pounds.</p> + +<p><a name="illo18" id="illo18"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus067.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="287" alt="A CLEAN GREYHOUND LEAP" title="" /> +<span class="caption">A CLEAN GREYHOUND LEAP</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo19" id="illo19"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 290px;"> +<img src="images/illus068.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="290" height="500" alt="316-POUND SWORDFISH" title="" /> +<span class="caption">316-POUND SWORDFISH</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span></p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>I caught one the next day, one hundred and forty-four pounds. Fought +another the next day and he threw the hook after a half-hour. Caught two +the following day—one hundred and twenty, and one hundred and sixty-six +pounds. And then, Captain Dan foreshadowing my remarkable finish, +exclaimed:</p> + +<p>“I’m lookin’ for busted records now!”</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>One day about noon the sea was calm except up toward the west end, where +a wind was whipping the water white. Clemente Island towered with its +steep slopes of wild oats and its blue cañons full of haze.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan said he had seen a big swordfish jump off to the west, and +we put on full speed. He must have been a mile out and just where the +breeze ruffled the water. As good luck would have it, we came upon the +fish on the surface. I consider this a fine piece of judgment for +Captain Dan, to locate him at that distance. He was a monster and fresh +run from the outside sea. That is to say, his great fin and tail were +violet, almost pink in color. They had not had time to get sunburnt, as +those of fish earlier arrived at Clemente.</p> + +<p>We made a wide circle round him, to draw the flying-fish bait near him. +But before we could get it near he went down. The same old story, I +thought, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>with despair—these floating fish will not bite. We circled +over the place where he had gone down, and I watched my bait rising and +falling in the low swells.</p> + +<p>Suddenly Captain Dan yelled and I saw a great blaze of purple and silver +green flashing after my bait. It was the swordfish, and he took the bait +on the run. That was a moment for a fisherman! I found it almost +impossible to let him have enough line. All that I remember about the +hooking of him was a tremendous shock. His first dash was irresistibly +powerful, and I had a sensation of the absurdity of trying to stop a +fish like that. Then the line began to rise on the surface and to +lengthen in my sight, and I tried to control my rapture and fear enough +to be able to see him clearly when he leaped. The water split, and up he +shot—a huge, glittering, savage, beautiful creature, all purple and +opal in the sunlight. He did not get all the way out of the water, but +when he dropped back he made the water roar.</p> + +<p>Then, tearing off line, he was out of the water in similar leaps—seven +times more. Captain Dan had his work cut out for him as well as I had +mine. It was utterly impossible to keep a tight line, and when I felt +the slacking of weight I grew numb and sick—thinking he was gone. But +he suddenly straightened the line with a jerk that lifted me, and he +started inshore. He had about four hundred feet of line out, and more +slipping out as if the drag was not there. Captain Dan headed the boat +after him at full speed. Then followed a most thrilling race. It was +over very quickly, but it seemed an age. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>When he stopped and went down +he had pulled thirteen hundred feet off my reel while we were chasing +him at full speed. While he sounded I got back half of this line. I wish +I could give some impression of the extraordinary strength and speed of +this royal purple fish of the sea. He came up again, in two more leaps, +one of which showed me his breadth of back, and then again was performed +for me the feature of which I had heard so much and which has made the +swordfish the most famous of all fish—he rose two-thirds out of the +water, I suppose by reason of the enormous power of his tail, though it +seemed like magic, and then he began to walk across the sea in a great +circle of white foam, wagging his massive head, sword flying, jaws wide, +dorsal fin savagely erect, like a lion’s mane. He was magnificent. I +have never seen fury so expressed or such an unquenchable spirit. Then +he dropped back with a sudden splash, and went down and down and down.</p> + +<p>All swordfish fight differently, and this one adopted tuna tactics. He +sounded and began to plug away and bang the leader with his tail. He +would take off three hundred feet of line, and then, as he slowed up, I, +by the labor of Hercules, pulled and pumped and wound most of it back on +the reel. This kept up for an hour—surely the hardest hour’s work of my +life.</p> + +<p>But a swordfish is changeable. That is the beauty of his gameness. He +left off sounding and came up to fight on the surface. In the next hour +he pulled us from the Fence to Long Point, a distance of four miles.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>Once off the Point, where the tide rip is strong, he began to circle in +great, wide circles. Strangely, he did not put out to sea. And here, +during the next hour, I had the finest of experiences I think that ever +befell a fisherman. I was hooked to a monster fighting swordfish; I was +wet with sweat, and salt water that had dripped from my reel, and I was +aching in every muscle. The sun was setting in banks of gold and silver +fog over the west end, and the sea was opalescent—vast, shimmering, +heaving, beautiful. And at this sunset moment, or hour—for time seemed +nothing—a school of giant tuna began leaping around us, smashing the +water, making the flying-fish rise in clouds, like drifting bees. I saw +a whole flock of flying-fish rise into the air with that sunset glow and +color in the background, and the exquisite beauty of life and movement +was indescribable. Next a bald eagle came soaring down, and, swooping +along the surface, he lowered his talons to pick up a crippled +flying-fish. And when the hoary-headed bird rose, a golden eagle, larger +and more powerful, began to contest with him for the prey.</p> + +<p>Then the sky darkened and the moon whitened—and my fight went on. I had +taken the precaution to work for two months at rowing to harden my hands +for just such a fight as this. Yet my hands suffered greatly. A man who +is not in the best of physical trim, with his hands hard, cannot hope to +land a big swordfish.</p> + +<p>I was all afternoon at this final test, and all in, too, but at last I +brought him near enough for Captain Dan to grasp the leader.... Then +there was <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span>something doing around that boat for a spell! I was positive +a German torpedo had hit us. But the explosion was only the swordfish’s +tail and Dan’s voice yelling for another gaff. When Captain Dan got the +second gaff in him there was another submarine attack, but the boat did +not sink.</p> + +<p>Next came the job of lassoing the monster’s tail. Here I shone, for I +had lassoed mountain-lions with Buffalo Jones, and I was efficient and +quick. Captain Dan and I were unable to haul the fish on board, and we +had to get out the block and tackle and lift the tail on deck, secure +that, and then pull up the head from the other side. After that I needed +some kind of tackle to hold me up.</p> + +<p>We were miles from camp, and I was wet and cold and exhausted, and the +pain in my blistered hands was excruciating. But not soon shall I forget +that ride down the shore with the sea so rippling and moon-blanched, and +the boom of the surf on the rocks, and the peaks of the island standing +bold and dark against the white stars.</p> + +<p>This swordfish weighed three hundred and sixteen pounds on faulty scales +at Clemente. He very likely weighed much more. He was the largest +Captain Dan ever saw, up to that time. Al Shade guessed his weight at +three hundred and sixty. The market fishermen, who put in at the little +harbor the next day, judged him way over three hundred, and these men +are accurate. The fish hung head down for a day and night, lost all the +water and blood and feed in him, and another day later, when landed at +Avalon, he had lost considerable. There were fishermen who discredited +Captain <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>Dan and me, who in our enthusiasm claimed a record.</p> + +<p>But—that sort of thing is one of the aspects of the sport. I was sorry, +for Captain Dan’s sake. The rivalries between boatmen are keen and +important, and they are fostered by unsportsman-like fishermen. And +fishermen live among past associations; they grow to believe their +performances unbeatable and they hate to see a new king crowned. This +may be human, since we are creatures who want always to excel, but it is +irritating to the young fishermen. As for myself, what did I care how +much the swordfish weighed? He was huge, magnificent, beautiful, and +game to the end of that four-hour battle. Who or what could change +that—or the memory of those schools of flying-fish in the sunset +glow—or the giant tuna, smashing the water all about me—or the eagles +fighting over my head—or the beauty of wild and lonely Clemente under +its silver cloud-banks?</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>I went on catching one or two swordfish every day, and Captain Dan +averred that the day would come when we would swamp the boat. These days +were fruitful of the knowledge of swordfish that I had longed to earn.</p> + +<p>They are indeed “queer birds.” I learned to recognize the sharp +vibration of my line when a swordfish rapped the bait with his sword. No +doubt he thought he thus killed his prey. Then the strike would come +invariably soon after. No two swordfish acted or fought alike. I hooked +one that refused to stand the strain of the line. He <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span>followed the boat, +and was easily gaffed. I hooked another, a heavy fish, that did not show +for two hours. We were sure we had a broadbill, and were correspondingly +worried. The broadbill swordfish is a different proposition. He is +larger, fiercer, and tireless. He will charge the boat, and nothing but +the churning propeller will keep him from ramming the boat. There were +eight broadbill swordfish hooked at Avalon during the summer, and not +one brought to gaff. This is an old story. Only two have been caught to +date. They are so powerful, so resistless, so desperate, and so cunning +that it seems impossible to catch them. They will cut bait after bait +off your hook as clean as if it had been done with a knife. For that +matter, their broad bill is a straight, long, powerful two-edged sword. +And the fish perfectly understands its use.</p> + +<p>This matter of swordfish charging the boat is apt to be discredited by +fishermen. But it certainly is not doubted by the few who know. I have +seen two swordfish threaten my boat, and one charge it. Walker, an +Avalon boatman, tells of a prodigious battle his angler had with a +broadbill giant calculated to weigh five hundred pounds. This fight +lasted eight hours. Many times the swordfish charged the boat and lost +his nerve. If that propeller had stopped he would have gone through the +boat as if it had been paper. After this fish freed himself he was so +mad that he charged the boat repeatedly. Boschen fought a big broadbill +for eleven hours. And during this fight the swordfish sounded to the +bottom forty-eight times, and had to be pumped up; he led the boat +almost around <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span>Catalina Island—twenty-nine miles; and he had gotten out +into the channel, headed for Clemente, when he broke away. This fish did +everything. I consider this battle the greatest on record. Only a man of +enormous strength and endurance could have lasted so long—not to speak +of the skill and wits necessary on the part of both fisherman and +boatman. All fishermen fish for the big fish, though it is sport to +catch any game fish, irrespective of size. But let any fisherman who has +nerve see and feel a big swordfish on his line, and from that moment he +is obsessed. Why, a tarpon is child’s play compared to holding a fast +swordfish.</p> + +<p>It is my great ambition now to catch a broadbill. That would completely +round out my fishing experience. And I shall try. But I doubt that I +will be so fortunate. It takes a long time. Boschen was years catching +his fish. Moreover, though it is hard to get a broadbill to bite—and +harder to hook him—it is infinitely harder to do anything with him +after you do get fast to him.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>A word about Avalon boatmen. They are a fine body of men. I have heard +them maligned. Certainly they have petty rivalries and jealousies, but +this is not their fault. They fish all the seasons around and have been +there for years. Boatmen at Long Key and other Florida resorts—at +Tampico, Aransas Pass—are not in the same class with the Avalon men. +They want to please and to excel, and to number you among their patrons +for the future. And the boats—nowhere are there such splendid boats. +Captain Danielson’s boat had utterly <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span>spoiled me for fishing out of +any other. He had it built, and the ideas of its construction were a +product of fifteen years’ study. It is thirty-eight feet long, and wide, +with roomy, shaded cockpit and cabin, and comfortable revolving chairs +to fish from. These chairs have moving sockets into which you can jam +the butt of your rod; and the backs can be removed in a flash. Then you +can haul at a fish! The boat lies deep, with heavy ballast in the stern. +It has a keel all the way, and an enormous rudder. Both are constructed +so your line can slip under the boat without fouling. It is equipped +with sail and a powerful engine. Danielson can turn this boat, going at +full speed, in its own length! Consider the merit of this when a tuna +strikes, or a swordfish starts for the open sea. How many tarpon, +barracuda, amberjack, and tuna I have lost on the Atlantic seaboard just +because the boat could not be turned in time!</p> + +<p><a name="illo20" id="illo20"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus077.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="286" alt="THE WILD OATS SLOPE OF CLEMENTE" title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE WILD OATS SLOPE OF CLEMENTE</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo21" id="illo21"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus078.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="294" alt="WHERE THE DEEP-BLUE SWELL BOOMS AGAINST THE LAVA WALL OF +CLEMENTE ISLAND" title="" /> +<span class="caption">WHERE THE DEEP-BLUE SWELL BOOMS AGAINST THE LAVA WALL OF +CLEMENTE ISLAND</span> +</div> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>Clemente Island is a mountain of cliffs and caves. It must be of +volcanic origin, and when the lava rose, hot and boiling, great +blow-holes formed, and hardened to make the caves. It is an exceedingly +beautiful island. The fishing side is on the north, or lee, shore, where +the water is very deep right off the rocks. There are kelp-beds along +the shore, and the combination of deep water, kelp, and small fish is +what holds the swordfish there in August and September. I have seen +acres of flying-fish in the air at once, and great swarms of yellowtail, +basking on the surface. The color of the water is indigo blue, clear as +crystal. Always a fascinating thing <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>for me was to watch the water for +new and different fish, strange marine creatures, life of some kind. And +the watching was always rewarded. I have been close to schools of +devilish blackfish, and I have watched great whales play all around me. +What a spectacle to see a whale roll and dip his enormous body and bend +and sound, lifting the huge, glistening flukes of his tail, wide as a +house! I hate sharks and have caught many, both little and big. When you +are watching for swordfish it is no fun to have a big shark break for +your bait, throw the water, get your hook, and lift you from your seat. +It happened often. But sometimes when I was sure it was a shark it was +really a swordfish! I used to love to watch the sunfish leap, they are +so round and glistening and awkward. I could tell one two miles away. +The blue shark leaps often and he always turns clear over. You cannot +mistake it. Nor can you mistake a swordfish when he breaks, even though +you only see the splash. He makes two great sheets of water rise and +fall. Probably all these fish leap to shake off the remoras. A remora is +a parasite, a queer little fish, pale in color, because he probably +lives inside the gills of the fish he preys upon, with the suckers on +top of his head, arranged in a shield, ribbed like a washboard. This +little fish is as mysterious as any creature of the sea. He is as swift +as lightning. He can run over the body of a swordfish so quickly you can +scarcely follow his movement, and at all times he is fast to the +swordfish, holding with that flat sucker head. Mr. Holder wrote years +ago that the remora sticks to a fish just to be carried along, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>as a +means of travel, but I do not incline to this belief. We found many +remoras inside the gills of swordfish, and their presence there was +evidence of their blood-sucking tendencies. I used to search every +swordfish for these remoras, and I would keep them in a bucket till we +got to our anchorage. A school of tame rock-bass there, and tame +yellowtail, and a few great sea-bass were always waiting for us—for our +discarded bait or fish of some kind. But when I threw in a live remora, +how these hungry fish did dart away! Life in the ocean is strange, +complex, ferocious, and wonderful.</p> + +<p>Al Shade keeps the only camp at Clemente. It is a clean, comfortable, +delightful place. I have found no place where sleep is so easy, so +sweet, so deep. Shade lives a lonely life there ten months in the year. +And it is no wonder that when a fisherman arrives Al almost kills +himself in his good humor and kindness and usefulness. Men who live +lonely lives are always glad to see their fellow-men. But he loves +Clemente Island. Who would not?</p> + +<p>When I think of it many pictures come to mind—evening with the sea +rolling high and waves curving shoreward in great dark ripples, that +break and spread white and run up the strand. The sky is pale blue +above, a green sheen low down, with white stars blinking. The +promontories run down into the sea, sheer, black, rugged, bold, mighty. +The surf is loud and deep, detonating, and the pebbles scream as the +waves draw them down. Strange to realize that surf when on the morrow +the sea will be like glass—not a wave nor a ripple under the gray fog! +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>Wild and beautiful Clemente—the island of caves and cañons and +cliffs—lilac and cactus and ice-plant and arbor-vitæ and ironwood, with +the wild goats silhouetted dark against the bold sky-line!</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>There came that day of all days. I never believed Captain Dan, but now I +shall never forget. The greatest day that ever befell me! I brought four +swordfish to gaff and whipped another, the biggest one of the whole +trip, and saw him tear away from the hook just at the last—in all, nine +hours of strenuous hanging on to a rod.</p> + +<p>I caught the first one before six o’clock, as the sun was rising +red-gold, dazzling, glorious. He leaped in the sun eleven times. He +weighed one hundred and eighty-seven.</p> + +<p>After breakfast we sighted two swordfish on the smooth sea. Both charged +the bait. I hooked one of these and he leaped twenty-three times. He +weighed one hundred and sixty-eight.</p> + +<p>Then off the east end we saw a big swordfish leap five times. We went +out toward the open sea. But we never got anywhere near him. I had three +strikes, one after another, when we were speeding the boat. Then we shut +down and took to slow trolling. I saw another swordfish sail for my +bait, and yelled. He shot off with the bait and his dorsal fin stuck out +of the water. I hooked him. He leaped thirty-eight times. How the camera +did snap during this fight! He weighed two hundred and ten.</p> + +<p>I had a fierce strike on the way in. Too fast! We lost him.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>“The sea’s alive with swordfish!” cried Captain Dan. “It’s the day!”</p> + +<p>Then I awoke to my opportunity.</p> + +<p>Round the east end, close to the great black bluff, where the swells +pile up so thunderously, I spied the biggest purple fin I had ever seen. +This fellow came to meet us—took my bait. I hooked at him, but did not +hurt or scare him. Finally I pulled the hook out of him. While I was +reeling in my line suddenly a huge purple shadow hove in sight. It was +the swordfish—and certainly one of immense size—the hugest yet.</p> + +<p>“He’s following the boat!” yelled Captain Dan, in great excitement.</p> + +<p>So I saw, but I could not speak or yell. All was intense excitement on +that boat. I jumped up on the stern, holding the bait Captain Dan had +put on my hook. Then I paused to look. We all looked, spellbound. That +was a sight of a lifetime. There he swam, the monster, a few feet under +the surface, only a rod back of the boat. I had no calm judgment with +which to measure his dimensions. I only saw that he was tremendous and +beautiful. His great, yard-wide fins gleamed royal purple. And the +purple strips crossed his silver sides. He glowed in the water, changed +color like a chameleon, and drifted, floated after us. I thought of my +brother Reddy—how he would have gloried in that sight! I thought of +Dilg, of Bob Davis, of Professor Kellogg—other great fishermen, all in +a flash. Indeed, though I gloated over my fortune, I was not selfish. +Then I threw in the flying-fish bait. The swordfish loomed up, while my +heart ceased to beat. There, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>in plain sight, he took the bait, as a +trout might have taken a grasshopper. Slowly he sank. The line began to +slip off the reel. He ceased to be a bright purple mass—grew dim—then +vague—and disappeared.</p> + +<p>I sat down, jammed the rod in the socket, and got ready. For the life of +me I could not steady my legs.</p> + +<p>“What’ll he weigh?” I gasped.</p> + +<p>“O Lord! he looked twice as big as the big one you got,” replied Dan.</p> + +<p>“Stand by with the cameras!” I said to my companions, and as they lined +up, two on one side and one on the other, I began to strike at that fish +with all my might and main. I must have had at least twelve powerful +strikes before he began to wake up.</p> + +<p>Then!</p> + +<p>He came up, throwing the water in angry spouts. If he did not threaten +the boat I was crazy. He began an exhibition that dwarfed any other I +had seen, and it was so swift that I could scarcely follow him. Yet when +I saw the line rise, and then the wonderful, long, shiny body, instinct +with fury, shoot into the air, I yelled the number of the leap, and this +was the signal for the camera-workers. They held the cameras close, +without trying to focus, facing the fish, and they snapped when I +yelled. It was all gloriously exciting. I could never describe that +exhibition. I only know that he leaped clear forty-six times, and after +a swift, hard hour for me he got away. Strangely, I was almost happy +that he had shaken loose, for he had given such remarkable opportunities +for pictures.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan threw the wheel hard over and the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>boat turned. The +swordfish, tired out and unconscious of freedom, was floating near the +surface, a drifting blaze of purple. The boat sheered close to him. +Captain Dan reached over with a gaff—and all but gaffed that swordfish +before he sank too deep. Captain Dan was white with disappointment. That +more than anything showed me his earnestness, what it all meant to him.</p> + +<p>On the way in, for we had been led out a couple of miles, I saw a blue +streak after my bait, and I was ready before the swordfish got to it. He +struck viciously and I dared not let him have much line. When I hooked +him he started out to sea at a clip that smoked the line off my reel. +Captain Dan got the boat turned before the swordfish began to leap. Then +it was almost a straightaway race. This fellow was a greyhound leaper. +He did not churn the water, nor dash to and fro on the surface, but kept +steadily leaping ahead. He cleared the water thirty-nine times before he +gave up leaping. Then he sounded. The line went slack. I thought he was +gone. Suddenly he showed again, in a white splash, and he was not half +as far away as when he went down. Then I felt the pull on the line. It +was heavy, for he had left a great bag in it. I endeavored to recover +line, but it came in very slowly. The swordfish then threshed on the +surface so that we could hear the water crack. But he did not leap +again. He had gone mad with rage. He seemed to have no sense of +direction. He went down again, only to rush up, still closer to us. Then +it was plain he saw the nature of his foe. Splitting water like a swift +motor-boat, he charged us.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>I had a cold sensation, but was too excited to be afraid. Almost I +forgot to reel in.</p> + +<p>“He’s after us!” I said, grimly.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan started the boat ahead fast. The swordfish got out of line +with the boat. But he was close, and he made me think of the charging +rhinoceros Dugmore photographed. And then I yelled for the cameras to be +snapped. They all clicked—and then, when the swordfish shot close +behind us, presenting the most magnificent picture, no one was ready!</p> + +<p>As he passed I thought I saw the line round his body. Then he sounded +and began to plug. He towed us six miles out to sea. I could not stop +him. I had begun to weaken. My hands were sights. My back hurt. But I +stayed with him. He felt like a log and I could not recover line. +Captain Dan said it was because I was almost all in, but I did not think +that. Presently this swordfish turned inshore and towed us back the six +miles. By this time it was late and I <i>was</i> all in. But the swordfish +did not seem nearer the boat. I got mad and found some reserve strength. +I simply had to bring him to gaff. I pulled and pumped and wound until I +was blind and could scarcely feel. My old blisters opened and bled. My +left arm was dead. I seemed to have no more strength than a kitten. I +could not lead the fish nor turn him. I had to drag and drag, inch by +inch. It was agonizing. But finally I was encouraged by sight of him, a +long, fine, game fellow. A hundred times I got the end of the double +line near the leader in sight, only to lose it.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span>Seven o’clock passed. I had fought this swordfish nearly three hours. I +could not last much longer. I rested a little, holding hard, and then +began a last and desperate effort to bring him to gaff. I was absolutely +dripping with sweat, and red flashes passed before my eyes, and queer +dots. The last supreme pull—all I had left—brought the end of the +leader to Captain Dan’s outstretched hand.</p> + +<p>The swordfish came in broadside. In the clear water we saw him plainly, +beautifully striped tiger that he was! And we all saw that he had not +been hooked. He had been lassoed. In some way the leader had looped +around him with the hook catching under the wire. No wonder it had +nearly killed me to bring him to the boat, and surely I never would have +succeeded had it not been for the record Captain Dan coveted. That was +the strangest feature in all my wonderful Clemente experience—to see +that superb swordfish looped in a noose of my long leader. He was +without a scratch. It may serve to give some faint idea of the +bewildering possibilities in the pursuit of this royal purple game of +the Pacific.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="IV" id="IV"></a>IV</h2> + +<h3>TWO FIGHTS WITH SWORDFISH</h3> + +<p>My first day at Avalon, 1916, was one likely to be memorable among my +fishing experiences.</p> + +<p>The weather (August 2d) was delightful—smooth, rippling sea, no wind, +clear sky and warm. The Sierra Nevada Mountains shone dark above the +horizon.</p> + +<p>A little before noon we passed my friend Lone Angler, who hailed us and +said there was a big broadbill swordfish off in the steamer-course. We +steered off in that direction.</p> + +<p>There were sunfish and sharks showing all around. Once I saw a whale. +The sea was glassy, with a long, heaving swell. Birds were plentiful in +scattered groups.</p> + +<p>We ran across a shark of small size and tried to get him to take a bait. +He refused. A little later Captain Dan espied a fin, and upon running up +we discovered the huge, brown, leathery tail and dorsal of a broadbill +swordfish.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan advised a long line out so that we could circle the fish +from a distance and not scare him. I do not remember any unusual +excitement. I was curious and interested. Remembering all I <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>had heard +about these fish, I did not anticipate getting a strike from him.</p> + +<p>We circled him and drew the flying-fish bait so that he would swim near +it. As it was, I had to reel in some. Presently we had the bait some +twenty yards ahead of him. Then Captain Dan slowed down. The broadbill +wiggled his tail and slid out of sight. Dan said he was going for my +bait. But I did not believe so. Several moments passed. I had given up +any little hope I might have had when I received a quick, strong, +vibrating strike—different from any I had ever experienced. I suppose +the strangeness was due to the shock he gave my line when he struck the +bait with his sword. The line paid out unsteadily and slowly. I looked +at Dan and he looked at me. Neither of us was excited nor particularly +elated. I guess I did not realize what was actually going on.</p> + +<p>I let him have about one hundred and fifty feet of line.</p> + +<p>When I sat down to jam the rod-butt in the socket I had awakened to +possibilities. Throwing on the drag and winding in until my line was +taut, I struck hard—four times. He made impossible any more attempts at +this by starting off on a heavy, irresistible rush. But he was not fast, +or so it seemed to me. He did not get more than four hundred feet of +line before we ran up on him. Presently he came to the surface to thresh +around. He did not appear scared or angry. Probably he was annoyed at +the pricking of the hook. But he kept moving, sometimes on the surface +and sometimes beneath. I did not fight him hard, preferring to let him +pull <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span>out the line, and then when he rested I worked on him to recover +it. My idea was to keep a perpetual strain upon him.</p> + +<p>I do not think I had even a hope of bringing this fish to the boat.</p> + +<p>It was twelve o’clock exactly when I hooked him, and a quarter of an +hour sped by. My first big thrill came when he leaped. This was a +surprise. He was fooling round, and then, all of a sudden, he broke +water clear. It was an awkward, ponderous action, and looked as if he +had come up backward, like a bucking bronco. His size and his long, +sinister sword amazed me and frightened me. It gave me a cold sensation +to realize I was hooked to a huge, dangerous fish. But that in itself +was a new kind of thrill. No boatman fears a Marlin as he does the true +broadbill swordfish.</p> + +<p>My second thrill came when the fish lunged on the surface in a red foam. +If I had hooked him so he bled freely there was a chance to land him! +This approach to encouragement, however, was short-lived. He went down, +and if I had been hooked to a submarine I could scarcely have felt more +helpless. He sounded about five hundred feet and then sulked. I had the +pleasant task of pumping him up. This brought the sweat out upon me and +loosened me up. I began to fight him harder. And it seemed that as I +increased the strain he grew stronger and a little more active. Still +there was not any difference in his tactics. I began to get a conception +of the vitality and endurance of a broadbill in contrast with the speed +and savageness of his brother fish, the Marlin, or roundbill.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span></p><p>At two o’clock matters were about the same. I was not tired, but +certainly the fish was not tired, either. He came to the surface just +about as much as he sounded. I had no difficulty at all in getting back +the line he took, at least all save a hundred feet or so. When I tried +to lead him or lift him—then I got his point of view. He would not +budge an inch. There seemed nothing to do but let him work on the drag, +and when he had pulled out a few hundred feet of line we ran up on him +and I reeled in the line. Now and then I put all the strain I could on +the rod and worked him that way.</p> + +<p>At three o’clock I began to get tired. My hands hurt. And I concluded I +had been rather unlucky to start on a broadbill at the very beginning.</p> + +<p>From that time he showed less frequently, and, if anything, he grew +slower and heavier. I felt no more rushes. And along about this time I +found I could lead him somewhat. This made me begin to work hard. Yet, +notwithstanding, I had no hope of capturing the fish. It was only +experience.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan kept saying: “Well, you wanted to hook up with a broadbill! +Now how do you like it?” He had no idea I would ever land him. Several +times I asked him to give an opinion as to the size of the swordfish, +but he would not venture that until he had gotten a good close view of +him.</p> + +<p>At four o’clock I made the alarming discovery that the great B-Ocean +reel was freezing, just as my other one had frozen on my first swordfish +the year previous. Captain Dan used language. He threw up his hands. He +gave up. But I did not.</p> + +<p>“Dan, see here,” I said. “We’ll run up on him, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>throw off a lot of slack +line, then cut it and tie it to another reel!”</p> + +<p>“We might do that. But it’ll disqualify the fish,” he replied.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan, like all the boatmen at Avalon, has fixed ideas about the +Tuna Club and its records and requirements. It is all right, I suppose, +for a club to have rules, and not count or credit an angler who breaks a +rod or is driven to the expedient I had proposed. But I do not fish for +clubs or records. I fish for the fun, the excitement, the thrill of the +game, and I would rather let my fish go than not. So I said:</p> + +<p>“We’ll certainly lose the fish if we don’t change reels. I am using the +regulation tackle, and to my mind the more tackle we use, provided we +land the fish, the more credit is due us. It is not an easy matter to +change reels or lines or rods with a big fish working all the time.”</p> + +<p>Captain Dan acquiesced, but told me to try fighting him a while with the +light drag and the thumb-brake. So far only the heavy drag had frozen. I +tried Dan’s idea, to my exceeding discomfort; and the result was that +the swordfish drew far away from us. Presently the reel froze solid. The +handle would not turn. But with the drag off the spool ran free.</p> + +<p>Then we ran away from the fish, circling and letting out slack line. +When we came to the end of the line we turned back a little, and with a +big slack we took the risk of cutting the line and tying it on the other +reel. We had just got this done when the line straightened tight! I +wound in about twelve <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>hundred feet of line and was tired and wet when I +had gotten in all I could pull. This brought us to within a couple of +hundred feet of our quarry. Also it brought us to five o’clock. Five +hours!... I began to have queer sensations—aches, pains, tremblings, +saggings. Likewise misgivings!</p> + +<p>About this period I determined to see how close to the boat I could pull +him. I worked. The word “worked” is not readily understood until a man +has tried to pull a big broadbill close to the boat. I pulled until I +saw stars and my bones cracked. Then there was another crack. The rod +broke at the reel seat! And the reel seat was bent. Fortunately the line +could still pay out. And I held the tip while Dan pried and hammered the +reel off the broken butt on to another one. Then he put the tip in that +butt, and once more I had to reel in what seemed miles and miles of +line.</p> + +<p>Five thirty! It seemed around the end of the world for me. We had +drifted into a tide-rip about five miles east of Avalon, and in this +rough water I had a terrible time trying to hold my fish. When I +discovered that I could hold him—and therefore that he was playing +out—then there burst upon me the dazzling hope of actually bringing him +to gaff. It is something to fight a fish for more than five hours +without one single hope of his capture. I had done that. And now, +suddenly, to be fired with hope gave me new strength and spirit to work. +The pain in my hands was excruciating. I was burning all over; wet and +slippery, and aching in every muscle. These next few minutes seemed +longer than all the hours. I found that to put the old strain on <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span>the +rod made me blind with pain. There was no fun, no excitement, no thrill +now. As I labored I could not help marveling at the strange, imbecile +pursuits of mankind. Here I was in an agony, absolutely useless. Why did +I keep it up? I could not give up, and I concluded I was crazy.</p> + +<p>I conceived the most unreasonable hatred for that poor swordfish that +had done nothing to me and that certainly would have been justified in +ramming the boat.</p> + +<p>To my despair the fish sounded deep, going down and down. Captain Dan +watched the line. Finally it ceased to pay out.</p> + +<p>“Pump him up!” said Dan.</p> + +<p>This was funny. It was about as funny as death.</p> + +<p>I rested awhile and meditated upon the weakness of the flesh. The thing +most desirable and beautiful in all the universe was rest. It was so +sweet to think of that I was hard put to it to keep from tossing the rod +overboard. There was something so desperately trying and painful in this +fight with a broadbill. At last I drew a deep, long breath, and, with a +pang in my breast and little stings all over me, I began to lift on him. +He was at the bottom of the ocean. He was just as unattainable as the +bottom of the ocean. But there are ethics of a sportsman!</p> + +<p>Inch by inch and foot by foot I pumped up this live and dragging weight. +I sweat, I panted, I whistled, I bled—and my arms were dead, and my +hands raw and my heart seemed about to burst.</p> + +<p>Suddenly Captain Dan electrified me.</p> + +<p>“There’s the end of the double line!” he yelled.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span>Unbelievable as it was, there the knot in the end of the short six feet +of double line showed at the surface. I pumped and I reeled inch by +inch.</p> + +<p>A long dark object showed indistinctly, wavered as the swells rose, then +showed again. As I strained at the rod so I strained my eyes.</p> + +<p>“I see the leader!” yelled Dan, in great excitement.</p> + +<p>I saw it, too, and I spent the last ounce of strength left in me. Up and +up came the long, dark, vague object.</p> + +<p>“You’ve got him licked!” exclaimed Dan. “Not a wag left in him!”</p> + +<p>It did seem so. And that bewildering instant saw the birth of assurance +in me. I was going to get him! That was a grand instant for a fisherman. +I could have lifted anything then.</p> + +<p>The swordfish became clear to my gaze. He was a devilish-looking +monster, two feet thick across the back, twelve feet long over all, and +he would have weighed at the least over four hundred pounds. And I had +beaten him! That was there to be seen. He had none of the beauty and +color of the roundbill swordfish. He was dark, almost black, with huge +dorsal and tail, and a wicked broad sword fully four feet long. What +terrified me was his enormous size and the deadly look of him. I +expected to see him rush at the boat.</p> + +<p>Watching him thus, I reveled in my wonderful luck. Up to this date there +had been only three of these rare fish caught in twenty-five years of +Avalon fishing. And this one was far larger than those that had been +taken.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>“Lift him! Closer!” called Captain Dan. “In two minutes I’ll have a gaff +in him!”</p> + +<p>I made a last effort. Dan reached for the leader.</p> + +<p>Then the hook tore out.</p> + +<p>My swordfish, without a movement of tail or fin, slowly sank—to vanish +in the blue water.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>After resting my blistered hands for three days, which time was scarcely +long enough to heal them, I could not resist the call of the sea.</p> + +<p>We went off Seal Rocks and trolled about five miles out. We met a +sand-dabber who said he had seen a big broadbill back a ways. So we +turned round. After a while I saw a big, vicious splash half a mile +east, and we made for it. Then I soon espied the fish.</p> + +<p>We worked around him awhile, but he would not take a barracuda or a +flying-fish.</p> + +<p>It was hard to keep track of him, on account of rough water. Soon he +went down.</p> + +<p>Then a little later I saw what Dan called a Marlin. He had big flippers, +wide apart. I took him for a broadbill.</p> + +<p>We circled him, and before he saw a bait he leaped twice, coming about +half out, with belly toward us. He looked huge, but just how big it was +impossible to say.</p> + +<p>After a while he came up, and we circled him. As the bait drifted round +before him—twenty yards or more off—he gave that little wiggle of the +tail sickle, and went under. I waited. I had given up hope when I felt +him hit the bait. Then he ran off, pretty fast. I let him have a long +line. Then <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span>I sat down and struck him. He surged off, and we all got +ready to watch him leap. But he did not show.</p> + +<p>He swam off, sounded, came up, rolled around, went down again. But we +did not get a look at him. He fought like any other heavy swordfish.</p> + +<p>In one and one-half hours I pulled him close to the boat, and we all saw +him. But I did not get a good look at him as he wove to and fro behind +the boat.</p> + +<p>Then he sounded.</p> + +<p>I began to work on him, and worked harder. He seemed to get stronger all +the time.</p> + +<p>“He feels like a broadbill, I tell you,” I said to Captain Dan.</p> + +<p>Dan shook his head, yet all the same he looked dubious.</p> + +<p>Then began a slow, persistent, hard battle between me and the fish, the +severity of which I did not realize at the time. In hours like those +time has wings. My hands grew hot. They itched, and I wanted to remove +the wet gloves. But I did not, and sought to keep my mind off what had +been half-healed blisters. Neither the fish nor I made any new moves, it +all being plug on his part and give and take on mine. Slowly and +doggedly he worked out toward the sea, and while the hours passed, just +as persistently he circled back.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan came to stand beside me, earnestly watching the rod bend and +the line stretch. He shook his head.</p> + +<p>“That’s a big Marlin and you’ve got him foul-hooked,” he asserted. This +statement was made at <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span>the end of three hours and more. I did not agree. +Dan and I often had arguments. He always tackled me when I was in some +such situation as this—for then, of course, he had the best of it. My +brother Rome was in the boat that day, an intensely interested observer. +He had not as yet hooked a swordfish.</p> + +<p>“It’s a German submarine!” he declared.</p> + +<p>My brother’s wife and the other ladies with us on board were inclined to +favor my side; at least they were sorry for the fish and said he must be +very big.</p> + +<p>“Dan, I could tell a foul-hooked fish,” I asserted, positively. “This +fellow is too alive—too limber. He doesn’t sag like a dead weight.”</p> + +<p>“Well, if he’s not foul-hooked, then you’re all in,” replied the +captain.</p> + +<p>Cheerful acquiescence is a desirable trait in any one, especially an +angler who aspires to things, but that was left out in the ordering of +my complex disposition. However, to get angry makes a man fight harder, +and so it was with me.</p> + +<p>At the end of five hours Dan suggested putting the harness on me. This +contrivance, by the way, is a thing of straps and buckles, and its use +is to fit over an angler’s shoulders and to snap on the rod. It helps +him lift the fish, puts his shoulders more into play, rests his arms. +But I had never worn one. I was afraid of it.</p> + +<p>“Suppose he pulls me overboard, with that on!” I exclaimed. “He’ll drown +me!”</p> + +<p>“We’ll hold on to you,” replied Dan, cheerily, as he strapped it around +me.</p> + +<p>Later it turned out that I had exactly the right <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span>view concerning this +harness, for Dustin Farnum was nearly pulled overboard and—But I have +not space for that story here. My brother Rome wants to write that +story, anyhow, because it is so funny, he says.</p> + +<p>On the other hand, the fact soon manifested itself to me that I could +lift a great deal more with said harness to help. The big fish began to +come nearer and also he began to get mad. Here I forgot the pain in my +hands. I grew enthusiastic. And foolishly I bragged. Then I lifted so +hard that I cracked the great Conroy rod.</p> + +<p>Dan threw up his hands. He quit, same as he quit the first day out, when +I hooked the broadbill and the reel froze.</p> + +<p>“Disqualified fish, even if you ketch him—which you won’t,” he said, +dejectedly.</p> + +<p>“Crack goes thirty-five dollars!” exclaimed my brother. “Sure is funny, +brother, how you can decimate good money into the general atmosphere!”</p> + +<p>If there really is anything fine in the fighting of a big fish, which +theory I have begun to doubt, certainly Captain Dan and Brother R. C. +did not know it.</p> + +<p>Remarks were forthcoming from me, I am ashamed to state, that should not +have been. Then I got Dan to tie splints on the rod, after which I +fought my quarry some more. The splints broke. Dan had to bind the +cracked rod with heavy pieces of wood and they added considerable weight +to what had before felt like a ton.</p> + +<p>The fish had been hooked at eleven o’clock and it was now five. We had +drifted or been pulled into <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>the main channel, where strong currents and +a choppy sea made the matter a pretty serious and uncomfortable one. +Here I expended all I had left in a short and furious struggle to bring +the fish up, if not to gaff, at least so we could see what he looked +like. How strange and unfathomable a feeling this mystery of him gave +rise to! If I could only see him once, then he could get away and +welcome. Captain Dan, in anticipation of a need of much elbow room in +that cockpit, ordered my brother and the ladies to go into the cabin or +up on top. And they all scrambled up and lay flat on the deck-roof, with +their heads over, watching me. They had to hold on some, too. In fact, +they were having the time of their lives.</p> + +<p>My supreme effort brought the fish within the hundredth foot length of +line—then my hands and my back refused any more.</p> + +<p>“Dan, here’s the great chance you’ve always hankered for!” I said. “Now +let’s see you pull him right in!”</p> + +<p>And I passed him the rod and got up. Dan took it with the pleased +expression of a child suddenly and wonderfully come into possession of a +long-unattainable toy. Captain Dan was going to pull that fish right up +to the boat. He was! Now Dan is big—he weighs two hundred; he has arms +and hands like the limbs of a Vulcan. Perhaps Dan had every reason to +believe he would pull the fish right up to the boat. But somehow I knew +that he would not.</p> + +<p>My fish, perhaps feeling a new and different and mightier hand at the +rod, showed how he liked it by <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>a magnificent rush—the greatest of the +whole fight—and he took about five hundred feet of line.</p> + +<p>Dan’s expression changed as if by magic.</p> + +<p>“Steer the boat! Port! Port!” he yelled.</p> + +<p>Probably I could not run a boat right with perfectly fresh and well +hands, and with my lacerated and stinging ones I surely made a mess of +it. This brought language from my boatman—well, to say the least, quite +disrespectable. Fortunately, however, I got the boat around and we ran +down on the fish. Dan, working with long, powerful sweeps of the rod, +got the line back and the fish close. The game began to look great to +me. All along I had guessed this fish to be a wonder; and now I knew it.</p> + +<p>Hauling him close that way angered him. He made another rush, long and +savage. The line smoked off that reel. Dan’s expression was one of +utmost gratification to me. A boatman at last cornered—tied up to a +whale of a fish!</p> + +<p>Somewhere out there a couple of hundred yards the big fish came up and +roared on the surface. I saw only circling wake and waves like those +behind a speedy motor-boat. But Dan let out a strange shout, and up +above the girls screamed, and brother Rome yelled murder or something. I +gathered that he had a camera.</p> + +<p>“Steady up there!” I called out. “If you fall overboard it’s good +night!... For we want this fish!”</p> + +<p>I had all I could do. Dan would order me to steer this way and that—to +throw out the clutch—to throw it in. Still I was able to keep track of +events. This fish made nineteen rushes in the succeeding <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span>half-hour. +Never for an instant did Captain Dan let up. Assuredly during that time +he spent more force on the fish than I had in six hours.</p> + +<p>The sea was bad, the boat was rolling, the cockpit was inches deep under +water many a time. I was hard put to it to stay at my post; and what +saved the watchers above could not be explained by me.</p> + +<p>“Mebbe I can hold him now—a little,” called Dan once, as he got the +hundred-foot mark over the reel. “Strap the harness on me!”</p> + +<p>I fastened the straps round Dan’s broad shoulders. His shirt was as wet +as if he had fallen overboard. Maybe some of that wet was spray. His +face was purple, his big arms bulging, and he whistled as he breathed.</p> + +<p>“Good-by, Dan. This will be a fitting end for a boatman,” I said, +cheerfully, as I dove back to the wheel.</p> + +<p>At six o’clock our fish was going strong and Dan was tiring fast. He +had, of course, worked too desperately hard.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile the sun sank and the sea went down. All the west was gold and +red, with the towers of Church Rock spiring the horizon. A flock of +gulls were circling low, perhaps over a school of tuna. The white +cottages of Avalon looked mere specks on the dark island.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan had the swordfish within a hundred feet of the boat and was +able to hold him. This seemed hopeful. It looked now just a matter of a +little more time. But Dan needed a rest.</p> + +<p>I suggested that my brother come down and take a hand in the final +round, which I frankly confessed was liable to be hell.</p> + +<p><a name="illo22" id="illo22"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 423px;"> +<img src="images/illus103.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="423" height="500" alt="FOUR MARLIN SWORDFISH IN ONE DAY" title="" /> +<span class="caption">FOUR MARLIN SWORDFISH IN ONE DAY</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo23" id="illo23"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus104.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="286" alt="A BIG SAILFISH BREAKING WATER" title="" /> +<span class="caption">A BIG SAILFISH BREAKING WATER</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>“Not on your life!” was the prompt reply. “I want to begin on a <i>little</i> +swordfish!... Why, that—that fish hasn’t waked up yet!”</p> + +<p>And I was bound to confess there seemed to me to be a good deal of sense +in what he said.</p> + +<p>“Dan, I’ll take the rod—rest you a bit—so you can finish him,” I +offered.</p> + +<p>The half-hour Dan recorded as my further work on this fish will always +be a dark and poignant blank in my fishing experience. When it was over +twilight had come and the fish was rolling and circling perhaps fifty +yards from the boat.</p> + +<p>Here Dan took the rod again, and with the harness on and fresh gloves +went at the fish in grim determination.</p> + +<p>Suddenly the moon sailed out from behind a fog-bank and the sea was +transformed. It was as beautiful as it was lucky for us.</p> + +<p>By Herculean effort Dan brought the swordfish close. If any angler +doubts the strength of a twenty-four thread line his experience is still +young. That line was a rope, yet it sang like a banjo string.</p> + +<p>Leaning over the side, with two pairs of gloves on, I caught the double +line, and as I pulled and Dan reeled the fish came up nearer. But I +could not see him. Then I reached the leader and held on as for dear +life.</p> + +<p>“I’ve got the leader!” I yelled. “Hurry, Dan!”</p> + +<p>Dan dropped the rod and reached for his gaff. But he had neglected to +unhook the rod from the harness, and as the fish lunged and tore the +leader <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>away from me there came near to being disaster. However, Dan got +straightened out and anchored in the chair and began to haul away again. +It appeared we had the fish almost done, but he was so big that a mere +movement of his tail irresistibly drew out the line.</p> + +<p>Then the tip of the rod broke off short just even with the splints and +it slid down the line out of sight. Dan lowered the rod so most of the +strain would come on the reel, and now he held like grim death.</p> + +<p>“Dan, if we don’t make any more mistakes we’ll get that fish!” I +declared.</p> + +<p>The sea was almost calm now, and moon-blanched so that we could plainly +see the line. Despite Dan’s efforts, the swordfish slowly ran off a +hundred feet more of line. Dan groaned. But I yelled with sheer +exultation. For, standing up on the gunwale, I saw the swordfish. He had +come up. He was phosphorescent—a long gleam of silver—and he rolled in +the unmistakable manner of a fish nearly beaten.</p> + +<p>Suddenly he headed for the boat. It was a strange motion. I was +surprised—then frightened. Dan reeled in rapidly. The streak of white +gleamed closer and closer. It was like white fire—a long, savage, +pointed shape.</p> + +<p>“Look! Look!” I yelled to those above. “Don’t miss it!... Oh, great!”</p> + +<p>“He’s charging the boat!” hoarsely shouted Dan.</p> + +<p>“He’s all in!” yelled my brother.</p> + +<p>I jumped into the cockpit and leaned over the gunwale beside the rod. +Then I grasped the line, letting it slip through my hands. Dan wound in +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span>with fierce energy. I felt the end of the double line go by me, and at +this I let out another shout to warn Dan. Then I had the end of the +leader—a good strong grip—and, looking down, I saw the clear silver +outline of the hugest fish I had ever seen short of shark or whale. He +made a beautiful, wild, frightful sight. He rolled on his back. +Roundbill or broadbill, he had an enormous length of sword.</p> + +<p>“Come, Dan—we’ve got him!” I panted.</p> + +<p>Dan could not, dare not get up then.</p> + +<p>The situation was perilous. I saw how Dan clutched the reel, with his +big thumbs biting into the line. I did my best. My sight failed me for +an instant. But the fish pulled the leader through my hands. My brother +leaped down to help—alas, too late!</p> + +<p>“Let go, Dan! Give him line!”</p> + +<p>But Dan was past that. Afterward he said his grip was locked. He held, +and not another foot did the swordfish get. Again I leaned over the +gunwale. I saw him—a monster—pale, wavering. His tail had an +enormous spread. I could no longer see his sword. Almost he was ready to +give up.</p> + +<p>Then the double line snapped. I fell back in the boat and Dan fell back +in the chair.</p> + +<p>Nine hours!</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="V" id="V"></a>V</h2> + +<h3>SAILFISH—THE ATLANTIC BROTHER TO THE PACIFIC<br />SWORDFISH</h3> + +<p>In the winter of 1916 I persuaded Captain Sam Johnson, otherwise famous +as Horse-mackerel Sam, of Seabright, New Jersey, to go to Long Key with +me and see if the two of us as a team could not outwit those illusive +and strange sailfish of the Gulf Stream.</p> + +<p>Sam and I have had many adventures going down to sea. At Seabright we +used to launch a Seabright skiff in the gray gloom of early morning and +shoot the surf, and return shoreward in the afternoon to ride a great +swell clear till it broke on the sand. When I think of Sam I think of +tuna—those torpedoes of the ocean. I have caught many tuna with Sam, +and hooked big ones, but these giants are still roving the blue deeps. +Once I hooked a tuna off Sandy Hook, out in the channel, and as I was +playing him the <i>Lusitania</i> bore down the channel. Like a mountain she +loomed over us. I felt like an atom looking up and up. Passengers waved +down to us as the tuna bent my rod. The great ship passed on in a +seething roar—passed on to her tragic fate. We rode the heavy swells +she lifted—and my tuna got away.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>Sam Johnson is from Norway. His ancestors lived by fishing. Sam knows +and loves the sea. He has been a sailor before the mast, but he is more +fisherman than sailor. He is a stalwart man, with an iron, stern, +weather-beaten face and keen blue eyes, and he has an arm like the +branch of an oak. For many years he has been a market fisherman at +Seabright, where on off days he pursued the horse-mackerel for the fun +of it, and which earned him his name. Better than any man I ever met Sam +knows the sea; he knows fish, he knows boats and engines. And I have +reached a time in my experience of fishing where I want that kind of a +boatman.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>Sam and I went after sailfish at Long Key and we got them. But I do not +consider the experience conclusive. If it had not been for my +hard-earned knowledge of the Pacific swordfish, and for Sam’s keenness +on the sea, we would not have been so fortunate. We established the +record, but, what is more important, we showed what magnificent sport is +possible. This advent added much to the attractiveness of Long Key for +me. And Long Key was attractive enough before.</p> + +<p>Sailfish had been caught occasionally at Long Key, during every season. +But I am inclined to believe that, in most instances, the capture of +sailfish had been accident—mere fisherman’s luck. Anglers have fished +along the reef and inside, trolling with heavy tackle for anything that +might strike, and once in a while a sailfish has somehow hooked himself. +Mr. Schutt tells of hooking one on a Wilson spoon, and I know of another +angler <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span>who had this happen. I know of one gentleman who told me he +hooked a fish that he supposed was a barracuda, and while he was +fighting this supposed barracuda he was interested in the leaping of a +sailfish near his boat. His boatman importuned him to hurry in the +barracuda so there would be a chance to go after the leaping sailfish. +But it turned out that the sailfish was on his hook. Another angler went +out with heavy rod, the great B-Ocean reel, and two big hooks (which is +an outfit suitable only for large tuna or swordfish), and this fellow +hooked a sailfish which had no chance and was dead in less than ten +minutes. A party of anglers were out on the reef, fishing for anything, +and they decided to take a turn outside where I had been spending days +after sailfish. Scarcely had these men left the reef when five sailfish +loomed up and all of them, with that perversity and capriciousness which +makes fish so incomprehensible, tried to climb on board the boat. One, a +heavy fish, did succeed in hooking himself and getting aboard. I could +multiply events of this nature, but this is enough to illustrate my +point—that there is a vast difference between several fishermen out of +thousands bringing in several sailfish in one season and one fisherman +deliberately going after sailfish with light tackle and eventually +getting them.</p> + +<p>It is not easy. On the contrary, it is extremely hard. It takes infinite +patience, and very much has to be learned that can be learned only by +experience. But it is magnificent sport and worth any effort. It makes +tarpon-fishing tame by comparison. Tarpon-fishing is easy. Anybody can +catch a tarpon <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>by going after him. But not every fisherman can catch a +sailfish. One fisherman out of a hundred will get his sailfish, but only +one out of a thousand will experience the wonder and thrill and beauty +of the sport.</p> + +<p>Sailfishing is really swordfishing, and herein lies the secret of my +success at Long Key. I am not satisfied that the sailfish I caught were +all Marlin and brothers to the Pacific Marlin. The Atlantic fish are +very much smaller than those of the Pacific, and are differently marked +and built. Yet they are near enough alike to be brothers.</p> + +<p>There are three species that I know of in southern waters. The +<i>Histiophorus</i>, the sailfish about which I am writing and of which +descriptions follow. There is another species, <i>Tetrapturus albidus</i>, +that is not uncommon in the Gulf Stream. It is my impression that this +species is larger. The Indians, with whom I fished in the Caribbean, +tell of a great swordfish—in Spanish the <i>Aguja de casta</i>, and this +species must be related to <i>Xiphias</i>, the magnificent flatbilled +swordfish of the Atlantic and Pacific.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>The morning of my greatest day with sailfish I was out in the Gulf +Stream, seven miles offshore, before the other fishermen had gotten out +of bed. We saw the sun rise ruddy and bright out of the eastern sea, and +we saw sailfish leap as if to welcome the rising of the lord of day. A +dark, glancing ripple wavered over the water; there was just enough +swell to make seeing fish easy.</p> + +<p>I was using a rod that weighed nine ounces over all, and twelve hundred +feet of fifteen-thread line. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span>I was not satisfied then that the regular +light outfit of the Tuna Club, such as I used at Avalon, would do for +sailfish. No. 9 breaks of its own weight. And I have had a sailfish run +off three hundred yards of line and jump all the time he was doing it. +Besides, nobody knows how large these sailfish grow. I had hold of one +that would certainly have broken my line if he had not thrown the hook.</p> + +<p>On this memorable day I had scarcely trolled half a mile out into the +Stream before I felt that inexplicable rap at my bait which swordfish +and sailfish make with their bills. I jumped up and got ready. I saw a +long bronze shape back of my bait. Then I saw and felt him take hold. He +certainly did not encounter the slightest resistance in running out my +line. He swam off slowly. I never had Sam throw out the clutch and stop +the boat until after I had hooked the fish. I wanted the boat to keep +moving, so if I did get a chance to strike at a fish it would be with a +tight line. These sailfish are wary and this procedure is difficult. If +the fish had run off swiftly I would have struck sooner. Everything +depends on how he takes the bait. This fellow took fifty feet of line +before I hooked him.</p> + +<p>He came up at once, and with two-thirds of his body out of the water he +began to skitter toward us. He looked silver and bronze in the morning +light. There was excitement on board. Sam threw out the clutch. My +companions dove for the cameras, and we all yelled. The sailfish came +skittering toward us. It was a spectacular and thrilling sight. He was +not powerful enough to rise clear on his tail and do the famous trick of +the Pacific swordfish—“walking <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span>on the water.” But he gave a mighty +good imitation. Then before the cameras got in a snap he went down. And +he ran, to come up far astern and begin to leap. I threw off the drag +and yelled, “Go!”</p> + +<p><a name="illo24" id="illo24"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus113.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="299" alt="FOUR SAILFISH IN ONE DAY ON LIGHT TACKLE" title="" /> +<span class="caption">FOUR SAILFISH IN ONE DAY ON LIGHT TACKLE</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo25" id="illo25"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus114.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="292" alt="Photo by Wunstorf" title="" /> +<span class="caption"><span style="margin-left: 23em; font-weight: normal">Photo by Wunstorf<br /></span> +SAILFISH THRESHING ON THE SURFACE</span> +</div> + +<p>This was pleasant for Sam, who kept repeating, “Look at him yump!”</p> + +<p>The sailfish evidently wanted to pose for pictures, for he gave a +wonderful exhibition of high and lofty tumbling, with the result, of +course, that he quickly exhausted himself. Then came a short period +during which he sounded and I slowly worked him closer. Presently he +swam toward the boat—the old swordfish trick. I never liked it, but +with the sailfish I at least was not nervous about him attacking the +boat. Let me add here that this freedom from dread—which is never +absent during the fighting of a big swordfish—is one of the features so +attractive in sailfishing. Besides, fish that have been hooked for any +length of time, if they are going to shake or break loose, always do so +near the boat. We moved away from this fellow, and presently he came up +again, and leaped three more times clear, making nineteen leaps in all. +That about finished his performance, so regretfully I led him alongside; +and Sam, who had profited by our other days of landing sailfish, took +him cautiously by the sword, and then by the gills, and slid him into +the boat.</p> + +<p>Sailfish are never alike, except in general outline. This one was silver +and bronze, with green bars, rather faint, and a dark-blue sail without +any spots. He measured seven feet one inch. But we measured <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>his quality +by his leaps and nineteen gave him the record for us so far.</p> + +<p>We stowed him up in the bow and got under way again, and scarcely had I +let my bait far enough astern when a sailfish hit it. In fact, he rushed +it. Quick as I was, which was as quick as a flash, I was not quick +enough for that fish. He felt the hook and he went away. But he had been +there long enough to get my bait.</p> + +<p>Just then Sam pointed. I saw a sailfish break water a hundred yards +away.</p> + +<p>“Look at him yump!” repeated Sam, every time the fish came out, which, +to be exact, was five times.</p> + +<p>“We’ll go over and pick him up,” I said.</p> + +<p>Sam and I always argue a little about the exact spot where a fish has +broken water. I never missed it far, but Sam seldom missed it at all. He +could tell by a slight foam always left by the break. We had two baits +out, as one or another of my companions always holds a rod. The more +baits out the better! We had two vicious, smashing strikes at the same +time. The fish on the other rod let go just as I hooked mine.</p> + +<p>He came up beautifully, throwing the spray, glinting in the sun, an +angry fish with sail spread and his fins going. Then on the boat was the +same old thrilling bustle and excitement and hilarity I knew so well and +which always pleased me so much. This sailfish was a jumper.</p> + +<p>“Look at him yump!” exclaimed Sam, with as much glee as if he had not +seen it before.</p> + +<p>The cameras got busy. Then I was attracted by something flashing in the +water nearer the boat <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span>than my fish. Suddenly a sailfish leaped, +straightaway, over my line. Then two leaped at once, both directly over +my line.</p> + +<p>“Sam, they’ll cut my line!” I cried. “What do you think of that?”</p> + +<p>Suddenly I saw sharp, dark, curved tails cutting the water. All was +excitement on board that boat then.</p> + +<p>“A school of sailfish! Look! Look!” I yelled.</p> + +<p>I counted ten tails, but there were more than that, and if I had been +quicker I could have counted more. Presently they went down. And I, +returning to earth and the business of fishing, discovered that during +the excitement my sailfish had taken advantage of a perfectly loose line +to free himself. Nine leaps we recorded him!</p> + +<p>Assuredly we all felt that there would be no difficulty in soon hooking +up with another sailfish. And precisely three minutes later I was +standing up, leaning forward, all aquiver, watching my line fly off the +reel. I hooked that fellow hard. He was heavy, and he did not come up or +take off any length of line. Settling down slowly, he descended three or +four hundred feet, or so it seemed, and began to plug, very much like an +albacore, only much heavier. He fooled around down there for ten +minutes, with me jerking at him all the time to irritate him, before he +showed any sign of rising. At last I worried him into a fighting mood, +and up he came, so fast that I did not even try to take up the slack, +and he shot straight up. This jump, like that of a kingfish, was +wonderful. But it was so quick that the cameras could not cover it, and +we missed a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span>great picture. He went down, only to leap again. I reeled +in the slack line and began to jerk at him to torment him, and I got him +to jumping and threshing right near the boat. The sun was in the faces +of the cameras and that was bad. And as it turned out not one of these +exposures was good. What a chance missed! But we did not know that then, +and we kept on tormenting him and snapping pictures of his leaps. In +this way, which was not careless, but deliberate, I played with him +until he shook out the hook. Fifteen leaps was his record.</p> + +<p>Then it was interesting to see how soon I could raise another fish. I +was on the <i>qui vive</i> for a while, then settled back to the old +expectant watchfulness. And presently I was rewarded by that vibrating +rap at my bait. I stood up so the better to see. The swells were just +right and the sun was over my shoulder. I spied the long, dark shape +back of my bait, saw it slide up and strike, felt the sharp rap—and +again. Then came the gentle tug. I let out line, but he let go. Still I +could see him plainly when the swell was right. I began to jerk my bait, +to give it a jumping motion, as I had so often done with flying-fish +bait when after swordfish. He sheered off, then turned with a rush, +broadside on, with his sail up. I saw him clearly, his whole length, and +he appeared blue and green and silver. He took the bait and turned away +from me, and when I struck the hook into his jaw I felt that it would +stay. He was not a jumper—only breaking clear twice. I could not make +him leap. He fought hard enough, however, and with that tackle took +thirty minutes to land.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span>It was eight o’clock. I had two sailfish in the boat and had fought two +besides. And at that time I sighted the first fishing-boat coming out +toward the reef. Before that boat got out near us I had struck and lost +three more sailfish, with eleven leaps in all to my credit. This boatman +had followed Sam and me the day before and he appeared to be bent upon +repeating himself. I thought I would rather enjoy that, because he had +two inexperienced anglers aboard, and they, in the midst of a school of +striking sailfish, would be sure to afford some fun. Three other boats +came out across the reef, ventured a little way in the Gulf Stream, and +then went back to grouper and barracuda. But that one boatman, B., stuck +to us. And right away things began to happen to his anglers. No one so +lucky in strikes as a green hand! I saw them get nine strikes without +hooking a fish. And there appeared to be a turmoil on board that boat. I +saw B. tearing his hair and the fishermen frantically jerking, and then +waving rods and arms. Much as I enjoyed it, Sam enjoyed it more. But I +was not mean enough to begrudge them a fish and believed that sooner or +later they would catch one.</p> + +<p>Presently, when B.’s boat was just right for his anglers to see +everything my way, I felt a tug on my line. I leaped up, let the reel +run. Then I threw on my drag and leaned over to strike. But he let go. +Quickly I threw off the drag. The sailfish came back. Another tug! I let +him run. Then threw on the drag and got ready. But, no, he let go. Again +I threw off the drag and again he came back. He was hungry, but he was +cunning, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span>too, and too far back for me to see. I let him run fifty feet, +threw on the drag, and struck hard. No go! I missed him. But again I +threw off the drag, let out more line back to him, and he took the bait +the fourth time, and harder than ever. I let him run perhaps a hundred +feet. All the time, of course, my boat was running. I had out a long +line—two hundred yards. Then I threw on the drag and almost cracked the +rod. This time I actually felt the hook go in.</p> + +<p>How heavy and fast he was! The line slipped off and I was afraid of the +drag. I threw it off—no easy matter with that weight on it—and then +the line whistled. The sailfish was running straight toward B.’s boat +and, I calculated, should be close to it.</p> + +<p>“Sam,” I yelled, “watch him! If he jumps he’ll jump into that boat!”</p> + +<p>Then he came out, the biggest sailfish I ever saw, and he leaped +magnificently, not twenty yards back of that boat. He must have been +beyond the lines of the trolling anglers. I expected him to cross them +or cut himself loose. We yelled to B. to steer off, and while we yelled +the big sailfish leaped and leaped, apparently keeping just as close to +the boat. He certainly was right upon it and he was a savage leaper. He +would shoot up, wag his head, his sail spread like the ears of a mad +elephant, and he would turn clear over to alight with a smack and splash +that we plainly heard. And he had out nine hundred feet of line. Because +of his size I wanted him badly, but, badly as that was, I fought him +without a drag, let him run and leap, and I <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>hoped he would jump right +into that boat. Afterward these anglers told me they expected him to do +just that and were scared to death. Also they said a close sight of him +leaping was beautiful and thrilling in the extreme.</p> + +<p>I did not keep track of all this sailfish’s leaps, but Sam recorded +twenty-three, and that is enough for any fisherman. I venture to state +that it will not be beaten very soon. When he stopped leaping we drew +him away from the other boat, and settled down to a hard fight with a +heavy, stubborn, game fish. In perhaps half an hour I had him twenty +yards away, and there he stayed while I stood up on the stern to watch +him and keep clear of the propeller. He weaved from side to side, +exactly like a tired swordfish, and every now and then he would stick +out his bill and swish! he would cut at the leader. This fish was not +only much larger than any I had seen, but also more brilliantly colored. +There were suggestions of purple that reminded me of the swordfish—that +royal purple game of the Pacific. Another striking feature was that in +certain lights he was a vivid green, and again, when deeper, he assumed +a strange, triangular shape, much like that of a kite. That, of course, +was when he extended the wide, waving sail. I was not able to see that +this sail afforded him any particular aid. It took me an hour to tire +out this sailfish, and when we got him in the boat he measured seven +feet and six inches, which was four inches longer than any record I +could find then.</p> + +<p>At eleven o’clock I had another in the boat, making four sailfish in +all. We got fourteen jumps out <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span>of this last one. That was the end of my +remarkable luck, though it was luck to me to hook other sailfish during +the afternoon, and running up the number of leaps. I am proud of that, +anyway, and to those who criticized my catch as unsportsman-like I could +only say that it was a chance of a lifetime and I was after photographs +of leaping sailfish. Besides, I had a great opportunity to beat my +record of four swordfish in one day at Clemente Island in the Pacific. +But I was not equal to it.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>I do not know how to catch sailfish yet, though I have caught a good +many. The sport is young and it is as difficult as it is trying. This +catch of mine made fishermen flock to the Stream all the rest of the +season, and more fish were caught than formerly. But the proportion held +about the same, although I consider that fishing for a sailfish and +catching one is a great gain in point. Still, we do not know much about +sailfish or how to take them. If I got twenty strikes and caught only +four fish, very likely the smallest that bit, I most assuredly was not +doing skilful fishing as compared with other kinds of fishing. And there +is the rub. Sailfish are not any other kind of fish. They have a wary +and cunning habit, with an exceptional occasion of blind hunger, and +they have small, bony jaws into which it is hard to sink a hook. Not one +of my sailfish was hooked deep down. Yet I let nearly all of them run +out a long line. Moreover, as I said before, if a sailfish is hooked +there are ten chances to one that he will free himself.</p> + +<p><a name="illo26" id="illo26"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 351px;"> +<img src="images/illus123.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="351" height="500" alt="MEMORABLE OF LONG KEY" title="" /> +<span class="caption">MEMORABLE OF LONG KEY</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo27" id="illo27"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/illus124t.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="400" height="184" alt="Leaping Sailfish 1" title="" /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/illus124b.jpg" class="jpg smispace" width="400" height="184" alt="Leaping Sailfish 2" title="" /> +</div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/illus124c.jpg" class="jpg smispace" width="400" height="184" alt="Leaping Sailfish 3" title="" /> +<span class="caption">LEAPING SAILFISH</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>This one thing, then, I believe I have proved to myself—that the +sailfish is the gamest, the most beautiful and spectacular, and the +hardest fish to catch on light tackle, just as his brother, the Pacific +swordfish, is the grandest fish to take on the heaviest of tackle.</p> + +<p>Long Key, indeed, has its charm. Most all the anglers who visit there go +back again. Only the queer ones—and there are many—who want three +kinds of boats, and nine kinds of bait, and a deep-sea diver for a +boatman, and tackle that cannot be broken, and smooth, calm seas always, +and five hundred pounds of fish a day—only that kind complain of Long +Key and kick—and yet go back again!</p> + +<p>Sailfish will draw more and finer anglers down to the white strip of +color that shines white all day under a white sun and the same all night +under white stars. But it is not alone the fish that draws real +sportsmen to a place and makes them love it and profit by their return. +It is the spirit of the place—the mystery, like that of the little +hermit-crab, which crawls over the coral sand in his stolen shell, and +keeps to his lonely course, and loves his life so well—sunshine, which +is best of all for men; and the wind in the waving palms; and the +lonely, wandering coast with the eternal moan out on the reefs, the +sweet, fresh tang, the clear, antiseptic breath of salt, and always by +the glowing, hot, colorful day or by the soft dark night with its +shadows and whisperings on the beach, that significant presence—the +sense of something vaster than the heaving sea.</p> + +<p class="center"><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span><i>Light Tackle in the Gulf Stream</i></p> + +<p>In view of the present controversy between light tackle and heavy tackle +champions, I think it advisable for me to state more definitely my stand +on the matter of light tackle before going on with a story about it.</p> + +<p>There is a sharp line to be drawn between light tackle that is right and +light tackle that is wrong. So few anglers ever seem to think of the +case of the poor fish! In Borneo there is a species of lightning-bug +that tourists carry around at night on spits, delighted with the +novelty. But is that not rather hard on the lightning-bugs? As a matter +of fact, if we are to develop as anglers who believe in conservation and +sportsmanship, we must consider the fish—his right to life, and, +especially if he must be killed, to do it without brutality.</p> + +<p>Brutal it is to haul in a fish on tackle so heavy that he has no chance +for his life; likewise it is brutal to hook a fish on tackle so light +that, if he does not break it, he must be followed around and all over, +chased by a motor-boat hour after hour, until he practically dies of +exhaustion.</p> + +<p>I have had many tarpon and many tuna taken off my hooks by sharks +because I was using tackle too light. It never appeared an impossible +feat to catch Marlin swordfish on a nine-thread line, nor sailfish on a +six-thread line. But those lines are too light.</p> + +<p>My business is to tell stories. If I can be so fortunate as to make them +thrilling and pleasing, for the edification of thousands who have other +business <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span>and therefore less leisure, then that is a splendid thing for +me. It is a responsibility that I appreciate. But on the other hand I +must tell the truth, I must show my own development, I must be of +service to the many who have so much more time to read than fish. It is +not enough to give pleasure merely; a writer should instruct. And if +what I say above offends any fisherman, I am sorry, and I suggest that +he read it twice.</p> + +<p>What weight tackle to use is not such a hard problem to decide. All it +takes is some experience. To quote Mr. Bates, “The principle is that the +angler should subdue the fish by his skill with rod and line, and put +his strength into the battle to <i>end</i> it, and not employ a worrying +process to a frightened fish that does not know what it is fighting.”</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="VI" id="VI"></a>VI</h2> + +<h3>GULF STREAM FISHING</h3> + +<p>Some years have passed since I advocated light tackle fishing at Long +Key. In the early days of this famous resort most fishermen used hand +lines or very heavy outfits. The difficulties of introducing a +sportsman-like ideal have been manifold. A good rule of angling +philosophy is not to interfere with any fisherman’s peculiar ways of +being happy, unless you want to be hated. It is not easy to influence a +majority of men in the interests of conservation. Half of them do not +know the conditions and are only out for a few days’ or weeks’ fun; the +rest do not care. But the facts are that all food fish and game fish +must be conserved. The waste has been enormous. If fishermen will only +study the use of light tackle they will soon appreciate a finer sport, +more fun and gratification, and a saving of fish.</p> + +<p>Such expert and fine anglers as Crowninshield, Heilner, Cassiard, +Lester, Conill, and others are all enthusiastic about light tackle and +they preach the gospel of conservation.</p> + +<p>But the boatmen of Long Key, with the exception of Jordon, are all +against light tackle. I must say that James Jordon is to be +congratulated and recommended. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>The trouble at Long Key is that new +boatmen are hired each season, and, as they do not own their boats, all +their interest centers in as big a catch as possible for each angler +they take out, in the hope and expectation, of course, of a generous +tip. Heavy tackle means a big catch and light tackle the reverse. And so +tons of good food and game fish are brought in only to be thrown to the +sharks. I mention this here to give it a wide publicity. It is criminal +in these days and ought to be stopped.</p> + +<p>The season of 1918 was a disappointment in regard to any great +enthusiasm over the use of light tackle. We have tried to introduce +principles of the Tuna Club of Avalon. President Coxe of the Pacific +organization is doing much to revive the earlier ideals of Doctor +Holder, founder of the famous club. This year at Long Key a number of +prizes were offered by individual members. The contention was that the +light tackle specified was too light. This is absolutely a mistake. I +have proved that the regulation Tuna Club nine-thread line and six-ounce +tip are strong enough, if great care and skill be employed, to take the +tricky, hard-jawed, wild-leaping sailfish.</p> + +<p>And for bonefish, that rare fighter known to so few anglers, the +three-six tackle—a three-ounce tip and six-thread line—is just the +ideal rig to make the sport exceedingly difficult, fascinating, and +thrilling. Old bonefishermen almost invariably use heavy tackle—stiff +rods and twelve-or fifteen-thread lines. They have their arguments, and +indeed these are hard nuts to crack. They claim three-six for <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span>the swift +and powerful bonefish is simply absurd. No! I can prove otherwise. But +that must be another story.</p> + +<p>Some one must pioneer these sorely needed reforms. It may be a thankless +task, but it is one that some of us are standing by. We need the help of +brother anglers.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>One morning in February there was a light breeze from the north and the +day promised to be ideal. We ran out to the buoy and found the Gulf +Stream a very dark blue, with a low ripple and a few white-caps here and +there.</p> + +<p>Above the spindle we began to see sailfish jumping everywhere. One +leaped thirteen times, and another nineteen. Many of them came out +sidewise, with a long, sliding plunge, which action at first I took to +be that made by a feeding fish. After a while, however, and upon closer +view, I changed my mind about this.</p> + +<p>My method, upon seeing a fish jump, was to speed up the boat until we +were in the vicinity where the fish had come up. Then we would slow down +and begin trolling, with two baits out, one some forty or fifty feet +back and the other considerably farther.</p> + +<p>We covered several places where we had seen the sheetlike splashes; and +at the third or fourth I felt the old electrifying tap at my bait. I +leaped up and let my bait run back. The sailfish tapped again, then took +hold so hard and ran off so swiftly that I jerked sooner than usual. I +pulled the bait away from him. All this time the boat was running. +Instead of winding in I let the bait run back. Suddenly <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>the sailfish +took it fiercely. I let him run a long way before I struck at him, and +then I called to the boatman to throw out the clutch. When the boat is +moving there is a better chance of a tight line while striking, and that +is imperative if an angler expects to hook the majority of these +illusive sailfish. I hooked this fellow, and he showed at once, a small +fish, and began to leap toward the boat, making a big bag in the line. I +completely lost the feel of his weight. When he went down, and with all +that slack line, I thought he was gone. But presently the line tightened +and he began to jump in another direction. He came out twice with his +sail spread, a splendid, vivid picture; then he took to skittering, +occasionally throwing himself clear, and he made some surface runs, +splashing and threshing, and then made some clean greyhound-like leaps. +In all he cleared the water eleven times before he settled down. After +that it took me half an hour to land him. He was not hurt and we let him +go.</p> + +<p>Soon after we got going again we raised a school of four or more +sailfish. And when a number rush for the baits it is always exciting. +The first fish hit my bait and the second took R. C.’s. I saw both fish +in action, and there is considerable difference between the hitting and +the taking of a bait. R. C. jerked his bait away from his fish and I +yelled for him to let it run back. He did so. A bronze and silver blaze +and a boil on the water told me how hungry R. C.’s sailfish was. “Let +him run with it!” I yelled. Then I attended to my own troubles. There +was a fish rapping at my bait. I let out line, yard after yard, but he +would not take hold, and, as <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span>R. C.’s line was sweeping over mine, I +thought best to reel in.</p> + +<p>“Hook him now!” I yelled.</p> + +<p>I surely did shiver at the way my brother came up with that light +tackle. But he hooked the sailfish, and nothing broke. Then came a big +white splash on the surface, but no sign of the fish. R. C.’s line +sagged down.</p> + +<p>“Look out! Wind in! He’s coming at us!” I called.</p> + +<p>“He’s off!” replied my brother.</p> + +<p>That might well have been, but, as I expected, he was not. He broke +water on a slack line and showed us all his dripping, colorful body +nearer than a hundred feet. R. C. thereupon performed with incredible +speed at the reel and quickly had a tight line. Mr. Sailfish did not +like that. He slid out, wrathfully wagging his bill, and left a seamy, +foamy track behind him, finally to end that play with a splendid long +leap. He was headed away from us now, with two hundred yards of line +out, going hard and fast, and we had to follow him. We had a fine +straightaway run to recover the line. This was a thrilling chase, and +one, I think, we never would have had if R. C. had been using heavy +tackle. The sailfish led us out half a mile before he sounded.</p> + +<p>Then in fifteen minutes more R. C. had him up where we could see his +purple and bronze colors and the strange, triangular form of him, which +peculiar shape came mostly from the waving sail. I thought I saw other +shapes and colors with him, and bent over the gunwale to see better.</p> + +<p>“He’s got company. Two sharks!—You want to do some quick work now or +good-by sailfish!”</p> + +<p><a name="illo28" id="illo28"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus133.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="281" alt="SOLITUDE ON THE SEA" title="" /> +<span class="caption"><span style="margin-left: 25.5em; font-weight: normal">Nassau Photo<br /></span> +SOLITUDE ON THE SEA</span></div> + +<p><a name="illo29" id="illo29"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus134.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="294" alt="SUNSET BY THE SEA" title="" /> +<span class="caption"><span style="margin-left: 25.5em; font-weight: normal">Nassau Photo<br /></span> +SUNSET BY THE SEA</span></div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>A small gray shark and a huge yellow shark were coming up with our +quarry. R. C. said things, and pulled hard on the light tackle. I got +hold of the leader and drew the sailfish close to the boat. He began to +thresh, and the big shark came with a rush. Instinctively I let go of +the leader, which action was a blunder. The sailfish saw the shark and, +waking up, he fought a good deal harder than before the sharks appeared +upon the scene. He took off line, and got so far away that I gave up any +hope that the sharks might not get him. There was a heavy commotion out +in the water. The shark had made a rush. So had the sailfish, and he +came right back to the boat. R. C. reeled in swiftly.</p> + +<p>“Hold him hard now!” I admonished, and I leaped up on the stern. The +sailfish sheered round on the surface, with tail and bill out, while the +shark swam about five feet under him. He was a shovel-nosed, big-finned +yellow shark, weighing about five hundred pounds. He saw me. I waved my +hat at him, but he did not mind that. He swam up toward the surface and +his prey. R. C. was now handling the light tackle pretty roughly. It is +really remarkable what can be done with nine-thread. In another moment +we would have lost the sailfish. The boatman brought my rifle and a shot +scared the shark away. Then we got the sailfish into the boat. He was a +beautiful specimen for mounting, weighing forty-five pounds, the first +my brother had taken.</p> + +<p>After that we had several strikes, but not one of them was what I could +call a hungry, smashing strike. These sailfish are finicky biters. I had +one <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>rap at my bait with his bill until he knocked the bait off.</p> + +<p>I think the feature of the day was the sight of two flying-fish that +just missed boarding the boat. They came out to the left of us and +sailed ahead together. Then they must have been turned by the wind, for +they made a beautiful, graceful curve until they came around so that I +was sure they would fly into the boat. Their motion was indescribably +airy and feathery, buoyant and swift, with not the slightest quiver of +fins or wings as they passed within five feet of me. I could see through +the crystal wings. Their bodies were white and silvery, and they had +staring black eyes. They were not so large as the California +flying-fish, nor did they have any blue color. They resembled the +California species, however, in that same strange, hunted look which +always struck me. To see these flying-fish this way was provocative of +thought. They had been pursued by some hungry devil of a fish, and with +a birdlike swiftness with which nature had marvelously endowed them they +had escaped the enemy. Here I had at once the wonder and beauty and +terror of the sea. These fish were not leaping with joy. I have not +often seen fish in the salt water perform antics for anything except +flight or pursuit. Sometimes kingfish appear to be playing when they +leap so wonderfully at sunset hour, but as a rule salt-water fish do not +seem to be playful.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>At Long Key the Gulf Stream is offshore five miles. The water shoals +gradually anywhere from two feet near the beach to twenty feet five +miles <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>out on the reef. When there has been no wind for several days, +which is a rare thing for Long Key, the water becomes crystal clear and +the fish and marine creatures are an endless source of interest to the +fisherman. Of course a large boat, in going out on the reef, must use +the channel between the keys, but a small boat or canoe can go anywhere. +It is remarkable how the great game fish come in from the Stream across +the reef into shoal water. Barracuda come right up to the shore, and +likewise the big sharks. The bottom is a clean, white, finely ribbed +coral sand, with patches of brown seaweed here and there and golden +spots, and in the shallower water different kinds of sponges. Out on the +reef the water is a light green. The Gulf Stream runs along the outer +edge of the reef, and here between Tennessee Buoy and Alligator Light, +eighteen miles, is a feeding-ground for sailfish, kingfish, amberjack, +barracuda, and other fishes. The ballyhoo is the main feed of these +fishes, and it is indeed a queer little fish. He was made by nature, +like the sardine and mullet and flying-fish, to serve as food for the +larger fishes. The ballyhoo is about a foot long, slim and flat, shiny +and white on the sides and dark green on the back, with a sharp-pointed, +bright-yellow tail, the lower lobe of which is developed to twice the +length of the upper. He has a very strange feature in the fact that his +lower jaw resembles the bill of a snipe, being several inches long, +sharp and pointed and hard; but he has no upper lip or beak at all. This +half-bill must be used in relation to his food, but I do not have any +idea how this is done.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span>One day I found the Gulf Stream a mile off Tennessee Buoy, whereas on +other days it would be close in. On this particular day the water was a +dark, clear, indigo blue and appreciably warmer than the surrounding +sea. This Stream has a current of several miles an hour, flowing up the +coast. Everywhere we saw the Portuguese men-of-war shining on the waves. +There was a slight, cool breeze blowing, rippling the water just enough +to make fishing favorable. I saw a big loggerhead turtle, weighing about +three hundred pounds, coming around on the surface among these +Portuguese men-of-war, and as we ran up I saw that he was feeding on +these queer balloon-like little creatures. Sometimes he would come up +under one and it would stick on his back, and he would turn laboriously +around from under it, and submerge his back so he had it floating again. +Then he would open his cavernous mouth and take it in. Considering the +stinging poison these Portuguese men-of-war secrete about them, the +turtle must have had a very tabasco-sauce meal. Right away I began to +see evidence of fish on the surface, which is always a good sign. We +went past a school of bonita breaking the water up into little swirls. +Then I saw a smashing break of a sailfish coming out sideways, sending +the water in white sheets. We slowed down the boat and got our baits +overboard at once. I was using a ballyhoo bait hooked by a small hook +through the lips, with a second and larger hook buried in the body. R. +C. was using a strip of mullet, which for obvious reasons seems to be +the preferred bait from Palm Beach to Long Key. And the obvious reason +is that <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span>nobody seems to take the trouble to get what might be proper +bait for sailfish. Mullet is an easy bait to get and commands just as +high a price as anything else, which, as a matter of fact, is highway +robbery. With a bait like a ballyhoo or a shiner I could get ten bites +to one with mullet.</p> + +<p>We trolled along at slow speed. The air was cool, the sun pleasant, the +sea beautiful, and this was the time to sit back and enjoy a sense of +freedom and great space of the ocean, and watch for leaping fish or +whatever might attract the eye.</p> + +<p>Here and there we passed a strange jellyfish, the like of which I had +never before seen. It was about as large as a good-sized cantaloup, and +pale, clear yellow all over one end and down through the middle, and +then commenced a dark red fringe which had a waving motion. Inside this +fringe was a scalloped circular appendage that had a sucking motion, +which must have propelled it through the water, and it made quite fair +progress. Around every one of these strange jellyfish was a little +school of tiny minnows, as clear-colored as crystals. These all swam on +in the same direction as the drift of the Gulf Stream.</p> + +<p>When we are fishing for sailfish everything that strikes we take to be a +sailfish until we find out it is something else. They are inconsistent +and queer fish. Sometimes they will rush a bait, at other times they +will tug at it and then chew at it, and then they will tap it with their +bills. I think I have demonstrated that they are about the hardest fish +to hook that swims, and also on light tackle they are one of the gamest +and most thrilling. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span>However, not one in a hundred fishermen who come to +Long Key will go after them with light tackle. And likewise not one out +of twenty-five sailfish brought in there is caught by a fisherman who +deliberately went out after sailfish. Mostly they are caught by accident +while drags are set for kingfish or barracuda. At Palm Beach I believe +they fish for them quite persistently, with a great deal of success. But +it is more a method of still fishing which has no charms for me.</p> + +<p>Presently my boatman yelled, “Sailfish!” We looked off to port and saw a +big sailfish break water nine times. He was perhaps five hundred yards +distant. My boatman put on speed, and, as my boat is fast, it did not +take us long to get somewhere near where this big fish broke. We did our +best to get to the exact spot where he came up, then slowed down and +trolled over the place. In this instance I felt a light tap on my bait +and I jumped up quickly, both to look and let him take line. But I did +not see him or feel him any more. We went on. I saw a flash of bright +silver back of my brother’s bait. At the instant he hooked a kingfish. +And then I felt one cut my bait off. Kingfish are savage strikers and +they almost invariably hook themselves when the drag is set. But as I +fish for sailfish with a free-running reel, of course I am exasperated +when a kingfish takes hold. My brother pulled in this kingfish, which +was small, and we rebaited our hooks and went on again. I saw more +turtles, and one we almost ran over, he was so lazy in getting down. +These big, cumbersome sea animals, once they get headed down and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span>started, can disappear with remarkable rapidity. I rather enjoy watching +them, but my boatman, who is a native of these parts and therefore a +turtle-hunter by instinct, always wore a rather disappointed look when +we saw one. This was because I would not allow him to harpoon it.</p> + +<p><a name="illo30" id="illo30"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 271px;"> +<img src="images/illus141.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="271" height="450" alt="TWIN TIGERS OF THE SEA—THE SAVAGE BARRACUDA" title="" /> +<span class="caption">TWIN TIGERS OF THE SEA—THE SAVAGE BARRACUDA</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo31" id="illo31"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus142.jpg" class="ispace" width="500" height="318" alt="HAPPY PASTIME OF BONEFISHING" title="" /> +<span class="caption">HAPPY PASTIME OF BONEFISHING</span> +</div> + +<p>The absence of gulls along this stretch of reef is a feature that struck +me. So that once in a while when I did see a lonely white gull I watched +him with pleasure. And once I saw a cero mackerel jump way in along the +reef, and even at a mile’s distance I could see the wonderful curve he +made.</p> + +<p>The wind freshened, and all at once it seemed leaping sailfish were all +around us. Then as we turned the boat this way and that we had thrills +of anticipation. Suddenly R. C. had a strike. The fish took the bait +hungrily and sheered off like an arrow and took line rapidly. When R. C. +hooked him he came up with a big splash and shook himself to free the +hook. He jumped here and there and then went down deep. And then he took +a good deal of line off the reel. I was surprised to see a sailfish +stick his bill out of the water very much closer to the boat than where +R. C.’s fish should have been. I had no idea then that this was a fish +other than the one R. C. had hooked. But when he cut the line either +with his bill or his tail, and R. C. wound it in, we very soon +discovered that it was not the fish that he had hooked. This is one of +the handicaps of light tackle.</p> + +<p>We went on fishing. Sailfish would jump around us for a while and then +they would stop. We would not see one for several minutes. It is always +very <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span>exciting to be among them this way. Presently I had one take hold +to run off slowly and steadily, and I let him go for fifty feet, and +when I struck I tore the hook away from him. Quickly I let slack line +run back to him ten or fifteen feet at a time, until I felt him take it +once more. He took it rather suspiciously, I felt, and I honestly +believe that I could tell that he was mouthing or chewing the bait, +which made me careful to let the line run off easily to him. Suddenly he +rushed off, making the reel smoke. I let him run one hundred and fifty +feet and then stood up, throwing on the drag, and when the line +straightened tight I tried to jerk at him as hard as the tackle would +stand. As a matter of fact, however, he was going so fast and hard that +he hooked himself. It is indeed seldom that I miss one when he runs like +this. This fellow came up two hundred yards from the boat and slid along +the water with half of his body raised, much like one of those +coasting-boards I have seen bathers use, towed behind a motor-launch. He +went down and came up in a magnificent sheer leap, with his broad sail +shining in the sun. Very angry he was, and he reminded me of a Marlin +swordfish. Next he went down, and came up again bent in a curve, with +the big sail stretched again. He skittered over the water, going down +and coming up, until he had leaped seven times. This was a big, heavy +fish, and on the light six-ounce tip and nine-thread line I had my work +cut out for me. We had to run the boat toward him so I could get back my +line. Here was the advantage of having a fast boat with a big rudder. +Otherwise I would have lost my <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span>fish. After some steady deep plugging he +came up again and set my heart aflutter by a long surface play in which +he took off one hundred yards of line and then turned, leaping straight +for the boat. Fortunately the line was slack and I could throw off the +drag and let him run. Slack line never bothers me when I really get one +of these fish well hooked. If he is not well hooked he is going to get +away, anyhow. After that he went down into deep water and I had one long +hour of hard work in bringing him to the boat. Six hours later he +weighed fifty-eight and a half pounds, and as he had lost a good deal of +blood and dried out considerably, he would have gone over sixty pounds, +which, so far, is the largest sailfish I know of caught on light tackle.</p> + +<p>The sailfish were still leaping around us and we started off again. The +captain called our attention to a tail and a sail a few yards apart not +far from the boat. We circled around them to drive them down. I saw a +big wave back of R. C.’s bait and I yelled, “Look out!” I felt something +hit my bait and then hit it again. I knew it was a sailfish rapping at +it. I let the line slip off the reel. Just then R. C. had a vicious +strike and when he hooked the fish the line snapped. He claimed that he +had jerked too hard. This is the difficulty with light tackle—to strike +hard, yet not break anything. I was standing up and leaning forward, +letting my line slip off the reel, trying to coax that sailfish to come +back. Something took hold and almost jerked the rod out of my hands. +That was a magnificent strike, and of course I thought it was one of the +sailfish. But when I hooked him I had my <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span>doubts. The weight was heavy +and ponderous and tugging. He went down and down and down. The boatman +said amberjack. I was afraid so, but I still had my hopes. For a while I +could not budge him, and at last, when I had given up hope that it was a +sailfish, I worked a good deal harder than I would have otherwise. It +took me twenty-five minutes to subdue a forty-pound amberjack. Here was +proof of what could be done with light tackle.</p> + +<p>About ten-thirty of this most delightful and favorable day we ran into a +school of barracuda. R. C. hooked a small one, which was instantly set +upon by its voracious comrades and torn to pieces. Then I had a +tremendous strike, hard, swift, long—everything to make a tingle of +nerve and blood. The instant I struck, up out of a flying splash rose a +long, sharp, silver-flashing tiger of the sea, and if he leaped an inch +he leaped forty feet. On that light tackle he was a revelation. Five +times more he leaped, straight up, very high, gills agape, jaws wide, +body curved—a sight for any angler. He made long runs and short runs +and all kinds of runs, and for half an hour he defied any strain I dared +put on him. Eventually I captured him, and I considered him superior to +a tarpon of equal or even more weight.</p> + +<p>Barracuda are a despised fish, apparently because of their voracious and +murderous nature. But I incline to the belief that it is because the +invariable use of heavy tackle has blinded the fishermen to the +wonderful leaping and fighting qualities of this long-nosed, +long-toothed sea-tiger. The few of us who have hooked barracuda on light +tackle know him as <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span>a marvelous performer. Van Campen Heilner wrote +about a barracuda he caught on a bass rod, and he is not likely to +forget it, nor will the reader of his story forget it.</p> + +<p>R. C. had another strike, hooked his fish, and brought it in readily. It +was a bonita of about five pounds, the first one my brother had ever +caught. We were admiring his beautiful, subdued colors as he swam near +the boat, when up out of the blue depths shot a long gray form as swift +as lightning. It was a big barracuda. In his rush he cut that bonita in +two. The captain grasped the line and yelled for us to get the gaffs. R. +C. dropped the rod and got the small gaff, and as I went for the big one +I heard them both yell. Then I bent over to see half a dozen big gray +streaks rush for what was left of that poor little bonita. The big +barracuda with incredible speed and unbelievable ferocity rushed right +to the side of the boat at the bonita. He got hold of it and R. C. in +striking at him to gaff him hit him over the head several times. Then +the gaff hook caught him and R. C. began to lift. The barracuda looked +to me to be fully seven feet long and half as big around as a telegraph +pole. He made a tremendous splash in the water. R. C. was deluged. He +and the boatman yelled in their excitement. But R. C. was unable to hold +the big fish on this small gaff, and I got there too late. The barracuda +broke loose. Then, equally incredibly, he turned with still greater +ferocity and rushed the bonita again, but before he could get to it +another and smaller barracuda had hold of it. At this instant I leaned +over with a club. With one powerful <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span>sweep I hit one of the barracuda on +the head. When I reached over again the largest one was contending with +a smaller one for the remains of the bonita. I made a vicious pass at +the big one, missing him. Quick as I was, before I could get back, the +big fellow had taken the head of the bonita and rushed off with it, +tearing the line out of the captain’s hands. Then we looked at one +another. It had all happened in a minute. We were all wringing wet and +panting from excitement and exertion. This is a gruesome tale of the sea +and I put it here only to illustrate the incomparable savageness of +these tigers of the Gulf Stream.</p> + +<p>The captain put the fish away and cleaned up the boat and we resumed +fishing. I ate lunch holding the rod in one hand, loath to waste any +time on this wonderful day. Sailfish were still jumping here and there +and far away. The next thing to happen was that R. C. hooked a small +kingfish, and at the same instant a big one came clear out in an +unsuccessful effort to get my bait. This happened to be near the reef, +and as we were going out I hooked a big grouper that tried out my small +tackle for all it was worth. But I managed to keep him from getting on +the bottom, and at length brought him in. The little six-ounce tip now +looked like a buggy-whip that was old and worn out. After that nothing +happened for quite a little spell. We had opportunity to get rested. +Presently R. C. had a sailfish tap his bait and tap it again and tug at +it and then take hold and start away. R. C. hooked him and did it +carefully, trying not to put too much strain on the line. Here is where +great skill is required. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span>But the line broke. After that he took one of +my other tackles. Something went wrong with the engine and the captain +had to shut down and we drifted. I had a long line out and it gradually +sank. Something took hold and I hooked it and found myself fast to a +deep-sea, hard-fighting fish of some kind. I got him up eventually, and +was surprised to see a great, broad, red-colored fish, which turned out +to be a mutton-fish, much prized for food. I had now gotten six +varieties of fish in the Gulf Stream and we were wondering what next. I +was hoping it would be a dolphin or a waahoo. It happened, however, to be +a beautiful cero mackerel, one of the shapeliest and most attractive +fish in these waters. He is built something like the brook-trout, except +for a much sharper head and wider fins and tail. But he is speckled very +much after the manner of the trout. We trolled on, and all of a sudden +raised a school of sailfish. They came up with a splashing rush very +thrilling to see. One hit R. C.’s bait hard, and then another, by way of +contrast, began to tug and chew at mine. I let the line out slowly. And +as I did so I saw another one follow R. C.’s mutilated bait which he was +bringing toward the boat. He was a big purple-and-bronze fellow and he +would have taken a whole bait if it could have been gotten to him. But +he sheered away, frightened by the boat. I failed to hook my fish. It +was getting along pretty well into the afternoon by this time and the +later it got the better the small fish and kingfish seemed to bite. I +caught one barracuda and six kingfish, while R. C. was performing a +somewhat similar feat. Then he got a smashing <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span>strike from a sailfish +that went off on a hard, fast rush, so that he hooked it perfectly. He +jumped nine times, several of which leaps I photographed. He was a +good-sized fish and active and strong. R. C. had him up to the boat in +thirty minutes, which was fine work for the light tackle. I made sure +that the fish was as good as caught and I did not look to see where he +was hooked. My boatman is not skilled in the handling of the fish when +they are brought in. Few boatmen are. He took hold of the leader, and as +he began to lift I saw that the hook was fast in the bill of the +sailfish fully six inches from his mouth. At that instant the sailfish +began to thresh. I yelled to the boatman to let go, but either I was not +quick enough or he did not obey, for the hook snapped free and the +sailfish slowly swam away, his great purple-and-blue spotted sail waving +in the water, and his bronze sides shining. And we were both glad that +he had gotten away, because we had had the fun out of him and had taken +pictures of him jumping, and he was now alive and might make another +fisherman sport some day.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="VII" id="VII"></a>VII</h2> + +<h3>BONEFISH</h3> + +<p>In my experience as a fisherman the greatest pleasure has been the +certainty of something new to learn, to feel, to anticipate, to thrill +over. An old proverb tells us that if you wish to bring back the wealth +of the Indias you must go out with its equivalent. Surely the longer a +man fishes the wealthier he becomes in experience, in reminiscence, in +love of nature, if he goes out with the harvest of a quiet eye, free +from the plague of himself.</p> + +<p>As a boy, fishing was a passion with me, but no more for the conquest of +golden sunfish and speckled chubs and horny catfish than for the +haunting sound of the waterfall and the color and loneliness of the +cliffs. As a man, and a writer who is forever learning, fishing is still +a passion, stronger with all the years, but tempered by an understanding +of the nature of primitive man, hidden in all of us, and by a keen +reluctance to deal pain to any creature. The sea and the river and the +mountain have almost taught me not to kill except for the urgent needs +of life; and the time will come when I shall have grown up to that. When +I read a naturalist or a biologist I am always ashamed of what I have +called a sport. Yet one of the truths of evolution is that <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span>not to +practise strife, not to use violence, not to fish or hunt—that is to +say, not to fight—is to retrograde as a natural man. Spiritual and +intellectual growth is attained at the expense of the physical.</p> + +<p>Always, then, when I am fishing I feel that the fish are incidental, and +that the reward of effort and endurance, the incalculable and intangible +knowledge emanate from the swelling and infinite sea or from the shaded +and murmuring stream. Thus I assuage my conscience and justify the fun, +the joy, the excitement, and the violence.</p> + +<p>Five years ago I had never heard of a bonefish. The first man who ever +spoke to me about this species said to me, very quietly with serious +intentness: “Have you had any experience with bonefish?” I said no, and +asked him what kind that was. His reply was enigmatical. “Well, don’t go +after bonefish unless you can give up all other fishing.” I remember I +laughed. But I never forgot that remark, and now it comes back to me +clear in its significance. That fisherman read me as well as I +misunderstood him.</p> + +<p>Later that season I listened to talk of inexperienced bonefishermen +telling what they had done and heard. To me it was absurd. So much +fishing talk seems ridiculous, anyway. And the expert fishermen, +wherever they were, received the expressive titles: “Bonefish Bugs and +Bonefish Nuts!” Again I heard arguments about tackle rigged for these +mysterious fish and these arguments fixed my vague impression. By and by +some bonefishermen came to Long Key, and the first sight of a bonefish +made me curious. I think it weighed five pounds—a fair-sized <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span>specimen. +Even to my prejudiced eye that fish showed class. So I began to question +the bonefishermen.</p> + +<p>At once I found this type of angler to be remarkably reticent as to +experience and method. Moreover, the tackle used was amazing to me. +Stiff rods and heavy lines for little fish! I gathered another +impression, and it was that bonefish were related to dynamite and chain +lightning. Everybody who would listen to my questions had different +things to say. No two men agreed on tackle or bait or ground or +anything. I enlisted the interest of my brother R. C., and we decided, +just to satisfy curiosity, to go out and catch some bonefish. The +complacent, smug conceit of fishermen! I can see now how funny ours was. +Fortunately it is now past tense. If I am ever conceited again I hope no +one will read my stories.</p> + +<p>My brother and I could not bring ourselves to try for bonefish with +heavy tackle. It was preposterous. Three—four—five-pound fish! We had +seen no larger. Bass tackle was certainly heavy enough for us. So in the +innocence of our hearts and the assurance of our vanity we sallied forth +to catch bonefish.</p> + +<p>That was four years ago. Did we have good luck? No! Luck has nothing to +do with bonefishing. What happened? For one solid month each winter of +those four years we had devoted ourselves to bonefishing with light +tackle. We stuck to our colors. The space of this whole volume would not +be half enough to tell our experience—the amaze, the difficulty, the +perseverance, the defeat, the wonder, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span>and at last the achievement. The +season of 1918 we hooked about fifty bonefish on three-six tackles—that +is, three-ounce tips and six-thread lines—and we landed fourteen of +them. I caught nine and R. C. caught five. R. C.’s eight-pound fish +justified our contention and crowned our efforts.</p> + +<p>To date, in all my experience, I consider this bonefish achievement the +most thrilling, fascinating, difficult, and instructive. That is a broad +statement and I hope I can prove it. I am prepared to state that I feel +almost certain, if I spent another month bonefishing, I would become +obsessed and perhaps lose my enthusiasm for other kinds of fish.</p> + +<p>Why?</p> + +<p>There is a multiplicity of reasons. My reasons range from the +exceedingly graceful beauty of a bonefish to the fact that he is the +best food fish I ever ate. That is a wide range. He is the wisest, +shyest, wariest, strangest fish I ever studied; and I am not excepting +the great <i>Xiphias gladius</i>—the broadbill swordfish. As for the speed +of a bonefish, I claim no salmon, no barracuda, no other fish celebrated +for swiftness of motion, is in his class. A bonefish is so incredibly +fast that it was a long time before I could believe the evidence of my +own eyes. You see him; he is there perfectly still in the clear, shallow +water, a creature of fish shape, pale green and silver, but +crystal-like, a phantom shape, staring at you with strange black eyes; +then he is gone. Vanished! Absolutely without your seeing a movement, +even a faint streak! By peering keenly you may discern a little swirl in +the water. As for the strength of a bonefish, I actually hesitate to +give my impressions. No one will ever believe how powerful a bonefish is until +he has tried to stop the rush and heard the line snap. As for his +cunning, it is utterly baffling. As for his biting, it is almost +imperceptible. As for his tactics, they are beyond conjecture.</p> + +<div class="centerbox3 bbox"> +<p><a name="illo32" id="illo32"></a></p><div class="figleft" style="width: 238px;"> +<img src="images/illus155l.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="238" height="312" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 239px;"> +<img src="images/illus155r.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="239" height="312" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p class="center"><span class="caption">THE GAMEST FISH THAT SWIMS</span></p></div> + +<p><a name="illo33" id="illo33"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus156.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="298" alt="A WAAHOO" title="" /> +<span class="caption">A WAAHOO</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span>I want to append here a few passages from my note-books, in the hope +that a bare, bald statement of fact will help my argument.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>First experience on a bonefish shoal. This wide area of coral mud was +dry at low tide. When we arrived the tide was rising. Water scarcely a +foot deep, very clear. Bottom white, with patches of brown grass. We saw +bonefish everywhere and expected great sport. But no matter where we +stopped we could not get any bites. Schools of bonefish swam up to the +boat, only to dart away. Everywhere we saw thin white tails sticking +out, as they swam along, feeding with noses in the mud. When we drew in +our baits we invariably found them half gone, and it was our assumption +that the blue crabs did this.</p> + +<p>At sunset the wind quieted. It grew very still and beautiful. The water +was rosy. Here and there we saw swirls and tails standing out, and we +heard heavy thumps of plunging fish. But we could not get any bites.</p> + +<p>When we returned to camp we were told that the half of our soldier-crab +baits had been sucked off by bonefish. Did not believe that.</p> + +<p>Tide bothered us again this morning. It seems exceedingly difficult to +tell one night before what the tide is going to do the next morning. At +ten <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span>o’clock we walked to the same place we were yesterday. It was a +bright, warm day, with just enough breeze to ruffle the water and make +fishing pleasant, and we certainly expected to have good luck. But we +fished for about three hours without any sign of a fish. This was +discouraging and we could not account for it.</p> + +<p>So we moved. About half a mile down the beach I thought I caught a +glimpse of a bonefish. It was a likely-looking contrast to the white +marl all around. Here I made a long cast and sat down to wait. My +brother lagged behind. Presently I spied two bonefish nosing along not +ten feet from the shore. They saw me, so I made no attempt to drag the +bait near them, but I called to my brother and told him to try to get a +bait ahead of them. This was a little after flood-tide. It struck me +then that these singular fish feed up the beach with one tide and down +with another.</p> + +<p>Just when my brother reached me I got a nibble. I called to him and then +stood up, ready to strike. I caught a glimpse of the fish. He looked big +and dark. He had his nose down, fooling with my bait. When I struck him +he felt heavy. I put on the click of the reel, and when the bonefish +started off he pulled the rod down hard, taking the line fast. He made +one swirl on the surface and then started up-shore. He seemed +exceedingly swift. I ran along the beach until presently the line +slackened and I felt that the hook had torn out. This was +disappointment. I could not figure that I had done anything wrong, but I +decided in the future to use a smaller and sharper hook. We went on down +the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span>beach, seeing several bonefish on the way, and finally we ran into +a big school of them. They were right alongshore, but when they saw us +we could not induce them to bite.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>Every day we learn something. It is necessary to keep out of sight of +these fish. After they bite, everything depends upon the skilful hooking +of the fish. Probably it will require a good deal of skill to land them +after you have hooked them, but we have had little experience at that so +far. When these fish are along the shore they certainly are feeding, and +presumably they are feeding on crabs of some sort. Bonefish appear to be +game worthy of any fisherman’s best efforts.</p> + +<p>It was a still, hot day, without any clouds. We went up the beach to a +point opposite an old construction camp. To-day when we expected the +tide to be doing one thing it was doing another. Ebb and flow and +flood-tide have become as difficult as Sanskrit synonyms for me. My +brother took an easy and comfortable chair and sat up the beach, and I, +like an ambitious fisherman, laboriously and adventurously waded out one +hundred and fifty feet to an old platform that had been erected there. I +climbed upon this, and found it a very precarious place to sit. Come to +think about it, there is something very remarkable about the places a +fisherman will pick out to sit down on. This place was a two-by-four +plank full of nails, and I cheerfully availed myself of it and, casting +my bait out as far as I could, I calmly sat down to wait for a bonefish. +It has become a settled conviction in my mind that <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span>you have to wait for +bonefish. But all at once I got a hard bite. It quite excited me. I +jerked and pulled the bait away from the fish and he followed it and +took it again. I saw this fish and several others in the white patch of +ground where there were not any weeds. But in my excitement I did not +have out a long enough line, and when I jerked the fish turned over and +got away. This was all right, but the next two hours sitting in the sun +on that seat with a nail sticking into me were not altogether +pleasurable. When I thought I had endured it as long as I could I saw a +flock of seven bonefish swimming past me, and one of them was a whopper. +The sight revived me. I hardly breathed while that bunch of fish swam +right for my bait, and for all I could see they did not know it was +there. I waited another long time. The sun was hot—there was no +breeze—the heat was reflected from the water. I could have stood all +this well enough, but I could not stand the nails. So I climbed down off +my perch, having forgotten that all this time the tide had been rising. +And as I could not climb back I had to get wet, to the infinite +amusement of my brother. After that I fished from the shore.</p> + +<p>Presently my brother shouted and I looked up to see him pulling on a +fish. There was a big splash in the water and then I saw his line +running out. The fish was heading straight for the framework on which I +had been seated and I knew if he ever did get there he would break the +line. All of a sudden I saw the fish he had hooked. And he reached the +framework all right!</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span>I had one more strike this day, but did not hook the fish. It seems this +bonefishing takes infinite patience. For all we can tell, these fish +come swimming along with the rising tide close in to shore and they are +exceedingly shy and wary. My brother now has caught two small bonefish +and each of them gave a good strong bite, at once starting off with the +bait. We had been under the impression that it was almost impossible to +feel the bonefish bite. It will take work to learn this game.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>Yesterday we went up on the north side of the island to the place near +the mangroves where we had seen some bonefish. Arriving there, we found +the tide almost flood, with the water perfectly smooth and very clear +and about a foot deep up at the mangrove roots. Here and there at a +little distance we could see splashes. We separated, and I took the +outside, while R. C. took the inside close to the mangroves. We waded +along. Before I had time to make a cast I saw a three-pound bonefish +come sneaking along, and when he saw me he darted away like an arrow. I +made a long cast and composed myself to wait. Presently a yell from R. +C. electrified me with the hope that he had hooked a fish. But it turned +out that he had only seen one. He moved forward very cautiously in the +water and presently made a cast. He then said that a big bonefish was +right near his hook, and during the next few minutes this fish circled +his bait twice, crossing his line. Then he counted out loud: one, two, +three, four, five bonefish right in front of him, one of which was a +whopper. I stood <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span>up myself and saw one over to my right, of about five +pounds, sneaking along with his nose to the bottom. When I made a cast +over in his direction he disappeared as suddenly as if he had dissolved +in the water. Looking out to my left, I saw half a dozen bonefish +swimming toward me, and they came quite close. When I moved they +vanished. Then I made a cast over in this direction. The bonefish came +back and swam all around my bait, apparently not noticing it. They were +on the feed, and the reason they did not take our bait must have been +that they saw us. We fished there for an hour without having a sign of a +bite, and then we gave it up.</p> + +<p>To-day about flood-tide I had a little strike. I jerked hard, but failed +to see the fish, and then when I reeled in I found he still had hold of +it. Then I struck him, and in one little jerk he broke the leader.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>I just had a talk with a fellow who claims to know a good deal about +bonefishing. He said he had caught a good many ranging up to eight +pounds. His claim was that soldier crabs were the best bait. He said he +had fished with professional boatmen who knew the game thoroughly. They +would pole the skiff alongshore and keep a sharp lookout for what he +called bonefish mud. And I assume that he meant muddy places in the +water that had been stirred up by bonefish. Of course, any place where +these little swirls could be seen was very likely to be a bonefish bank. +He claimed that it was necessary to hold the line near the reel between +the forefingers, and to feel for the very slightest vibration. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span>Bonefish +have a sucker-like mouth. They draw the bait in, and smash it. +Sometimes, of course, they move away, drawing out the line, but that +kind of a bite is exceptional. It is imperative to strike the fish when +this vibration is felt. Not one in five bonefish is hooked.</p> + +<p>We have had two northers and the water grew so cold that it drove the +fish out. The last two or three days have been warm and to-day it was +hot. However, I did not expect the bonefish in yet, and when we went in +bathing at flood-tide I was very glad to see two fish. I hurried out and +got my rod and began to try. Presently I had a little strike. I waited +and it was repeated; then I jerked and felt the fish. He made a wave and +that was the last I knew of him.</p> + +<p>Reeling in, I looked at my bait, to find that it had been pretty badly +chewed, but I fastened it on again and made another cast. I set down the +rod. Then I went back after the bucket for the rest of the bait. Upon my +return I saw the line jerking and I ran to the rod. I saw a little +splash, and a big white tail of a bonefish stick out of the water. I put +my thumb on the reel and jerked hard. Instantly I felt the fish, heavy +and powerful. He made a surge and then ran straight out. The line burned +my thumb so I could not hold it. I put on the click and the fish made a +swifter, harder run for at least a hundred yards, and he tore the hook +out.</p> + +<p>This makes a number of fish that have gotten away from me in this +manner. It is exasperating and difficult to explain. I have to use a +pretty heavy sinker in order to cast the bait out. I have <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span>arranged this +sinker, which has a hole through it, so that the line will run freely. +This seems to work all right on the bite, but I am afraid it does not +work after the fish is hooked. That sinker drags on the bottom. This is +the best rigging that I can plan at the present stage of the game. I +have an idea now that a bonefish should be hooked hard and then very +carefully handled.</p> + +<p>I fished off the beach awhile in front of the cabin. We used both kinds +of crabs, soldier and hermit. I fished two hours and a half, from the +late rising tide to the first of the ebb, without a sign or sight of a +fish. R. C. finally got tired and set his rod and went in bathing. Then +it happened. I heard his reel singing and saw his rod nodding; then I +made a dash for it. The fish was running straight out, heavy and fast, +and he broke the line.</p> + +<p>This may have been caused by the heavy sinker catching in the weeds. We +must do more planning to get a suitable rig for these bonefish.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>Day before yesterday R. C. and I went up to the Long Key point, and +rowed in on the mangrove shoal where once before I saw so many bonefish. +The tide was about one-quarter in, and there was a foot of water all +over the flats. We anchored at the outer edge and began to fish. We had +made elaborate preparations in the way of tackle, bait, canoe, etc., and +it really would have been remarkable if we had had any luck. After a +little while I distinctly felt something at my hook, and upon jerking I +had one splendid surge out of a good, heavy bonefish. That was all that +happened in that place.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span>It was near flood-tide when we went back. I stood up and kept a keen +watch for little muddy places in the water, also bonefish. At last I saw +several fish, and there we anchored. I fished on one side of the boat, +and R. C. on the other. On two different occasions, feeling a nibble on +his line, he jerked, all to no avail. The third time he yelled as he +struck, and I turned in time to see the white thresh of a bonefish. He +made a quick dash off to the side and then came in close to the boat, +swimming around with short runs two or three times, and then, apparently +tired, he came close. I made ready to lift him into the boat, when, lo +and behold! he made a wonderful run of fully three hundred feet before +R. C. could stop him. Finally he was led to the boat, and turned out to +be a fish of three and a half pounds. It simply made R. C. and me gasp +to speak of what a really large bonefish might be able to do. There is +something irresistible about the pursuit of these fish, and perhaps this +is it. We changed places, and as a last try anchored in deeper water, +fishing as before. This time I had a distinct tug at my line and I +hooked a fish. He wiggled and jerked and threshed around so that I told +R. C. that it was not a bonefish, but R. C. contended it was. Anyway, he +came toward the boat rather easily until we saw him and he saw us, and +then he made a dash similar to that of R. C.’s fish and he tore out the +hook. This was the extent of our adventure that day, and we were very +much pleased.</p> + +<p>Next morning we started out with a high northeast trade-wind blowing. +Nothing could dampen our ardor.</p> + +<p>It was blowing so hard up at No. 2 viaduct that <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span>we decided to stay +inside. There is a big flat there cut up by channels, and it is said to +be a fine ground for bonefish. The tide was right and the water was +clear, but even in the lee of the bank the wind blew pretty hard. We +anchored in about three feet of water and began to fish.</p> + +<p>After a while we moved. The water was about a foot deep, and the bottom +clean white marl, with little patches of vegetation. Crabs and +crab-holes were numerous. I saw a small shark and a couple of rays. When +we got to the middle of a big flat I saw the big, white, glistening +tails of bonefish sticking out of the water. We dropped anchor and, much +excited, were about to make casts, when R. C. lost his hat. He swore. We +had to pull up anchor and go get the hat. Unfortunately this scared the +fish. Also it presaged a rather hard-luck afternoon. In fishing, as in +many other things, if the beginning is tragedy all will be tragedy, +growing worse all the time. We moved around up above where I had seen +these bonefish, and there we dropped anchor. No sooner had we gotten our +baits overboard than we began to see bonefish tails off at quite some +distance. The thing to do, of course, was to sit right there and be +patient, but this was almost impossible for us. We moved again and +again, but we did not get any nearer to the fish. Finally I determined +that we would stick in one place. This we did, and the bonefish began to +come around. When they would swim close to the boat and see us they +would give a tremendous surge and disappear, as if by magic. But they +always left a muddy place in the water. The speed of these fish <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span>is +beyond belief. I could not cast where I wanted to; I tried again and +again. When I did get my bait off at a reasonable distance, I could feel +crabs nibbling at it. These pests robbed us of many a good bait. One of +them cut my line right in two. They seemed to be very plentiful, and +that must be why the bonefish were plentiful, too. R. C. kept losing +bait after bait, which he claimed was the work of crabs, but I rather +believed it to be the work of bonefish. It was too windy for us to tell +anything about the pressure of the line. It had to be quite a strong tug +to be felt at all. Presently I felt one, and instead of striking at once +I waited to see what would happen. After a while I reeled in to find my +bait gone. Then I was consoled by the proof that a bonefish had taken +the bait off for me. Another time three bonefish came along for my bait +and stuck their tails up out of the water, and were evidently nosing +around it, but I felt absolutely nothing on the line. When I reeled in +the bait was gone.</p> + +<p>We kept up this sort of thing for two hours. I knew that we were doing +it wrong. R. C. said bad conditions, but I claimed that these were only +partly responsible for our failure. I knew that we moved about too much, +that we did not cast far enough and wait long enough, and that by all +means we should not have cracked bait on the bottom of the boat, and +particularly we did not know when we had a bite! But it is one thing to +be sure of a fact and another to be able to practise it. At last we gave +up in despair, and upon paddling back toward the launch we saw a school +of bonefish with their tails in the air. We followed them around for a +while, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span>apparently very much to their amusement. At sunset we got back +to the launch and started for camp.</p> + +<p>This was a long, hard afternoon’s work for nothing. However, it is my +idea that experience is never too dearly bought. I will never do some +things again, and the harder these fish are to catch, the more time and +effort it takes—the more intelligence and cunning—all the more will I +appreciate success if it ever does come. It is in the attainment of +difficult tasks that we earn our reward. There are several old bonefish +experts here in camp, and they laughed when I related some of our +experiences. Bonefishermen are loath to tell anything about their +methods. This must be a growth of the difficult game. I had an expert +bonefisherman tell me that when he was surprised while fishing on one of +the shoals, he always dropped his rod and pretended to be digging for +shells. And it is a fact that the bonefish guides at Metacumbe did not +let any one get a line on their methods. They will avoid a +bonefishing-ground while others are there, and if they are surprised +there ahead of others, they will pull up anchor and go away. May I be +preserved from any such personal selfishness and reticence as this! One +of these bonefish experts at the camp told me that in all his years of +experience he had never gotten a bonefish bite. If you feel a tug, it is +when the bonefish is ejecting the hook. Then it is too late. The +bonefish noses around the bait and sucks it in without any apparent +movement of the line. And that can be detected first by a little sagging +of the line or by a little strain upon it. That is the time to strike. +He also said that he always broke <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span>his soldier crabs on a piece of lead +to prevent the jar from frightening the fish.</p> + +<p>Doctor B. tells a couple of interesting experiences with bonefish. On +one occasion he was fishing near another boat in which was a friend. The +water was very clear and still, and he could see his friend’s bait lying +upon the sand. An enormous bonefish swam up and took the bait, and +Doctor B. was so thrilled and excited that he could not yell. When the +man hooked the fish it shot off in a straightaway rush, raising a ridge +upon the water. It ran the length of the line and freed itself. Later +Doctor B.’s friend showed the hook, that had been straightened out. They +measured the line and found it to be five hundred and fifty-five feet. +The bonefish had gone the length of this in one run, and they estimated +that he would have weighed not less than fifteen pounds.</p> + +<p>On another occasion Dr. B. saw a heavy bonefish hooked. It ran +straight off shore, and turning, ran in with such speed that it came +shooting out upon dry land and was easily captured. These two instances +are cases in point of the incredible speed and strength of this strange +fish.</p> + +<p>R. C. had a splendid fight with a bonefish to-day. The wind was blowing +hard and the canoe was not easy to fish out of. We had great difficulty +in telling when we did have a bite. I had one that I know of. When R. C. +hooked his fish it sheered off between the canoe and the beach and ran +up-shore quite a long way. Then it headed out to sea and made a long +run, and then circled. It made short, quick surges, each time jerking R. +C.’s rod down and pulling the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span>reel handle out of his fingers. He had to +put on a glove. We were both excited and thrilled with the gameness of +this fish. It circled the canoe three times, and tired out very slowly. +When he got it close the very thing happened that I feared. It darted +under the anchor rope and we lost it. This battle lasted about fifteen +minutes, and afforded us an actual instance of the wonderful qualities +of this fish.</p> + +<p>Yesterday R. C. hooked a bonefish that made a tremendous rush straight +offshore, and never stopped until he had pulled out the hook. This must +have been a very heavy and powerful fish.</p> + +<p>I had my taste of the same dose to-day. I felt a tiny little tug upon my +line that electrified me and I jerked as hard as I dared. I realized +that I had hooked some kind of fish, but, as it was wiggling and did not +feel heavy, I concluded that I had hooked one of those pesky blowfish. +But all of a sudden my line cut through the water and fairly whistled. I +wound in the slack and then felt a heavy fish. He made a short plunge +and then a longer one, straight out, making my reel scream. I was afraid +to thumb the line, so I let him go. With these jerky plunges he ran +about three hundred feet. Then I felt my line get fast, and, handing my +rod to R. C., I slipped off my shoes and went overboard. I waded out, +winding as I went, to find that the bonefish had fouled the line on a +sponge on the bottom, and he had broken free just above the hook.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>Yesterday the fag end of the northeast gale still held on, but we +decided to try for bonefish. Low tide at two o’clock.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span>I waded up-shore with the canoe, and R. C. walked. It was a hard job to +face the wind and waves and pull the canoe. It made me tired and wet.</p> + +<p>When we got above the old camp the tide had started in. We saw bonefish +tails standing up out of the water. Hurriedly baiting our hooks, we +waded to get ahead of them. But we could not catch them wading, so went +back to the canoe and paddled swiftly ahead, anchored, and got out to +wade once more.</p> + +<p>R. C. was above me. We saw the big tail of one bonefish and both of us +waded to get ahead of him. At last I made a cast, but did not see him +any more. The wind was across my line, making a big curve in it, and I +was afraid I could not tell a bite if I had one. Was about to reel in +when I felt the faint tug. I swept my rod up and back, hard as I dared. +The line came tight, I felt a heavy weight; a quiver, and then my rod +was pulled down. I had hooked him. The thrill was remarkable. He took a +short dash, then turned. I thought I had lost him. But he was running +in. Frantically I wound the reel, but could not get in the slack. I saw +my line coming, heard it hiss in the water, then made out the dark shape +of a bonefish. He ran right at me—almost hit my feet. When he saw me he +darted off with incredible speed, making my reel scream. I feared the +strain on the line, and I plunged through the water as fast as I could +after him. He ran four hundred feet in that dash, and I ran fifty. Not +often have I of late years tingled and thrilled and panted with such +excitement. It was great. It brought back the days of boyhood. When he +stopped that run I was tired and thoroughly wet. He sheered off as <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span>I +waded and wound in. I got him back near me. He shot off in a shoal place +of white mud where I saw him plainly, and he scared a school of bonefish +that split and ran every way. My fish took to making short circles; I +could not keep a tight line. Lost! I wound in fast, felt him again, then +absolutely lost feel of him or sight of him. Lost again! My sensations +were remarkable, considering it was only a fish of arm’s-length at the +end of the line. But these bonefish rouse an angler as no other fish +can. All at once I felt the line come tight. He was still on, now +running inshore.</p> + +<p>The water was about a foot deep. I saw the bulge, or narrow wave, he +made. He ran out a hundred feet, and had me dashing after him again. I +could not trust that light line at the speed he swam, so I ran to +release the strain. He led me inshore, then up-shore, and out toward sea +again, all the time fighting with a couple of hundred feet of line out. +Occasionally he would make a solid, thumping splash. He worked offshore +some two hundred yards, where be led me in water half to my hips. I had +to try to stop him here, and with fear and trepidation I thumbed the +reel. The first pressure brought a savage rush, but it was short. He +turned, and I wound him back and waded inshore.</p> + +<p>From that moment I had him beaten, although I was afraid of his short +thumps as he headed away and tugged. Finally I had him within twenty +feet circling around me, tired and loggy, yet still strong enough to +require careful handling.</p> + +<p>He looked short and heavy, pale checked green and silver; and his +staring black eye, set forward in <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span>his pointed white nose, could be +plainly seen. This fish made a rare picture for an angler.</p> + +<p>So I led him to the canoe and, ascertaining that I had him well hooked, +I lifted him in.</p> + +<p>Never have I seen so beautiful a fish. A golden trout, a white sea-bass, +a dolphin, all are beautiful, but not so exquisite as this bonefish. He +seemed all bars of dazzling silver. His tail had a blue margin and +streaks of lilac. His lower (anal) fins were blazing with opal fire, and +the pectoral fins were crystal white. His eye was a dead, piercing +black, staring and deep. We estimated his weight. I held for six pounds, +but R. C. shook his head. He did not believe that. But we agreed on the +magnificent fight he had made.</p> + +<p>Then we waded up-shore farther and began to fish. In just five minutes I +had the same kind of strike, slight, almost imperceptible, vibrating, +and I hooked a fish exactly as I had the first one. He was light of +weight, but swift as a flash. I played him from where I stood. This time +I essayed with all skill to keep a taut line. It was impossible. Now I +felt his weight and again only a slack line. This fish, too, ran right +to my feet, then in a boiling splash sheered away. But he could not go +far. I reeled him back and led him to the canoe. He was small, and the +smallness of him was such a surprise in contrast to what his fight had +led me to imagine he was.</p> + +<p>R. C. had one strike and broke his line on the jerk. We had to give up +on account of sunset at hand.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>There was another hard thunder-storm last night. The last few days have +begun the vernal equinox. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span>It rained torrents all night and stopped at +dawn. The wind was northeast and cool. Cloudy overhead, with purple +horizon all around—a forbidding day. But we decided to go fishing, +anyhow. We had new, delicate three-six tackles to try. About seven the +wind died away. There was a dead calm, and the sun tried to show. Then +another breeze came out of the east.</p> + +<p>We went up on the inside after bait, and had the luck to find some. +Crossing the island, we came out at the old construction camp where we +had left the canoe. By this time a stiff breeze was blowing and the tide +was rising fast. We had our troubles paddling and poling up to the grove +of cocoanuts. Opposite this we anchored and began to fish.</p> + +<p>Conditions were not favorable. The water was choppy and roily, the canoe +bobbed a good deal, the anchors dragged, and we did not see any fish. +All the same, we persevered. At length I had a bite, but pulled too +late. We tried again for a while, only to be disappointed. Then we +moved.</p> + +<p>We had to put the stern anchor down first and let it drag till it held +and the canoe drifted around away from the wind, then we dropped the bow +anchor. After a time I had a faint feeling at the end of my line—an +indescribable feeling. I jerked and hooked a bonefish. He did not feel +heavy. He ran off, and the wind bagged my line and the waves also helped +to pull out the hook.</p> + +<p>Following that we changed places several times, in one of which R. C. +had a strike, but failed to hook the fish. Just opposite the old wreck +on the shore I had another fish take hold, and, upon hooking him, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span>had +precisely the same thing happen as in the first instance. I think the +bag of my line, which I could not avoid, allowed the lead to sag down +and drag upon the bottom. Of course when it caught the bonefish pulled +free.</p> + +<p>In some places we found the water clearer than in others. Flood-tide had +long come when we anchored opposite the old camp. R. C. cast out upon a +brown patch of weeds where we have caught some fine fish, and I cast +below. Perhaps in five minutes or less R. C. swept up his rod. I saw it +bend forward, down toward the water. He had hooked a heavy fish. The +line hissed away to the right, and almost at once picked up a good-sized +piece of seaweed.</p> + +<p>“It’s a big fish!” I exclaimed, excitedly. “Look at him go!... That +seaweed will make you lose him. Let me wade out and pull it off?”</p> + +<p>“No! Let’s take a chance.... Too late, anyhow! Gee! He’s going!... He’s +got two hundred yards out!”</p> + +<p>Two-thirds of the line was off the reel, and the piece of seaweed seemed +to be a drag on the fish. He slowed up. The line was tight, the rod +bent. Suddenly the tip sprang back. We had seen that often before.</p> + +<p>“Gone!” said R. C., dejectedly.</p> + +<p>But I was not so sure of that, although I was hopeless. R. C. wound in, +finding the line came slowly, as if weighted. I watched closely. We +thought that was on account of the seaweed. But suddenly the reel began +to screech.</p> + +<p>“I’ve got him yet!” yelled R. C., with joy.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span>I was overjoyed, too, but I contained myself, for I expected dire +results from that run.</p> + +<p>Zee! Zee! Zee! went the reel, and the rod nodded in time.</p> + +<p>“We must get rid of that seaweed or lose him.... Pull up your anchor +with one hand.... Careful now.”</p> + +<p>He did so, and quickly I got mine up. What ticklish business!</p> + +<p>“Keep a tight line!” I cautioned, as I backed the canoe hard with all my +power. It was not easy to go backward and keep head on to the wind. The +waves broke over the end of the canoe, splashing me in the face so I +could taste and smell the salt. I made half a dozen shoves with the +paddle. Then, nearing the piece of seaweed, I dropped my anchor.</p> + +<p>In a flash I got that dangerous piece of seaweed off R. C.’s line.</p> + +<p>“Good work!... Say, but that helps.... We’d never have gotten him,” said +R. C., beaming. I saw him look then as he used to in our sunfish, +bent-pin days.</p> + +<p>“We’ve not got him yet,” I replied, grimly. “Handle him as easily as you +can.”</p> + +<p>Then began a fight. The bonefish changed his swift, long runs, and took +to slow sweeps to and fro, and whenever he was drawn a few yards closer +he would give a solid jerk and get that much line back. There was much +danger from other pieces of floating weed. R. C. maneuvered his line to +miss them. All the time the bonefish was pulling doggedly. I had little +hope we might capture him. At the end of fifteen minutes he was still a +hundred yards from <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span>the canoe and neither of us had seen him. Our +excitement grew tenser every moment. The fish sheered to and fro, and +would not come into shallower water. He would not budge. He took one +long run straight up the shore, in line with us, and then circled out. +This alarmed me, but he did not increase his lead. He came slowly +around, yard by yard. R. C. reeled carefully, not hard enough to +antagonize him, and after what seemed a long time got him within a +hundred feet, and I had a glimpse of green and silver. Then off he ran +again. How unbelievably swift! He had been close—then almost the same +instant he was far off.</p> + +<p>“I saw him! On a wave!” yelled R. C. “That’s no bonefish! What can he +be, anyhow? I believe I’ve got a barracuda!”</p> + +<p>I looked and looked, but I could not see him.</p> + +<p>“No matter what you think you saw, that fish is a bonefish,” I declared, +positively. “The runs he made! I saw silver and green! Careful now. I +<i>know</i> he’s a bonefish. And he must be big.”</p> + +<p>“Maybe it’s only the wind and waves that make him feel so strong,” +replied R. C.</p> + +<p>“No! You can’t fool me! Play him for a big one. He’s been on +twenty-three minutes now. Stand up—I’ll steady the canoe—and watch for +that sudden rush when he sees the canoe. The finish is in sight.”</p> + +<p>It was an indication of a tiring fish that he made his first circle of +the canoe, but too far out for us to see him. This circling a boat is a +remarkable feature, and I think it comes from the habit of a bonefish of +pulling broadside. I cautioned R. C. to <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span>avoid the seaweed and to lead +him a little more, but to be infinitely careful not to apply too much +strain. He circled us again, a few yards closer. The third circle he did +not gain a foot. Then he was on his fourth lap around the canoe, drawing +closer. On his fifth lap clear round us he came near as fifty feet. I +could not resist standing up to see. I got a glimpse of him and he +looked long. But I did not say anything to R. C. We had both hooked too +many big bonefish that got away immediately. This was another affair.</p> + +<p>He circled us the sixth time. Six times! Then he came rather close. On +this occasion he saw the canoe. He surged and sped out so swiftly that I +was simply paralyzed. R. C. yelled something that had a note of +admiration of sheer glory in the spirit of that fish.</p> + +<p>“Here’s where he leaves us!” I echoed.</p> + +<p>But, as luck would have it, he stopped that run short of two hundred +yards; and turned broadside to circle slowly back, allowing R. C. to get +in line. He swam slower this time, and did not make the heavy tugs. He +came easily, weaving to and fro. R. C. got him to within twenty-five +feet of the boat, yet still could not see him. It was my job to think +quick and sit still with ready hands on the anchor rope. He began to +plunge, taking a little line each time. Then suddenly I saw R. C.’s line +coming toward us. I knew that would happen.</p> + +<p>“Now! Look out! Reel in fast!” I cried, tensely.</p> + +<p>As I leaned over to heave up the anchor, I saw the bonefish flashing +nearer. At that instant of thrilling excitement and suspense I could not +trust <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>my eyesight. There he was, swimming heavily, and he looked three +feet long, thick and dark and heavy. I got the anchor up just as he +passed under the canoe. Maybe I did not revel in pride of my quickness +of thought and action!</p> + +<p>“Oh! He’s gone under the rope!” gasped R. C.</p> + +<p>“No!” I yelled, sharply. “Let your line run out! Put your tip down! +We’ll drift over your line.”</p> + +<p>R. C. was dominated to do so, and presently the canoe drifted over where +the line was stretched. That second ticklish moment passed. It had +scared me. But I could not refrain from one sally.</p> + +<p>“I got the anchor up. What did you think I’d do?”</p> + +<p>R. C. passed by my remark. This was serious business for him. He looked +quite earnest and pale.</p> + +<p>“Say! did you see him?” he ejaculated, looking at me.</p> + +<p>“Wish I hadn’t,” I replied.</p> + +<p>We were drifting inshore, which was well, provided we did not drift too +hard to suit the bonefish. He swam along in plain sight, and he seemed +so big that I would not have gazed any longer if I could have helped it.</p> + +<p>I kept the canoe headed in, and we were not long coming to shallow +water. Here the bonefish made a final dash for freedom, but it was short +and feeble, compared with his first runs. He got about twenty feet away, +then sheered, showing his broad, silver side. R. C. wound him in close, +and an instant later the bow of the canoe grated on shore.</p> + +<p>“Now what?” asked R. C. as I stepped out into <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>the water. “Won’t it be +risky to lift him into the canoe?”</p> + +<p>“Lift nothing! I have this all figured out. Lead him along.”</p> + +<p>R. C. stepped out upon the beach while I was in the water. The bonefish +lay on his side, a blaze of silver. I took hold of the line very gently +and led the fish a little closer in. The water was about six inches +deep. There were waves beating in—a miniature surf. And I calculated on +the receding of a wave. Then with one quick pull I slid our beautiful +quarry up on the coral sand. The instant he was out of the water the +leader snapped. I was ready for this, too. But at that it was an awful +instant! As the wave came back, almost deep enough to float the +bonefish, I scooped him up.</p> + +<p>“He’s ours!” I said, consulting my watch. “Thirty-three minutes! I give +you my word that fight was comparable to ones I’ve had with a Pacific +swordfish.”</p> + +<p>“Look at him!” R. C. burst out. “Look at him! When the leader broke I +thought he was lost. I’m sick yet. Didn’t you almost bungle that?”</p> + +<p>“Not a chance, R. C.,” I replied. “Had that all figured. I never put any +strain on your line until the wave went back. Then I slid him out, the +leader broke, and I scooped him up.”</p> + +<p>R. C. stood gazing down at the glistening, opal-spotted fish. What a +contrast he presented to any other kind of a fish! How many beautiful +species have we seen lying on sand or moss or ferns, just come out of +the water! But I could remember no other so rare as this bonefish. The +exceeding difficulty <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span>of the capture of this, our first really large +bonefish, had a great deal to do with our admiration and pride. For the +hard work of any achievement is what makes it worth while. But this had +nothing to do with the exquisite, indescribable beauty of the bonefish. +He was long, thick, heavy, and round, with speed and power in every +line; a sharp white nose and huge black eyes. The body of him was live, +quivering silver, molten silver in the sunlight, crossed and barred with +blazing stripes. The opal hues came out upon the anal fin, and the broad +tail curled up, showing lavender tints on a background of brilliant +blue. He weighed eight pounds. Symbolic of the mysterious life and +beauty in the ocean! Wonderful and prolific as nature is on land, she is +infinitely more so in the sea. By the sun and the sea we live; and I +shall never tire of seeking and studying the manifold life of the deep.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="VIII" id="VIII"></a>VIII</h2> + +<h3>SOME RARE FISH</h3> + +<p>It is very strange that the longer a man fishes the more there seems to +be to learn. In my case this is one of the secrets of the fascination of +the game. Always there will be greater fish in the ocean than I have +ever caught.</p> + +<p>Five or six years ago I heard the name “waahoo” mentioned at Long Key. +The boatmen were using it in a way to make one see that they did not +believe there was such a fish as a waahoo. The old conch fishermen had +never heard the name. For that matter, neither had I.</p> + +<p>Later I heard the particulars of a hard and spectacular fight Judge +Shields had had with a strange fish which the Smithsonian declared to be +a waahoo. The name waahoo appears to be more familiarly associated with +a shrub called burning-bush, also a Pacific coast berry, and again a +small tree of the South called winged elm. When this name is mentioned +to a fisherman he is apt to think only fun is intended. To be sure, I +thought so.</p> + +<p>In February, 1915, I met Judge Shields at Long Key, and, remembering his +capture of this strange fish some years previous, I questioned him. He +was <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>singularly enthusiastic about the waahoo, and what he said excited +my curiosity. Either the genial judge was obsessed or else this waahoo +was a great fish. I was inclined to believe both, and then I forgot all +about the matter.</p> + +<p>This year at Long Key I was trolling for sailfish out in the Gulf +Stream, a mile or so southeast of Tennessee Buoy. It was a fine day for +fishing, there being a slight breeze and a ripple on the water. My +boatman, Captain Sam, and I kept a sharp watch on all sides for +sailfish. I was using light tackle, and of course trolling, with the +reel free running, except for my thumb.</p> + +<p>Suddenly I had a bewildering swift and hard strike. What a wonder that I +kept the reel from over-running! I certainly can testify to the burn on +my thumb.</p> + +<p>Sam yelled “Sailfish!” and stooped for the lever, awaiting my order to +throw out the clutch.</p> + +<p>Then I yelled: “Stop the boat, Sam!... It’s no sailfish!”</p> + +<p>That strike took six hundred feet of line quicker than any other I had +ever experienced. I simply did not dare to throw on the drag. But the +instant the speed slackened I did throw it on, and jerked to hook the +fish. I felt no weight. The line went slack.</p> + +<p>“No good!” I called, and began to wind in.</p> + +<p>At that instant a fish savagely broke water abreast of the boat, about +fifty yards out. He looked long, black, sharp-nosed. Sam saw him, too. +Then I felt a heavy pull on my rod and the line began to slip out. I +jerked and jerked, and felt that I had <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span>a fish hooked. The line appeared +strained and slow, which I knew to be caused by a long and wide bag in +it.</p> + +<p>“Sam,” I yelled, “the fish that jumped is on my line!”</p> + +<p>“No,” replied Sam.</p> + +<p>It did seem incredible. Sam figured that no fish could run astern for +two hundred yards and then quick as a flash break water abreast of us. +But I knew it was true. Then the line slackened just as it had before. I +began to wind up swiftly.</p> + +<p>“He’s gone,” I said.</p> + +<p>Scarcely had I said that when a smashing break in the water on the other +side of the boat alarmed and further excited me. I did not see the fish. +But I jumped up and bent over the stern to shove my rod deep into the +water back of the propeller. I did this despite the certainty that the +fish had broken loose. It was a wise move, for the rod was nearly pulled +out of my hands. I lifted it, bent double, and began to wind furiously. +So intent was I on the job of getting up the slack line that I scarcely +looked up from the reel.</p> + +<p>“Look at him yump!” yelled Sam.</p> + +<p>I looked, but not quickly enough.</p> + +<p>“Over here! Look at him yump!” went on Sam.</p> + +<p>That fish made me seem like an amateur. I could not do a thing with him. +The drag was light, and when I reeled in some line the fish got most of +it back again. Every second I expected him to get free for sure. It was +a miracle he did not shake the hook, as he certainly had a loose rein +most all the time. The fact was he had such speed that I was <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>unable to +keep a strain upon him. I had no idea what kind of a fish it was. And +Sam likewise was nonplussed.</p> + +<p>I was not sure the fish tired quickly, for I was so excited I had no +thought of time, but it did not seem very long before I had him within +fifty yards, sweeping in wide half-circles back of the boat. +Occasionally I saw a broad, bright-green flash. When I was sure he was +slowing up I put on the other drag and drew him closer. Then in the +clear water we saw a strange, wild, graceful fish, the like of which we +had never beheld. He was long, slender, yet singularly round and +muscular. His color appeared to be blue, green, silver crossed by bars. +His tail was big like that of a tuna, and his head sharper, more wolfish +than a barracuda. He had a long, low, straight dorsal fin. We watched +him swimming slowly to and fro beside the boat, and we speculated upon +his species. But all I could decide was that I had a rare specimen for +my collection.</p> + +<p>Sam was just as averse to the use of the gaff as I was. I played the +fish out completely before Sam grasped the leader, pulled him close, +lifted him in, and laid him down—a glistening, quivering, wonderful +fish nearly six feet long.</p> + +<p>He was black opal blue; iridescent silver underneath; pale blue dorsal; +dark-blue fins and copper-bronze tail, with bright bars down his body.</p> + +<p>I took this thirty-six pound fish to be a sea-roe, a game fish lately +noticed on the Atlantic seaboard. But I was wrong. One old conch +fisherman who had been around the Keys for forty years had never <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span>seen +such a fish. Then Mr. Schutt came and congratulated me upon landing a +waahoo.</p> + +<p>The catching of this specimen interested me to inquire when I could, and +find out for myself, more about this rare fish.</p> + +<p>Natives round Key West sometimes take it in nets and with the grains, +and they call it “springer.” It is well known in the West Indies, where +it bears the name “queenfish.” After studying this waahoo there were +boatmen and fishermen at Long Key who believed they had seen schools of +them. Mr. Schutt had observed schools of them on the reef, low down near +the coral—fish that would run from forty to one hundred pounds. It made +me thrill just to think of hooking a waahoo weighing anywhere near a +hundred pounds. Mr. Shannon testified that he had once observed a school +of waahoo leaping in the Gulf Stream—all very large fish. And once, on +a clear, still day, I drifted over a bunch of big, sharp-nosed, +game-looking fish that I am sure belonged to this species.</p> + +<p>The waahoo seldom, almost never, is hooked by a fisherman. This fact +makes me curious. All fish have to eat, and at least two waahoo have +been caught. Why not more? I do not believe that it is just a new fish. +I see Palm Beach notices printed to the effect that sailfish were never +heard of there before the Russo-Japanese War, and that the explosions of +floating mines drove them from their old haunts. I do not take stock in +such theory as that. As a matter of fact, Holder observed the sailfish +(<i>Histiophorus</i>) in the Gulf Stream off the Keys many years ago. +Likewise the waahoo must always <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span>have been there, absent perhaps in +varying seasons. It is fascinating to ponder over tackle and bait and +cunning calculated to take this rare denizen of the Gulf Stream.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>During half a dozen sojourns at Long Key I had heard of two or three +dolphin being caught by lucky anglers who were trolling for anything +that would bite. But until 1916 I never saw a dolphin. Certainly I never +hoped to take one of these rare and beautiful deep-sea fish. Never would +have the luck. But in February I took two, and now I am forbidden the +peculiar pleasure of disclaiming my fisherman’s luck.</p> + +<p>Dolphin seems a singularly attractive name. It always made me think of +the deep blue sea, of old tars, and tall-sparred, white-sailed brigs. It +is the name of a fish beloved of all sailors. I do not know why, but I +suspect that it is because the dolphin haunts ships and is an omen of +good luck, and probably the most exquisitely colored fish in the ocean.</p> + +<p>One day, two miles out in the Gulf Stream, I got a peculiar strike, +quite unlike any I had ever felt. A fisherman grows to be a specialist +in strikes. This one was quick, energetic, jerky, yet strong. And it was +a hungry strike. A fish that is hungry can almost always be hooked. I +let this one run a little and then hooked him. He felt light, but +savage. He took line in short, zigzag rushes. I fancied it was a bonita, +but Sam shook his head. With about a hundred yards of line out, the fish +leaped. He was golden. He had a huge, blunt, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span>bow-shaped head and a +narrow tail. The distance was pretty far, and I had no certainty to go +by, yet I yelled:</p> + +<p>“Dolphin!”</p> + +<p>Sam was not so sure, but he looked mighty hopeful. The fish sounded and +ran in on me, then darted here and there, then began to leap and thresh +upon the surface. He was hard to lead—a very strong fish for his light +weight. I never handled a fish more carefully. He came up on a low +swell, heading toward us, and he cut the water for fifty feet, with only +his dorsal, a gleam of gold, showing in the sunlight.</p> + +<p>Next he jumped five times, and I could hear the wrestling sound he made +when he shook himself. I had no idea what he might do next, and if he +had not been securely hooked would have gotten off. I tried hard to keep +the line taut and was not always successful. Like the waahoo, he +performed tricks new to me. One was an awkward diving leap that somehow +jerked the line in a way to alarm me. When he quit his tumbling and +rushing I led him close to the boat.</p> + +<p>This has always been to me one of the rewards of fishing. It quite +outweighs that doubtful moment for me when the fish lies in the boat or +helpless on the moss. Then I am always sorry, and more often than not +let the fish go alive.</p> + +<p>My first sight of a dolphin near at hand was one to remember. The fish +flashed gold—deep rich gold—with little flecks of blue and white. Then +the very next flash there were greens and yellows—changing, colorful, +brilliant bars. In that background <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span>of dark, clear, blue Gulf Stream +water this dolphin was radiant, golden, exquisitely beautiful. It was a +shame to lift him out of the water. But—</p> + +<p>The appearance of the dolphin when just out of the water beggars +description. Very few anglers in the world have ever had this +experience. Not many anglers, perhaps, care for the beauty of a fish. +But I do. And for the sake of those who feel the same way I wish I could +paint him. But that seems impossible. For even while I gazed the fish +changed color. He should have been called the chameleon of the ocean. He +looked a quivering, shimmering, changeful creature, the color of +golden-rod. He was the personification of beautiful color alive. The +fact that he was dying made the changing hues. It gave me a pang—that I +should be the cause of the death of so beautiful a thing.</p> + +<p>If I caught his appearance for one fleeting instant here it is: Vivid +green-gold, spotted in brilliant blue, and each blue spot was a circle +inclosing white. The long dorsal extending from nose to tail seemed +black and purple near the head, shading toward the tail to rich olive +green with splashes of blue. Just below the dorsal, on the background of +gold, was a line of black dots. The fins were pearly silver beneath, and +dark green above. All the upper body was gold shading to silver, and +this silver held exquisite turquoise-blue spots surrounded with white +rings, in strange contrast to those ringed dots above. There was even a +suggestion of pink glints. And the eyes were a deep purple with gold +iris.</p> + +<p>The beauty of the dolphin resembled the mystery of the Gulf Stream—too +illusive for the eye of man.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span>More than once some benighted angler had mentioned bonefish to me. These +individuals always appeared to be quiet, retiring fishermen who +hesitated to enlarge upon what was manifestly close to their hearts. I +had never paid any attention to them. Who ever heard of a bonefish, +anyway? The name itself did not appeal to my euphonious ear.</p> + +<p>But on this 1916 trip some faint glimmering must have penetrated the +density of my cranium. I had always prided myself upon my conviction +that I did not know it all, but, just the same, I had looked down from +my lofty height of tuna and swordfish rather to despise little +salt-water fish that could not pull me out of the boat. The waahoo and +the dolphin had opened my eyes. When some mild, quiet, soft-voiced +gentleman said bonefish to me again I listened. Not only did I listen, I +grew interested. Then I saw a couple of bonefish. They shone like +silver, were singularly graceful in build, felt heavy as lead, and +looked game all over. I made the mental observation that the man who had +named them bonefish should have had half of that name applied to his +head.</p> + +<p>After that I was more interested in bonefish. I never failed to ask +questions. But bonefishermen were scarce and as reticent as scarce. To +sum up all of my inquiries, I learned or heard a lot that left me +completely bewildered, so that I had no idea whether a bonefish was a +joke or the grandest fish that swims. I deducted from the amazing +information that if a fisherman sat all day in the blazing sun and had +the genius to discover when he had a bite he was learning. No one ever +caught bonefish without days and days of learning. Then there were +incidents calculated to disturb the peace of a contemplative angler like +myself.</p> + +<p><a name="illo34" id="illo34"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 285px;"> +<img src="images/illus191.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="285" height="500" alt="AT LONG KEY, THE LONELY CORAL SHORE WHERE THE SUN SHINES +WHITE ALL DAY AND THE STARS SHINE WHITE ALL NIGHT" title="" /> +<span class="caption">AT LONG KEY, THE LONELY CORAL SHORE WHERE THE SUN SHINES +WHITE ALL DAY AND THE STARS SHINE WHITE ALL NIGHT</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo35" id="illo35"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus192.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="278" alt="THE FAMOUS STUNT OF A MARLIN SWORDFISH, “WALKING ON HIS +TAIL”" title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE FAMOUS STUNT OF A MARLIN SWORDFISH, “WALKING ON HIS +TAIL”</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span>One man with heavy tackle yanked some bonefish out of the tide right in +front of my cabin, quite as I used to haul out suckers. Other men tried +it for days without success, though it appeared bonefish were passing +every tide. Then there was a loquacious boatman named Jimmy, who, when +he had spare time, was always fishing for bonefish. He would tell the +most remarkable tales about these fish. So finally I drifted to that +fatal pass where I decided I wanted to catch bonefish. I imagined it +would be easy for me. So did Captain Sam. Alas! the vanity of man!</p> + +<p>Forthwith Captain Sam and I started out to catch soldier-crabs for bait. +The directions we got from conch fishermen and others led us to assume +that it would be an easy matter to find crabs. It was not! We had to go +poking round mangrove roots until we learned how to catch the soldiers. +If this had not been fun for me it would have been hard work. But ever +since I was a little tad I have loved to chase things in the water. And +upon this occasion it was with great satisfaction that I caught more +bait than Captain Sam. Sam is something of a naturalist and he was +always spending time over a curious bug or shell or object he found. +Eventually we collected a bucketful of soldier-crabs.</p> + +<p>Next day, about the last of the ebb-tide, we tied a skiff astern and +went up the Key to a cove where there were wide flats. While working our +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span>way inshore over the shoals we hit bottom several times and finally +went aground. This did not worry us, for we believed the rising tide +would float us.</p> + +<p>Then we got in the skiff and rowed toward the flats. I was rather +concerned to see that apparently the tide was just about as high along +this shore as it ever got. Sam shook his head. The tides were strange +around the Keys. It will be high on the Gulf side and low on the +Atlantic side, and sometimes it will run one way through the channels +for thirty-six hours. But we forgot this as soon as we reached the +bonefish shoals.</p> + +<p>Sam took an oar and slowly poled inshore, while I stood up on a seat to +watch for fish. The water was from six to eighteen inches deep and very +clear and still. The bottom appeared to be a soft mud, gray, almost +white in color, with patches of dark grass here and there. It was really +marl, which is dead and decayed coral.</p> + +<p>Scarcely had we gotten over the edge of this shoal when we began to see +things—big blue crabs, the kind that can pinch and that play havoc with +the fishermen’s nets, and impudent little gray crabs, and needle-fish, +and small chocolate-colored sharks—nurse sharks, Sam called them—and +barracuda from one foot to five feet in length, and whip-rays and +sting-rays. It was exceedingly interesting and surprising to see all +these in such shallow water. And they were all tame.</p> + +<p>Here and there we saw little boils of the water, and then a muddy patch +where some fish had stirred the marl. Sam and I concluded these were +made by bonefish. Still, we could not be sure. I can see a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span>fish a long +way in the water and I surely was alert. But some time elapsed and we +had poled to within a few rods of the mangroves before I really caught +sight of our coveted quarry. Then I saw five bonefish, two of them +large, between the boat and the mangroves. They were motionless. Somehow +the sight of them was thrilling. They looked wary, cunning, game, and +reminded me of gray wolves I had seen on the desert. Suddenly they +vanished. It was incredible the way they disappeared. When we got up to +the place where they had been there were the little swirls in the roiled +water.</p> + +<p>Then Sam sighted two more bonefish that flashed away too swiftly for me +to see. We stuck an oar down in the mud and anchored the boat. It seemed +absolutely silly to fish in water a foot deep. But I meant to try it. +Putting a crab on my hook, I cast off ten or a dozen yards, and composed +myself to rest and watch.</p> + +<p>Certainly I expected no results. But it was attractive there. The wide +flat stretched away, bordered by the rich, dark mangroves. Cranes and +pelicans were fishing off the shoals, and outside rippled the green +channel, and beyond that the dark-blue sea. The sun shone hot. There was +scarcely any perceptible breeze. All this would have been enjoyable and +fruitful if there had not been a fish within a mile.</p> + +<p>Almost directly I felt a very faint vibration of my line. I waited, +expectantly, thinking that I might be about to have a bite. But the line +slackened and nothing happened.</p> + +<p>There were splashes all around us and waves and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>ripples here and there, +and occasionally a sounding thump. We grew more alert and interested. +Sam saw a bonefish right near the boat. He pointed, and the fish was +gone. After that we sat very still, I, of course, expecting a bite every +moment. Presently I saw a bonefish not six feet from the boat. Where he +came from was a mystery, but he appeared like magic, and suddenly, just +as magically, he vanished.</p> + +<p>“Funny fish,” observed Sam, thoughtfully. Something had begun to dawn +upon Sam, as it had upon me.</p> + +<p>No very long time elapsed before we had seen a dozen bonefish, any one +of which I could have reached with my rod. But not a bite! I reeled in +to find my bait gone.</p> + +<p>“That bait was eaten off by crabs,” I said to Sam, as I put on another.</p> + +<p>Right away after my cast I felt, rather than saw, that slight vibration +of my line. I waited as before, and just as before the line almost +imperceptibly slackened and nothing happened.</p> + +<p>Presently I did see a blue crab deliberately cut my line. We had to move +the boat, pick up the lost piece of line, and knot it to the other. Then +I watched a blue crab tear off my bait. But I failed to feel or see that +faint vibration of my line. We moved the boat again, and again my line +was cut. These blue crabs were a nuisance. Sam moved the boat again. We +worked up the flat nearer where the little mangroves, scarce a foot +high, lifted a few leaves out of the water. Whenever I stood up I saw +bonefish, and everywhere we could hear them. Once more we composed +ourselves to watch and await developments.</p> + +<p><a name="illo36" id="illo36"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus197.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="288" alt="SURGING IN A HALF-CIRCLE" title="" /> +<span class="caption">SURGING IN A HALF-CIRCLE</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo37" id="illo37"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus198.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="288" alt="BROADBILL SWORDFISH ON THE SURFACE—THE MOST THRILLING +SIGHT TO A SEA ANGLER" title="" /> +<span class="caption">BROADBILL SWORDFISH ON THE SURFACE—THE MOST THRILLING +SIGHT TO A SEA ANGLER</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span>In the succeeding hour I had many of the peculiar vibrations of my line, +and, strange to see, every time I reeled in, part of my bait or all of +it was gone. Still I fished on patiently for a bonefish bite.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile the sun lost its heat, slowly slanted to the horizon of +mangroves, and turned red. It was about the hour of sunset and it turned +out to be a beautiful and memorable one. Not a breath of air stirred. +There was no sound except the screech of a gull and the distant splashes +of wading birds. I had not before experienced silence on or near salt +water. The whole experience was new. We remarked that the tide had not +seemed to rise any higher. Everywhere were little swells, little waves, +little wakes, all made by bonefish. The sun sank red and gold, and all +the wide flat seemed on fire, with little mangroves standing clear and +dark against the ruddy glow. And about this time the strangest thing +happened. It might have been going on before, but Sam and I had not seen +it. All around us were bonefish tails lifted out of the water. They +glistened like silver. When a bonefish feeds his head is down and his +tail is up, and, the water being shallow, the upper fluke of his tail +stands out. If I saw one I saw a thousand. It was particularly easy to +see them in the glassy water toward the sunset.</p> + +<p>A school of feeding bonefish came toward us. I counted eleven tails out +of the water. They were around my bait. Now or never, I thought, waiting +frantically! But they went on feeding—passed over my line—and came so +near the boat that I could <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span>plainly see the gray shadow shapes, the +long, sharp noses, the dark, staring eyes. I reeled in to find my bait +gone, as usual. It was exasperating.</p> + +<p>We had to give up then, as darkness was not far off. Sam was worried +about the boat. He rowed while I stood up. Going back, I saw bonefish in +twos and fours and droves. We passed school after school. They had just +come in from the sea, for they were headed up the flat. I saw many +ten-pound fish, but I did not know enough about bonefish then to +appreciate what I saw. However, I did appreciate their keen sight and +wariness and wonderful speed and incredible power. Some of the big +surges made me speculate what a heavy bonefish might do to light tackle. +Sam and I were disappointed at our luck, somewhat uncertain whether it +was caused by destructive work of crabs or the wrong kind of bait or +both. It scarcely occurred to us to inquire into our ignorance.</p> + +<p>We found the boat hard and fast in the mud. Sam rowed me ashore. I +walked back to camp, and he stayed all night, and all the next day, +waiting for the tide to float the boat.</p> + +<p>After that on several days we went up to the flat to fish for bonefish. +But we could not hit the right tide or the fish were not there. At any +rate, we did not see any or get any bites.</p> + +<p>Then I began to fish for bonefish in front of my cottage. Whenever I +would stick my rod in the sand and go in out of the hot sun a bonefish +would take my bait and start off to sea. Before I could get back he +would break something.</p> + +<p>This happened several times before I became so <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span>aroused that I +determined to catch one of these fish or die. I fished and fished. I +went to sleep in a camp-chair and absolutely ruined my reputation as an +ardent fisherman. One afternoon, just after I had made a cast, I felt +the same old strange vibration of my line. I was not proof against it +and I jerked. Lo! I hooked a fish that made a savage rush, pulled my +bass-rod out of shape, and took all my line before I could stop him. +Then he swept from side to side. I reeled him in, only to have him run +out again and again and yet again. I knew I had a heavy fish. I expected +him to break my line. I handled him gingerly. Imagine my amaze to beach +a little fish that weighed scarcely more than two pounds! But it was a +bonefish—a glistening mother-of-pearl bonefish. Somehow the obsession +of these bonefishermen began to be less puzzling to me. Sam saw me catch +this bonefish, and he was as amazed as I was at the gameness and speed +and strength of so small a fish.</p> + +<p>Next day a bonefisherman of years’ experience answered a few questions I +put to him. No, he never fished for anything except bonefish. They were +the hardest fish in the sea to make bite, the hardest to land after they +were hooked. Yes, that very, very slight vibration of the line—that +strange feeling rather than movement—was the instant of their quick +bite. An instant before or an instant after would be fatal.</p> + +<p>It dawned upon me then that on my first day I must have had dozens of +bonefish bites, but I did not know it! I was humiliated—I was taken +down from my lofty perch—I was furious. I thanked the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span>gentleman for +his enlightenment and went away in search of Sam. I told Sam, and he +laughed—laughed at me and at himself. After all, it was a joke. And I +had to laugh too. It is good for a fisherman to have the conceit taken +out of him—if anything can accomplish that. Then Sam and I got our +heads together. What we planned and what we did must make another story.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="IX" id="IX"></a>IX</h2> + +<h3>SWORDFISH</h3> + +<p class="center"><i>From records of the New York Bureau of Fisheries,<br /> by G. B. Goode</i></p> + +<p>The swordfish, <i>Xiphias gladius</i>, ranges along the Atlantic coast of +America from Jamaica (latitude 18° N.), Cuba, and the Bermudas, to Cape +Breton (latitude 47° N.). It has not been seen at Greenland, Iceland, or +Spitzbergen, but occurs, according to Collett, at the North Cape +(latitude 71°). It is abundant along the coasts of western Europe, +entering the Baltic and the Mediterranean. I can find no record of the +species on the west coast of Africa south of Cape Verde, though Lutken, +who may have access to facts unknown to me, states that they occur clear +down to the Cape of Good Hope, South Atlantic in mid-ocean, to the west +coast of South America and to southern California (latitude 34°), New +Zealand, and in the Indian Ocean off Mauritius.</p> + +<p>The names of the swordfish all have reference to that prominent feature, +the prolonged snout. The “swordfish” of our own tongue, the “zwardfis” +of the Hollander, the Italian “sofia” and “pesce-spada,” the Spanish +“espada” and “espadarte,” <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span>varied by “pez do spada” in Cuba, and the +French “espadon,” “dard,” and “epee de mer,” are simply variations of +one theme, repetitions of the “gladius” of ancient Italy and “xiphius,” +the name by which Aristotle, the father of zoology, called the same fish +twenty-three hundred years ago. The French “empereur” and the +“imperador” and the “ocean kingfish” of the Spanish and French West +Indies, carry out the same idea, for the Roman Emperor was always +represented holding a drawn sword in his hand. The Portuguese names are +“aguhao,” meaning “needle,” or “needle-fish.”</p> + +<p>This species has been particularly fortunate in escaping the numerous +redescriptions to which almost all widely distributed forms have been +subjected. By the writers of antiquity it was spoken of under its +Aristotelian name, and in the tenth edition of his <i>Systema Naturæ</i>, at +the very inception of binomial nomenclative, Linnaeus called it <i>Xiphias +gladius</i>. By this name it has been known ever since, and only one +additional name is included in its synonym, <i>Xiphias rondeletic</i> of +Leach.</p> + +<p>The swordfish has been so long and so well known that its right to its +peculiar name has seldom been infringed upon. The various species of +<i>Tetrapturus</i> have sometimes shared its title, and this is not to be +wondered at, since they closely resemble <i>Xiphias gladius</i>, and the +appellative has frequently been applied to the family <i>Xiphiidæ</i>—the +swordfish—which includes them all.</p> + +<p>The name “bill-fish,” usually applied to our <i>Tetrapturus albidus</i>, a +fish of the swordfish family, often taken on our coast, must be +pronounced objectionable, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span>since it is in many districts used for +various species of Belonidæ, the garfishes or green-bones (<i>Belone +truncata</i> and others), which are members of the same faunas. Spear-fish +is a much better name.</p> + +<p>The “sailfish,” <i>Histiophorus americanus</i>, is called by sailors in the +South the “boohoo” or “woohoo.” This is evidently a corrupted form of +“guebum,” a name, apparently of Indian origin, given to the same fish in +Brazil. It is possible that <i>Tetrapturus</i> is also called “boohoo,” since +the two genera are not sufficiently unlike to impress sailors with their +differences. Blecker states that in Sumatra the Malays call the related +species, <i>H. gladius</i>, by the name “Joohoo” (Juhu), a curious +coincidence. The names may have been carried from the Malay Archipelago +to South America, or <i>vice versa</i>, by mariners.</p> + +<p>In Cuba the spear-fish are called “aguja” and “aguja de palada”; the +sailfish, “aguja prieta” or “aguja valadora”; <i>Tetrapturus albidus</i> +especially known as the “aguja blanca,” <i>T. albidus</i> as the “aguja de +castro.”</p> + +<p>In the West Indies and Florida the scabbard-fish or silvery hairy-tail, +<i>Trichiurus lepturus</i>, a form allied to the <i>Xiphias</i>, though not +resembling it closely in external appearance, is often called +“swordfish.” The body of this fish is shaped like the blade of a saber, +and its skin has a bright, metallic luster like that of polished steel, +hence the name.</p> + +<p>Swordfish are most abundant on the shoals near the shore and on the +banks during the months of July and August; that they make their +appearance <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span>on the frequented cruising-grounds between Montauk Point and +the eastern part of Georges Banks sometime between the 25th of May and +the 20th of June, and that they remain until the approach of cold +weather in October and November. The dates of the first fish on the +cruising-grounds referred to are recorded for three years, and are +reasonably reliable: in 1875, June 20th; in 1877, June 10th; in 1878, +June 14th.</p> + +<p>South of the cruising-grounds the dates of arrival and departure are +doubtless farther apart, the season being shorter north and east. There +are no means of obtaining information, since the men engaged in this +fishery are the only ones likely to remember the dates when the fish are +seen.</p> + +<p>The swordfish comes into our waters in pursuit of its food. At least +this is the most probable explanation of its movements, since the duties +of reproduction appear to be performed elsewhere. Like the tuna, the +bluefish, the bonito, and the squiteague, they pursue and prey upon the +schools of menhaden and mackerel, which are so abundant in the summer +months. “When you see swordfish, you may know that mackerel are about,” +said an old fisherman to me. “When you see the fin-back whale following +food, there you may find swordfish,” said another. The swordfish also +feeds upon squid, which are at times abundant on our banks.</p> + +<p>To what extent this fish is amenable to the influences of temperature is +an unsolved problem. We are met at the outset by the fact that they are +frequently taken on trawl lines which are set at the depth of one +hundred fathoms or more, on the offshore <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span>banks. We know that the +temperature of the water in these localities and at that depth is sure +to be less than 40° Fahr. How is this fact to be reconciled with the +known habits of the fish, that it prefers the warmest weather of summer +and swims at the surface in water of temperature ranging from 55° to +70°, sinking when cool winds blow below? The case seemed clear enough +until the inconvenient discovery was made that swordfish are taken on +bottom trawl lines. In other respects their habits agree closely with +those of the mackerel tribe, all the members of which seem sensitive to +slight changes in temperature, and which, as a rule, prefer temperature +in the neighborhood of 50° or more.</p> + +<p><a name="illo38" id="illo38"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus207.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="298" alt="SHINING IN THE SUNLIGHT" title="" /> +<span class="caption">SHINING IN THE SUNLIGHT</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo39" id="illo39"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus208.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="293" alt="THROWING WHITE WATER LIKE THE EXPLOSION OF A TORPEDO" title="" /> +<span class="caption">THROWING WHITE WATER LIKE THE EXPLOSION OF A TORPEDO</span> +</div> + +<p>The appearance of the fish at the surface depends largely upon the +temperature. They are seen only upon quiet summer days, in the morning +before ten or eleven o’clock, and in the afternoon about four o’clock. +Old fishermen say that they rise when the mackerel rise, and when the +mackerel go down they go down also.</p> + +<p>Regarding the winter abode of the swordfish, conjecture is useless. I +have already discussed this question at length with reference to the +menhaden and mackerel. With the swordfish the conditions are very +different. The former are known to spawn in our waters, and the schools +of young ones follow the old ones in toward the shores. The latter do +not spawn in our waters. We cannot well believe that they hibernate, nor +is the hypothesis of a sojourn in the middle strata of mid-ocean exactly +tenable. Perhaps they migrate to some distant region, where they spawn. +But then the spawning-time <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>of this species in the Mediterranean, as is +related in a subsequent paragraph, appears to occur in the summer +months, at the very time when the swordfish are most abundant in our own +waters, apparently feeling no responsibility for the perpetuation of +their species.</p> + +<p>The swordfish, when swimming at the surface, usually allows its dorsal +fin and the upper lobe of its caudal fin to be visible, projecting out +of the water. It is this habit which enables the fisherman to detect the +presence of the fish. It swims slowly along, and the fishing-schooner +with a light breeze finds no difficulty in overtaking it. When excited +its motions are very rapid and nervous. Swordfish are sometimes seen to +leap entirely out of the water. Early writers attributed this habit to +the tormenting presence of parasites, but this theory seems hardly +necessary, knowing what we do of its violent exertions at other times. +The pointed head, the fins of the back and abdomen snugly fitting into +grooves, the absence of ventrals, the long, lithe, muscular body, +sloping slowly to the tail, fits it for the most rapid and forceful +movement through the water. Prof. Richard Owen, testifying in an England +court in regard to its power, said:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>“It strikes with the accumulated force of fifteen double-handed hammers. +Its velocity is equal to that of a swivel shot, and is as dangerous in +its effect as a heavy artillery projectile.”</p></div> + +<p>Many very curious instances are on record of the encounter of this fish +with other fishes, or of their attacks upon ships. What can be the +inducement for it to attack objects so much larger than itself <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>is hard +to surmise. We are all familiar with the couplet from Oppian:</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i10">Nature her bounty to his mouth confined,</span><br /> +<span class="i10">Gave him a sword, but left unarmed his mind.</span></div></div> + +<p>It surely seems as if temporary insanity sometimes takes possession of +the fish. It is not strange that when harpooned it should retaliate by +attacking its assailant. An old swordfisherman told Mr. Blackman that +his vessel had been struck twenty times. There are, however, many +instances of entirely unprovoked assaults on vessels at sea. Many of +these are recounted in a later portion of this memoir. Their movements +when feeding are discussed below as well as their alleged peculiarities +of movement during breeding season.</p> + +<p>It is the universal testimony of our fishermen that two are never seen +swimming close together. Captain Ashby says that they are always distant +from each other at least thirty or forty feet.</p> + +<p>The pugnacity of the swordfish has become a byword. Without any special +effort on my part, numerous instances of their attacks upon vessels have +in the last ten years found their way into the pigeonhole labeled +“Swordfish.”</p> + +<p>Ælian says (b. XXXII, c. 6) that the swordfish has a sharp-pointed snout +with which it is able to pierce the sides of a ship and send it to the +bottom, instances of which have been known near a place in Mauritania +known as Cotte, not far from the river Sixus, on the African side of the +Mediterranean. He describes the sword as like the beak of the ship +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span>known as the trireme, which was rowed with three banks of oars.</p> + +<p>The <i>London Daily News</i> of December 11, 1868, contained the following +paragraph, which emanated, I suspect, from the pen of Prof. R. A. +Proctor.</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>Last Wednesday the court of common pleas—rather a strange place, +by the by, for inquiring into the natural history of fishes—was +engaged for several hours in trying to determine under what +circumstances a swordfish might be able to escape scot-free after +thrusting his snout into the side of a ship. The gallant ship +<i>Dreadnought</i>, thoroughly repaired and classed A1 at Lloyd’s, had +been insured for £3,000 against all risks of the sea. She sailed on +March 10, 1864, from Columbo for London. Three days later the crew, +while fishing, hooked a swordfish. Xiphias, however, broke the +line, and a few moments after leaped half out of the water, with +the object, it should seem, of taking a look at his persecutor, the +<i>Dreadnaught</i>. Probably he satisfied himself that the enemy was +some abnormally large cetacean, which it was his natural duty to +attack forthwith. Be this as it may, the attack was made, and the +next morning the captain was awakened with the unwelcome +intelligence that the ship had sprung a leak. She was taken back to +Columbo, and thence to Cochin, where she hove down. Near the keel +was found a round hole, an inch in diameter, running completely +through the copper sheathing and planking.</p> + +<p>As attacks by swordfish are included among sea risks, the insurance +company was willing to pay the damages claimed by the owners of the +ship, if only it could be proved that the hole had been really made +by a swordfish. No instances had ever been recorded in which a +swordfish which had passed its beak through three inches of stout +planking could withdraw without the loss of its sword. Mr. Buckland +said that fish have no power of “backing,” and expressed his belief +that he could hold a swordfish by the beak; but then he admitted +that the fish had considerable lateral power, and might so “wriggle +its sword out of the hold.” And so the insurance company will have +to pay nearly £600 because an ill-tempered fish object<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span>ed +to be hooked and took its revenge by running full tilt against +copper sheathing and oak planking.</p></div> + +<p><a name="illo40" id="illo40"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus213.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="292" alt="A LONG, SLIM SAILFISH WIGGLING IN THE AIR" title="" /> +<span class="caption">A LONG, SLIM SAILFISH WIGGLING IN THE AIR</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo41" id="illo41"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus214.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="285" alt="FIGHTING A BROADBILL SWORDFISH" title="" /> +<span class="caption">FIGHTING A BROADBILL SWORDFISH</span> +</div> + +<p>The food of the swordfish is of a very mixed nature.</p> + +<p>Doctor Fleming found the remains of sepias in its stomach, and also +small fishes. Oppian stated that it eagerly devours the <i>Hippuris</i> +(probably <i>Coryphæna</i>). A specimen taken off Saconnet July 22, 1875, had +in its stomach the remains of small fish, perhaps <i>Stromateus +triacanthus</i>, and jaws of a squid, perhaps <i>Loligo pealin</i>. Their food +in the western Atlantic consists for the most part of the common +schooling species of fishes. They feed on menhaden, mackerel, bonitoes, +bluefish, and other species which swim in close schools. Their habits of +feeding have often been described to me by old fishermen. They are said +to rise beneath the school of small fish, striking to the right and left +with their swords until they have killed a number, which they then +proceed to devour. Menhaden have been seen floating at the surface which +have been cut nearly in twain by a blow of a sword. Mr. John H. Thompson +remarks that he has seen them apparently throw the fish in the air, +catching them on the fall.</p> + +<p>Capt. Benjamin Ashby says that they feed on mackerel, herring, whiting, +and menhaden. He has found half a bucketful of small fish of these kind +in the stomach of one swordfish. He has seen them in the act of feeding. +They rise perpendicularly out of the water until the sword and +two-thirds of the remainder of the body are exposed to view. He has seen +a school of herring at the surface on Georges Banks as closely as they +could be packed. A swordfish <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span>came up through the dense mass and fell +flat on its side, striking many fish with the sides of its sword. He has +at one time picked up as much as a bushel of herrings thus killed by a +swordfish on Georges Banks.</p> + +<p>But little is known regarding their time and place of breeding. They are +said to deposit their eggs in large quantities on the coasts of Sicily, +and European writers give their spawning-time occurring the latter part +of spring and the beginning of summer. In the Mediterranean they occur +of all sizes from four hundred pounds down, and the young are so +plentiful as to become a common article of food.</p> + +<p>M. Raymond, who brought to Cuvier a specimen of aistiophorn four inches +long, taken in January, 1829, in the Atlantic, between the Cape of Good +Hope and France, reported that there were good numbers of young sailfish +in the place where this was taken.</p> + +<p>Meunier, quoting Spollongain, states that the swordfish does not +approach the coast of Sicily except in the season of reproduction; the +males are then seen pursuing the females. It is a good time to capture +them, for when the female has been taken the male lingers near and is +easily approached. The fish are abundant in the Straits of Messina from +the middle of April to the middle of September; early in the season they +hug the Calabrian shore, approaching from the north; after the end of +June they are most abundant on the Sicilian shore, approaching from the +south.</p> + +<p>From other circumstances, it seems certain that there are +spawning-grounds in the seas near Sicily <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span>and Genoa, for from November +to the 1st of March young ones are taken in the Straits of Messina, +ranging in weight from half a pound to twelve pounds.</p> + +<p>In the Mediterranean, as has been already stated, the young fish are +found from November to March, and here from July to the middle of +September the male fish are seen pursuing the female over the shoals, +and at this time the males are easily taken. Old swordfish fishermen, +Captain Ashby and Captain Kirby, assure me that on our coast, out of +thousands of specimens they have taken, they have never seen one +containing eggs. I have myself dissected several males, none of which +were near breeding-time. In the European waters they are said often to +be seen swimming in pairs, male and female. Many sentimental stories +were current, especially among the old writers, concerning the conjugal +affection and unselfish devotion of the swordfish, but they seem to have +originated in the imaginative brain of the naturalist rather than in his +perceptive faculties. It is said that when the female fish is taken the +male seems devoid of fear, approaches the boat, and allows himself +easily to be taken, but if this be true, it appears to be the case only +in the height of the breeding season, and is easily understood. I cannot +learn that two swordfish have ever been seen associated together in our +waters, though I have made frequent and diligent inquiry.</p> + +<p>There is no inherent improbability, however, in this story regarding the +swordfish in Europe, for the same thing is stated by Professor Poey as +the result upon the habits of <i>Tetrapturus</i>.</p> + +<p>The only individual of which we have the exact <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span>measurements was taken +off Saconnet, Rhode Island, July 23, 1874. This was seven feet seven +inches long, weighing one hundred and thirteen pounds. Another, taken +off No Man’s Land, July 20, 1875, and cast in plaster for the collection +of the National Museum, weighed one hundred and twenty pounds and +measured about seven feet. Another, taken off Portland, August 15, 1878, +was 3,999 millimeters long and weighed about six hundred pounds. Many of +these fish doubtless attain the weight of four and five hundred pounds, +and some perhaps grow to six hundred; but after this limit is reached, I +am inclined to believe larger fish are exceptional. Newspapers are fond +of recording the occurrence of giant fish, weighing one thousand pounds +and upward, and old sailors will in good faith describe the enormous +fish which they saw at sea, but could not capture; but one +well-authenticated instance of accurate weighing is much more valuable. +The largest one ever taken by Capt. Benjamin Ashby, for twenty years a +swordfish fisherman, was killed on the shoals back of Edgartown, +Massachusetts. When salted it weighed six hundred and thirty-nine +pounds. Its live weight must have been as much as seven hundred and +fifty or eight hundred. Its sword measured nearly six feet. This was an +extraordinary fish among the three hundred or more taken by Captain +Ashby in his long experience. He considers the average size to be about +two hundred and fifty pounds dressed, or five hundred and twenty-five +alive. Captain Martin, of Gloucester, estimated the average size at +three to four hundred pounds. The largest known <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span>to Captain Michaux +weighed six hundred and twenty-eight. The average about Block Island he +considers to be two hundred pounds.</p> + +<p>The size of the smallest swordfish taken on our eastern coast is a +subject of much deeper interest, for it throws light on the time and +place of breeding. There is some difference of testimony regarding the +average size, but all fishermen with whom I have talked agree that very +small ones do not find their way into our shore waters. Numerous very +small specimens have, however, been already taken by the Fish Commission +at sea, off our middle and southern coast.</p> + +<p>Capt. John Rowe has seen one which did not weigh more than seventy-five +pounds when taken out of the water.</p> + +<p>Capt. R. H. Hurlbert killed near Block Island, in July, 1877, one which +weighed fifty pounds and measured about two feet without its sword.</p> + +<p>Captain Ashby’s smallest weighed about twenty-five pounds when dressed; +this he killed off No Man’s Land. He tells me that a Bridgeport smack +had one weighing sixteen pounds (or probably twenty-four when alive), +and measuring eighteen inches without its sword.</p> + +<p>In August, 1878, a small specimen of the mackerel-shark, <i>Lamna +cornubica</i>, was captured at the mouth of Gloucester Harbor. In its +nostril was sticking a sword, about three inches long, of a young +swordfish. When this was pulled out the blood flowed freely, indicating +that the wound was recent. The fish to which this sword belonged cannot +have exceeded ten or twelve inches in length. Whether the small +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span>swordfish met with its misfortune in our waters, or whether the shark +brought this trophy from beyond the sea, is an unsolved problem.</p> + +<p>Lutken speaks of a very young individual taken in the Atlantic, latitude +32° 50′ N., 74° 19′ W. This must be about one hundred and fifty miles +southeast of Cape Hatteras.</p> + +<p>For many years from three to six hundred of these fish have been taken +annually on the New England coast. It is not unusual for twenty-five or +more to be seen in the course of a single day’s cruising, and sometimes +as many as this are visible from the masthead at one time. Captain Ashby +saw twenty at one time, in August, 1889, between Georges Banks and the +South Shoals. One Gloucester schooner, <i>Midnight</i>, Capt. Alfred Wixom, +took fourteen in one day on Georges Banks in 1877.</p> + +<p>Capt. John Rowe obtained twenty barrels, or four thousand pounds, of +salt fish on one trip to Georges Banks; this amount represents twenty +fish or more. Captain Ashby has killed one hundred and eight swordfish +in one year; Capt. M. C. Tripp killed about ninety in 1874.</p> + +<p>Such instances as these indicate in a general way the abundance of the +swordfish. A vessel cruising within fifty miles of our coast, between +Cape May and Cape Sable, during the months of June, July, August, and +September, cannot fail, on a favorable day, to come in sight of several +of them. Mr. Earll states that the fishermen of Portland never knew them +more abundant than in 1879. This is probably due in part to the fact +that the fishery there is of a very recent origin.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span>There is no evidence of any change in their abundance, either increase +or decrease. Fishermen agree that they are as plentiful as ever, nor can +any change be anticipated. The present mode does not destroy them in any +considerable numbers, each individual fish being the object of special +pursuit. The solitary habits of the species will always protect them +from wholesale capture, so destructive to schooling fish. Even if this +were not the case, the evidence proves that spawning swordfish do not +frequent our waters. When a female shad is killed, thousands of possible +young die also. The swordfish taken by our fishermen carry no such +precious burden.</p> + +<p>“The small swordfish is very good meat,” remarked Josselyn, in writing +of the fishes of England in the seventeenth century. Since Josselyn +probably never saw a young swordfish, unless at some time he had visited +the Mediterranean, it is fair to suppose that his information was +derived from some Italian writer.</p> + +<p>It is, however, a fact that the flesh of the swordfish, though somewhat +oily, is a very acceptable article of food. Its texture is coarse; the +thick, fleshy, muscular layers cause it to resemble that of the halibut +in constituency. Its flavor is by many considered fine, and is not +unlike that of the bluefish. Its color is gray. The meat of the young +fish is highly prized on the Mediterranean, and is said to be perfectly +white, compact, and of delicate flavor. Swordfish are usually cut up +into steaks—thick slices across the body—and may be broiled or boiled.</p> + +<p>The apparatus ordinarily employed for the capture <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span>of the swordfish is +simple in the extreme. It is the harpoon with the detachable head. When +the fish is struck, the head of the harpoon remains in the body of the +fish, and carries with it a light rope which is either made fast or held +by a man in a small boat, or is attached to some kind of a buoy, which +is towed through the water by the struggling fish, and which marks its +whereabouts after death.</p> + +<p>The harpoon consists of a pole fifteen or sixteen feet in length, +usually of hickory or some other hard wood, upon which the bark has been +left, so that the harpooner may have a firmer hand-grip. This pole is +from an inch and a half to two inches in diameter, and at one end is +provided with an iron rod, or “shank,” about two feet long and +five-eighths of an inch in diameter. This “shank” is fastened to the +pole by means of a conical or elongated, cuplike expansion at one end, +which fits over the sharpened end of the pole, to which it is secured by +screws or spikes. A light line extends from one end of the pole to the +point where it joins the “shank” and in this line is tied a loop by +which is made fast another short line which secures the pole to the +vessel or boat, so that when it is thrown at the fish it cannot be lost.</p> + +<p>Upon the end of the “shank” fits the head of the harpoon, known by the +names swordfish-iron, lily-iron, and Indian dart. The form of this +weapon has undergone much variation. The fundamental idea may very +possibly have been derived from the Indian fish-dart, numerous specimens +of which are in the National Museum, from various tribes of Indians of +New England, British America, and the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>Pacific. However various the +modifications may have been, the similarity of the different shapes is +no less noteworthy from the fact that all are peculiarly American. In +the enormous collection of fishery implements of all lands at the late +exhibition at Berlin, nothing of the kind could be found. What is known +to whalers as a toggle-harpoon is a modification of the lily-iron, but +so greatly changed by the addition of a pivot by which the head of the +harpoon is fastened to the shank that it can hardly be regarded as the +same weapon. The lily-iron is, in principle, exactly what a whaleman +would describe by the word “toggle.” It consists of a two-pointed piece +of metal, having in the center, at one side, a ring or socket the axis +of which is parallel with the long diameter of the implement. In this is +inserted the end of the pole-shank, and to it or near it is also +attached the harpoon-line. When the iron has once been thrust point +first through some solid substance, such as the side of a fish, and is +released upon the other side by the withdrawal of the pole from the +socket, it is free, and at once turns its long axis at right angle to +the direction in which the harpoon-line is pulling, and this is +absolutely prevented from withdrawal. The principle of the whale harpoon +or toggle-iron is similar, except that the pole is not withdrawn, and +the head, turning upon a pivot at its end, fastens the pole itself +securely to the fish, the harpoon-line being attached to some part of +the pole. The swordfish lily-iron head, as now ordinarily used, is about +four inches in length, and consists of two lanceolate blades, each about +an inch and a half long, connected <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span>by a central piece much thicker than +they, in which, upon one side, and next to the flat side of the blade, +is the socket for the insertion of the pole-shank. In this same central +enlargement is forged an opening to which the harpoon-line is attached. +The dart-head is usually made of steel; sometimes of iron, which is +generally galvanized; sometimes of brass.</p> + +<p>The entire weight of the harpoon—pole, shank, and head—should not +exceed eighteen pounds.</p> + +<p>The harpoon-line is from fifty to one hundred and fifty fathoms long, +and is ordinarily what is known as “fifteen-thread line.” At the end is +sometimes fastened a buoy, and an ordinary mackerel-keg is generally +used for this purpose.</p> + +<p>In addition to the harpoon every swordfish fisherman carries a lance. +This implement is precisely similar to a whaleman’s lance, except that +it is smaller, consisting of a lanceolate blade perhaps one inch wide +and two inches long, upon the end of a shank of five-eighths-inch iron, +perhaps two or three feet in length, fastened in the ordinary way upon a +pole fifteen to eighteen feet in length.</p> + +<p>The swordfish are always harpooned from the end of the bowsprit of a +sailing-vessel. It is next to impossible to approach them in a small +boat. All vessels regularly engaged in this fishery are supplied with a +special apparatus called a “rest,” or “pulpit,” for the support of the +harpooner as he stands on the bowsprit, and this is almost essential to +success, although it is possible for an active man to harpoon a fish +from this station without the aid of the ordinary framework. Not only +the professional <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span>swordfish fisherman, but many mackerel-schooners and +packets are supplied in this manner.</p> + +<p>The swordfish never comes to the surface except in moderate, smooth +weather. A vessel cruising in search of them proceeds to the +fishing-ground, and cruises hither and thither wherever the abundance of +small fish indicates that they ought to be found. Vessels which are met +are hailed and asked whether any swordfish have been seen, and if +tidings are thus obtained the ship’s course is at once laid for the +locality where they were last noticed. A man is always stationed at the +masthead, where, with the keen eye which practice has given him, he can +easily descry the telltale dorsal fins at a distance of two or three +miles. When a fish has once been sighted, the watch “sings out,” and the +vessel is steered directly toward it. The skipper takes his place in the +“pulpit” holding the pole in both hands by the small end, and directing +the man at the wheel by voice and gesture how to steer. There is no +difficulty in approaching the fish with a large vessel, although, as has +already been remarked, they will not suffer a small boat to come near +them. The vessel plows and swashes through the water, plunging its +bowsprit into the waves without exciting their fears. Noises frighten +them and drive them down. Although there would be no difficulty in +bringing the end of a bowsprit directly over the fish, a skilful +harpooner never waits for this. When the fish is from six to ten feet in +front of the vessel it is struck. The harpoon is never thrown, the pole +being too long. The strong arm of the harpooner punches the dart into +the back of the fish, right at <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span>the side of the high dorsal fin, and the +pole is withdrawn and fastened again to its place. When the dart has +been fastened to the fish the line is allowed to run out as far as the +fish will carry it, and is then passed in a small boat, which is towing +at the stern. Two men jump into this, and pull in upon the line until +the fish is brought in alongside; it is then killed with a whale-lance +or a whale-spade, which is stuck into the gills.</p> + +<p>The fish having been killed, it is lifted upon the deck by a purchase +tackle of two double blocks rigged in the shrouds.</p> + +<p>The pursuit of the swordfish is much more exciting than ordinary +fishing, for it resembles the hunting of large animals upon the land and +partakes more of the nature of the chase. There is no slow and careful +baiting and patient waiting, and no disappointment caused by the +accidental capture of worthless “bait-stealers.” The game is seen and +followed, and outwitted by wary tactics, and killed by strength of arm +and skill. The swordfish is a powerful antagonist sometimes, and sends +his pursuers’ vessel into harbor leaking, and almost sinking, from +injuries he has inflicted. I have known a vessel to be struck by wounded +swordfish as many as twenty times in a season. There is even the spice +of personal danger to savor the chase, for the men are occasionally +wounded by the infuriated fish. One of Captain Ashby’s crew was severely +wounded by a swordfish which thrust his beak through the oak floor of a +boat on which he was standing, and penetrated about two inches in his +naked heel. The strange fascination draws men to this pursuit when <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span>they +have once learned its charms. An old swordfish fisherman, who had +followed the pursuit for twenty years, told me that when he was on the +cruising-ground, he fished all night in his dreams, and that many a time +he has rubbed the skin off his knuckles by striking them against the +ceiling of his bunk when he raised his arms to thrust the harpoon into +visionary monster swordfishes.</p> + +<p class="center"><i>The Spear-fish or Bill-fish</i></p> + +<p>The bill-fish or spear-fish, <i>Tetrapturus indicus</i> (with various related +forms, which may or may not be specifically identical), occurs in the +western Atlantic from the West Indies (latitude 10° to 20° N.) to +southern England (latitude 40° N.); in the eastern Atlantic, from +Gibraltar (latitude 45° N.) to the Cape of Good Hope (latitude 30° S.) +in the Indian Ocean, the Malay Archipelago, New Zealand (latitude 40° +S.), and on the west coast of Chile and Peru. In a general way, the +range is between latitude 40° N. and latitude 40° S.</p> + +<p>The species of <i>Tetrapturus</i> which we have been accustomed to call <i>T. +albidus</i>, abundant about Cuba, is not very usual on the coast of +southern New England. Several are taken every year by the swordfish +fishermen. I have not known of their capture along the southern Atlantic +coast of the United States. All I have known about were taken between +Sandy Hook and the eastern part of Georges Banks.</p> + +<p>The Mediterranean spear-fish, <i>Tetrapturus balone</i>, appears to be a +landlocked form, never passing west of the Straits of Gibraltar.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span>The spear-fish in our waters is said by our fishermen to resemble the +swordfish in its movements and manner of feeding. Professor Poey +narrates that both the Cuban species swim at a depth of one hundred +fathoms, and they journey in pairs, shaping their course toward the Gulf +of Mexico, the females being full of eggs. Only adults are taken. It is +not known whence they come, or where they breed, or how the young +return. It is not even known whether the adult fish return by the same +route. When the fish has swallowed the hook it rises to the surface, +making prodigious leaps and plunges. At last it is dragged to the boat, +secured with a boat-hook, and beaten to death before it is hauled on +board. Such fishing is not without danger, for the spear-fish sometimes +rushes upon the boat, drowning the fisherman, or wounding him with its +terrible weapon. The fish becomes furious at the appearance of sharks, +which are its natural enemies. They engage in violent combats, and when +the spear-fish is attached to the fisherman’s line it often receives +frightful wounds from the adversaries.</p> + +<p>The spear-fish strikes vessels in the same manner as the swordfish. I am +indebted to Capt. William Spicer, of Noank, Connecticut, for this note:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>Mr. William Taylor, of Mystic, a man seventy-six years old, who was +in the smack <i>Evergreen</i>, Capt. John Appleman, tells me that they +started from Mystic, October 3, 1832, on a fishing voyage to Key +West, in company with the smack <i>Morning Star</i>, Captain Rowland. On +the 12th were off Cape Hatteras, the winds blowing heavily from the +northeast, and the smack under double-reefed sails. At ten o’clock +in the evening they struck a woho, which shocked the vessel all +over. The smack was leaking badly, and they made a signal to the +<i>Morning</i> <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span><i>Star</i> to keep close to them. The next morning they +found the leak, and both smacks kept off Charleston. On arrival +they took out the ballast, hove her out, and found that the sword +had gone through the planking, timber, and ceiling. The plank was +two inches thick, the timber five inches, and the ceiling +one-and-a-half-inch white oak. The sword projected two inches +through the ceiling, on the inside of the “after run.” It struck by +a butt on the outside, which caused the leak. They took out and +replaced a piece of the plank, and proceeded on their voyage.</p></div> + +<p class="center"><i>The Sailfish</i></p> + +<p>The sailfish, <i>Histiophorus gladius</i> (with <i>H. americanus</i> and <i>H. +orientalis</i>, questionable species, and <i>H. pulchellus</i> and <i>H. +immaculatus</i>, young), occurs in the Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Malay +Archipelago, and south at least as far as the Cape of Good Hope +(latitude 35° S.); in the Atlantic on the coast of Brazil (latitude 30° +S.) to the equator, and north to southern New England (latitude 42° N.); +in the Pacific to southwestern Japan (latitude 30° to 10° N.). In a +general way the range may be said to be in tropical and temperate seas, +between latitude 30° S. and 40° N., and in the western parts of those +seas.</p> + +<p>The first allusion to this genus occurs in Piso’s <i>Historia Naturalis +Brasiliæ</i> printed in Amsterdam in 1648. In this book may be found an +identical, though rough, figure of the American species, accompanied by +a few lines of description, which, though good, when the fact that they +were written in the seventeenth century is brought to mind, are of no +value for critical comparison.</p> + +<p>The name given to the Brazilian sailfish by Marcgrave, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span>the talented +young German who described the fish in the book referred to, and who +afterward sacrificed his life in exploring the unknown fields of +American zoology, is interesting, since it gives a clue to the +derivation of the name “boohoo,” by which this fish, and probably +spear-fish, are known to English-speaking sailors in the tropical +Atlantic.</p> + +<p>Sailfish were observed in the East Indies by Renard and Valentijn, +explorers of that region from 1680 to 1720, and by other Eastern +voyagers. No species of the genus was, however, systematically described +until 1786, when a stuffed specimen from the Indian Ocean, eight feet +long, was taken to London, where it still remains in the collections of +the British Museum. From this specimen M. Broussonet prepared a +description, giving it the name <i>Scomber gladius</i>, rightly regarding it +as a species allied to the mackerel.</p> + +<p>From the time of Marcgrave until 1872 it does not appear that any +zoologist had any opportunity to study a sailfish from America or even +the Atlantic; yet in Gunther’s Catalogue, the name <i>H. americanus</i> is +discarded and the species of America is assumed to be identical with +that of the Indian Ocean.</p> + +<p>The materials in the National Museum consist of a skeleton and a painted +plaster cast of the specimen taken near Newport, Rhode Island, in +August, 1872, and given to Professor Baird by Mr. Samuel Powell, of +Newport. No others were observed in our waters until March, 1878, when, +according to Mr. Neyle Habersham, of Savannah, Georgia, two were taken +by a vessel between Savannah and Indian River, Florida, and were brought +to <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span>Savannah, where they attracted much attention in the market. In +1873, according to Mr. E. G. Blackford, a specimen in a very mutilated +condition was brought from Key West to New York City.</p> + +<p>No observations have been made in this country, and recourse must be had +to the statements of observers in the other hemisphere.</p> + +<p>In the Life of Sir Stamford Raffles is printed a letter from Singapore, +under date of November 30, 1822, with the following statement:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>The only amusing discovery we have recently made is that of a +sailing-fish, called by the natives “ikan layer,” of about ten or +twelve feet long, which hoists a mainsail, and often sails in the +manner of a native boat, and with considerable swiftness. I have +sent a set of the sails home, as they are beautifully cut and form +a model for a fast-sailing boat. When a school of these are under +sail together they are frequently mistaken for a school of native +boats.</p></div> + +<p>The fish referred to is in all likelihood <i>Histiophorus gladius</i>, a +species very closely related to, if not identical with, our own.</p> + +<p class="center"><i>The Cutlass-fish</i></p> + +<p>The cutlass-fish, <i>Trichiurus lepturus</i>, unfortunately known in eastern +Florida and at Pensacola as the swordfish; at New Orleans, in the St. +John’s River, and at Brunswick, Georgia, it is known as the “silver +eel”; on the coast of Texas as “saber-fish,” while in the Indian River +region it is called the “skip-jack.” No one of these names is +particularly applicable, and, the latter being preoccupied, it would +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span>seem advantageous to use in this country the name “cutlass-fish,” which +is current for the same species in the British West Indies.</p> + +<p>Its appearance is very remarkable on account of its long, compressed +form and its glistening, silvery color. The name “scabbard-fish,” which +has been given to an allied species in Europe, would be very proper also +for this species, for in general shape and appearance it looks very like +the metallic scabbard of the sword. It attains the length of four or +five feet, though ordinarily not exceeding twenty-five or thirty inches. +This species is found in the tropical Atlantic, on the coast of Brazil, +in the Gulf of California, the West Indies, the Gulf of Mexico, and +north to Woods Hole, Massachusetts, where, during the past ten years, +specimens have been occasionally taken. In 1845 one was found at +Wellfleet, Massachusetts; and in the Essex Institute is a specimen which +is said to have been found on the shores of the Norway Frith many years +ago, and during the past decade it has become somewhat abundant in +southern England. It does not, however, enter the Mediterranean. Some +writers believed the allied species, <i>Trichiurus haumela</i>, found in the +Indian Ocean and Archipelago and in various parts of the Pacific, to be +specifically the same.</p> + +<p>The cutlass-fish is abundant in the St. John’s River, Florida, in the +Indian River region, and in the Gulf of Mexico. Several instances were +related to me in which these fish had thrown themselves from the water +into rowboats, a feat which might be very easily performed by a lithe, +active species like the <i>Trichiurus</i>. A small one fell into a boat +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span>crossing the mouth of the Arlington River, where the water is nearly +fresh.</p> + +<p>Many individuals of the same species are taken every year at the mouth +of the St. John’s River at Mayport. Stearn states that they are caught +in the deep waters of the bays about Pensacola, swimming nearly at the +surface, but chiefly with hooks and lines from the wharves. He has known +them to strike at the oars of the boat and at the end of the ropes that +trailed in the water. At Pensacola they reach a length of twenty to +thirty inches, and are considered good food fish. Richard Hill states +that in Jamaica this species is much esteemed, and is fished for +assiduously in a “hole,” as it is called—that is, a deep portion of the +waters off Fort Augusta. This is the best fishing-place for the +cutlass-fish, <i>Trichiurus</i>. The fishing takes place before day; all +lines are pulled in as fast as they are thrown out, with the certainty +that the cutlass has been hooked. As many as ninety boats have been +counted on this fishing-ground at daybreak during the season.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="X" id="X"></a>X</h2> + +<h3>THE GLADIATOR OF THE SEA</h3> + +<p>Three summers in Catalina waters I had tried persistently to capture my +first broadbill swordfish; and so great were the chances against me that +I tried really without hope. It was fisherman’s pride, I imagined, +rather than hope that drove me. At least I had a remarkably keen +appreciation of the defeats in store for any man who aspired to +experience with that marvel of the sea—<i>Xiphius gladius</i>, the broadbill +swordsman.</p> + +<p>On the first morning of my fourth summer, 1917, I was up at five. Fine, +cool, fresh, soft dawn with a pale pink sunrise. Sea rippling with an +easterly breeze. As the sun rose it grew bright and warm. We did not get +started out on the water until eight o’clock. The east wind had whipped +up a little chop that promised bad. But the wind gradually died down and +the day became hot. Great thunderheads rose over the mainland, +proclaiming heat on the desert. We saw scattered sheerwater ducks and a +school of porpoises; also a number of splashes that I was sure were made +by swordfish.</p> + +<p>The first broadbill I sighted had a skinned tail, and evidently had been +in a battle of some kind. We circled him three times with flying-fish +bait and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span>once with barracuda, and as he paid no attention to them we +left him. This fish leaped half out on two occasions, once showing his +beautiful proportions, his glistening silver white, and his +dangerous-looking rapier.</p> + +<p><a name="illo42" id="illo42"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus235.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="280" alt="THE ONLY PHOTOGRAPH EVER TAKEN OF LEAPING BROADBILL +SWORDFISH" title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE ONLY PHOTOGRAPH EVER TAKEN OF LEAPING BROADBILL +SWORDFISH</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo43" id="illo43"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 296px;"> +<img src="images/illus236.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="296" height="500" alt="XIPHIAS GLADIUS, THE BROADSWORDED GLADIATOR OF THE SEA" title="" /> +<span class="caption">XIPHIAS GLADIUS, THE BROADSWORDED GLADIATOR OF THE SEA</span> +</div> + +<p>The second one leaped twice before we neared him. And as we made a poor +attempt at circling him, he saw the boat and would have none of our +offers.</p> + +<p>The third one was skimming along just under the surface, difficult to +see. After one try at him we lost him.</p> + +<p>They were not up on the surface that day, as they are when the best +results are obtained. The east wind may have had something to do with +that. These fish would average about three hundred pounds each. Captain +Dan says the small ones are more wary, or not so hungry, for they do not +strike readily.</p> + +<p>I got sunburnt and a dizzy headache and almost seasick. Yet the day was +pleasant. The first few days are always hard, until I get broken in.</p> + +<p>Next morning the water and conditions were ideal. The first two +swordfish we saw did not stay on the surface long enough to be worked. +The third one stayed up, but turned away from the bait every time we got +it near him. So we left him.</p> + +<p>About noon I sighted a big splash a mile off shoreward, and we headed +that way. Soon I sighted fins. The first time round we got the bait +right and I felt the old thrill. He went down. I waited; but in vain.</p> + +<p>He leaped half out, and some one snapped a picture. It looked like a +fortunate opportunity grasped. We tried him again, with flying-fish and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>barracuda. But he would not take either. Yet he loafed around on the +surface, showing his colors, quite near the boat. He leaped clear out +once, but I saw only the splash. Then he came out sideways, a skittering +sort of plunge, lazy and heavy. He was about a three-hundred pounder, +white and blue and green, a rare specimen of fish. We tried him again +and drew a bait right in front of him. No use! Then we charged him—ran +him down. Even then he was not frightened, and came up astern. At last, +discouraged at his indifference, we left him.</p> + +<p>This day was ideal up to noon. Then the sun got very hot. My wrists were +burnt, and neck and face. My eyes got tired searching the sea for fins. +It was a great game, this swordfishing, and beat any other I ever tried, +for patience and endurance. The last fish showed his cunning. They were +all different, and a study of each would be fascinating and instructive.</p> + +<p>Next morning was fine. There were several hours when the sea was smooth +and we could have sighted a swordfish a long distance. We went eastward +of the ship course almost over to Newport. At noon a westerly wind +sprang up and the water grew rough. It took some hours to be out of it +to the leeward of the island.</p> + +<p>I saw a whale bend his back and sound and lift his flukes high in the +air—one of the wonder sights of the ocean.</p> + +<p>It was foggy all morning, and rather too cool. No fish of any kind +showed on the surface. One of those inexplicably blank days that are +inevitable in sea angling.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span>When we got to the dock we made a discovery. There was a kink in my +leader about one inch above the hook. Nothing but the sword of old +<i>Xiphius gladius</i> could have made that kink! Then I remembered a +strange, quick, hard jerk that had taken my bait, and which I thought +had been done by a shark. It was a swordfish striking the bait off!</p> + +<p>Next day we left the dock at six fifteen, Dan and I alone. The day was +lowering and windy—looked bad. We got out ahead of every one. Trolled +out five miles, then up to the west end. We got among the Japs fishing +for albacore.</p> + +<p>About eleven I sighted a B. B. We dragged a bait near him and he went +down with a flirt of his tail. My heart stood still. Dan and I both made +sure it was a strike. But, no! He came up far astern, and then went down +for good.</p> + +<p>The sea got rough. The wind was chilling to the bone. Sheerwater ducks +were everywhere, in flocks and singly. Saw one yellow patch of small +bait fish about an inch long. This patch was forty yards across. No fish +appeared to be working on it.</p> + +<p>Dan sighted a big swordfish. We made for him. Dan put on an albacore. +But it came off before I could let out the line. Then we tried a +barracuda. I got a long line out and the hook pulled loose. This was +unfortunate and aggravating. We had one barracuda left. Dan hooked it on +hard.</p> + +<p>“That’ll never come off!” he exclaimed. We circled old <i>Xiphius</i>, and +when about fifty yards distant he lifted himself clear out—a most +terrifying and magnificent fish. He would have weighed four hundred. His +colors shone—blazed—purple blue, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span>pale green, iridescent copper, and +flaming silver. Then he made a long, low lunge away from us. I bade him +good-by, but let the barracuda drift back. We waited a long time while +the line slowly bagged, drifting toward us. Suddenly I felt a quick, +strong pull. It electrified me. I yelled to Dan. He said, excitedly, +“Feed it to him!” but the line ceased to play out. I waited, slowly +losing hope, with my pulses going back to normal. After we drifted for +five minutes I wound in the line. The barracuda was gone and the leader +had been rolled up. This astounded us. That swordfish had taken my bait. +I felt his first pull. Then he had come toward the boat, crushing the +bait off the hook, without making even a twitch on the slack line. It +was heartbreaking. But we could not have done any different. Dan decided +the fish had come after the teasers. This experience taught us exceeding +respect for the broadbill.</p> + +<p>Again we were off early in the morning. Wind outside and growing rough. +Sun bright until off Isthmus, when we ran into fog. The Jap +albacore-boats were farther west. Albacore not biting well. Sea grew +rough. About eleven thirty the fog cleared and the sea became +beautifully blue and white-crested.</p> + +<p>I was up on the deck when a yell from below made me jump. I ran back. +Some one was holding my rod, and on the instant that a huge swordfish +got the bait had not the presence of mind to throw off the drag and let +out line. We hurried to put on another flying-fish and I let out the +line.</p> + +<p>Soon Dan yelled, “There he is—behind your bait!”</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span>I saw him—huge, brown, wide, weaving after my bait. Then he hit it with +his sword. I imagined I could feel him cut it. Winding in, I found the +bait cut off neatly back of the head. While Dan hurried with another +bait I watched for the swordfish, and saw him back in the wake, rather +deep. He was following us. It was an intensely exciting moment. I let +the bait drift back. Almost at once I felt that peculiar rap at my bait, +then another. Somehow I knew he had cut off another flying-fish. I +reeled in. He had severed this bait in the middle. Frantically we baited +again. I let out a long line, and we drifted. Hope was almost gone when +there came a swift tug on my line, and then the reel whirred. I thumbed +the pad lightly. Dan yelled for me to let him have it. I was all +tingling with wonderful thrills. What a magnificent strike! He took line +so fast it amazed me.</p> + +<p>All at once, just as Dan yelled to hook him, the reel ceased to turn, +the line slacked. I began to jerk hard and wind in, all breathless with +excitement and frenzy of hope. Not for half a dozen pumps and windings +did I feel him. Then heavy and strong came the weight. I jerked and +reeled. But I did not get a powerful strike on that fish. Suddenly the +line slacked and my heart contracted. He had shaken the hook. I reeled +in. Bait gone! He had doubled on me and run as swiftly toward the boat +as he had at first run from it.</p> + +<p>The hook had not caught well. Probably he had just held the bait between +his jaws. The disappointment was exceedingly bitter and poignant. My +respect for <i>Xiphius</i> increased in proportion to my sense <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span>of lost +opportunity. This great fish thinks! That was my conviction.</p> + +<p>We sighted another that refused to take a bait and soon went down.</p> + +<p>We had learned the last few days that broadbills will strike when not on +the surface, just as Marlin swordfish do.</p> + +<p>On our next day out we had smooth sea all morning, with great, +slow-running swells, long and high, with deep hollows between. Vast, +heaving bosom of the deep! It was majestic. Along the horizon ran dark, +low, lumpy waves, moving fast. A thick fog, like a pall, hung over the +sea all morning.</p> + +<p>About eleven o’clock I sighted fins. We made a circle round him, and +drew the bait almost right across his bill. He went down. Again that +familiar waiting, poignant suspense!... He refused to strike.</p> + +<p>Next one was a big fellow with pale fins. We made a perfect circle, and +he went down as if to take the bait!... But he came up. We tried again. +Same result. Then we put on an albacore and drew that, tail first, in +front of him. Slowly he swam toward it, went down, and suddenly turned +and shot away, leaving a big wake. He was badly scared by that albacore.</p> + +<p>Next one we worked three times before he went down, and the last one +gave us opportunity for only one circle before he sank.</p> + +<p>They are shy, keen, and wise.</p> + +<p>The morning following, as we headed out over a darkly rippling sea, some +four miles off Long Point, where we had the thrilling strikes from the +big swordfish, and which place we had fondly imagined was <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span>our happy +hunting-ground—because it was near shore and off the usual fishing +course out in the channel—we ran into Boschen fighting a fish.</p> + +<p>This is a spectacle not given to many fishermen, and I saw my +opportunity.</p> + +<p>With my glass I watched Boschen fight the swordfish, and I concluded +from the way he pulled that he was fast to the bottom of the ocean. We +went on our way then, and that night when I got in I saw his wonderful +swordfish, the world’s record we all knew he would get some day. Four +hundred and sixty-three pounds! And he had the luck to kill this great +fish in short time. My friend Doctor Riggin, a scientist, dissected this +fish, and found that Boschen’s hook had torn into the heart. This +strange feature explained the easy capture, and, though it might detract +somewhat from Boschen’s pride in the achievement, it certainly did not +detract from the record.</p> + +<p>That night, after coming in from the day’s hunt for swordfish, Dan and I +decided to get good bait. At five thirty we started for seal rocks. The +sun was setting, and the red fog over the west end of the island was +weird and beautiful. Long, slow swells were running, and they boomed +inshore on the rocks. Seals were barking—a hoarse, raucous croak. I saw +a lonely heron silhouetted against the red glow of the western horizon.</p> + +<p>We fished—trolling slowly a few hundred yards offshore—and soon were +fighting barracuda, which we needed so badly for swordfish bait.</p> + +<p>They strike easily, and put up a jerky kind of battle. They are a long, +slim fish, yellow and white <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span>in the water, a glistening pale bronze and +silver when landed. I hooked a harder-fighting fish, which, when brought +in, proved to be a white sea-bass, a very beautiful species with faint +purplish color and mottled opal tints above the deep silver.</p> + +<p>Next morning we left the bay at six thirty. It was the calmest day we +had had in days. The sea was like a beveled mirror, oily, soft, and +ethereal, with low swells barely moving. An hour and a half out we were +alone on the sea, out of sight of land, with the sun faintly showing, +and all around us, inclosing and mystical, a thin haze of fog.</p> + +<p>Alone, alone, all alone on a wide, wide sea! This was wonderful, far +beyond any pursuit of swordfish.</p> + +<p>We sighted birds, gulls, and ducks floating like bits of colored cork, +and pieces of kelp, and at length a broadbill. We circled him three +times with barracuda, and again with a flying-fish. Apparently he had no +interest in edibles. He scorned our lures. But we stayed with him until +he sank for good.</p> + +<p>Then we rode the sea for hours, searching for fins.</p> + +<p>At ten forty we sighted another. Twice we drew a fresh fine barracuda in +front of him, which he refused. It was so disappointing, in fact, really +sickening.</p> + +<p>Dan was disgusted. He said, “We can’t get them to bite!”</p> + +<p>And I said, “Let’s try again!”</p> + +<p>So we circled him once more. The sea was beautifully smooth, with the +slow swells gently heaving. The swordfish rode them lazily and +indifferently. His dorsal stood up straight and stiff, and the big +sickle-shaped tail-fin wove to and fro behind. I gazed at them +longingly, in despair, as unattainable. I knew of nothing in the fishing +game as tantalizing and despairing as this sight.</p> + +<p><a name="illo44" id="illo44"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus245.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="287" alt="A STRAIGHTAWAY GREYHOUND LEAP, MARVELOUS FOR ITS SPEED +AND WILDNESS" title="" /> +<span class="caption">A STRAIGHTAWAY GREYHOUND LEAP, MARVELOUS FOR ITS SPEED +AND WILDNESS</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo45" id="illo45"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus246.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="292" alt="LIKE A LEAPING SPECTER" title="" /> +<span class="caption">LIKE A LEAPING SPECTER</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span>We got rather near him this time, as he turned, facing us, and slowly +swam in the direction of my bait. I could see the barracuda shining +astern. Dan stopped the boat. I slowly let out line. The swordfish +drifted back, and then sank.</p> + +<p>I waited, intensely, but really without hope. And I watched my bait +until it sank out of sight. Then followed what seemed a long wait. +Probably it was really only a few moments. I had a sort of hopeless +feeling. But I respected the fish all the more.</p> + +<p>Then suddenly I felt a quiver of my line, as if an electric current had +animated it. I was shocked keen and thrilling. My line whipped up and +ran out.</p> + +<p>“He’s got it!” I called, tensely. That was a strong, stirring instant as +with fascinated eyes I watched the line pass swiftly and steadily off +the reel. I let him run a long way.</p> + +<p>Then I sat down, jammed the rod in the socket, put on the drag, and +began to strike. The second powerful sweep of the rod brought the line +tight and I felt that heavy live weight. I struck at least a dozen times +with all my might while the line was going off the reel. The swordfish +was moving ponderously. Presently he came up with a great splash, +showing his huge fins, and then the dark, slender, sweeping sword. He +waved that sword, striking fiercely at the leader. Then he went down. It +was only at this moment I realized I had again hooked a broadbill. Time, +ten forty-five.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span></p><p>The fight was on.</p> + +<p>For a while he circled the boat and it was impossible to move him a +foot. He was about two hundred and fifty yards from us. Every once in a +while he would come up. His sword would appear first, a most +extraordinary sight as it pierced the water. We could hear the swish. +Once he leaped half out. We missed this picture. I kept a steady, hard +strain on him, pumping now and then, getting a little line in, which he +always got back. The first hour passed swiftly with this surface fight +alternating with his slow heavy work down. However, he did not sound.</p> + +<p>About eleven forty-five he leaped clear out, and we snapped two pictures +of him. It was a fierce effort to free the hook, a leap not beautiful +and graceful, like that of the Marlin, but magnificent and dogged.</p> + +<p>After this leap he changed his tactics. Repeatedly I was pulled forward +and lifted from my seat by sudden violent jerks. They grew more frequent +and harder. He came up and we saw how he did that. He was facing the +boat and batting the leader with his sword. This was the most remarkable +action I ever observed in a fighting fish. That sword was a weapon. I +could hear it hit the leader. But he did most of this work under the +surface. Every time he hit the leader it seemed likely to crack my neck. +The rod bent, then the line slackened so I could feel no weight, the rod +flew straight. I had an instant of palpitating dread, feeling he had +freed himself—then harder came the irresistible, heavy drag again. This +batting of the leader and consequent slacking of the line worried Dan, +as it <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span>did me. Neither of us expected to hold the fish. As a performance +it was wonderful. But to endure it was terrible. And he batted that +leader at least three hundred times!</p> + +<p>In fact, every moment or two he banged the leader several times for over +an hour. It almost wore me out. If he had not changed those tactics +again those jerks would have put a kink in my neck and back. But +fortunately he came up on the surface to thresh about some more. Again +he leaped clear, affording us another chance for a picture. Following +that he took his first long run. It was about one hundred yards and as +fast as a Marlin. Then he sounded. He stayed down for half an hour. When +he came up somewhat he seemed to be less resistant, and we dragged him +at slow speed for several miles. At the end of three hours I asked Dan +for the harness, which he strapped to my shoulders. This afforded me +relief for my arms and aching hands, but the straps cut into my back, +and that hurt. The harness enabled me to lift and pull by a movement of +shoulders. I worked steadily on him for an hour, five different times +getting the two-hundred-foot mark on the line over my reel. When I tired +Dan would throw in the clutch and drag him some more. Once he followed +us without strain for a while; again we dragged him two or three miles. +And most remarkable of all, there was a period of a few moments when he +towed us. A wonderful test for a twenty-four-strand line! We made +certain of this by throwing papers overboard and making allowance for +the drift. At that time there was no wind. I had three and one-half +hours of perfectly smooth water.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span>It was great to be out there on a lonely sea with that splendid fish. I +was tiring, but did not fail to see the shimmering beauty of the sea, +the playing of albacore near at hand, the flight of frightened +flying-fish, the swooping down of gulls, the dim shapes of boats far +off, and away above the cloud-bank of fog the mountains of California.</p> + +<p>About two o’clock our indefatigable quarry began to belabor the leader +again. He appeared even more vicious and stronger. That jerk, with its +ragged, rough loosening of the line, making me feel the hook was tearing +out, was the most trying action any fish ever worked on me. The physical +effort necessary to hold him was enough, without that onslaught on my +leader. Again there came a roar of water, a splash, and his huge +dark-blue and copper-colored body surged on the surface. He wagged his +head and the long black sword made a half-circle. The line was taut from +boat to fish in spite of all I could do in lowering my rod. I had to +hold it up far enough to get the spring. There was absolutely no way to +keep him from getting slack. The dangerous time in fighting heavy, +powerful fish is when they head toward the angler. Then the hook will +pull out more easily than at any other time. He gave me a second long +siege of these tactics until I was afraid I would give out. When he got +through and sounded I had to have the back-rest replaced in the seat to +rest my aching back.</p> + +<p>Three o’clock came and passed. We dragged him awhile, and found him +slower, steadier, easier to pull. That constant long strain must have +been telling upon him. It was also telling upon me. As I tried to save +some strength for the finish, I had not once tried my utmost at lifting +him or pulling him near the boat. Along about four o’clock he swung +round to the west in the sun glare and there he hung, broadside, about a +hundred yards out, for an hour. We had to go along with him.</p> + +<p><a name="illo46" id="illo46"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus251.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="288" alt="WALKING ON HIS TAIL" title="" /> +<span class="caption">WALKING ON HIS TAIL</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo47" id="illo47"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus252.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="299" alt="A MAGNIFICENT FLASHING LEAP." title="" /> +<span class="caption">A MAGNIFICENT FLASHING LEAP. THIS PERFECT PICTURE +CONSIDERED BY AUTHOR TO BE WORTH HIS FIVE YEARS’ LABOR AND PATIENCE</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span>The sea began to ripple with a breeze, and at length white-caps +appeared. In half an hour it was rough, not bad, but still making my +work exceedingly hard. I had to lift the rod up to keep the seat from +turning and to hold my footing on the slippery floor. The water dripping +from the reel had wet me and all around me.</p> + +<p>At five o’clock I could not stand the harness any longer, so had Dan +remove it. That was a relief. I began to pump my fish as in the earlier +hours of the fight. Eventually I got him out of that broadside position +away from us and to the boat. He took some line, which I got back. I now +began to have confidence in being able to hold him. He had ceased +batting the leader. For a while he stayed astern, but gradually worked +closer. This worried Dan. He was getting under the boat. Dan started +faster ahead and still the swordfish kept just under us, perhaps fifty +feet down. It was not long until Dan was running at full speed. But we +could not lose the old gladiator! Then I bade Dan slow down, which he +was reluctant to do. He feared the swordfish would ram us, and I had +some qualms myself. At five thirty he dropped astern again and we +breathed freer. At this time I decided to see if I could pull him close. +I began to pump and reel, and inch by inch, almost, I gained line. I +could not tell <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span>just how far away he was, because the marks had worn off +my line. It was amazing and thrilling, therefore, to suddenly see the +end of the double line appear. Dan yelled. So did I. Like a Trojan I +worked till I got that double line over my reel. Then we all saw the +fish. He was on his side, swimming with us—a huge, bird-shaped creature +with a frightful bill. Dan called me to get the leader out of water and +then hold. This took about all I had left of strength. The fish wavered +from side to side, and Dan feared he would go under the boat. He ordered +me to hold tight, and he put on more speed. This grew to be more than I +could stand. It was desperately hard to keep the line from slipping. And +I knew a little more of that would lose my fish. So I called Dan to take +the leader. With his huge gaff in right hand, Dan reached for the leader +with his left, grasped it, surged the fish up and made a lunge. There +came a roar and a beating against the boat. Dan yelled for another gaff. +It was handed to him and he plunged that into the fish.</p> + +<p>Then I let down my rod and dove for the short rope to lasso the sweeping +tail. Fortunately he kept quiet a moment in which I got the loop fast. +It was then <i>Xiphius gladius</i> really woke up. He began a tremendous +beating with his tail. Both gaff ropes began to loosen, and the rope on +his tail flew out of my hands. Dan got it in time. But it was slipping. +He yelled for me to make a hitch somewhere. I was pulled flat in the +cockpit, but scrambled up, out on the stern, and held on to that rope +grimly while I tried to fasten it. Just almost impossible! The water was +deluging us. The swordfish banged the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span>boat with sodden, heavy blows. +But I got the rope fast. Then I went to Dan’s assistance. The two of us +pulled that tremendous tail up out of the water and made fast the rope. +Then we knew we had him. But he surged and strained and lashed for a +long while. And side blows of his sword scarred the boat. At last he +sagged down quiet, and we headed for Avalon. Once more in smooth water, +we loaded him astern. I found the hook just in the corner of his mouth, +which fact accounted for the long battle.</p> + +<p>Doctor Riggin, the University of Pennsylvania anatomist, and classmate +of mine, dissected this fish for me. Two of the most remarkable features +about <i>Xiphius gladius</i> were his heart and eye.</p> + +<p>The heart was situated deep in just back of the gills. It was a big +organ, exceedingly heavy, and the most muscular tissue I ever saw. In +fact, so powerfully muscular was it that when cut the tissue contracted +and could not be placed together again. The valves were likewise +remarkably well developed and strong. This wonderful heart accounted for +the wonderful vitality of the swordfish. The eyes of a swordfish +likewise proved the wonder of nature. They were huge and prominent, a +deep sea-blue set in pale crystal rims and black circles. A swordfish +could revolve his eyes and turn them in their sockets so that they were +absolutely protected in battle with his mates and rivals. The eye had a +covering of bone, cup-shaped, and it was this bone that afforded +protection. It was evident that when the eye was completely turned in +the swordfish could not see at all. Probably this was for close battle. +The muscles were very heavy and strong, one attached <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span>at the rim of the +eye and the other farther back. The optic nerve was as large as the +median nerve of a man’s arm—that is to say, half the size of a +lead-pencil. There were three coverings over the fluid that held the +pupil. And these were as thick and tough as isinglass. Most remarkable +of all was the ciliary muscle which held the capacity of contracting the +lens for distant vision. A swordfish could see as far as the rays of +light penetrated in whatever depth he swam. I have always suspected he +had extraordinary eyesight, and this dissection of the eye proved it. No +fear a swordfish will not see a bait! He can see the boat and the bait a +long distance.</p> + +<p>Doctor Riggin found no sperm in any of the male fish he dissected, which +was proof that swordfish spawn before coming to Catalina waters. They +are a warm-water fish, and probably head off the Japan current into some +warm, intersecting branch that leads to spawning-banks.</p> + +<p>This was happy knowledge for me, because it will be good to know that +when old <i>Xiphius gladius</i> is driven from Catalina waters he will be +roaming some other place of the Seven Seas, his great sickle fins +shining dark against the blue.</p> + +<p><a name="illo48" id="illo48"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus257.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="500" height="287" alt="TIRED OUT—THE LAST SLOW HEAVE" title="" /> +<span class="caption">TIRED OUT—THE LAST SLOW HEAVE</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo49" id="illo49"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 328px;"> +<img src="images/illus258.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="328" height="500" alt="HAULED ABOARD WITH BLOCK AND TACKLE" title="" /> +<span class="caption">HAULED ABOARD WITH BLOCK AND TACKLE</span> +</div> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="XI" id="XI"></a>XI</h2> + +<h3>SEVEN MARLIN SWORDFISH IN ONE DAY</h3> + +<p>San Clemente lies forty miles south of Santa Catalina, out in the +Pacific, open to wind and fog, scorched by sun, and beaten on every +shore by contending tides. Seen from afar, the island seems a bleak, +long, narrow strip of drab rock rising from a low west end to the +dignity of a mountain near the east end. Seen close at hand, it is still +barren, bleak, and drab; but it shows long golden slopes of wild oats; +looming, gray, lichen-colored crags, where the eagles perch; and rugged +deep cañons, cactus-covered on the south side and on the other indented +by caves and caverns, and green with clumps of wild-lilac and +wild-cherry and arbor-vitæ; and bare round domes where the wild goats +stand silhouetted against the blue sky.</p> + +<p>This island is volcanic in origin and structure, and its great caves +have been made by blow-holes in hot lava. Erosion has weathered slope +and wall and crag. For the most part these slopes and walls are +exceedingly hard to climb. The goat trails are narrow and steep, the +rocks sharp and ragged, the cactus thick and treacherous. Many years ago +Mexicans placed goats on the island for the need of shipwrecked sailors, +and these goats have traversed <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span>the wild oat slopes until they are like +a network of trails. Every little space of grass has its crisscross of +goat trails.</p> + +<p>I rested high up on a slope, in the lee of a rugged rock, all +rust-stained and gray-lichened, with a deep cactus-covered cañon to my +left, the long, yellow, windy slope of wild oats to my right, and +beneath me the Pacific, majestic and grand, where the great white +rollers moved in graceful heaves along the blue. The shore-line, curved +by rounded gravelly beach and jutted by rocky point, showed creeping +white lines of foam, and then green water spotted by beds of golden +kelp, reaching out into the deeps. Far across the lonely space rose +creamy clouds, thunderheads looming over the desert on the mainland.</p> + +<p>A big black raven soared by with dismal croak. The wind rustled the +oats. There was no other sound but the sound of the sea—deep, +low-toned, booming like thunder, long crash and continuous roar.</p> + +<p>How wonderful to watch eagles in their native haunts! I saw a bald eagle +sail by, and then two golden eagles winging heavy flight after him. +There seemed to be contention or rivalry, for when the white-headed bird +alighted the others swooped down upon him. They circled and flew in and +out of the cañon, and one let out a shrill, piercing scream. They +disappeared and I watched a lonely gull riding the swells. He at least +was at home on the restless waters. Life is beautiful, particularly +elemental life. Then far above I saw the white-tipped eagle and I +thrilled to see the difference now in his flight. He was monarch of the +air, king of the wind, lonely <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span>and grand in the blue. He soared, he +floated, he sailed, and then, away across the skies he flew, swift as an +arrow, to slow and circle again, and swoop up high and higher, +wide-winged and free, ringed in the azure blue, and then like a +thunderbolt he fell, to vanish beyond the crags.</p> + +<p>Again I saw right before me a small brown hawk, poised motionless, +resting on the wind, with quivering wings, and he hung there, looking +down for his prey—some luckless lizard or rat. He seemed suspended on +wires. There, down like a brown flash he was gone, and surely that swoop +meant a desert tragedy.</p> + +<p>I heard the bleat of a lamb or kid, and it pierced the melancholy roar +of the sea.</p> + +<p>If there is a rapture on the lonely shore, there was indeed rapture here +high above it, blown upon by the sweet, soft winds. I heard the bleat +close at hand. Turning, I saw a she-goat with little kid scarce a foot +high. She crossed a patch of cactus. The kid essayed to follow here, but +found the way too thorny. He bleated—a tiny, pin-pointed bleat—and his +mother turned to answer encouragingly. He leaped over a cactus, +attempted another, and, failing, fell on the sharp prickers. He bleated +in distress and scrambled out of that hard and painful place. The mother +came around, and presently, reunited, they went on, to disappear.</p> + +<p>The island seemed consecrated to sun and sea. It lay out of the latitude +of ships. Only a few Mexican sheep-herders lived there, up at the east +end where less-rugged land allowed pasture for their flocks. A little +rain falls during the winter months, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span>and soon disappears from the +porous cañon-beds. Water-holes were rare and springs rarer. The summit +was flat, except for some rounded domes of mountains, and there the +deadly cholla cactus grew—not in profusion, but enough to prove the +dread of the Mexicans for this species of desert plant. It was a small +bush, with cones like a pine cone in shape, growing in clusters, and +over stems and cones were fine steel-pointed needles with invisible +hooks at the ends.</p> + +<p>A barren, lonely prospect, that flat plateau above, an empire of the +sun, where heat veils rose and mirages haunted the eye. But at sunset +fog rolled up from the outer channel, and if the sun blasted the life on +the island, the fog saved it. So there was war between sun and fog, the +one that was the lord of day, and the other the dew-laden savior of +night.</p> + +<p>South, on the windward side, opened a wide bay, Smugglers Cove by name, +and it was infinitely more beautiful than its name. A great curve +indented the league-long slope of island, at each end of which low, +ragged lines of black rock jutted out into the sea. Around this immense +bare amphitheater, which had no growth save scant cactus and patches of +grass, could be seen long lines of shelves where the sea-levels had been +in successive ages of the past.</p> + +<p>Near the middle of the curve, on a bleached bank, stood a lonely little +hut, facing the sea. Old and weather-beaten, out of place there, it held +and fascinated the gaze. Below it a white shore-line curved away where +the waves rolled in, sadly grand, to break and spread on the beach.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span>At the east end, where the jagged black rocks met the sea, I loved to +watch a great swell rise out of the level blue, heave and come, +slow-lifting as if from some infinite power, to grow and climb aloft +till the blue turned green and sunlight showed through, and the long, +smooth crest, where the seals rode, took on a sharp edge to send wisps +of spray in the wind, and, rising sheer, the whole swell, solemn and +ponderous and majestic, lifted its volume one beautiful instant, then +curled its shining crest and rolled in and down with a thundering, +booming roar, all the curves and contours gone in a green-white seething +mass that climbed the reefs and dashed itself to ruin.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>An extraordinary achievement and record fell to my brother R. C. It was +too much good luck ever to come my way. Fame is a fickle goddess. R. C. +had no ambition to make a great catch of swordfish. He angles for these +big game of the sea more to furnish company for me than for any other +reason. He likes best the golden, rocky streams where the bronze-back +black-bass hide, or the swift, amber-colored brooks full of rainbow +trout.</p> + +<p>I must add that in my opinion, and Captain Danielson’s also, R. C. is a +superior angler, and all unconscious of it. He has not my intimate +knowledge of big fish, but he did not seem to need that. He is powerful +in the shoulders and arms, his hands are strong and hard from baseball +and rowing, and he is practically tireless. He never rested while +fighting a fish. We never saw him lean the rod on the gunwale. All of +which accounts for his <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span>quick conquering of a Marlin swordfish. We have +yet to see him work upon a broadbill or a big tuna; and that is +something Captain Dan and I are anticipating with much pleasure and +considerable doubt.</p> + +<p>August 31st dawned fine and cool and pleasant, rather hazy, with warm +sun and smooth sea.</p> + +<p>The night before we had sat in front of our tents above the beach and +watched the flying-fish come out in twos and threes and schools, all the +way down the rugged coast. I told the captain then that swordfish were +chasing them. But he was skeptical.</p> + +<p>This morning I remembered, and I was watching. Just at the Glory Hole my +brother yelled, “Strike!” I did not see the fish before he hit the bait. +It is really remarkable how these swordfish can get to a bait on the +surface without being seen. R. C. hooked the Marlin.</p> + +<p>The first leap showed the fish to be small. He did not appear to be much +of a jumper or fighter. He leaped six times, and then tried to swim out +to sea. Slow, steady work of R. C.’s brought him up to the boat in +fifteen minutes. But we did not gaff him. We estimated his weight at one +hundred and thirty pounds. Captain Dan cut the leader close to the hook. +I watched the fish swim lazily away, apparently unhurt, and sure to +recover.</p> + +<p>We got going again, and had scarce trolled a hundred yards when I saw +something my companions missed. I stood up.</p> + +<p>“Well, this starts out like your day,” I remarked to my brother.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span>Then he saw a purple shape weaving back of his bait and that galvanized +him into attention. It always thrilled me to see a swordfish back of the +bait. This one took hold and ran off to the right. When hooked it took +line with a rush, began to thresh half out, and presently sounded. We +lost the direction. It came up far ahead of the boat and began to leap +and run on the surface.</p> + +<p>We followed while R. C. recovered the line. Then he held the fish well +in hand; and in the short time of twelve minutes brought the leader to +Dan’s hand. The Marlin made a great splash as he was cut loose.</p> + +<p>“Say, two swordfish in less than half an hour!” I expostulated. “Dan, +this might be <i>the</i> day.”</p> + +<p>Captain Dan looked hopeful. We were always looking for that day which +came once or twice each season.</p> + +<p>“I’m tired,” said my brother. “Now you catch a couple.”</p> + +<p>He talked about swordfish as carelessly as he used to talk about +sunfish. But he was not in the least tired. I made him take up the rod +again. I sensed events. The sea looked darkly rippling, inviting, as if +to lure us on.</p> + +<p>We had worked and drifted a little offshore. But that did not appear to +put us out of the latitude of swordfish. Suddenly Captain Dan yelled, +“Look out!” Then we all saw a blaze of purple back of R. C.’s bait. Dan +threw out the clutch. But this Marlin was shy. He flashed back and +forth. How swift! His motion was only a purple flash. He loomed up after +the teasers. We had three of these flying-fish out as teasers, all close +to the boat. I <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span>always wondered why the swordfish appear more attracted +to the teasers than to our hooked baits only a few yards back. I made +the mistake to pull the teasers away from this swordfish. Then he left +us.</p> + +<p>I was convinced, however, that this was to be R. C.’s day, and so, much +to his amaze and annoyance, I put away my rod. No sooner had I quit +fishing than a big black tail showed a few yards out from R. C.’s bait. +Then a shining streak shot across under the water, went behind R. C.’s +bait, passed it, came again. This time I saw him plainly. He was big and +hungry, but shy. He rushed the bait. I saw him take it in his pointed +jaws and swerve out of sight, leaving a boil on the surface. R. C. did +not give him time to swallow the hook, but struck immediately. The fish +ran off two hundred yards and then burst up on the surface. He was a +jumper, and as he stayed in sight we all began to yell our admiration. +He cleared the water forty-two times, all in a very few minutes. At the +end of twenty-eight minutes R. C., with a red face and a bulging jaw, +had the swordfish beaten and within reach of Captain Dan.</p> + +<p>“He’s a big one—over two hundred and fifty,” asserted that worthy. +“Mebbe you won’t strike a bigger one.”</p> + +<p>“Cut him loose,” I said, and my brother echoed my wish.</p> + +<p>It was a great sight to see that splendid swordfish drift away from the +boat—to watch him slowly discover that he was free.</p> + +<p>“Ten o’clock! We’ll hang up two records to-day!” boomed Captain Dan, as +with big, swift hands he put on another bait for R. C.</p> + +<p><a name="illo50" id="illo50"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus267.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="296" alt="R. C. ON THE JOB" title="" /> +<span class="caption">R. C. ON THE JOB</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo51" id="illo51"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 138px;"> +<img src="images/illus268t.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="138" height="245" alt="304 POUNDS" title="" /> +<span class="caption">304 POUNDS</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo52" id="illo52"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 390px;"> +<img src="images/illus268b.jpg" class="jpg smispace" width="390" height="245" alt="R. C. GREY AND RECORD MARLIN" title="" /> +<span class="caption">R. C. GREY AND RECORD MARLIN</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span>“Do you fellows take me for a drag-horse?” inquired R. C., mildly. “I’ve +caught enough swordfish for this year.”</p> + +<p>“Why, man, it’s the day!” exclaimed Captain Dan, in amaze and fear.</p> + +<p>“Humph!” replied my brother.</p> + +<p>“But the chance for a record!” I added, weakly. “Only ten o’clock.... +Three swordfish already.... Great chance for Dan, you know.... Beat the +dickens out of these other fishermen.”</p> + +<p>“Aw, that’s a lot of ‘con’!” replied my brother.</p> + +<p>Very eloquently then I elaborated on the fact that we were releasing the +fish, inaugurating a sportsman-like example never before done there; +that it really bid fair to be a wonderful day; that I was having a great +chance to snap pictures of leaping fish; that it would be a favor to me +for him to go the limit on this one occasion.</p> + +<p>But R. C. showed no sign of wavering. He was right, of course, and I +acknowledged that afterward to myself. On the instant, however, I racked +my brain for some persuasive argument. Suddenly I had an inspiration.</p> + +<p>“They think you’re a dub fisherman,” I declared, forcefully.</p> + +<p>“<i>They?</i>” My brother glared darkly at me.</p> + +<p>“Sure,” I replied, hurriedly, with no intention of explaining that +dubious <i>they</i>. “Now’s your chance to fool them.”</p> + +<p>“Ahuh! All right, fetch on a flock of swordfish, and then some +broadbills,” remarked R. C., blandly. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span>“Hurry, Dan! There’s a fin right +over there. Lead me to him! See.”</p> + +<p>Sure enough, R. C. pointed out a dark sickle fin on the surface. I +marveled at the sight. It certainly is funny the luck some fishermen +have! Captain Dan, beaming like a sunrise, swung the boat around toward +the swordfish.</p> + +<p>That Marlin rushed the teasers. I pulled all three away from him, while +R. C. was reeling in his bait to get it close. Then the swordfish fell +all over himself after it. He got it. He would have climbed aboard after +it. The way R. C. hooked this swordfish showed that somebody had got his +dander up and was out to do things. This pleased me immensely. It scared +me a little, too, for R. C. showed no disposition to give line or be +gentle to the swordfish. In fact, it was real fight now. And this +particular fish appeared to have no show on earth—or rather in the +water—and after fourteen leaps he was hauled up to the boat in such +short order that if we had gaffed him, as we used to gaff Marlin, we +would have had a desperate fight to hold him. But how easy to cut him +free! He darted down like a blue streak. I had no fair sight of him to +judge weight, but Captain Dan said he was good and heavy.</p> + +<p>“Come on! Don’t be so slow!” yelled R. C., with a roving eye over the +deep.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan was in his element. He saw victory perched upon the mast of +the <i>Leta D.</i> He moved with a celerity that amazed me, when I remembered +how exasperatingly slow he could be, fooling with kites. This was +Captain Dan’s game.</p> + +<p>“The ocean’s alive with swordfish!” he boomed. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span>Only twice before had I +heard him say that, and he was right each time. I gazed abroad over the +beautiful sea, and, though I could not see any swordfish, somehow I +believed him. It was difficult now, in this exciting zest of a record +feat, to think of the nobler attributes of fishing. Strong, earnest, +thrilling business it was indeed for Captain Dan.</p> + +<p>We all expected to see a swordfish again. That was exactly what +happened. We had not gone a dozen boat-lengths when up out of the blue +depths lunged a lazy swordfish and attached himself to R. C.’s hook. He +sort of half lolled out in lazy splashes four or five times. He looked +huge. All of a sudden he started off, making the reel hum. That run +developed swiftly. Dan backed the boat full speed. In vain! It was too +late to turn. That swordfish run became the swiftest and hardest I ever +saw. A four-hundred-yard run, all at once, was something new even for +me. I yelled for R. C. to throw off the drag. He tried, but failed. I +doubted afterward if that would have done any good. That swordfish was +going away from there. He broke the line.</p> + +<p>“Gee! What a run!” I burst out. “I’m sorry. I hate to break off hooks in +fish.”</p> + +<p>“Put your hand on my reel,” said R. C.</p> + +<p>It was almost too hot to bear touching. R. C. began winding in the long +slack line.</p> + +<p>“Did you see that one?” he asked, grimly.</p> + +<p>“Not plain. But what I did see looked big.”</p> + +<p>“Say, he was a whale!” R. C.’s flashing eyes showed he had warmed to the +battle.</p> + +<p>In just ten minutes another swordfish was chasing <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span>the teasers. It was +my thrilling task to keep them away from him. Hard as I pulled, I failed +to keep at least one of them from him. He took it with a “wop,” his bill +half out of the water, and as he turned with a splash R. C. had his bait +right there. Smash! The swordfish sheered off, with the bait shining +white in his bill. When hooked he broke water about fifty yards out and +then gave an exhibition of high and lofty tumbling, water-smashing, and +spray-flinging that delighted us. Then he took to long, greyhound leaps +and we had to chase him. But he did not last long, with the inexorable +R. C. bending back on that Murphy rod. After being cut free, this +swordfish lay on the surface a few moments, acting as if he was out of +breath. He weighed about one hundred and fifty, and was a particularly +beautiful specimen. The hook showed in the corner of his mouth. He did +not have a scratch on his graceful bronze and purple and silver body. I +waved my hat at him and then he slowly sank.</p> + +<p>“What next?” I demanded. “This can’t keep up. Something is going to +happen.”</p> + +<p>But my apprehension in no wise disturbed R. C. or Captain Dan.</p> + +<p>They proceeded to bait up again, to put out the teasers, to begin to +troll; and then almost at once a greedy swordfish appeared, absolutely +fearless and determined. R. C. hooked him. The first leap showed the +Marlin to be the smallest of the day so far. But what he lacked in +weight he made up in activity. He was a great performer, and his forte +appeared to be turning upside down in the air. He leaped clear +twenty-two times. Then he settled <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span>down and tried to plug out to sea. +Alas! that human steam-winch at the rod drew him right up to the boat, +where he looked to weigh about one hundred and twenty-five pounds.</p> + +<p><a name="illo53" id="illo53"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 218px;"> +<img src="images/illus273.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="218" height="500" alt="328-POUND RECORD MARLIN BY R. C. GREY. SHAPELIEST AND +MOST BEAUTIFUL SPECIMEN EVER TAKEN" title="" /> +<span class="caption">328-POUND RECORD MARLIN BY R. C. GREY. SHAPELIEST AND +MOST BEAUTIFUL SPECIMEN EVER TAKEN</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo54" id="illo54"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus274.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="284" alt="SUNSET OVER CLEMENTE CHANNEL" title="" /> +<span class="caption">SUNSET OVER CLEMENTE CHANNEL</span> +</div> + +<p>“Six!” I exclaimed, as we watched the freed fish swim away. “That’s the +record.... And all let go alive—unhurt.... Do you suppose any one will +believe us?”</p> + +<p>“It doesn’t make any difference,” remarked my brother. “We know. That’s +the best of the game—letting the fish go alive.”</p> + +<p>“Come on!” boomed Dan, with a big flying-fish in his hands. “You’re not +tired.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, I am tired,” replied R. C.</p> + +<p>“It’s early yet,” I put in. “We’ll cinch the record for good. Grab the +rod. I’ll enjoy the work for you.”</p> + +<p>R. C. resigned himself, not without some remarks anent the insatiable +nature of his host and boatman.</p> + +<p>We were now off the east end of Clemente Island, that bleak and ragged +corner where the sea, whether calm or stormy, contended eternally with +the black rocks, and where the green and white movement of waves was +never still. When almost two hundred yards off the yellow kelp-beds I +saw a shadow darker than the blue water. It seemed to follow the boat, +rather deep down and far back. But it moved. I was on my feet, +thrilling.</p> + +<p>“That’s a swordfish!” I called.</p> + +<p>“No,” replied R. C.</p> + +<p>“Some wavin’ kelp, mebbe,” added Dan, doubtfully.</p> + +<p>“Slow up a little,” I returned. “I see purple.”</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span>Captain Dan complied and we all watched. We all saw an enormous colorful +body loom up, take the shape of a fish, come back of R. C.’s bait, hit +it and take it.</p> + +<p>“By George!” breathed R. C., tensely. His line slowly slipped out a +little, then stopped.</p> + +<p>“He’s let go,” said my brother.</p> + +<p>“There’s another one,” cried Dan.</p> + +<p>With that I saw what appeared to be another swordfish, deeper down, +moving slowly. This one also looked huge to me. He was right under the +teasers. It dawned upon me that he must have an eye on them, so I began +to pull them in.</p> + +<p>As they came in the purple shadow seemed to rise. It was a swordfish and +he resembled a gunboat with purple outriggers. Slowly he came onward and +upward, a wonderful sight.</p> + +<p>“Wind your bait in!” I yelled to R. C.</p> + +<p>Suddenly Dan became like a jumping-jack. “He’s got your hook,” he +shouted to my brother. “He’s had it all the time.”</p> + +<p>The swordfish swam now right under the stern of the boat so that I could +look down upon him. He was deep down, but not too deep to look huge. +Then I saw R. C.’s leader in his mouth. He had swallowed the flying-fish +bait and had followed us for the teasers. The fact was stunning. R. C., +who had been winding in, soon found out that his line went straight +down. He felt the fish. Then with all his might he jerked to hook that +swordfish.</p> + +<p>Just then, for an instant my mind refused to work swiftly. It was locked +round some sense of awful <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span>expectancy. I remembered my camera in my +hands and pointed it where I expected something wonderful about to +happen.</p> + +<p>The water on the right, close to the stern, bulged and burst with a +roar. Upward even with us, above us, shot a tremendously large, shiny +fish, shaking and wagging, with heavy slap of gills.</p> + +<p>Water deluged the boat, but missed me. I actually smelled that fish, he +was so close. What must surely have been terror for me, had I actually +seen and realized the peril, gave place to flashing thought of the one +and great chance for a wonderful picture of a big swordfish close to the +boat. That gripped me. While I changed the focus on my camera I missed +seeing the next two jumps. But I heard the heavy sousing splashes and +the yells of Dan and R. C., with the shrill screams of the ladies.</p> + +<p>When I did look up to try to photograph the next leap of the swordfish I +saw him, close at hand, monstrous and animated, in a surging, +up-sweeping splash. I heard the hiss of the boiling foam. He lunged +away, churning the water like a sudden whirl of a ferryboat wheel, and +then he turned squarely at us. Even then Captain Dan’s yell did not warn +us. I felt rather than saw that he had put on full speed ahead. The +swordfish dove toward us, went under, came up in a two-sheeted white +splash, and rose high and higher, to fall with a cracking sound. Like a +flash of light he shot up again, and began wagging his huge +purple-barred body, lifting himself still higher, until all but his tail +stood ponderously above the surface; and then, incredibly powerful, he +wagged and lashed upright in a sea of hissing foam, mouth open wide, +blood streaming down his <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span>wet sides and flying in red spray from his +slapping gills—a wonderful and hair-raising spectacle. He stayed up +only what seemed a moment. During this action and when he began again to +leap and smash toward us, I snapped my camera three times upon him. But +I missed seeing some of his greatest leaps because I had to look at the +camera while operating it.</p> + +<p>“Get back!” yelled Dan, hoarsely.</p> + +<p>I was so excited I did not see the danger of the swordfish coming +aboard. But Captain Dan did. He swept the girls back into the cabin +doorway, and pushed Mrs. R. C. into a back corner of the cockpit. +Strange it seemed to me how pale Dan was!</p> + +<p>The swordfish made long, swift leaps right at the boat. On the last he +hit us on the stern, but too low to come aboard. Six feet closer to us +would have landed that huge, maddened swordfish right in the cockpit! +But he thumped back, and the roar of his mighty tail on the water so +close suddenly appalled me. I seemed to grasp how near he had come +aboard at the same instant that I associated the power of his tail with +a havoc he would have executed in the boat. It flashed over me that he +would weigh far over three hundred.</p> + +<p>When he thumped back the water rose in a sounding splash, deluging us +and leaving six inches in the cockpit. He sheered off astern, sliding +over the water in two streaks of white running spray, and then up he +rose again in a magnificent wild leap. He appeared maddened with pain +and fright and instinct to preserve his life.</p> + +<p>Again the fish turned right at us. This instant <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>was the most +terrifying. Not a word from R. C.! But out of the tail of my eye I saw +him crouch, ready to leap. He grimly held on to his rod, but there had +not been a tight line on it since he struck the fish.</p> + +<p>Yelling warningly, Captain Dan threw the wheel hard over. But that +seemed of no use. We could not lose the swordfish.</p> + +<p>He made two dives into the air, and the next one missed us by a yard, +and showed his great, glistening, striped body, thick as a barrel, and +curved with terrible speed and power, right alongside the cockpit. He +passed us, and as the boat answered to the wheel and turned, almost at +right angles, the swordfish sheered too, and he hit us a sounding thud +somewhere foreward. Then he went under or around the bow and began to +take line off the reel for the first time. I gave him up. The line +caught all along the side of the boat. But it did not break, and kept +whizzing off the reel. I heard the heavy splash of another jump. When we +had turned clear round, what was our amaze and terror to see the +swordfish, seemingly more tigerish than ever, thresh and tear and leap +at us again. He was flinging bloody spray and wigwagging his huge body, +so that there was a deep, rough splashing furrow in the sea behind him. +I had never known any other fish so fast, so powerful, so wild with +fury, so instinct with tremendous energy and life. Dan again threw all +his weight on the wheel. The helm answered, the boat swung, and the +swordfish missed hitting us square. But he glanced along the port side, +like a toboggan down-hill, and he seemed to ricochet over the water. His +tail made <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span>deep, solid thumps. Then about a hundred feet astern he +turned in his own length, making a maelstrom of green splash and white +spray, out of which he rose three-quarters of his huge body, +purple-blazed, tiger-striped, spear-pointed, and, with the sea boiling +white around him, he spun around, creating an indescribable picture of +untamed ferocity and wild life and incomparable beauty. Then down he +splashed with a sullen roar, leaving a red foam on the white.</p> + +<p>That appeared the end of his pyrotechnics. It had been only a few +moments. He began to swim off slowly and heavily. We followed. After a +few tense moments it became evident that his terrible surface work had +weakened him, probably bursting his gills, from which his life-blood +escaped.</p> + +<p>We all breathed freer then. Captain Dan left the wheel, mopping his +pale, wet face. He gazed at me to see if I had realized our peril. With +the excitement over, I began to realize. I felt a little shaky then. The +ladies were all talking at once, still glowing with excitement. Easy to +see they had not appreciated the danger! But Captain Dan and I knew that +if the swordfish had come aboard—which he certainly would have done had +he ever slipped his head over the gunwale—there would have been a +tragedy on the <i>Leta D.</i></p> + +<p>“I never knew just how easy it could happen,” said Dan. “No one ever +before hooked a big fish right under the boat.”</p> + +<p>“With that weight, that tail, right after being hooked, he would have +killed some of us and wrecked the boat!” I exclaimed, aghast.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span>“Well, I had him figured to come into the boat and I was ready to jump +overboard,” added my brother.</p> + +<p>“We won’t cut him loose,” said Dan. “That’s some fish. But he acts like +he isn’t goin’ to last long.”</p> + +<p>Still, it took two hours longer of persistent, final effort on the part +of R. C. to bring this swordfish to gaff. We could not lift the fish up +on the stern and we had to tow him over to Mr. Jump’s boat and there +haul him aboard by block and tackle. At Avalon he weighed three hundred +and twenty-eight pounds.</p> + +<p>R. C. had caught the biggest Marlin in 1916—three hundred and four +pounds, and this three-hundred-and-twenty-eight-pound fish was the +largest for 1918. Besides, there was the remarkable achievement and +record of seven swordfish in one day, with six of them freed to live and +roam the sea again. But R. C. was not impressed. He looked at his hands +and said:</p> + +<p>“You and Dan put a job up on me.... Never again!”</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="XII" id="XII"></a>XII</h2> + +<h3>RANDOM NOTES</h3> + +<p class="right"><span class="smcap">Avalon</span>, <i>July 1, 1918</i>.</p> + +<p>Cool, foggy morning; calm sea up until one o’clock, then a west wind +that roughened the water white. No strikes. Did not see a fish. Trolled +with kite up to the Isthmus and back. When the sun came out its warmth +was very pleasant. The slopes seemed good to look at—so steep and +yellow-gray with green spots, and long slides running down to the shore. +The tips of the hills were lost in the fog. It was lonely on the sea, +and I began again to feel the splendor and comfort of the open spaces, +the free winds, the canopy of gray and blue, the tidings from afar.</p> + +<p class="right"><i>July 3d.</i></p> + +<p>Foggy morning; pale line of silver on eastern horizon; swell, but no +wind. Warm. After a couple of hours fog disintegrated. Saw a big Marlin +swordfish. Worked him three times, then charged him. No use!</p> + +<p>Gradually rising wind. Ran up off Long Point and back. At 3:30 was +tired. We saw a school of tuna on the surface. Flew the kite over them. +One big fellow came clear out on his side and got <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span>the hook. He made one +long run, then came in rather easily. Time, fifteen minutes. He was +badly hooked. Seventy-eight pounds.</p> + +<p>We trolled then until late afternoon. I saw some splashes far out. Tuna! +We ran up. Found patches of anchovies. I had a strike. Tuna hooked +himself and got off. We tried again. I had another come clear out in a +smashing charge. He ran off heavy and fast. It took fifty minutes of +very hard work to get him in. He weaved back of the boat for half an +hour and gave me a severe battle. He was hooked in the corner of the +mouth and was a game, fine fish. Seventy-three and one-half pounds.</p> + +<p class="right"><i>July 6th.</i></p> + +<p>Started out early. Calm, cool, foggy morning; rather dark. Sea smooth, +swelling, heaving. Mysterious, like a shadowed opal. Long mounds of +water waved noiselessly, wonderfully, ethereally from the distance, and +the air was hazy, veiled, and dim. A lonely, silent vastness.</p> + +<p>We saw several schools of tuna, but got no strikes. Worked a Marlin +swordfish, but he would not notice the bait.</p> + +<p>It was a long, hard day on the sea.</p> + +<p class="right"><i>July 10th.</i></p> + +<p>We got off at 6:30 before the other boats. Smooth water. Little breeze. +Saw a school of tuna above Long Point. Put up the kite. The school went +down. But R. C. got a little strike. Did not hook fish.</p> + +<p>Then we sighted a big school working east. We followed it, running into +a light wind. Kite blew <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span>O. K. and R. C. got one fish (seventy-one +pounds), then another (forty-eight pounds). They put up fair fights.</p> + +<p>Then I tried light tackle. All the time the school traveled east, going +down and coming up. The first fish that charged my bait came clear out +after it. He got it and rushed away. I had the light drag on, and I did +not thumb the pad hard, but the tuna broke the line. We tried again. Had +another thrilling strike. The fish threw the hook. We had to pull in the +kite, put up another one—get it out, and all the time keep the school +in sight. The tuna traveled fast. The third try on light tackle resulted +in another fine strike, and another tuna that broke the line.</p> + +<p>Then R. C. tried the heavy tackle again, and lost a fish.</p> + +<p>When my turn came I was soon fast to a hard-fighting fish, but he did +not stay with me long. This discouraged me greatly.</p> + +<p>Then R. C. took his rod once more. It was thrilling to run down on the +school and skip a flying-fish before the leaders as they rolled along, +fins out, silver sides showing, raising little swells and leaving a +dark, winkling, dimpling wake behind them. When the bait got just right +a larger tuna charged furiously, throwing up a great splash. He hit the +bait, and threw the hook before R. C. could strike hard.</p> + +<p>We had nine bites out of this school. Followed it fifteen miles. Twice +we were worried by other boats, but for the rest of the time had the +school alone.</p> + +<p class="right"><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span><i>July 11th.</i></p> + +<p>Morning was cold, foggy, raw. East wind. Disagreeable. Trolled out about +six miles and all around. Finally ran in off east end, where I caught a +yellow-fin. The sun came up, but the east wind persisted. No fish. Came +in early.</p> + +<p class="right"><i>July 12th.</i></p> + +<p>Went out early. Clear morning. Cool. Rippling sea. Fog rolled down like +a pale-gray wall. Misty, veiled, vague, strange, opaque, silent, wet, +cold, heavy! It enveloped us. Then we went out of the bank into a great +circle, clear and bright, with heaving, smooth sea, surrounded by fog.</p> + +<p>After an hour or two the fog rose and drifted away.</p> + +<p>We trolled nine hours. Three little fish struck at the bait, but did not +get the hook.</p> + +<p class="right"><i>August 6th.</i></p> + +<p>To-day I went out alone with Dan. Wonderful sea. Very long, wide, deep, +heaving swells, beautiful and exhilarating to watch. No wind. Not very +foggy. Sunshine now and then. I watched the sea—marveled at its grace, +softness, dimpled dark beauty, its vast, imponderable racing, its +restless heaving, its eternal motion. I learned from it. I found +loneliness, peace.</p> + +<p>Saw a great school of porpoises coming. Ran toward them. About five +hundred all crashing in and out of the great swells, making a spectacle +of rare sea action and color and beauty. They surrounded the bow of the +boat, and then pandemonium broke loose. They turned to play with us, +racing, diving, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span>leaping, shooting—all for our delight. I stood right +up on the bow and could see deep. It was an unforgetable experience.</p> + +<p class="right"><i>August 7th.</i></p> + +<p>Long run to-day, over eighty miles. East to Point Vincent, west to end +of Catalina, then all around. Fine sea and weather. Just right for kite. +Saw many ducks and a great number of big sharks. The ducks were +traveling west, the sharks east. We saw no tuna.</p> + +<p>Coming back the wind sprang up and we had a following sea. It was fine +to watch the green-and-white rollers breaking behind us.</p> + +<p>The tuna appear to be working farther and farther off the east end. +Marlin swordfish have showed up off the east end. Three caught yesterday +and one to-day. I have not yet seen a broadbill, and fear none are +coming this year.</p> + +<p class="right"><i>August 8th.</i></p> + +<p>Went off east end. Had a Marlin strike. The fish missed the hook. A +shark took the bait. When it was pulled in to the gaff Captain Dan +caught the leader, drew the shark up, and it savagely bit the boat. Then +it gave a flop and snapped Captain Dan’s hand.</p> + +<p>I was frightened. The captain yelled for me to hit the shark with a +club. I did not lose a second. The shark let go. We killed it, and found +Dan’s hand badly lacerated. My swiftness of action saved Dan’s hand.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="XIII" id="XIII"></a>XIII</h2> + +<h3>BIG TUNA</h3> + +<p>It took me five seasons at Catalina to catch a big tuna, and the event +was so thrilling that I had to write to my fisherman friends about it. +The result of my effusions seem rather dubious. Robert H. Davis, editor +of <i>Munsey’s</i>, replies in this wise: “If you went out with a +mosquito-net to catch a mess of minnows your story would read like Roman +gladiators seining the Tigris for whales.” Now, I am at a loss to know +how to take that compliment. Davis goes on to say more, and he also +quotes me: “You say ‘the hard, diving fight of a tuna liberates the +brute instinct in a man.’ Well, Zane, it also liberates the qualities of +a liar!” Davis does not love the sweet, soft scent that breathes from +off the sea. Once on the Jersey coast I went tuna-fishing with him. He +was not happy on the boat. But once he came up out of the cabin with a +jaunty feather in his hat. I admired it. I said:</p> + +<p>“Bob, I’ll have to get something like that for my hat.”</p> + +<p>“Zane,” he replied, piercingly, “what you need for your hat is a head!”</p> + +<p>My friend Joe Bray, who publishes books in Chicago, also reacts +peculiarly to my fish stories. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span>He writes me a satiric, doubting +letter—then shuts up his office and rushes for some river or lake. Will +Dilg, the famous fly-caster, upon receipt of my communication, wrote me +a nine-page prose-poem epic about the only fish in the +world—black-bass. Professor Kellogg always falls ill and takes a +vacation, during which he writes me that I have not mental capacity to +appreciate my luck.</p> + +<p>These fellows will illustrate how my friends receive angling news from +me. I ought to have sense enough to keep my stories for publication. I +strongly suspect that their strange reaction to my friendly feeling is +because I have caught more and larger black-bass than they ever saw. +Some day I will go back to the swift streams and deep lakes, where the +bronze-backs live, and fish with my friends, and then they will realize +that I never lie about the sport and beauty and wonder of the great +outdoors.</p> + +<p>Every season for the five years that I have been visiting Avalon there +has been a run of tuna. But the average weight was from sixty to +ninety-five pounds. Until this season only a very few big tuna had been +taken. The prestige of the Tuna Club, the bragging of the old members, +the gossip of the boatmen—all tend to make a fisherman feel small until +he has landed a big one. Come to think of it, considering the years of +the Tuna Club fame, not so very many anglers have captured a blue-button +tuna. I vowed I did not care in particular about it, but whenever we ran +across a school of tuna I acted like a boy.</p> + +<p>A good many tuna fell to my rod during these <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span>seasons. During the +present season, to be exact, I caught twenty-two. This is no large +number for two months’ fishing. Boschen caught about one hundred; Jump, +eighty-four; Hooper, sixty. Among these tuna I fought were three that +stand out strikingly. One seventy-three-pounder took fifty minutes of +hard fighting to subdue; a ninety-one-pounder took one hour fifty; and +the third, after two hours and fifty minutes, got away. It seems, and +was proved later, that the number fifty figured every time I hooked one +of the long, slim, hard-fighting male tuna.</p> + +<p>Beginning late in June, for six weeks tuna were caught almost every day, +some days a large number being taken. But big ones were scarce. Then one +of the Tuna Club anglers began to bring in tuna that weighed well over +one hundred pounds. This fact inspired all the anglers. He would slip +out early in the morning and return late at night. Nobody knew where his +boatman was finding these fish. More than one boatman tried to follow +him, but in vain. Quite by accident it was discovered that he ran up on +the north side of the island, clear round the west end. When he was +discovered on the west side he at once steered toward Clemente Island, +evidently hoping to mislead his followers. This might have succeeded but +for the fact that both Bandini and Adams hooked big tuna before they had +gone a mile. Then the jig was up. That night Adams came in with a +one-hundred-and-twenty-and a one-hundred-and-thirty-six-pound tuna, and +Bandini brought the record for this season—one hundred and forty-nine +pounds.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span>Next day we were all out there on the west side, a few miles offshore. +The ocean appeared to be full of blackfish. They are huge, black marine +creatures, similar to a porpoise in movement, but many times larger, and +they have round, blunt noses that look like battering-rams. Some seemed +as big as gunboats, and when they heaved up on the swells we could see +the white stripes below the black. I was inclined to the belief that +this species was the orca, a whale-killing fish. Boatmen and deep-sea +men report these blackfish to be dangerous and had better be left alone. +They certainly looked ugly. We believed they were chasing tuna.</p> + +<p>The channel that day contained more whales than I ever saw before at one +time. We counted six pairs in sight. I saw as many as four of the +funnel-like whale spouts of water on the horizon at once. It was very +interesting to watch these monsters of the deep. Once when we were all +on top of the boat we ran almost right upon two whales. The first +spouted about fifty feet away. The sea seemed to open up, a terrible +roar issued forth, then came a cloud of spray and rush of water. Then we +saw another whale just rising a few yards ahead. My hair stood up stiff. +Captain Dan yelled, leaped down to reverse the engine. The whale saw us +and swerved. Dan’s action and the quickness of the whale prevented a +collision. As it was, I looked down in the clear water and saw the huge, +gleaming, gray body of the whale as he passed. That was another sight to +record in the book of memory. The great flukes of his tail moved with +surprising swiftness and the water bulged on the surface. Then <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span>we ran +close to the neighborhood of a school of whales, evidently feeding. They +would come up and blow, and then sound. To see a whale sound and then +raise his great, broad, shining flukes in the air, high above the water, +is in my opinion the most beautiful spectacle to be encountered upon the +ocean. Up to this day, during five seasons, I had seen three whales +sound with tails in the air. And upon this occasion I had the exceeding +good fortune to see seven. I tried to photograph one. We followed a big +bull. When he came up to blow we saw a yellow moving space on the water, +then a round, gray, glistening surface, then a rugged snout. Puff! His +blow was a roar. He rolled on, downward a little; the water surged white +and green. When he came up to sound he humped his huge back. It was +shiny, leathery, wonderfully supple. It bent higher and higher in an +arch. Then this great curve seemed to slide swiftly out of sight and his +wonderful tail, flat as a floor and wide as a house, emerged to swing +aloft. The water ran off it in sheets. Then it waved higher, and with +slow, graceful, ponderous motion sank into the sea. That sight more than +anything impressed me with the immensity of the ocean, with its mystery +of life, with the unattainable secrets of the deep.</p> + +<p>The tuna appeared to be scattered, and none were on the surface. I had +one strike that plowed up the sea, showing the difference between the +strike of a big tuna and that of a little one. He broke my line on the +first rush. Then I hooked another and managed to stop him. I had a +grueling battle with him, and at the end of two hours and fifty minutes +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span>he broke my hook. This was a disappointment far beyond reason, but I +could not help it.</p> + +<p>Next day was windy. The one following we could not find the fish, and +the third day we all concluded they had gone for 1918. I think the fame +of tuna, the uncertainty of their appearance, the difficulty of +capturing a big one, are what excite the ambition of anglers. Long +effort to that end, and consequent thinking and planning and feeling, +bring about a condition of mind that will be made clear as this story +progresses.</p> + +<p>But Captain Danielson did not give up. The fifth day we ran off the west +side with several other boats, and roamed the sea in search of fins. No +anchovies on the surface, no sheerwater ducks, no sharks, nothing to +indicate tuna. About one o’clock Captain Dan sheered southwest and we +ran sixteen miles toward Clemente Island.</p> + +<p>It was a perfect day, warm, hazy, with light fog, smooth, heaving, +opalescent sea. There was no wind. At two thirty not one of the other +boats was in sight. At two forty Captain Dan sighted a large, dark, +rippling patch on the water. We ran over closer.</p> + +<p>“School of tuna!” exclaimed the captain, with excitement. “Big fish! Oh, +for some wind now to fly the kite!”</p> + +<p>“There’s another school,” said my brother, R. C., and he pointed to a +second darkly gleaming spot on the smooth sea.</p> + +<p>“I’ve spotted one, too!” I shouted.</p> + +<p>“The ocean’s alive with tuna—big tuna!” boomed Captain Dan. “Here we +are alone, blue-button fish everywhere—and no wind.”</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span>“We’ll watch the fish and wait for wind,” I said.</p> + +<p>This situation may not present anything remarkable to most fishermen. +But we who knew the game realized at once that this was an experience of +a lifetime. We counted ten schools of tuna near at hand, and there were +so many farther on that they seemed to cover the sea.</p> + +<p>“Boys,” said Captain Dan, “here’s the tuna we heard were at Anacapa +Island last week. The Japs netted hundreds of tons. They’re working +southeast, right in the middle of the channel, and haven’t been inshore +at all. It’s ninety miles to Anacapa. Some traveling!... That school +close to us is the biggest school I ever saw and I believe they’re the +biggest fish.”</p> + +<p>“Run closer to them,” I said to him.</p> + +<p>We ran over within fifty feet of the edge of the school, stopped the +boat, and all climbed up on top of the deck.</p> + +<p>Then we beheld a spectacle calculated to thrill the most phlegmatic +fisherman. It simply enraptured me, and I think I am still too close to +it to describe it well. The dark-blue water, heaving in great, low, lazy +swells, showed a roughened spot of perhaps two acres in extent. The sun, +shining over our shoulders, caught silvery-green gleams of fish, +flashing wide and changing to blue. Long, round, bronze backs deep under +the surface, caught the sunlight. Blue fins and tails, sharp and curved, +like sabers, cleared the water. Here a huge tuna would turn on his side, +gleaming broad and bright, and there another would roll on the surface, +breaking water like a tarpon with a slow, heavy souse.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span>“Look at the leaders,” said Captain Dan. “I’ll bet they’re +three-hundred-pound fish.”</p> + +<p>I saw then that the school, lazy as they seemed, were slowly following +the leaders, rolling and riding the swells. These leaders threw up +surges and ridges on the surface. They plowed the water.</p> + +<p>“What’d happen if we skipped a flying-fish across the water in front of +those leaders?” I asked Captain Dan.</p> + +<p>He threw up his hands. “You’d see a German torpedo explode.”</p> + +<p>“Say! tuna are no relation to Huns!” put in my brother.</p> + +<p>It took only a few moments for the school to drift by us. Then we ran +over to another school, with the same experience. In this way we visited +several of these near-by schools, all of which were composed of large +tuna. Captain Dan, however, said he believed the first two schools, +evidently leaders of this vast sea of tuna, contained the largest fish. +For half an hour we fooled around, watching the schools and praying for +wind to fly the kite. Captain Dan finally trolled our baits through one +school, which sank without rewarding us with a strike.</p> + +<p>At this juncture I saw a tiny speck of a boat way out on the horizon. +Captain Dan said it was Shorty’s boat with Adams. I suggested that, as +we had to wait for wind to fly the kite, we run in and attract Shorty’s +attention. I certainly wanted some one else to see those magnificent +schools of tuna. Forthwith we ran in several miles until we attracted +the attention of the boatman Captain Dan had taken to be Shorty. But it +turned out to be <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span>somebody else, and my good intentions also turned out +to my misfortune.</p> + +<p>Then we ran back toward the schools of tuna. On the way my brother +hooked a Marlin swordfish that leaped thirty-five times and got away. +After all those leaps he deserved to shake the hook. We found the tuna +milling and lolling around, slowly drifting and heading toward the +southeast. We also found a very light breeze had begun to come out of +the west. Captain Dan wanted to try to get the kite up, but I objected +on the score that if we could fly it at all it would only be to drag a +bait behind the boat. That would necessitate running through the schools +of tuna, and as I believed this would put them down, I wanted to wait +for enough wind to drag a bait at right angles with the boat. This is +the proper procedure, because it enables an angler to place his bait +over a school of tuna at a hundred yards or more from the boat. It +certainly is the most beautiful and thrilling way to get a strike.</p> + +<p>So we waited. The boatman whose attention we had attracted had now come +up and was approaching the schools of tuna some distance below us. He +put out a kite that just barely flew off the water and it followed +directly in the wake of his boat. We watched this with disgust, but +considerable interest, and we were amazed to see one of the anglers in +that boat get a strike and hook a fish.</p> + +<p>That put us all in a blaze of excitement. Still we thought the strike +they got might just have been lucky. In running down farther, so we +could come back against the light breeze, we ran pretty close <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span>to the +school out of which the strike had been gotten. Captain Dan stood up to +take a good look.</p> + +<p>“They’re hundred-pounders, all right,” he said. “But they’re not as big +as the tuna in those two leading schools. I’m glad those ginks in that +boat are tied up with a tuna for a spell.”</p> + +<p>I took a look at the fisherman who was fighting the tuna. Certainly I +did not begrudge him one, but somehow, so strange are the feelings of a +fisherman that I was mightily pleased to see that he was a novice at the +game, was having his troubles, and would no doubt be a long, long time +landing his tuna. My blood ran cold at the thought of other anglers +appearing on the scene, and anxiously I scanned the horizon. No boat in +sight! If I had only known then what sad experience taught me that +afternoon I would have been tickled to pieces to see all the great +fishermen of Avalon tackle this school of big tuna.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan got a kite up a little better than I had hoped for. It was +not good, but it was worth trying. My bait, even on a turn of the boat, +skipped along just at the edge of the wake of the boat. And the wake of +a boat will almost always put a school of tuna down.</p> + +<p>We headed for the second school. My thrilling expectancy was tinged and +spoiled with doubt. I skipped my bait in imitation of a flying-fish +leaping and splashing along. We reached the outer edge of the school. +Slowly the little boils smoothed out. Slowly the big fins sank. So did +my heart. We passed the school. They all sank. And then when Captain Dan +swore and I gave up there came a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span>great splash back of my bait. I yelled +and my comrades echoed me. The tuna missed. I skipped the bait. A +sousing splash—and another tuna had my bait. My line sagged. I jerked +hard. But too late! The tuna threw the hook before it got a hold.</p> + +<p>“They’re hungry!” exclaimed Dan. “Hurry—reel the kite in. We’ll get +another bait on quick.... Look! that school is coming up again! They’re +not shy of boats. Boys, there’s something doing.”</p> + +<p>Captain Dan’s excitement augmented my own. I sensed an unusual +experience that had never before befallen me.</p> + +<p>The school of largest fish was farther to the west. The breeze lulled. +We could not fly the kite except with the motion and direction of the +boat. It was exasperating. When we got close the kite flopped down into +the water. Captain Dan used language. We ran back, picked up the kite. +It was soaked, of course, and would not fly. While Dan got out a new +kite, a large silk one which we had not tried yet, we ran down to the +eastward of the second school. To our surprise and delight this untried +kite flew well without almost any wind.</p> + +<p>We got in position and headed for the school. I was using a big hook +half embedded near the tail of the flying-fish and the leader ran +through the bait. It worked beautifully. A little jerk of my rod sent +the bait skittering over the water, for all the world like a live +flying-fish. I knew now that I would get another strike. Just as we +reached a point almost opposite the school of tuna they headed across +our bow, so that it seemed inevitable <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span>we must either run them down or +run too close. My spirit sank to zero. Something presaged bad luck. I +sensed disaster. I fought the feeling, but it persisted. Captain Dan +swore. My brother shouted warnings from over us where he sat on top. But +we ran right into the leaders. The school sank. I was sick and furious.</p> + +<p>“Jump your bait! It’s not too late,” called Dan.</p> + +<p>I did so. Smash! The water seemed to curl white and smoke. A tuna had my +bait. I jerked. I felt him. He threw the hook. Half the bait remained +upon it. Smash! A great boil and splash! Another tuna had that. I tried +to jerk. But both kite and tuna pulling made my effort feeble. This one +also threw out the hook. It came out with a small piece of mangled red +flying-fish still hanging to it. Instinctively I jumped that remains of +my bait over the surface. Smash! The third tuna cleaned the hook.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan waxed eloquent and profane.</p> + +<p>My brother said, “What do you know about that?”</p> + +<p>As for myself, I was stunned one second and dazzled the next. Three +strikes on one bait! It seemed disaster still clogged my mind, but what +had already happened was new and wonderful. Half a mile below us I saw +the angler still fighting the tuna he had hooked. I wanted him to get +it, but I hoped he would be all afternoon on the job.</p> + +<p>“Hurry, Cap!” was all I said.</p> + +<p>Ordinarily Dan is the swiftest of boatmen. To-day he was slower than +molasses and all he did went wrong. What he said about the luck was more +than melancholy. I had no way to gauge my own feelings <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span>because I had +never had such an experience before. Nor had I ever heard or read of any +one having it.</p> + +<p>We got a bait on and the kite out just in time to reach the first and +larger school. I was so excited that I did not see we were heading right +into it. My intent gaze was riveted upon my bait as it skimmed the +surface. The swells were long, low, smooth mounds. My bait went out of +sight behind one. It was then I saw water fly high and I felt a tug. I +jerked so hard I nearly fell over. My bait shot over the top of the +swell. Then that swell opened and burst—a bronze back appeared. He +missed the hook. Another tuna, also missing, leaped into the air—a fish +of one hundred and fifty pounds, glittering green and silver and blue, +jaws open, fins stiff, tail quivering, clear and clean-cut above the +surface. Again we all yelled. Actually before he fell there was another +smash and another tuna had my bait. This one I hooked. His rush was +irresistible. I released the drag on the reel. It whirled and whizzed. +The line threw a fine spray into my face. Then the tip of my rod flew up +with a jerk, the line slacked. We all knew what that meant. I reeled in. +The line had broken above the few feet of double line which we always +used next the leader. More than ever disaster loomed over me. The +feeling was unshakable now.</p> + +<p>Nevertheless, I realized that wonderful good fortune attended us in the +fact that the school of big tuna had scarcely any noticeable fear of the +boat; they would not stay down, and they were ravenous.</p> + +<p>On our next run down upon them I had a smashing <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span>strike. The tuna threw +the hook. Another got the bait and I hooked him. He sounded. The line +broke. We tried again. No sooner had we reached the school when the +water boiled and foamed at my bait. Before I could move that tuna +cleaned the hook. Our next attempt gained another sousing strike. But he +was so swift and I was so slow that I could not fasten to him.</p> + +<p>“He went away from here,” my brother said, with what he meant for +comedy. But it was not funny.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan then put on a double hook, embedding it so one hook stood +clear of the bait. We tested my line with the scales and it broke at +fifty-three pounds, which meant it was a good strong line. The breeze +lulled and fanned at intervals. It seemed, however, we did not need any +breeze. We had edged our school of big tuna away from the other schools, +and it was milling on the surface, lazily and indifferently. But what +latent speed and power lay hidden in that mass of lolling tuna.</p> + +<p>R. C. from his perch above yelled: “Look out! You’re going to drag your +bait in front of the leaders this time!”</p> + +<p>That had not happened yet. I glowed in spite of the fact that I was +steeped in gloom. We were indeed heading most favorably for the leaders. +Captain Dan groaned. “Never seen the like of this!” he added. These +leaders were several yards apart, as could be told by the blunt-nosed +ridges of water they shoved ahead of them. That was another moment added +to the memorable moments of my fishing years. It was strained suspense. +Hope would not die, but disaster loomed like a shadow.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span>Before I was ready, before we expected anything, before we got near +these leaders, a brilliant, hissing, white splash burst out of the sea, +and a tuna of magnificent proportions shot broadside along and above the +surface, sending the spray aloft, and he hit that bait with incredible +swiftness, raising a twenty-foot-square, furious splash as he hooked +himself. I sat spellbound. I heard my line whistling off the reel. But I +saw only that swift-descending kite. So swiftly did the tuna sound that +the kite shot down as if it had been dropping lead. My line broke and my +rod almost leaped out of my hands.</p> + +<p>We were all silent a moment. The school of tuna showed again, puttering +and fiddling around, with great blue-and-green flashes caught by the +sun.</p> + +<p>“That one weighed about two hundred and fifty,” was all Captain Dan +said.</p> + +<p>R. C. remarked facetiously, evidently to cheer me, “Jakey, you picks de +shots out of that plue jay an’ we makes ready for anudder one!”</p> + +<p>“Say, do you imagine you can make me laugh!” I asked, in tragic scorn.</p> + +<p>“Well, if you could have seen yourself when that tuna struck you’d have +laughed,” replied he.</p> + +<p>While Dan steered the boat R. C. got out on the bow and gaffed the kite. +I watched the tuna tails standing like half-simitars out of the smooth, +colored water. The sun was setting in a golden haze spotted by pink +clouds. The wind, if anything, was softer than ever; in fact, we could +not feel it unless we headed the boat into it. The fellow below us was +drifting off farther, still plugging at his tuna.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan put the wet kite on the deck to dry <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span>and got out another +silk one. It soared aloft so easily that I imagined our luck was +changing. Vain fisherman’s delusion! Nothing could do that. There were +thousands of tons—actually thousands of tons of tuna in that three-mile +stretch of ruffled water, but I could not catch one. It was a settled +conviction. I was reminded of what Enos, the Portuguese boatman, +complained to an angler he had out, “You mos’ unluck’ fisherman I ever +see!”</p> + +<p>We tried a shorter kite-line and a shorter length of my line, and we ran +down upon that mess of tuna once more. It was strange—and foolish—how +we stuck to that school of biggest fish. This time Dan headed right into +the thick of them. Out of the corners of my eyes I seemed to see tuna +settling down all around. Suddenly my brother yelled.</p> + +<p>Zam! That was a huge loud splash back of my bait. The tuna missed. R. C. +yelled again. Captain Dan followed suit:</p> + +<p>“He’s after it!... Oh, he’s the biggest yet!”</p> + +<p>Then I saw a huge tuna wallowing in a surge round my bait. He heaved up, +round and big as a barrel, flashing a wide bar of blue-green, and he got +the hook. If he had been strangely slow he was now unbelievably swift. +His size gave me panic. I never moved, and he hooked himself. Straight +down he shot and the line broke.</p> + +<p>My brother’s sympathy now was as sincere as Captain Dan’s misery. I +asked R. C. to take the rod and see if he could do better.</p> + +<p>“Not much!” he replied. “When you get one, then I’ll try. Stay with ’em, +now!”</p> + +<p>Not improbably I would have stayed out until <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span>the tuna quit if that had +taken all night. Three more times we put up the kite—three more +flying-fish we wired on the double hooks—three more runs we made +through that tantalizing school of tuna that grew huger and swifter and +more impossible—three more smashing wide breaks of water on the +strike—and quicker than a flash three more broken lines!</p> + +<p>I imagined I was resigned. My words to my silent comrades were even +cheerful.</p> + +<p>“Come on. Try again. Where there’s life there’s hope. It’s an +exceedingly rare experience—anyway. After all, nothing depends upon my +catching one of these tuna. It doesn’t matter.”</p> + +<p>All of which attested to the singular state of my mind.</p> + +<p>Another kite, another leader and double hook, another bait had to be +arranged. This took time. My impatience, my nervousness were hard to +restrain. Captain Dan was pale and grim. I do not know how I looked. +Only R. C. no longer looked at me.</p> + +<p>As we put out the bait we made the discovery that the other anglers, no +doubt having ended their fight, were running down upon our particular +school of tuna. This was in line with our luck. Other schools of tuna +were in sight, but these fellows had to head for ours. It galled me when +I thought how sportsman-like I had been to attract their attention. We +aimed to head them off and reach the school first. As we were the +closest all augured well for our success. But gloom invested whatever +hopes I had.</p> + +<p>We beat the other boat. We had just gotten our <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span>boat opposite the school +of tuna when Dan yelled: “Look out for that bunch of kelp! Jump your +bait over it!”</p> + +<p>Then I spied the mass of floating seaweed. I knew absolutely that my +hook was going to snag it. But I tried to be careful, quick, accurate. I +jumped my bait. It fell short. The hook caught fast in the kelp. In the +last piece! The kite fluttered like a bird with broken wings and +dropped. Captain Dan reversed the boat. Then he burst out. Now Dan was a +big man and he had a stentorian voice, deep like booming thunder. No man +ever swore as Dan swore then. It was terrible. It was justified. But it +was funny, and despite all this agony of disappointment, despite the +other boat heading into the tuna and putting them down, I laughed till I +cried.</p> + +<p>The fishermen in that other boat hooked a fish and broke it off. We saw +from the excitement on board that they had realized the enormous size of +these tuna. We hurried to get ready again. It was only needful to drag a +bait anywhere near that school. And we alternated with the other boat. I +saw those fishermen get four more strikes and lose the four fish +immediately. I had even worse luck. In fact, disaster grew and grew. But +there is no need for me to multiply these instances. The last three +tunas I hooked broke the double line on the first run. This when I had +on only a slight drag!</p> + +<p>The other boat puddled around in our school and finally put it down for +good, and, as the other schools had disappeared, we started for home.</p> + +<p>This was the most remarkable and unfortunate day I ever had on the sea, +where many strange fishing <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span>experiences have been mine. Captain Dan had +never heard of the like in eighteen years as boatman. No such +large-sized tuna, not to mention numbers, had visited Catalina for many +years. I had thirteen strikes, not counting more than one strike to a +bait. Seven fish broke the single line and three the double line, +practically, I might say, before they had run far enough to cause any +great strain. And the parting of the double line, where, if a break had +occurred, it would have come on the single, convinced us that all these +lines were cut. Cut by other tuna! In this huge school of hungry fish, +whenever one ran for or with a bait, all the others dove pellmell after +him. The line, of course, made a white streak in the water. Perhaps the +tuna bit it off. Perhaps they crowded it off. However they did it, the +fact was that they cut the line. Probably it would have been impossible +to catch one of those large tuna on the Tuna Club tackle. I hated to +think of breaking off hooks in fish, but, after it was too late, I +remembered with many a thrill the size and beauty and tremendous +striking energy of those tuna, the wide, white, foamy, furious boils on +the surface, the lunges when hooked, and the runs swift as bullets.</p> + +<p>That experience would never come to me again. It was like watching for +the rare transformations of nature that must be waited for and which +come so seldom.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>But, such is the persistence of mankind in general and the doggedness of +fishermen in particular, Captain Dan and I kept on roaming the seas in +search of tuna. Nothing more was seen or heard of the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span>great drifting +schools. They had gone down the channel toward Mexico, down with the +mysterious currents of the sea, fulfilling their mission in life. +However, different anglers reported good-sized tuna off Seal Rocks and +Silver Cañon. Several fish were hooked. Mr. Reed brought in a +one-hundred-and-forty-one-pound tuna that took five hours to land. It +made a dogged, desperate resistance and was almost unbeatable. Mr. Reed +is a heavy, powerful man, and he said this tuna gave him the hardest +task he ever attempted. I wondered what I would have done with one of +those two-or three-hundred-pounders. There is a difference between +Pacific and Atlantic tuna. The latter are seacows compared to these blue +pluggers of the West. I have hooked several very large tuna along the +Seabright coast, and, though these fish got away, they did not give me +the battle I have had with small tuna of the Pacific. Mr. Wortheim, +fishing with my old boatman, Horse-mackerel Sam, landed a +two-hundred-and-sixty-two-pound Atlantic tuna in less than two hours. +Sam said the fish made a loggy, rolling, easy fight. Crowninshield, also +fishing with Sam, caught one weighing three hundred pounds in rather +short order. This sort of feat cannot be done out here in the Pacific. +The deep water here may have something to do with it, but the tuna are +different, if not in species, then in disposition.</p> + +<p>My lucky day came after no tuna had been reported for a week. Captain +Dan and I ran out off Silver Cañon just on a last forlorn hope. The sea +was rippling white and blue, with a good breeze. No whales showed. We +left Avalon about one <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span>o’clock, ran out five miles, and began to fish. +Our methods had undergone some change. We used a big kite out on three +hundred yards of line; we tied this line on my leader, and we tightened +the drag on the reel so that it took a nine-pound pull to start the line +off. This seemed a fatal procedure, but I was willing to try anything. +My hope of getting a strike was exceedingly slim. Instead of a +flying-fish for bait we used a good-sized smelt, and we used hooks big +and strong and sharp as needles.</p> + +<p>We had not been out half an hour when Dan left the wheel and jumped up +on the gunwale to look at something.</p> + +<p>“What do you see?” I asked, eagerly.</p> + +<p>He was silent a moment. I dare say he did not want to make any mistakes. +Then he jumped back to the wheel.</p> + +<p>“School of tuna!” he boomed.</p> + +<p>I stood up and looked in the direction indicated, but I could not see +them. Dan said only the movement on the water could be seen. Good long +swells were running, rather high, and presently I did see tuna showing +darkly bronze in the blue water. They vanished. We had to turn the boat +somewhat, and it began to appear that we would have difficulty in +putting the bait into the school. So it turned out. We were in the wrong +quarter to use the wind. I saw the school of tuna go by, perhaps two +hundred feet from the boat. They were traveling fast, somewhat under the +surface, and were separated from one another. They were big tuna, but +nothing near the size of those that had wrecked my tackle and hopes. +Captain Dan said they were hungry, hunting <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span>fish. To me they appeared +game, swift, and illusive.</p> + +<p>We lost sight of them. With the boat turned fairly into the west wind +the kite soared, pulling hard, and my bait skipped down the slopes of +the swells and up over the crests just like a live, leaping little fish. +It was my opinion that the tuna were running inshore. Dan said they were +headed west. We saw nothing of them. Again the old familiar +disappointment knocked at my heart, with added bitterness of past +defeat. Dan scanned the sea like a shipwrecked mariner watching for a +sail.</p> + +<p>“I see them!... There!” he called. “They’re sure traveling fast.”</p> + +<p>That stimulated me with a shock. I looked and looked, but I could not +see the darkened water. Moments passed, during which I stood up, +watching my bait as it slipped over the waves. I knew Dan would tell me +when to begin to jump it. The suspense grew to be intense.</p> + +<p>“We’ll catch up with them,” said Dan, excitedly. “Everything’s right +now. Kite high, pulling hard—bait working fine. You’re sure of a +strike.... When you see one get the bait hook him quick and hard.”</p> + +<p>The ambition of years, the long patience, the endless efforts, the +numberless disappointments, and that never-to-be-forgotten day among the +giant tuna—these flashed up at Captain Dan’s words of certainty, and, +together with the thrilling proximity of the tuna we were chasing, they +roused in me emotion utterly beyond proportion or reason. This had +happened to me before, notably in swordfishing, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span>but never had I felt +such thrills, such tingling nerves, such oppression on my chest, such a +wild, eager rapture. It would have been impossible, notwithstanding my +emotional temperament, if the leading up to this moment had not included +so much long-sustained feeling.</p> + +<p>“Jump your bait!” called Dan, with a ring in his voice. “In two jumps +you’ll be in the tail-enders.”</p> + +<p>I jerked my rod. The bait gracefully leaped over a swell—shot along the +surface, and ended with a splash. Again I jerked. As the bait rose into +the air a huge angry splash burst just under it, and a broad-backed tuna +lunged and turned clear over, his tail smacking the water.</p> + +<p>“Jump it!” yelled Dan.</p> + +<p>Before I could move, a circling smash of white surrounded my bait. I +heard it. With all my might I jerked. Strong and heavy came the weight +of the tuna. I had hooked him. With one solid thumping splash he +sounded. Here was test for line and test for me. I could not resist one +turn of the thumb-wheel, to ease the drag. He went down with the same +old incomparable speed. I saw the kite descending. Dan threw out the +clutch—ran to my side. The reel screamed. Every tense second, as the +line whizzed off, I expected it to break. There was no joy, no sport in +that painful watching. He ran off two hundred feet, then, marvelous to +see, he slowed up. The kite was still high, pulling hard. What with kite +and drag and friction of line in the water, that tuna had great strain +upon him. He ran off a little more, slower this time, then stopped. The +kite began to flutter.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span>I fell into the chair, jammed the rod-butt into the socket, and began to +pump and wind.</p> + +<p>“Doc, you’re hooked on and you’ve stopped him!” boomed Dan. His face +beamed. “Look at your legs!”</p> + +<p>It became manifest then that my knees were wabbling, my feet puttering +around, my whole lower limbs shaking as if I had the palsy. I had lost +control of my lower muscles. It was funny; it was ridiculous. It showed +just what was my state of excitement.</p> + +<p>The kite fluttered down to the water. The kite-line had not broken off, +and this must add severely to the strain on the fish. Not only had I +stopped the tuna, but soon I had him coming up, slowly yet rather +easily. He was directly under the boat. When I had all save about one +hundred feet of line wound in the tuna anchored himself and would not +budge for fifteen minutes. Then again rather easily he was raised fifty +more feet. He acted like any small, hard-fighting fish.</p> + +<p>“I’ve hooked a little one,” I began. “That big fellow missed the bait, +and a small one grabbed it.”</p> + +<p>Dan would not say so, but he feared just that. What miserable black +luck! Almost I threw the rod and reel overboard. Some sense, however, +prevented me from such an absurdity. And as I worked the tuna closer and +closer I grew absolutely sick with disappointment. The only thing to do +was to haul this little fish in and go hunt up the school. So I pumped +and pulled. That half-hour seemed endless and bad business altogether. +Anger possessed me and I began to work harder. At this juncture Shorty’s boat +appeared close to us. Shorty and Adams waved me congratulations, and +then made motions to Dan to get the direction of the school of tuna. +That night both Shorty and Adams told me that I was working very hard on +the fish, too hard to save any strength for a long battle.</p> + +<p><a name="illo55" id="illo55"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 318px;"> +<img src="images/illus311.jpg" class="jpg ispace" width="318" height="500" alt="A BLUE-FINNED PLUGGER OF THE DEEP—138-POUND TUNA" title="" /> +<span class="caption">A BLUE-FINNED PLUGGER OF THE DEEP—138-POUND TUNA</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo56" id="illo56"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus312.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="309" alt="AVALON, THE BEAUTIFUL" title="" /> +<span class="caption">AVALON, THE BEAUTIFUL</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span>Captain Dan watched the slow, steady bends of my rod as the tuna +plugged, and at last he said, “Doc, it’s a big fish!”</p> + +<p>Strange to relate, this did not electrify me. I did not believe it. But +at the end of that half-hour the tuna came clear to the surface, about +one hundred feet from us, and there he rode the swells. Doubt folded his +sable wings! Bronze and blue and green and silver flashes illumined the +swells. I plainly saw that not only was the tuna big, but he was one of +the long, slim, hard-fighting species.</p> + +<p>Presently he sounded, and I began to work. I was fresh, eager, strong, +and I meant to whip him quickly. Working on a big tuna is no joke. It is +a man’s job. A tuna fights on his side, with head down, and he never +stops. If the angler rests the tuna will not only rest, too, but he will +take more and more line. The method is a long, slow lift or pump of +rod—then lower the rod quickly and wind the reel. When the tuna is +raised so high he will refuse to come any higher, and then there is a +deadlock. There lives no fisherman but what there lives a tuna that can +take the conceit and the fight out of him.</p> + +<p>For an hour I worked. I sweat and panted and burned in the hot sun; and +I enjoyed it. The sea was beautiful. A strong, salty fragrance, wet and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span>sweet, floated on the breeze. Catalina showed clear and bright, with +its colored cliffs and yellow slides and dark ravines. Clemente Island +rose a dark, long, barren, lonely land to the southeast. The clouds in +the west were like trade-wind clouds, white, regular, with level +base-line.</p> + +<p>At the end of the second hour I was tiring. There came a subtle change +of spirit and mood. I had never let up for a minute. Captain Dan praised +me, vowed I had never fought either broadbill or roundbill swordfish so +consistently hard, but he cautioned me to save myself.</p> + +<p>“That’s a big tuna,” he said, as he watched my rod.</p> + +<p>Most of the time we drifted. Some of the time Dan ran the boat to keep +even with the tuna, so he could not get too far under the stern and cut +the line. At intervals the fish appeared to let up and at others he +plugged harder. This I discovered was merely that he fought the hardest +when I worked the hardest. Once we gained enough on him to cut the +tangle of kite-line that had caught some fifty feet above my leader. +This afforded cause for less anxiety.</p> + +<p>“I’m afraid of sharks,” said Dan.</p> + +<p>Sharks are the bane of tuna fishermen. More tuna are cut off by sharks +than are ever landed by anglers. This made me redouble my efforts, and +in half an hour more I was dripping wet, burning hot, aching all over, +and so spent I had to rest. Every time I dropped the rod on the gunwale +the tuna took line—zee—zee—zee—foot by foot and yard by yard. My +hands were cramped; my thumbs red <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span>and swollen, almost raw. I asked Dan +for the harness, but he was loath to put it on because he was afraid I +would break the fish off. So I worked on and on, with spurts of fury and +periods of lagging.</p> + +<p>At the end of three hours I was in bad condition. I had saved a little +strength for the finish, but I was in danger of using that up before the +crucial moment arrived. Dan had to put the harness on me. I knew +afterward that it saved the day. By the aid of the harness, putting my +shoulders into the lift, I got the double line over the reel, only to +lose it. Every time the tuna was pulled near the boat he sheered off, +and it did not appear possible for me to prevent it. He got into a habit +of coming to the surface about thirty feet out, and hanging there, in +plain sight, as if he was cabled to the rocks of the ocean. Watching him +only augmented my trouble. It had ceased long ago to be fun or sport or +game. It was now a fight and it began to be torture. My hands were all +blisters, my thumbs raw. The respect I had for that tuna was great.</p> + +<p>He plugged down mostly, but latterly he began to run off to each side, +to come to the surface, showing his broad green-silver side, and then he +weaved to and fro behind the boat, trying to get under it. Captain Dan +would have to run ahead to keep away from him. To hold what gain I had +on the tuna was at these periods almost unendurable. Where before I had +sweat, burned, throbbed, and ached, I now began to see red, to grow +dizzy, to suffer cramps and nausea and exceeding pain.</p> + +<p>Three hours and a half showed the tuna slower, heavier, higher, easier. +He had taken us fifteen <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span>miles from where we had hooked him. He was +weakening, but I thought I was worse off than he was. Dan changed the +harness. It seemed to make more effort possible.</p> + +<p>The floor under my feet was wet and slippery from the salt water +dripping off my reel. I could not get any footing. The bend of that rod +downward, the ceaseless tug, tug, tug, the fear of sharks, the +paradoxical loss of desire now to land the tuna, the change in my +feeling of elation and thrill to wonder, disgust, and utter weariness of +spirit and body—all these warned me that I was at the end of my tether, +and if anything could be done it must be quickly.</p> + +<p>Relaxing, I took a short rest. Then nerving myself to be indifferent to +the pain, and yielding altogether to the brutal instinct this +tuna-fighting rouses in a fisherman, I lay back with might and main. +Eight times I had gotten the double line over the reel. On the ninth I +shut down, clamped with my thumbs, and froze there. The wire leader sung +like a telephone wire in the cold. I could scarcely see. My arms +cracked. I felt an immense strain that must break me in an instant.</p> + +<p>Captain Dan reached the leader. Slowly he heaved. The strain upon me was +released. I let go the reel, threw off the drag, and stood up. There the +tuna was, the bronze-and-blue-backed devil, gaping, wide-eyed, shining +and silvery as he rolled, a big tuna if there ever was one, and he was +conquered.</p> + +<p>When Dan lunged with the gaff the tuna made a tremendous splash that +deluged us. Then Dan <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</a></span>yelled for another gaff. I was quick to get it. +Next it was for me to throw a lasso over that threshing tail. When I +accomplished this the tuna was ours. We hauled him up on the stern, +heaving, thumping, throwing water and blood; and even vanquished he was +magnificent. Three hours and fifty minutes! The number fifty stayed with +me. As I fell back in a chair, all in, I could not see for my life why +any fisherman would want to catch more than one large tuna.</p> + +<hr class="large" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="XIV" id="XIV"></a>XIV</h2> + +<h3>AVALON, THE BEAUTIFUL</h3> + +<p>If you are a fisherman, and aspire to the study or conquest of the big +game of the sea, go to Catalina Island once before it is too late.</p> + +<p>The summer of 1917 will never be forgotten by those fishermen who were +fortunate enough to be at Avalon. Early in June, even in May, there were +indications that the first record season in many years might be +expected. Barracuda and white sea-bass showed up in great schools; the +ocean appeared to be full of albacore; yellowtail began to strike all +along the island shores and even in the bay of Avalon; almost every day +in July sight of broadbill swordfish was reported, sometimes as many as +ten in a day; in August the blue-fin tuna surged in, school after +school, in vast numbers; and in September returned the Marlin, or +roundbill swordfish that royal-purple swashbuckler of the Pacific.</p> + +<p>This extraordinary run of fish appeared like old times to the boatmen +and natives who could look back over many Catalina years. The cause, of +course, was a favorable season when the sardines and anchovies came to +the island in incalculable numbers. Acres and acres of these little bait +fish drifted helplessly to and fro, back and forth with <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</a></span>the tides, from +Seal Rocks to the west end. These schools were not broken up until the +advent of the voracious tuna; and when they arrived the ocean soon +seemed littered with small, amber-colored patches, each of which was a +densely packed mass of sardines or anchovies, drifting with the current. +It has not yet been established that swordfish feed on these schools, +but the swordfish were there in abundance, at any rate; and it was +reasonable to suppose that some of the fish they feed on were in pursuit +of the anchovies.</p> + +<p>Albacore feeding on the surface raise a thin, low, white line of water +or multitudes of slight, broken splashes. Tuna raise a white wall, +tumbling and spouting along the horizon; and it is a sight not soon to +be forgotten by a fisherman. Near at hand a big school of feeding tuna +is a thrilling spectacle. They move swiftly, breaking water as they +smash after the little fish, and the roar can be heard quite a distance. +The wall of white water seems full of millions of tiny, glinting fish, +leaping frantically from the savage tuna. And when the sunlight shines +golden through this wall of white spray, and the great bronze and silver +and blue tuna gleam for an instant, the effect is singularly exciting +and beautiful.</p> + +<p>All through August and much of September these schools of tuna, +thousands of them, ranted up and down the coast of Catalina, thinning +out the amber patches of anchovies, and affording the most magnificent +sport to anglers.</p> + +<p>These tuna may return next year and then again they may not return for +ten years. Some time again they will swing round the circle or drift +with the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</a></span>currents, in that mysterious and inscrutable nature of the +ocean. And if a fisherman can only pick out the year or have the +obsession to go back season after season he will some day see these +wonderful schools again.</p> + +<p>But as for the other fish—swordfish, white sea-bass, yellowtail, and +albacore—their doom has been spelled, and soon they will be no more. +That is why I say to fishermen if they want to learn something about +these incomparable fish they must go soon to Catalina before it is too +late.</p> + +<p>The Japs, the Austrians, the round-haul nets, the canneries and the +fertilizer-plants—that is to say, foreigners and markets, greed and +war, have cast their dark shadow over beautiful Avalon. The intelligent, +far-seeing boatmen all see it. My boatman, Captain Danielson, spoke +gloomily of the not distant time when his occupation would be gone. And +as for the anglers who fish at Catalina, some of them see it and many of +them do not. The standard raised at Avalon has been to haul in as many +of the biggest fish in the least possible time. One famous fisherman +brought in thirteen tuna—nine hundred and eighty-six pounds of +tuna—that he caught in one day! This is unbelievable, yet it is true. +Another brought in eleven tuna in one day. These fishermen are +representative of the coterie who fish for records. All of them are big, +powerful men, and when they hook a fish they will not give him a foot of +line if they can help it. They horse him in, and if they can horse him +in before he wakes up to real combat they are the better pleased. All of +which is to say that the true motive (or pleasure, if it can be such) is +the instinct to kill. I have observed this in many fishermen. Any one +who imagines that man has advanced much beyond the savage stage has only +carefully to observe fishermen.</p> + +<p><a name="illo57" id="illo57"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 313px;"> +<img src="images/illus321.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="313" height="500" alt="THE OLD AVALON BARGE WHERE THE GULLS FISH AND SCREAM" title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE OLD AVALON BARGE WHERE THE GULLS FISH AND SCREAM</span> +</div> + +<p><a name="illo58" id="illo58"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus322.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="293" alt="THE END OF THE DAY OFF CATALINA ISLAND" title="" /> +<span class="caption">THE END OF THE DAY OFF CATALINA ISLAND</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</a></span>I have demonstrated the practicability of letting Marlin swordfish go +after they were beaten, but almost all of the boatmen will not do it. +The greater number of swordfish weigh under two hundred pounds, and when +exhausted and pulled up to the boat they can be freed by cutting the +wire leader close to the hook. Probably all these fish would live. A +fisherman will have his fun seeing and photographing the wonderful +leaps, and conquering the fish, and when all this is over it would be +sportsman-like to let him go. Marlin are not food fish, and they are +thrown to the sharks. During 1918, however, many were sold as food fish. +It seems a pity to treat this royal, fighting, wonderful, purple-colored +fish in this way. But the boatmen will not free them. My boatman claimed +that his reputation depended upon the swordfish he caught; and that in +Avalon no one would believe fish were caught unless brought to the dock. +It was his bread and butter. His reputation brought him new fishermen, +and so he could not afford to lose it. Nevertheless, he was persuaded to +do it in 1918. The fault, then, does not lie with the boatman.</p> + +<p>The Japs are the greatest market fishermen in the world. And some five +hundred boats put out of San Pedro every day, to scour the ocean for +“the chicken of the sea,” as albacore are advertised to the millions of +people who are always hungry. It <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[Pg 254]</a></span>must be said that the Japs mostly fish +square. They use a hook, and a barbless hook at that. Usually four Japs +constitute the crew of one of these fast eighty-horse-power motor-boats. +They roam the sea with sharp eyes ever alert for that thin white line on +the horizon, the feeding albacore. Their method of fishing is unique and +picturesque. When they sight albacore they run up on the school and slow +down.</p> + +<p>In the stern of the boat stands a huge tank, usually painted red. I have +become used to seeing dots of red all over the ocean. This tank is kept +full of fresh sea-water by a pump connected with the engine, and it is +used to keep live bait—no other than the little anchovies. One Jap, +using a little net, dips up live bait and throws them overboard to the +albacore. Another Jap beats on the water with long bamboo poles, making +splashes. The other two Japs have short, stiff poles with a wire +attached and the barbless hook at the end. They put on a live bait and +toss it over. Instantly they jerk hard, and two big white albacore, from +fifteen to thirty pounds, come wiggling up on to the stern of the boat. +Down goes the pole and whack! goes a club. It is all done with swift +mechanical precision. It used to amaze me and fill me with sadness. If +the Japs could hold the school of albacore they would very soon load the +boat. But usually a school of albacore cannot be held long.</p> + +<p>You cannot fish in the channel any more without encountering these Jap +boats. Once at one time in 1917 I saw one hundred and thirty-two boats. +Most of them were fishing! They ran to and fro <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[Pg 255]</a></span>over the ocean, chasing +every white splash, and they make an angler’s pleasure taste bitter.</p> + +<p>Fortunately the Japs had let the tuna alone, for the simple and good +reason that they had not found a way to catch the wise blue-fins. But +they will find a way! Yet they drove the schools down, and that was +almost as bad. As far as swordfish are concerned, it is easy to see what +will happen, now that the albacore have become scarce. Broadbill +swordfish are the finest food fish in the sea. They can be easily +harpooned by these skilful Japs. And so eventually they will be killed +and driven away. This misfortune may not come at once, but it will come.</p> + +<p>In this connection it is interesting to note that I tried to photograph +one of the Austrian crews in action. But Captain Dan would not let me +get near enough to take a picture. There is bad blood between Avalon +boatmen and these foreign market fishermen. Shots had been exchanged +more than once. Captain Dan kept a rifle on board. This news sort of +stirred me. And I said: “Run close to that bunch, Cap. Maybe they’ll +take a peg at me!” But he refused to comply, and I lost a chance to +serve my country!</p> + +<p>The Japs, however, are square fishermen, mostly, and I rather admire +those albacore-chasers, who at least give the fish a chance. Some of +them use nets, and against them and the Austrian round-haul netters I am +exceedingly bitter. These round-haul nets, some of them, must be a mile +long, and they sink two hundred feet in the water. What chance has a +school of fish against that? They surround a school and there is no +escape.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[Pg 256]</a></span>Clemente Island, the sister island to Catalina, was once a paradise for +fish, especially the beautiful, gamy yellowtail. But there are no more +fish there, except Marlin swordfish in August and September. The great, +boiling schools of yellowtail are gone. Clemente Island has no +three-mile law protecting it, as has Catalina. But that Catalina law has +become a farce. It is violated often in broad daylight, and probably all +night long. One Austrian round-haul netter took seven tons of white +sea-bass in one haul. Seven tons! Did you ever look at a white sea-bass? +He is the most beautiful of bass—slender, graceful, thoroughbred, +exquisitely colored like a paling opal, and a fighter if there ever was +one.</p> + +<p>What becomes of these seven tons of white sea-bass and all the other +tons and tons of yellowtail and albacore? That is a question. It needs +to be answered. During the year 1917 one heard many things. The +fish-canneries were working day and night, and every can of fish—the +whole output had been bought by the government for the soldiers. Very +good. We are a nation at war. Our soldiers must be properly fed and so +must our allies. If it takes all the fish in the sea and all the meat on +the land, we must and will win this war.</p> + +<p>But real patriotism is one thing and misstatement is another. If there +were not so much deceit and greed in connection with this war it would +be easier to stomach.</p> + +<p>As a matter of cold fact, that round-haul netter’s seven tons of +beautiful white sea-bass did not go into cans for our good soldiers or +for our fighting allies. Those seven tons of splendid white sea-bass +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[Pg 257]</a></span>went into the fertilizer-plant, where many and many a ton had gone +before!</p> + +<p>It is not hard to comprehend. When they work for the fertilizer-plants +they do not need ice—they do not need to hurry to the port to save +spoiling—they can stay out till the boat is packed full. So often a +greater part of the magnificent schools of white sea-bass, albacore, and +yellowtail—splendid food fish—go into the fertilizer-plants to make a +few foreign-born hogs rich. Hundreds of aliens, many of them hostile to +the United States, are making big money, which is sent abroad.</p> + +<p>I believe that the great kelp-beds round Catalina are the +spawning-grounds of these fish in question. And not only a +spawning-ground, but, what is more important, a feeding-ground. And now +the kelp-beds are being exploited. The government needs potash. Formerly +our supply of potash came from Germany. But, now that we are not on +amiable terms with those nice gentle Germans, we cannot get any potash. +Hence the great, huge kelp-cutters that you hear cut only the tops of +the kelp-beds. Six feet they say, and it all grows up again quickly. But +in my opinion the once vast, heaving, wonderful beds of kelp along the +Clemente and Catalina shores have been cut too deeply. They will die.</p> + +<p>Some of my predictions made in 1917 were verified in 1918.</p> + +<p>A few scattered schools of albacore appeared in the channel in July. But +these were soon caught or chased away by the market boats. +Albacore-fishing was poor in other localities up and down the coast. +Many of the Jap fishermen sold their boats and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[Pg 258]</a></span>sought other industry. +It was a fact, and a great pleasure, that an angler could go out for +tuna without encountering a single market boat on the sea. Maybe the +albacore did not come this year; maybe they were mostly all caught; +maybe they were growing shyer of boats; at any event, they were scarce, +and the reason seems easy to see.</p> + +<p>It was significant that the broadbill swordfish did not return to Avalon +in 1918, as in former years. I saw only one in two months roaming the +ocean. A few were seen. Not one was caught during my stay on the island. +Many boatmen and anglers believe that the broadbills follow the +albacore. It seems safe to predict that when the albacore cease to come +to Catalina there will not be any fishing for the great flat-sworded +<i>Xiphias</i>.</p> + +<p>The worst that came to pass in 1918, from an angler’s viewpoint, was +that the market fishermen found a way to net the blue-fin tuna, both +large and small. All I could learn was that the nets were lengthened and +deepened. The Japs got into the great schools of large tuna which +appeared off Anacapa Island and netted tons and tons of hundred-pound +tuna. These schools drifted on down the middle of the Clemente Channel, +and I was the lucky fellow who happened to get among them for one +memorable day.</p> + +<p>Take it all in all, my gloomy prophecies of other years were +substantiated in 1918, especially in regard to the devastated kelp-beds; +but there have been a few silver rifts in the black cloud, and it seems +well to end this book with mention of brighter things.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[Pg 259]</a></span>All fish brought into Avalon in 1918 were sold for food.</p> + +<p>We inaugurated the releasing of small Marlin swordfish.</p> + +<p>There was a great increase in the interest taken in the use of light +tackle.</p> + +<p>We owe the latter stride toward conservation and sportsmanship to Mr. +James Jump, and to Lone Angler, and to President Coxe of the Tuna Club. +I had not been entirely in sympathy with their feats of taking Marlin +swordfish and tuna on light tackle. My objections to the use of too +light tackle have been cited before in this book. Many fish break away +on the nine-thread. I know this because I tried it out. Fifteen of those +small tuna, one after another, broke my line on the first rush. But I +believe that was my lack of skill with handling of rod and boat.</p> + +<p>As for Marlin, I have always known that I could take some of these +roundbill swordfish on light tackle. But likewise there have been some +that could not have been taken so, and these are the swordfish I have +fished for.</p> + +<p>Nevertheless, I certainly do not want to detract from Jump’s +achievements, as I will show. They have been remarkable. And they have +attracted wide attention to the possibilities of light tackle. Thus Mr. +Jump has done conservative angling an estimable good, as well as placed +himself in a class alone.</p> + +<p>The use of light tackle by experts for big game fish of the sea has come +to be an established practice in American angling. A few years ago, when +sport with light tackle was exceptional, it required courage <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[Pg 260]</a></span>to flaunt +its use in the faces of fishermen of experience and established +reputation. Long Key, now the most noted fishing resort on the Atlantic +coast, was not many years back a place for hand-lines and huge rods and +tackle, and boat-loads of fish for one man. It has become a resort for +gentlemen anglers, and its sportsmen’s club claims such experts and fine +exponents of angling as Heilner, Lester, Cassiard, Crowninshield, +Conill, the Schutts, and others, who can safely be trusted to advance +the standard. Fishermen are like sheep—they follow the boldest leaders. +And no one wants to be despised by the elect. Long Key, with its +isolation, yet easy accession, its beauty and charm, its loneliness and +quiet, its big game fish, will become the Mecca of high-class +light tackle anglers, who will in time answer for the ethics and +sportsmanship of the Atlantic seaboard.</p> + +<p>On the Pacific side the light tackle advocates have had a different row +to hoe. With nothing but keen, fair, honest, and splendid zealousness +Mr. James Jump has pioneered this sport almost single-handed against the +heavy tackle record-holder who until recently dominated the Tuna Club +and the boatmen and the fishing at Avalon. To my shame and regret I +confess that it took me three years to recognize Jump’s bigness as an +angler and his tenacity as a fighter. But I shall make amends. It seems +when I fished I was steeped in dreams of the sea and the beauty of the +lonely islands. I am not in Jump’s class as a fisherman, nor in Lone +Angler’s, either. They stand by themselves. But I can write about them, +and so inspire others.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[Pg 261]</a></span>Jump set out in 1914 to catch swordfish on light tackle, and +incidentally tuna under one hundred pounds. He was ridiculed, scorned, +scoffed at, made a butt of by this particular heavy tackle angler, and +cordially hated for his ambitions. Most anglers and boatmen repudiated +his claims and looked askance at him. Personally I believed Jump might +catch some swordfish or tuna on light tackle, but only one out of many, +and that one not the fighting kind. I was wrong. It was Lone Angler who +first drew my attention to Jump’s achievements and possibilities. +President Coxe was alive to them also, and he has rebuilt and +rejuvenated the Tuna Club on the splendid standard set by its founder, +Dr. Charles Frederick Holder, and with infinite patience and tact and +labor, and love of fine angling and good fellowship, he has put down +that small but mighty clique who threatened the ruin of sport at fair +Avalon. This has not been public news, but it ought to be and shall be +public news.</p> + +<p>The malignant attack recently made upon Mr. Jump’s catches of Marlin +swordfish on light tackle was uncalled for and utterly false. It was an +obvious and jealous attempt to belittle, discredit, and dishonor one of +the finest gentlemen sportsmen who ever worked for the good of the game. +I know and I will swear that Jump’s capture of the +three-hundred-and-fourteen-pound Marlin on light tackle in twenty-eight +minutes was absolutely as honest as it was skilful, as sportsman-like as +it was wonderful. A number of well-known sportsmen <i>watched</i> him take +this Marlin. Yet his enemies slandered him, accused him of <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[Pg 262]</a></span>using ropes +and Heaven knows what else! It was vile and it failed.</p> + +<p>Jump has performed the apparently impossible. Marlin swordfish hooked on +light tackle can be handled by an exceedingly skilful angler. They make +an indescribably spectacular, wonderful fight, on the surface all the +time, and can be taken as quickly as on heavy tackle. Obviously, then, +this becomes true of tarpon and sailfish and small tuna. What a world to +conquer lies before the fine-spirited angler! A few fish on light +outfits magnifying all the excitement and thrills of many fish on heavy +outfits! There are no arguments against this, for men who have time and +money.</p> + +<p>We pioneers of light tackle are out of the woods <i>now</i>. There was a +pride in a fight against odds—a pride of silence, and a fight of +example and expressed standards and splendid achievements. But now we +have followers, disciples who have learned, who have profited, who have +climbed to the heights, and we are no longer alone. Hence we can scatter +the news to the four winds and ask for the comradeship of kindred +spirits, of men who love the sea and the stream and the gameness of a +fish. The Open Sesame to our clan is just that love, and an ambition to +achieve higher things. Who fishes just to kill? At Long Key last winter +I met two self-styled sportsmen. They were eager to convert me to what +they claimed was the dry-fly class angling of the sea. And it was to jab +harpoons and spears into porpoises and manatee and sawfish, and be +dragged about in their boat. The height of their achievements that +winter had been the harpooning of several sawfish, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[Pg 263]</a></span>each of which gave +birth to a little one while being fought on the harpoon! Ye gods! It +would never do to record my utterances.</p> + +<p>But I record this fact only in the hope of opening the eyes of anglers. +I have no ax to grind for myself. I have gone through the game, over to +the fair side, and I want anglers to know.</p> + +<p>We are a nation of fishermen and riflemen. Who says the Americans cannot +shoot or fight? What made that great bunch of Yankee boys turn back the +Hun hordes? It was the quick eye, the steady nerve, the unquenchable +spirit of the American boy—his heritage from his hunter forefathers. We +are great fishermen’s sons also, and we can save the fish that are being +depleted in our waters.</p> + +<p>Let every angler who loves to fish think what it would mean to him to +find the fish were gone. The mackerel are gone, the bluefish are going, +the menhaden are gone, every year the amberjack and kingfish grow +smaller and fewer. We must find ways and means to save our game fish of +the sea; and one of the finest and most sportsman-like ways is to use +light tackle.</p> + +<hr class="medium" /> + +<p>Wiborn, the Lone Angler, is also in a class by himself. To my mind +Wiborn is the ideal angler of the sea. I have aspired to his method, but +realize it is impossible for me. He goes out alone. Hence the name Lone +Angler. He operates his motor-launch, rigs his tackle and bait and +teasers, flies his kite, finds the fish, fights the one he hooks, and +gaffs and hauls it aboard or releases it, all by himself. Any one who +has had the slightest experience in Pacific <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[Pg 264]</a></span>angling can appreciate this +hazardous, complicated, and laborsome job of the Lone Angler. Any one +who ever fought a big tuna or swordfish can imagine where he would have +been without a boatman. After some of my fights with fish Captain +Danielson has been as tired as I was. His job had been as hard as mine. +But Wiborn goes out day by day alone, and he has brought in big tuna and +swordfish. Not many! He is too fine a sportsman to bring in many fish.</p> + +<p>And herein is the point I want to drive home in my tribute to Lone +Angler. No one can say how many fish he catches. He never tells. Always +he has a fine, wonderful, beautiful day on the water. It matters not to +him, the bringing home of fish to exhibit. This roused my admiration, +and also my suspicion. I got to believing that Lone Angler caught many +more fish than he ever brought home.</p> + +<p>So I spied upon him. Whenever chance afforded I watched him through my +powerful binoculars. He was always busy. His swift boat roamed the seas. +Always he appeared a white dot on the blue horizon, like the flash of a +gull. I have watched his kite flutter down; I have seen his boat stop +and stand still; I have seen sheeted splashes of water near him; and +more than once I have seen him leaning back with bent rod, working and +pumping hard. But when he came into Avalon on these specific occasions, +he brought no tuna, no swordfish—nothing but a cheerful, enigmatic +smile and a hopeful question as to the good luck of his friends.</p> + +<p>“But I saw you hauling away on a fish,” I ventured to say, once.</p> + +<p><a name="illo59" id="illo59"></a></p><div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/illus335.jpg" class="ispace jpg" width="500" height="287" alt="SEAL ROCKS" title="" /> +<span class="caption">SEAL ROCKS</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[Pg 265]</a></span>“Oh, that was an old shark,” he replied, laughing.</p> + +<p>Well, it might have been, but I had my doubts. And at the close of 1918 +I believed, though I could not prove, that Lone Angler let the most of +his fish go free. Hail to Lone Angler! If a man must roam the salt sea +in search of health and peace, and in a manly, red-blooded +exercise—here is the ideal. I have not seen its equal. I envy him—his +mechanical skill, his fearlessness of distance and fog and wind, his +dexterity with kite and rod and wheel, but especially I envy him the +lonesome rides upon a lonesome sea—</p> + +<p class="center">Alone, all alone on a wide, wide sea.</p> + +<p>The long, heaving swells, the windy lanes, the flight of the sheerwater +and the uplifted flukes of the whale, the white wall of tuna on the +horizon, the leap of the dolphin, the sweet, soft scent that breathes +from off the sea, the beauty and mystery and color and movement of the +deep—these are Lone Angler’s alone, and he is as rich as if he had +found the sands of the Pacific to be pearls, the waters nectar, and the +rocks pure gold.</p> + +<p>Happily, neither war nor business nor fish-hogs can ruin the wonderful +climate of Catalina Island. Nature does not cater to evil conditions. +The sun and the fog, the great, calm Pacific, the warm Japanese current, +the pleasant winds—these all have their tasks, and they perform them +faithfully, to the happiness of those who linger at Catalina.</p> + +<p>Avalon, the beautiful! Somehow even the fire that destroyed half of +Avalon did not greatly mar <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[Pg 266]</a></span>its beauty. At a distance the bay and the +grove of eucalyptus-trees, the green-and-gold slopes, look as they +always looked. Avalon has a singular charm outside of its sport of +fishing. It is the most delightful and comfortable place I ever visited. +The nights are cool. You sleep under blankets even when over in Los +Angeles people are suffocating with the heat. At dawn the hills are +obscured in fog and sometimes this fog is chilly. But early or late in +the morning it breaks up and rolls away. The sun shines. It is the kind +of sunshine that dazzles the eye, elevates the spirit, and warms the +back. And out there rolls the vast blue Pacific—calm, slowly heaving, +beautiful, and mysterious.</p> + +<p>During the summer months Avalon is gay, colorful, happy, and mirthful +with its crowds of tourists and summer visitors. The one broad street +runs along the beach and I venture to say no other street in America can +compare with it for lazy, idle, comfortable, pleasant, and picturesque +effects. It is difficult to determine just where the beach begins and +the street ends, because of the strollers in bathing-suits. Many a time, +after a long fishing-day on the water, as I was walking up the middle of +the street, I have been stunned to a gasp by the startling apparition of +Venus or Hebe or Little Egypt or Annette Kellermann parading +nonchalantly to and fro. It seems reasonable and fair to give notice +that broadbill swordfish are not the only dangers to encounter at +Avalon. I wish they had a policeman there.</p> + +<p>But the spirit of Avalon, like the climate, is something to love. It is +free, careless, mirthful, wholesome, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[Pg 267]</a></span>restful, and serene. The resort is +democratic and indifferent and aloof. Yet there is always mirth, music, +and laughter. Many and many a night have I awakened, anywhere from ten +to one, to listen to the low lap of the waves on the beach, the soft +tones of an Hawaiian ukulele, the weird cry of a nocturnal sea-gull, the +bark of a sea-lion, or the faint, haunting laugh of some happy girl, +going by late, perhaps with her lover.</p> + +<p>Avalon is so clean and sweet. It is the only place I have been, except +Long Key, where the omnipresent, hateful, and stinking automobile does +not obtrude upon real content. Think of air not reeking with gasolene +and a street safe to cross at any time! Safe, I mean, of course, from +being run down by some joy-rider. You are liable to encounter one of the +Loreleis or Aphrodites at any hour from five till sunset. You must risk +chance of that.</p> + +<p>So, in conclusion, let me repeat that if you are a fisherman of any +degree, and if you aspire to some wonderful experiences with the great +and vanishing game fish of the Pacific, and if you would love to +associate with these adventures some dazzling white hot days, and +unforgetable cool nights where your eyelids get glued with sleep, and +the fragrant salt breath of the sea, its music and motion and color and +mystery and beauty—then go to Avalon before it is too late.</p> + +<h3>THE END</h3> + +<hr class="large" /> + +<h3><span class="smcap">Transcriber’s Note</span></h3> + +<p>Minor changes have been made to correct typesetters’ errors; otherwise every effort has been made +to remain true to the author’s words and intent.</p> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Tales of Fishes, by Zane Grey + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TALES OF FISHES *** + +***** This file should be named 29346-h.htm or 29346-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/3/4/29346/ + +Produced by Brian Janes, D. Alexander and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus004.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus004.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7dfe8bb --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus004.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus005.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus005.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..05f170f --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus005.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus017.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus017.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..26ad34e --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus017.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus018a.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus018a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f87bfe1 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus018a.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus018b.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus018b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f27b0bb --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus018b.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus021.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus021.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..38ed655 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus021.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus022.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus022.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ccd9152 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus022.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus031.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus031.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5a626b --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus031.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus032.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus032.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6850136 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus032.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus035.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus035.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..67e9d57 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus035.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus036.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus036.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..470a2c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus036.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus039.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus039.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cd322f --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus039.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus040.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus040.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc272ab --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus040.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus045.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus045.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1cda744 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus045.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus046.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus046.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bc683a --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus046.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus055.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus055.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a43f6cb --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus055.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus056b.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus056b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e153aa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus056b.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus056t.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus056t.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d007b39 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus056t.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus061bl.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus061bl.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..abb863e --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus061bl.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus061br.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus061br.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0865372 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus061br.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus061tl.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus061tl.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2998b30 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus061tl.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus061tr.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus061tr.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c7c79c --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus061tr.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus062.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus062.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d7033c --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus062.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus067.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus067.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..06be073 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus067.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus068.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus068.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a353af9 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus068.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus077.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus077.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb34582 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus077.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus078.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus078.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b676008 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus078.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus103.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus103.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4164ea9 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus103.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus104.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus104.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2d2dd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus104.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus113.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus113.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..848012c --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus113.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus114.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus114.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a89cd57 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus114.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus123.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus123.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7fdd13 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus123.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus124b.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus124b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b4a24bc --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus124b.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus124c.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus124c.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c19cf89 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus124c.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus124t.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus124t.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a16cc12 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus124t.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus133.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus133.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9ae341 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus133.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus134.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus134.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..35d2ae6 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus134.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus141.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus141.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e4506d --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus141.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus142.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus142.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..83057bc --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus142.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus155l.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus155l.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..926f6f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus155l.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus155r.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus155r.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d5b08e --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus155r.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus156.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus156.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..420e0c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus156.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus191.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus191.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f09248 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus191.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus192.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus192.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..033b793 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus192.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus197.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus197.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c638551 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus197.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus198.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus198.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ceae456 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus198.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus207.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus207.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7fc0a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus207.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus208.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus208.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d648ee --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus208.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus213.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus213.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c25c19 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus213.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus214.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus214.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7221dc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus214.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus235.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus235.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0104829 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus235.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus236.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus236.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..30c4ebf --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus236.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus245.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus245.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..88324d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus245.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus246.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus246.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1aebb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus246.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus251.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus251.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c96da0 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus251.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus252.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus252.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..092b401 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus252.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus257.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus257.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fea2d13 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus257.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus258.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus258.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6cb82b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus258.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus267.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus267.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ced70cc --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus267.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus268b.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus268b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..87b2f2d --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus268b.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus268t.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus268t.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..262ff9a --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus268t.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus273.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus273.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0212d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus273.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus274.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus274.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a06402c --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus274.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus311.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus311.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9fb4a40 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus311.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus312.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus312.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..48bff3a --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus312.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus321.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus321.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9fe6ec0 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus321.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus322.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus322.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0a5209 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus322.jpg diff --git a/29346-h/images/illus335.jpg b/29346-h/images/illus335.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dcc6549 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346-h/images/illus335.jpg diff --git a/29346.txt b/29346.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3f697f --- /dev/null +++ b/29346.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8115 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Tales of Fishes, by Zane Grey + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Tales of Fishes + +Author: Zane Grey + +Release Date: July 7, 2009 [EBook #29346] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TALES OF FISHES *** + + + + +Produced by Brian Janes, D. Alexander and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + + + + + TALES _of_ FISHES + + by + + Zane Grey + + _President of the Long Key Fishing Club + Honorary Vice-President of the Tuna Club, Avalon_ + + _Author of_ + "The U. P. Trail" "The Desert of Wheat" Etc. + + _Illustrated from Photographs + by the author_ + + HARPER & BROTHERS PUBLISHERS + New York and London + + + + + TALES OF FISHES + + Copyright 1919, by Harper & Brothers + + Printed in the United States of America + + Published June, 1919 + + + + + CONTENTS + + + CHAP. PAGE + + VERSES 0 + + I. BYME-BY-TARPON 1 + + II. THE ISLAND OF THE DEAD 8 + + III. THE ROYAL PURPLE GAME OF THE SEA 26 + + IV. TWO FIGHTS WITH SWORDFISH 54 + + V. SAILFISH 72 + + VI. GULF STREAM FISHING 88 + + VII. BONEFISH 107 + + VIII. SOME RARE FISH 136 + + IX. SWORDFISH 153 + + X. THE GLADIATOR OF THE SEA 180 + + XI. SEVEN MARLIN SWORDFISH IN ONE DAY 197 + + XII. RANDOM NOTES 216 + + XIII. BIG TUNA 221 + + XIV. AVALON, THE BEAUTIFUL 250 + + + + + ILLUSTRATIONS + + + THE GREAT COLORED ROLLERS OF THE PACIFIC _Frontispiece_ + + TARPON THROWING HOOK _Facing p_. 2 + + LEAPING TARPON " 3 + + SAVALO, OR SILVER KING " 4 + + THESE WILD FOWL HAVE THE WONDERFUL BEAUTY AND + SPEED OF FALCONS " 5 + + RABIHORCADO " 12 + + THE BOOBIES HAD NO FEAR OF MAN, BUT BOTH YOUNG + AND OLD WOULD PICK WITH THEIR SHARP BILLS " 13 + + YOUNG BOOBIES " 14 + + SUGGESTIVE OF A WILD, WIND-SWEPT ISLAND OF THE SEA " 15 + + NESTS EVERYWHERE IN THE SAND AND MOSS " 16 + + THESE HUGE BLACK RABIHORCADOS WERE THE LARGEST + SPECIES OF FRIGATE OR MAN-OF-WAR BIRD " 17 + + RABIHORCADO RISING FROM THEIR EGGS " 20 + + BOOBIES OF ISLA DE LA MUERTE IN THE CARIBBEAN SEA " 21 + + A SWORDFISH LEAPING OFF THE BOLD BLACK SHORE OF CLEMENTE " 28 + + ON THE RAMPAGE " 29 + + SWORDFISH ON THE SURFACE " 32 + + HOLDING HARD " 33 + + A CLEAN GREYHOUND LEAP " 36 + + 316-POUND SWORDFISH " 37 + + THE WILD OATS SLOPE OF CLEMENTE " 44 + + WHERE THE DEEP-BLUE SWELL BOOMS AGAINST THE LAVA + WALL OF CLEMENTE ISLAND " 45 + + FOUR MARLIN SWORDFISH IN ONE DAY " 68 + + A BIG SAILFISH BREAKING WATER " 69 + + FOUR SAILFISH IN ONE DAY ON LIGHT TACKLE " 76 + + SAILFISH THRESHING ON THE SURFACE " 77 + + MEMORABLE OF LONG KEY " 84 + + LEAPING SAILFISH " 85 + + SOLITUDE ON THE SEA " 92 + + SUNSET BY THE SEA " 93 + + TWIN TIGERS OF THE SEA--THE SAVAGE BARRACUDA " 98 + + HAPPY PASTIME OF BONEFISHING " 99 + + THE GAMEST FISH THAT SWIMS " 110 + + A WAAHOO " 111 + + AT LONG KEY, THE LONELY CORAL SHORE WHERE THE SUN + SHINES WHITE ALL DAY AND THE STARS SHINE WHITE + ALL NIGHT " 144 + + THE FAMOUS STUNT OF A MARLIN SWORDFISH, "WALKING + ON HIS TAIL" " 145 + + SURGING IN A HALF-CIRCLE " 148 + + BROADBILL SWORDFISH ON THE SURFACE--THE MOST + THRILLING SIGHT TO A SEA ANGLER " 149 + + SHINING IN THE SUNLIGHT " 156 + + THROWING WHITE WATER LIKE THE EXPLOSION OF A TORPEDO " 157 + + A LONG, SLIM SAILFISH WIGGLING IN THE AIR " 160 + + FIGHTING A BROADBILL SWORDFISH " 161 + + THE ONLY PHOTOGRAPH EVER TAKEN OF LEAPING BROADBILL + SWORDFISH " 180 + + XIPHIAS GLADIUS, THE BROADSWORDED GLADIATOR OF THE SEA " 181 + + A STRAIGHTAWAY GREYHOUND LEAP, MARVELOUS FOR ITS + SPEED AND WILDNESS " 188 + + LIKE A LEAPING SPECTER " 189 + + WALKING ON HIS TAIL " 192 + + A MAGNIFICENT FLASHING LEAP. THIS PERFECT PICTURE + CONSIDERED BY AUTHOR TO BE WORTH HIS FIVE + YEARS' LABOR AND PATIENCE " 193 + + TIRED OUT--THE LAST SLOW HEAVE " 196 + + HAULED ABOARD WITH BLOCK AND TACKLE " 197 + + R. C. ON THE JOB " 204 + + 304 POUNDS " 205 + + R. C. GREY AND RECORD MARLIN " 205 + + 328-POUND RECORD MARLIN BY R. C. GREY. SHAPELIEST + AND MOST BEAUTIFUL SPECIMEN EVER TAKEN " 208 + + SUNSET OVER CLEMENTE CHANNEL " 209 + + A BLUE-FINNED PLUGGER OF THE DEEP--138-POUND TUNA " 244 + + AVALON, THE BEAUTIFUL " 245 + + THE OLD AVALON BARGE WHERE THE GULLS FISH AND + SCREAM " 252 + + THE END OF THE DAY OFF CATALINA ISLAND " 253 + + SEAL ROCKS " 264 + + + + + [Illustration: THE GREAT COLORED ROLLERS OF THE PACIFIC] + + + + +ZANE GREY + +By W. Livingston Larned + + + Been to Avalon with Grey ... been most everywhere; + Chummed with him and fished with him in every Sportsman's + lair. + Helped him with the white Sea-bass and Barracuda haul, + Shared the Tuna's sprayful sport and heard his Hunter-call, + Me an' Grey are fishin' friends.... Pals of rod and reel, + Whether it's the sort that fights ... or th' humble eel, + On and on, through Wonderland ... winds a-blowin' free, + Catching all th' fins that grow ... Sportsman Grey an' Me. + + Been to Florida with Zane ... scouting down th' coast; + Whipped the deep for Tarpon, too, that natives love th' most. + Seen the smiling, Tropic isles that pass, in green review, + Gathered cocoanut and moss where Southern skies were blue. + Seen him laugh that boyish laugh, when things were goin' + right; + Helped him beach our little boat and kindle fires at night. + Comrades of the Open Way, the Treasure-Trove of Sea, + Port Ahoy and who cares where, with Mister Grey an' Me! + + Been to Western lands with Grey ... hunted fox and deer. + Seen the Grizzly's ugly face with danger lurkin' near. + Slept on needles, near th' sky, and marked th' round moon + rise + Over purpling peaks of snow that hurt a fellow's eyes. + Gone, like Indians, under brush and to some mystic place-- + Home of red men, long since gone, to join their dying race. + Yes ... we've chummed it, onward--outward ... mountain, + wood, and Key, + At the quiet readin'-table ... Sportsman Grey an' Me. + + + + +TALES OF FISHES + + + + +I + +BYME-BY-TARPON + + +To capture the fish is not all of the fishing. Yet there are +circumstances which make this philosophy hard to accept. I have in mind +an incident of angling tribulation which rivals the most poignant +instant of my boyhood, when a great trout flopped for one sharp moment +on a mossy stone and then was gone like a golden flash into the depths +of the pool. + +Some years ago I followed Attalano, my guide, down the narrow Mexican +street of Tampico to the bank of the broad Panuco. Under the rosy dawn +the river quivered like a restless opal. The air, sweet with the song of +blackbird and meadowlark, was full of cheer; the rising sun shone in +splendor on the water and the long line of graceful palms lining the +opposite bank, and the tropical forest beyond, with its luxuriant +foliage festooned by gray moss. Here was a day to warm the heart of any +fisherman; here was the beautiful river, celebrated in many a story; +here was the famous guide, skilled with oar and gaff, rich in +experience. What sport I would have; what treasure of keen sensation +would I store; what flavor of life would I taste this day! Hope burns +always in the heart of a fisherman. + +Attalano was in harmony with the day and the scene. He had a cheering +figure, lithe and erect, with a springy stride, bespeaking the Montezuma +blood said to flow in his Indian veins. Clad in a colored cotton shirt, +blue jeans, and Spanish girdle, and treading the path with brown feet +never deformed by shoes, he would have stopped an artist. Soon he bent +his muscular shoulders to the oars, and the ripples circling from each +stroke hardly disturbed the calm Panuco. Down the stream glided long +Indian canoes, hewn from trees and laden with oranges and bananas. In +the stern stood a dark native wielding an enormous paddle with ease. +Wild-fowl dotted the glassy expanse; white cranes and pink flamingoes +graced the reedy bars; red-breasted kingfishers flew over with friendly +screech. The salt breeze kissed my cheek; the sun shone with the +comfortable warmth Northerners welcome in spring; from over the white +sand-dunes far below came the faint boom of the ever-restless Gulf. + +We trolled up the river and down, across from one rush-lined lily-padded +shore to the other, for miles and miles with never a strike. But I was +content, for over me had been cast the dreamy, care-dispelling languor +of the South. + +When the first long, low swell of the changing tide rolled in, a +stronger breeze raised little dimpling waves and chased along the water +in dark, quick-moving frowns. All at once the tarpon began to show, +to splash, to play, to roll. It was as though they had been awakened by +the stir and murmur of the miniature breakers. Broad bars of silver +flashed in the sunlight, green backs cleft the little billows, wide +tails slapped lazily on the water. Every yard of river seemed to hold a +rolling fish. This sport increased until the long stretch of water, +which had been as calm as St. Regis Lake at twilight, resembled the +quick current of a Canadian stream. It was a fascinating, wonderful +sight. But it was also peculiarly exasperating, because when the fish +roll in this sportive, lazy way they will not bite. For an hour I +trolled through this whirlpool of flying spray and twisting tarpon, with +many a salty drop on my face, hearing all around me the whipping crash +of breaking water. + + [Illustration: TARPON THROWING HOOK] + + [Illustration: LEAPING TARPON] + +"Byme-by-tarpon," presently remarked Attalano, favoring me with the +first specimen of his English. + +The rolling of the tarpon diminished, and finally ceased as noon +advanced. + +No more did I cast longing eyes upon those huge bars of silver. They +were buried treasure. The breeze quickened as the flowing tide gathered +strength, and together they drove the waves higher. Attalano rowed +across the river into the outlet of one of the lagoons. This narrow +stream was unruffled by wind; its current was sluggish and its muddy +waters were clarifying under the influence of the now fast-rising tide. + +By a sunken log near shore we rested for lunch. I found the shade of the +trees on the bank rather pleasant, and became interested in a blue +heron, a russet-colored duck, and a brown-and-black snipe, all sitting +on the sunken log. Near by stood a tall crane watching us solemnly, and +above in the tree-top a parrot vociferously proclaimed his knowledge of +our presence. I was wondering if he objected to our invasion, at the +same time taking a most welcome bite for lunch, when directly in front +of me the water flew up as if propelled by some submarine power. Framed +in a shower of spray I saw an immense tarpon, with mouth agape and fins +stiff, close in pursuit of frantically leaping little fish. + +The fact that Attalano dropped his sandwich attested to the large size +and close proximity of the tarpon. He uttered a grunt of satisfaction +and pushed out the boat. A school of feeding tarpon closed the mouth of +the lagoon. Thousands of mullet had been cut off from their river haunts +and were now leaping, flying, darting in wild haste to elude the great +white monsters. In the foamy swirls I saw streaks of blood. + +"Byme-by-tarpon!" called Attalano, warningly. + +Shrewd guide! I had forgotten that I held a rod. When the realization +dawned on me that sooner or later I would feel the strike of one of +these silver tigers a keen, tingling thrill of excitement quivered over +me. The primitive man asserted himself; the instinctive lust to conquer +and to kill seized me, and I leaned forward, tense and strained with +suspended breath and swelling throat. + +Suddenly the strike came, so tremendous in its energy that it almost +pulled me from my seat; so quick, fierce, bewildering that I could think +of nothing but to hold on. Then the water split with a hissing sound to +let out a great tarpon, long as a door, seemingly as wide, who shot +up and up into the air. He wagged his head and shook it like a +struggling wolf. When he fell back with a heavy splash, a rainbow, +exquisitely beautiful and delicate, stood out of the spray, glowed, +paled, and faded. + + [Illustration: SAVALO, OR SILVER KING] + + [Illustration: THESE WILD FOWL HAVE THE WONDERFUL BEAUTY AND SPEED OF + FALCONS] + +Five times he sprang toward the blue sky, and as many he plunged down +with a thunderous crash. The reel screamed. The line sang. The rod, +which I had thought stiff as a tree, bent like a willow wand. The silver +king came up far astern and sheered to the right in a long, wide curve, +leaving behind a white wake. Then he sounded, while I watched the line +with troubled eyes. But not long did he sulk. He began a series of +magnificent tactics new in my experience. He stood on his tail, then on +his head; he sailed like a bird; he shook himself so violently as to +make a convulsive, shuffling sound; he dove, to come up covered with +mud, marring his bright sides; he closed his huge gills with a slap and, +most remarkable of all, he rose in the shape of a crescent, to +straighten out with such marvelous power that he seemed to actually +crack like a whip. + +After this performance, which left me in a condition of mental +aberration, he sounded again, to begin a persistent, dragging pull which +was the most disheartening of all his maneuvers; for he took yard after +yard of line until he was far away from me, out in the Panuco. We +followed him, and for an hour crossed to and fro, up and down, humoring +him, responding to his every caprice, as if he verily were a king. At +last, with a strange inconsistency more human than fishlike, he returned +to the scene of his fatal error, and here in the mouth of the smaller +stream he leaped once more. But it was only a ghost of his former +efforts--a slow, weary rise, showing he was tired. I could see it in the +weakening wag of his head. He no longer made the line whistle. + +I began to recover the long line. I pumped and reeled him closer. +Reluctantly he came, not yet broken in spirit, though his strength had +sped. He rolled at times with a shade of the old vigor, with a pathetic +manifestation of the temper that became a hero. I could see the long, +slender tip of his dorsal fin, then his broad tail and finally the gleam +of his silver side. Closer he came and slowly circled around the boat, +eying me with great, accusing eyes. I measured him with a fisherman's +glance. What a great fish! Seven feet, I calculated, at the very least. + +At this triumphant moment I made a horrible discovery. About six feet +from the leader the strands of the line had frayed, leaving only one +thread intact. My blood ran cold and the clammy sweat broke out on my +brow. My empire was not won; my first tarpon was as if he had never +been. But true to my fishing instincts, I held on morosely; tenderly I +handled him; with brooding care I riveted my eye on the frail place in +my line, and gently, ever so gently, I began to lead the silver king +shoreward. Every smallest move of his tail meant disaster to me, so when +he moved it I let go of the reel. Then I would have to coax him to swim +back again. + +The boat touched the bank. I stood up and carefully headed my fish +toward the shore, and slid his head and shoulders out on the lily-pads. +One moment he lay there, glowing like mother-of-pearl, a rare fish, +fresh from the sea. Then, as Attalano warily reached for the leader, he +gave a gasp, a flop that deluged us with muddy water, and a lunge that +spelled freedom. + +I watched him swim slowly away with my bright leader dragging beside +him. Is it not the loss of things which makes life bitter? What we have +gained is ours; what is lost is gone, whether fish, or use, or love, or +name, or fame. + +I tried to put on a cheerful aspect for my guide. But it was too soon. +Attalano, wise old fellow, understood my case. A smile, warm and living, +flashed across his dark face as he spoke: + +"Byme-by-tarpon." + +Which defined his optimism and revived the failing spark within my +breast. It was, too, in the nature of a prophecy. + + + + +II + +THE ISLAND OF THE DEAD + + +Strange wild adventures fall to the lot of a fisherman as well as to +that of a hunter. On board the _Monterey_, from Havana to Progreso, +Yucatan, I happened to fall into conversation with an English +globe-trotter who had just come from the Mont Pelee eruption. Like all +those wandering Englishmen, this one was exceedingly interesting. We +exchanged experiences, and I felt that I had indeed much to see and +learn of the romantic Old World. + +In Merida, that wonderful tropic city of white towers and white streets +and white-gowned women, I ran into this Englishman again. I wanted to +see the magnificent ruins of Uxmal and Ake and Labna. So did he. I knew +it would be a hard trip from Muna to the ruins, and so I explained. He +smiled in a way to make me half ashamed of my doubts. We went together, +and I found him to be a splendid fellow. We parted without knowing each +other's names. I had no idea what he thought of me, but I thought he +must have been somebody. + +While traveling around the coast of Yucatan I had heard of the wild and +lonely Alacranes Reef where lighthouse-keepers went insane from +solitude, and where wonderful fishes inhabited the lagoons. That was +enough for me. Forthwith I meant to go to Alacranes. + +Further inquiry brought me meager but fascinating news of an island on +that lonely coral reef, called _Isla de la Muerte_ (the Island of the +Dead). Here was the haunt of a strange bird, called by Indians +_rabihorcado_, and it was said to live off the booby, another strange +sea-bird. The natives of the coast solemnly averred that when the +_rabihorcado_ could not steal fish from the booby he killed himself by +hanging in the brush. I did not believe such talk. The Spanish appeared +to be _rabi_, meaning rabies, and _horcar_, to hang. + +I set about to charter a boat, and found the great difficulty in +procuring one to be with the Yucatecan government. No traveler had ever +before done such a thing. It excited suspicion. The officials thought +the United States was looking for a coaling-station. Finally, through +the help of the Ward line agent and the consul I prevailed upon them to +give me such papers as appeared necessary. Then my Indian boatmen +interested a crew of six, and I chartered a two-masted canoe-shaped bark +called the _Xpit_. + +The crew of the _Hispaniola_, with the never-to-be-forgotten John Silver +and the rest of the pirates of Treasure Island, could not have been a +more villainous and piratical gang than this of the bark _Xpit_. I was +advised not to take the trip alone. But it appeared impossible to find +any one to accompany me. I grew worried, yet determined not to miss the +opportunity. + +Strange to relate, as I was conversing on the dock with a ship captain +and the agent of the Ward line, lamenting the necessity of sailing for +Alacranes alone, some one near by spoke up, "Take me!" + +In surprise I wheeled to see my English acquaintance who had visited the +interior of Yucatan with me. I greeted him, thanked him, but of course +did not take him seriously, and I proceeded to expound the nature of my +venture. To my further surprise, he not only wanted to go, but he was +enthusiastic. + +"But it's a hard, wild trip," I protested. "Why, that crew of +barefooted, red-shirted Canary-Islanders have got me scared! Besides, +you don't know me!" + +"Well, you don't know me, either," he replied, with his winning smile. + +Then I awoke to my own obtuseness and to the fact that here was a real +man, in spite of the significance of a crest upon his linen. + +"If you'll take a chance on me I'll certainly take one on you," I +replied, and told him who I was, and that the Ward-line agent and +American consul would vouch for me. + +He offered his hand with the simple reply, "My name is C----." + +If before I had imagined he was somebody, I now knew it. And that was +how I met the kindest man, the finest philosopher, the most unselfish +comrade, the greatest example and influence that it has ever been my +good fortune to know upon my trips by land or sea. I learned this during +our wonderful trip to the Island of the Dead. He never thought of +himself. Hardship to him was nothing. He had no fear of the sea, nor of +men, nor of death. It seemed he never rested, never slept, never let +anybody do what he could do instead. + +That night we sailed for Alacranes. It was a white night of the tropics, +with a million stars blinking in the blue dome overhead, and the +Caribbean Sea like a shadowed opal, calm and rippling and shimmering. +The _Xpit_ was not a bark of comfort. It had a bare deck and an empty +hold. I could not stay below in that gloomy, ill-smelling pit, so I +tried to sleep on deck. I lay on a hatch under the great boom, and what +with its creaking, and the hollow roar of the sail, and the wash of the +waves, and the dazzling starlight, I could not sleep. C. sat on a coil +of rope, smoked, and watched in silence. I wondered about him then. + +Sunrise on the Caribbean was glorious to behold--a vast burst of silver +and gold over a level and wrinkling blue sea. By day we sailed, tacking +here and there, like lost mariners standing for some far-off unknown +shore. That night a haze of clouds obscured the stars, and it developed +that our red-shirted skipper steered by the stars. We indeed became lost +mariners. They sounded with a greased lead and determined our latitude +by the color and character of the coral or sand that came up on the +lead. Sometimes they knew where we were and at others they did not have +any more idea than had I. + +On the second morning out we reached Alacranes lighthouse; and when I +saw the flat strip of sand, without a tree or bush to lend it grace and +color, the bleak lighthouse, and the long, lonely reaches of barren +reefs from which there came incessant moaning, I did not wonder that two +former lighthouse-keepers had gone insane. The present keeper received +me with the welcome always accorded a visitor to out-of-the-world +places. He corroborated all that my Indian sailors had claimed for +the _rabihorcado_, and added the interesting information that +lighthouse-keepers desired the extinction of the birds because the +guano, deposited by them on the roofs of the keepers' houses, poisoned +the rain water--all they had to drink. + +I climbed the narrow, spiral stair to the lighthouse tower, and there, +apparently lifted into the cloud-navigated sky, I awakened to the real +wonder of coral reefs. Ridges of white and brown showed their teeth +against the crawling, tireless, insatiate sea. Islets of dead coral +gleamed like bleached bone, and beds of live coral, amber as wine, lay +wreathed in restless surf. From near to far extended the rollers, the +curving channels, and the shoals, all colorful, all quivering with the +light of jewels. Golden sand sloped into the gray-green of shallow +water, and this shaded again into darker green, which in turn merged +into purple, reaching away to the far barrier reef, a white wall against +the blue, heaving ocean. + +The crew had rowed us ashore with my boatmen Manuel and Augustine. And +then the red-shirted captain stated he would like to go back to Progreso +and return for us at our convenience. Hesitating over this, I finally +gave permission, on the promise that he would bring back the _Xpit_ in +one week. + +So they sailed away, and left us soon to find out that we were marooned +on a desert island. When I saw how C. took it I was glad of our enforced +stay. Solitude and loneliness pervaded Alacranes. Of all the places I +had visited, this island was the most hauntingly lonely. + + [Illustration: RABIHORCADO] + + [Illustration: THE BOOBIES HAD NO FEAR OF MAN, BUT BOTH YOUNG AND OLD + WOULD PICK WITH THEIR SHARP BILLS] + +It must have struck C. the same way, and even more powerfully than it +had me. He was a much older man, and, though so unfailingly cheerful and +helpful, he seemed to me to desire loneliness. He did not fish or shoot. +His pleasure appeared to be walking the strand, around and around the +little island, gathering bits of coral and shells and seaweeds and +strange things cast up by the tides. For hours he would sit high on the +lighthouse stairway and gaze out over the variegated mosaic of colored +reefs. My bed was a hammock in the loft of the keeper's house and it +hung close to an open door. At night I woke often, and I would look out +upon the lonely beach and sea. When the light flashed its long wheeling +gleam out into the pale obscurity of the night it always showed C.'s +dark figure on the lonely beach. I got into the habit of watching for +him, and never, at any time I happened to awake, did I fail to see him +out there. How strange he looms to me now! But I thought it was natural +then. The loneliness of that coral reef haunted me. The sound of the +sea, eternally slow and sad and moaning, haunted me like a passion. Men +are the better for solitude. + +Our bark, the _Xpit_, did not come back for us. Day by day we scanned +the heaving sea, far out beyond the barrier reef, until I began to feel +like Crusoe upon his lonely isle. We had no way to know then that our +crew had sailed twice from Progreso, getting lost the first time, and +getting drunk the second, eventually returning to the home port. Some +misfortunes turn out to be blessings. + +What adventures I had at Alacranes! But, alas! I cannot relate a single +story about really catching a fish. There were many and ferocious fish +that would rush any bait I tried, only I could not hold them. My tackle +was not equal to what it is now. Perhaps, however, if it had been it +would have been smashed just the same. + +In front of the lighthouse there had been built a little plank dock, +running out twenty yards or so. The water was about six feet deep, and a +channel of varying width meandered between the coral reefs out to the +deep blue sea. This must have been a lane for big fish to come inside +the barrier. Almost always there were great shadows drifting around in +the water. First I tried artificial baits. Some one, hoping to convert +me, had given me a whole box of those ugly, murderous plug-baits made +famous by Robert H. Davis. Whenever I made a cast with one of these a +big fish would hit it and either strip the hooks off or break my tackle. +Some of these fish leaped clear. They looked like barracuda to me, only +they were almost as silvery as a tarpon. One looked ten feet long and as +big around as a telegraph pole. When this one smashed the water white +and leaped, Manuel yelled, "_Pecuda!_" I tried hard to catch a specimen, +and had a good many hooked, but they always broke away. I did not know +then, as I know now, that barracuda grow to twelve feet in the +Caribbean. That fact is mentioned in records and natural histories. + +Out in the deeper lagoons I hooked huge fish that swam off +ponderously, dragging the skiff until my line parted. Once I was +fortunate enough to see one, which fact dispelled any possibility of its +being a shark. Manuel called it "_Cherna!_" It looked like a giant +sea-bass and would have weighed at least eight hundred pounds. The color +was lighter than any sea-bass I ever studied. My Indian boatmen claimed +this fish was a man-eater and that he and his crew had once fought one +all day and then it broke away. The fish I saw was huge enough to +swallow a man, that was certain. I think this species must have been the +great June-fish of the Gulf. I hooked one once at the mouth of the +Panuco River in Mexico and it nearly swamped the boat. + + [Illustration: YOUNG BOOBIES] + + [Illustration: SUGGESTIVE OF A WILD, WIND-SWEPT ISLAND OF THE SEA] + +Soon my tackle was all used up, and, for want of better, I had to use +tiny hooks and thread lines--because I was going to fish, by hook or +crook! This method, however, which I learned first of all, is not to be +despised. Whenever I get my hand on a thin, light, stiff reed pole and a +long, light line of thread with a little hook, then I revert to boyhood +days and sunfish and chubs and shiners and bullheads. Could any +fisherman desire more joy? Those days are the best. + + The child is father of the man + And I could wish my days to be + Bound each to each by natural piety. + +In the shallow water near the dock there always floated a dense school +of little fish like sardines. They drifted, floated, hovered beside the +dock, and when one of the big fish would rush near they would make a +breaking roar on the surface. Of me they evinced no fear whatever. But +no bait, natural or artificial, that I could discover, tempted them to +bite. This roused my cantankerous spirit to catch some of those little +fish or else fall inestimably in my own regard. I noted that whenever I +cast over the school it disintegrated. A circle widened from the center, +and where had been a black mass of fish was only sand. But as my hook +settled to the bottom the dark circle narrowed and closed until the +school was densely packed as before. Whereupon I tied several of the +tiny hooks together with a bit of lead, and, casting that out, I waited +till all was black around my line, then I jerked. I snagged one of the +little fish and found him to be a beautiful, silvery, flat-sided shiner +of unknown species to me. Every cast I made thereafter caught one of +them. And they were as good to eat as a sardine and better than a +mullet. + +My English comrade, C., sometimes went with me, and when he did go, the +interest and kindly curiosity and pleasure upon his face were a constant +source of delight to me. I knew that I was as new a species to him as +the little fish were to me. But C. had become so nearly a perfectly +educated man that nothing surprised him, nothing made him wonder. He +sympathized, he understood, he could put himself in the place of +another. What worried me, however, was the simple fact that he did not +care to fish or shoot for the so-called sport of either. I think my +education on a higher plane began at Alacranes, in the society of that +lonely Englishman. Somehow I have gravitated toward the men who have +been good for me. + + [Illustration: NESTS EVERYWHERE IN THE SAND AND MOSS] + + [Illustration: THESE HUGE BLACK RABIHORCADOS WERE THE LARGEST SPECIES + OF FRIGATE OR MAN-OF-WAR BIRD] + +But C. enjoyed action as well as contemplation. Once out on the shoals +when Manuel harpooned a huge hawk-bill turtle--the valuable species from +which the amber shell is derived--we had a thrilling and dangerous ride. +For the turtle hauled us at a terrific rate through the water. Then C. +joined in with the yells of the Indians. He was glad, however, when the +turtle left us stranded high upon a coral bed. + +On moonlight nights when the tide was low C. especially enjoyed wading +on the shoals and hunting for the _langustas_, or giant lobsters. This +was exciting sport. We used barrel-hoops with nets, and when we saw a +lobster shining in the shallow water we waded noiselessly close to swoop +down upon him with a great splash. I was always afraid of these huge +crayfish, but C. was not. His courage might have been predatory, for he +certainly liked to eat lobster. But he had a scare one night when a +devilfish or tremendous ray got between him and the shore and made the +water fly aloft in a geyser. It was certainly fun for me to see that +dignified Englishman make tracks across the shoal. + +To conclude about C., when I went on to Mexico City with him I met +friends of his there, a lord and a duke traveling incognito. C. himself +was a peer of England and a major in the English army. But I never +learned this till we got to Tampico, where they went with me for the +tarpon-fishing. They were rare fine fellows. L., the little Englishman, +could do anything under the sun, and it was from him I got my type for +Castleton, the Englishman, in _The Light of Western Stars_. I have been +told that never was there an Englishman on earth like the one I +portrayed in my novel. But my critics never fished with Lord L.! + +These English friends went with me to the station to bid me good-by and +good luck. We were to part there, they to take ship for London, and I to +take train for the headwaters of the Panuco River, down which unknown +streams I was to find my way through jungle to the Gulf. Here I was told +that C. had lost his only son in the Boer War, and since then had never +been able to rest or sleep or remain in one place. That stunned me, for +I remembered that he had seemed to live only to forget himself, to think +of others. It was a great lesson to me. And now, since I have not heard +from him during the four years of the world war, I seem to divine that +he has "gone west"; he has taken his last restless, helpful journey, +along with the best and noblest of England's blood. + + * * * * * + +Because this fish-story has so little of fish in it does not prove that +a man cannot fish for other game than fish. I remember when I was a boy +that I went with my brother--the R. C. and the Reddy of the accompanying +pages--to fish for bass at Dillon's Falls in Ohio. Alas for Bill Dilg +and Bob Davis, who never saw this blue-blooded home of bronze-back +black-bass! In the heat of the day my brother and I jabbed our poles +into the bank, and set off to amuse ourselves some other way for a +while. When we returned my pole was pulled down and wabbling so as to +make a commotion in the water. Quickly I grasped it and pulled, while +Reddy stared wide-eyed and open-mouthed. Surely a big bass had taken my +bait and hooked himself. Never had I felt so heavy and strong a bass! +The line swished back and forth; my pole bent more and more as I lifted. +The water boiled and burst in a strange splash. Then! a big duck flew, +as if by magic, right out from before us. So amazed was I that he nearly +pulled the pole out of my hands. Reddy yelled wildly. The duck broke the +line and sped away.... That moment will never be forgotten. It took us +so long to realize that the duck had swallowed my minnow, hooked +himself, and happened to be under the surface when we returned. + +So the point of my main story, like that of the above, is about how I +set out to catch fish, and, failing, found for such loss abundant +recompense. + + * * * * * + +Manuel and Augustine, my Indian sailors, embarked with me in a boat for +the Island of the Dead. Millions of marine creatures swarmed in the +labyrinthine waterways. Then, as we neared the land, "_Rabihorcado!_" +exclaimed Manuel, pointing to a black cloud hovering over the island. + +As we approached the sandy strip I made it out to be about half a mile +long, lying only a few feet above the level of the sea. Hundreds of +great, black birds flew out to meet us and sailed over the boat, a +sable-winged, hoarse-voiced crowd. When we beached I sprang ashore and +ran up the sand to the edge of green. The whole end of the island was +white with birds--large, beautiful, snowy birds with shiny black bars +across their wings. + +"Boobies," said Manuel and motioned me to go forward. + +They greeted our approach with the most discordant din it had ever been +my fortune to hear. A mingling of honk and cackle, it manifested not +excitement so much as curiosity. I walked among the boobies, and they +never moved except to pick at me with long, sharp bills. Many were +sitting on nests, and all around in the sand were nests with eggs, and +little boobies just hatched, and others in every stage of growth, up to +big babies of birds like huge balls of pure white wool. I wondered where +the thousands of mothers were. The young ones showed no concern when I +picked them up, save to dig into me with curious bills. + +I saw an old booby, close by, raise his black-barred wings, and, +flapping them, start to run across the sand. In this way he launched +himself into the air and started out to sea. Presently I noticed several +more flying away, one at a time, while others came sailing back again. +How they could sail! They had the swift, graceful flight of a falcon. + +For a while I puzzled over the significance of this outgoing and +incoming. Shortly a bird soared overhead, circled with powerful sweep, +and alighted within ten feet of me. The bird watched me with gray, +unintelligent eyes. They were stupid, uncanny eyes, yet somehow so fixed +and staring as to seem accusing. One of the little white balls of wool +waddled up and, rubbing its fuzzy head against the booby, proclaimed the +filial relation. After a few rubs and wabbles the young bird opened wide +its bill and let out shrill cries. The mother bobbed up and down in +evident consternation, walked away, came back, and with an eye on me +plainly sought to pacify her fledgling. Suddenly she put her bill far +down into the wide-open bill, effectually stifling the cries. Then the +two boobies stood locked in amazing convulsions. The throat of the +mother swelled, and a lump passed into and down the throat of the young +bird. The puzzle of the flying boobies was solved in the startling +realization that the mother had returned from the sea with a fish in her +stomach and had disgorged it into the gullet of her offspring. + + [Illustration: RABIHORCADO RISING FROM THEIR EGGS] + + [Illustration: BOOBIES OF ISLA DE LA MUERTE IN THE CARIBBEAN SEA] + +I watched this feat performed dozens of times, and at length scared a +mother booby into withdrawing her bill and dropping a fish on the sand. +It was a flying-fish fully ten inches long. I interrupted several little +dinner-parties, and in each case found the disgorged fish to be of the +flying species. The boobies flew ten, twenty miles out to the open sea +for fish, while the innumerable shoals that lay around their island were +alive with sardine and herring! + +I had raised a tremendous row; so, leaving the boobies to quiet down, I +made my way toward the flocks of _rabihorcados_. Here and there in the +thick growth of green weed were boobies squatting on isolated nests. No +sooner had I gotten close to the _rabihorcados_ than I made sure they +were the far-famed frigate pelicans, or man-of-war birds. They were as +tame as the boobies; as I walked among them many did not fly at all. +Others rose with soft, swishing sound of great wings and floated in a +circle, uttering deep-throated cries, not unlike the dismal croak of +ravens. Perfectly built for the air, they were like feathers blown by a +breeze. Light, thin, long, sharp, with enormous spread of wings, +beautiful with the beauty of dead, blue-black sheen, and yet hideous, +too, with their grisly necks and cruel, crooked beaks and vulture eyes, +they were surely magnificent specimens of winged creation. + +Nests of dried weeds littered the ground, and eggs and young were +everywhere. The little ones were covered with white down, and the +developing feathers on their wings were turning black. They squalled +unremittingly, which squalling I decided was not so much on my account +as because of a swarm of black flies that attacked them when the mothers +flew away. I was hard put to it myself to keep these flies, large as +pennies and as flat, from eating me alive. They slipped up my sleeves +and trousers and their bite made a wasp-sting pleasure by comparison. + +By rushing into a flock of _rabihorcados_ I succeeded several times in +catching one in my hands. And spreading it out, I made guesses as to +width from tip to tip of wings. None were under seven feet; one measured +all of eight. They made no strenuous resistance and regarded me with +cold eyes. Every flock that I put to flight left several dozen little +ones squalling in the nests; and at one place an old booby waddled to +the nests and began to maltreat the young _rabihorcados_. Instincts of +humanity bade me scare the old brute away until I happened to remember +the relation existing between the two species. Then I watched. With my +own eyes I saw that grizzled booby pick and bite and wring those poor +little birds with a grim and deadly deliberation. When the mothers, soon +returning, fluttered down, they did not attack the booby, but protected +their little ones by covering them with body and wings. Conviction came +upon me that it was instinctive for the booby to kill the parasitical +_rabihorcado_; and likewise instinctive for the _rabihorcado_ to +preserve the life of the booby. + +A shout from Manuel directed me toward the extreme eastern end of the +island. On the way I discovered many little dead birds, and the farther +I went the more I found. Among the low bushes were also many old +_rabihorcados_, dead and dry. Some were twisted among the network of +branches, and several were hanging in limp, grotesque, horribly +suggestive attitudes of death. Manuel had all of the Indian's leaning +toward the mystical, and he believed the _rabihorcados_ had destroyed +themselves. Starved they may very well have been, but to me the gales of +that wind-swept, ocean desert accounted for the hanging _rabihorcados_. +Still, when face to face with the island, with its strife, and its +illustration of the survival of the fittest, all that Manuel had claimed +and more, I had to acknowledge the disquieting force of the thing and +its stunning blow to an imagined knowledge of life and its secrets. + +Suddenly Manuel shouted and pointed westward. I saw long white streams +of sea-birds coming toward the island. My glass showed them to be +boobies. An instant later thousands of _rabihorcados_ took wing as if +impelled by a common motive. Manuel ran ahead in his excitement, turning +to shout to me, and then to point toward the wavering, swelling, white +streams. I hurried after him, to that end of the island where we had +landed, and I found the colony of boobies in a state of great +perturbation. All were squawking, flapping wings, and waddling +frantically about. Here was fear such as had not appeared on my advent. + +Thousands of boobies were returning from deep-sea fishing, and as they +neared the island they were met and set upon by a swarming army of +_rabihorcados_. Darting white and black streaks crossed the blue of sky +like a changeful web. The air was full of plaintive cries and hoarse +croaks and the windy rush of wings. So marvelous was this scene of +incredibly swift action, of kaleidoscopic change, of streaking lines and +curves, that the tragedy at first was lost upon me. Then the shrieking +of a booby told me that the robber birds were after their prey. Manuel +lay flat on the ground to avoid being struck by low-flying birds, but I +remained standing in order to see the better. Faster and faster circled +the pursued and pursuers and louder grew the cries and croaks. My gaze +was bewildered by the endless, eddying stream of birds. + +Then I turned my back on sea and beach where this bee-swarm confused my +vision, and looked to see single boobies whirling here and there with +two or three black demons in pursuit. I picked out one group and turned +my glass upon it. Many battles had I seen by field and stream and +mountain, but this unequal battle by sea eclipsed all. The booby's +mother instinct was to get to her young with the precious fish that +meant life. And she would have been more than a match for any one thief. +But she could not cope successfully with two fierce _rabihorcados_; for +one soared above her, resting, watching, while the other darted and +whirled to the attack. They changed, now one black demon swooping down, +and then the other, in calculating, pitiless pursuit. How glorious she +was in poise and swerve and sweep! For what seemed a long time neither +_rabihorcado_ touched her. What distance she could have placed between +them but for that faithful mother instinct! She kept circling, ever +returning, drawn back toward the sand by the magnet of love; and the +powerful wings seemed slowly to lose strength. Closer the _rabihorcados_ +swooped and rose and swooped again, till one of them, shooting down like +a black flash, struck her in the back. The white feathers flew away on +the wind. She swept up, appeared to pause wearily and quiver, then +disgorged her fish. It glinted in the sunlight. The _rabihorcado_ +dropped in easy, downward curve and caught it as it fell. + +So the struggle for existence continued till I seemed to see all the +world before me with its myriads of wild creatures preying upon one +another; the spirit of nature, unquenchable as the fires of the sun, +continuing ceaseless and imperturbable in its inscrutable design. + +As we rowed away I looked back. Sky of a dull purple, like smoke with +fire behind it, framed the birds of power and prey in colors suitable to +their spirit. My ears were filled with the haunting sound of the sea, +the sad wash of the surf, the harmonious and mournful music of the +Island of the Dead. + + + + +III + +THE ROYAL PURPLE GAME OF THE SEA + + +To the great majority of anglers it may seem unreasonable to place +swordfishing in a class by itself--by far the most magnificent sport in +the world with rod and reel. Yet I do not hesitate to make this +statement and believe I can prove it. + +The sport is young at this writing--very little has been written by men +who have caught swordfish. It was this that attracted me. Quite a number +of fishermen have caught a swordfish. But every one of them will have +something different to tell you and the information thus gleaned is apt +to leave you at sea, both metaphorically and actually. Quite a number of +fishermen, out after yellowtail, have sighted a swordfish, and with the +assistance of heavy tackle and their boatmen have caught that swordfish. +Some few men have caught a small swordfish so quickly and easily that +they cannot appreciate what happened. On the other hand, one very large +swordfish, a record, was caught in an hour, after a loggy rolling about, +like a shark, without leaping. But these are not fighting swordfish. Of +course, under any circumstances, it is an event to catch a swordfish. +But the accidents, the flukes, the lucky stabs of the game, do not in +any sense prove what swordfishing is or what it is not. + +In August, 1914, I arrived at Avalon with tuna experience behind me, +with tarpon experience, and all the other kinds of fishing experience, +even to the hooking of a swordfish in Mexico. I am inclined to confess +that all this experience made me--well, somewhat too assured. Any one +will excuse my enthusiasm. The day of my arrival I met Parker, the +genial taxidermist of Avalon, and I started to tell him how I wanted my +swordfish mounted. He interrupted me: "Say, young fellow, you want to +catch a swordfish first!" One of the tuna boatmen gave me a harder jolt. +He said: "Well, if you fish steadily for a couple of weeks, maybe you'll +get a strike. And one swordfish caught out of ten strikes is good work!" +But Danielson was optimistic and encouraging, as any good boatman ought +to be. If I had not been fortunate enough to secure Captain Dan as my +boatman, it is certain that one of the most wonderful fishing +experiences on record would have fallen to some other fisherman, instead +of to me. + +We went over to Clemente Island, which is thirty-six miles from Catalina +Island. Clemente is a mountain rising out of the sea, uninhabited, +lonely, wild, and beautiful. But I will tell about the island later. + +The weather was perfect, the conditions were apparently ideal. I shall +never forget the sight of the first swordfish, with his great +sickle-shaped tail and his purple fin. Nor am I likely to forget my +disappointment when he totally ignored the flying-fish bait we trolled +before him. + +That experience was but a forerunner to others just like it. Every day +we sighted one or more swordfish. But we could not get one to take hold. +Captain Dan said there was more chance of getting a strike from a +swordfish that was not visible rolling on the surface. Now a flying-fish +bait makes a rather heavy bait to troll; and as it is imperative to have +the reel free running and held lightly with the thumb, after a few hours +such trolling becomes hard work. Hard as it was, it did not wear on me +like the strain of being always ready for a strike. I doubt if any +fisherman could stand this strain. + +In twenty-one days I had seen nineteen swordfish, several of which had +leaped playfully, or to shake off the remoras--parasite, blood-sucking +little fish--and the sight of every one had only served to increase my +fascination. By this time I had realized something of the difficult +nature of the game, and I had begun to have an inkling of what sport it +might be. During those twenty-one days we had trolled fifteen hundred +miles, altogether, up and down that twenty-five-mile coast of rugged +Clemente. And we had trolled round these fish in every conceivable way. +I cannot begin to describe my sensations when we circled round a +swordfish, and they grew more intense and acute as the strain and +suspense dragged. Captain Dan, of course, was mostly dominated by my +feeling. All the same, I think the strain affected him on his own +account. + +Then one day Boschen came over to Clemente with Farnsworth--and let me +explain, by the way, that Boschen is probably the greatest heavy tackle +fisherman living. Boschen would not fish for anything except tuna or +swordfish, and up to this visit to Clemente he had caught many tuna, but +only one swordfish, a _Xiphias_. This is the broadbill, or true, +swordfish; and he is even rarer, and certainly larger and fiercer, than +the Marlin, or roundbill, swordfish. This time at Clemente, Boschen +caught his first Marlin and it weighed over three hundred pounds, leaped +clear into the air sixty-three times, and gave a spectacular and +magnificent surface fight that simply beggared description. + + [Illustration: A SWORDFISH LEAPING OFF THE BOLD BLACK SHORE OF + CLEMENTE] + + [Illustration: ON THE RAMPAGE] + +It made me wild to catch one, of like weight and ferocity. I spent +several more endless days in vain. Then on the twenty-fifth day, way off +the east end of Clemente, we sighted a swordfish with a tail almost +pink. He had just come to those waters and had not yet gotten sunburnt. +We did not have to circle round him! At long distance he saw my bait, +and as he went under I saw he had headed for it. I remember that I shook +all over. And when I felt him take that bait, thrill on thrill +electrified me. Steadily the line ran off the reel. Then Captain Dan +leaned over and whispered, hoarsely: + +"When you think he's had enough throw on your drag and strike. Then wind +quick and strike again.... Wind and strike! Keep it up till he shows!" + +Despite my intense excitement, I was calm enough to follow directions. +But when I struck I felt no weight at all--no strain on the line. +Frantically I wound and jerked--again and again! I never felt him at +all. Suddenly my line rose--and then, bewilderingly near the boat, when +I was looking far off, the water split with a roar and out shot a huge, +gleaming, white-and-purple fish. He blurred in my sight. Down he went +with a crash. I wound the reel like a madman, but I never even half got +up the slack line. The swordfish had run straight toward the boat. He +leaped again, in a place I did not expect, and going down, instantly +came up in another direction. His speed, his savageness, stunned me. I +could not judge of his strength, for I never felt his weight. The next +leap I saw him sling the hook. It was a great performance. Then that +swordfish, finding himself free, leaped for the open sea, and every few +yards he came out in a clean jump. I watched him, too fascinated to +count the times he broke water, but he kept it up till he was out of +sight on the horizon. + +At first Captain Dan took the loss harder than I took it. But gradually +I realized what had happened, and, though I made a brave effort to be +game and cheerful, I was sick. It did seem hard that, after all those +twenty-five days of patience and hope and toil, I could not have hooked +the swordfish. I see now that it was nothing, only an incident, but I +shall never forget the pang. + +That day ended my 1914 experience. The strain had been too hard on me. +It had taken all this time for me to appreciate what swordfishing might +be. I assured Captain Dan I would come back in 1915, but at the time he +did not believe me. He said: + +"If you hadn't stuck it out so long I wouldn't care. Most of the +fishermen try only a few days and never come back. Don't quit now!" + + * * * * * + +But I did go back in 1915. Long ago on my lonely desert trips I learned +the value of companions and I dreaded the strain of this swordfishing +game. I needed some one to help lessen it. Besides that, I needed +snapshot pictures of leaping swordfish, and it was obvious that Captain +Dan and I would have our hands full when a fish got hooked. We had +music, books, magazines--everything that could be thought of. + +Murphy, the famous old Avalon fisherman and tackle-maker, had made me a +double split-bamboo rod, and I had brought the much-talked-of B-Ocean +reel. This is Boschen's invention--one he was years in perfecting. It +held fifteen hundred feet of No. 24 line. And I will say now that it is +a grand reel, the best on the market. But I did not know that then, and +had to go through the trip with it, till we were both tried out. Lastly, +and most important, I had worked to get into condition to fight +swordfish. For weeks I rowed a boat at home to get arms and back in +shape, and especially my hands. Let no fisherman imagine he can land a +fighting swordfish with soft hands! + +So, prepared for a long, hard strain, like that of 1914, I left Avalon +hopeful, of course, but serious, determined, and alive to the +possibilities of failure. + +I did not troll across the channel between the islands. There was a big +swell running, and four hours of it gave me a disagreeable feeling. Now +and then I got up to see how far off Clemente was. And upon the last of +these occasions I saw the fins of a swordfish right across our bow. I +yelled to Captain Dan. He turned the boat aside, almost on top of the +swordfish. Hurriedly I put a bait on my hook and got it overboard, and +let the line run. Then I looked about for the swordfish. He had gone +down. + +It seemed then that, simultaneously with the recurrence of a peculiar +and familiar disappointment, a heavy and powerful fish viciously took my +bait and swept away. I yelled to Captain Dan: + +"He's got it!" ... + +Captain Dan stopped the engine and came to my side. "No!" he exclaimed. + +Then I replied, "Look at that line!" ... + +It seemed like a dream. Too good to be true! I let out a shout when I +hooked him and a yell of joy when he broke water--a big swordfish, over +two hundred pounds. What really transpired on Captain Dan's boat the +following few moments I cannot adequately describe. Suffice to say that +it was violent effort, excitement, and hilarity. I never counted the +leaps of the swordfish. I never clearly saw him after that first leap. +He seemed only a gleam in flying spray. Still, I did not make any +mistakes. + +At the end of perhaps a quarter of an hour the swordfish quit his +surface work and settled down to under-water fighting, and I began to +find myself. Captain Dan played the phonograph, laughed, and joked while +I fought the fish. My companions watched my rod and line and the water, +wide-eyed and mute, as if they could not believe what seemed true. + +In about an hour and a half the swordfish came up and, tired out, he +rolled on the top of the great swells. But he could not be drawn near +the boat. One little wave of his tail made my rod bend dangerously. +Still, I knew I had him beaten, and I calculated that in another hour, +perhaps, I could lead him alongside. + + [Illustration: SWORDFISH ON THE SURFACE] + + [Illustration: HOLDING HARD] + +Then, like thunder out of a clear sky, something went wrong with the +great B-Ocean reel. It worked hard. When a big swell carried the +swordfish up, pulling out line, the reel rasped. + +"It's freezing on you!" shouted Captain Dan, with dark glance. + +A new reel sometimes clogs and stops from friction and heat. I had had +von Hofe and other reels freeze. But in this instance, it seemed that +for the reel to freeze would be simply heartbreaking. Well--it froze, +tight as a shut vise! I sat there, clutching the vibrating rod, and I +watched the swordfish as the swells lifted him. I expected the line to +break, but, instead, the hook tore out. + +Next day we sighted four swordfish and tried in vain to coax one to +bite. + +Next day we sighted ten swordfish, which is a record for one day. They +were indifferent. + +The next three. The next one, with like result. The next day no fish +were sighted, and that fact encouraged Captain Dan. + +The next day, late in the afternoon, I had a strike and hooked a +swordfish. He leaped twice and threw the hook. + +The next day I got eleven jumps out of another before he gracefully +flung the hook at the boat. + +The next day, a big swordfish, with a ragged purple fin, took my bait +right astern of the boat and sounded deep. I hooked him. Time and time +again I struck with all my might. The fish did not seem to mind that. +He swam along with the boat. He appeared very heavy. I was elated and +curious. + +"What's he going to do?" I kept asking Captain Dan. + +"Wait!" he exclaimed. + +After six minutes the swordfish came up, probably annoyed by the hook +fast in him. When he showed his flippers, as Captain Dan called them, we +all burst out with wonder and awe. As yet I had no reason to fear a +swordfish. + +"He's a whale!" yelled Captain Dan. + +Probably this fish measured eight feet between his dorsal fin and the +great curved fluke of his tail, and that would make his total length +over twelve feet. + +No doubt the swordfish associated the thing fast in his jaw with the +boat, for he suddenly awoke. He lifted himself, wagging his sword, +showing his great silvery side. Then he began to thresh. I never felt a +quarter of such power at the end of a line. He went swift as a flash. +Then he leaped sheer ahead, like a porpoise, only infinitely more +active. We all yelled. He was of great size, over three hundred, broad, +heavy, long, and the most violent and savage fish I ever had a look at. +Then he rose half--two-thirds out of the water, shaking his massive +head, jaws open, sword sweeping, and seemed to move across the water in +a growing, boiling maelstrom of foam. This was the famous "walking on +his tail" I had heard so much about. It was an incredible feat. He must +have covered fifty yards. Then he plunged down, and turned swiftly in a +curve toward the boat. He looked threatening to me. I could not manage +the slack line. One more leap and he threw the hook. I found the point +of the hook bent. It had never been embedded in his jaw. And also I +found that his violent exercise had lasted just one minute. I wondered +how long I would have lasted had the hook been deep-set. + +Next day I had a swordfish take my bait, swim away on the surface, +showing the flying-fish plainly between his narrow beak, and after +fooling with it for a while he ejected it. + +Next day I got a great splashing strike from another, without even a +sight of the fish. + +Next day I hooked one that made nineteen beautiful leaps straightaway +before he got rid of the hook. + +And about that time I was come to a sad pass. In fact, I could not +sleep, eat, or rest. I was crazy on swordfish. + +Day after day, from early morning till late afternoon, aboard on the +sea, trolling, watching, waiting, eternally on the alert, I had kept at +the game. My emotional temperament made this game a particularly trying +one. And every possible unlucky, unforeseen, and sickening thing that +could happen to a fisherman had happened. I grew morbid, hopeless. I +could no longer see the beauty of that wild and lonely island, nor the +wonder of that smooth, blue Pacific, nor the myriad of strange +sea-creatures. It was a bad state of mind which I could not wholly +conquer. Only by going at it so hard, and sticking so long, without any +rests, could I gain the experience I wanted. A man to be a great +fisherman should have what makes Stewart White a great hunter--no +emotions. If a lion charged me I would imagine a million things. Once +when a Mexican _tigre_, a jaguar, charged me I--But that is not this +story. Boschen has the temperament for a great fisherman. He is +phlegmatic. All day--and day after day--he sits there, on trigger, so to +speak, waiting for the strike that will come. He is so constituted that +it does not matter to him how soon or how late the strike comes. To me +the wait, the suspense, grew to be maddening. Yet I stuck it out, and in +this I claim a victory, of which I am prouder than I am of the record +that gave me more swordfish to my credit than any other fisherman has +taken. + +On the next day, August 11th, about three o'clock, I saw a long, moving +shadow back of my bait. I jumped up. There was the purple, drifting +shape of a swordfish. I felt a slight vibration when he hit the bait +with his sword. Then he took the bait. I hooked this swordfish. He +leaped eight times before he started out to sea. He took us three miles. +In an hour and five minutes I brought him to gaff--a small fish. Captain +Dan would take no chances of losing him. He risked much when he grasped +the waving sword with his right hand, and with the gaff in his left he +hauled the swordfish aboard and let him slide down into the cockpit. For +Captain Dan it was no less an overcoming of obstinate difficulty than +for me. He was as elated as I, but I forgot the past long, long siege, +while he remembered it. + +That swordfish certainly looked a tiger of the sea. He had purple fins, +long, graceful, sharp; purple stripes on a background of dark, mottled +bronze green; mother-of-pearl tint fading into the green; and great +opal eyes with dark spots in the center. The colors came out most +vividly and exquisitely, the purple blazing, just as the swordfish +trembled his last and died. He was nine feet two inches long and weighed +one hundred and eighteen pounds. + + [Illustration: A CLEAN GREYHOUND LEAP] + + [Illustration: 316-POUND SWORDFISH] + + * * * * * + +I caught one the next day, one hundred and forty-four pounds. Fought +another the next day and he threw the hook after a half-hour. Caught two +the following day--one hundred and twenty, and one hundred and sixty-six +pounds. And then, Captain Dan foreshadowing my remarkable finish, +exclaimed: + +"I'm lookin' for busted records now!" + + * * * * * + +One day about noon the sea was calm except up toward the west end, where +a wind was whipping the water white. Clemente Island towered with its +steep slopes of wild oats and its blue canons full of haze. + +Captain Dan said he had seen a big swordfish jump off to the west, and +we put on full speed. He must have been a mile out and just where the +breeze ruffled the water. As good luck would have it, we came upon the +fish on the surface. I consider this a fine piece of judgment for +Captain Dan, to locate him at that distance. He was a monster and fresh +run from the outside sea. That is to say, his great fin and tail were +violet, almost pink in color. They had not had time to get sunburnt, as +those of fish earlier arrived at Clemente. + +We made a wide circle round him, to draw the flying-fish bait near him. +But before we could get it near he went down. The same old story, I +thought, with despair--these floating fish will not bite. We circled +over the place where he had gone down, and I watched my bait rising and +falling in the low swells. + +Suddenly Captain Dan yelled and I saw a great blaze of purple and silver +green flashing after my bait. It was the swordfish, and he took the bait +on the run. That was a moment for a fisherman! I found it almost +impossible to let him have enough line. All that I remember about the +hooking of him was a tremendous shock. His first dash was irresistibly +powerful, and I had a sensation of the absurdity of trying to stop a +fish like that. Then the line began to rise on the surface and to +lengthen in my sight, and I tried to control my rapture and fear enough +to be able to see him clearly when he leaped. The water split, and up he +shot--a huge, glittering, savage, beautiful creature, all purple and +opal in the sunlight. He did not get all the way out of the water, but +when he dropped back he made the water roar. + +Then, tearing off line, he was out of the water in similar leaps--seven +times more. Captain Dan had his work cut out for him as well as I had +mine. It was utterly impossible to keep a tight line, and when I felt +the slacking of weight I grew numb and sick--thinking he was gone. But +he suddenly straightened the line with a jerk that lifted me, and he +started inshore. He had about four hundred feet of line out, and more +slipping out as if the drag was not there. Captain Dan headed the boat +after him at full speed. Then followed a most thrilling race. It was +over very quickly, but it seemed an age. When he stopped and went down +he had pulled thirteen hundred feet off my reel while we were chasing +him at full speed. While he sounded I got back half of this line. I wish +I could give some impression of the extraordinary strength and speed of +this royal purple fish of the sea. He came up again, in two more leaps, +one of which showed me his breadth of back, and then again was performed +for me the feature of which I had heard so much and which has made the +swordfish the most famous of all fish--he rose two-thirds out of the +water, I suppose by reason of the enormous power of his tail, though it +seemed like magic, and then he began to walk across the sea in a great +circle of white foam, wagging his massive head, sword flying, jaws wide, +dorsal fin savagely erect, like a lion's mane. He was magnificent. I +have never seen fury so expressed or such an unquenchable spirit. Then +he dropped back with a sudden splash, and went down and down and down. + +All swordfish fight differently, and this one adopted tuna tactics. He +sounded and began to plug away and bang the leader with his tail. He +would take off three hundred feet of line, and then, as he slowed up, I, +by the labor of Hercules, pulled and pumped and wound most of it back on +the reel. This kept up for an hour--surely the hardest hour's work of my +life. + +But a swordfish is changeable. That is the beauty of his gameness. He +left off sounding and came up to fight on the surface. In the next hour +he pulled us from the Fence to Long Point, a distance of four miles. + +Once off the Point, where the tide rip is strong, he began to circle in +great, wide circles. Strangely, he did not put out to sea. And here, +during the next hour, I had the finest of experiences I think that ever +befell a fisherman. I was hooked to a monster fighting swordfish; I was +wet with sweat, and salt water that had dripped from my reel, and I was +aching in every muscle. The sun was setting in banks of gold and silver +fog over the west end, and the sea was opalescent--vast, shimmering, +heaving, beautiful. And at this sunset moment, or hour--for time seemed +nothing--a school of giant tuna began leaping around us, smashing the +water, making the flying-fish rise in clouds, like drifting bees. I saw +a whole flock of flying-fish rise into the air with that sunset glow and +color in the background, and the exquisite beauty of life and movement +was indescribable. Next a bald eagle came soaring down, and, swooping +along the surface, he lowered his talons to pick up a crippled +flying-fish. And when the hoary-headed bird rose, a golden eagle, larger +and more powerful, began to contest with him for the prey. + +Then the sky darkened and the moon whitened--and my fight went on. I had +taken the precaution to work for two months at rowing to harden my hands +for just such a fight as this. Yet my hands suffered greatly. A man who +is not in the best of physical trim, with his hands hard, cannot hope to +land a big swordfish. + +I was all afternoon at this final test, and all in, too, but at last I +brought him near enough for Captain Dan to grasp the leader.... Then +there was something doing around that boat for a spell! I was positive +a German torpedo had hit us. But the explosion was only the swordfish's +tail and Dan's voice yelling for another gaff. When Captain Dan got the +second gaff in him there was another submarine attack, but the boat did +not sink. + +Next came the job of lassoing the monster's tail. Here I shone, for I +had lassoed mountain-lions with Buffalo Jones, and I was efficient and +quick. Captain Dan and I were unable to haul the fish on board, and we +had to get out the block and tackle and lift the tail on deck, secure +that, and then pull up the head from the other side. After that I needed +some kind of tackle to hold me up. + +We were miles from camp, and I was wet and cold and exhausted, and the +pain in my blistered hands was excruciating. But not soon shall I forget +that ride down the shore with the sea so rippling and moon-blanched, and +the boom of the surf on the rocks, and the peaks of the island standing +bold and dark against the white stars. + +This swordfish weighed three hundred and sixteen pounds on faulty scales +at Clemente. He very likely weighed much more. He was the largest +Captain Dan ever saw, up to that time. Al Shade guessed his weight at +three hundred and sixty. The market fishermen, who put in at the little +harbor the next day, judged him way over three hundred, and these men +are accurate. The fish hung head down for a day and night, lost all the +water and blood and feed in him, and another day later, when landed at +Avalon, he had lost considerable. There were fishermen who discredited +Captain Dan and me, who in our enthusiasm claimed a record. + +But--that sort of thing is one of the aspects of the sport. I was sorry, +for Captain Dan's sake. The rivalries between boatmen are keen and +important, and they are fostered by unsportsman-like fishermen. And +fishermen live among past associations; they grow to believe their +performances unbeatable and they hate to see a new king crowned. This +may be human, since we are creatures who want always to excel, but it is +irritating to the young fishermen. As for myself, what did I care how +much the swordfish weighed? He was huge, magnificent, beautiful, and +game to the end of that four-hour battle. Who or what could change +that--or the memory of those schools of flying-fish in the sunset +glow--or the giant tuna, smashing the water all about me--or the eagles +fighting over my head--or the beauty of wild and lonely Clemente under +its silver cloud-banks? + + * * * * * + +I went on catching one or two swordfish every day, and Captain Dan +averred that the day would come when we would swamp the boat. These days +were fruitful of the knowledge of swordfish that I had longed to earn. + +They are indeed "queer birds." I learned to recognize the sharp +vibration of my line when a swordfish rapped the bait with his sword. No +doubt he thought he thus killed his prey. Then the strike would come +invariably soon after. No two swordfish acted or fought alike. I hooked +one that refused to stand the strain of the line. He followed the boat, +and was easily gaffed. I hooked another, a heavy fish, that did not show +for two hours. We were sure we had a broadbill, and were correspondingly +worried. The broadbill swordfish is a different proposition. He is +larger, fiercer, and tireless. He will charge the boat, and nothing but +the churning propeller will keep him from ramming the boat. There were +eight broadbill swordfish hooked at Avalon during the summer, and not +one brought to gaff. This is an old story. Only two have been caught to +date. They are so powerful, so resistless, so desperate, and so cunning +that it seems impossible to catch them. They will cut bait after bait +off your hook as clean as if it had been done with a knife. For that +matter, their broad bill is a straight, long, powerful two-edged sword. +And the fish perfectly understands its use. + +This matter of swordfish charging the boat is apt to be discredited by +fishermen. But it certainly is not doubted by the few who know. I have +seen two swordfish threaten my boat, and one charge it. Walker, an +Avalon boatman, tells of a prodigious battle his angler had with a +broadbill giant calculated to weigh five hundred pounds. This fight +lasted eight hours. Many times the swordfish charged the boat and lost +his nerve. If that propeller had stopped he would have gone through the +boat as if it had been paper. After this fish freed himself he was so +mad that he charged the boat repeatedly. Boschen fought a big broadbill +for eleven hours. And during this fight the swordfish sounded to the +bottom forty-eight times, and had to be pumped up; he led the boat +almost around Catalina Island--twenty-nine miles; and he had gotten out +into the channel, headed for Clemente, when he broke away. This fish did +everything. I consider this battle the greatest on record. Only a man of +enormous strength and endurance could have lasted so long--not to speak +of the skill and wits necessary on the part of both fisherman and +boatman. All fishermen fish for the big fish, though it is sport to +catch any game fish, irrespective of size. But let any fisherman who has +nerve see and feel a big swordfish on his line, and from that moment he +is obsessed. Why, a tarpon is child's play compared to holding a fast +swordfish. + +It is my great ambition now to catch a broadbill. That would completely +round out my fishing experience. And I shall try. But I doubt that I +will be so fortunate. It takes a long time. Boschen was years catching +his fish. Moreover, though it is hard to get a broadbill to bite--and +harder to hook him--it is infinitely harder to do anything with him +after you do get fast to him. + + * * * * * + +A word about Avalon boatmen. They are a fine body of men. I have heard +them maligned. Certainly they have petty rivalries and jealousies, but +this is not their fault. They fish all the seasons around and have been +there for years. Boatmen at Long Key and other Florida resorts--at +Tampico, Aransas Pass--are not in the same class with the Avalon men. +They want to please and to excel, and to number you among their patrons +for the future. And the boats--nowhere are there such splendid boats. +Captain Danielson's boat had utterly spoiled me for fishing out of +any other. He had it built, and the ideas of its construction were a +product of fifteen years' study. It is thirty-eight feet long, and wide, +with roomy, shaded cockpit and cabin, and comfortable revolving chairs +to fish from. These chairs have moving sockets into which you can jam +the butt of your rod; and the backs can be removed in a flash. Then you +can haul at a fish! The boat lies deep, with heavy ballast in the stern. +It has a keel all the way, and an enormous rudder. Both are constructed +so your line can slip under the boat without fouling. It is equipped +with sail and a powerful engine. Danielson can turn this boat, going at +full speed, in its own length! Consider the merit of this when a tuna +strikes, or a swordfish starts for the open sea. How many tarpon, +barracuda, amberjack, and tuna I have lost on the Atlantic seaboard just +because the boat could not be turned in time! + + [Illustration: THE WILD OATS SLOPE OF CLEMENTE] + + [Illustration: WHERE THE DEEP-BLUE SWELL BOOMS AGAINST THE LAVA WALL + OF CLEMENTE ISLAND] + + * * * * * + +Clemente Island is a mountain of cliffs and caves. It must be of +volcanic origin, and when the lava rose, hot and boiling, great +blow-holes formed, and hardened to make the caves. It is an exceedingly +beautiful island. The fishing side is on the north, or lee, shore, where +the water is very deep right off the rocks. There are kelp-beds along +the shore, and the combination of deep water, kelp, and small fish is +what holds the swordfish there in August and September. I have seen +acres of flying-fish in the air at once, and great swarms of yellowtail, +basking on the surface. The color of the water is indigo blue, clear as +crystal. Always a fascinating thing for me was to watch the water for +new and different fish, strange marine creatures, life of some kind. And +the watching was always rewarded. I have been close to schools of +devilish blackfish, and I have watched great whales play all around me. +What a spectacle to see a whale roll and dip his enormous body and bend +and sound, lifting the huge, glistening flukes of his tail, wide as a +house! I hate sharks and have caught many, both little and big. When you +are watching for swordfish it is no fun to have a big shark break for +your bait, throw the water, get your hook, and lift you from your seat. +It happened often. But sometimes when I was sure it was a shark it was +really a swordfish! I used to love to watch the sunfish leap, they are +so round and glistening and awkward. I could tell one two miles away. +The blue shark leaps often and he always turns clear over. You cannot +mistake it. Nor can you mistake a swordfish when he breaks, even though +you only see the splash. He makes two great sheets of water rise and +fall. Probably all these fish leap to shake off the remoras. A remora is +a parasite, a queer little fish, pale in color, because he probably +lives inside the gills of the fish he preys upon, with the suckers on +top of his head, arranged in a shield, ribbed like a washboard. This +little fish is as mysterious as any creature of the sea. He is as swift +as lightning. He can run over the body of a swordfish so quickly you +can scarcely follow his movement, and at all times he is fast to the +swordfish, holding with that flat sucker head. Mr. Holder wrote years +ago that the remora sticks to a fish just to be carried along, as a +means of travel, but I do not incline to this belief. We found many +remoras inside the gills of swordfish, and their presence there was +evidence of their blood-sucking tendencies. I used to search every +swordfish for these remoras, and I would keep them in a bucket till +we got to our anchorage. A school of tame rock-bass there, and tame +yellowtail, and a few great sea-bass were always waiting for us--for our +discarded bait or fish of some kind. But when I threw in a live remora, +how these hungry fish did dart away! Life in the ocean is strange, +complex, ferocious, and wonderful. + +Al Shade keeps the only camp at Clemente. It is a clean, comfortable, +delightful place. I have found no place where sleep is so easy, so +sweet, so deep. Shade lives a lonely life there ten months in the year. +And it is no wonder that when a fisherman arrives Al almost kills +himself in his good humor and kindness and usefulness. Men who live +lonely lives are always glad to see their fellow-men. But he loves +Clemente Island. Who would not? + +When I think of it many pictures come to mind--evening with the sea +rolling high and waves curving shoreward in great dark ripples, that +break and spread white and run up the strand. The sky is pale blue +above, a green sheen low down, with white stars blinking. The +promontories run down into the sea, sheer, black, rugged, bold, mighty. +The surf is loud and deep, detonating, and the pebbles scream as the +waves draw them down. Strange to realize that surf when on the morrow +the sea will be like glass--not a wave nor a ripple under the gray fog! +Wild and beautiful Clemente--the island of caves and canons and +cliffs--lilac and cactus and ice-plant and arbor-vitae and ironwood, with +the wild goats silhouetted dark against the bold sky-line! + + * * * * * + +There came that day of all days. I never believed Captain Dan, but now I +shall never forget. The greatest day that ever befell me! I brought four +swordfish to gaff and whipped another, the biggest one of the whole +trip, and saw him tear away from the hook just at the last--in all, nine +hours of strenuous hanging on to a rod. + +I caught the first one before six o'clock, as the sun was rising +red-gold, dazzling, glorious. He leaped in the sun eleven times. He +weighed one hundred and eighty-seven. + +After breakfast we sighted two swordfish on the smooth sea. Both charged +the bait. I hooked one of these and he leaped twenty-three times. He +weighed one hundred and sixty-eight. + +Then off the east end we saw a big swordfish leap five times. We went +out toward the open sea. But we never got anywhere near him. I had three +strikes, one after another, when we were speeding the boat. Then we shut +down and took to slow trolling. I saw another swordfish sail for my +bait, and yelled. He shot off with the bait and his dorsal fin stuck out +of the water. I hooked him. He leaped thirty-eight times. How the camera +did snap during this fight! He weighed two hundred and ten. + +I had a fierce strike on the way in. Too fast! We lost him. + +"The sea's alive with swordfish!" cried Captain Dan. "It's the day!" + +Then I awoke to my opportunity. + +Round the east end, close to the great black bluff, where the swells +pile up so thunderously, I spied the biggest purple fin I had ever seen. +This fellow came to meet us--took my bait. I hooked at him, but did not +hurt or scare him. Finally I pulled the hook out of him. While I was +reeling in my line suddenly a huge purple shadow hove in sight. It was +the swordfish--and certainly one of immense size--the hugest yet. + +"He's following the boat!" yelled Captain Dan, in great excitement. + +So I saw, but I could not speak or yell. All was intense excitement on +that boat. I jumped up on the stern, holding the bait Captain Dan had +put on my hook. Then I paused to look. We all looked, spellbound. That +was a sight of a lifetime. There he swam, the monster, a few feet under +the surface, only a rod back of the boat. I had no calm judgment with +which to measure his dimensions. I only saw that he was tremendous and +beautiful. His great, yard-wide fins gleamed royal purple. And the +purple strips crossed his silver sides. He glowed in the water, changed +color like a chameleon, and drifted, floated after us. I thought of my +brother Reddy--how he would have gloried in that sight! I thought of +Dilg, of Bob Davis, of Professor Kellogg--other great fishermen, all in +a flash. Indeed, though I gloated over my fortune, I was not selfish. +Then I threw in the flying-fish bait. The swordfish loomed up, while my +heart ceased to beat. There, in plain sight, he took the bait, as a +trout might have taken a grasshopper. Slowly he sank. The line began to +slip off the reel. He ceased to be a bright purple mass--grew dim--then +vague--and disappeared. + +I sat down, jammed the rod in the socket, and got ready. For the life of +me I could not steady my legs. + +"What'll he weigh?" I gasped. + +"O Lord! he looked twice as big as the big one you got," replied Dan. + +"Stand by with the cameras!" I said to my companions, and as they lined +up, two on one side and one on the other, I began to strike at that fish +with all my might and main. I must have had at least twelve powerful +strikes before he began to wake up. + +Then! + +He came up, throwing the water in angry spouts. If he did not threaten +the boat I was crazy. He began an exhibition that dwarfed any other I +had seen, and it was so swift that I could scarcely follow him. Yet when +I saw the line rise, and then the wonderful, long, shiny body, instinct +with fury, shoot into the air, I yelled the number of the leap, and this +was the signal for the camera-workers. They held the cameras close, +without trying to focus, facing the fish, and they snapped when I +yelled. It was all gloriously exciting. I could never describe that +exhibition. I only know that he leaped clear forty-six times, and after +a swift, hard hour for me he got away. Strangely, I was almost happy +that he had shaken loose, for he had given such remarkable opportunities +for pictures. + +Captain Dan threw the wheel hard over and the boat turned. The +swordfish, tired out and unconscious of freedom, was floating near the +surface, a drifting blaze of purple. The boat sheered close to him. +Captain Dan reached over with a gaff--and all but gaffed that swordfish +before he sank too deep. Captain Dan was white with disappointment. That +more than anything showed me his earnestness, what it all meant to him. + +On the way in, for we had been led out a couple of miles, I saw a blue +streak after my bait, and I was ready before the swordfish got to it. He +struck viciously and I dared not let him have much line. When I hooked +him he started out to sea at a clip that smoked the line off my reel. +Captain Dan got the boat turned before the swordfish began to leap. Then +it was almost a straightaway race. This fellow was a greyhound leaper. +He did not churn the water, nor dash to and fro on the surface, but kept +steadily leaping ahead. He cleared the water thirty-nine times before he +gave up leaping. Then he sounded. The line went slack. I thought he was +gone. Suddenly he showed again, in a white splash, and he was not half +as far away as when he went down. Then I felt the pull on the line. It +was heavy, for he had left a great bag in it. I endeavored to recover +line, but it came in very slowly. The swordfish then threshed on the +surface so that we could hear the water crack. But he did not leap +again. He had gone mad with rage. He seemed to have no sense of +direction. He went down again, only to rush up, still closer to us. Then +it was plain he saw the nature of his foe. Splitting water like a swift +motor-boat, he charged us. + +I had a cold sensation, but was too excited to be afraid. Almost I +forgot to reel in. + +"He's after us!" I said, grimly. + +Captain Dan started the boat ahead fast. The swordfish got out of line +with the boat. But he was close, and he made me think of the charging +rhinoceros Dugmore photographed. And then I yelled for the cameras to be +snapped. They all clicked--and then, when the swordfish shot close +behind us, presenting the most magnificent picture, no one was ready! + +As he passed I thought I saw the line round his body. Then he sounded +and began to plug. He towed us six miles out to sea. I could not stop +him. I had begun to weaken. My hands were sights. My back hurt. But I +stayed with him. He felt like a log and I could not recover line. +Captain Dan said it was because I was almost all in, but I did not think +that. Presently this swordfish turned inshore and towed us back the six +miles. By this time it was late and I _was_ all in. But the swordfish +did not seem nearer the boat. I got mad and found some reserve strength. +I simply had to bring him to gaff. I pulled and pumped and wound until I +was blind and could scarcely feel. My old blisters opened and bled. My +left arm was dead. I seemed to have no more strength than a kitten. I +could not lead the fish nor turn him. I had to drag and drag, inch by +inch. It was agonizing. But finally I was encouraged by sight of him, a +long, fine, game fellow. A hundred times I got the end of the double +line near the leader in sight, only to lose it. + +Seven o'clock passed. I had fought this swordfish nearly three hours. I +could not last much longer. I rested a little, holding hard, and then +began a last and desperate effort to bring him to gaff. I was absolutely +dripping with sweat, and red flashes passed before my eyes, and queer +dots. The last supreme pull--all I had left--brought the end of the +leader to Captain Dan's outstretched hand. + +The swordfish came in broadside. In the clear water we saw him plainly, +beautifully striped tiger that he was! And we all saw that he had not +been hooked. He had been lassoed. In some way the leader had looped +around him with the hook catching under the wire. No wonder it had +nearly killed me to bring him to the boat, and surely I never would have +succeeded had it not been for the record Captain Dan coveted. That was +the strangest feature in all my wonderful Clemente experience--to see +that superb swordfish looped in a noose of my long leader. He was +without a scratch. It may serve to give some faint idea of the +bewildering possibilities in the pursuit of this royal purple game of +the Pacific. + + + + +IV + +TWO FIGHTS WITH SWORDFISH + + +My first day at Avalon, 1916, was one likely to be memorable among my +fishing experiences. + +The weather (August 2d) was delightful--smooth, rippling sea, no wind, +clear sky and warm. The Sierra Nevada Mountains shone dark above the +horizon. + +A little before noon we passed my friend Lone Angler, who hailed us and +said there was a big broadbill swordfish off in the steamer-course. We +steered off in that direction. + +There were sunfish and sharks showing all around. Once I saw a whale. +The sea was glassy, with a long, heaving swell. Birds were plentiful in +scattered groups. + +We ran across a shark of small size and tried to get him to take a bait. +He refused. A little later Captain Dan espied a fin, and upon running up +we discovered the huge, brown, leathery tail and dorsal of a broadbill +swordfish. + +Captain Dan advised a long line out so that we could circle the fish +from a distance and not scare him. I do not remember any unusual +excitement. I was curious and interested. Remembering all I had heard +about these fish, I did not anticipate getting a strike from him. + +We circled him and drew the flying-fish bait so that he would swim near +it. As it was, I had to reel in some. Presently we had the bait some +twenty yards ahead of him. Then Captain Dan slowed down. The broadbill +wiggled his tail and slid out of sight. Dan said he was going for my +bait. But I did not believe so. Several moments passed. I had given up +any little hope I might have had when I received a quick, strong, +vibrating strike--different from any I had ever experienced. I suppose +the strangeness was due to the shock he gave my line when he struck the +bait with his sword. The line paid out unsteadily and slowly. I looked +at Dan and he looked at me. Neither of us was excited nor particularly +elated. I guess I did not realize what was actually going on. + +I let him have about one hundred and fifty feet of line. + +When I sat down to jam the rod-butt in the socket I had awakened to +possibilities. Throwing on the drag and winding in until my line was +taut, I struck hard--four times. He made impossible any more attempts at +this by starting off on a heavy, irresistible rush. But he was not fast, +or so it seemed to me. He did not get more than four hundred feet of +line before we ran up on him. Presently he came to the surface to thresh +around. He did not appear scared or angry. Probably he was annoyed at +the pricking of the hook. But he kept moving, sometimes on the surface +and sometimes beneath. I did not fight him hard, preferring to let him +pull out the line, and then when he rested I worked on him to recover +it. My idea was to keep a perpetual strain upon him. + +I do not think I had even a hope of bringing this fish to the boat. + +It was twelve o'clock exactly when I hooked him, and a quarter of an +hour sped by. My first big thrill came when he leaped. This was a +surprise. He was fooling round, and then, all of a sudden, he broke +water clear. It was an awkward, ponderous action, and looked as if he +had come up backward, like a bucking bronco. His size and his long, +sinister sword amazed me and frightened me. It gave me a cold sensation +to realize I was hooked to a huge, dangerous fish. But that in itself +was a new kind of thrill. No boatman fears a Marlin as he does the true +broadbill swordfish. + +My second thrill came when the fish lunged on the surface in a red foam. +If I had hooked him so he bled freely there was a chance to land him! +This approach to encouragement, however, was short-lived. He went down, +and if I had been hooked to a submarine I could scarcely have felt more +helpless. He sounded about five hundred feet and then sulked. I had the +pleasant task of pumping him up. This brought the sweat out upon me and +loosened me up. I began to fight him harder. And it seemed that as I +increased the strain he grew stronger and a little more active. Still +there was not any difference in his tactics. I began to get a conception +of the vitality and endurance of a broadbill in contrast with the speed +and savageness of his brother fish, the Marlin, or roundbill. + +At two o'clock matters were about the same. I was not tired, but +certainly the fish was not tired, either. He came to the surface just +about as much as he sounded. I had no difficulty at all in getting back +the line he took, at least all save a hundred feet or so. When I tried +to lead him or lift him--then I got his point of view. He would not +budge an inch. There seemed nothing to do but let him work on the drag, +and when he had pulled out a few hundred feet of line we ran up on him +and I reeled in the line. Now and then I put all the strain I could on +the rod and worked him that way. + +At three o'clock I began to get tired. My hands hurt. And I concluded I +had been rather unlucky to start on a broadbill at the very beginning. + +From that time he showed less frequently, and, if anything, he grew +slower and heavier. I felt no more rushes. And along about this time I +found I could lead him somewhat. This made me begin to work hard. Yet, +notwithstanding, I had no hope of capturing the fish. It was only +experience. + +Captain Dan kept saying: "Well, you wanted to hook up with a broadbill! +Now how do you like it?" He had no idea I would ever land him. Several +times I asked him to give an opinion as to the size of the swordfish, +but he would not venture that until he had gotten a good close view of +him. + +At four o'clock I made the alarming discovery that the great B-Ocean +reel was freezing, just as my other one had frozen on my first swordfish +the year previous. Captain Dan used language. He threw up his hands. He +gave up. But I did not. + +"Dan, see here," I said. "We'll run up on him, throw off a lot of slack +line, then cut it and tie it to another reel!" + +"We might do that. But it'll disqualify the fish," he replied. + +Captain Dan, like all the boatmen at Avalon, has fixed ideas about the +Tuna Club and its records and requirements. It is all right, I suppose, +for a club to have rules, and not count or credit an angler who breaks a +rod or is driven to the expedient I had proposed. But I do not fish for +clubs or records. I fish for the fun, the excitement, the thrill of the +game, and I would rather let my fish go than not. So I said: + +"We'll certainly lose the fish if we don't change reels. I am using the +regulation tackle, and to my mind the more tackle we use, provided we +land the fish, the more credit is due us. It is not an easy matter to +change reels or lines or rods with a big fish working all the time." + +Captain Dan acquiesced, but told me to try fighting him a while with the +light drag and the thumb-brake. So far only the heavy drag had frozen. I +tried Dan's idea, to my exceeding discomfort; and the result was that +the swordfish drew far away from us. Presently the reel froze solid. The +handle would not turn. But with the drag off the spool ran free. + +Then we ran away from the fish, circling and letting out slack line. +When we came to the end of the line we turned back a little, and with a +big slack we took the risk of cutting the line and tying it on the other +reel. We had just got this done when the line straightened tight! I +wound in about twelve hundred feet of line and was tired and wet when I +had gotten in all I could pull. This brought us to within a couple of +hundred feet of our quarry. Also it brought us to five o'clock. Five +hours!... I began to have queer sensations--aches, pains, tremblings, +saggings. Likewise misgivings! + +About this period I determined to see how close to the boat I could pull +him. I worked. The word "worked" is not readily understood until a man +has tried to pull a big broadbill close to the boat. I pulled until I +saw stars and my bones cracked. Then there was another crack. The rod +broke at the reel seat! And the reel seat was bent. Fortunately the line +could still pay out. And I held the tip while Dan pried and hammered the +reel off the broken butt on to another one. Then he put the tip in that +butt, and once more I had to reel in what seemed miles and miles of +line. + +Five thirty! It seemed around the end of the world for me. We had +drifted into a tide-rip about five miles east of Avalon, and in this +rough water I had a terrible time trying to hold my fish. When I +discovered that I could hold him--and therefore that he was playing +out--then there burst upon me the dazzling hope of actually bringing him +to gaff. It is something to fight a fish for more than five hours +without one single hope of his capture. I had done that. And now, +suddenly, to be fired with hope gave me new strength and spirit to work. +The pain in my hands was excruciating. I was burning all over; wet and +slippery, and aching in every muscle. These next few minutes seemed +longer than all the hours. I found that to put the old strain on the +rod made me blind with pain. There was no fun, no excitement, no thrill +now. As I labored I could not help marveling at the strange, imbecile +pursuits of mankind. Here I was in an agony, absolutely useless. Why did +I keep it up? I could not give up, and I concluded I was crazy. + +I conceived the most unreasonable hatred for that poor swordfish that +had done nothing to me and that certainly would have been justified in +ramming the boat. + +To my despair the fish sounded deep, going down and down. Captain Dan +watched the line. Finally it ceased to pay out. + +"Pump him up!" said Dan. + +This was funny. It was about as funny as death. + +I rested awhile and meditated upon the weakness of the flesh. The thing +most desirable and beautiful in all the universe was rest. It was so +sweet to think of that I was hard put to it to keep from tossing the rod +overboard. There was something so desperately trying and painful in this +fight with a broadbill. At last I drew a deep, long breath, and, with a +pang in my breast and little stings all over me, I began to lift on him. +He was at the bottom of the ocean. He was just as unattainable as the +bottom of the ocean. But there are ethics of a sportsman! + +Inch by inch and foot by foot I pumped up this live and dragging weight. +I sweat, I panted, I whistled, I bled--and my arms were dead, and my +hands raw and my heart seemed about to burst. + +Suddenly Captain Dan electrified me. + +"There's the end of the double line!" he yelled. + +Unbelievable as it was, there the knot in the end of the short six feet +of double line showed at the surface. I pumped and I reeled inch by +inch. + +A long dark object showed indistinctly, wavered as the swells rose, then +showed again. As I strained at the rod so I strained my eyes. + +"I see the leader!" yelled Dan, in great excitement. + +I saw it, too, and I spent the last ounce of strength left in me. Up and +up came the long, dark, vague object. + +"You've got him licked!" exclaimed Dan. "Not a wag left in him!" + +It did seem so. And that bewildering instant saw the birth of assurance +in me. I was going to get him! That was a grand instant for a fisherman. +I could have lifted anything then. + +The swordfish became clear to my gaze. He was a devilish-looking +monster, two feet thick across the back, twelve feet long over all, and +he would have weighed at the least over four hundred pounds. And I had +beaten him! That was there to be seen. He had none of the beauty and +color of the roundbill swordfish. He was dark, almost black, with huge +dorsal and tail, and a wicked broad sword fully four feet long. What +terrified me was his enormous size and the deadly look of him. I +expected to see him rush at the boat. + +Watching him thus, I reveled in my wonderful luck. Up to this date there +had been only three of these rare fish caught in twenty-five years of +Avalon fishing. And this one was far larger than those that had been +taken. + +"Lift him! Closer!" called Captain Dan. "In two minutes I'll have a gaff +in him!" + +I made a last effort. Dan reached for the leader. + +Then the hook tore out. + +My swordfish, without a movement of tail or fin, slowly sank--to vanish +in the blue water. + + * * * * * + +After resting my blistered hands for three days, which time was scarcely +long enough to heal them, I could not resist the call of the sea. + +We went off Seal Rocks and trolled about five miles out. We met a +sand-dabber who said he had seen a big broadbill back a ways. So we +turned round. After a while I saw a big, vicious splash half a mile +east, and we made for it. Then I soon espied the fish. + +We worked around him awhile, but he would not take a barracuda or a +flying-fish. + +It was hard to keep track of him, on account of rough water. Soon he +went down. + +Then a little later I saw what Dan called a Marlin. He had big flippers, +wide apart. I took him for a broadbill. + +We circled him, and before he saw a bait he leaped twice, coming about +half out, with belly toward us. He looked huge, but just how big it was +impossible to say. + +After a while he came up, and we circled him. As the bait drifted round +before him--twenty yards or more off--he gave that little wiggle of the +tail sickle, and went under. I waited. I had given up hope when I felt +him hit the bait. Then he ran off, pretty fast. I let him have a long +line. Then I sat down and struck him. He surged off, and we all got +ready to watch him leap. But he did not show. + +He swam off, sounded, came up, rolled around, went down again. But we +did not get a look at him. He fought like any other heavy swordfish. + +In one and one-half hours I pulled him close to the boat, and we all saw +him. But I did not get a good look at him as he wove to and fro behind +the boat. + +Then he sounded. + +I began to work on him, and worked harder. He seemed to get stronger all +the time. + +"He feels like a broadbill, I tell you," I said to Captain Dan. + +Dan shook his head, yet all the same he looked dubious. + +Then began a slow, persistent, hard battle between me and the fish, the +severity of which I did not realize at the time. In hours like those +time has wings. My hands grew hot. They itched, and I wanted to remove +the wet gloves. But I did not, and sought to keep my mind off what had +been half-healed blisters. Neither the fish nor I made any new moves, it +all being plug on his part and give and take on mine. Slowly and +doggedly he worked out toward the sea, and while the hours passed, just +as persistently he circled back. + +Captain Dan came to stand beside me, earnestly watching the rod bend and +the line stretch. He shook his head. + +"That's a big Marlin and you've got him foul-hooked," he asserted. This +statement was made at the end of three hours and more. I did not agree. +Dan and I often had arguments. He always tackled me when I was in some +such situation as this--for then, of course, he had the best of it. My +brother Rome was in the boat that day, an intensely interested observer. +He had not as yet hooked a swordfish. + +"It's a German submarine!" he declared. + +My brother's wife and the other ladies with us on board were inclined to +favor my side; at least they were sorry for the fish and said he must be +very big. + +"Dan, I could tell a foul-hooked fish," I asserted, positively. "This +fellow is too alive--too limber. He doesn't sag like a dead weight." + +"Well, if he's not foul-hooked, then you're all in," replied the +captain. + +Cheerful acquiescence is a desirable trait in any one, especially an +angler who aspires to things, but that was left out in the ordering of +my complex disposition. However, to get angry makes a man fight harder, +and so it was with me. + +At the end of five hours Dan suggested putting the harness on me. This +contrivance, by the way, is a thing of straps and buckles, and its use +is to fit over an angler's shoulders and to snap on the rod. It helps +him lift the fish, puts his shoulders more into play, rests his arms. +But I had never worn one. I was afraid of it. + +"Suppose he pulls me overboard, with that on!" I exclaimed. "He'll drown +me!" + +"We'll hold on to you," replied Dan, cheerily, as he strapped it around +me. + +Later it turned out that I had exactly the right view concerning this +harness, for Dustin Farnum was nearly pulled overboard and--But I have +not space for that story here. My brother Rome wants to write that +story, anyhow, because it is so funny, he says. + +On the other hand, the fact soon manifested itself to me that I could +lift a great deal more with said harness to help. The big fish began to +come nearer and also he began to get mad. Here I forgot the pain in my +hands. I grew enthusiastic. And foolishly I bragged. Then I lifted so +hard that I cracked the great Conroy rod. + +Dan threw up his hands. He quit, same as he quit the first day out, when +I hooked the broadbill and the reel froze. + +"Disqualified fish, even if you ketch him--which you won't," he said, +dejectedly. + +"Crack goes thirty-five dollars!" exclaimed my brother. "Sure is funny, +brother, how you can decimate good money into the general atmosphere!" + +If there really is anything fine in the fighting of a big fish, which +theory I have begun to doubt, certainly Captain Dan and Brother R. C. +did not know it. + +Remarks were forthcoming from me, I am ashamed to state, that should not +have been. Then I got Dan to tie splints on the rod, after which I +fought my quarry some more. The splints broke. Dan had to bind the +cracked rod with heavy pieces of wood and they added considerable weight +to what had before felt like a ton. + +The fish had been hooked at eleven o'clock and it was now five. We had +drifted or been pulled into the main channel, where strong currents and +a choppy sea made the matter a pretty serious and uncomfortable one. +Here I expended all I had left in a short and furious struggle to bring +the fish up, if not to gaff, at least so we could see what he looked +like. How strange and unfathomable a feeling this mystery of him gave +rise to! If I could only see him once, then he could get away and +welcome. Captain Dan, in anticipation of a need of much elbow room in +that cockpit, ordered my brother and the ladies to go into the cabin or +up on top. And they all scrambled up and lay flat on the deck-roof, with +their heads over, watching me. They had to hold on some, too. In fact, +they were having the time of their lives. + +My supreme effort brought the fish within the hundredth foot length of +line--then my hands and my back refused any more. + +"Dan, here's the great chance you've always hankered for!" I said. "Now +let's see you pull him right in!" + +And I passed him the rod and got up. Dan took it with the pleased +expression of a child suddenly and wonderfully come into possession of a +long-unattainable toy. Captain Dan was going to pull that fish right up +to the boat. He was! Now Dan is big--he weighs two hundred; he has arms +and hands like the limbs of a Vulcan. Perhaps Dan had every reason to +believe he would pull the fish right up to the boat. But somehow I knew +that he would not. + +My fish, perhaps feeling a new and different and mightier hand at the +rod, showed how he liked it by a magnificent rush--the greatest of the +whole fight--and he took about five hundred feet of line. + +Dan's expression changed as if by magic. + +"Steer the boat! Port! Port!" he yelled. + +Probably I could not run a boat right with perfectly fresh and well +hands, and with my lacerated and stinging ones I surely made a mess of +it. This brought language from my boatman--well, to say the least, quite +disrespectable. Fortunately, however, I got the boat around and we ran +down on the fish. Dan, working with long, powerful sweeps of the rod, +got the line back and the fish close. The game began to look great to +me. All along I had guessed this fish to be a wonder; and now I knew it. + +Hauling him close that way angered him. He made another rush, long and +savage. The line smoked off that reel. Dan's expression was one of +utmost gratification to me. A boatman at last cornered--tied up to a +whale of a fish! + +Somewhere out there a couple of hundred yards the big fish came up and +roared on the surface. I saw only circling wake and waves like those +behind a speedy motor-boat. But Dan let out a strange shout, and up +above the girls screamed, and brother Rome yelled murder or something. I +gathered that he had a camera. + +"Steady up there!" I called out. "If you fall overboard it's good +night!... For we want this fish!" + +I had all I could do. Dan would order me to steer this way and that--to +throw out the clutch--to throw it in. Still I was able to keep track of +events. This fish made nineteen rushes in the succeeding half-hour. +Never for an instant did Captain Dan let up. Assuredly during that time +he spent more force on the fish than I had in six hours. + +The sea was bad, the boat was rolling, the cockpit was inches deep under +water many a time. I was hard put to it to stay at my post; and what +saved the watchers above could not be explained by me. + +"Mebbe I can hold him now--a little," called Dan once, as he got the +hundred-foot mark over the reel. "Strap the harness on me!" + +I fastened the straps round Dan's broad shoulders. His shirt was as wet +as if he had fallen overboard. Maybe some of that wet was spray. His +face was purple, his big arms bulging, and he whistled as he breathed. + +"Good-by, Dan. This will be a fitting end for a boatman," I said, +cheerfully, as I dove back to the wheel. + +At six o'clock our fish was going strong and Dan was tiring fast. He +had, of course, worked too desperately hard. + +Meanwhile the sun sank and the sea went down. All the west was gold and +red, with the towers of Church Rock spiring the horizon. A flock of +gulls were circling low, perhaps over a school of tuna. The white +cottages of Avalon looked mere specks on the dark island. + +Captain Dan had the swordfish within a hundred feet of the boat and was +able to hold him. This seemed hopeful. It looked now just a matter of a +little more time. But Dan needed a rest. + +I suggested that my brother come down and take a hand in the final +round, which I frankly confessed was liable to be hell. + + [Illustration: FOUR MARLIN SWORDFISH IN ONE DAY] + + [Illustration: A BIG SAILFISH BREAKING WATER] + +"Not on your life!" was the prompt reply. "I want to begin on a _little_ +swordfish!... Why, that--that fish hasn't waked up yet!" + +And I was bound to confess there seemed to me to be a good deal of sense +in what he said. + +"Dan, I'll take the rod--rest you a bit--so you can finish him," I +offered. + +The half-hour Dan recorded as my further work on this fish will always +be a dark and poignant blank in my fishing experience. When it was over +twilight had come and the fish was rolling and circling perhaps fifty +yards from the boat. + +Here Dan took the rod again, and with the harness on and fresh gloves +went at the fish in grim determination. + +Suddenly the moon sailed out from behind a fog-bank and the sea was +transformed. It was as beautiful as it was lucky for us. + +By Herculean effort Dan brought the swordfish close. If any angler +doubts the strength of a twenty-four thread line his experience is still +young. That line was a rope, yet it sang like a banjo string. + +Leaning over the side, with two pairs of gloves on, I caught the double +line, and as I pulled and Dan reeled the fish came up nearer. But I +could not see him. Then I reached the leader and held on as for dear +life. + +"I've got the leader!" I yelled. "Hurry, Dan!" + +Dan dropped the rod and reached for his gaff. But he had neglected to +unhook the rod from the harness, and as the fish lunged and tore the +leader away from me there came near to being disaster. However, Dan got +straightened out and anchored in the chair and began to haul away again. +It appeared we had the fish almost done, but he was so big that a mere +movement of his tail irresistibly drew out the line. + +Then the tip of the rod broke off short just even with the splints and +it slid down the line out of sight. Dan lowered the rod so most of the +strain would come on the reel, and now he held like grim death. + +"Dan, if we don't make any more mistakes we'll get that fish!" I +declared. + +The sea was almost calm now, and moon-blanched so that we could plainly +see the line. Despite Dan's efforts, the swordfish slowly ran off a +hundred feet more of line. Dan groaned. But I yelled with sheer +exultation. For, standing up on the gunwale, I saw the swordfish. He had +come up. He was phosphorescent--a long gleam of silver--and he rolled in +the unmistakable manner of a fish nearly beaten. + +Suddenly he headed for the boat. It was a strange motion. I was +surprised--then frightened. Dan reeled in rapidly. The streak of white +gleamed closer and closer. It was like white fire--a long, savage, +pointed shape. + +"Look! Look!" I yelled to those above. "Don't miss it!... Oh, great!" + +"He's charging the boat!" hoarsely shouted Dan. + +"He's all in!" yelled my brother. + +I jumped into the cockpit and leaned over the gunwale beside the rod. +Then I grasped the line, letting it slip through my hands. Dan wound in +with fierce energy. I felt the end of the double line go by me, and at +this I let out another shout to warn Dan. Then I had the end of the +leader--a good strong grip--and, looking down, I saw the clear silver +outline of the hugest fish I had ever seen short of shark or whale. He +made a beautiful, wild, frightful sight. He rolled on his back. +Roundbill or broadbill, he had an enormous length of sword. + +"Come, Dan--we've got him!" I panted. + +Dan could not, dare not get up then. + +The situation was perilous. I saw how Dan clutched the reel, with his +big thumbs biting into the line. I did my best. My sight failed me for +an instant. But the fish pulled the leader through my hands. My brother +leaped down to help--alas, too late! + +"Let go, Dan! Give him line!" + +But Dan was past that. Afterward he said his grip was locked. He held, +and not another foot did the swordfish get. Again I leaned over the +gunwale. I saw him--a monster--pale, wavering. His tail had an +enormous spread. I could no longer see his sword. Almost he was ready to +give up. + +Then the double line snapped. I fell back in the boat and Dan fell back +in the chair. + +Nine hours! + + + + +V + +SAILFISH--THE ATLANTIC BROTHER TO THE PACIFIC SWORDFISH + + +In the winter of 1916 I persuaded Captain Sam Johnson, otherwise famous +as Horse-mackerel Sam, of Seabright, New Jersey, to go to Long Key with +me and see if the two of us as a team could not outwit those illusive +and strange sailfish of the Gulf Stream. + +Sam and I have had many adventures going down to sea. At Seabright we +used to launch a Seabright skiff in the gray gloom of early morning and +shoot the surf, and return shoreward in the afternoon to ride a great +swell clear till it broke on the sand. When I think of Sam I think of +tuna--those torpedoes of the ocean. I have caught many tuna with Sam, +and hooked big ones, but these giants are still roving the blue deeps. +Once I hooked a tuna off Sandy Hook, out in the channel, and as I was +playing him the _Lusitania_ bore down the channel. Like a mountain she +loomed over us. I felt like an atom looking up and up. Passengers waved +down to us as the tuna bent my rod. The great ship passed on in a +seething roar--passed on to her tragic fate. We rode the heavy swells +she lifted--and my tuna got away. + +Sam Johnson is from Norway. His ancestors lived by fishing. Sam knows +and loves the sea. He has been a sailor before the mast, but he is more +fisherman than sailor. He is a stalwart man, with an iron, stern, +weather-beaten face and keen blue eyes, and he has an arm like the +branch of an oak. For many years he has been a market fisherman at +Seabright, where on off days he pursued the horse-mackerel for the fun +of it, and which earned him his name. Better than any man I ever met Sam +knows the sea; he knows fish, he knows boats and engines. And I have +reached a time in my experience of fishing where I want that kind of a +boatman. + + * * * * * + +Sam and I went after sailfish at Long Key and we got them. But I do not +consider the experience conclusive. If it had not been for my +hard-earned knowledge of the Pacific swordfish, and for Sam's keenness +on the sea, we would not have been so fortunate. We established the +record, but, what is more important, we showed what magnificent sport is +possible. This advent added much to the attractiveness of Long Key for +me. And Long Key was attractive enough before. + +Sailfish had been caught occasionally at Long Key, during every season. +But I am inclined to believe that, in most instances, the capture of +sailfish had been accident--mere fisherman's luck. Anglers have fished +along the reef and inside, trolling with heavy tackle for anything that +might strike, and once in a while a sailfish has somehow hooked himself. +Mr. Schutt tells of hooking one on a Wilson spoon, and I know of another +angler who had this happen. I know of one gentleman who told me he +hooked a fish that he supposed was a barracuda, and while he was +fighting this supposed barracuda he was interested in the leaping of a +sailfish near his boat. His boatman importuned him to hurry in the +barracuda so there would be a chance to go after the leaping sailfish. +But it turned out that the sailfish was on his hook. Another angler went +out with heavy rod, the great B-Ocean reel, and two big hooks (which is +an outfit suitable only for large tuna or swordfish), and this fellow +hooked a sailfish which had no chance and was dead in less than ten +minutes. A party of anglers were out on the reef, fishing for anything, +and they decided to take a turn outside where I had been spending days +after sailfish. Scarcely had these men left the reef when five sailfish +loomed up and all of them, with that perversity and capriciousness which +makes fish so incomprehensible, tried to climb on board the boat. One, a +heavy fish, did succeed in hooking himself and getting aboard. I could +multiply events of this nature, but this is enough to illustrate my +point--that there is a vast difference between several fishermen out of +thousands bringing in several sailfish in one season and one fisherman +deliberately going after sailfish with light tackle and eventually +getting them. + +It is not easy. On the contrary, it is extremely hard. It takes infinite +patience, and very much has to be learned that can be learned only by +experience. But it is magnificent sport and worth any effort. It makes +tarpon-fishing tame by comparison. Tarpon-fishing is easy. Anybody can +catch a tarpon by going after him. But not every fisherman can catch a +sailfish. One fisherman out of a hundred will get his sailfish, but only +one out of a thousand will experience the wonder and thrill and beauty +of the sport. + +Sailfishing is really swordfishing, and herein lies the secret of my +success at Long Key. I am not satisfied that the sailfish I caught were +all Marlin and brothers to the Pacific Marlin. The Atlantic fish are +very much smaller than those of the Pacific, and are differently marked +and built. Yet they are near enough alike to be brothers. + +There are three species that I know of in southern waters. The +_Histiophorus_, the sailfish about which I am writing and of which +descriptions follow. There is another species, _Tetrapturus albidus_, +that is not uncommon in the Gulf Stream. It is my impression that this +species is larger. The Indians, with whom I fished in the Caribbean, +tell of a great swordfish--in Spanish the _Aguja de casta_, and this +species must be related to _Xiphias_, the magnificent flatbilled +swordfish of the Atlantic and Pacific. + + * * * * * + +The morning of my greatest day with sailfish I was out in the Gulf +Stream, seven miles offshore, before the other fishermen had gotten out +of bed. We saw the sun rise ruddy and bright out of the eastern sea, and +we saw sailfish leap as if to welcome the rising of the lord of day. A +dark, glancing ripple wavered over the water; there was just enough +swell to make seeing fish easy. + +I was using a rod that weighed nine ounces over all, and twelve hundred +feet of fifteen-thread line. I was not satisfied then that the regular +light outfit of the Tuna Club, such as I used at Avalon, would do for +sailfish. No. 9 breaks of its own weight. And I have had a sailfish run +off three hundred yards of line and jump all the time he was doing it. +Besides, nobody knows how large these sailfish grow. I had hold of one +that would certainly have broken my line if he had not thrown the hook. + +On this memorable day I had scarcely trolled half a mile out into the +Stream before I felt that inexplicable rap at my bait which swordfish +and sailfish make with their bills. I jumped up and got ready. I saw a +long bronze shape back of my bait. Then I saw and felt him take hold. He +certainly did not encounter the slightest resistance in running out my +line. He swam off slowly. I never had Sam throw out the clutch and stop +the boat until after I had hooked the fish. I wanted the boat to keep +moving, so if I did get a chance to strike at a fish it would be with a +tight line. These sailfish are wary and this procedure is difficult. If +the fish had run off swiftly I would have struck sooner. Everything +depends on how he takes the bait. This fellow took fifty feet of line +before I hooked him. + +He came up at once, and with two-thirds of his body out of the water he +began to skitter toward us. He looked silver and bronze in the morning +light. There was excitement on board. Sam threw out the clutch. My +companions dove for the cameras, and we all yelled. The sailfish came +skittering toward us. It was a spectacular and thrilling sight. He was +not powerful enough to rise clear on his tail and do the famous trick of +the Pacific swordfish--"walking on the water." But he gave a mighty +good imitation. Then before the cameras got in a snap he went down. And +he ran, to come up far astern and begin to leap. I threw off the drag +and yelled, "Go!" + + [Illustration: FOUR SAILFISH IN ONE DAY ON LIGHT TACKLE] + + [Illustration: Photo by Wunstorf + SAILFISH THRESHING ON THE SURFACE] + +This was pleasant for Sam, who kept repeating, "Look at him yump!" + +The sailfish evidently wanted to pose for pictures, for he gave a +wonderful exhibition of high and lofty tumbling, with the result, of +course, that he quickly exhausted himself. Then came a short period +during which he sounded and I slowly worked him closer. Presently he +swam toward the boat--the old swordfish trick. I never liked it, but +with the sailfish I at least was not nervous about him attacking the +boat. Let me add here that this freedom from dread--which is never +absent during the fighting of a big swordfish--is one of the features so +attractive in sailfishing. Besides, fish that have been hooked for any +length of time, if they are going to shake or break loose, always do so +near the boat. We moved away from this fellow, and presently he came up +again, and leaped three more times clear, making nineteen leaps in all. +That about finished his performance, so regretfully I led him alongside; +and Sam, who had profited by our other days of landing sailfish, took +him cautiously by the sword, and then by the gills, and slid him into +the boat. + +Sailfish are never alike, except in general outline. This one was silver +and bronze, with green bars, rather faint, and a dark-blue sail without +any spots. He measured seven feet one inch. But we measured his quality +by his leaps and nineteen gave him the record for us so far. + +We stowed him up in the bow and got under way again, and scarcely had I +let my bait far enough astern when a sailfish hit it. In fact, he rushed +it. Quick as I was, which was as quick as a flash, I was not quick +enough for that fish. He felt the hook and he went away. But he had been +there long enough to get my bait. + +Just then Sam pointed. I saw a sailfish break water a hundred yards +away. + +"Look at him yump!" repeated Sam, every time the fish came out, which, +to be exact, was five times. + +"We'll go over and pick him up," I said. + +Sam and I always argue a little about the exact spot where a fish has +broken water. I never missed it far, but Sam seldom missed it at all. He +could tell by a slight foam always left by the break. We had two baits +out, as one or another of my companions always holds a rod. The more +baits out the better! We had two vicious, smashing strikes at the same +time. The fish on the other rod let go just as I hooked mine. + +He came up beautifully, throwing the spray, glinting in the sun, an +angry fish with sail spread and his fins going. Then on the boat was the +same old thrilling bustle and excitement and hilarity I knew so well and +which always pleased me so much. This sailfish was a jumper. + +"Look at him yump!" exclaimed Sam, with as much glee as if he had not +seen it before. + +The cameras got busy. Then I was attracted by something flashing in the +water nearer the boat than my fish. Suddenly a sailfish leaped, +straightaway, over my line. Then two leaped at once, both directly over +my line. + +"Sam, they'll cut my line!" I cried. "What do you think of that?" + +Suddenly I saw sharp, dark, curved tails cutting the water. All was +excitement on board that boat then. + +"A school of sailfish! Look! Look!" I yelled. + +I counted ten tails, but there were more than that, and if I had been +quicker I could have counted more. Presently they went down. And I, +returning to earth and the business of fishing, discovered that during +the excitement my sailfish had taken advantage of a perfectly loose line +to free himself. Nine leaps we recorded him! + +Assuredly we all felt that there would be no difficulty in soon hooking +up with another sailfish. And precisely three minutes later I was +standing up, leaning forward, all aquiver, watching my line fly off the +reel. I hooked that fellow hard. He was heavy, and he did not come up or +take off any length of line. Settling down slowly, he descended three or +four hundred feet, or so it seemed, and began to plug, very much like an +albacore, only much heavier. He fooled around down there for ten +minutes, with me jerking at him all the time to irritate him, before he +showed any sign of rising. At last I worried him into a fighting mood, +and up he came, so fast that I did not even try to take up the slack, +and he shot straight up. This jump, like that of a kingfish, was +wonderful. But it was so quick that the cameras could not cover it, and +we missed a great picture. He went down, only to leap again. I reeled +in the slack line and began to jerk at him to torment him, and I got him +to jumping and threshing right near the boat. The sun was in the faces +of the cameras and that was bad. And as it turned out not one of these +exposures was good. What a chance missed! But we did not know that then, +and we kept on tormenting him and snapping pictures of his leaps. In +this way, which was not careless, but deliberate, I played with him +until he shook out the hook. Fifteen leaps was his record. + +Then it was interesting to see how soon I could raise another fish. I +was on the _qui vive_ for a while, then settled back to the old +expectant watchfulness. And presently I was rewarded by that vibrating +rap at my bait. I stood up so the better to see. The swells were just +right and the sun was over my shoulder. I spied the long, dark shape +back of my bait, saw it slide up and strike, felt the sharp rap--and +again. Then came the gentle tug. I let out line, but he let go. Still I +could see him plainly when the swell was right. I began to jerk my bait, +to give it a jumping motion, as I had so often done with flying-fish +bait when after swordfish. He sheered off, then turned with a rush, +broadside on, with his sail up. I saw him clearly, his whole length, and +he appeared blue and green and silver. He took the bait and turned away +from me, and when I struck the hook into his jaw I felt that it would +stay. He was not a jumper--only breaking clear twice. I could not make +him leap. He fought hard enough, however, and with that tackle took +thirty minutes to land. + +It was eight o'clock. I had two sailfish in the boat and had fought two +besides. And at that time I sighted the first fishing-boat coming out +toward the reef. Before that boat got out near us I had struck and lost +three more sailfish, with eleven leaps in all to my credit. This boatman +had followed Sam and me the day before and he appeared to be bent upon +repeating himself. I thought I would rather enjoy that, because he had +two inexperienced anglers aboard, and they, in the midst of a school of +striking sailfish, would be sure to afford some fun. Three other boats +came out across the reef, ventured a little way in the Gulf Stream, and +then went back to grouper and barracuda. But that one boatman, B., stuck +to us. And right away things began to happen to his anglers. No one so +lucky in strikes as a green hand! I saw them get nine strikes without +hooking a fish. And there appeared to be a turmoil on board that boat. I +saw B. tearing his hair and the fishermen frantically jerking, and then +waving rods and arms. Much as I enjoyed it, Sam enjoyed it more. But I +was not mean enough to begrudge them a fish and believed that sooner or +later they would catch one. + +Presently, when B.'s boat was just right for his anglers to see +everything my way, I felt a tug on my line. I leaped up, let the reel +run. Then I threw on my drag and leaned over to strike. But he let go. +Quickly I threw off the drag. The sailfish came back. Another tug! I let +him run. Then threw on the drag and got ready. But, no, he let go. Again +I threw off the drag and again he came back. He was hungry, but he was +cunning, too, and too far back for me to see. I let him run fifty feet, +threw on the drag, and struck hard. No go! I missed him. But again I +threw off the drag, let out more line back to him, and he took the bait +the fourth time, and harder than ever. I let him run perhaps a hundred +feet. All the time, of course, my boat was running. I had out a long +line--two hundred yards. Then I threw on the drag and almost cracked the +rod. This time I actually felt the hook go in. + +How heavy and fast he was! The line slipped off and I was afraid of the +drag. I threw it off--no easy matter with that weight on it--and then +the line whistled. The sailfish was running straight toward B.'s boat +and, I calculated, should be close to it. + +"Sam," I yelled, "watch him! If he jumps he'll jump into that boat!" + +Then he came out, the biggest sailfish I ever saw, and he leaped +magnificently, not twenty yards back of that boat. He must have been +beyond the lines of the trolling anglers. I expected him to cross them +or cut himself loose. We yelled to B. to steer off, and while we yelled +the big sailfish leaped and leaped, apparently keeping just as close to +the boat. He certainly was right upon it and he was a savage leaper. He +would shoot up, wag his head, his sail spread like the ears of a mad +elephant, and he would turn clear over to alight with a smack and splash +that we plainly heard. And he had out nine hundred feet of line. Because +of his size I wanted him badly, but, badly as that was, I fought him +without a drag, let him run and leap, and I hoped he would jump right +into that boat. Afterward these anglers told me they expected him to do +just that and were scared to death. Also they said a close sight of him +leaping was beautiful and thrilling in the extreme. + +I did not keep track of all this sailfish's leaps, but Sam recorded +twenty-three, and that is enough for any fisherman. I venture to state +that it will not be beaten very soon. When he stopped leaping we drew +him away from the other boat, and settled down to a hard fight with a +heavy, stubborn, game fish. In perhaps half an hour I had him twenty +yards away, and there he stayed while I stood up on the stern to watch +him and keep clear of the propeller. He weaved from side to side, +exactly like a tired swordfish, and every now and then he would stick +out his bill and swish! he would cut at the leader. This fish was not +only much larger than any I had seen, but also more brilliantly colored. +There were suggestions of purple that reminded me of the swordfish--that +royal purple game of the Pacific. Another striking feature was that in +certain lights he was a vivid green, and again, when deeper, he assumed +a strange, triangular shape, much like that of a kite. That, of course, +was when he extended the wide, waving sail. I was not able to see that +this sail afforded him any particular aid. It took me an hour to tire +out this sailfish, and when we got him in the boat he measured seven +feet and six inches, which was four inches longer than any record I +could find then. + +At eleven o'clock I had another in the boat, making four sailfish in +all. We got fourteen jumps out of this last one. That was the end of my +remarkable luck, though it was luck to me to hook other sailfish during +the afternoon, and running up the number of leaps. I am proud of that, +anyway, and to those who criticized my catch as unsportsman-like I could +only say that it was a chance of a lifetime and I was after photographs +of leaping sailfish. Besides, I had a great opportunity to beat my +record of four swordfish in one day at Clemente Island in the Pacific. +But I was not equal to it. + + * * * * * + +I do not know how to catch sailfish yet, though I have caught a good +many. The sport is young and it is as difficult as it is trying. This +catch of mine made fishermen flock to the Stream all the rest of the +season, and more fish were caught than formerly. But the proportion held +about the same, although I consider that fishing for a sailfish and +catching one is a great gain in point. Still, we do not know much about +sailfish or how to take them. If I got twenty strikes and caught only +four fish, very likely the smallest that bit, I most assuredly was not +doing skilful fishing as compared with other kinds of fishing. And there +is the rub. Sailfish are not any other kind of fish. They have a wary +and cunning habit, with an exceptional occasion of blind hunger, and +they have small, bony jaws into which it is hard to sink a hook. Not one +of my sailfish was hooked deep down. Yet I let nearly all of them run +out a long line. Moreover, as I said before, if a sailfish is hooked +there are ten chances to one that he will free himself. + + [Illustration: MEMORABLE OF LONG KEY] + + [Illustration: LEAPING SAILFISH] + +This one thing, then, I believe I have proved to myself--that the +sailfish is the gamest, the most beautiful and spectacular, and the +hardest fish to catch on light tackle, just as his brother, the Pacific +swordfish, is the grandest fish to take on the heaviest of tackle. + +Long Key, indeed, has its charm. Most all the anglers who visit there go +back again. Only the queer ones--and there are many--who want three +kinds of boats, and nine kinds of bait, and a deep-sea diver for a +boatman, and tackle that cannot be broken, and smooth, calm seas always, +and five hundred pounds of fish a day--only that kind complain of Long +Key and kick--and yet go back again! + +Sailfish will draw more and finer anglers down to the white strip of +color that shines white all day under a white sun and the same all night +under white stars. But it is not alone the fish that draws real +sportsmen to a place and makes them love it and profit by their return. +It is the spirit of the place--the mystery, like that of the little +hermit-crab, which crawls over the coral sand in his stolen shell, and +keeps to his lonely course, and loves his life so well--sunshine, which +is best of all for men; and the wind in the waving palms; and the +lonely, wandering coast with the eternal moan out on the reefs, the +sweet, fresh tang, the clear, antiseptic breath of salt, and always by +the glowing, hot, colorful day or by the soft dark night with its +shadows and whisperings on the beach, that significant presence--the +sense of something vaster than the heaving sea. + + + _Light Tackle in the Gulf Stream_ + +In view of the present controversy between light tackle and heavy tackle +champions, I think it advisable for me to state more definitely my stand +on the matter of light tackle before going on with a story about it. + +There is a sharp line to be drawn between light tackle that is right and +light tackle that is wrong. So few anglers ever seem to think of the +case of the poor fish! In Borneo there is a species of lightning-bug +that tourists carry around at night on spits, delighted with the +novelty. But is that not rather hard on the lightning-bugs? As a matter +of fact, if we are to develop as anglers who believe in conservation and +sportsmanship, we must consider the fish--his right to life, and, +especially if he must be killed, to do it without brutality. + +Brutal it is to haul in a fish on tackle so heavy that he has no chance +for his life; likewise it is brutal to hook a fish on tackle so light +that, if he does not break it, he must be followed around and all over, +chased by a motor-boat hour after hour, until he practically dies of +exhaustion. + +I have had many tarpon and many tuna taken off my hooks by sharks +because I was using tackle too light. It never appeared an impossible +feat to catch Marlin swordfish on a nine-thread line, nor sailfish on a +six-thread line. But those lines are too light. + +My business is to tell stories. If I can be so fortunate as to make them +thrilling and pleasing, for the edification of thousands who have other +business and therefore less leisure, then that is a splendid thing for +me. It is a responsibility that I appreciate. But on the other hand I +must tell the truth, I must show my own development, I must be of +service to the many who have so much more time to read than fish. It is +not enough to give pleasure merely; a writer should instruct. And if +what I say above offends any fisherman, I am sorry, and I suggest that +he read it twice. + +What weight tackle to use is not such a hard problem to decide. All it +takes is some experience. To quote Mr. Bates, "The principle is that the +angler should subdue the fish by his skill with rod and line, and put +his strength into the battle to _end_ it, and not employ a worrying +process to a frightened fish that does not know what it is fighting." + + + + +VI + +GULF STREAM FISHING + + +Some years have passed since I advocated light tackle fishing at Long +Key. In the early days of this famous resort most fishermen used hand +lines or very heavy outfits. The difficulties of introducing a +sportsman-like ideal have been manifold. A good rule of angling +philosophy is not to interfere with any fisherman's peculiar ways of +being happy, unless you want to be hated. It is not easy to influence a +majority of men in the interests of conservation. Half of them do not +know the conditions and are only out for a few days' or weeks' fun; the +rest do not care. But the facts are that all food fish and game fish +must be conserved. The waste has been enormous. If fishermen will only +study the use of light tackle they will soon appreciate a finer sport, +more fun and gratification, and a saving of fish. + +Such expert and fine anglers as Crowninshield, Heilner, Cassiard, +Lester, Conill, and others are all enthusiastic about light tackle and +they preach the gospel of conservation. + +But the boatmen of Long Key, with the exception of Jordon, are all +against light tackle. I must say that James Jordon is to be +congratulated and recommended. The trouble at Long Key is that new +boatmen are hired each season, and, as they do not own their boats, all +their interest centers in as big a catch as possible for each angler +they take out, in the hope and expectation, of course, of a generous +tip. Heavy tackle means a big catch and light tackle the reverse. And so +tons of good food and game fish are brought in only to be thrown to the +sharks. I mention this here to give it a wide publicity. It is criminal +in these days and ought to be stopped. + +The season of 1918 was a disappointment in regard to any great +enthusiasm over the use of light tackle. We have tried to introduce +principles of the Tuna Club of Avalon. President Coxe of the Pacific +organization is doing much to revive the earlier ideals of Doctor +Holder, founder of the famous club. This year at Long Key a number of +prizes were offered by individual members. The contention was that the +light tackle specified was too light. This is absolutely a mistake. I +have proved that the regulation Tuna Club nine-thread line and six-ounce +tip are strong enough, if great care and skill be employed, to take the +tricky, hard-jawed, wild-leaping sailfish. + +And for bonefish, that rare fighter known to so few anglers, the +three-six tackle--a three-ounce tip and six-thread line--is just the +ideal rig to make the sport exceedingly difficult, fascinating, and +thrilling. Old bonefishermen almost invariably use heavy tackle--stiff +rods and twelve-or fifteen-thread lines. They have their arguments, and +indeed these are hard nuts to crack. They claim three-six for the swift +and powerful bonefish is simply absurd. No! I can prove otherwise. But +that must be another story. + +Some one must pioneer these sorely needed reforms. It may be a thankless +task, but it is one that some of us are standing by. We need the help of +brother anglers. + + * * * * * + +One morning in February there was a light breeze from the north and the +day promised to be ideal. We ran out to the buoy and found the Gulf +Stream a very dark blue, with a low ripple and a few white-caps here and +there. + +Above the spindle we began to see sailfish jumping everywhere. One +leaped thirteen times, and another nineteen. Many of them came out +sidewise, with a long, sliding plunge, which action at first I took to +be that made by a feeding fish. After a while, however, and upon closer +view, I changed my mind about this. + +My method, upon seeing a fish jump, was to speed up the boat until we +were in the vicinity where the fish had come up. Then we would slow down +and begin trolling, with two baits out, one some forty or fifty feet +back and the other considerably farther. + +We covered several places where we had seen the sheetlike splashes; and +at the third or fourth I felt the old electrifying tap at my bait. I +leaped up and let my bait run back. The sailfish tapped again, then took +hold so hard and ran off so swiftly that I jerked sooner than usual. I +pulled the bait away from him. All this time the boat was running. +Instead of winding in I let the bait run back. Suddenly the sailfish +took it fiercely. I let him run a long way before I struck at him, and +then I called to the boatman to throw out the clutch. When the boat is +moving there is a better chance of a tight line while striking, and that +is imperative if an angler expects to hook the majority of these +illusive sailfish. I hooked this fellow, and he showed at once, a small +fish, and began to leap toward the boat, making a big bag in the line. I +completely lost the feel of his weight. When he went down, and with all +that slack line, I thought he was gone. But presently the line tightened +and he began to jump in another direction. He came out twice with his +sail spread, a splendid, vivid picture; then he took to skittering, +occasionally throwing himself clear, and he made some surface runs, +splashing and threshing, and then made some clean greyhound-like leaps. +In all he cleared the water eleven times before he settled down. After +that it took me half an hour to land him. He was not hurt and we let him +go. + +Soon after we got going again we raised a school of four or more +sailfish. And when a number rush for the baits it is always exciting. +The first fish hit my bait and the second took R. C.'s. I saw both fish +in action, and there is considerable difference between the hitting and +the taking of a bait. R. C. jerked his bait away from his fish and I +yelled for him to let it run back. He did so. A bronze and silver blaze +and a boil on the water told me how hungry R. C.'s sailfish was. "Let +him run with it!" I yelled. Then I attended to my own troubles. There +was a fish rapping at my bait. I let out line, yard after yard, but he +would not take hold, and, as R. C.'s line was sweeping over mine, I +thought best to reel in. + +"Hook him now!" I yelled. + +I surely did shiver at the way my brother came up with that light +tackle. But he hooked the sailfish, and nothing broke. Then came a big +white splash on the surface, but no sign of the fish. R. C.'s line +sagged down. + +"Look out! Wind in! He's coming at us!" I called. + +"He's off!" replied my brother. + +That might well have been, but, as I expected, he was not. He broke +water on a slack line and showed us all his dripping, colorful body +nearer than a hundred feet. R. C. thereupon performed with incredible +speed at the reel and quickly had a tight line. Mr. Sailfish did not +like that. He slid out, wrathfully wagging his bill, and left a seamy, +foamy track behind him, finally to end that play with a splendid long +leap. He was headed away from us now, with two hundred yards of line +out, going hard and fast, and we had to follow him. We had a fine +straightaway run to recover the line. This was a thrilling chase, and +one, I think, we never would have had if R. C. had been using heavy +tackle. The sailfish led us out half a mile before he sounded. + +Then in fifteen minutes more R. C. had him up where we could see his +purple and bronze colors and the strange, triangular form of him, which +peculiar shape came mostly from the waving sail. I thought I saw other +shapes and colors with him, and bent over the gunwale to see better. + +"He's got company. Two sharks!--You want to do some quick work now or +good-by sailfish!" + + [Illustration: Nassau Photo + SOLITUDE ON THE SEA] + + [Illustration: Nassau Photo + SUNSET BY THE SEA] + +A small gray shark and a huge yellow shark were coming up with our +quarry. R. C. said things, and pulled hard on the light tackle. I got +hold of the leader and drew the sailfish close to the boat. He began to +thresh, and the big shark came with a rush. Instinctively I let go of +the leader, which action was a blunder. The sailfish saw the shark and, +waking up, he fought a good deal harder than before the sharks appeared +upon the scene. He took off line, and got so far away that I gave up any +hope that the sharks might not get him. There was a heavy commotion out +in the water. The shark had made a rush. So had the sailfish, and he +came right back to the boat. R. C. reeled in swiftly. + +"Hold him hard now!" I admonished, and I leaped up on the stern. The +sailfish sheered round on the surface, with tail and bill out, while the +shark swam about five feet under him. He was a shovel-nosed, big-finned +yellow shark, weighing about five hundred pounds. He saw me. I waved my +hat at him, but he did not mind that. He swam up toward the surface and +his prey. R. C. was now handling the light tackle pretty roughly. It is +really remarkable what can be done with nine-thread. In another moment +we would have lost the sailfish. The boatman brought my rifle and a shot +scared the shark away. Then we got the sailfish into the boat. He was a +beautiful specimen for mounting, weighing forty-five pounds, the first +my brother had taken. + +After that we had several strikes, but not one of them was what I could +call a hungry, smashing strike. These sailfish are finicky biters. I had +one rap at my bait with his bill until he knocked the bait off. + +I think the feature of the day was the sight of two flying-fish that +just missed boarding the boat. They came out to the left of us and +sailed ahead together. Then they must have been turned by the wind, for +they made a beautiful, graceful curve until they came around so that I +was sure they would fly into the boat. Their motion was indescribably +airy and feathery, buoyant and swift, with not the slightest quiver of +fins or wings as they passed within five feet of me. I could see through +the crystal wings. Their bodies were white and silvery, and they had +staring black eyes. They were not so large as the California +flying-fish, nor did they have any blue color. They resembled the +California species, however, in that same strange, hunted look which +always struck me. To see these flying-fish this way was provocative of +thought. They had been pursued by some hungry devil of a fish, and with +a birdlike swiftness with which nature had marvelously endowed them they +had escaped the enemy. Here I had at once the wonder and beauty and +terror of the sea. These fish were not leaping with joy. I have not +often seen fish in the salt water perform antics for anything except +flight or pursuit. Sometimes kingfish appear to be playing when they +leap so wonderfully at sunset hour, but as a rule salt-water fish do not +seem to be playful. + + * * * * * + +At Long Key the Gulf Stream is offshore five miles. The water shoals +gradually anywhere from two feet near the beach to twenty feet five +miles out on the reef. When there has been no wind for several days, +which is a rare thing for Long Key, the water becomes crystal clear and +the fish and marine creatures are an endless source of interest to the +fisherman. Of course a large boat, in going out on the reef, must use +the channel between the keys, but a small boat or canoe can go anywhere. +It is remarkable how the great game fish come in from the Stream across +the reef into shoal water. Barracuda come right up to the shore, and +likewise the big sharks. The bottom is a clean, white, finely ribbed +coral sand, with patches of brown seaweed here and there and golden +spots, and in the shallower water different kinds of sponges. Out on the +reef the water is a light green. The Gulf Stream runs along the outer +edge of the reef, and here between Tennessee Buoy and Alligator Light, +eighteen miles, is a feeding-ground for sailfish, kingfish, amberjack, +barracuda, and other fishes. The ballyhoo is the main feed of these +fishes, and it is indeed a queer little fish. He was made by nature, +like the sardine and mullet and flying-fish, to serve as food for the +larger fishes. The ballyhoo is about a foot long, slim and flat, shiny +and white on the sides and dark green on the back, with a sharp-pointed, +bright-yellow tail, the lower lobe of which is developed to twice the +length of the upper. He has a very strange feature in the fact that his +lower jaw resembles the bill of a snipe, being several inches long, +sharp and pointed and hard; but he has no upper lip or beak at all. This +half-bill must be used in relation to his food, but I do not have any +idea how this is done. + +One day I found the Gulf Stream a mile off Tennessee Buoy, whereas on +other days it would be close in. On this particular day the water was a +dark, clear, indigo blue and appreciably warmer than the surrounding +sea. This Stream has a current of several miles an hour, flowing up the +coast. Everywhere we saw the Portuguese men-of-war shining on the waves. +There was a slight, cool breeze blowing, rippling the water just enough +to make fishing favorable. I saw a big loggerhead turtle, weighing about +three hundred pounds, coming around on the surface among these +Portuguese men-of-war, and as we ran up I saw that he was feeding on +these queer balloon-like little creatures. Sometimes he would come up +under one and it would stick on his back, and he would turn laboriously +around from under it, and submerge his back so he had it floating again. +Then he would open his cavernous mouth and take it in. Considering the +stinging poison these Portuguese men-of-war secrete about them, the +turtle must have had a very tabasco-sauce meal. Right away I began to +see evidence of fish on the surface, which is always a good sign. We +went past a school of bonita breaking the water up into little swirls. +Then I saw a smashing break of a sailfish coming out sideways, sending +the water in white sheets. We slowed down the boat and got our baits +overboard at once. I was using a ballyhoo bait hooked by a small hook +through the lips, with a second and larger hook buried in the body. R. +C. was using a strip of mullet, which for obvious reasons seems to be +the preferred bait from Palm Beach to Long Key. And the obvious reason +is that nobody seems to take the trouble to get what might be proper +bait for sailfish. Mullet is an easy bait to get and commands just as +high a price as anything else, which, as a matter of fact, is highway +robbery. With a bait like a ballyhoo or a shiner I could get ten bites +to one with mullet. + +We trolled along at slow speed. The air was cool, the sun pleasant, the +sea beautiful, and this was the time to sit back and enjoy a sense of +freedom and great space of the ocean, and watch for leaping fish or +whatever might attract the eye. + +Here and there we passed a strange jellyfish, the like of which I had +never before seen. It was about as large as a good-sized cantaloup, and +pale, clear yellow all over one end and down through the middle, and +then commenced a dark red fringe which had a waving motion. Inside this +fringe was a scalloped circular appendage that had a sucking motion, +which must have propelled it through the water, and it made quite fair +progress. Around every one of these strange jellyfish was a little +school of tiny minnows, as clear-colored as crystals. These all swam on +in the same direction as the drift of the Gulf Stream. + +When we are fishing for sailfish everything that strikes we take to be a +sailfish until we find out it is something else. They are inconsistent +and queer fish. Sometimes they will rush a bait, at other times they +will tug at it and then chew at it, and then they will tap it with their +bills. I think I have demonstrated that they are about the hardest fish +to hook that swims, and also on light tackle they are one of the gamest +and most thrilling. However, not one in a hundred fishermen who come to +Long Key will go after them with light tackle. And likewise not one out +of twenty-five sailfish brought in there is caught by a fisherman who +deliberately went out after sailfish. Mostly they are caught by accident +while drags are set for kingfish or barracuda. At Palm Beach I believe +they fish for them quite persistently, with a great deal of success. But +it is more a method of still fishing which has no charms for me. + +Presently my boatman yelled, "Sailfish!" We looked off to port and saw a +big sailfish break water nine times. He was perhaps five hundred yards +distant. My boatman put on speed, and, as my boat is fast, it did not +take us long to get somewhere near where this big fish broke. We did our +best to get to the exact spot where he came up, then slowed down and +trolled over the place. In this instance I felt a light tap on my bait +and I jumped up quickly, both to look and let him take line. But I did +not see him or feel him any more. We went on. I saw a flash of bright +silver back of my brother's bait. At the instant he hooked a kingfish. +And then I felt one cut my bait off. Kingfish are savage strikers and +they almost invariably hook themselves when the drag is set. But as I +fish for sailfish with a free-running reel, of course I am exasperated +when a kingfish takes hold. My brother pulled in this kingfish, which +was small, and we rebaited our hooks and went on again. I saw more +turtles, and one we almost ran over, he was so lazy in getting down. +These big, cumbersome sea animals, once they get headed down and +started, can disappear with remarkable rapidity. I rather enjoy +watching them, but my boatman, who is a native of these parts and +therefore a turtle-hunter by instinct, always wore a rather disappointed +look when we saw one. This was because I would not allow him to harpoon +it. + + [Illustration: TWIN TIGERS OF THE SEA--THE SAVAGE BARRACUDA] + + [Illustration: HAPPY PASTIME OF BONEFISHING] + +The absence of gulls along this stretch of reef is a feature that struck +me. So that once in a while when I did see a lonely white gull I watched +him with pleasure. And once I saw a cero mackerel jump way in along the +reef, and even at a mile's distance I could see the wonderful curve he +made. + +The wind freshened, and all at once it seemed leaping sailfish were all +around us. Then as we turned the boat this way and that we had thrills +of anticipation. Suddenly R. C. had a strike. The fish took the bait +hungrily and sheered off like an arrow and took line rapidly. When R. C. +hooked him he came up with a big splash and shook himself to free the +hook. He jumped here and there and then went down deep. And then he took +a good deal of line off the reel. I was surprised to see a sailfish +stick his bill out of the water very much closer to the boat than where +R. C.'s fish should have been. I had no idea then that this was a fish +other than the one R. C. had hooked. But when he cut the line either +with his bill or his tail, and R. C. wound it in, we very soon +discovered that it was not the fish that he had hooked. This is one of +the handicaps of light tackle. + +We went on fishing. Sailfish would jump around us for a while and then +they would stop. We would not see one for several minutes. It is always +very exciting to be among them this way. Presently I had one take hold +to run off slowly and steadily, and I let him go for fifty feet, and +when I struck I tore the hook away from him. Quickly I let slack line +run back to him ten or fifteen feet at a time, until I felt him take it +once more. He took it rather suspiciously, I felt, and I honestly +believe that I could tell that he was mouthing or chewing the bait, +which made me careful to let the line run off easily to him. Suddenly he +rushed off, making the reel smoke. I let him run one hundred and fifty +feet and then stood up, throwing on the drag, and when the line +straightened tight I tried to jerk at him as hard as the tackle would +stand. As a matter of fact, however, he was going so fast and hard that +he hooked himself. It is indeed seldom that I miss one when he runs like +this. This fellow came up two hundred yards from the boat and slid along +the water with half of his body raised, much like one of those +coasting-boards I have seen bathers use, towed behind a motor-launch. He +went down and came up in a magnificent sheer leap, with his broad sail +shining in the sun. Very angry he was, and he reminded me of a Marlin +swordfish. Next he went down, and came up again bent in a curve, with +the big sail stretched again. He skittered over the water, going down +and coming up, until he had leaped seven times. This was a big, heavy +fish, and on the light six-ounce tip and nine-thread line I had my work +cut out for me. We had to run the boat toward him so I could get back my +line. Here was the advantage of having a fast boat with a big rudder. +Otherwise I would have lost my fish. After some steady deep plugging he +came up again and set my heart aflutter by a long surface play in which +he took off one hundred yards of line and then turned, leaping straight +for the boat. Fortunately the line was slack and I could throw off the +drag and let him run. Slack line never bothers me when I really get one +of these fish well hooked. If he is not well hooked he is going to get +away, anyhow. After that he went down into deep water and I had one long +hour of hard work in bringing him to the boat. Six hours later he +weighed fifty-eight and a half pounds, and as he had lost a good deal of +blood and dried out considerably, he would have gone over sixty pounds, +which, so far, is the largest sailfish I know of caught on light tackle. + +The sailfish were still leaping around us and we started off again. The +captain called our attention to a tail and a sail a few yards apart not +far from the boat. We circled around them to drive them down. I saw a +big wave back of R. C.'s bait and I yelled, "Look out!" I felt something +hit my bait and then hit it again. I knew it was a sailfish rapping at +it. I let the line slip off the reel. Just then R. C. had a vicious +strike and when he hooked the fish the line snapped. He claimed that he +had jerked too hard. This is the difficulty with light tackle--to strike +hard, yet not break anything. I was standing up and leaning forward, +letting my line slip off the reel, trying to coax that sailfish to come +back. Something took hold and almost jerked the rod out of my hands. +That was a magnificent strike, and of course I thought it was one of the +sailfish. But when I hooked him I had my doubts. The weight was heavy +and ponderous and tugging. He went down and down and down. The boatman +said amberjack. I was afraid so, but I still had my hopes. For a while I +could not budge him, and at last, when I had given up hope that it was a +sailfish, I worked a good deal harder than I would have otherwise. It +took me twenty-five minutes to subdue a forty-pound amberjack. Here was +proof of what could be done with light tackle. + +About ten-thirty of this most delightful and favorable day we ran into a +school of barracuda. R. C. hooked a small one, which was instantly set +upon by its voracious comrades and torn to pieces. Then I had a +tremendous strike, hard, swift, long--everything to make a tingle of +nerve and blood. The instant I struck, up out of a flying splash rose a +long, sharp, silver-flashing tiger of the sea, and if he leaped an inch +he leaped forty feet. On that light tackle he was a revelation. Five +times more he leaped, straight up, very high, gills agape, jaws wide, +body curved--a sight for any angler. He made long runs and short runs +and all kinds of runs, and for half an hour he defied any strain I dared +put on him. Eventually I captured him, and I considered him superior to +a tarpon of equal or even more weight. + +Barracuda are a despised fish, apparently because of their voracious and +murderous nature. But I incline to the belief that it is because the +invariable use of heavy tackle has blinded the fishermen to the +wonderful leaping and fighting qualities of this long-nosed, +long-toothed sea-tiger. The few of us who have hooked barracuda on light +tackle know him as a marvelous performer. Van Campen Heilner wrote +about a barracuda he caught on a bass rod, and he is not likely to +forget it, nor will the reader of his story forget it. + +R. C. had another strike, hooked his fish, and brought it in readily. It +was a bonita of about five pounds, the first one my brother had ever +caught. We were admiring his beautiful, subdued colors as he swam near +the boat, when up out of the blue depths shot a long gray form as swift +as lightning. It was a big barracuda. In his rush he cut that bonita in +two. The captain grasped the line and yelled for us to get the gaffs. R. +C. dropped the rod and got the small gaff, and as I went for the big one +I heard them both yell. Then I bent over to see half a dozen big gray +streaks rush for what was left of that poor little bonita. The big +barracuda with incredible speed and unbelievable ferocity rushed right +to the side of the boat at the bonita. He got hold of it and R. C. in +striking at him to gaff him hit him over the head several times. Then +the gaff hook caught him and R. C. began to lift. The barracuda looked +to me to be fully seven feet long and half as big around as a telegraph +pole. He made a tremendous splash in the water. R. C. was deluged. He +and the boatman yelled in their excitement. But R. C. was unable to hold +the big fish on this small gaff, and I got there too late. The barracuda +broke loose. Then, equally incredibly, he turned with still greater +ferocity and rushed the bonita again, but before he could get to it +another and smaller barracuda had hold of it. At this instant I leaned +over with a club. With one powerful sweep I hit one of the barracuda on +the head. When I reached over again the largest one was contending with +a smaller one for the remains of the bonita. I made a vicious pass at +the big one, missing him. Quick as I was, before I could get back, the +big fellow had taken the head of the bonita and rushed off with it, +tearing the line out of the captain's hands. Then we looked at one +another. It had all happened in a minute. We were all wringing wet and +panting from excitement and exertion. This is a gruesome tale of the sea +and I put it here only to illustrate the incomparable savageness of +these tigers of the Gulf Stream. + +The captain put the fish away and cleaned up the boat and we resumed +fishing. I ate lunch holding the rod in one hand, loath to waste any +time on this wonderful day. Sailfish were still jumping here and there +and far away. The next thing to happen was that R. C. hooked a small +kingfish, and at the same instant a big one came clear out in an +unsuccessful effort to get my bait. This happened to be near the reef, +and as we were going out I hooked a big grouper that tried out my +small tackle for all it was worth. But I managed to keep him from +getting on the bottom, and at length brought him in. The little +six-ounce tip now looked like a buggy-whip that was old and worn +out. After that nothing happened for quite a little spell. We had +opportunity to get rested. Presently R. C. had a sailfish tap his bait +and tap it again and tug at it and then take hold and start away. R. +C. hooked him and did it carefully, trying not to put too much strain +on the line. Here is where great skill is required. But the line +broke. After that he took one of my other tackles. Something went +wrong with the engine and the captain had to shut down and we drifted. +I had a long line out and it gradually sank. Something took hold and I +hooked it and found myself fast to a deep-sea, hard-fighting fish of +some kind. I got him up eventually, and was surprised to see a great, +broad, red-colored fish, which turned out to be a mutton-fish, much +prized for food. I had now gotten six varieties of fish in the Gulf +Stream and we were wondering what next. I was hoping it would be a +dolphin or a waahoo. It happened, however, to be a beautiful cero +mackerel, one of the shapeliest and most attractive fish in these +waters. He is built something like the brook-trout, except for a much +sharper head and wider fins and tail. But he is speckled very much +after the manner of the trout. We trolled on, and all of a sudden +raised a school of sailfish. They came up with a splashing rush very +thrilling to see. One hit R. C.'s bait hard, and then another, by way +of contrast, began to tug and chew at mine. I let the line out slowly. +And as I did so I saw another one follow R. C.'s mutilated bait which +he was bringing toward the boat. He was a big purple-and-bronze fellow +and he would have taken a whole bait if it could have been gotten to +him. But he sheered away, frightened by the boat. I failed to hook my +fish. It was getting along pretty well into the afternoon by this time +and the later it got the better the small fish and kingfish seemed to +bite. I caught one barracuda and six kingfish, while R. C. was +performing a somewhat similar feat. Then he got a smashing strike +from a sailfish that went off on a hard, fast rush, so that he hooked +it perfectly. He jumped nine times, several of which leaps I +photographed. He was a good-sized fish and active and strong. R. C. +had him up to the boat in thirty minutes, which was fine work for the +light tackle. I made sure that the fish was as good as caught and I +did not look to see where he was hooked. My boatman is not skilled in +the handling of the fish when they are brought in. Few boatmen are. He +took hold of the leader, and as he began to lift I saw that the hook +was fast in the bill of the sailfish fully six inches from his mouth. +At that instant the sailfish began to thresh. I yelled to the boatman +to let go, but either I was not quick enough or he did not obey, for +the hook snapped free and the sailfish slowly swam away, his great +purple-and-blue spotted sail waving in the water, and his bronze sides +shining. And we were both glad that he had gotten away, because we had +had the fun out of him and had taken pictures of him jumping, and he +was now alive and might make another fisherman sport some day. + + + + +VII + +BONEFISH + + +In my experience as a fisherman the greatest pleasure has been the +certainty of something new to learn, to feel, to anticipate, to thrill +over. An old proverb tells us that if you wish to bring back the wealth +of the Indias you must go out with its equivalent. Surely the longer a +man fishes the wealthier he becomes in experience, in reminiscence, in +love of nature, if he goes out with the harvest of a quiet eye, free +from the plague of himself. + +As a boy, fishing was a passion with me, but no more for the conquest of +golden sunfish and speckled chubs and horny catfish than for the +haunting sound of the waterfall and the color and loneliness of the +cliffs. As a man, and a writer who is forever learning, fishing is still +a passion, stronger with all the years, but tempered by an understanding +of the nature of primitive man, hidden in all of us, and by a keen +reluctance to deal pain to any creature. The sea and the river and the +mountain have almost taught me not to kill except for the urgent needs +of life; and the time will come when I shall have grown up to that. When +I read a naturalist or a biologist I am always ashamed of what I have +called a sport. Yet one of the truths of evolution is that not to +practise strife, not to use violence, not to fish or hunt--that is to +say, not to fight--is to retrograde as a natural man. Spiritual and +intellectual growth is attained at the expense of the physical. + +Always, then, when I am fishing I feel that the fish are incidental, and +that the reward of effort and endurance, the incalculable and intangible +knowledge emanate from the swelling and infinite sea or from the shaded +and murmuring stream. Thus I assuage my conscience and justify the fun, +the joy, the excitement, and the violence. + +Five years ago I had never heard of a bonefish. The first man who ever +spoke to me about this species said to me, very quietly with serious +intentness: "Have you had any experience with bonefish?" I said no, and +asked him what kind that was. His reply was enigmatical. "Well, don't go +after bonefish unless you can give up all other fishing." I remember I +laughed. But I never forgot that remark, and now it comes back to me +clear in its significance. That fisherman read me as well as I +misunderstood him. + +Later that season I listened to talk of inexperienced bonefishermen +telling what they had done and heard. To me it was absurd. So much +fishing talk seems ridiculous, anyway. And the expert fishermen, +wherever they were, received the expressive titles: "Bonefish Bugs and +Bonefish Nuts!" Again I heard arguments about tackle rigged for these +mysterious fish and these arguments fixed my vague impression. By and by +some bonefishermen came to Long Key, and the first sight of a bonefish +made me curious. I think it weighed five pounds--a fair-sized specimen. +Even to my prejudiced eye that fish showed class. So I began to question +the bonefishermen. + +At once I found this type of angler to be remarkably reticent as to +experience and method. Moreover, the tackle used was amazing to me. +Stiff rods and heavy lines for little fish! I gathered another +impression, and it was that bonefish were related to dynamite and chain +lightning. Everybody who would listen to my questions had different +things to say. No two men agreed on tackle or bait or ground or +anything. I enlisted the interest of my brother R. C., and we decided, +just to satisfy curiosity, to go out and catch some bonefish. The +complacent, smug conceit of fishermen! I can see now how funny ours was. +Fortunately it is now past tense. If I am ever conceited again I hope no +one will read my stories. + +My brother and I could not bring ourselves to try for bonefish with +heavy tackle. It was preposterous. Three--four--five-pound fish! We had +seen no larger. Bass tackle was certainly heavy enough for us. So in the +innocence of our hearts and the assurance of our vanity we sallied forth +to catch bonefish. + +That was four years ago. Did we have good luck? No! Luck has nothing to +do with bonefishing. What happened? For one solid month each winter of +those four years we had devoted ourselves to bonefishing with light +tackle. We stuck to our colors. The space of this whole volume would not +be half enough to tell our experience--the amaze, the difficulty, the +perseverance, the defeat, the wonder, and at last the achievement. The +season of 1918 we hooked about fifty bonefish on three-six tackles--that +is, three-ounce tips and six-thread lines--and we landed fourteen of +them. I caught nine and R. C. caught five. R. C.'s eight-pound fish +justified our contention and crowned our efforts. + +To date, in all my experience, I consider this bonefish achievement the +most thrilling, fascinating, difficult, and instructive. That is a broad +statement and I hope I can prove it. I am prepared to state that I feel +almost certain, if I spent another month bonefishing, I would become +obsessed and perhaps lose my enthusiasm for other kinds of fish. + +Why? + +There is a multiplicity of reasons. My reasons range from the +exceedingly graceful beauty of a bonefish to the fact that he is the +best food fish I ever ate. That is a wide range. He is the wisest, +shyest, wariest, strangest fish I ever studied; and I am not excepting +the great _Xiphias gladius_--the broadbill swordfish. As for the speed +of a bonefish, I claim no salmon, no barracuda, no other fish celebrated +for swiftness of motion, is in his class. A bonefish is so incredibly +fast that it was a long time before I could believe the evidence of my +own eyes. You see him; he is there perfectly still in the clear, shallow +water, a creature of fish shape, pale green and silver, but +crystal-like, a phantom shape, staring at you with strange black eyes; +then he is gone. Vanished! Absolutely without your seeing a movement, +even a faint streak! By peering keenly you may discern a little swirl in +the water. As for the strength of a bonefish, I actually hesitate to +give my impressions. No one will ever believe how powerful a bonefish +is until he has tried to stop the rush and heard the line snap. As for +his cunning, it is utterly baffling. As for his biting, it is almost +imperceptible. As for his tactics, they are beyond conjecture. + + [Illustration: THE GAMEST FISH THAT SWIMS] + + [Illustration: A WAAHOO] + +I want to append here a few passages from my note-books, in the hope +that a bare, bald statement of fact will help my argument. + + * * * * * + +First experience on a bonefish shoal. This wide area of coral mud was +dry at low tide. When we arrived the tide was rising. Water scarcely a +foot deep, very clear. Bottom white, with patches of brown grass. We saw +bonefish everywhere and expected great sport. But no matter where we +stopped we could not get any bites. Schools of bonefish swam up to the +boat, only to dart away. Everywhere we saw thin white tails sticking +out, as they swam along, feeding with noses in the mud. When we drew in +our baits we invariably found them half gone, and it was our assumption +that the blue crabs did this. + +At sunset the wind quieted. It grew very still and beautiful. The water +was rosy. Here and there we saw swirls and tails standing out, and we +heard heavy thumps of plunging fish. But we could not get any bites. + +When we returned to camp we were told that the half of our soldier-crab +baits had been sucked off by bonefish. Did not believe that. + +Tide bothered us again this morning. It seems exceedingly difficult to +tell one night before what the tide is going to do the next morning. At +ten o'clock we walked to the same place we were yesterday. It was a +bright, warm day, with just enough breeze to ruffle the water and make +fishing pleasant, and we certainly expected to have good luck. But we +fished for about three hours without any sign of a fish. This was +discouraging and we could not account for it. + +So we moved. About half a mile down the beach I thought I caught a +glimpse of a bonefish. It was a likely-looking contrast to the white +marl all around. Here I made a long cast and sat down to wait. My +brother lagged behind. Presently I spied two bonefish nosing along not +ten feet from the shore. They saw me, so I made no attempt to drag the +bait near them, but I called to my brother and told him to try to get a +bait ahead of them. This was a little after flood-tide. It struck me +then that these singular fish feed up the beach with one tide and down +with another. + +Just when my brother reached me I got a nibble. I called to him and then +stood up, ready to strike. I caught a glimpse of the fish. He looked big +and dark. He had his nose down, fooling with my bait. When I struck him +he felt heavy. I put on the click of the reel, and when the bonefish +started off he pulled the rod down hard, taking the line fast. He made +one swirl on the surface and then started up-shore. He seemed +exceedingly swift. I ran along the beach until presently the line +slackened and I felt that the hook had torn out. This was +disappointment. I could not figure that I had done anything wrong, but I +decided in the future to use a smaller and sharper hook. We went on down +the beach, seeing several bonefish on the way, and finally we ran into +a big school of them. They were right alongshore, but when they saw us +we could not induce them to bite. + + * * * * * + +Every day we learn something. It is necessary to keep out of sight of +these fish. After they bite, everything depends upon the skilful hooking +of the fish. Probably it will require a good deal of skill to land them +after you have hooked them, but we have had little experience at that so +far. When these fish are along the shore they certainly are feeding, and +presumably they are feeding on crabs of some sort. Bonefish appear to be +game worthy of any fisherman's best efforts. + +It was a still, hot day, without any clouds. We went up the beach to a +point opposite an old construction camp. To-day when we expected the +tide to be doing one thing it was doing another. Ebb and flow and +flood-tide have become as difficult as Sanskrit synonyms for me. My +brother took an easy and comfortable chair and sat up the beach, and I, +like an ambitious fisherman, laboriously and adventurously waded out one +hundred and fifty feet to an old platform that had been erected there. I +climbed upon this, and found it a very precarious place to sit. Come to +think about it, there is something very remarkable about the places a +fisherman will pick out to sit down on. This place was a two-by-four +plank full of nails, and I cheerfully availed myself of it and, casting +my bait out as far as I could, I calmly sat down to wait for a bonefish. +It has become a settled conviction in my mind that you have to wait for +bonefish. But all at once I got a hard bite. It quite excited me. I +jerked and pulled the bait away from the fish and he followed it and +took it again. I saw this fish and several others in the white patch of +ground where there were not any weeds. But in my excitement I did not +have out a long enough line, and when I jerked the fish turned over and +got away. This was all right, but the next two hours sitting in the sun +on that seat with a nail sticking into me were not altogether +pleasurable. When I thought I had endured it as long as I could I saw a +flock of seven bonefish swimming past me, and one of them was a whopper. +The sight revived me. I hardly breathed while that bunch of fish swam +right for my bait, and for all I could see they did not know it was +there. I waited another long time. The sun was hot--there was no +breeze--the heat was reflected from the water. I could have stood all +this well enough, but I could not stand the nails. So I climbed down off +my perch, having forgotten that all this time the tide had been rising. +And as I could not climb back I had to get wet, to the infinite +amusement of my brother. After that I fished from the shore. + +Presently my brother shouted and I looked up to see him pulling on a +fish. There was a big splash in the water and then I saw his line +running out. The fish was heading straight for the framework on which I +had been seated and I knew if he ever did get there he would break the +line. All of a sudden I saw the fish he had hooked. And he reached the +framework all right! + +I had one more strike this day, but did not hook the fish. It seems this +bonefishing takes infinite patience. For all we can tell, these fish +come swimming along with the rising tide close in to shore and they are +exceedingly shy and wary. My brother now has caught two small bonefish +and each of them gave a good strong bite, at once starting off with the +bait. We had been under the impression that it was almost impossible to +feel the bonefish bite. It will take work to learn this game. + + * * * * * + +Yesterday we went up on the north side of the island to the place near +the mangroves where we had seen some bonefish. Arriving there, we found +the tide almost flood, with the water perfectly smooth and very clear +and about a foot deep up at the mangrove roots. Here and there at a +little distance we could see splashes. We separated, and I took the +outside, while R. C. took the inside close to the mangroves. We waded +along. Before I had time to make a cast I saw a three-pound bonefish +come sneaking along, and when he saw me he darted away like an arrow. I +made a long cast and composed myself to wait. Presently a yell from R. +C. electrified me with the hope that he had hooked a fish. But it turned +out that he had only seen one. He moved forward very cautiously in the +water and presently made a cast. He then said that a big bonefish was +right near his hook, and during the next few minutes this fish circled +his bait twice, crossing his line. Then he counted out loud: one, two, +three, four, five bonefish right in front of him, one of which was a +whopper. I stood up myself and saw one over to my right, of about five +pounds, sneaking along with his nose to the bottom. When I made a cast +over in his direction he disappeared as suddenly as if he had dissolved +in the water. Looking out to my left, I saw half a dozen bonefish +swimming toward me, and they came quite close. When I moved they +vanished. Then I made a cast over in this direction. The bonefish came +back and swam all around my bait, apparently not noticing it. They were +on the feed, and the reason they did not take our bait must have been +that they saw us. We fished there for an hour without having a sign of a +bite, and then we gave it up. + +To-day about flood-tide I had a little strike. I jerked hard, but failed +to see the fish, and then when I reeled in I found he still had hold of +it. Then I struck him, and in one little jerk he broke the leader. + + * * * * * + +I just had a talk with a fellow who claims to know a good deal about +bonefishing. He said he had caught a good many ranging up to eight +pounds. His claim was that soldier crabs were the best bait. He said he +had fished with professional boatmen who knew the game thoroughly. They +would pole the skiff alongshore and keep a sharp lookout for what he +called bonefish mud. And I assume that he meant muddy places in the +water that had been stirred up by bonefish. Of course, any place where +these little swirls could be seen was very likely to be a bonefish bank. +He claimed that it was necessary to hold the line near the reel between +the forefingers, and to feel for the very slightest vibration. Bonefish +have a sucker-like mouth. They draw the bait in, and smash it. +Sometimes, of course, they move away, drawing out the line, but that +kind of a bite is exceptional. It is imperative to strike the fish when +this vibration is felt. Not one in five bonefish is hooked. + +We have had two northers and the water grew so cold that it drove the +fish out. The last two or three days have been warm and to-day it was +hot. However, I did not expect the bonefish in yet, and when we went in +bathing at flood-tide I was very glad to see two fish. I hurried out and +got my rod and began to try. Presently I had a little strike. I waited +and it was repeated; then I jerked and felt the fish. He made a wave and +that was the last I knew of him. + +Reeling in, I looked at my bait, to find that it had been pretty badly +chewed, but I fastened it on again and made another cast. I set down the +rod. Then I went back after the bucket for the rest of the bait. Upon my +return I saw the line jerking and I ran to the rod. I saw a little +splash, and a big white tail of a bonefish stick out of the water. I put +my thumb on the reel and jerked hard. Instantly I felt the fish, heavy +and powerful. He made a surge and then ran straight out. The line burned +my thumb so I could not hold it. I put on the click and the fish made a +swifter, harder run for at least a hundred yards, and he tore the hook +out. + +This makes a number of fish that have gotten away from me in this +manner. It is exasperating and difficult to explain. I have to use a +pretty heavy sinker in order to cast the bait out. I have arranged this +sinker, which has a hole through it, so that the line will run freely. +This seems to work all right on the bite, but I am afraid it does not +work after the fish is hooked. That sinker drags on the bottom. This is +the best rigging that I can plan at the present stage of the game. I +have an idea now that a bonefish should be hooked hard and then very +carefully handled. + +I fished off the beach awhile in front of the cabin. We used both kinds +of crabs, soldier and hermit. I fished two hours and a half, from the +late rising tide to the first of the ebb, without a sign or sight of a +fish. R. C. finally got tired and set his rod and went in bathing. Then +it happened. I heard his reel singing and saw his rod nodding; then I +made a dash for it. The fish was running straight out, heavy and fast, +and he broke the line. + +This may have been caused by the heavy sinker catching in the weeds. We +must do more planning to get a suitable rig for these bonefish. + + * * * * * + +Day before yesterday R. C. and I went up to the Long Key point, and +rowed in on the mangrove shoal where once before I saw so many bonefish. +The tide was about one-quarter in, and there was a foot of water all +over the flats. We anchored at the outer edge and began to fish. We had +made elaborate preparations in the way of tackle, bait, canoe, etc., and +it really would have been remarkable if we had had any luck. After a +little while I distinctly felt something at my hook, and upon jerking I +had one splendid surge out of a good, heavy bonefish. That was all that +happened in that place. + +It was near flood-tide when we went back. I stood up and kept a keen +watch for little muddy places in the water, also bonefish. At last I saw +several fish, and there we anchored. I fished on one side of the boat, +and R. C. on the other. On two different occasions, feeling a nibble on +his line, he jerked, all to no avail. The third time he yelled as he +struck, and I turned in time to see the white thresh of a bonefish. He +made a quick dash off to the side and then came in close to the boat, +swimming around with short runs two or three times, and then, apparently +tired, he came close. I made ready to lift him into the boat, when, lo +and behold! he made a wonderful run of fully three hundred feet before +R. C. could stop him. Finally he was led to the boat, and turned out to +be a fish of three and a half pounds. It simply made R. C. and me gasp +to speak of what a really large bonefish might be able to do. There is +something irresistible about the pursuit of these fish, and perhaps this +is it. We changed places, and as a last try anchored in deeper water, +fishing as before. This time I had a distinct tug at my line and I +hooked a fish. He wiggled and jerked and threshed around so that I told +R. C. that it was not a bonefish, but R. C. contended it was. Anyway, he +came toward the boat rather easily until we saw him and he saw us, and +then he made a dash similar to that of R. C.'s fish and he tore out the +hook. This was the extent of our adventure that day, and we were very +much pleased. + +Next morning we started out with a high northeast trade-wind blowing. +Nothing could dampen our ardor. + +It was blowing so hard up at No. 2 viaduct that we decided to stay +inside. There is a big flat there cut up by channels, and it is said to +be a fine ground for bonefish. The tide was right and the water was +clear, but even in the lee of the bank the wind blew pretty hard. We +anchored in about three feet of water and began to fish. + +After a while we moved. The water was about a foot deep, and the bottom +clean white marl, with little patches of vegetation. Crabs and +crab-holes were numerous. I saw a small shark and a couple of rays. When +we got to the middle of a big flat I saw the big, white, glistening +tails of bonefish sticking out of the water. We dropped anchor and, much +excited, were about to make casts, when R. C. lost his hat. He swore. We +had to pull up anchor and go get the hat. Unfortunately this scared the +fish. Also it presaged a rather hard-luck afternoon. In fishing, as in +many other things, if the beginning is tragedy all will be tragedy, +growing worse all the time. We moved around up above where I had seen +these bonefish, and there we dropped anchor. No sooner had we gotten our +baits overboard than we began to see bonefish tails off at quite some +distance. The thing to do, of course, was to sit right there and be +patient, but this was almost impossible for us. We moved again and +again, but we did not get any nearer to the fish. Finally I determined +that we would stick in one place. This we did, and the bonefish began to +come around. When they would swim close to the boat and see us they +would give a tremendous surge and disappear, as if by magic. But they +always left a muddy place in the water. The speed of these fish is +beyond belief. I could not cast where I wanted to; I tried again and +again. When I did get my bait off at a reasonable distance, I could feel +crabs nibbling at it. These pests robbed us of many a good bait. One of +them cut my line right in two. They seemed to be very plentiful, and +that must be why the bonefish were plentiful, too. R. C. kept losing +bait after bait, which he claimed was the work of crabs, but I rather +believed it to be the work of bonefish. It was too windy for us to tell +anything about the pressure of the line. It had to be quite a strong tug +to be felt at all. Presently I felt one, and instead of striking at once +I waited to see what would happen. After a while I reeled in to find my +bait gone. Then I was consoled by the proof that a bonefish had taken +the bait off for me. Another time three bonefish came along for my bait +and stuck their tails up out of the water, and were evidently nosing +around it, but I felt absolutely nothing on the line. When I reeled in +the bait was gone. + +We kept up this sort of thing for two hours. I knew that we were doing +it wrong. R. C. said bad conditions, but I claimed that these were only +partly responsible for our failure. I knew that we moved about too much, +that we did not cast far enough and wait long enough, and that by all +means we should not have cracked bait on the bottom of the boat, and +particularly we did not know when we had a bite! But it is one thing to +be sure of a fact and another to be able to practise it. At last we gave +up in despair, and upon paddling back toward the launch we saw a school +of bonefish with their tails in the air. We followed them around for a +while, apparently very much to their amusement. At sunset we got back +to the launch and started for camp. + +This was a long, hard afternoon's work for nothing. However, it is my +idea that experience is never too dearly bought. I will never do some +things again, and the harder these fish are to catch, the more time and +effort it takes--the more intelligence and cunning--all the more will I +appreciate success if it ever does come. It is in the attainment of +difficult tasks that we earn our reward. There are several old bonefish +experts here in camp, and they laughed when I related some of our +experiences. Bonefishermen are loath to tell anything about their +methods. This must be a growth of the difficult game. I had an expert +bonefisherman tell me that when he was surprised while fishing on one of +the shoals, he always dropped his rod and pretended to be digging for +shells. And it is a fact that the bonefish guides at Metacumbe did not +let any one get a line on their methods. They will avoid a +bonefishing-ground while others are there, and if they are surprised +there ahead of others, they will pull up anchor and go away. May I be +preserved from any such personal selfishness and reticence as this! One +of these bonefish experts at the camp told me that in all his years of +experience he had never gotten a bonefish bite. If you feel a tug, it is +when the bonefish is ejecting the hook. Then it is too late. The +bonefish noses around the bait and sucks it in without any apparent +movement of the line. And that can be detected first by a little sagging +of the line or by a little strain upon it. That is the time to strike. +He also said that he always broke his soldier crabs on a piece of lead +to prevent the jar from frightening the fish. + +Doctor B. tells a couple of interesting experiences with bonefish. On +one occasion he was fishing near another boat in which was a friend. The +water was very clear and still, and he could see his friend's bait lying +upon the sand. An enormous bonefish swam up and took the bait, and +Doctor B. was so thrilled and excited that he could not yell. When the +man hooked the fish it shot off in a straightaway rush, raising a ridge +upon the water. It ran the length of the line and freed itself. Later +Doctor B.'s friend showed the hook, that had been straightened out. They +measured the line and found it to be five hundred and fifty-five feet. +The bonefish had gone the length of this in one run, and they estimated +that he would have weighed not less than fifteen pounds. + +On another occasion Dr. B. saw a heavy bonefish hooked. It ran +straight off shore, and turning, ran in with such speed that it +came shooting out upon dry land and was easily captured. These two +instances are cases in point of the incredible speed and strength +of this strange fish. + +R. C. had a splendid fight with a bonefish to-day. The wind was blowing +hard and the canoe was not easy to fish out of. We had great difficulty +in telling when we did have a bite. I had one that I know of. When R. C. +hooked his fish it sheered off between the canoe and the beach and ran +up-shore quite a long way. Then it headed out to sea and made a long +run, and then circled. It made short, quick surges, each time jerking R. +C.'s rod down and pulling the reel handle out of his fingers. He had to +put on a glove. We were both excited and thrilled with the gameness of +this fish. It circled the canoe three times, and tired out very slowly. +When he got it close the very thing happened that I feared. It darted +under the anchor rope and we lost it. This battle lasted about fifteen +minutes, and afforded us an actual instance of the wonderful qualities +of this fish. + +Yesterday R. C. hooked a bonefish that made a tremendous rush straight +offshore, and never stopped until he had pulled out the hook. This must +have been a very heavy and powerful fish. + +I had my taste of the same dose to-day. I felt a tiny little tug upon my +line that electrified me and I jerked as hard as I dared. I realized +that I had hooked some kind of fish, but, as it was wiggling and did not +feel heavy, I concluded that I had hooked one of those pesky blowfish. +But all of a sudden my line cut through the water and fairly whistled. I +wound in the slack and then felt a heavy fish. He made a short plunge +and then a longer one, straight out, making my reel scream. I was afraid +to thumb the line, so I let him go. With these jerky plunges he ran +about three hundred feet. Then I felt my line get fast, and, handing my +rod to R. C., I slipped off my shoes and went overboard. I waded out, +winding as I went, to find that the bonefish had fouled the line on a +sponge on the bottom, and he had broken free just above the hook. + + * * * * * + +Yesterday the fag end of the northeast gale still held on, but we +decided to try for bonefish. Low tide at two o'clock. + +I waded up-shore with the canoe, and R. C. walked. It was a hard job to +face the wind and waves and pull the canoe. It made me tired and wet. + +When we got above the old camp the tide had started in. We saw bonefish +tails standing up out of the water. Hurriedly baiting our hooks, we +waded to get ahead of them. But we could not catch them wading, so went +back to the canoe and paddled swiftly ahead, anchored, and got out to +wade once more. + +R. C. was above me. We saw the big tail of one bonefish and both of us +waded to get ahead of him. At last I made a cast, but did not see him +any more. The wind was across my line, making a big curve in it, and I +was afraid I could not tell a bite if I had one. Was about to reel in +when I felt the faint tug. I swept my rod up and back, hard as I dared. +The line came tight, I felt a heavy weight; a quiver, and then my rod +was pulled down. I had hooked him. The thrill was remarkable. He took a +short dash, then turned. I thought I had lost him. But he was running +in. Frantically I wound the reel, but could not get in the slack. I saw +my line coming, heard it hiss in the water, then made out the dark shape +of a bonefish. He ran right at me--almost hit my feet. When he saw me he +darted off with incredible speed, making my reel scream. I feared the +strain on the line, and I plunged through the water as fast as I could +after him. He ran four hundred feet in that dash, and I ran fifty. Not +often have I of late years tingled and thrilled and panted with such +excitement. It was great. It brought back the days of boyhood. When he +stopped that run I was tired and thoroughly wet. He sheered off as I +waded and wound in. I got him back near me. He shot off in a shoal place +of white mud where I saw him plainly, and he scared a school of bonefish +that split and ran every way. My fish took to making short circles; I +could not keep a tight line. Lost! I wound in fast, felt him again, then +absolutely lost feel of him or sight of him. Lost again! My sensations +were remarkable, considering it was only a fish of arm's-length at the +end of the line. But these bonefish rouse an angler as no other fish +can. All at once I felt the line come tight. He was still on, now +running inshore. + +The water was about a foot deep. I saw the bulge, or narrow wave, he +made. He ran out a hundred feet, and had me dashing after him again. I +could not trust that light line at the speed he swam, so I ran to +release the strain. He led me inshore, then up-shore, and out toward sea +again, all the time fighting with a couple of hundred feet of line out. +Occasionally he would make a solid, thumping splash. He worked offshore +some two hundred yards, where be led me in water half to my hips. I had +to try to stop him here, and with fear and trepidation I thumbed the +reel. The first pressure brought a savage rush, but it was short. He +turned, and I wound him back and waded inshore. + +From that moment I had him beaten, although I was afraid of his short +thumps as he headed away and tugged. Finally I had him within twenty +feet circling around me, tired and loggy, yet still strong enough to +require careful handling. + +He looked short and heavy, pale checked green and silver; and his +staring black eye, set forward in his pointed white nose, could be +plainly seen. This fish made a rare picture for an angler. + +So I led him to the canoe and, ascertaining that I had him well hooked, +I lifted him in. + +Never have I seen so beautiful a fish. A golden trout, a white sea-bass, +a dolphin, all are beautiful, but not so exquisite as this bonefish. He +seemed all bars of dazzling silver. His tail had a blue margin and +streaks of lilac. His lower (anal) fins were blazing with opal fire, and +the pectoral fins were crystal white. His eye was a dead, piercing +black, staring and deep. We estimated his weight. I held for six pounds, +but R. C. shook his head. He did not believe that. But we agreed on the +magnificent fight he had made. + +Then we waded up-shore farther and began to fish. In just five minutes I +had the same kind of strike, slight, almost imperceptible, vibrating, +and I hooked a fish exactly as I had the first one. He was light of +weight, but swift as a flash. I played him from where I stood. This time +I essayed with all skill to keep a taut line. It was impossible. Now I +felt his weight and again only a slack line. This fish, too, ran right +to my feet, then in a boiling splash sheered away. But he could not go +far. I reeled him back and led him to the canoe. He was small, and the +smallness of him was such a surprise in contrast to what his fight had +led me to imagine he was. + +R. C. had one strike and broke his line on the jerk. We had to give up +on account of sunset at hand. + + * * * * * + +There was another hard thunder-storm last night. The last few days have +begun the vernal equinox. It rained torrents all night and stopped at +dawn. The wind was northeast and cool. Cloudy overhead, with purple +horizon all around--a forbidding day. But we decided to go fishing, +anyhow. We had new, delicate three-six tackles to try. About seven the +wind died away. There was a dead calm, and the sun tried to show. Then +another breeze came out of the east. + +We went up on the inside after bait, and had the luck to find some. +Crossing the island, we came out at the old construction camp where we +had left the canoe. By this time a stiff breeze was blowing and the tide +was rising fast. We had our troubles paddling and poling up to the grove +of cocoanuts. Opposite this we anchored and began to fish. + +Conditions were not favorable. The water was choppy and roily, the canoe +bobbed a good deal, the anchors dragged, and we did not see any fish. +All the same, we persevered. At length I had a bite, but pulled too +late. We tried again for a while, only to be disappointed. Then we +moved. + +We had to put the stern anchor down first and let it drag till it held +and the canoe drifted around away from the wind, then we dropped the bow +anchor. After a time I had a faint feeling at the end of my line--an +indescribable feeling. I jerked and hooked a bonefish. He did not feel +heavy. He ran off, and the wind bagged my line and the waves also helped +to pull out the hook. + +Following that we changed places several times, in one of which R. C. +had a strike, but failed to hook the fish. Just opposite the old wreck +on the shore I had another fish take hold, and, upon hooking him, had +precisely the same thing happen as in the first instance. I think the +bag of my line, which I could not avoid, allowed the lead to sag down +and drag upon the bottom. Of course when it caught the bonefish pulled +free. + +In some places we found the water clearer than in others. Flood-tide had +long come when we anchored opposite the old camp. R. C. cast out upon a +brown patch of weeds where we have caught some fine fish, and I cast +below. Perhaps in five minutes or less R. C. swept up his rod. I saw it +bend forward, down toward the water. He had hooked a heavy fish. The +line hissed away to the right, and almost at once picked up a good-sized +piece of seaweed. + +"It's a big fish!" I exclaimed, excitedly. "Look at him go!... That +seaweed will make you lose him. Let me wade out and pull it off?" + +"No! Let's take a chance.... Too late, anyhow! Gee! He's going!... He's +got two hundred yards out!" + +Two-thirds of the line was off the reel, and the piece of seaweed seemed +to be a drag on the fish. He slowed up. The line was tight, the rod +bent. Suddenly the tip sprang back. We had seen that often before. + +"Gone!" said R. C., dejectedly. + +But I was not so sure of that, although I was hopeless. R. C. wound in, +finding the line came slowly, as if weighted. I watched closely. We +thought that was on account of the seaweed. But suddenly the reel began +to screech. + +"I've got him yet!" yelled R. C., with joy. + +I was overjoyed, too, but I contained myself, for I expected dire +results from that run. + +Zee! Zee! Zee! went the reel, and the rod nodded in time. + +"We must get rid of that seaweed or lose him.... Pull up your anchor +with one hand.... Careful now." + +He did so, and quickly I got mine up. What ticklish business! + +"Keep a tight line!" I cautioned, as I backed the canoe hard with all my +power. It was not easy to go backward and keep head on to the wind. The +waves broke over the end of the canoe, splashing me in the face so I +could taste and smell the salt. I made half a dozen shoves with the +paddle. Then, nearing the piece of seaweed, I dropped my anchor. + +In a flash I got that dangerous piece of seaweed off R. C.'s line. + +"Good work!... Say, but that helps.... We'd never have gotten him," said +R. C., beaming. I saw him look then as he used to in our sunfish, +bent-pin days. + +"We've not got him yet," I replied, grimly. "Handle him as easily as you +can." + +Then began a fight. The bonefish changed his swift, long runs, and took +to slow sweeps to and fro, and whenever he was drawn a few yards closer +he would give a solid jerk and get that much line back. There was much +danger from other pieces of floating weed. R. C. maneuvered his line to +miss them. All the time the bonefish was pulling doggedly. I had little +hope we might capture him. At the end of fifteen minutes he was still a +hundred yards from the canoe and neither of us had seen him. Our +excitement grew tenser every moment. The fish sheered to and fro, and +would not come into shallower water. He would not budge. He took one +long run straight up the shore, in line with us, and then circled out. +This alarmed me, but he did not increase his lead. He came slowly +around, yard by yard. R. C. reeled carefully, not hard enough to +antagonize him, and after what seemed a long time got him within a +hundred feet, and I had a glimpse of green and silver. Then off he ran +again. How unbelievably swift! He had been close--then almost the same +instant he was far off. + +"I saw him! On a wave!" yelled R. C. "That's no bonefish! What can he +be, anyhow? I believe I've got a barracuda!" + +I looked and looked, but I could not see him. + +"No matter what you think you saw, that fish is a bonefish," I declared, +positively. "The runs he made! I saw silver and green! Careful now. I +_know_ he's a bonefish. And he must be big." + +"Maybe it's only the wind and waves that make him feel so strong," +replied R. C. + +"No! You can't fool me! Play him for a big one. He's been on +twenty-three minutes now. Stand up--I'll steady the canoe--and watch for +that sudden rush when he sees the canoe. The finish is in sight." + +It was an indication of a tiring fish that he made his first circle of +the canoe, but too far out for us to see him. This circling a boat is a +remarkable feature, and I think it comes from the habit of a bonefish of +pulling broadside. I cautioned R. C. to avoid the seaweed and to lead +him a little more, but to be infinitely careful not to apply too much +strain. He circled us again, a few yards closer. The third circle he did +not gain a foot. Then he was on his fourth lap around the canoe, drawing +closer. On his fifth lap clear round us he came near as fifty feet. I +could not resist standing up to see. I got a glimpse of him and he +looked long. But I did not say anything to R. C. We had both hooked too +many big bonefish that got away immediately. This was another affair. + +He circled us the sixth time. Six times! Then he came rather close. On +this occasion he saw the canoe. He surged and sped out so swiftly that I +was simply paralyzed. R. C. yelled something that had a note of +admiration of sheer glory in the spirit of that fish. + +"Here's where he leaves us!" I echoed. + +But, as luck would have it, he stopped that run short of two hundred +yards; and turned broadside to circle slowly back, allowing R. C. to get +in line. He swam slower this time, and did not make the heavy tugs. He +came easily, weaving to and fro. R. C. got him to within twenty-five +feet of the boat, yet still could not see him. It was my job to think +quick and sit still with ready hands on the anchor rope. He began to +plunge, taking a little line each time. Then suddenly I saw R. C.'s line +coming toward us. I knew that would happen. + +"Now! Look out! Reel in fast!" I cried, tensely. + +As I leaned over to heave up the anchor, I saw the bonefish flashing +nearer. At that instant of thrilling excitement and suspense I could not +trust my eyesight. There he was, swimming heavily, and he looked three +feet long, thick and dark and heavy. I got the anchor up just as he +passed under the canoe. Maybe I did not revel in pride of my quickness +of thought and action! + +"Oh! He's gone under the rope!" gasped R. C. + +"No!" I yelled, sharply. "Let your line run out! Put your tip down! +We'll drift over your line." + +R. C. was dominated to do so, and presently the canoe drifted over where +the line was stretched. That second ticklish moment passed. It had +scared me. But I could not refrain from one sally. + +"I got the anchor up. What did you think I'd do?" + +R. C. passed by my remark. This was serious business for him. He looked +quite earnest and pale. + +"Say! did you see him?" he ejaculated, looking at me. + +"Wish I hadn't," I replied. + +We were drifting inshore, which was well, provided we did not drift too +hard to suit the bonefish. He swam along in plain sight, and he seemed +so big that I would not have gazed any longer if I could have helped it. + +I kept the canoe headed in, and we were not long coming to shallow +water. Here the bonefish made a final dash for freedom, but it was short +and feeble, compared with his first runs. He got about twenty feet away, +then sheered, showing his broad, silver side. R. C. wound him in close, +and an instant later the bow of the canoe grated on shore. + +"Now what?" asked R. C. as I stepped out into the water. "Won't it be +risky to lift him into the canoe?" + +"Lift nothing! I have this all figured out. Lead him along." + +R. C. stepped out upon the beach while I was in the water. The bonefish +lay on his side, a blaze of silver. I took hold of the line very gently +and led the fish a little closer in. The water was about six inches +deep. There were waves beating in--a miniature surf. And I calculated on +the receding of a wave. Then with one quick pull I slid our beautiful +quarry up on the coral sand. The instant he was out of the water the +leader snapped. I was ready for this, too. But at that it was an awful +instant! As the wave came back, almost deep enough to float the +bonefish, I scooped him up. + +"He's ours!" I said, consulting my watch. "Thirty-three minutes! I give +you my word that fight was comparable to ones I've had with a Pacific +swordfish." + +"Look at him!" R. C. burst out. "Look at him! When the leader broke I +thought he was lost. I'm sick yet. Didn't you almost bungle that?" + +"Not a chance, R. C.," I replied. "Had that all figured. I never put any +strain on your line until the wave went back. Then I slid him out, the +leader broke, and I scooped him up." + +R. C. stood gazing down at the glistening, opal-spotted fish. What a +contrast he presented to any other kind of a fish! How many beautiful +species have we seen lying on sand or moss or ferns, just come out of +the water! But I could remember no other so rare as this bonefish. The +exceeding difficulty of the capture of this, our first really large +bonefish, had a great deal to do with our admiration and pride. For the +hard work of any achievement is what makes it worth while. But this had +nothing to do with the exquisite, indescribable beauty of the bonefish. +He was long, thick, heavy, and round, with speed and power in every +line; a sharp white nose and huge black eyes. The body of him was live, +quivering silver, molten silver in the sunlight, crossed and barred with +blazing stripes. The opal hues came out upon the anal fin, and the broad +tail curled up, showing lavender tints on a background of brilliant +blue. He weighed eight pounds. Symbolic of the mysterious life and +beauty in the ocean! Wonderful and prolific as nature is on land, she is +infinitely more so in the sea. By the sun and the sea we live; and I +shall never tire of seeking and studying the manifold life of the deep. + + + + +VIII + +SOME RARE FISH + + +It is very strange that the longer a man fishes the more there seems to +be to learn. In my case this is one of the secrets of the fascination of +the game. Always there will be greater fish in the ocean than I have +ever caught. + +Five or six years ago I heard the name "waahoo" mentioned at Long Key. +The boatmen were using it in a way to make one see that they did not +believe there was such a fish as a waahoo. The old conch fishermen had +never heard the name. For that matter, neither had I. + +Later I heard the particulars of a hard and spectacular fight Judge +Shields had had with a strange fish which the Smithsonian declared to be +a waahoo. The name waahoo appears to be more familiarly associated with +a shrub called burning-bush, also a Pacific coast berry, and again a +small tree of the South called winged elm. When this name is mentioned +to a fisherman he is apt to think only fun is intended. To be sure, I +thought so. + +In February, 1915, I met Judge Shields at Long Key, and, remembering his +capture of this strange fish some years previous, I questioned him. He +was singularly enthusiastic about the waahoo, and what he said excited +my curiosity. Either the genial judge was obsessed or else this waahoo +was a great fish. I was inclined to believe both, and then I forgot all +about the matter. + +This year at Long Key I was trolling for sailfish out in the Gulf +Stream, a mile or so southeast of Tennessee Buoy. It was a fine day for +fishing, there being a slight breeze and a ripple on the water. My +boatman, Captain Sam, and I kept a sharp watch on all sides for +sailfish. I was using light tackle, and of course trolling, with the +reel free running, except for my thumb. + +Suddenly I had a bewildering swift and hard strike. What a wonder that I +kept the reel from over-running! I certainly can testify to the burn on +my thumb. + +Sam yelled "Sailfish!" and stooped for the lever, awaiting my order to +throw out the clutch. + +Then I yelled: "Stop the boat, Sam!... It's no sailfish!" + +That strike took six hundred feet of line quicker than any other I had +ever experienced. I simply did not dare to throw on the drag. But the +instant the speed slackened I did throw it on, and jerked to hook the +fish. I felt no weight. The line went slack. + +"No good!" I called, and began to wind in. + +At that instant a fish savagely broke water abreast of the boat, about +fifty yards out. He looked long, black, sharp-nosed. Sam saw him, too. +Then I felt a heavy pull on my rod and the line began to slip out. I +jerked and jerked, and felt that I had a fish hooked. The line appeared +strained and slow, which I knew to be caused by a long and wide bag in +it. + +"Sam," I yelled, "the fish that jumped is on my line!" + +"No," replied Sam. + +It did seem incredible. Sam figured that no fish could run astern for +two hundred yards and then quick as a flash break water abreast of us. +But I knew it was true. Then the line slackened just as it had before. I +began to wind up swiftly. + +"He's gone," I said. + +Scarcely had I said that when a smashing break in the water on the other +side of the boat alarmed and further excited me. I did not see the fish. +But I jumped up and bent over the stern to shove my rod deep into the +water back of the propeller. I did this despite the certainty that the +fish had broken loose. It was a wise move, for the rod was nearly pulled +out of my hands. I lifted it, bent double, and began to wind furiously. +So intent was I on the job of getting up the slack line that I scarcely +looked up from the reel. + +"Look at him yump!" yelled Sam. + +I looked, but not quickly enough. + +"Over here! Look at him yump!" went on Sam. + +That fish made me seem like an amateur. I could not do a thing with him. +The drag was light, and when I reeled in some line the fish got most of +it back again. Every second I expected him to get free for sure. It was +a miracle he did not shake the hook, as he certainly had a loose rein +most all the time. The fact was he had such speed that I was unable to +keep a strain upon him. I had no idea what kind of a fish it was. And +Sam likewise was nonplussed. + +I was not sure the fish tired quickly, for I was so excited I had no +thought of time, but it did not seem very long before I had him within +fifty yards, sweeping in wide half-circles back of the boat. +Occasionally I saw a broad, bright-green flash. When I was sure he was +slowing up I put on the other drag and drew him closer. Then in the +clear water we saw a strange, wild, graceful fish, the like of which we +had never beheld. He was long, slender, yet singularly round and +muscular. His color appeared to be blue, green, silver crossed by bars. +His tail was big like that of a tuna, and his head sharper, more wolfish +than a barracuda. He had a long, low, straight dorsal fin. We watched +him swimming slowly to and fro beside the boat, and we speculated upon +his species. But all I could decide was that I had a rare specimen for +my collection. + +Sam was just as averse to the use of the gaff as I was. I played the +fish out completely before Sam grasped the leader, pulled him close, +lifted him in, and laid him down--a glistening, quivering, wonderful +fish nearly six feet long. + +He was black opal blue; iridescent silver underneath; pale blue dorsal; +dark-blue fins and copper-bronze tail, with bright bars down his body. + +I took this thirty-six pound fish to be a sea-roe, a game fish lately +noticed on the Atlantic seaboard. But I was wrong. One old conch +fisherman who had been around the Keys for forty years had never seen +such a fish. Then Mr. Schutt came and congratulated me upon landing a +waahoo. + +The catching of this specimen interested me to inquire when I could, and +find out for myself, more about this rare fish. + +Natives round Key West sometimes take it in nets and with the grains, +and they call it "springer." It is well known in the West Indies, where +it bears the name "queenfish." After studying this waahoo there were +boatmen and fishermen at Long Key who believed they had seen schools of +them. Mr. Schutt had observed schools of them on the reef, low down near +the coral--fish that would run from forty to one hundred pounds. It made +me thrill just to think of hooking a waahoo weighing anywhere near a +hundred pounds. Mr. Shannon testified that he had once observed a school +of waahoo leaping in the Gulf Stream--all very large fish. And once, on +a clear, still day, I drifted over a bunch of big, sharp-nosed, +game-looking fish that I am sure belonged to this species. + +The waahoo seldom, almost never, is hooked by a fisherman. This fact +makes me curious. All fish have to eat, and at least two waahoo have +been caught. Why not more? I do not believe that it is just a new fish. +I see Palm Beach notices printed to the effect that sailfish were never +heard of there before the Russo-Japanese War, and that the explosions of +floating mines drove them from their old haunts. I do not take stock in +such theory as that. As a matter of fact, Holder observed the sailfish +(_Histiophorus_) in the Gulf Stream off the Keys many years ago. +Likewise the waahoo must always have been there, absent perhaps in +varying seasons. It is fascinating to ponder over tackle and bait and +cunning calculated to take this rare denizen of the Gulf Stream. + + * * * * * + +During half a dozen sojourns at Long Key I had heard of two or three +dolphin being caught by lucky anglers who were trolling for anything +that would bite. But until 1916 I never saw a dolphin. Certainly I never +hoped to take one of these rare and beautiful deep-sea fish. Never would +have the luck. But in February I took two, and now I am forbidden the +peculiar pleasure of disclaiming my fisherman's luck. + +Dolphin seems a singularly attractive name. It always made me think of +the deep blue sea, of old tars, and tall-sparred, white-sailed brigs. It +is the name of a fish beloved of all sailors. I do not know why, but I +suspect that it is because the dolphin haunts ships and is an omen of +good luck, and probably the most exquisitely colored fish in the ocean. + +One day, two miles out in the Gulf Stream, I got a peculiar strike, +quite unlike any I had ever felt. A fisherman grows to be a specialist +in strikes. This one was quick, energetic, jerky, yet strong. And it was +a hungry strike. A fish that is hungry can almost always be hooked. I +let this one run a little and then hooked him. He felt light, but +savage. He took line in short, zigzag rushes. I fancied it was a bonita, +but Sam shook his head. With about a hundred yards of line out, the fish +leaped. He was golden. He had a huge, blunt, bow-shaped head and a +narrow tail. The distance was pretty far, and I had no certainty to go +by, yet I yelled: + +"Dolphin!" + +Sam was not so sure, but he looked mighty hopeful. The fish sounded and +ran in on me, then darted here and there, then began to leap and thresh +upon the surface. He was hard to lead--a very strong fish for his light +weight. I never handled a fish more carefully. He came up on a low +swell, heading toward us, and he cut the water for fifty feet, with only +his dorsal, a gleam of gold, showing in the sunlight. + +Next he jumped five times, and I could hear the wrestling sound he made +when he shook himself. I had no idea what he might do next, and if he +had not been securely hooked would have gotten off. I tried hard to keep +the line taut and was not always successful. Like the waahoo, he +performed tricks new to me. One was an awkward diving leap that somehow +jerked the line in a way to alarm me. When he quit his tumbling and +rushing I led him close to the boat. + +This has always been to me one of the rewards of fishing. It quite +outweighs that doubtful moment for me when the fish lies in the boat or +helpless on the moss. Then I am always sorry, and more often than not +let the fish go alive. + +My first sight of a dolphin near at hand was one to remember. The fish +flashed gold--deep rich gold--with little flecks of blue and white. Then +the very next flash there were greens and yellows--changing, colorful, +brilliant bars. In that background of dark, clear, blue Gulf Stream +water this dolphin was radiant, golden, exquisitely beautiful. It was a +shame to lift him out of the water. But-- + +The appearance of the dolphin when just out of the water beggars +description. Very few anglers in the world have ever had this +experience. Not many anglers, perhaps, care for the beauty of a fish. +But I do. And for the sake of those who feel the same way I wish I could +paint him. But that seems impossible. For even while I gazed the fish +changed color. He should have been called the chameleon of the ocean. He +looked a quivering, shimmering, changeful creature, the color of +golden-rod. He was the personification of beautiful color alive. The +fact that he was dying made the changing hues. It gave me a pang--that I +should be the cause of the death of so beautiful a thing. + +If I caught his appearance for one fleeting instant here it is: Vivid +green-gold, spotted in brilliant blue, and each blue spot was a circle +inclosing white. The long dorsal extending from nose to tail seemed +black and purple near the head, shading toward the tail to rich olive +green with splashes of blue. Just below the dorsal, on the background of +gold, was a line of black dots. The fins were pearly silver beneath, and +dark green above. All the upper body was gold shading to silver, and +this silver held exquisite turquoise-blue spots surrounded with white +rings, in strange contrast to those ringed dots above. There was even a +suggestion of pink glints. And the eyes were a deep purple with gold +iris. + +The beauty of the dolphin resembled the mystery of the Gulf Stream--too +illusive for the eye of man. + + * * * * * + +More than once some benighted angler had mentioned bonefish to me. These +individuals always appeared to be quiet, retiring fishermen who +hesitated to enlarge upon what was manifestly close to their hearts. I +had never paid any attention to them. Who ever heard of a bonefish, +anyway? The name itself did not appeal to my euphonious ear. + +But on this 1916 trip some faint glimmering must have penetrated the +density of my cranium. I had always prided myself upon my conviction +that I did not know it all, but, just the same, I had looked down from +my lofty height of tuna and swordfish rather to despise little +salt-water fish that could not pull me out of the boat. The waahoo and +the dolphin had opened my eyes. When some mild, quiet, soft-voiced +gentleman said bonefish to me again I listened. Not only did I listen, I +grew interested. Then I saw a couple of bonefish. They shone like +silver, were singularly graceful in build, felt heavy as lead, and +looked game all over. I made the mental observation that the man who had +named them bonefish should have had half of that name applied to his +head. + +After that I was more interested in bonefish. I never failed to ask +questions. But bonefishermen were scarce and as reticent as scarce. To +sum up all of my inquiries, I learned or heard a lot that left me +completely bewildered, so that I had no idea whether a bonefish was a +joke or the grandest fish that swims. I deducted from the amazing +information that if a fisherman sat all day in the blazing sun and had +the genius to discover when he had a bite he was learning. No one +ever caught bonefish without days and days of learning. Then there were +incidents calculated to disturb the peace of a contemplative angler like +myself. + + [Illustration: AT LONG KEY, THE LONELY CORAL SHORE WHERE THE SUN + SHINES WHITE ALL DAY AND THE STARS SHINE WHITE ALL NIGHT] + + [Illustration: THE FAMOUS STUNT OF A MARLIN SWORDFISH, "WALKING ON + HIS TAIL"] + +One man with heavy tackle yanked some bonefish out of the tide right in +front of my cabin, quite as I used to haul out suckers. Other men tried +it for days without success, though it appeared bonefish were passing +every tide. Then there was a loquacious boatman named Jimmy, who, when +he had spare time, was always fishing for bonefish. He would tell the +most remarkable tales about these fish. So finally I drifted to that +fatal pass where I decided I wanted to catch bonefish. I imagined it +would be easy for me. So did Captain Sam. Alas! the vanity of man! + +Forthwith Captain Sam and I started out to catch soldier-crabs for bait. +The directions we got from conch fishermen and others led us to assume +that it would be an easy matter to find crabs. It was not! We had to go +poking round mangrove roots until we learned how to catch the soldiers. +If this had not been fun for me it would have been hard work. But ever +since I was a little tad I have loved to chase things in the water. And +upon this occasion it was with great satisfaction that I caught more +bait than Captain Sam. Sam is something of a naturalist and he was +always spending time over a curious bug or shell or object he found. +Eventually we collected a bucketful of soldier-crabs. + +Next day, about the last of the ebb-tide, we tied a skiff astern and +went up the Key to a cove where there were wide flats. While working our +way inshore over the shoals we hit bottom several times and finally +went aground. This did not worry us, for we believed the rising tide +would float us. + +Then we got in the skiff and rowed toward the flats. I was rather +concerned to see that apparently the tide was just about as high along +this shore as it ever got. Sam shook his head. The tides were strange +around the Keys. It will be high on the Gulf side and low on the +Atlantic side, and sometimes it will run one way through the channels +for thirty-six hours. But we forgot this as soon as we reached the +bonefish shoals. + +Sam took an oar and slowly poled inshore, while I stood up on a seat to +watch for fish. The water was from six to eighteen inches deep and very +clear and still. The bottom appeared to be a soft mud, gray, almost +white in color, with patches of dark grass here and there. It was really +marl, which is dead and decayed coral. + +Scarcely had we gotten over the edge of this shoal when we began to see +things--big blue crabs, the kind that can pinch and that play havoc with +the fishermen's nets, and impudent little gray crabs, and needle-fish, +and small chocolate-colored sharks--nurse sharks, Sam called them--and +barracuda from one foot to five feet in length, and whip-rays and +sting-rays. It was exceedingly interesting and surprising to see all +these in such shallow water. And they were all tame. + +Here and there we saw little boils of the water, and then a muddy patch +where some fish had stirred the marl. Sam and I concluded these were +made by bonefish. Still, we could not be sure. I can see a fish a long +way in the water and I surely was alert. But some time elapsed and we +had poled to within a few rods of the mangroves before I really caught +sight of our coveted quarry. Then I saw five bonefish, two of them +large, between the boat and the mangroves. They were motionless. Somehow +the sight of them was thrilling. They looked wary, cunning, game, and +reminded me of gray wolves I had seen on the desert. Suddenly they +vanished. It was incredible the way they disappeared. When we got up to +the place where they had been there were the little swirls in the roiled +water. + +Then Sam sighted two more bonefish that flashed away too swiftly for me +to see. We stuck an oar down in the mud and anchored the boat. It seemed +absolutely silly to fish in water a foot deep. But I meant to try it. +Putting a crab on my hook, I cast off ten or a dozen yards, and composed +myself to rest and watch. + +Certainly I expected no results. But it was attractive there. The wide +flat stretched away, bordered by the rich, dark mangroves. Cranes and +pelicans were fishing off the shoals, and outside rippled the green +channel, and beyond that the dark-blue sea. The sun shone hot. There was +scarcely any perceptible breeze. All this would have been enjoyable and +fruitful if there had not been a fish within a mile. + +Almost directly I felt a very faint vibration of my line. I waited, +expectantly, thinking that I might be about to have a bite. But the line +slackened and nothing happened. + +There were splashes all around us and waves and ripples here and there, +and occasionally a sounding thump. We grew more alert and interested. +Sam saw a bonefish right near the boat. He pointed, and the fish was +gone. After that we sat very still, I, of course, expecting a bite every +moment. Presently I saw a bonefish not six feet from the boat. Where he +came from was a mystery, but he appeared like magic, and suddenly, just +as magically, he vanished. + +"Funny fish," observed Sam, thoughtfully. Something had begun to dawn +upon Sam, as it had upon me. + +No very long time elapsed before we had seen a dozen bonefish, any one +of which I could have reached with my rod. But not a bite! I reeled in +to find my bait gone. + +"That bait was eaten off by crabs," I said to Sam, as I put on another. + +Right away after my cast I felt, rather than saw, that slight vibration +of my line. I waited as before, and just as before the line almost +imperceptibly slackened and nothing happened. + +Presently I did see a blue crab deliberately cut my line. We had to move +the boat, pick up the lost piece of line, and knot it to the other. Then +I watched a blue crab tear off my bait. But I failed to feel or see that +faint vibration of my line. We moved the boat again, and again my line +was cut. These blue crabs were a nuisance. Sam moved the boat again. We +worked up the flat nearer where the little mangroves, scarce a foot +high, lifted a few leaves out of the water. Whenever I stood up I saw +bonefish, and everywhere we could hear them. Once more we composed +ourselves to watch and await developments. + + [Illustration: SURGING IN A HALF-CIRCLE] + + [Illustration: BROADBILL SWORDFISH ON THE SURFACE--THE MOST THRILLING + SIGHT TO A SEA ANGLER] + +In the succeeding hour I had many of the peculiar vibrations of my line, +and, strange to see, every time I reeled in, part of my bait or all of +it was gone. Still I fished on patiently for a bonefish bite. + +Meanwhile the sun lost its heat, slowly slanted to the horizon of +mangroves, and turned red. It was about the hour of sunset and it turned +out to be a beautiful and memorable one. Not a breath of air stirred. +There was no sound except the screech of a gull and the distant splashes +of wading birds. I had not before experienced silence on or near salt +water. The whole experience was new. We remarked that the tide had not +seemed to rise any higher. Everywhere were little swells, little waves, +little wakes, all made by bonefish. The sun sank red and gold, and all +the wide flat seemed on fire, with little mangroves standing clear and +dark against the ruddy glow. And about this time the strangest thing +happened. It might have been going on before, but Sam and I had not seen +it. All around us were bonefish tails lifted out of the water. They +glistened like silver. When a bonefish feeds his head is down and his +tail is up, and, the water being shallow, the upper fluke of his tail +stands out. If I saw one I saw a thousand. It was particularly easy to +see them in the glassy water toward the sunset. + +A school of feeding bonefish came toward us. I counted eleven tails out +of the water. They were around my bait. Now or never, I thought, waiting +frantically! But they went on feeding--passed over my line--and came so +near the boat that I could plainly see the gray shadow shapes, the +long, sharp noses, the dark, staring eyes. I reeled in to find my bait +gone, as usual. It was exasperating. + +We had to give up then, as darkness was not far off. Sam was worried +about the boat. He rowed while I stood up. Going back, I saw bonefish in +twos and fours and droves. We passed school after school. They had just +come in from the sea, for they were headed up the flat. I saw many +ten-pound fish, but I did not know enough about bonefish then to +appreciate what I saw. However, I did appreciate their keen sight and +wariness and wonderful speed and incredible power. Some of the big +surges made me speculate what a heavy bonefish might do to light tackle. +Sam and I were disappointed at our luck, somewhat uncertain whether it +was caused by destructive work of crabs or the wrong kind of bait or +both. It scarcely occurred to us to inquire into our ignorance. + +We found the boat hard and fast in the mud. Sam rowed me ashore. I +walked back to camp, and he stayed all night, and all the next day, +waiting for the tide to float the boat. + +After that on several days we went up to the flat to fish for bonefish. +But we could not hit the right tide or the fish were not there. At any +rate, we did not see any or get any bites. + +Then I began to fish for bonefish in front of my cottage. Whenever I +would stick my rod in the sand and go in out of the hot sun a bonefish +would take my bait and start off to sea. Before I could get back he +would break something. + +This happened several times before I became so aroused that I +determined to catch one of these fish or die. I fished and fished. I +went to sleep in a camp-chair and absolutely ruined my reputation as an +ardent fisherman. One afternoon, just after I had made a cast, I felt +the same old strange vibration of my line. I was not proof against it +and I jerked. Lo! I hooked a fish that made a savage rush, pulled my +bass-rod out of shape, and took all my line before I could stop him. +Then he swept from side to side. I reeled him in, only to have him run +out again and again and yet again. I knew I had a heavy fish. I expected +him to break my line. I handled him gingerly. Imagine my amaze to beach +a little fish that weighed scarcely more than two pounds! But it was a +bonefish--a glistening mother-of-pearl bonefish. Somehow the obsession +of these bonefishermen began to be less puzzling to me. Sam saw me catch +this bonefish, and he was as amazed as I was at the gameness and speed +and strength of so small a fish. + +Next day a bonefisherman of years' experience answered a few questions I +put to him. No, he never fished for anything except bonefish. They were +the hardest fish in the sea to make bite, the hardest to land after they +were hooked. Yes, that very, very slight vibration of the line--that +strange feeling rather than movement--was the instant of their quick +bite. An instant before or an instant after would be fatal. + +It dawned upon me then that on my first day I must have had dozens of +bonefish bites, but I did not know it! I was humiliated--I was taken +down from my lofty perch--I was furious. I thanked the gentleman for +his enlightenment and went away in search of Sam. I told Sam, and he +laughed--laughed at me and at himself. After all, it was a joke. And I +had to laugh too. It is good for a fisherman to have the conceit taken +out of him--if anything can accomplish that. Then Sam and I got our +heads together. What we planned and what we did must make another story. + + + + +IX + +SWORDFISH + + _From records of the New York Bureau of Fisheries, + by G. B. Goode_ + + +The swordfish, _Xiphias gladius_, ranges along the Atlantic coast of +America from Jamaica (latitude 18 deg. N.), Cuba, and the Bermudas, to Cape +Breton (latitude 47 deg. N.). It has not been seen at Greenland, Iceland, or +Spitzbergen, but occurs, according to Collett, at the North Cape +(latitude 71 deg.). It is abundant along the coasts of western Europe, +entering the Baltic and the Mediterranean. I can find no record of the +species on the west coast of Africa south of Cape Verde, though Lutken, +who may have access to facts unknown to me, states that they occur clear +down to the Cape of Good Hope, South Atlantic in mid-ocean, to the west +coast of South America and to southern California (latitude 34 deg.), New +Zealand, and in the Indian Ocean off Mauritius. + +The names of the swordfish all have reference to that prominent feature, +the prolonged snout. The "swordfish" of our own tongue, the "zwardfis" +of the Hollander, the Italian "sofia" and "pesce-spada," the Spanish +"espada" and "espadarte," varied by "pez do spada" in Cuba, and the +French "espadon," "dard," and "epee de mer," are simply variations of +one theme, repetitions of the "gladius" of ancient Italy and "xiphius," +the name by which Aristotle, the father of zoology, called the same fish +twenty-three hundred years ago. The French "empereur" and the +"imperador" and the "ocean kingfish" of the Spanish and French West +Indies, carry out the same idea, for the Roman Emperor was always +represented holding a drawn sword in his hand. The Portuguese names are +"aguhao," meaning "needle," or "needle-fish." + +This species has been particularly fortunate in escaping the numerous +redescriptions to which almost all widely distributed forms have been +subjected. By the writers of antiquity it was spoken of under its +Aristotelian name, and in the tenth edition of his _Systema Naturae_, at +the very inception of binomial nomenclative, Linnaeus called it _Xiphias +gladius_. By this name it has been known ever since, and only one +additional name is included in its synonym, _Xiphias rondeletic_ of +Leach. + +The swordfish has been so long and so well known that its right to its +peculiar name has seldom been infringed upon. The various species of +_Tetrapturus_ have sometimes shared its title, and this is not to be +wondered at, since they closely resemble _Xiphias gladius_, and the +appellative has frequently been applied to the family _Xiphiidae_--the +swordfish--which includes them all. + +The name "bill-fish," usually applied to our _Tetrapturus albidus_, a +fish of the swordfish family, often taken on our coast, must be +pronounced objectionable, since it is in many districts used for +various species of Belonidae, the garfishes or green-bones (_Belone +truncata_ and others), which are members of the same faunas. Spear-fish +is a much better name. + +The "sailfish," _Histiophorus americanus_, is called by sailors in the +South the "boohoo" or "woohoo." This is evidently a corrupted form of +"guebum," a name, apparently of Indian origin, given to the same fish in +Brazil. It is possible that _Tetrapturus_ is also called "boohoo," since +the two genera are not sufficiently unlike to impress sailors with their +differences. Blecker states that in Sumatra the Malays call the related +species, _H. gladius_, by the name "Joohoo" (Juhu), a curious +coincidence. The names may have been carried from the Malay Archipelago +to South America, or _vice versa_, by mariners. + +In Cuba the spear-fish are called "aguja" and "aguja de palada"; the +sailfish, "aguja prieta" or "aguja valadora"; _Tetrapturus albidus_ +especially known as the "aguja blanca," _T. albidus_ as the "aguja de +castro." + +In the West Indies and Florida the scabbard-fish or silvery hairy-tail, +_Trichiurus lepturus_, a form allied to the _Xiphias_, though not +resembling it closely in external appearance, is often called +"swordfish." The body of this fish is shaped like the blade of a saber, +and its skin has a bright, metallic luster like that of polished steel, +hence the name. + +Swordfish are most abundant on the shoals near the shore and on the +banks during the months of July and August; that they make their +appearance on the frequented cruising-grounds between Montauk Point and +the eastern part of Georges Banks sometime between the 25th of May and +the 20th of June, and that they remain until the approach of cold +weather in October and November. The dates of the first fish on the +cruising-grounds referred to are recorded for three years, and are +reasonably reliable: in 1875, June 20th; in 1877, June 10th; in 1878, +June 14th. + +South of the cruising-grounds the dates of arrival and departure are +doubtless farther apart, the season being shorter north and east. There +are no means of obtaining information, since the men engaged in this +fishery are the only ones likely to remember the dates when the fish are +seen. + +The swordfish comes into our waters in pursuit of its food. At least +this is the most probable explanation of its movements, since the duties +of reproduction appear to be performed elsewhere. Like the tuna, the +bluefish, the bonito, and the squiteague, they pursue and prey upon the +schools of menhaden and mackerel, which are so abundant in the summer +months. "When you see swordfish, you may know that mackerel are about," +said an old fisherman to me. "When you see the fin-back whale following +food, there you may find swordfish," said another. The swordfish also +feeds upon squid, which are at times abundant on our banks. + +To what extent this fish is amenable to the influences of temperature is +an unsolved problem. We are met at the outset by the fact that they are +frequently taken on trawl lines which are set at the depth of one +hundred fathoms or more, on the offshore banks. We know that the +temperature of the water in these localities and at that depth is sure +to be less than 40 deg. Fahr. How is this fact to be reconciled with the +known habits of the fish, that it prefers the warmest weather of summer +and swims at the surface in water of temperature ranging from 55 deg. to +70 deg., sinking when cool winds blow below? The case seemed clear enough +until the inconvenient discovery was made that swordfish are taken on +bottom trawl lines. In other respects their habits agree closely with +those of the mackerel tribe, all the members of which seem sensitive to +slight changes in temperature, and which, as a rule, prefer temperature +in the neighborhood of 50 deg. or more. + + [Illustration: SHINING IN THE SUNLIGHT] + + [Illustration: THROWING WHITE WATER LIKE THE EXPLOSION OF A TORPEDO] + +The appearance of the fish at the surface depends largely upon the +temperature. They are seen only upon quiet summer days, in the morning +before ten or eleven o'clock, and in the afternoon about four o'clock. +Old fishermen say that they rise when the mackerel rise, and when the +mackerel go down they go down also. + +Regarding the winter abode of the swordfish, conjecture is useless. I +have already discussed this question at length with reference to the +menhaden and mackerel. With the swordfish the conditions are very +different. The former are known to spawn in our waters, and the schools +of young ones follow the old ones in toward the shores. The latter do +not spawn in our waters. We cannot well believe that they hibernate, nor +is the hypothesis of a sojourn in the middle strata of mid-ocean exactly +tenable. Perhaps they migrate to some distant region, where they spawn. +But then the spawning-time of this species in the Mediterranean, as is +related in a subsequent paragraph, appears to occur in the summer +months, at the very time when the swordfish are most abundant in our own +waters, apparently feeling no responsibility for the perpetuation of +their species. + +The swordfish, when swimming at the surface, usually allows its dorsal +fin and the upper lobe of its caudal fin to be visible, projecting out +of the water. It is this habit which enables the fisherman to detect the +presence of the fish. It swims slowly along, and the fishing-schooner +with a light breeze finds no difficulty in overtaking it. When excited +its motions are very rapid and nervous. Swordfish are sometimes seen to +leap entirely out of the water. Early writers attributed this habit to +the tormenting presence of parasites, but this theory seems hardly +necessary, knowing what we do of its violent exertions at other times. +The pointed head, the fins of the back and abdomen snugly fitting into +grooves, the absence of ventrals, the long, lithe, muscular body, +sloping slowly to the tail, fits it for the most rapid and forceful +movement through the water. Prof. Richard Owen, testifying in an England +court in regard to its power, said: + + "It strikes with the accumulated force of fifteen + double-handed hammers. Its velocity is equal to that of a + swivel shot, and is as dangerous in its effect as a heavy + artillery projectile." + +Many very curious instances are on record of the encounter of this fish +with other fishes, or of their attacks upon ships. What can be the +inducement for it to attack objects so much larger than itself is hard +to surmise. We are all familiar with the couplet from Oppian: + + Nature her bounty to his mouth confined, + Gave him a sword, but left unarmed his mind. + +It surely seems as if temporary insanity sometimes takes possession of +the fish. It is not strange that when harpooned it should retaliate by +attacking its assailant. An old swordfisherman told Mr. Blackman that +his vessel had been struck twenty times. There are, however, many +instances of entirely unprovoked assaults on vessels at sea. Many of +these are recounted in a later portion of this memoir. Their movements +when feeding are discussed below as well as their alleged peculiarities +of movement during breeding season. + +It is the universal testimony of our fishermen that two are never seen +swimming close together. Captain Ashby says that they are always distant +from each other at least thirty or forty feet. + +The pugnacity of the swordfish has become a byword. Without any special +effort on my part, numerous instances of their attacks upon vessels have +in the last ten years found their way into the pigeonhole labeled +"Swordfish." + +AElian says (b. XXXII, c. 6) that the swordfish has a sharp-pointed snout +with which it is able to pierce the sides of a ship and send it to the +bottom, instances of which have been known near a place in Mauritania +known as Cotte, not far from the river Sixus, on the African side of the +Mediterranean. He describes the sword as like the beak of the ship +known as the trireme, which was rowed with three banks of oars. + +The _London Daily News_ of December 11, 1868, contained the following +paragraph, which emanated, I suspect, from the pen of Prof. R. A. +Proctor. + + Last Wednesday the court of common pleas--rather a strange place, + by the by, for inquiring into the natural history of fishes--was + engaged for several hours in trying to determine under what + circumstances a swordfish might be able to escape scot-free after + thrusting his snout into the side of a ship. The gallant ship + _Dreadnought_, thoroughly repaired and classed A1 at Lloyd's, had + been insured for L3,000 against all risks of the sea. She sailed on + March 10, 1864, from Columbo for London. Three days later the crew, + while fishing, hooked a swordfish. Xiphias, however, broke the + line, and a few moments after leaped half out of the water, with + the object, it should seem, of taking a look at his persecutor, the + _Dreadnaught_. Probably he satisfied himself that the enemy was + some abnormally large cetacean, which it was his natural duty to + attack forthwith. Be this as it may, the attack was made, and the + next morning the captain was awakened with the unwelcome + intelligence that the ship had sprung a leak. She was taken back to + Columbo, and thence to Cochin, where she hove down. Near the keel + was found a round hole, an inch in diameter, running completely + through the copper sheathing and planking. + + As attacks by swordfish are included among sea risks, the insurance + company was willing to pay the damages claimed by the owners of the + ship, if only it could be proved that the hole had been really made + by aswordfish. No instances had ever been recorded in which a + swordfish which had passed its beak through three inches of stout + planking could withdraw without the loss of its sword. Mr. Buckland + said that fish have no power of "backing," and expressed his belief + that he could hold a swordfish by the beak; but then he admitted + that the fish had considerable lateral power, and might so "wriggle + its sword out of the hold." And so the insurance company will have + to pay nearly L600 because an ill-tempered fish objected to be + hooked and took its revenge by running full tilt against copper + sheathing and oak planking. + + [Illustration: A LONG, SLIM SAILFISH WIGGLING IN THE AIR] + + [Illustration: FIGHTING A BROADBILL SWORDFISH] + +The food of the swordfish is of a very mixed nature. + +Doctor Fleming found the remains of sepias in its stomach, and also +small fishes. Oppian stated that it eagerly devours the _Hippuris_ +(probably _Coryphaena_). A specimen taken off Saconnet July 22, 1875, had +in its stomach the remains of small fish, perhaps _Stromateus +triacanthus_, and jaws of a squid, perhaps _Loligo pealin_. Their food +in the western Atlantic consists for the most part of the common +schooling species of fishes. They feed on menhaden, mackerel, bonitoes, +bluefish, and other species which swim in close schools. Their habits of +feeding have often been described to me by old fishermen. They are said +to rise beneath the school of small fish, striking to the right and left +with their swords until they have killed a number, which they then +proceed to devour. Menhaden have been seen floating at the surface which +have been cut nearly in twain by a blow of a sword. Mr. John H. Thompson +remarks that he has seen them apparently throw the fish in the air, +catching them on the fall. + +Capt. Benjamin Ashby says that they feed on mackerel, herring, whiting, +and menhaden. He has found half a bucketful of small fish of these kind +in the stomach of one swordfish. He has seen them in the act of feeding. +They rise perpendicularly out of the water until the sword and +two-thirds of the remainder of the body are exposed to view. He has seen +a school of herring at the surface on Georges Banks as closely as they +could be packed. A swordfish came up through the dense mass and fell +flat on its side, striking many fish with the sides of its sword. He has +at one time picked up as much as a bushel of herrings thus killed by a +swordfish on Georges Banks. + +But little is known regarding their time and place of breeding. They are +said to deposit their eggs in large quantities on the coasts of Sicily, +and European writers give their spawning-time occurring the latter part +of spring and the beginning of summer. In the Mediterranean they occur +of all sizes from four hundred pounds down, and the young are so +plentiful as to become a common article of food. + +M. Raymond, who brought to Cuvier a specimen of aistiophorn four inches +long, taken in January, 1829, in the Atlantic, between the Cape of Good +Hope and France, reported that there were good numbers of young sailfish +in the place where this was taken. + +Meunier, quoting Spollongain, states that the swordfish does not +approach the coast of Sicily except in the season of reproduction; the +males are then seen pursuing the females. It is a good time to capture +them, for when the female has been taken the male lingers near and is +easily approached. The fish are abundant in the Straits of Messina from +the middle of April to the middle of September; early in the season they +hug the Calabrian shore, approaching from the north; after the end of +June they are most abundant on the Sicilian shore, approaching from the +south. + +From other circumstances, it seems certain that there are +spawning-grounds in the seas near Sicily and Genoa, for from November +to the 1st of March young ones are taken in the Straits of Messina, +ranging in weight from half a pound to twelve pounds. + +In the Mediterranean, as has been already stated, the young fish are +found from November to March, and here from July to the middle of +September the male fish are seen pursuing the female over the shoals, +and at this time the males are easily taken. Old swordfish fishermen, +Captain Ashby and Captain Kirby, assure me that on our coast, out of +thousands of specimens they have taken, they have never seen one +containing eggs. I have myself dissected several males, none of which +were near breeding-time. In the European waters they are said often to +be seen swimming in pairs, male and female. Many sentimental stories +were current, especially among the old writers, concerning the conjugal +affection and unselfish devotion of the swordfish, but they seem to have +originated in the imaginative brain of the naturalist rather than in his +perceptive faculties. It is said that when the female fish is taken the +male seems devoid of fear, approaches the boat, and allows himself +easily to be taken, but if this be true, it appears to be the case only +in the height of the breeding season, and is easily understood. I cannot +learn that two swordfish have ever been seen associated together in our +waters, though I have made frequent and diligent inquiry. + +There is no inherent improbability, however, in this story regarding the +swordfish in Europe, for the same thing is stated by Professor Poey as +the result upon the habits of _Tetrapturus_. + +The only individual of which we have the exact measurements was taken +off Saconnet, Rhode Island, July 23, 1874. This was seven feet seven +inches long, weighing one hundred and thirteen pounds. Another, taken +off No Man's Land, July 20, 1875, and cast in plaster for the collection +of the National Museum, weighed one hundred and twenty pounds and +measured about seven feet. Another, taken off Portland, August 15, 1878, +was 3,999 millimeters long and weighed about six hundred pounds. Many of +these fish doubtless attain the weight of four and five hundred pounds, +and some perhaps grow to six hundred; but after this limit is reached, I +am inclined to believe larger fish are exceptional. Newspapers are fond +of recording the occurrence of giant fish, weighing one thousand pounds +and upward, and old sailors will in good faith describe the enormous +fish which they saw at sea, but could not capture; but one +well-authenticated instance of accurate weighing is much more valuable. +The largest one ever taken by Capt. Benjamin Ashby, for twenty years a +swordfish fisherman, was killed on the shoals back of Edgartown, +Massachusetts. When salted it weighed six hundred and thirty-nine +pounds. Its live weight must have been as much as seven hundred and +fifty or eight hundred. Its sword measured nearly six feet. This was an +extraordinary fish among the three hundred or more taken by Captain +Ashby in his long experience. He considers the average size to be about +two hundred and fifty pounds dressed, or five hundred and twenty-five +alive. Captain Martin, of Gloucester, estimated the average size at +three to four hundred pounds. The largest known to Captain Michaux +weighed six hundred and twenty-eight. The average about Block Island he +considers to be two hundred pounds. + +The size of the smallest swordfish taken on our eastern coast is a +subject of much deeper interest, for it throws light on the time and +place of breeding. There is some difference of testimony regarding the +average size, but all fishermen with whom I have talked agree that very +small ones do not find their way into our shore waters. Numerous very +small specimens have, however, been already taken by the Fish Commission +at sea, off our middle and southern coast. + +Capt. John Rowe has seen one which did not weigh more than seventy-five +pounds when taken out of the water. + +Capt. R. H. Hurlbert killed near Block Island, in July, 1877, one which +weighed fifty pounds and measured about two feet without its sword. + +Captain Ashby's smallest weighed about twenty-five pounds when dressed; +this he killed off No Man's Land. He tells me that a Bridgeport smack +had one weighing sixteen pounds (or probably twenty-four when alive), +and measuring eighteen inches without its sword. + +In August, 1878, a small specimen of the mackerel-shark, _Lamna +cornubica_, was captured at the mouth of Gloucester Harbor. In its +nostril was sticking a sword, about three inches long, of a young +swordfish. When this was pulled out the blood flowed freely, indicating +that the wound was recent. The fish to which this sword belonged cannot +have exceeded ten or twelve inches in length. Whether the small +swordfish met with its misfortune in our waters, or whether the shark +brought this trophy from beyond the sea, is an unsolved problem. + +Lutken speaks of a very young individual taken in the Atlantic, latitude +32 deg. 50' N., 74 deg. 19' W. This must be about one hundred and fifty miles +southeast of Cape Hatteras. + +For many years from three to six hundred of these fish have been taken +annually on the New England coast. It is not unusual for twenty-five or +more to be seen in the course of a single day's cruising, and sometimes +as many as this are visible from the masthead at one time. Captain Ashby +saw twenty at one time, in August, 1889, between Georges Banks and the +South Shoals. One Gloucester schooner, _Midnight_, Capt. Alfred Wixom, +took fourteen in one day on Georges Banks in 1877. + +Capt. John Rowe obtained twenty barrels, or four thousand pounds, of +salt fish on one trip to Georges Banks; this amount represents twenty +fish or more. Captain Ashby has killed one hundred and eight swordfish +in one year; Capt. M. C. Tripp killed about ninety in 1874. + +Such instances as these indicate in a general way the abundance of the +swordfish. A vessel cruising within fifty miles of our coast, between +Cape May and Cape Sable, during the months of June, July, August, and +September, cannot fail, on a favorable day, to come in sight of several +of them. Mr. Earll states that the fishermen of Portland never knew them +more abundant than in 1879. This is probably due in part to the fact +that the fishery there is of a very recent origin. + +There is no evidence of any change in their abundance, either increase +or decrease. Fishermen agree that they are as plentiful as ever, nor can +any change be anticipated. The present mode does not destroy them in any +considerable numbers, each individual fish being the object of special +pursuit. The solitary habits of the species will always protect them +from wholesale capture, so destructive to schooling fish. Even if this +were not the case, the evidence proves that spawning swordfish do not +frequent our waters. When a female shad is killed, thousands of possible +young die also. The swordfish taken by our fishermen carry no such +precious burden. + +"The small swordfish is very good meat," remarked Josselyn, in writing +of the fishes of England in the seventeenth century. Since Josselyn +probably never saw a young swordfish, unless at some time he had visited +the Mediterranean, it is fair to suppose that his information was +derived from some Italian writer. + +It is, however, a fact that the flesh of the swordfish, though somewhat +oily, is a very acceptable article of food. Its texture is coarse; the +thick, fleshy, muscular layers cause it to resemble that of the halibut +in constituency. Its flavor is by many considered fine, and is not +unlike that of the bluefish. Its color is gray. The meat of the young +fish is highly prized on the Mediterranean, and is said to be perfectly +white, compact, and of delicate flavor. Swordfish are usually cut up +into steaks--thick slices across the body--and may be broiled or boiled. + +The apparatus ordinarily employed for the capture of the swordfish is +simple in the extreme. It is the harpoon with the detachable head. When +the fish is struck, the head of the harpoon remains in the body of the +fish, and carries with it a light rope which is either made fast or held +by a man in a small boat, or is attached to some kind of a buoy, which +is towed through the water by the struggling fish, and which marks its +whereabouts after death. + +The harpoon consists of a pole fifteen or sixteen feet in length, +usually of hickory or some other hard wood, upon which the bark has been +left, so that the harpooner may have a firmer hand-grip. This pole is +from an inch and a half to two inches in diameter, and at one end is +provided with an iron rod, or "shank," about two feet long and +five-eighths of an inch in diameter. This "shank" is fastened to the +pole by means of a conical or elongated, cuplike expansion at one end, +which fits over the sharpened end of the pole, to which it is secured by +screws or spikes. A light line extends from one end of the pole to the +point where it joins the "shank" and in this line is tied a loop by +which is made fast another short line which secures the pole to the +vessel or boat, so that when it is thrown at the fish it cannot be lost. + +Upon the end of the "shank" fits the head of the harpoon, known by the +names swordfish-iron, lily-iron, and Indian dart. The form of this +weapon has undergone much variation. The fundamental idea may very +possibly have been derived from the Indian fish-dart, numerous specimens +of which are in the National Museum, from various tribes of Indians of +New England, British America, and the Pacific. However various the +modifications may have been, the similarity of the different shapes is +no less noteworthy from the fact that all are peculiarly American. In +the enormous collection of fishery implements of all lands at the late +exhibition at Berlin, nothing of the kind could be found. What is known +to whalers as a toggle-harpoon is a modification of the lily-iron, but +so greatly changed by the addition of a pivot by which the head of the +harpoon is fastened to the shank that it can hardly be regarded as the +same weapon. The lily-iron is, in principle, exactly what a whaleman +would describe by the word "toggle." It consists of a two-pointed piece +of metal, having in the center, at one side, a ring or socket the axis +of which is parallel with the long diameter of the implement. In this is +inserted the end of the pole-shank, and to it or near it is also +attached the harpoon-line. When the iron has once been thrust point +first through some solid substance, such as the side of a fish, and is +released upon the other side by the withdrawal of the pole from the +socket, it is free, and at once turns its long axis at right angle to +the direction in which the harpoon-line is pulling, and this is +absolutely prevented from withdrawal. The principle of the whale harpoon +or toggle-iron is similar, except that the pole is not withdrawn, and +the head, turning upon a pivot at its end, fastens the pole itself +securely to the fish, the harpoon-line being attached to some part of +the pole. The swordfish lily-iron head, as now ordinarily used, is about +four inches in length, and consists of two lanceolate blades, each about +an inch and a half long, connected by a central piece much thicker than +they, in which, upon one side, and next to the flat side of the blade, +is the socket for the insertion of the pole-shank. In this same central +enlargement is forged an opening to which the harpoon-line is attached. +The dart-head is usually made of steel; sometimes of iron, which is +generally galvanized; sometimes of brass. + +The entire weight of the harpoon--pole, shank, and head--should not +exceed eighteen pounds. + +The harpoon-line is from fifty to one hundred and fifty fathoms long, +and is ordinarily what is known as "fifteen-thread line." At the end is +sometimes fastened a buoy, and an ordinary mackerel-keg is generally +used for this purpose. + +In addition to the harpoon every swordfish fisherman carries a lance. +This implement is precisely similar to a whaleman's lance, except that +it is smaller, consisting of a lanceolate blade perhaps one inch wide +and two inches long, upon the end of a shank of five-eighths-inch iron, +perhaps two or three feet in length, fastened in the ordinary way upon a +pole fifteen to eighteen feet in length. + +The swordfish are always harpooned from the end of the bowsprit of a +sailing-vessel. It is next to impossible to approach them in a small +boat. All vessels regularly engaged in this fishery are supplied with a +special apparatus called a "rest," or "pulpit," for the support of the +harpooner as he stands on the bowsprit, and this is almost essential to +success, although it is possible for an active man to harpoon a fish +from this station without the aid of the ordinary framework. Not only +the professional swordfish fisherman, but many mackerel-schooners and +packets are supplied in this manner. + +The swordfish never comes to the surface except in moderate, smooth +weather. A vessel cruising in search of them proceeds to the +fishing-ground, and cruises hither and thither wherever the abundance of +small fish indicates that they ought to be found. Vessels which are met +are hailed and asked whether any swordfish have been seen, and if +tidings are thus obtained the ship's course is at once laid for the +locality where they were last noticed. A man is always stationed at the +masthead, where, with the keen eye which practice has given him, he can +easily descry the telltale dorsal fins at a distance of two or three +miles. When a fish has once been sighted, the watch "sings out," and the +vessel is steered directly toward it. The skipper takes his place in the +"pulpit" holding the pole in both hands by the small end, and directing +the man at the wheel by voice and gesture how to steer. There is no +difficulty in approaching the fish with a large vessel, although, as has +already been remarked, they will not suffer a small boat to come near +them. The vessel plows and swashes through the water, plunging its +bowsprit into the waves without exciting their fears. Noises frighten +them and drive them down. Although there would be no difficulty in +bringing the end of a bowsprit directly over the fish, a skilful +harpooner never waits for this. When the fish is from six to ten feet in +front of the vessel it is struck. The harpoon is never thrown, the pole +being too long. The strong arm of the harpooner punches the dart into +the back of the fish, right at the side of the high dorsal fin, and the +pole is withdrawn and fastened again to its place. When the dart has +been fastened to the fish the line is allowed to run out as far as the +fish will carry it, and is then passed in a small boat, which is towing +at the stern. Two men jump into this, and pull in upon the line until +the fish is brought in alongside; it is then killed with a whale-lance +or a whale-spade, which is stuck into the gills. + +The fish having been killed, it is lifted upon the deck by a purchase +tackle of two double blocks rigged in the shrouds. + +The pursuit of the swordfish is much more exciting than ordinary +fishing, for it resembles the hunting of large animals upon the land and +partakes more of the nature of the chase. There is no slow and careful +baiting and patient waiting, and no disappointment caused by the +accidental capture of worthless "bait-stealers." The game is seen and +followed, and outwitted by wary tactics, and killed by strength of arm +and skill. The swordfish is a powerful antagonist sometimes, and sends +his pursuers' vessel into harbor leaking, and almost sinking, from +injuries he has inflicted. I have known a vessel to be struck by wounded +swordfish as many as twenty times in a season. There is even the spice +of personal danger to savor the chase, for the men are occasionally +wounded by the infuriated fish. One of Captain Ashby's crew was severely +wounded by a swordfish which thrust his beak through the oak floor of a +boat on which he was standing, and penetrated about two inches in his +naked heel. The strange fascination draws men to this pursuit when they +have once learned its charms. An old swordfish fisherman, who had +followed the pursuit for twenty years, told me that when he was on the +cruising-ground, he fished all night in his dreams, and that many a time +he has rubbed the skin off his knuckles by striking them against the +ceiling of his bunk when he raised his arms to thrust the harpoon into +visionary monster swordfishes. + + _The Spear-fish or Bill-fish_ + +The bill-fish or spear-fish, _Tetrapturus indicus_ (with various related +forms, which may or may not be specifically identical), occurs in the +western Atlantic from the West Indies (latitude 10 deg. to 20 deg. N.) to +southern England (latitude 40 deg. N.); in the eastern Atlantic, from +Gibraltar (latitude 45 deg. N.) to the Cape of Good Hope (latitude 30 deg. S.) +in the Indian Ocean, the Malay Archipelago, New Zealand (latitude 40 deg. +S.), and on the west coast of Chile and Peru. In a general way, the +range is between latitude 40 deg. N. and latitude 40 deg. S. + +The species of _Tetrapturus_ which we have been accustomed to call _T. +albidus_, abundant about Cuba, is not very usual on the coast of +southern New England. Several are taken every year by the swordfish +fishermen. I have not known of their capture along the southern Atlantic +coast of the United States. All I have known about were taken between +Sandy Hook and the eastern part of Georges Banks. + +The Mediterranean spear-fish, _Tetrapturus balone_, appears to be a +landlocked form, never passing west of the Straits of Gibraltar. + +The spear-fish in our waters is said by our fishermen to resemble the +swordfish in its movements and manner of feeding. Professor Poey +narrates that both the Cuban species swim at a depth of one hundred +fathoms, and they journey in pairs, shaping their course toward the Gulf +of Mexico, the females being full of eggs. Only adults are taken. It is +not known whence they come, or where they breed, or how the young +return. It is not even known whether the adult fish return by the same +route. When the fish has swallowed the hook it rises to the surface, +making prodigious leaps and plunges. At last it is dragged to the boat, +secured with a boat-hook, and beaten to death before it is hauled on +board. Such fishing is not without danger, for the spear-fish sometimes +rushes upon the boat, drowning the fisherman, or wounding him with its +terrible weapon. The fish becomes furious at the appearance of sharks, +which are its natural enemies. They engage in violent combats, and when +the spear-fish is attached to the fisherman's line it often receives +frightful wounds from the adversaries. + +The spear-fish strikes vessels in the same manner as the swordfish. I am +indebted to Capt. William Spicer, of Noank, Connecticut, for this note: + + Mr. William Taylor, of Mystic, a man seventy-six years old, who was + in the smack _Evergreen_, Capt. John Appleman, tells me that they + started from Mystic, October 3, 1832, on a fishing voyage to Key + West, in company with the smack _Morning Star_, Captain Rowland. On + the 12th were off Cape Hatteras, the winds blowing heavily from the + northeast, and the smack under double-reefed sails. At ten o'clock + in the evening they struck a woho, which shocked the vessel all + over. The smack was leaking badly, and they made a signal to the + _Morning_ _Star_ to keep close to them. The next morning they + found the leak, and both smacks kept off Charleston. On arrival + they took out the ballast, hove her out, and found that the sword + had gone through the planking, timber, and ceiling. The plank was + two inches thick, the timber five inches, and the ceiling + one-and-a-half-inch white oak. The sword projected two inches + through the ceiling, on the inside of the "after run." It struck by + a butt on the outside, which caused the leak. They took out and + replaced a piece of the plank, and proceeded on their voyage. + + _The Sailfish_ + +The sailfish, _Histiophorus gladius_ (with _H. americanus_ and _H. +orientalis_, questionable species, and _H. pulchellus_ and _H. +immaculatus_, young), occurs in the Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Malay +Archipelago, and south at least as far as the Cape of Good Hope +(latitude 35 deg. S.); in the Atlantic on the coast of Brazil (latitude 30 deg. +S.) to the equator, and north to southern New England (latitude 42 deg. N.); +in the Pacific to southwestern Japan (latitude 30 deg. to 10 deg. N.). In a +general way the range may be said to be in tropical and temperate seas, +between latitude 30 deg. S. and 40 deg. N., and in the western parts of those +seas. + +The first allusion to this genus occurs in Piso's _Historia Naturalis +Brasiliae_ printed in Amsterdam in 1648. In this book may be found an +identical, though rough, figure of the American species, accompanied by +a few lines of description, which, though good, when the fact that they +were written in the seventeenth century is brought to mind, are of no +value for critical comparison. + +The name given to the Brazilian sailfish by Marcgrave, the talented +young German who described the fish in the book referred to, and who +afterward sacrificed his life in exploring the unknown fields of +American zoology, is interesting, since it gives a clue to the +derivation of the name "boohoo," by which this fish, and probably +spear-fish, are known to English-speaking sailors in the tropical +Atlantic. + +Sailfish were observed in the East Indies by Renard and Valentijn, +explorers of that region from 1680 to 1720, and by other Eastern +voyagers. No species of the genus was, however, systematically described +until 1786, when a stuffed specimen from the Indian Ocean, eight feet +long, was taken to London, where it still remains in the collections of +the British Museum. From this specimen M. Broussonet prepared a +description, giving it the name _Scomber gladius_, rightly regarding it +as a species allied to the mackerel. + +From the time of Marcgrave until 1872 it does not appear that any +zoologist had any opportunity to study a sailfish from America or even +the Atlantic; yet in Gunther's Catalogue, the name _H. americanus_ is +discarded and the species of America is assumed to be identical with +that of the Indian Ocean. + +The materials in the National Museum consist of a skeleton and a painted +plaster cast of the specimen taken near Newport, Rhode Island, in +August, 1872, and given to Professor Baird by Mr. Samuel Powell, of +Newport. No others were observed in our waters until March, 1878, when, +according to Mr. Neyle Habersham, of Savannah, Georgia, two were taken +by a vessel between Savannah and Indian River, Florida, and were brought +to Savannah, where they attracted much attention in the market. In +1873, according to Mr. E. G. Blackford, a specimen in a very mutilated +condition was brought from Key West to New York City. + +No observations have been made in this country, and recourse must be had +to the statements of observers in the other hemisphere. + +In the Life of Sir Stamford Raffles is printed a letter from Singapore, +under date of November 30, 1822, with the following statement: + + The only amusing discovery we have recently made is that of a + sailing-fish, called by the natives "ikan layer," of about ten or + twelve feet long, which hoists a mainsail, and often sails in the + manner of a native boat, and with considerable swiftness. I have + sent a set of the sails home, as they are beautifully cut and form + a model for a fast-sailing boat. When a school of these are under + sail together they are frequently mistaken for a school of native + boats. + +The fish referred to is in all likelihood _Histiophorus gladius_, a +species very closely related to, if not identical with, our own. + + _The Cutlass-fish_ + +The cutlass-fish, _Trichiurus lepturus_, unfortunately known in eastern +Florida and at Pensacola as the swordfish; at New Orleans, in the St. +John's River, and at Brunswick, Georgia, it is known as the "silver +eel"; on the coast of Texas as "saber-fish," while in the Indian River +region it is called the "skip-jack." No one of these names is +particularly applicable, and, the latter being preoccupied, it would +seem advantageous to use in this country the name "cutlass-fish," which +is current for the same species in the British West Indies. + +Its appearance is very remarkable on account of its long, compressed +form and its glistening, silvery color. The name "scabbard-fish," which +has been given to an allied species in Europe, would be very proper also +for this species, for in general shape and appearance it looks very like +the metallic scabbard of the sword. It attains the length of four or +five feet, though ordinarily not exceeding twenty-five or thirty inches. +This species is found in the tropical Atlantic, on the coast of Brazil, +in the Gulf of California, the West Indies, the Gulf of Mexico, and +north to Woods Hole, Massachusetts, where, during the past ten years, +specimens have been occasionally taken. In 1845 one was found at +Wellfleet, Massachusetts; and in the Essex Institute is a specimen which +is said to have been found on the shores of the Norway Frith many years +ago, and during the past decade it has become somewhat abundant in +southern England. It does not, however, enter the Mediterranean. Some +writers believed the allied species, _Trichiurus haumela_, found in the +Indian Ocean and Archipelago and in various parts of the Pacific, to be +specifically the same. + +The cutlass-fish is abundant in the St. John's River, Florida, in the +Indian River region, and in the Gulf of Mexico. Several instances were +related to me in which these fish had thrown themselves from the water +into rowboats, a feat which might be very easily performed by a lithe, +active species like the _Trichiurus_. A small one fell into a boat +crossing the mouth of the Arlington River, where the water is nearly +fresh. + +Many individuals of the same species are taken every year at the mouth +of the St. John's River at Mayport. Stearn states that they are caught +in the deep waters of the bays about Pensacola, swimming nearly at the +surface, but chiefly with hooks and lines from the wharves. He has known +them to strike at the oars of the boat and at the end of the ropes that +trailed in the water. At Pensacola they reach a length of twenty to +thirty inches, and are considered good food fish. Richard Hill states +that in Jamaica this species is much esteemed, and is fished for +assiduously in a "hole," as it is called--that is, a deep portion of the +waters off Fort Augusta. This is the best fishing-place for the +cutlass-fish, _Trichiurus_. The fishing takes place before day; all +lines are pulled in as fast as they are thrown out, with the certainty +that the cutlass has been hooked. As many as ninety boats have been +counted on this fishing-ground at daybreak during the season. + + + + +X + +THE GLADIATOR OF THE SEA + + +Three summers in Catalina waters I had tried persistently to capture my +first broadbill swordfish; and so great were the chances against me that +I tried really without hope. It was fisherman's pride, I imagined, +rather than hope that drove me. At least I had a remarkably keen +appreciation of the defeats in store for any man who aspired to +experience with that marvel of the sea--_Xiphius gladius_, the broadbill +swordsman. + +On the first morning of my fourth summer, 1917, I was up at five. Fine, +cool, fresh, soft dawn with a pale pink sunrise. Sea rippling with an +easterly breeze. As the sun rose it grew bright and warm. We did not get +started out on the water until eight o'clock. The east wind had whipped +up a little chop that promised bad. But the wind gradually died down and +the day became hot. Great thunderheads rose over the mainland, +proclaiming heat on the desert. We saw scattered sheerwater ducks and a +school of porpoises; also a number of splashes that I was sure were made +by swordfish. + +The first broadbill I sighted had a skinned tail, and evidently had been +in a battle of some kind. We circled him three times with flying-fish +bait and once with barracuda, and as he paid no attention to them we +left him. This fish leaped half out on two occasions, once showing his +beautiful proportions, his glistening silver white, and his +dangerous-looking rapier. + + [Illustration: THE ONLY PHOTOGRAPH EVER TAKEN OF LEAPING BROADBILL + SWORDFISH] + + [Illustration: XIPHIAS GLADIUS, THE BROADSWORDED GLADIATOR OF THE SEA] + +The second one leaped twice before we neared him. And as we made a poor +attempt at circling him, he saw the boat and would have none of our +offers. + +The third one was skimming along just under the surface, difficult to +see. After one try at him we lost him. + +They were not up on the surface that day, as they are when the best +results are obtained. The east wind may have had something to do with +that. These fish would average about three hundred pounds each. Captain +Dan says the small ones are more wary, or not so hungry, for they do not +strike readily. + +I got sunburnt and a dizzy headache and almost seasick. Yet the day was +pleasant. The first few days are always hard, until I get broken in. + +Next morning the water and conditions were ideal. The first two +swordfish we saw did not stay on the surface long enough to be worked. +The third one stayed up, but turned away from the bait every time we got +it near him. So we left him. + +About noon I sighted a big splash a mile off shoreward, and we headed +that way. Soon I sighted fins. The first time round we got the bait +right and I felt the old thrill. He went down. I waited; but in vain. + +He leaped half out, and some one snapped a picture. It looked like a +fortunate opportunity grasped. We tried him again, with flying-fish and +barracuda. But he would not take either. Yet he loafed around on the +surface, showing his colors, quite near the boat. He leaped clear out +once, but I saw only the splash. Then he came out sideways, a skittering +sort of plunge, lazy and heavy. He was about a three-hundred pounder, +white and blue and green, a rare specimen of fish. We tried him again +and drew a bait right in front of him. No use! Then we charged him--ran +him down. Even then he was not frightened, and came up astern. At last, +discouraged at his indifference, we left him. + +This day was ideal up to noon. Then the sun got very hot. My wrists were +burnt, and neck and face. My eyes got tired searching the sea for fins. +It was a great game, this swordfishing, and beat any other I ever tried, +for patience and endurance. The last fish showed his cunning. They were +all different, and a study of each would be fascinating and instructive. + +Next morning was fine. There were several hours when the sea was smooth +and we could have sighted a swordfish a long distance. We went eastward +of the ship course almost over to Newport. At noon a westerly wind +sprang up and the water grew rough. It took some hours to be out of it +to the leeward of the island. + +I saw a whale bend his back and sound and lift his flukes high in the +air--one of the wonder sights of the ocean. + +It was foggy all morning, and rather too cool. No fish of any kind +showed on the surface. One of those inexplicably blank days that are +inevitable in sea angling. + +When we got to the dock we made a discovery. There was a kink in my +leader about one inch above the hook. Nothing but the sword of old +_Xiphius gladius_ could have made that kink! Then I remembered a +strange, quick, hard jerk that had taken my bait, and which I thought +had been done by a shark. It was a swordfish striking the bait off! + +Next day we left the dock at six fifteen, Dan and I alone. The day was +lowering and windy--looked bad. We got out ahead of every one. Trolled +out five miles, then up to the west end. We got among the Japs fishing +for albacore. + +About eleven I sighted a B. B. We dragged a bait near him and he went +down with a flirt of his tail. My heart stood still. Dan and I both made +sure it was a strike. But, no! He came up far astern, and then went down +for good. + +The sea got rough. The wind was chilling to the bone. Sheerwater ducks +were everywhere, in flocks and singly. Saw one yellow patch of small +bait fish about an inch long. This patch was forty yards across. No fish +appeared to be working on it. + +Dan sighted a big swordfish. We made for him. Dan put on an albacore. +But it came off before I could let out the line. Then we tried a +barracuda. I got a long line out and the hook pulled loose. This was +unfortunate and aggravating. We had one barracuda left. Dan hooked it on +hard. + +"That'll never come off!" he exclaimed. We circled old _Xiphius_, and +when about fifty yards distant he lifted himself clear out--a most +terrifying and magnificent fish. He would have weighed four hundred. His +colors shone--blazed--purple blue, pale green, iridescent copper, and +flaming silver. Then he made a long, low lunge away from us. I bade him +good-by, but let the barracuda drift back. We waited a long time while +the line slowly bagged, drifting toward us. Suddenly I felt a quick, +strong pull. It electrified me. I yelled to Dan. He said, excitedly, +"Feed it to him!" but the line ceased to play out. I waited, slowly +losing hope, with my pulses going back to normal. After we drifted for +five minutes I wound in the line. The barracuda was gone and the leader +had been rolled up. This astounded us. That swordfish had taken my bait. +I felt his first pull. Then he had come toward the boat, crushing the +bait off the hook, without making even a twitch on the slack line. It +was heartbreaking. But we could not have done any different. Dan decided +the fish had come after the teasers. This experience taught us exceeding +respect for the broadbill. + +Again we were off early in the morning. Wind outside and growing rough. +Sun bright until off Isthmus, when we ran into fog. The Jap +albacore-boats were farther west. Albacore not biting well. Sea grew +rough. About eleven thirty the fog cleared and the sea became +beautifully blue and white-crested. + +I was up on the deck when a yell from below made me jump. I ran back. +Some one was holding my rod, and on the instant that a huge swordfish +got the bait had not the presence of mind to throw off the drag and let +out line. We hurried to put on another flying-fish and I let out the +line. + +Soon Dan yelled, "There he is--behind your bait!" + +I saw him--huge, brown, wide, weaving after my bait. Then he hit it with +his sword. I imagined I could feel him cut it. Winding in, I found the +bait cut off neatly back of the head. While Dan hurried with another +bait I watched for the swordfish, and saw him back in the wake, rather +deep. He was following us. It was an intensely exciting moment. I let +the bait drift back. Almost at once I felt that peculiar rap at my bait, +then another. Somehow I knew he had cut off another flying-fish. I +reeled in. He had severed this bait in the middle. Frantically we baited +again. I let out a long line, and we drifted. Hope was almost gone when +there came a swift tug on my line, and then the reel whirred. I thumbed +the pad lightly. Dan yelled for me to let him have it. I was all +tingling with wonderful thrills. What a magnificent strike! He took line +so fast it amazed me. + +All at once, just as Dan yelled to hook him, the reel ceased to turn, +the line slacked. I began to jerk hard and wind in, all breathless with +excitement and frenzy of hope. Not for half a dozen pumps and windings +did I feel him. Then heavy and strong came the weight. I jerked and +reeled. But I did not get a powerful strike on that fish. Suddenly the +line slacked and my heart contracted. He had shaken the hook. I reeled +in. Bait gone! He had doubled on me and run as swiftly toward the boat +as he had at first run from it. + +The hook had not caught well. Probably he had just held the bait between +his jaws. The disappointment was exceedingly bitter and poignant. My +respect for _Xiphius_ increased in proportion to my sense of lost +opportunity. This great fish thinks! That was my conviction. + +We sighted another that refused to take a bait and soon went down. + +We had learned the last few days that broadbills will strike when not on +the surface, just as Marlin swordfish do. + +On our next day out we had smooth sea all morning, with great, +slow-running swells, long and high, with deep hollows between. Vast, +heaving bosom of the deep! It was majestic. Along the horizon ran dark, +low, lumpy waves, moving fast. A thick fog, like a pall, hung over the +sea all morning. + +About eleven o'clock I sighted fins. We made a circle round him, and +drew the bait almost right across his bill. He went down. Again that +familiar waiting, poignant suspense!... He refused to strike. + +Next one was a big fellow with pale fins. We made a perfect circle, and +he went down as if to take the bait!... But he came up. We tried again. +Same result. Then we put on an albacore and drew that, tail first, in +front of him. Slowly he swam toward it, went down, and suddenly turned +and shot away, leaving a big wake. He was badly scared by that albacore. + +Next one we worked three times before he went down, and the last one +gave us opportunity for only one circle before he sank. + +They are shy, keen, and wise. + +The morning following, as we headed out over a darkly rippling sea, some +four miles off Long Point, where we had the thrilling strikes from the +big swordfish, and which place we had fondly imagined was our happy +hunting-ground--because it was near shore and off the usual fishing +course out in the channel--we ran into Boschen fighting a fish. + +This is a spectacle not given to many fishermen, and I saw my +opportunity. + +With my glass I watched Boschen fight the swordfish, and I concluded +from the way he pulled that he was fast to the bottom of the ocean. We +went on our way then, and that night when I got in I saw his wonderful +swordfish, the world's record we all knew he would get some day. Four +hundred and sixty-three pounds! And he had the luck to kill this great +fish in short time. My friend Doctor Riggin, a scientist, dissected this +fish, and found that Boschen's hook had torn into the heart. This +strange feature explained the easy capture, and, though it might detract +somewhat from Boschen's pride in the achievement, it certainly did not +detract from the record. + +That night, after coming in from the day's hunt for swordfish, Dan and I +decided to get good bait. At five thirty we started for seal rocks. The +sun was setting, and the red fog over the west end of the island was +weird and beautiful. Long, slow swells were running, and they boomed +inshore on the rocks. Seals were barking--a hoarse, raucous croak. I saw +a lonely heron silhouetted against the red glow of the western horizon. + +We fished--trolling slowly a few hundred yards offshore--and soon were +fighting barracuda, which we needed so badly for swordfish bait. + +They strike easily, and put up a jerky kind of battle. They are a long, +slim fish, yellow and white in the water, a glistening pale bronze and +silver when landed. I hooked a harder-fighting fish, which, when brought +in, proved to be a white sea-bass, a very beautiful species with faint +purplish color and mottled opal tints above the deep silver. + +Next morning we left the bay at six thirty. It was the calmest day we +had had in days. The sea was like a beveled mirror, oily, soft, and +ethereal, with low swells barely moving. An hour and a half out we were +alone on the sea, out of sight of land, with the sun faintly showing, +and all around us, inclosing and mystical, a thin haze of fog. + +Alone, alone, all alone on a wide, wide sea! This was wonderful, far +beyond any pursuit of swordfish. + +We sighted birds, gulls, and ducks floating like bits of colored cork, +and pieces of kelp, and at length a broadbill. We circled him three +times with barracuda, and again with a flying-fish. Apparently he had no +interest in edibles. He scorned our lures. But we stayed with him until +he sank for good. + +Then we rode the sea for hours, searching for fins. + +At ten forty we sighted another. Twice we drew a fresh fine barracuda in +front of him, which he refused. It was so disappointing, in fact, really +sickening. + +Dan was disgusted. He said, "We can't get them to bite!" + +And I said, "Let's try again!" + +So we circled him once more. The sea was beautifully smooth, with the +slow swells gently heaving. The swordfish rode them lazily and +indifferently. His dorsal stood up straight and stiff, and the big +sickle-shaped tail-fin wove to and fro behind. I gazed at them +longingly, in despair, as unattainable. I knew of nothing in the +fishing game as tantalizing and despairing as this sight. + + [Illustration: A STRAIGHTAWAY GREYHOUND LEAP, MARVELOUS FOR ITS SPEED + AND WILDNESS] + + [Illustration: LIKE A LEAPING SPECTER] + +We got rather near him this time, as he turned, facing us, and slowly +swam in the direction of my bait. I could see the barracuda shining +astern. Dan stopped the boat. I slowly let out line. The swordfish +drifted back, and then sank. + +I waited, intensely, but really without hope. And I watched my bait +until it sank out of sight. Then followed what seemed a long wait. +Probably it was really only a few moments. I had a sort of hopeless +feeling. But I respected the fish all the more. + +Then suddenly I felt a quiver of my line, as if an electric current had +animated it. I was shocked keen and thrilling. My line whipped up and +ran out. + +"He's got it!" I called, tensely. That was a strong, stirring instant as +with fascinated eyes I watched the line pass swiftly and steadily off +the reel. I let him run a long way. + +Then I sat down, jammed the rod in the socket, put on the drag, and +began to strike. The second powerful sweep of the rod brought the line +tight and I felt that heavy live weight. I struck at least a dozen times +with all my might while the line was going off the reel. The swordfish +was moving ponderously. Presently he came up with a great splash, +showing his huge fins, and then the dark, slender, sweeping sword. He +waved that sword, striking fiercely at the leader. Then he went down. It +was only at this moment I realized I had again hooked a broadbill. Time, +ten forty-five. + +The fight was on. + +For a while he circled the boat and it was impossible to move him a +foot. He was about two hundred and fifty yards from us. Every once in a +while he would come up. His sword would appear first, a most +extraordinary sight as it pierced the water. We could hear the swish. +Once he leaped half out. We missed this picture. I kept a steady, hard +strain on him, pumping now and then, getting a little line in, which he +always got back. The first hour passed swiftly with this surface fight +alternating with his slow heavy work down. However, he did not sound. + +About eleven forty-five he leaped clear out, and we snapped two pictures +of him. It was a fierce effort to free the hook, a leap not beautiful +and graceful, like that of the Marlin, but magnificent and dogged. + +After this leap he changed his tactics. Repeatedly I was pulled forward +and lifted from my seat by sudden violent jerks. They grew more frequent +and harder. He came up and we saw how he did that. He was facing the +boat and batting the leader with his sword. This was the most remarkable +action I ever observed in a fighting fish. That sword was a weapon. I +could hear it hit the leader. But he did most of this work under the +surface. Every time he hit the leader it seemed likely to crack my neck. +The rod bent, then the line slackened so I could feel no weight, the rod +flew straight. I had an instant of palpitating dread, feeling he had +freed himself--then harder came the irresistible, heavy drag again. This +batting of the leader and consequent slacking of the line worried Dan, +as it did me. Neither of us expected to hold the fish. As a performance +it was wonderful. But to endure it was terrible. And he batted that +leader at least three hundred times! + +In fact, every moment or two he banged the leader several times for over +an hour. It almost wore me out. If he had not changed those tactics +again those jerks would have put a kink in my neck and back. But +fortunately he came up on the surface to thresh about some more. Again +he leaped clear, affording us another chance for a picture. Following +that he took his first long run. It was about one hundred yards and as +fast as a Marlin. Then he sounded. He stayed down for half an hour. When +he came up somewhat he seemed to be less resistant, and we dragged him +at slow speed for several miles. At the end of three hours I asked Dan +for the harness, which he strapped to my shoulders. This afforded me +relief for my arms and aching hands, but the straps cut into my back, +and that hurt. The harness enabled me to lift and pull by a movement of +shoulders. I worked steadily on him for an hour, five different times +getting the two-hundred-foot mark on the line over my reel. When I tired +Dan would throw in the clutch and drag him some more. Once he followed +us without strain for a while; again we dragged him two or three miles. +And most remarkable of all, there was a period of a few moments when he +towed us. A wonderful test for a twenty-four-strand line! We made +certain of this by throwing papers overboard and making allowance for +the drift. At that time there was no wind. I had three and one-half +hours of perfectly smooth water. + +It was great to be out there on a lonely sea with that splendid fish. I +was tiring, but did not fail to see the shimmering beauty of the sea, +the playing of albacore near at hand, the flight of frightened +flying-fish, the swooping down of gulls, the dim shapes of boats far +off, and away above the cloud-bank of fog the mountains of California. + +About two o'clock our indefatigable quarry began to belabor the leader +again. He appeared even more vicious and stronger. That jerk, with its +ragged, rough loosening of the line, making me feel the hook was tearing +out, was the most trying action any fish ever worked on me. The physical +effort necessary to hold him was enough, without that onslaught on my +leader. Again there came a roar of water, a splash, and his huge +dark-blue and copper-colored body surged on the surface. He wagged his +head and the long black sword made a half-circle. The line was taut from +boat to fish in spite of all I could do in lowering my rod. I had to +hold it up far enough to get the spring. There was absolutely no way to +keep him from getting slack. The dangerous time in fighting heavy, +powerful fish is when they head toward the angler. Then the hook will +pull out more easily than at any other time. He gave me a second long +siege of these tactics until I was afraid I would give out. When he got +through and sounded I had to have the back-rest replaced in the seat to +rest my aching back. + +Three o'clock came and passed. We dragged him awhile, and found him +slower, steadier, easier to pull. That constant long strain must have +been telling upon him. It was also telling upon me. As I tried to +save some strength for the finish, I had not once tried my utmost at +lifting him or pulling him near the boat. Along about four o'clock he +swung round to the west in the sun glare and there he hung, broadside, +about a hundred yards out, for an hour. We had to go along with him. + + [Illustration: WALKING ON HIS TAIL] + + [Illustration: A MAGNIFICENT FLASHING LEAP. THIS PERFECT PICTURE + CONSIDERED BY AUTHOR TO BE WORTH HIS FIVE YEARS' LABOR AND PATIENCE] + +The sea began to ripple with a breeze, and at length white-caps +appeared. In half an hour it was rough, not bad, but still making my +work exceedingly hard. I had to lift the rod up to keep the seat from +turning and to hold my footing on the slippery floor. The water dripping +from the reel had wet me and all around me. + +At five o'clock I could not stand the harness any longer, so had Dan +remove it. That was a relief. I began to pump my fish as in the earlier +hours of the fight. Eventually I got him out of that broadside position +away from us and to the boat. He took some line, which I got back. I now +began to have confidence in being able to hold him. He had ceased +batting the leader. For a while he stayed astern, but gradually worked +closer. This worried Dan. He was getting under the boat. Dan started +faster ahead and still the swordfish kept just under us, perhaps fifty +feet down. It was not long until Dan was running at full speed. But we +could not lose the old gladiator! Then I bade Dan slow down, which he +was reluctant to do. He feared the swordfish would ram us, and I had +some qualms myself. At five thirty he dropped astern again and we +breathed freer. At this time I decided to see if I could pull him close. +I began to pump and reel, and inch by inch, almost, I gained line. I +could not tell just how far away he was, because the marks had worn off +my line. It was amazing and thrilling, therefore, to suddenly see the +end of the double line appear. Dan yelled. So did I. Like a Trojan I +worked till I got that double line over my reel. Then we all saw the +fish. He was on his side, swimming with us--a huge, bird-shaped creature +with a frightful bill. Dan called me to get the leader out of water and +then hold. This took about all I had left of strength. The fish wavered +from side to side, and Dan feared he would go under the boat. He ordered +me to hold tight, and he put on more speed. This grew to be more than I +could stand. It was desperately hard to keep the line from slipping. And +I knew a little more of that would lose my fish. So I called Dan to take +the leader. With his huge gaff in right hand, Dan reached for the leader +with his left, grasped it, surged the fish up and made a lunge. There +came a roar and a beating against the boat. Dan yelled for another gaff. +It was handed to him and he plunged that into the fish. + +Then I let down my rod and dove for the short rope to lasso the sweeping +tail. Fortunately he kept quiet a moment in which I got the loop fast. +It was then _Xiphius gladius_ really woke up. He began a tremendous +beating with his tail. Both gaff ropes began to loosen, and the rope on +his tail flew out of my hands. Dan got it in time. But it was slipping. +He yelled for me to make a hitch somewhere. I was pulled flat in the +cockpit, but scrambled up, out on the stern, and held on to that rope +grimly while I tried to fasten it. Just almost impossible! The water was +deluging us. The swordfish banged the boat with sodden, heavy blows. +But I got the rope fast. Then I went to Dan's assistance. The two of us +pulled that tremendous tail up out of the water and made fast the rope. +Then we knew we had him. But he surged and strained and lashed for a +long while. And side blows of his sword scarred the boat. At last he +sagged down quiet, and we headed for Avalon. Once more in smooth water, +we loaded him astern. I found the hook just in the corner of his mouth, +which fact accounted for the long battle. + +Doctor Riggin, the University of Pennsylvania anatomist, and classmate +of mine, dissected this fish for me. Two of the most remarkable features +about _Xiphius gladius_ were his heart and eye. + +The heart was situated deep in just back of the gills. It was a big +organ, exceedingly heavy, and the most muscular tissue I ever saw. In +fact, so powerfully muscular was it that when cut the tissue contracted +and could not be placed together again. The valves were likewise +remarkably well developed and strong. This wonderful heart accounted for +the wonderful vitality of the swordfish. The eyes of a swordfish +likewise proved the wonder of nature. They were huge and prominent, a +deep sea-blue set in pale crystal rims and black circles. A swordfish +could revolve his eyes and turn them in their sockets so that they were +absolutely protected in battle with his mates and rivals. The eye had a +covering of bone, cup-shaped, and it was this bone that afforded +protection. It was evident that when the eye was completely turned in +the swordfish could not see at all. Probably this was for close battle. +The muscles were very heavy and strong, one attached at the rim of the +eye and the other farther back. The optic nerve was as large as the +median nerve of a man's arm--that is to say, half the size of a +lead-pencil. There were three coverings over the fluid that held the +pupil. And these were as thick and tough as isinglass. Most remarkable +of all was the ciliary muscle which held the capacity of contracting the +lens for distant vision. A swordfish could see as far as the rays of +light penetrated in whatever depth he swam. I have always suspected he +had extraordinary eyesight, and this dissection of the eye proved it. No +fear a swordfish will not see a bait! He can see the boat and the bait a +long distance. + +Doctor Riggin found no sperm in any of the male fish he dissected, which +was proof that swordfish spawn before coming to Catalina waters. They +are a warm-water fish, and probably head off the Japan current into some +warm, intersecting branch that leads to spawning-banks. + +This was happy knowledge for me, because it will be good to know that +when old _Xiphius gladius_ is driven from Catalina waters he will be +roaming some other place of the Seven Seas, his great sickle fins +shining dark against the blue. + + [Illustration: TIRED OUT--THE LAST SLOW HEAVE] + + [Illustration: HAULED ABOARD WITH BLOCK AND TACKLE] + + + + +XI + +SEVEN MARLIN SWORDFISH IN ONE DAY + + +San Clemente lies forty miles south of Santa Catalina, out in the +Pacific, open to wind and fog, scorched by sun, and beaten on every +shore by contending tides. Seen from afar, the island seems a bleak, +long, narrow strip of drab rock rising from a low west end to the +dignity of a mountain near the east end. Seen close at hand, it is still +barren, bleak, and drab; but it shows long golden slopes of wild oats; +looming, gray, lichen-colored crags, where the eagles perch; and rugged +deep canons, cactus-covered on the south side and on the other indented +by caves and caverns, and green with clumps of wild-lilac and +wild-cherry and arbor-vitae; and bare round domes where the wild goats +stand silhouetted against the blue sky. + +This island is volcanic in origin and structure, and its great caves +have been made by blow-holes in hot lava. Erosion has weathered slope +and wall and crag. For the most part these slopes and walls are +exceedingly hard to climb. The goat trails are narrow and steep, the +rocks sharp and ragged, the cactus thick and treacherous. Many years ago +Mexicans placed goats on the island for the need of shipwrecked sailors, +and these goats have traversed the wild oat slopes until they are like +a network of trails. Every little space of grass has its crisscross of +goat trails. + +I rested high up on a slope, in the lee of a rugged rock, all +rust-stained and gray-lichened, with a deep cactus-covered canon to my +left, the long, yellow, windy slope of wild oats to my right, and +beneath me the Pacific, majestic and grand, where the great white +rollers moved in graceful heaves along the blue. The shore-line, curved +by rounded gravelly beach and jutted by rocky point, showed creeping +white lines of foam, and then green water spotted by beds of golden +kelp, reaching out into the deeps. Far across the lonely space rose +creamy clouds, thunderheads looming over the desert on the mainland. + +A big black raven soared by with dismal croak. The wind rustled the +oats. There was no other sound but the sound of the sea--deep, +low-toned, booming like thunder, long crash and continuous roar. + +How wonderful to watch eagles in their native haunts! I saw a bald eagle +sail by, and then two golden eagles winging heavy flight after him. +There seemed to be contention or rivalry, for when the white-headed bird +alighted the others swooped down upon him. They circled and flew in and +out of the canon, and one let out a shrill, piercing scream. They +disappeared and I watched a lonely gull riding the swells. He at least +was at home on the restless waters. Life is beautiful, particularly +elemental life. Then far above I saw the white-tipped eagle and I +thrilled to see the difference now in his flight. He was monarch of the +air, king of the wind, lonely and grand in the blue. He soared, he +floated, he sailed, and then, away across the skies he flew, swift as an +arrow, to slow and circle again, and swoop up high and higher, +wide-winged and free, ringed in the azure blue, and then like a +thunderbolt he fell, to vanish beyond the crags. + +Again I saw right before me a small brown hawk, poised motionless, +resting on the wind, with quivering wings, and he hung there, looking +down for his prey--some luckless lizard or rat. He seemed suspended on +wires. There, down like a brown flash he was gone, and surely that swoop +meant a desert tragedy. + +I heard the bleat of a lamb or kid, and it pierced the melancholy roar +of the sea. + +If there is a rapture on the lonely shore, there was indeed rapture here +high above it, blown upon by the sweet, soft winds. I heard the bleat +close at hand. Turning, I saw a she-goat with little kid scarce a foot +high. She crossed a patch of cactus. The kid essayed to follow here, but +found the way too thorny. He bleated--a tiny, pin-pointed bleat--and his +mother turned to answer encouragingly. He leaped over a cactus, +attempted another, and, failing, fell on the sharp prickers. He bleated +in distress and scrambled out of that hard and painful place. The mother +came around, and presently, reunited, they went on, to disappear. + +The island seemed consecrated to sun and sea. It lay out of the latitude +of ships. Only a few Mexican sheep-herders lived there, up at the east +end where less-rugged land allowed pasture for their flocks. A little +rain falls during the winter months, and soon disappears from the +porous canon-beds. Water-holes were rare and springs rarer. The summit +was flat, except for some rounded domes of mountains, and there the +deadly cholla cactus grew--not in profusion, but enough to prove the +dread of the Mexicans for this species of desert plant. It was a small +bush, with cones like a pine cone in shape, growing in clusters, and +over stems and cones were fine steel-pointed needles with invisible +hooks at the ends. + +A barren, lonely prospect, that flat plateau above, an empire of the +sun, where heat veils rose and mirages haunted the eye. But at sunset +fog rolled up from the outer channel, and if the sun blasted the life on +the island, the fog saved it. So there was war between sun and fog, the +one that was the lord of day, and the other the dew-laden savior of +night. + +South, on the windward side, opened a wide bay, Smugglers Cove by name, +and it was infinitely more beautiful than its name. A great curve +indented the league-long slope of island, at each end of which low, +ragged lines of black rock jutted out into the sea. Around this immense +bare amphitheater, which had no growth save scant cactus and patches of +grass, could be seen long lines of shelves where the sea-levels had been +in successive ages of the past. + +Near the middle of the curve, on a bleached bank, stood a lonely little +hut, facing the sea. Old and weather-beaten, out of place there, it held +and fascinated the gaze. Below it a white shore-line curved away where +the waves rolled in, sadly grand, to break and spread on the beach. + +At the east end, where the jagged black rocks met the sea, I loved to +watch a great swell rise out of the level blue, heave and come, +slow-lifting as if from some infinite power, to grow and climb aloft +till the blue turned green and sunlight showed through, and the long, +smooth crest, where the seals rode, took on a sharp edge to send wisps +of spray in the wind, and, rising sheer, the whole swell, solemn and +ponderous and majestic, lifted its volume one beautiful instant, then +curled its shining crest and rolled in and down with a thundering, +booming roar, all the curves and contours gone in a green-white seething +mass that climbed the reefs and dashed itself to ruin. + + * * * * * + +An extraordinary achievement and record fell to my brother R. C. It was +too much good luck ever to come my way. Fame is a fickle goddess. R. C. +had no ambition to make a great catch of swordfish. He angles for these +big game of the sea more to furnish company for me than for any other +reason. He likes best the golden, rocky streams where the bronze-back +black-bass hide, or the swift, amber-colored brooks full of rainbow +trout. + +I must add that in my opinion, and Captain Danielson's also, R. C. is a +superior angler, and all unconscious of it. He has not my intimate +knowledge of big fish, but he did not seem to need that. He is powerful +in the shoulders and arms, his hands are strong and hard from baseball +and rowing, and he is practically tireless. He never rested while +fighting a fish. We never saw him lean the rod on the gunwale. All of +which accounts for his quick conquering of a Marlin swordfish. We have +yet to see him work upon a broadbill or a big tuna; and that is +something Captain Dan and I are anticipating with much pleasure and +considerable doubt. + +August 31st dawned fine and cool and pleasant, rather hazy, with warm +sun and smooth sea. + +The night before we had sat in front of our tents above the beach and +watched the flying-fish come out in twos and threes and schools, all the +way down the rugged coast. I told the captain then that swordfish were +chasing them. But he was skeptical. + +This morning I remembered, and I was watching. Just at the Glory Hole my +brother yelled, "Strike!" I did not see the fish before he hit the bait. +It is really remarkable how these swordfish can get to a bait on the +surface without being seen. R. C. hooked the Marlin. + +The first leap showed the fish to be small. He did not appear to be much +of a jumper or fighter. He leaped six times, and then tried to swim out +to sea. Slow, steady work of R. C.'s brought him up to the boat in +fifteen minutes. But we did not gaff him. We estimated his weight at one +hundred and thirty pounds. Captain Dan cut the leader close to the hook. +I watched the fish swim lazily away, apparently unhurt, and sure to +recover. + +We got going again, and had scarce trolled a hundred yards when I saw +something my companions missed. I stood up. + +"Well, this starts out like your day," I remarked to my brother. + +Then he saw a purple shape weaving back of his bait and that galvanized +him into attention. It always thrilled me to see a swordfish back of the +bait. This one took hold and ran off to the right. When hooked it took +line with a rush, began to thresh half out, and presently sounded. We +lost the direction. It came up far ahead of the boat and began to leap +and run on the surface. + +We followed while R. C. recovered the line. Then he held the fish well +in hand; and in the short time of twelve minutes brought the leader to +Dan's hand. The Marlin made a great splash as he was cut loose. + +"Say, two swordfish in less than half an hour!" I expostulated. "Dan, +this might be _the_ day." + +Captain Dan looked hopeful. We were always looking for that day which +came once or twice each season. + +"I'm tired," said my brother. "Now you catch a couple." + +He talked about swordfish as carelessly as he used to talk about +sunfish. But he was not in the least tired. I made him take up the rod +again. I sensed events. The sea looked darkly rippling, inviting, as if +to lure us on. + +We had worked and drifted a little offshore. But that did not appear to +put us out of the latitude of swordfish. Suddenly Captain Dan yelled, +"Look out!" Then we all saw a blaze of purple back of R. C.'s bait. Dan +threw out the clutch. But this Marlin was shy. He flashed back and +forth. How swift! His motion was only a purple flash. He loomed up after +the teasers. We had three of these flying-fish out as teasers, all close +to the boat. I always wondered why the swordfish appear more attracted +to the teasers than to our hooked baits only a few yards back. I made +the mistake to pull the teasers away from this swordfish. Then he left +us. + +I was convinced, however, that this was to be R. C.'s day, and so, much +to his amaze and annoyance, I put away my rod. No sooner had I quit +fishing than a big black tail showed a few yards out from R. C.'s bait. +Then a shining streak shot across under the water, went behind R. C.'s +bait, passed it, came again. This time I saw him plainly. He was big and +hungry, but shy. He rushed the bait. I saw him take it in his pointed +jaws and swerve out of sight, leaving a boil on the surface. R. C. did +not give him time to swallow the hook, but struck immediately. The fish +ran off two hundred yards and then burst up on the surface. He was a +jumper, and as he stayed in sight we all began to yell our admiration. +He cleared the water forty-two times, all in a very few minutes. At the +end of twenty-eight minutes R. C., with a red face and a bulging jaw, +had the swordfish beaten and within reach of Captain Dan. + +"He's a big one--over two hundred and fifty," asserted that worthy. +"Mebbe you won't strike a bigger one." + +"Cut him loose," I said, and my brother echoed my wish. + +It was a great sight to see that splendid swordfish drift away from the +boat--to watch him slowly discover that he was free. + +"Ten o'clock! We'll hang up two records to-day!" boomed Captain Dan, +as with big, swift hands he put on another bait for R. C. + + [Illustration: R. C. ON THE JOB] + + [Illustration: 304 POUNDS] + + [Illustration: R. C. GREY AND RECORD MARLIN] + +"Do you fellows take me for a drag-horse?" inquired R. C., mildly. "I've +caught enough swordfish for this year." + +"Why, man, it's the day!" exclaimed Captain Dan, in amaze and fear. + +"Humph!" replied my brother. + +"But the chance for a record!" I added, weakly. "Only ten o'clock.... +Three swordfish already.... Great chance for Dan, you know.... Beat the +dickens out of these other fishermen." + +"Aw, that's a lot of 'con'!" replied my brother. + +Very eloquently then I elaborated on the fact that we were releasing the +fish, inaugurating a sportsman-like example never before done there; +that it really bid fair to be a wonderful day; that I was having a great +chance to snap pictures of leaping fish; that it would be a favor to me +for him to go the limit on this one occasion. + +But R. C. showed no sign of wavering. He was right, of course, and I +acknowledged that afterward to myself. On the instant, however, I racked +my brain for some persuasive argument. Suddenly I had an inspiration. + +"They think you're a dub fisherman," I declared, forcefully. + +"_They?_" My brother glared darkly at me. + +"Sure," I replied, hurriedly, with no intention of explaining that +dubious _they_. "Now's your chance to fool them." + +"Ahuh! All right, fetch on a flock of swordfish, and then some +broadbills," remarked R. C., blandly. "Hurry, Dan! There's a fin right +over there. Lead me to him! See." + +Sure enough, R. C. pointed out a dark sickle fin on the surface. I +marveled at the sight. It certainly is funny the luck some fishermen +have! Captain Dan, beaming like a sunrise, swung the boat around toward +the swordfish. + +That Marlin rushed the teasers. I pulled all three away from him, while +R. C. was reeling in his bait to get it close. Then the swordfish fell +all over himself after it. He got it. He would have climbed aboard after +it. The way R. C. hooked this swordfish showed that somebody had got his +dander up and was out to do things. This pleased me immensely. It scared +me a little, too, for R. C. showed no disposition to give line or be +gentle to the swordfish. In fact, it was real fight now. And this +particular fish appeared to have no show on earth--or rather in the +water--and after fourteen leaps he was hauled up to the boat in such +short order that if we had gaffed him, as we used to gaff Marlin, we +would have had a desperate fight to hold him. But how easy to cut him +free! He darted down like a blue streak. I had no fair sight of him to +judge weight, but Captain Dan said he was good and heavy. + +"Come on! Don't be so slow!" yelled R. C., with a roving eye over the +deep. + +Captain Dan was in his element. He saw victory perched upon the mast of +the _Leta D._ He moved with a celerity that amazed me, when I remembered +how exasperatingly slow he could be, fooling with kites. This was +Captain Dan's game. + +"The ocean's alive with swordfish!" he boomed. Only twice before had I +heard him say that, and he was right each time. I gazed abroad over the +beautiful sea, and, though I could not see any swordfish, somehow I +believed him. It was difficult now, in this exciting zest of a record +feat, to think of the nobler attributes of fishing. Strong, earnest, +thrilling business it was indeed for Captain Dan. + +We all expected to see a swordfish again. That was exactly what +happened. We had not gone a dozen boat-lengths when up out of the blue +depths lunged a lazy swordfish and attached himself to R. C.'s hook. He +sort of half lolled out in lazy splashes four or five times. He looked +huge. All of a sudden he started off, making the reel hum. That run +developed swiftly. Dan backed the boat full speed. In vain! It was too +late to turn. That swordfish run became the swiftest and hardest I ever +saw. A four-hundred-yard run, all at once, was something new even for +me. I yelled for R. C. to throw off the drag. He tried, but failed. I +doubted afterward if that would have done any good. That swordfish was +going away from there. He broke the line. + +"Gee! What a run!" I burst out. "I'm sorry. I hate to break off hooks in +fish." + +"Put your hand on my reel," said R. C. + +It was almost too hot to bear touching. R. C. began winding in the long +slack line. + +"Did you see that one?" he asked, grimly. + +"Not plain. But what I did see looked big." + +"Say, he was a whale!" R. C.'s flashing eyes showed he had warmed to the +battle. + +In just ten minutes another swordfish was chasing the teasers. It was +my thrilling task to keep them away from him. Hard as I pulled, I failed +to keep at least one of them from him. He took it with a "wop," his bill +half out of the water, and as he turned with a splash R. C. had his bait +right there. Smash! The swordfish sheered off, with the bait shining +white in his bill. When hooked he broke water about fifty yards out and +then gave an exhibition of high and lofty tumbling, water-smashing, and +spray-flinging that delighted us. Then he took to long, greyhound leaps +and we had to chase him. But he did not last long, with the inexorable +R. C. bending back on that Murphy rod. After being cut free, this +swordfish lay on the surface a few moments, acting as if he was out of +breath. He weighed about one hundred and fifty, and was a particularly +beautiful specimen. The hook showed in the corner of his mouth. He did +not have a scratch on his graceful bronze and purple and silver body. I +waved my hat at him and then he slowly sank. + +"What next?" I demanded. "This can't keep up. Something is going to +happen." + +But my apprehension in no wise disturbed R. C. or Captain Dan. + +They proceeded to bait up again, to put out the teasers, to begin to +troll; and then almost at once a greedy swordfish appeared, absolutely +fearless and determined. R. C. hooked him. The first leap showed the +Marlin to be the smallest of the day so far. But what he lacked in +weight he made up in activity. He was a great performer, and his forte +appeared to be turning upside down in the air. He leaped clear +twenty-two times. Then he settled down and tried to plug out to sea. +Alas! that human steam-winch at the rod drew him right up to the boat, +where he looked to weigh about one hundred and twenty-five pounds. + + [Illustration: 328-POUND RECORD MARLIN BY R. C. GREY. SHAPELIEST AND + MOST BEAUTIFUL SPECIMEN EVER TAKEN] + + [Illustration: SUNSET OVER CLEMENTE CHANNEL] + +"Six!" I exclaimed, as we watched the freed fish swim away. "That's the +record.... And all let go alive--unhurt.... Do you suppose any one will +believe us?" + +"It doesn't make any difference," remarked my brother. "We know. That's +the best of the game--letting the fish go alive." + +"Come on!" boomed Dan, with a big flying-fish in his hands. "You're not +tired." + +"Yes, I am tired," replied R. C. + +"It's early yet," I put in. "We'll cinch the record for good. Grab the +rod. I'll enjoy the work for you." + +R. C. resigned himself, not without some remarks anent the insatiable +nature of his host and boatman. + +We were now off the east end of Clemente Island, that bleak and ragged +corner where the sea, whether calm or stormy, contended eternally with +the black rocks, and where the green and white movement of waves was +never still. When almost two hundred yards off the yellow kelp-beds I +saw a shadow darker than the blue water. It seemed to follow the boat, +rather deep down and far back. But it moved. I was on my feet, +thrilling. + +"That's a swordfish!" I called. + +"No," replied R. C. + +"Some wavin' kelp, mebbe," added Dan, doubtfully. + +"Slow up a little," I returned. "I see purple." + +Captain Dan complied and we all watched. We all saw an enormous colorful +body loom up, take the shape of a fish, come back of R. C.'s bait, hit +it and take it. + +"By George!" breathed R. C., tensely. His line slowly slipped out a +little, then stopped. + +"He's let go," said my brother. + +"There's another one," cried Dan. + +With that I saw what appeared to be another swordfish, deeper down, +moving slowly. This one also looked huge to me. He was right under the +teasers. It dawned upon me that he must have an eye on them, so I began +to pull them in. + +As they came in the purple shadow seemed to rise. It was a swordfish and +he resembled a gunboat with purple outriggers. Slowly he came onward and +upward, a wonderful sight. + +"Wind your bait in!" I yelled to R. C. + +Suddenly Dan became like a jumping-jack. "He's got your hook," he +shouted to my brother. "He's had it all the time." + +The swordfish swam now right under the stern of the boat so that I could +look down upon him. He was deep down, but not too deep to look huge. +Then I saw R. C.'s leader in his mouth. He had swallowed the flying-fish +bait and had followed us for the teasers. The fact was stunning. R. C., +who had been winding in, soon found out that his line went straight +down. He felt the fish. Then with all his might he jerked to hook that +swordfish. + +Just then, for an instant my mind refused to work swiftly. It was locked +round some sense of awful expectancy. I remembered my camera in my +hands and pointed it where I expected something wonderful about to +happen. + +The water on the right, close to the stern, bulged and burst with a +roar. Upward even with us, above us, shot a tremendously large, shiny +fish, shaking and wagging, with heavy slap of gills. + +Water deluged the boat, but missed me. I actually smelled that fish, he +was so close. What must surely have been terror for me, had I actually +seen and realized the peril, gave place to flashing thought of the one +and great chance for a wonderful picture of a big swordfish close to the +boat. That gripped me. While I changed the focus on my camera I missed +seeing the next two jumps. But I heard the heavy sousing splashes and +the yells of Dan and R. C., with the shrill screams of the ladies. + +When I did look up to try to photograph the next leap of the swordfish I +saw him, close at hand, monstrous and animated, in a surging, +up-sweeping splash. I heard the hiss of the boiling foam. He lunged +away, churning the water like a sudden whirl of a ferryboat wheel, and +then he turned squarely at us. Even then Captain Dan's yell did not warn +us. I felt rather than saw that he had put on full speed ahead. The +swordfish dove toward us, went under, came up in a two-sheeted white +splash, and rose high and higher, to fall with a cracking sound. Like a +flash of light he shot up again, and began wagging his huge +purple-barred body, lifting himself still higher, until all but his tail +stood ponderously above the surface; and then, incredibly powerful, he +wagged and lashed upright in a sea of hissing foam, mouth open wide, +blood streaming down his wet sides and flying in red spray from his +slapping gills--a wonderful and hair-raising spectacle. He stayed up +only what seemed a moment. During this action and when he began again to +leap and smash toward us, I snapped my camera three times upon him. But +I missed seeing some of his greatest leaps because I had to look at the +camera while operating it. + +"Get back!" yelled Dan, hoarsely. + +I was so excited I did not see the danger of the swordfish coming +aboard. But Captain Dan did. He swept the girls back into the cabin +doorway, and pushed Mrs. R. C. into a back corner of the cockpit. +Strange it seemed to me how pale Dan was! + +The swordfish made long, swift leaps right at the boat. On the last he +hit us on the stern, but too low to come aboard. Six feet closer to us +would have landed that huge, maddened swordfish right in the cockpit! +But he thumped back, and the roar of his mighty tail on the water so +close suddenly appalled me. I seemed to grasp how near he had come +aboard at the same instant that I associated the power of his tail with +a havoc he would have executed in the boat. It flashed over me that he +would weigh far over three hundred. + +When he thumped back the water rose in a sounding splash, deluging us +and leaving six inches in the cockpit. He sheered off astern, sliding +over the water in two streaks of white running spray, and then up he +rose again in a magnificent wild leap. He appeared maddened with pain +and fright and instinct to preserve his life. + +Again the fish turned right at us. This instant was the most +terrifying. Not a word from R. C.! But out of the tail of my eye I saw +him crouch, ready to leap. He grimly held on to his rod, but there had +not been a tight line on it since he struck the fish. + +Yelling warningly, Captain Dan threw the wheel hard over. But that +seemed of no use. We could not lose the swordfish. + +He made two dives into the air, and the next one missed us by a yard, +and showed his great, glistening, striped body, thick as a barrel, and +curved with terrible speed and power, right alongside the cockpit. He +passed us, and as the boat answered to the wheel and turned, almost at +right angles, the swordfish sheered too, and he hit us a sounding thud +somewhere foreward. Then he went under or around the bow and began to +take line off the reel for the first time. I gave him up. The line +caught all along the side of the boat. But it did not break, and kept +whizzing off the reel. I heard the heavy splash of another jump. When we +had turned clear round, what was our amaze and terror to see the +swordfish, seemingly more tigerish than ever, thresh and tear and leap +at us again. He was flinging bloody spray and wigwagging his huge body, +so that there was a deep, rough splashing furrow in the sea behind him. +I had never known any other fish so fast, so powerful, so wild with +fury, so instinct with tremendous energy and life. Dan again threw all +his weight on the wheel. The helm answered, the boat swung, and the +swordfish missed hitting us square. But he glanced along the port side, +like a toboggan down-hill, and he seemed to ricochet over the water. His +tail made deep, solid thumps. Then about a hundred feet astern he +turned in his own length, making a maelstrom of green splash and white +spray, out of which he rose three-quarters of his huge body, +purple-blazed, tiger-striped, spear-pointed, and, with the sea boiling +white around him, he spun around, creating an indescribable picture of +untamed ferocity and wild life and incomparable beauty. Then down he +splashed with a sullen roar, leaving a red foam on the white. + +That appeared the end of his pyrotechnics. It had been only a few +moments. He began to swim off slowly and heavily. We followed. After a +few tense moments it became evident that his terrible surface work had +weakened him, probably bursting his gills, from which his life-blood +escaped. + +We all breathed freer then. Captain Dan left the wheel, mopping his +pale, wet face. He gazed at me to see if I had realized our peril. With +the excitement over, I began to realize. I felt a little shaky then. The +ladies were all talking at once, still glowing with excitement. Easy to +see they had not appreciated the danger! But Captain Dan and I knew that +if the swordfish had come aboard--which he certainly would have done had +he ever slipped his head over the gunwale--there would have been a +tragedy on the _Leta D._ + +"I never knew just how easy it could happen," said Dan. "No one ever +before hooked a big fish right under the boat." + +"With that weight, that tail, right after being hooked, he would have +killed some of us and wrecked the boat!" I exclaimed, aghast. + +"Well, I had him figured to come into the boat and I was ready to jump +overboard," added my brother. + +"We won't cut him loose," said Dan. "That's some fish. But he acts like +he isn't goin' to last long." + +Still, it took two hours longer of persistent, final effort on the part +of R. C. to bring this swordfish to gaff. We could not lift the fish up +on the stern and we had to tow him over to Mr. Jump's boat and there +haul him aboard by block and tackle. At Avalon he weighed three hundred +and twenty-eight pounds. + +R. C. had caught the biggest Marlin in 1916--three hundred and four +pounds, and this three-hundred-and-twenty-eight-pound fish was the +largest for 1918. Besides, there was the remarkable achievement and +record of seven swordfish in one day, with six of them freed to live and +roam the sea again. But R. C. was not impressed. He looked at his hands +and said: + +"You and Dan put a job up on me.... Never again!" + + + + +XII + +RANDOM NOTES + + + AVALON, _July 1, 1918_. + +Cool, foggy morning; calm sea up until one o'clock, then a west wind +that roughened the water white. No strikes. Did not see a fish. Trolled +with kite up to the Isthmus and back. When the sun came out its warmth +was very pleasant. The slopes seemed good to look at--so steep and +yellow-gray with green spots, and long slides running down to the shore. +The tips of the hills were lost in the fog. It was lonely on the sea, +and I began again to feel the splendor and comfort of the open spaces, +the free winds, the canopy of gray and blue, the tidings from afar. + + _July 3d._ + +Foggy morning; pale line of silver on eastern horizon; swell, but no +wind. Warm. After a couple of hours fog disintegrated. Saw a big Marlin +swordfish. Worked him three times, then charged him. No use! + +Gradually rising wind. Ran up off Long Point and back. At 3:30 was +tired. We saw a school of tuna on the surface. Flew the kite over them. +One big fellow came clear out on his side and got the hook. He made one +long run, then came in rather easily. Time, fifteen minutes. He was +badly hooked. Seventy-eight pounds. + +We trolled then until late afternoon. I saw some splashes far out. Tuna! +We ran up. Found patches of anchovies. I had a strike. Tuna hooked +himself and got off. We tried again. I had another come clear out in a +smashing charge. He ran off heavy and fast. It took fifty minutes of +very hard work to get him in. He weaved back of the boat for half an +hour and gave me a severe battle. He was hooked in the corner of the +mouth and was a game, fine fish. Seventy-three and one-half pounds. + + _July 6th._ + +Started out early. Calm, cool, foggy morning; rather dark. Sea smooth, +swelling, heaving. Mysterious, like a shadowed opal. Long mounds of +water waved noiselessly, wonderfully, ethereally from the distance, and +the air was hazy, veiled, and dim. A lonely, silent vastness. + +We saw several schools of tuna, but got no strikes. Worked a Marlin +swordfish, but he would not notice the bait. + +It was a long, hard day on the sea. + + _July 10th._ + +We got off at 6:30 before the other boats. Smooth water. Little breeze. +Saw a school of tuna above Long Point. Put up the kite. The school went +down. But R. C. got a little strike. Did not hook fish. + +Then we sighted a big school working east. We followed it, running into +a light wind. Kite blew O. K. and R. C. got one fish (seventy-one +pounds), then another (forty-eight pounds). They put up fair fights. + +Then I tried light tackle. All the time the school traveled east, going +down and coming up. The first fish that charged my bait came clear out +after it. He got it and rushed away. I had the light drag on, and I did +not thumb the pad hard, but the tuna broke the line. We tried again. Had +another thrilling strike. The fish threw the hook. We had to pull in the +kite, put up another one--get it out, and all the time keep the school +in sight. The tuna traveled fast. The third try on light tackle resulted +in another fine strike, and another tuna that broke the line. + +Then R. C. tried the heavy tackle again, and lost a fish. + +When my turn came I was soon fast to a hard-fighting fish, but he did +not stay with me long. This discouraged me greatly. + +Then R. C. took his rod once more. It was thrilling to run down on the +school and skip a flying-fish before the leaders as they rolled along, +fins out, silver sides showing, raising little swells and leaving a +dark, winkling, dimpling wake behind them. When the bait got just right +a larger tuna charged furiously, throwing up a great splash. He hit the +bait, and threw the hook before R. C. could strike hard. + +We had nine bites out of this school. Followed it fifteen miles. Twice +we were worried by other boats, but for the rest of the time had the +school alone. + + _July 11th._ + +Morning was cold, foggy, raw. East wind. Disagreeable. Trolled out about +six miles and all around. Finally ran in off east end, where I caught a +yellow-fin. The sun came up, but the east wind persisted. No fish. Came +in early. + + _July 12th._ + +Went out early. Clear morning. Cool. Rippling sea. Fog rolled down like +a pale-gray wall. Misty, veiled, vague, strange, opaque, silent, wet, +cold, heavy! It enveloped us. Then we went out of the bank into a great +circle, clear and bright, with heaving, smooth sea, surrounded by fog. + +After an hour or two the fog rose and drifted away. + +We trolled nine hours. Three little fish struck at the bait, but did not +get the hook. + + _August 6th._ + +To-day I went out alone with Dan. Wonderful sea. Very long, wide, deep, +heaving swells, beautiful and exhilarating to watch. No wind. Not very +foggy. Sunshine now and then. I watched the sea--marveled at its grace, +softness, dimpled dark beauty, its vast, imponderable racing, its +restless heaving, its eternal motion. I learned from it. I found +loneliness, peace. + +Saw a great school of porpoises coming. Ran toward them. About five +hundred all crashing in and out of the great swells, making a spectacle +of rare sea action and color and beauty. They surrounded the bow of the +boat, and then pandemonium broke loose. They turned to play with us, +racing, diving, leaping, shooting--all for our delight. I stood right +up on the bow and could see deep. It was an unforgetable experience. + + _August 7th._ + +Long run to-day, over eighty miles. East to Point Vincent, west to end +of Catalina, then all around. Fine sea and weather. Just right for kite. +Saw many ducks and a great number of big sharks. The ducks were +traveling west, the sharks east. We saw no tuna. + +Coming back the wind sprang up and we had a following sea. It was fine +to watch the green-and-white rollers breaking behind us. + +The tuna appear to be working farther and farther off the east end. +Marlin swordfish have showed up off the east end. Three caught yesterday +and one to-day. I have not yet seen a broadbill, and fear none are +coming this year. + + _August 8th._ + +Went off east end. Had a Marlin strike. The fish missed the hook. A +shark took the bait. When it was pulled in to the gaff Captain Dan +caught the leader, drew the shark up, and it savagely bit the boat. Then +it gave a flop and snapped Captain Dan's hand. + +I was frightened. The captain yelled for me to hit the shark with a +club. I did not lose a second. The shark let go. We killed it, and found +Dan's hand badly lacerated. My swiftness of action saved Dan's hand. + + + + +XII + +BIG TUNA + + +It took me five seasons at Catalina to catch a big tuna, and the event +was so thrilling that I had to write to my fisherman friends about it. +The result of my effusions seem rather dubious. Robert H. Davis, editor +of _Munsey's_, replies in this wise: "If you went out with a +mosquito-net to catch a mess of minnows your story would read like Roman +gladiators seining the Tigris for whales." Now, I am at a loss to know +how to take that compliment. Davis goes on to say more, and he also +quotes me: "You say 'the hard, diving fight of a tuna liberates the +brute instinct in a man.' Well, Zane, it also liberates the qualities of +a liar!" Davis does not love the sweet, soft scent that breathes from +off the sea. Once on the Jersey coast I went tuna-fishing with him. He +was not happy on the boat. But once he came up out of the cabin with a +jaunty feather in his hat. I admired it. I said: + +"Bob, I'll have to get something like that for my hat." + +"Zane," he replied, piercingly, "what you need for your hat is a head!" + +My friend Joe Bray, who publishes books in Chicago, also reacts +peculiarly to my fish stories. He writes me a satiric, doubting +letter--then shuts up his office and rushes for some river or lake. +Will Dilg, the famous fly-caster, upon receipt of my communication, +wrote me a nine-page prose-poem epic about the only fish in the +world--black-bass. Professor Kellogg always falls ill and takes a +vacation, during which he writes me that I have not mental capacity to +appreciate my luck. + +These fellows will illustrate how my friends receive angling news from +me. I ought to have sense enough to keep my stories for publication. I +strongly suspect that their strange reaction to my friendly feeling is +because I have caught more and larger black-bass than they ever saw. +Some day I will go back to the swift streams and deep lakes, where the +bronze-backs live, and fish with my friends, and then they will realize +that I never lie about the sport and beauty and wonder of the great +outdoors. + +Every season for the five years that I have been visiting Avalon there +has been a run of tuna. But the average weight was from sixty to +ninety-five pounds. Until this season only a very few big tuna had been +taken. The prestige of the Tuna Club, the bragging of the old members, +the gossip of the boatmen--all tend to make a fisherman feel small until +he has landed a big one. Come to think of it, considering the years of +the Tuna Club fame, not so very many anglers have captured a blue-button +tuna. I vowed I did not care in particular about it, but whenever we ran +across a school of tuna I acted like a boy. + +A good many tuna fell to my rod during these seasons. During the +present season, to be exact, I caught twenty-two. This is no large +number for two months' fishing. Boschen caught about one hundred; Jump, +eighty-four; Hooper, sixty. Among these tuna I fought were three that +stand out strikingly. One seventy-three-pounder took fifty minutes of +hard fighting to subdue; a ninety-one-pounder took one hour fifty; and +the third, after two hours and fifty minutes, got away. It seems, and +was proved later, that the number fifty figured every time I hooked one +of the long, slim, hard-fighting male tuna. + +Beginning late in June, for six weeks tuna were caught almost every day, +some days a large number being taken. But big ones were scarce. Then one +of the Tuna Club anglers began to bring in tuna that weighed well over +one hundred pounds. This fact inspired all the anglers. He would slip +out early in the morning and return late at night. Nobody knew where his +boatman was finding these fish. More than one boatman tried to follow +him, but in vain. Quite by accident it was discovered that he ran up on +the north side of the island, clear round the west end. When he was +discovered on the west side he at once steered toward Clemente Island, +evidently hoping to mislead his followers. This might have succeeded but +for the fact that both Bandini and Adams hooked big tuna before they had +gone a mile. Then the jig was up. That night Adams came in with a +one-hundred-and-twenty-and a one-hundred-and-thirty-six-pound tuna, and +Bandini brought the record for this season--one hundred and forty-nine +pounds. + +Next day we were all out there on the west side, a few miles offshore. +The ocean appeared to be full of blackfish. They are huge, black marine +creatures, similar to a porpoise in movement, but many times larger, and +they have round, blunt noses that look like battering-rams. Some seemed +as big as gunboats, and when they heaved up on the swells we could see +the white stripes below the black. I was inclined to the belief that +this species was the orca, a whale-killing fish. Boatmen and deep-sea +men report these blackfish to be dangerous and had better be left alone. +They certainly looked ugly. We believed they were chasing tuna. + +The channel that day contained more whales than I ever saw before at one +time. We counted six pairs in sight. I saw as many as four of the +funnel-like whale spouts of water on the horizon at once. It was very +interesting to watch these monsters of the deep. Once when we were all +on top of the boat we ran almost right upon two whales. The first +spouted about fifty feet away. The sea seemed to open up, a terrible +roar issued forth, then came a cloud of spray and rush of water. Then we +saw another whale just rising a few yards ahead. My hair stood up stiff. +Captain Dan yelled, leaped down to reverse the engine. The whale saw us +and swerved. Dan's action and the quickness of the whale prevented a +collision. As it was, I looked down in the clear water and saw the huge, +gleaming, gray body of the whale as he passed. That was another sight to +record in the book of memory. The great flukes of his tail moved with +surprising swiftness and the water bulged on the surface. Then we ran +close to the neighborhood of a school of whales, evidently feeding. They +would come up and blow, and then sound. To see a whale sound and then +raise his great, broad, shining flukes in the air, high above the water, +is in my opinion the most beautiful spectacle to be encountered upon the +ocean. Up to this day, during five seasons, I had seen three whales +sound with tails in the air. And upon this occasion I had the exceeding +good fortune to see seven. I tried to photograph one. We followed a big +bull. When he came up to blow we saw a yellow moving space on the water, +then a round, gray, glistening surface, then a rugged snout. Puff! His +blow was a roar. He rolled on, downward a little; the water surged white +and green. When he came up to sound he humped his huge back. It was +shiny, leathery, wonderfully supple. It bent higher and higher in an +arch. Then this great curve seemed to slide swiftly out of sight and his +wonderful tail, flat as a floor and wide as a house, emerged to swing +aloft. The water ran off it in sheets. Then it waved higher, and with +slow, graceful, ponderous motion sank into the sea. That sight more than +anything impressed me with the immensity of the ocean, with its mystery +of life, with the unattainable secrets of the deep. + +The tuna appeared to be scattered, and none were on the surface. I had +one strike that plowed up the sea, showing the difference between the +strike of a big tuna and that of a little one. He broke my line on the +first rush. Then I hooked another and managed to stop him. I had a +grueling battle with him, and at the end of two hours and fifty minutes +he broke my hook. This was a disappointment far beyond reason, but I +could not help it. + +Next day was windy. The one following we could not find the fish, and +the third day we all concluded they had gone for 1918. I think the fame +of tuna, the uncertainty of their appearance, the difficulty of +capturing a big one, are what excite the ambition of anglers. Long +effort to that end, and consequent thinking and planning and feeling, +bring about a condition of mind that will be made clear as this story +progresses. + +But Captain Danielson did not give up. The fifth day we ran off the west +side with several other boats, and roamed the sea in search of fins. No +anchovies on the surface, no sheerwater ducks, no sharks, nothing to +indicate tuna. About one o'clock Captain Dan sheered southwest and we +ran sixteen miles toward Clemente Island. + +It was a perfect day, warm, hazy, with light fog, smooth, heaving, +opalescent sea. There was no wind. At two thirty not one of the other +boats was in sight. At two forty Captain Dan sighted a large, dark, +rippling patch on the water. We ran over closer. + +"School of tuna!" exclaimed the captain, with excitement. "Big fish! Oh, +for some wind now to fly the kite!" + +"There's another school," said my brother, R. C., and he pointed to a +second darkly gleaming spot on the smooth sea. + +"I've spotted one, too!" I shouted. + +"The ocean's alive with tuna--big tuna!" boomed Captain Dan. "Here we +are alone, blue-button fish everywhere--and no wind." + +"We'll watch the fish and wait for wind," I said. + +This situation may not present anything remarkable to most fishermen. +But we who knew the game realized at once that this was an experience of +a lifetime. We counted ten schools of tuna near at hand, and there were +so many farther on that they seemed to cover the sea. + +"Boys," said Captain Dan, "here's the tuna we heard were at Anacapa +Island last week. The Japs netted hundreds of tons. They're working +southeast, right in the middle of the channel, and haven't been inshore +at all. It's ninety miles to Anacapa. Some traveling!... That school +close to us is the biggest school I ever saw and I believe they're the +biggest fish." + +"Run closer to them," I said to him. + +We ran over within fifty feet of the edge of the school, stopped the +boat, and all climbed up on top of the deck. + +Then we beheld a spectacle calculated to thrill the most phlegmatic +fisherman. It simply enraptured me, and I think I am still too close to +it to describe it well. The dark-blue water, heaving in great, low, lazy +swells, showed a roughened spot of perhaps two acres in extent. The sun, +shining over our shoulders, caught silvery-green gleams of fish, +flashing wide and changing to blue. Long, round, bronze backs deep under +the surface, caught the sunlight. Blue fins and tails, sharp and curved, +like sabers, cleared the water. Here a huge tuna would turn on his side, +gleaming broad and bright, and there another would roll on the surface, +breaking water like a tarpon with a slow, heavy souse. + +"Look at the leaders," said Captain Dan. "I'll bet they're +three-hundred-pound fish." + +I saw then that the school, lazy as they seemed, were slowly following +the leaders, rolling and riding the swells. These leaders threw up +surges and ridges on the surface. They plowed the water. + +"What'd happen if we skipped a flying-fish across the water in front of +those leaders?" I asked Captain Dan. + +He threw up his hands. "You'd see a German torpedo explode." + +"Say! tuna are no relation to Huns!" put in my brother. + +It took only a few moments for the school to drift by us. Then we ran +over to another school, with the same experience. In this way we visited +several of these near-by schools, all of which were composed of large +tuna. Captain Dan, however, said he believed the first two schools, +evidently leaders of this vast sea of tuna, contained the largest fish. +For half an hour we fooled around, watching the schools and praying for +wind to fly the kite. Captain Dan finally trolled our baits through one +school, which sank without rewarding us with a strike. + +At this juncture I saw a tiny speck of a boat way out on the horizon. +Captain Dan said it was Shorty's boat with Adams. I suggested that, as +we had to wait for wind to fly the kite, we run in and attract Shorty's +attention. I certainly wanted some one else to see those magnificent +schools of tuna. Forthwith we ran in several miles until we attracted +the attention of the boatman Captain Dan had taken to be Shorty. But it +turned out to be somebody else, and my good intentions also turned out +to my misfortune. + +Then we ran back toward the schools of tuna. On the way my brother +hooked a Marlin swordfish that leaped thirty-five times and got away. +After all those leaps he deserved to shake the hook. We found the tuna +milling and lolling around, slowly drifting and heading toward the +southeast. We also found a very light breeze had begun to come out of +the west. Captain Dan wanted to try to get the kite up, but I objected +on the score that if we could fly it at all it would only be to drag a +bait behind the boat. That would necessitate running through the schools +of tuna, and as I believed this would put them down, I wanted to wait +for enough wind to drag a bait at right angles with the boat. This is +the proper procedure, because it enables an angler to place his bait +over a school of tuna at a hundred yards or more from the boat. It +certainly is the most beautiful and thrilling way to get a strike. + +So we waited. The boatman whose attention we had attracted had now come +up and was approaching the schools of tuna some distance below us. He +put out a kite that just barely flew off the water and it followed +directly in the wake of his boat. We watched this with disgust, but +considerable interest, and we were amazed to see one of the anglers in +that boat get a strike and hook a fish. + +That put us all in a blaze of excitement. Still we thought the strike +they got might just have been lucky. In running down farther, so we +could come back against the light breeze, we ran pretty close to the +school out of which the strike had been gotten. Captain Dan stood up to +take a good look. + +"They're hundred-pounders, all right," he said. "But they're not as big +as the tuna in those two leading schools. I'm glad those ginks in that +boat are tied up with a tuna for a spell." + +I took a look at the fisherman who was fighting the tuna. Certainly I +did not begrudge him one, but somehow, so strange are the feelings of a +fisherman that I was mightily pleased to see that he was a novice at the +game, was having his troubles, and would no doubt be a long, long time +landing his tuna. My blood ran cold at the thought of other anglers +appearing on the scene, and anxiously I scanned the horizon. No boat in +sight! If I had only known then what sad experience taught me that +afternoon I would have been tickled to pieces to see all the great +fishermen of Avalon tackle this school of big tuna. + +Captain Dan got a kite up a little better than I had hoped for. It was +not good, but it was worth trying. My bait, even on a turn of the boat, +skipped along just at the edge of the wake of the boat. And the wake of +a boat will almost always put a school of tuna down. + +We headed for the second school. My thrilling expectancy was tinged and +spoiled with doubt. I skipped my bait in imitation of a flying-fish +leaping and splashing along. We reached the outer edge of the school. +Slowly the little boils smoothed out. Slowly the big fins sank. So did +my heart. We passed the school. They all sank. And then when Captain Dan +swore and I gave up there came a great splash back of my bait. I yelled +and my comrades echoed me. The tuna missed. I skipped the bait. A +sousing splash--and another tuna had my bait. My line sagged. I jerked +hard. But too late! The tuna threw the hook before it got a hold. + +"They're hungry!" exclaimed Dan. "Hurry--reel the kite in. We'll get +another bait on quick.... Look! that school is coming up again! They're +not shy of boats. Boys, there's something doing." + +Captain Dan's excitement augmented my own. I sensed an unusual +experience that had never before befallen me. + +The school of largest fish was farther to the west. The breeze lulled. +We could not fly the kite except with the motion and direction of the +boat. It was exasperating. When we got close the kite flopped down into +the water. Captain Dan used language. We ran back, picked up the kite. +It was soaked, of course, and would not fly. While Dan got out a new +kite, a large silk one which we had not tried yet, we ran down to the +eastward of the second school. To our surprise and delight this untried +kite flew well without almost any wind. + +We got in position and headed for the school. I was using a big hook +half embedded near the tail of the flying-fish and the leader ran +through the bait. It worked beautifully. A little jerk of my rod sent +the bait skittering over the water, for all the world like a live +flying-fish. I knew now that I would get another strike. Just as we +reached a point almost opposite the school of tuna they headed across +our bow, so that it seemed inevitable we must either run them down or +run too close. My spirit sank to zero. Something presaged bad luck. I +sensed disaster. I fought the feeling, but it persisted. Captain Dan +swore. My brother shouted warnings from over us where he sat on top. But +we ran right into the leaders. The school sank. I was sick and furious. + +"Jump your bait! It's not too late," called Dan. + +I did so. Smash! The water seemed to curl white and smoke. A tuna had my +bait. I jerked. I felt him. He threw the hook. Half the bait remained +upon it. Smash! A great boil and splash! Another tuna had that. I tried +to jerk. But both kite and tuna pulling made my effort feeble. This one +also threw out the hook. It came out with a small piece of mangled red +flying-fish still hanging to it. Instinctively I jumped that remains of +my bait over the surface. Smash! The third tuna cleaned the hook. + +Captain Dan waxed eloquent and profane. + +My brother said, "What do you know about that?" + +As for myself, I was stunned one second and dazzled the next. Three +strikes on one bait! It seemed disaster still clogged my mind, but what +had already happened was new and wonderful. Half a mile below us I saw +the angler still fighting the tuna he had hooked. I wanted him to get +it, but I hoped he would be all afternoon on the job. + +"Hurry, Cap!" was all I said. + +Ordinarily Dan is the swiftest of boatmen. To-day he was slower than +molasses and all he did went wrong. What he said about the luck was more +than melancholy. I had no way to gauge my own feelings because I had +never had such an experience before. Nor had I ever heard or read of any +one having it. + +We got a bait on and the kite out just in time to reach the first and +larger school. I was so excited that I did not see we were heading right +into it. My intent gaze was riveted upon my bait as it skimmed the +surface. The swells were long, low, smooth mounds. My bait went out of +sight behind one. It was then I saw water fly high and I felt a tug. I +jerked so hard I nearly fell over. My bait shot over the top of the +swell. Then that swell opened and burst--a bronze back appeared. He +missed the hook. Another tuna, also missing, leaped into the air--a fish +of one hundred and fifty pounds, glittering green and silver and blue, +jaws open, fins stiff, tail quivering, clear and clean-cut above the +surface. Again we all yelled. Actually before he fell there was another +smash and another tuna had my bait. This one I hooked. His rush was +irresistible. I released the drag on the reel. It whirled and whizzed. +The line threw a fine spray into my face. Then the tip of my rod flew up +with a jerk, the line slacked. We all knew what that meant. I reeled in. +The line had broken above the few feet of double line which we always +used next the leader. More than ever disaster loomed over me. The +feeling was unshakable now. + +Nevertheless, I realized that wonderful good fortune attended us in the +fact that the school of big tuna had scarcely any noticeable fear of the +boat; they would not stay down, and they were ravenous. + +On our next run down upon them I had a smashing strike. The tuna threw +the hook. Another got the bait and I hooked him. He sounded. The line +broke. We tried again. No sooner had we reached the school when the +water boiled and foamed at my bait. Before I could move that tuna +cleaned the hook. Our next attempt gained another sousing strike. But he +was so swift and I was so slow that I could not fasten to him. + +"He went away from here," my brother said, with what he meant for +comedy. But it was not funny. + +Captain Dan then put on a double hook, embedding it so one hook stood +clear of the bait. We tested my line with the scales and it broke at +fifty-three pounds, which meant it was a good strong line. The breeze +lulled and fanned at intervals. It seemed, however, we did not need any +breeze. We had edged our school of big tuna away from the other schools, +and it was milling on the surface, lazily and indifferently. But what +latent speed and power lay hidden in that mass of lolling tuna. + +R. C. from his perch above yelled: "Look out! You're going to drag your +bait in front of the leaders this time!" + +That had not happened yet. I glowed in spite of the fact that I was +steeped in gloom. We were indeed heading most favorably for the leaders. +Captain Dan groaned. "Never seen the like of this!" he added. These +leaders were several yards apart, as could be told by the blunt-nosed +ridges of water they shoved ahead of them. That was another moment added +to the memorable moments of my fishing years. It was strained suspense. +Hope would not die, but disaster loomed like a shadow. + +Before I was ready, before we expected anything, before we got near +these leaders, a brilliant, hissing, white splash burst out of the sea, +and a tuna of magnificent proportions shot broadside along and above the +surface, sending the spray aloft, and he hit that bait with incredible +swiftness, raising a twenty-foot-square, furious splash as he hooked +himself. I sat spellbound. I heard my line whistling off the reel. But I +saw only that swift-descending kite. So swiftly did the tuna sound that +the kite shot down as if it had been dropping lead. My line broke and my +rod almost leaped out of my hands. + +We were all silent a moment. The school of tuna showed again, puttering +and fiddling around, with great blue-and-green flashes caught by the +sun. + +"That one weighed about two hundred and fifty," was all Captain Dan +said. + +R. C. remarked facetiously, evidently to cheer me, "Jakey, you picks de +shots out of that plue jay an' we makes ready for anudder one!" + +"Say, do you imagine you can make me laugh!" I asked, in tragic scorn. + +"Well, if you could have seen yourself when that tuna struck you'd have +laughed," replied he. + +While Dan steered the boat R. C. got out on the bow and gaffed the kite. +I watched the tuna tails standing like half-simitars out of the smooth, +colored water. The sun was setting in a golden haze spotted by pink +clouds. The wind, if anything, was softer than ever; in fact, we could +not feel it unless we headed the boat into it. The fellow below us was +drifting off farther, still plugging at his tuna. + +Captain Dan put the wet kite on the deck to dry and got out another +silk one. It soared aloft so easily that I imagined our luck was +changing. Vain fisherman's delusion! Nothing could do that. There were +thousands of tons--actually thousands of tons of tuna in that three-mile +stretch of ruffled water, but I could not catch one. It was a settled +conviction. I was reminded of what Enos, the Portuguese boatman, +complained to an angler he had out, "You mos' unluck' fisherman I ever +see!" + +We tried a shorter kite-line and a shorter length of my line, and we ran +down upon that mess of tuna once more. It was strange--and foolish--how +we stuck to that school of biggest fish. This time Dan headed right into +the thick of them. Out of the corners of my eyes I seemed to see tuna +settling down all around. Suddenly my brother yelled. + +Zam! That was a huge loud splash back of my bait. The tuna missed. R. C. +yelled again. Captain Dan followed suit: + +"He's after it!... Oh, he's the biggest yet!" + +Then I saw a huge tuna wallowing in a surge round my bait. He heaved up, +round and big as a barrel, flashing a wide bar of blue-green, and he got +the hook. If he had been strangely slow he was now unbelievably swift. +His size gave me panic. I never moved, and he hooked himself. Straight +down he shot and the line broke. + +My brother's sympathy now was as sincere as Captain Dan's misery. I +asked R. C. to take the rod and see if he could do better. + +"Not much!" he replied. "When you get one, then I'll try. Stay with 'em, +now!" + +Not improbably I would have stayed out until the tuna quit if that had +taken all night. Three more times we put up the kite--three more +flying-fish we wired on the double hooks--three more runs we made +through that tantalizing school of tuna that grew huger and swifter and +more impossible--three more smashing wide breaks of water on the +strike--and quicker than a flash three more broken lines! + +I imagined I was resigned. My words to my silent comrades were even +cheerful. + +"Come on. Try again. Where there's life there's hope. It's an +exceedingly rare experience--anyway. After all, nothing depends upon my +catching one of these tuna. It doesn't matter." + +All of which attested to the singular state of my mind. + +Another kite, another leader and double hook, another bait had to be +arranged. This took time. My impatience, my nervousness were hard to +restrain. Captain Dan was pale and grim. I do not know how I looked. +Only R. C. no longer looked at me. + +As we put out the bait we made the discovery that the other anglers, no +doubt having ended their fight, were running down upon our particular +school of tuna. This was in line with our luck. Other schools of tuna +were in sight, but these fellows had to head for ours. It galled me when +I thought how sportsman-like I had been to attract their attention. We +aimed to head them off and reach the school first. As we were the +closest all augured well for our success. But gloom invested whatever +hopes I had. + +We beat the other boat. We had just gotten our boat opposite the school +of tuna when Dan yelled: "Look out for that bunch of kelp! Jump your +bait over it!" + +Then I spied the mass of floating seaweed. I knew absolutely that my +hook was going to snag it. But I tried to be careful, quick, accurate. I +jumped my bait. It fell short. The hook caught fast in the kelp. In the +last piece! The kite fluttered like a bird with broken wings and +dropped. Captain Dan reversed the boat. Then he burst out. Now Dan was a +big man and he had a stentorian voice, deep like booming thunder. No man +ever swore as Dan swore then. It was terrible. It was justified. But it +was funny, and despite all this agony of disappointment, despite the +other boat heading into the tuna and putting them down, I laughed till I +cried. + +The fishermen in that other boat hooked a fish and broke it off. We saw +from the excitement on board that they had realized the enormous size of +these tuna. We hurried to get ready again. It was only needful to drag a +bait anywhere near that school. And we alternated with the other boat. I +saw those fishermen get four more strikes and lose the four fish +immediately. I had even worse luck. In fact, disaster grew and grew. But +there is no need for me to multiply these instances. The last three +tunas I hooked broke the double line on the first run. This when I had +on only a slight drag! + +The other boat puddled around in our school and finally put it down for +good, and, as the other schools had disappeared, we started for home. + +This was the most remarkable and unfortunate day I ever had on the sea, +where many strange fishing experiences have been mine. Captain Dan had +never heard of the like in eighteen years as boatman. No such +large-sized tuna, not to mention numbers, had visited Catalina for many +years. I had thirteen strikes, not counting more than one strike to a +bait. Seven fish broke the single line and three the double line, +practically, I might say, before they had run far enough to cause any +great strain. And the parting of the double line, where, if a break had +occurred, it would have come on the single, convinced us that all these +lines were cut. Cut by other tuna! In this huge school of hungry fish, +whenever one ran for or with a bait, all the others dove pellmell after +him. The line, of course, made a white streak in the water. Perhaps the +tuna bit it off. Perhaps they crowded it off. However they did it, the +fact was that they cut the line. Probably it would have been impossible +to catch one of those large tuna on the Tuna Club tackle. I hated to +think of breaking off hooks in fish, but, after it was too late, I +remembered with many a thrill the size and beauty and tremendous +striking energy of those tuna, the wide, white, foamy, furious boils on +the surface, the lunges when hooked, and the runs swift as bullets. + +That experience would never come to me again. It was like watching for +the rare transformations of nature that must be waited for and which +come so seldom. + + * * * * * + +But, such is the persistence of mankind in general and the doggedness of +fishermen in particular, Captain Dan and I kept on roaming the seas in +search of tuna. Nothing more was seen or heard of the great drifting +schools. They had gone down the channel toward Mexico, down with the +mysterious currents of the sea, fulfilling their mission in life. +However, different anglers reported good-sized tuna off Seal Rocks and +Silver Canon. Several fish were hooked. Mr. Reed brought in a +one-hundred-and-forty-one-pound tuna that took five hours to land. It +made a dogged, desperate resistance and was almost unbeatable. Mr. Reed +is a heavy, powerful man, and he said this tuna gave him the hardest +task he ever attempted. I wondered what I would have done with one of +those two-or three-hundred-pounders. There is a difference between +Pacific and Atlantic tuna. The latter are seacows compared to these blue +pluggers of the West. I have hooked several very large tuna along the +Seabright coast, and, though these fish got away, they did not give me +the battle I have had with small tuna of the Pacific. Mr. Wortheim, +fishing with my old boatman, Horse-mackerel Sam, landed a +two-hundred-and-sixty-two-pound Atlantic tuna in less than two hours. +Sam said the fish made a loggy, rolling, easy fight. Crowninshield, also +fishing with Sam, caught one weighing three hundred pounds in rather +short order. This sort of feat cannot be done out here in the Pacific. +The deep water here may have something to do with it, but the tuna are +different, if not in species, then in disposition. + +My lucky day came after no tuna had been reported for a week. Captain +Dan and I ran out off Silver Canon just on a last forlorn hope. The sea +was rippling white and blue, with a good breeze. No whales showed. We +left Avalon about one o'clock, ran out five miles, and began to fish. +Our methods had undergone some change. We used a big kite out on three +hundred yards of line; we tied this line on my leader, and we tightened +the drag on the reel so that it took a nine-pound pull to start the line +off. This seemed a fatal procedure, but I was willing to try anything. +My hope of getting a strike was exceedingly slim. Instead of a +flying-fish for bait we used a good-sized smelt, and we used hooks big +and strong and sharp as needles. + +We had not been out half an hour when Dan left the wheel and jumped up +on the gunwale to look at something. + +"What do you see?" I asked, eagerly. + +He was silent a moment. I dare say he did not want to make any mistakes. +Then he jumped back to the wheel. + +"School of tuna!" he boomed. + +I stood up and looked in the direction indicated, but I could not see +them. Dan said only the movement on the water could be seen. Good long +swells were running, rather high, and presently I did see tuna showing +darkly bronze in the blue water. They vanished. We had to turn the boat +somewhat, and it began to appear that we would have difficulty in +putting the bait into the school. So it turned out. We were in the wrong +quarter to use the wind. I saw the school of tuna go by, perhaps two +hundred feet from the boat. They were traveling fast, somewhat under the +surface, and were separated from one another. They were big tuna, but +nothing near the size of those that had wrecked my tackle and hopes. +Captain Dan said they were hungry, hunting fish. To me they appeared +game, swift, and illusive. + +We lost sight of them. With the boat turned fairly into the west wind +the kite soared, pulling hard, and my bait skipped down the slopes of +the swells and up over the crests just like a live, leaping little fish. +It was my opinion that the tuna were running inshore. Dan said they were +headed west. We saw nothing of them. Again the old familiar +disappointment knocked at my heart, with added bitterness of past +defeat. Dan scanned the sea like a shipwrecked mariner watching for a +sail. + +"I see them!... There!" he called. "They're sure traveling fast." + +That stimulated me with a shock. I looked and looked, but I could not +see the darkened water. Moments passed, during which I stood up, +watching my bait as it slipped over the waves. I knew Dan would tell me +when to begin to jump it. The suspense grew to be intense. + +"We'll catch up with them," said Dan, excitedly. "Everything's right +now. Kite high, pulling hard--bait working fine. You're sure of a +strike.... When you see one get the bait hook him quick and hard." + +The ambition of years, the long patience, the endless efforts, the +numberless disappointments, and that never-to-be-forgotten day among the +giant tuna--these flashed up at Captain Dan's words of certainty, and, +together with the thrilling proximity of the tuna we were chasing, they +roused in me emotion utterly beyond proportion or reason. This had +happened to me before, notably in swordfishing, but never had I felt +such thrills, such tingling nerves, such oppression on my chest, such a +wild, eager rapture. It would have been impossible, notwithstanding my +emotional temperament, if the leading up to this moment had not included +so much long-sustained feeling. + +"Jump your bait!" called Dan, with a ring in his voice. "In two jumps +you'll be in the tail-enders." + +I jerked my rod. The bait gracefully leaped over a swell--shot along the +surface, and ended with a splash. Again I jerked. As the bait rose into +the air a huge angry splash burst just under it, and a broad-backed tuna +lunged and turned clear over, his tail smacking the water. + +"Jump it!" yelled Dan. + +Before I could move, a circling smash of white surrounded my bait. I +heard it. With all my might I jerked. Strong and heavy came the weight +of the tuna. I had hooked him. With one solid thumping splash he +sounded. Here was test for line and test for me. I could not resist one +turn of the thumb-wheel, to ease the drag. He went down with the same +old incomparable speed. I saw the kite descending. Dan threw out the +clutch--ran to my side. The reel screamed. Every tense second, as the +line whizzed off, I expected it to break. There was no joy, no sport in +that painful watching. He ran off two hundred feet, then, marvelous to +see, he slowed up. The kite was still high, pulling hard. What with kite +and drag and friction of line in the water, that tuna had great strain +upon him. He ran off a little more, slower this time, then stopped. The +kite began to flutter. + +I fell into the chair, jammed the rod-butt into the socket, and began to +pump and wind. + +"Doc, you're hooked on and you've stopped him!" boomed Dan. His face +beamed. "Look at your legs!" + +It became manifest then that my knees were wabbling, my feet puttering +around, my whole lower limbs shaking as if I had the palsy. I had lost +control of my lower muscles. It was funny; it was ridiculous. It showed +just what was my state of excitement. + +The kite fluttered down to the water. The kite-line had not broken off, +and this must add severely to the strain on the fish. Not only had I +stopped the tuna, but soon I had him coming up, slowly yet rather +easily. He was directly under the boat. When I had all save about one +hundred feet of line wound in the tuna anchored himself and would not +budge for fifteen minutes. Then again rather easily he was raised fifty +more feet. He acted like any small, hard-fighting fish. + +"I've hooked a little one," I began. "That big fellow missed the bait, +and a small one grabbed it." + +Dan would not say so, but he feared just that. What miserable black +luck! Almost I threw the rod and reel overboard. Some sense, however, +prevented me from such an absurdity. And as I worked the tuna closer and +closer I grew absolutely sick with disappointment. The only thing to do +was to haul this little fish in and go hunt up the school. So I pumped +and pulled. That half-hour seemed endless and bad business altogether. +Anger possessed me and I began to work harder. At this juncture +Shorty's boat appeared close to us. Shorty and Adams waved me +congratulations, and then made motions to Dan to get the direction of +the school of tuna. That night both Shorty and Adams told me that I was +working very hard on the fish, too hard to save any strength for a long +battle. + + [Illustration: A BLUE-FINNED PLUGGER OF THE DEEP--138-POUND TUNA] + + [Illustration: AVALON, THE BEAUTIFUL] + +Captain Dan watched the slow, steady bends of my rod as the tuna +plugged, and at last he said, "Doc, it's a big fish!" + +Strange to relate, this did not electrify me. I did not believe it. But +at the end of that half-hour the tuna came clear to the surface, about +one hundred feet from us, and there he rode the swells. Doubt folded his +sable wings! Bronze and blue and green and silver flashes illumined the +swells. I plainly saw that not only was the tuna big, but he was one of +the long, slim, hard-fighting species. + +Presently he sounded, and I began to work. I was fresh, eager, strong, +and I meant to whip him quickly. Working on a big tuna is no joke. It is +a man's job. A tuna fights on his side, with head down, and he never +stops. If the angler rests the tuna will not only rest, too, but he will +take more and more line. The method is a long, slow lift or pump of +rod--then lower the rod quickly and wind the reel. When the tuna is +raised so high he will refuse to come any higher, and then there is a +deadlock. There lives no fisherman but what there lives a tuna that can +take the conceit and the fight out of him. + +For an hour I worked. I sweat and panted and burned in the hot sun; and +I enjoyed it. The sea was beautiful. A strong, salty fragrance, wet and +sweet, floated on the breeze. Catalina showed clear and bright, with +its colored cliffs and yellow slides and dark ravines. Clemente Island +rose a dark, long, barren, lonely land to the southeast. The clouds in +the west were like trade-wind clouds, white, regular, with level +base-line. + +At the end of the second hour I was tiring. There came a subtle change +of spirit and mood. I had never let up for a minute. Captain Dan praised +me, vowed I had never fought either broadbill or roundbill swordfish so +consistently hard, but he cautioned me to save myself. + +"That's a big tuna," he said, as he watched my rod. + +Most of the time we drifted. Some of the time Dan ran the boat to keep +even with the tuna, so he could not get too far under the stern and cut +the line. At intervals the fish appeared to let up and at others he +plugged harder. This I discovered was merely that he fought the hardest +when I worked the hardest. Once we gained enough on him to cut the +tangle of kite-line that had caught some fifty feet above my leader. +This afforded cause for less anxiety. + +"I'm afraid of sharks," said Dan. + +Sharks are the bane of tuna fishermen. More tuna are cut off by sharks +than are ever landed by anglers. This made me redouble my efforts, and +in half an hour more I was dripping wet, burning hot, aching all over, +and so spent I had to rest. Every time I dropped the rod on the gunwale +the tuna took line--zee--zee--zee--foot by foot and yard by yard. My +hands were cramped; my thumbs red and swollen, almost raw. I asked Dan +for the harness, but he was loath to put it on because he was afraid I +would break the fish off. So I worked on and on, with spurts of fury and +periods of lagging. + +At the end of three hours I was in bad condition. I had saved a little +strength for the finish, but I was in danger of using that up before the +crucial moment arrived. Dan had to put the harness on me. I knew +afterward that it saved the day. By the aid of the harness, putting my +shoulders into the lift, I got the double line over the reel, only to +lose it. Every time the tuna was pulled near the boat he sheered off, +and it did not appear possible for me to prevent it. He got into a habit +of coming to the surface about thirty feet out, and hanging there, in +plain sight, as if he was cabled to the rocks of the ocean. Watching him +only augmented my trouble. It had ceased long ago to be fun or sport or +game. It was now a fight and it began to be torture. My hands were all +blisters, my thumbs raw. The respect I had for that tuna was great. + +He plugged down mostly, but latterly he began to run off to each side, +to come to the surface, showing his broad green-silver side, and then he +weaved to and fro behind the boat, trying to get under it. Captain Dan +would have to run ahead to keep away from him. To hold what gain I had +on the tuna was at these periods almost unendurable. Where before I had +sweat, burned, throbbed, and ached, I now began to see red, to grow +dizzy, to suffer cramps and nausea and exceeding pain. + +Three hours and a half showed the tuna slower, heavier, higher, easier. +He had taken us fifteen miles from where we had hooked him. He was +weakening, but I thought I was worse off than he was. Dan changed the +harness. It seemed to make more effort possible. + +The floor under my feet was wet and slippery from the salt water +dripping off my reel. I could not get any footing. The bend of that rod +downward, the ceaseless tug, tug, tug, the fear of sharks, the +paradoxical loss of desire now to land the tuna, the change in my +feeling of elation and thrill to wonder, disgust, and utter weariness of +spirit and body--all these warned me that I was at the end of my tether, +and if anything could be done it must be quickly. + +Relaxing, I took a short rest. Then nerving myself to be indifferent to +the pain, and yielding altogether to the brutal instinct this +tuna-fighting rouses in a fisherman, I lay back with might and main. +Eight times I had gotten the double line over the reel. On the ninth I +shut down, clamped with my thumbs, and froze there. The wire leader sung +like a telephone wire in the cold. I could scarcely see. My arms +cracked. I felt an immense strain that must break me in an instant. + +Captain Dan reached the leader. Slowly he heaved. The strain upon me was +released. I let go the reel, threw off the drag, and stood up. There the +tuna was, the bronze-and-blue-backed devil, gaping, wide-eyed, shining +and silvery as he rolled, a big tuna if there ever was one, and he was +conquered. + +When Dan lunged with the gaff the tuna made a tremendous splash that +deluged us. Then Dan yelled for another gaff. I was quick to get it. +Next it was for me to throw a lasso over that threshing tail. When I +accomplished this the tuna was ours. We hauled him up on the stern, +heaving, thumping, throwing water and blood; and even vanquished he was +magnificent. Three hours and fifty minutes! The number fifty stayed with +me. As I fell back in a chair, all in, I could not see for my life why +any fisherman would want to catch more than one large tuna. + + + + +XIV + +AVALON, THE BEAUTIFUL + + +If you are a fisherman, and aspire to the study or conquest of the big +game of the sea, go to Catalina Island once before it is too late. + +The summer of 1917 will never be forgotten by those fishermen who were +fortunate enough to be at Avalon. Early in June, even in May, there were +indications that the first record season in many years might be +expected. Barracuda and white sea-bass showed up in great schools; the +ocean appeared to be full of albacore; yellowtail began to strike all +along the island shores and even in the bay of Avalon; almost every day +in July sight of broadbill swordfish was reported, sometimes as many as +ten in a day; in August the blue-fin tuna surged in, school after +school, in vast numbers; and in September returned the Marlin, or +roundbill swordfish that royal-purple swashbuckler of the Pacific. + +This extraordinary run of fish appeared like old times to the boatmen +and natives who could look back over many Catalina years. The cause, of +course, was a favorable season when the sardines and anchovies came to +the island in incalculable numbers. Acres and acres of these little bait +fish drifted helplessly to and fro, back and forth with the tides, from +Seal Rocks to the west end. These schools were not broken up until the +advent of the voracious tuna; and when they arrived the ocean soon +seemed littered with small, amber-colored patches, each of which was a +densely packed mass of sardines or anchovies, drifting with the current. +It has not yet been established that swordfish feed on these schools, +but the swordfish were there in abundance, at any rate; and it was +reasonable to suppose that some of the fish they feed on were in pursuit +of the anchovies. + +Albacore feeding on the surface raise a thin, low, white line of water +or multitudes of slight, broken splashes. Tuna raise a white wall, +tumbling and spouting along the horizon; and it is a sight not soon to +be forgotten by a fisherman. Near at hand a big school of feeding tuna +is a thrilling spectacle. They move swiftly, breaking water as they +smash after the little fish, and the roar can be heard quite a distance. +The wall of white water seems full of millions of tiny, glinting fish, +leaping frantically from the savage tuna. And when the sunlight shines +golden through this wall of white spray, and the great bronze and silver +and blue tuna gleam for an instant, the effect is singularly exciting +and beautiful. + +All through August and much of September these schools of tuna, +thousands of them, ranted up and down the coast of Catalina, thinning +out the amber patches of anchovies, and affording the most magnificent +sport to anglers. + +These tuna may return next year and then again they may not return for +ten years. Some time again they will swing round the circle or drift +with the currents, in that mysterious and inscrutable nature of the +ocean. And if a fisherman can only pick out the year or have the +obsession to go back season after season he will some day see these +wonderful schools again. + +But as for the other fish--swordfish, white sea-bass, yellowtail, and +albacore--their doom has been spelled, and soon they will be no more. +That is why I say to fishermen if they want to learn something about +these incomparable fish they must go soon to Catalina before it is too +late. + +The Japs, the Austrians, the round-haul nets, the canneries and the +fertilizer-plants--that is to say, foreigners and markets, greed and +war, have cast their dark shadow over beautiful Avalon. The intelligent, +far-seeing boatmen all see it. My boatman, Captain Danielson, spoke +gloomily of the not distant time when his occupation would be gone. And +as for the anglers who fish at Catalina, some of them see it and many of +them do not. The standard raised at Avalon has been to haul in as many +of the biggest fish in the least possible time. One famous fisherman +brought in thirteen tuna--nine hundred and eighty-six pounds of +tuna--that he caught in one day! This is unbelievable, yet it is true. +Another brought in eleven tuna in one day. These fishermen are +representative of the coterie who fish for records. All of them are big, +powerful men, and when they hook a fish they will not give him a foot of +line if they can help it. They horse him in, and if they can horse him +in before he wakes up to real combat they are the better pleased. All of +which is to say that the true motive (or pleasure, if it can be such) +is the instinct to kill. I have observed this in many fishermen. Any one +who imagines that man has advanced much beyond the savage stage has only +carefully to observe fishermen. + + [Illustration: THE OLD AVALON BARGE WHERE THE GULLS FISH AND SCREAM] + + [Illustration: THE END OF THE DAY OFF CATALINA ISLAND] + +I have demonstrated the practicability of letting Marlin swordfish go +after they were beaten, but almost all of the boatmen will not do it. +The greater number of swordfish weigh under two hundred pounds, and when +exhausted and pulled up to the boat they can be freed by cutting the +wire leader close to the hook. Probably all these fish would live. A +fisherman will have his fun seeing and photographing the wonderful +leaps, and conquering the fish, and when all this is over it would be +sportsman-like to let him go. Marlin are not food fish, and they are +thrown to the sharks. During 1918, however, many were sold as food fish. +It seems a pity to treat this royal, fighting, wonderful, purple-colored +fish in this way. But the boatmen will not free them. My boatman claimed +that his reputation depended upon the swordfish he caught; and that in +Avalon no one would believe fish were caught unless brought to the dock. +It was his bread and butter. His reputation brought him new fishermen, +and so he could not afford to lose it. Nevertheless, he was persuaded to +do it in 1918. The fault, then, does not lie with the boatman. + +The Japs are the greatest market fishermen in the world. And some five +hundred boats put out of San Pedro every day, to scour the ocean for +"the chicken of the sea," as albacore are advertised to the millions of +people who are always hungry. It must be said that the Japs mostly fish +square. They use a hook, and a barbless hook at that. Usually four Japs +constitute the crew of one of these fast eighty-horse-power motor-boats. +They roam the sea with sharp eyes ever alert for that thin white line on +the horizon, the feeding albacore. Their method of fishing is unique and +picturesque. When they sight albacore they run up on the school and slow +down. + +In the stern of the boat stands a huge tank, usually painted red. I have +become used to seeing dots of red all over the ocean. This tank is kept +full of fresh sea-water by a pump connected with the engine, and it is +used to keep live bait--no other than the little anchovies. One Jap, +using a little net, dips up live bait and throws them overboard to the +albacore. Another Jap beats on the water with long bamboo poles, making +splashes. The other two Japs have short, stiff poles with a wire +attached and the barbless hook at the end. They put on a live bait and +toss it over. Instantly they jerk hard, and two big white albacore, from +fifteen to thirty pounds, come wiggling up on to the stern of the boat. +Down goes the pole and whack! goes a club. It is all done with swift +mechanical precision. It used to amaze me and fill me with sadness. If +the Japs could hold the school of albacore they would very soon load the +boat. But usually a school of albacore cannot be held long. + +You cannot fish in the channel any more without encountering these Jap +boats. Once at one time in 1917 I saw one hundred and thirty-two boats. +Most of them were fishing! They ran to and fro over the ocean, chasing +every white splash, and they make an angler's pleasure taste bitter. + +Fortunately the Japs had let the tuna alone, for the simple and good +reason that they had not found a way to catch the wise blue-fins. But +they will find a way! Yet they drove the schools down, and that was +almost as bad. As far as swordfish are concerned, it is easy to see what +will happen, now that the albacore have become scarce. Broadbill +swordfish are the finest food fish in the sea. They can be easily +harpooned by these skilful Japs. And so eventually they will be killed +and driven away. This misfortune may not come at once, but it will come. + +In this connection it is interesting to note that I tried to photograph +one of the Austrian crews in action. But Captain Dan would not let me +get near enough to take a picture. There is bad blood between Avalon +boatmen and these foreign market fishermen. Shots had been exchanged +more than once. Captain Dan kept a rifle on board. This news sort of +stirred me. And I said: "Run close to that bunch, Cap. Maybe they'll +take a peg at me!" But he refused to comply, and I lost a chance to +serve my country! + +The Japs, however, are square fishermen, mostly, and I rather admire +those albacore-chasers, who at least give the fish a chance. Some of +them use nets, and against them and the Austrian round-haul netters I am +exceedingly bitter. These round-haul nets, some of them, must be a mile +long, and they sink two hundred feet in the water. What chance has a +school of fish against that? They surround a school and there is no +escape. + +Clemente Island, the sister island to Catalina, was once a paradise for +fish, especially the beautiful, gamy yellowtail. But there are no more +fish there, except Marlin swordfish in August and September. The great, +boiling schools of yellowtail are gone. Clemente Island has no +three-mile law protecting it, as has Catalina. But that Catalina law has +become a farce. It is violated often in broad daylight, and probably all +night long. One Austrian round-haul netter took seven tons of white +sea-bass in one haul. Seven tons! Did you ever look at a white sea-bass? +He is the most beautiful of bass--slender, graceful, thoroughbred, +exquisitely colored like a paling opal, and a fighter if there ever was +one. + +What becomes of these seven tons of white sea-bass and all the other +tons and tons of yellowtail and albacore? That is a question. It needs +to be answered. During the year 1917 one heard many things. The +fish-canneries were working day and night, and every can of fish--the +whole output had been bought by the government for the soldiers. Very +good. We are a nation at war. Our soldiers must be properly fed and so +must our allies. If it takes all the fish in the sea and all the meat on +the land, we must and will win this war. + +But real patriotism is one thing and misstatement is another. If there +were not so much deceit and greed in connection with this war it would +be easier to stomach. + +As a matter of cold fact, that round-haul netter's seven tons of +beautiful white sea-bass did not go into cans for our good soldiers or +for our fighting allies. Those seven tons of splendid white sea-bass +went into the fertilizer-plant, where many and many a ton had gone +before! + +It is not hard to comprehend. When they work for the fertilizer-plants +they do not need ice--they do not need to hurry to the port to save +spoiling--they can stay out till the boat is packed full. So often a +greater part of the magnificent schools of white sea-bass, albacore, and +yellowtail--splendid food fish--go into the fertilizer-plants to make a +few foreign-born hogs rich. Hundreds of aliens, many of them hostile to +the United States, are making big money, which is sent abroad. + +I believe that the great kelp-beds round Catalina are the +spawning-grounds of these fish in question. And not only a +spawning-ground, but, what is more important, a feeding-ground. And now +the kelp-beds are being exploited. The government needs potash. Formerly +our supply of potash came from Germany. But, now that we are not on +amiable terms with those nice gentle Germans, we cannot get any potash. +Hence the great, huge kelp-cutters that you hear cut only the tops of +the kelp-beds. Six feet they say, and it all grows up again quickly. But +in my opinion the once vast, heaving, wonderful beds of kelp along the +Clemente and Catalina shores have been cut too deeply. They will die. + +Some of my predictions made in 1917 were verified in 1918. + +A few scattered schools of albacore appeared in the channel in July. But +these were soon caught or chased away by the market boats. +Albacore-fishing was poor in other localities up and down the coast. +Many of the Jap fishermen sold their boats and sought other industry. +It was a fact, and a great pleasure, that an angler could go out for +tuna without encountering a single market boat on the sea. Maybe the +albacore did not come this year; maybe they were mostly all caught; +maybe they were growing shyer of boats; at any event, they were scarce, +and the reason seems easy to see. + +It was significant that the broadbill swordfish did not return to Avalon +in 1918, as in former years. I saw only one in two months roaming the +ocean. A few were seen. Not one was caught during my stay on the island. +Many boatmen and anglers believe that the broadbills follow the +albacore. It seems safe to predict that when the albacore cease to come +to Catalina there will not be any fishing for the great flat-sworded +_Xiphias_. + +The worst that came to pass in 1918, from an angler's viewpoint, was +that the market fishermen found a way to net the blue-fin tuna, both +large and small. All I could learn was that the nets were lengthened and +deepened. The Japs got into the great schools of large tuna which +appeared off Anacapa Island and netted tons and tons of hundred-pound +tuna. These schools drifted on down the middle of the Clemente Channel, +and I was the lucky fellow who happened to get among them for one +memorable day. + +Take it all in all, my gloomy prophecies of other years were +substantiated in 1918, especially in regard to the devastated kelp-beds; +but there have been a few silver rifts in the black cloud, and it seems +well to end this book with mention of brighter things. + +All fish brought into Avalon in 1918 were sold for food. + +We inaugurated the releasing of small Marlin swordfish. + +There was a great increase in the interest taken in the use of light +tackle. + +We owe the latter stride toward conservation and sportsmanship to Mr. +James Jump, and to Lone Angler, and to President Coxe of the Tuna Club. +I had not been entirely in sympathy with their feats of taking Marlin +swordfish and tuna on light tackle. My objections to the use of too +light tackle have been cited before in this book. Many fish break away +on the nine-thread. I know this because I tried it out. Fifteen of those +small tuna, one after another, broke my line on the first rush. But I +believe that was my lack of skill with handling of rod and boat. + +As for Marlin, I have always known that I could take some of these +roundbill swordfish on light tackle. But likewise there have been some +that could not have been taken so, and these are the swordfish I have +fished for. + +Nevertheless, I certainly do not want to detract from Jump's +achievements, as I will show. They have been remarkable. And they have +attracted wide attention to the possibilities of light tackle. Thus Mr. +Jump has done conservative angling an estimable good, as well as placed +himself in a class alone. + +The use of light tackle by experts for big game fish of the sea has come +to be an established practice in American angling. A few years ago, when +sport with light tackle was exceptional, it required courage to flaunt +its use in the faces of fishermen of experience and established +reputation. Long Key, now the most noted fishing resort on the Atlantic +coast, was not many years back a place for hand-lines and huge rods and +tackle, and boat-loads of fish for one man. It has become a resort for +gentlemen anglers, and its sportsmen's club claims such experts and fine +exponents of angling as Heilner, Lester, Cassiard, Crowninshield, +Conill, the Schutts, and others, who can safely be trusted to advance +the standard. Fishermen are like sheep--they follow the boldest leaders. +And no one wants to be despised by the elect. Long Key, with its +isolation, yet easy accession, its beauty and charm, its loneliness and +quiet, its big game fish, will become the Mecca of high-class +light tackle anglers, who will in time answer for the ethics and +sportsmanship of the Atlantic seaboard. + +On the Pacific side the light tackle advocates have had a different row +to hoe. With nothing but keen, fair, honest, and splendid zealousness +Mr. James Jump has pioneered this sport almost single-handed against the +heavy tackle record-holder who until recently dominated the Tuna Club +and the boatmen and the fishing at Avalon. To my shame and regret I +confess that it took me three years to recognize Jump's bigness as an +angler and his tenacity as a fighter. But I shall make amends. It seems +when I fished I was steeped in dreams of the sea and the beauty of the +lonely islands. I am not in Jump's class as a fisherman, nor in Lone +Angler's, either. They stand by themselves. But I can write about them, +and so inspire others. + +Jump set out in 1914 to catch swordfish on light tackle, and +incidentally tuna under one hundred pounds. He was ridiculed, scorned, +scoffed at, made a butt of by this particular heavy tackle angler, and +cordially hated for his ambitions. Most anglers and boatmen repudiated +his claims and looked askance at him. Personally I believed Jump might +catch some swordfish or tuna on light tackle, but only one out of many, +and that one not the fighting kind. I was wrong. It was Lone Angler who +first drew my attention to Jump's achievements and possibilities. +President Coxe was alive to them also, and he has rebuilt and +rejuvenated the Tuna Club on the splendid standard set by its founder, +Dr. Charles Frederick Holder, and with infinite patience and tact and +labor, and love of fine angling and good fellowship, he has put down +that small but mighty clique who threatened the ruin of sport at fair +Avalon. This has not been public news, but it ought to be and shall be +public news. + +The malignant attack recently made upon Mr. Jump's catches of Marlin +swordfish on light tackle was uncalled for and utterly false. It was +an obvious and jealous attempt to belittle, discredit, and dishonor +one of the finest gentlemen sportsmen who ever worked for the good +of the game. I know and I will swear that Jump's capture of the +three-hundred-and-fourteen-pound Marlin on light tackle in twenty-eight +minutes was absolutely as honest as it was skilful, as sportsman-like as +it was wonderful. A number of well-known sportsmen _watched_ him take +this Marlin. Yet his enemies slandered him, accused him of using ropes +and Heaven knows what else! It was vile and it failed. + +Jump has performed the apparently impossible. Marlin swordfish hooked on +light tackle can be handled by an exceedingly skilful angler. They make +an indescribably spectacular, wonderful fight, on the surface all the +time, and can be taken as quickly as on heavy tackle. Obviously, then, +this becomes true of tarpon and sailfish and small tuna. What a world to +conquer lies before the fine-spirited angler! A few fish on light +outfits magnifying all the excitement and thrills of many fish on heavy +outfits! There are no arguments against this, for men who have time and +money. + +We pioneers of light tackle are out of the woods _now_. There was a +pride in a fight against odds--a pride of silence, and a fight of +example and expressed standards and splendid achievements. But now we +have followers, disciples who have learned, who have profited, who have +climbed to the heights, and we are no longer alone. Hence we can scatter +the news to the four winds and ask for the comradeship of kindred +spirits, of men who love the sea and the stream and the gameness of a +fish. The Open Sesame to our clan is just that love, and an ambition to +achieve higher things. Who fishes just to kill? At Long Key last winter +I met two self-styled sportsmen. They were eager to convert me to what +they claimed was the dry-fly class angling of the sea. And it was to jab +harpoons and spears into porpoises and manatee and sawfish, and be +dragged about in their boat. The height of their achievements that +winter had been the harpooning of several sawfish, each of which gave +birth to a little one while being fought on the harpoon! Ye gods! It +would never do to record my utterances. + +But I record this fact only in the hope of opening the eyes of anglers. +I have no ax to grind for myself. I have gone through the game, over to +the fair side, and I want anglers to know. + +We are a nation of fishermen and riflemen. Who says the Americans cannot +shoot or fight? What made that great bunch of Yankee boys turn back the +Hun hordes? It was the quick eye, the steady nerve, the unquenchable +spirit of the American boy--his heritage from his hunter forefathers. We +are great fishermen's sons also, and we can save the fish that are being +depleted in our waters. + +Let every angler who loves to fish think what it would mean to him to +find the fish were gone. The mackerel are gone, the bluefish are going, +the menhaden are gone, every year the amberjack and kingfish grow +smaller and fewer. We must find ways and means to save our game fish of +the sea; and one of the finest and most sportsman-like ways is to use +light tackle. + + * * * * * + +Wiborn, the Lone Angler, is also in a class by himself. To my mind +Wiborn is the ideal angler of the sea. I have aspired to his method, but +realize it is impossible for me. He goes out alone. Hence the name Lone +Angler. He operates his motor-launch, rigs his tackle and bait and +teasers, flies his kite, finds the fish, fights the one he hooks, and +gaffs and hauls it aboard or releases it, all by himself. Any one who +has had the slightest experience in Pacific angling can appreciate this +hazardous, complicated, and laborsome job of the Lone Angler. Any one +who ever fought a big tuna or swordfish can imagine where he would have +been without a boatman. After some of my fights with fish Captain +Danielson has been as tired as I was. His job had been as hard as mine. +But Wiborn goes out day by day alone, and he has brought in big tuna and +swordfish. Not many! He is too fine a sportsman to bring in many fish. + +And herein is the point I want to drive home in my tribute to Lone +Angler. No one can say how many fish he catches. He never tells. Always +he has a fine, wonderful, beautiful day on the water. It matters not to +him, the bringing home of fish to exhibit. This roused my admiration, +and also my suspicion. I got to believing that Lone Angler caught many +more fish than he ever brought home. + +So I spied upon him. Whenever chance afforded I watched him through my +powerful binoculars. He was always busy. His swift boat roamed the seas. +Always he appeared a white dot on the blue horizon, like the flash of a +gull. I have watched his kite flutter down; I have seen his boat stop +and stand still; I have seen sheeted splashes of water near him; and +more than once I have seen him leaning back with bent rod, working and +pumping hard. But when he came into Avalon on these specific occasions, +he brought no tuna, no swordfish--nothing but a cheerful, enigmatic +smile and a hopeful question as to the good luck of his friends. + +"But I saw you hauling away on a fish," I ventured to say, once. + + [Illustration: SEAL ROCKS] + +"Oh, that was an old shark," he replied, laughing. + +Well, it might have been, but I had my doubts. And at the close of 1918 +I believed, though I could not prove, that Lone Angler let the most of +his fish go free. Hail to Lone Angler! If a man must roam the salt sea +in search of health and peace, and in a manly, red-blooded +exercise--here is the ideal. I have not seen its equal. I envy him--his +mechanical skill, his fearlessness of distance and fog and wind, his +dexterity with kite and rod and wheel, but especially I envy him the +lonesome rides upon a lonesome sea-- + + Alone, all alone on a wide, wide sea. + +The long, heaving swells, the windy lanes, the flight of the sheerwater +and the uplifted flukes of the whale, the white wall of tuna on the +horizon, the leap of the dolphin, the sweet, soft scent that breathes +from off the sea, the beauty and mystery and color and movement of the +deep--these are Lone Angler's alone, and he is as rich as if he had +found the sands of the Pacific to be pearls, the waters nectar, and the +rocks pure gold. + +Happily, neither war nor business nor fish-hogs can ruin the wonderful +climate of Catalina Island. Nature does not cater to evil conditions. +The sun and the fog, the great, calm Pacific, the warm Japanese current, +the pleasant winds--these all have their tasks, and they perform them +faithfully, to the happiness of those who linger at Catalina. + +Avalon, the beautiful! Somehow even the fire that destroyed half of +Avalon did not greatly mar its beauty. At a distance the bay and the +grove of eucalyptus-trees, the green-and-gold slopes, look as they +always looked. Avalon has a singular charm outside of its sport of +fishing. It is the most delightful and comfortable place I ever visited. +The nights are cool. You sleep under blankets even when over in Los +Angeles people are suffocating with the heat. At dawn the hills are +obscured in fog and sometimes this fog is chilly. But early or late in +the morning it breaks up and rolls away. The sun shines. It is the kind +of sunshine that dazzles the eye, elevates the spirit, and warms the +back. And out there rolls the vast blue Pacific--calm, slowly heaving, +beautiful, and mysterious. + +During the summer months Avalon is gay, colorful, happy, and mirthful +with its crowds of tourists and summer visitors. The one broad street +runs along the beach and I venture to say no other street in America can +compare with it for lazy, idle, comfortable, pleasant, and picturesque +effects. It is difficult to determine just where the beach begins and +the street ends, because of the strollers in bathing-suits. Many a time, +after a long fishing-day on the water, as I was walking up the middle of +the street, I have been stunned to a gasp by the startling apparition of +Venus or Hebe or Little Egypt or Annette Kellermann parading +nonchalantly to and fro. It seems reasonable and fair to give notice +that broadbill swordfish are not the only dangers to encounter at +Avalon. I wish they had a policeman there. + +But the spirit of Avalon, like the climate, is something to love. It is +free, careless, mirthful, wholesome, restful, and serene. The resort is +democratic and indifferent and aloof. Yet there is always mirth, music, +and laughter. Many and many a night have I awakened, anywhere from ten +to one, to listen to the low lap of the waves on the beach, the soft +tones of an Hawaiian ukulele, the weird cry of a nocturnal sea-gull, the +bark of a sea-lion, or the faint, haunting laugh of some happy girl, +going by late, perhaps with her lover. + +Avalon is so clean and sweet. It is the only place I have been, except +Long Key, where the omnipresent, hateful, and stinking automobile does +not obtrude upon real content. Think of air not reeking with gasolene +and a street safe to cross at any time! Safe, I mean, of course, from +being run down by some joy-rider. You are liable to encounter one of the +Loreleis or Aphrodites at any hour from five till sunset. You must risk +chance of that. + +So, in conclusion, let me repeat that if you are a fisherman of any +degree, and if you aspire to some wonderful experiences with the great +and vanishing game fish of the Pacific, and if you would love to +associate with these adventures some dazzling white hot days, and +unforgetable cool nights where your eyelids get glued with sleep, and +the fragrant salt breath of the sea, its music and motion and color and +mystery and beauty--then go to Avalon before it is too late. + + THE END + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Tales of Fishes, by Zane Grey + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TALES OF FISHES *** + +***** This file should be named 29346.txt or 29346.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/3/4/29346/ + +Produced by Brian Janes, D. Alexander and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/29346.zip b/29346.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0065a27 --- /dev/null +++ b/29346.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..58994c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #29346 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/29346) |
